Skip to main content

Full text of "A geographical account of countries round the Bay of Bengal, 1669 to 1679"

See other formats 


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 

to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  maiginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  tliis  resource,  we  liave  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  fivm  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attributionTht  GoogXt  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  in  forming  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liabili^  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.   Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at|http: //books  .google  .com/I 


WORKS   ISSUED  BY 


XLbc  lOaWui^t  Societi?, 


A   GEOGRAPHICAL   ACCOUNT 

OF 

COUNTRIES  ROUND  THE 
BAY  OF  BENGAL, 

1669  TO  1679. 


SECOND  SERIES. 
No.  XII. 


ISSUED   FOR    1903. 


( 


% 


WORKS  ISSUED   BY 


XLhc  IDaftlu^t  Soctet?. 


A  GEOGRAPHICAL  ACCOUNT 


COUNTRIES 

ROUND     THE 

BAY     OF 

BENGAL, 

1669  TO    1679. 

SECOND 

SERIES. 

No. 

XII. 

ISSUED  Foa  1903- 


A   GEOGRAPHICAL  ACCOUNT 


OF 


COUNTRIES  ROUND    THE 

BAY  OF   BENGAL, 

1669   TO    1679 


BY 


THOMAS   BOWREY 


EDITED    BY 

Lt.-Col.  sir  RICHARD  CARNAC  TEMPLE,  Bart.,  CLE. 


; 


CAMBRIDGE: 
PRINTED   FOR  THE   HAKLUYT  SOCIETY. 

MDCCCCV. 


PRINTED   BY  JOHN   CLAY,    M.A. 
AT  THE   UNIVERSITY  PRESS. 


COUNCIL 

OF 

THE    HAKLUYT    SOCIETY. 


il 


Sir  Clements  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres,  R.G.S.,  President, 

The  Right  Hon.  The  Lord  Amherst  of  Hackney,   Vice-President. 

Rear- Admiral  Sir  William  Wharton,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,   Vice-President. 

Colonel  George  Earl  Church. 

Sir  William  Martin  Conway,  M.A.,  F.S.A, 

George  William  Forrest,  C.I.E, 

William  Foster,  B.A. 

Albert  Gray. 

f.  h.  h.  guillemard,  m.a.,  m.d. 

The  Right  Hon.  The  Lord  Hawkesbury. 

Edward  Heawood,  M.A. 

John  Scott  Keltie,  LL.D. 

Frederic  William  Lucas. 

Admiral  Sir  Albert  Hastings  Markham,  K.C.B. 

Commr.  John  Franklin  Parry,  R.N. 

Ernest  George  Ravenstein. 

Admiral  of  the  Fleet  Sir  F.  W.  Richards,  G.C.B. 

Henry  William  Trinder. 

/Richard  Stephen  Whiteway. 
Basil  H.  Soulsby,  B.A.,  F.S.A.,  Honorary  Secretary, 


139157 


V 


\ 


CONTENTS. 


Preface     

Introduction: 

I.      History,  Contents  and  Value  of  the  MS. 

II.  Authorship  of  the  MS. 

III.  Life  of  the  Author       .... 

IV.  Other  Works  by  the  Author 

Asia 

Of  Choromandel    

golcondah       

The  Coast  of  Gingalee        .... 

Orixa 

Bencala     

Pattana     

janselone 

QUEDA 

ACHIN 


^'Bibliography 

(|IKDEX 


I 


\ 


LIST   OF    ILLUSTRATIONS. 

PLATE 

I.  The  Pagod  called  Tressletore       .        .         .     To  face  p,      8 

II.  Dancinge  Women  at  the  great  Pagod  Jno. 

Gemaet „  14 

III.  Fig.  I.     The  figure  of  one  of  their  Diabolical 

Chariots 
Fig.  2.     Fackeers „  22 

IV.  Fig.  I.     Fackeers 

Fig.  2.     Gentues „  32 

V.  Mango,  Arbor  Triste,  Palmito,  Palmero  Trees  „  49 

VI.  Danceinge  Snakes „  60 

VII.  Fig.  I.     The  Widow  bumeth  alive 
Fig.  2.    A  Roundel 

Fig.  3.    A  Palanchino „  86 

VIII.  Fig.  I.    A  Massoola.    A  Cattamaran 
Fig.  2.     Hoocars 

Fig.  3.     The  Manner  of  fixing  their  geere  „  104 

IX.  A  most  Sumptuous  Tombe   .        .         .        .  „  113 

X.  Fig.  I.     The  Antilope 

Fig.  2.    A  great  Giant  called  Jansa  Bainsa  „  119 

XI.  Fig.  I.    A  barbarous  Penalty 

Fig.  2.     The  figure  of  an  Elephant 

Fig.  3.     The  Tyger „  219 

XII.  Fig.  I.     Bears  and  a  wild  Hogge 
Fig.  2.    Jackalls 

Fig.  3.     The  Rhinocerot        ....  „  222 

XIII.     Fig.  I.  An  Olocko 

Fig.  2.  A  Budgaroo 

Fig.  3.  A  Purgoo 

Fig.  4.  The  Muske  Deere 

Fig.  5.  A  Boora „  228 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 


PI  an  tan  and  Samcau  Trees 


Fig.  I.  A  Paiella 

Fig.  I.  Pepper 

Fig.  3.  Long  Pepper 

Fig.  I.  Pine  Apples 

Fig.  3.  Strange  Fishes  in  Queda 

Fig.  3.  The  Alligator 

Fig.  I.  Betelee.    Areca  Tree 

Fig.  3.  A  Slate  Elephani 

Fig.  1.  Men  of  Warre  Prows 

Fig.  3.  The  Buffalo 

Fig.  3.  An  Achin  Cripple 

Fig.  I.  An  Achin  House 

Fig.  2.  A  Mangastine  Tree 
A  Durian  Tree 


285 
308 


Chart  of  the  River  Hugli,  Bengal,  drawn  by  Thomas  Bowrey. 

(/«  pocket  in  back  cover  of  volume.) 


\ 


PREFACE. 


*I  preparing  this  MS.  for  the  Hakluyt 
Society,  I  have  had  it  copied  exactly  as 
it  stands,  retaining  the  original  spelling 
and  the  use  of  capital  letters.  But  the 
contractions  have  been  written  out  in  full 
and  the  letters  u  v  i  j  and  ff  (for  capital  F)  have  been 
adapted  to  the  present  accepted  usage.  Also,  where 
necessary  for  the  sense,  modern  punctuation  has  been 
employed.  The  marginal  notes  have  been  omitted  be- 
cause they  were,  in  nearly  every  case,  merely  repetitions 
of  the  text.  The  illustrations  are  reductions  from  exact 
phott^raphs  of  the  originals. 

I  make  no  apology  for  the  voluminous  notes  appended 
to  the  text,  as  in  a  work  designed   to  be  of  assistance 
to  students  it  is  in  my  judgment  of  value  to  show  how 
I;  ix  the  statements  of  a  writer,  who  was  an  independent 
^  .rader  in  the  East,  are  substantiated  by  the  official  records 
^  of  the  East  India  Company,  and  to  exhibit  the  views  and 
{  knowledge  of  residents  about  the  East  in  the  last  quarter 
I  of  the  seventeenth  century,  and  also  to  give  every  assist- 
ance practicable  in  acquiring  information  as  to  the  men 
and  manners  of  that  period.     The  majority  of  the  notes 
consist   of   contemporary    quotations    from    unpublished 
documents  at  the  India  Office  and  British  Museum,  and 


Xll  PREFACE 

extracts  from  existing  printed  works  have  been  excluded 
except  where  the  remarks  of  contemporary  writers  serve 
to  elucidate  the  text.  Anglo-Indianisms  not  given  or 
only  slightly  treated  in  Yule's  Hobson-Jobson  have  been 
traced,  wherever  possible,  to  their  original  source  and  have, 
I  believe,  in  every  instance,  been  explained  and  correctly 
translated  into  modern  parlance.  No  other  published  record, 
at  present  known  to  me,  covers  the  period  1669 — 1679, 
and  this  MS.  therefore  fills  a  gap  in  the  early  history 
of  the  doings  of  the  English  in  Bengal,  Madras  and  the 
Malay  Archipelago. 

In  the  preparation  of  this  MS.  for  publication  my 
thanks  are  in  the  first  place  due  to  Miss  Lavinia  Mary 
Anstey,  without  whose  untiring  perseverance,  capacity  for 
solid  work  of  a  nature  uninteresting  in  itself,  and  accuracy 
and  energy  in  research  and  in  the  copying  of  documents, 
cheerfully  undertaken  and  spread  over  a  period  of  five 
years,  this  edition  would  have  been  impossible. 

My  thanks  are  also  due  to  Mr  Eliot  Howard  for  the 
loan  of  the  MS.  and  for  help  in  connection  with  the 
search  for  the  identity  of  the  author.  To  the  authorities 
at  the  India  Office  for  their  courtesy  in  placing  all  corl- 
temporary  information  at  my  disposal,  and  when  I  consider 
that  upwards  of  150  MS.  volumes  alone  have  been  ex^! 
amined  during  the  editing  of  this  work,  I  cannot  bui 
feel  that  the  labours  of  those  who  have  had  to  fetch  an< 
carry  the  ponderous  tomes  have  been  by  no  means  incon- 
siderable. But  in  this  most  courteous  of  the  Government 
Offices,  there  has  been  no  grumbling  at  my  voracious 
requirements  !  To  Mr  William  Foster,  Assistant  Registrar, 
to  whom  I  am  specially  indebted  and  whose  intimate 
knowledge  of  the  Records  in  his  charge  has  materially 


PREFACE  Xlll 

helped  me  throughout  the  work.  To  Professor  J.  F. 
Blumhardt  for  the  elucidation  of  many  Hindustani  titles 
and  words.  To  Mr  F.  W.  Thomas,  M.A.,  Librarian  at 
the  India  Office,  and  to  Mr  W.  Irvine,  lately  of  the  Bengal 
Civil  Service,  for  similar  assistance.  To  Syed  Hossain 
Bilgrami  for  two  notes  in  the  Golconda  Section.  To 
Mr  Donald  Ferguson  for  help  with  Malay  words.  To  the 
Rev.  E.  Louis  C.  Clapton,  M.A.,  Rector  of  Lee,  Blackheath, 
for  a  gratuitous  search  among  the  parish  registers  in 
connection  with  the  author  of  the  MS.  To  Dr  James 
A.  H.  Murray  for  assistance  with  Old  English  words.  To 
Mr  G.  S.  Forbes,  M.A.,  of  the  Madras  Civil  Service,  for 
furnishing  copies  of  Bowrey's  letters  from  the  Madras 
Records. 

I  must  further  express  my  sense  of  the  excellence 
of  the  printing  and  press  reading  of  the  Cambridge 
University  Press,  and  my  gratitude  to  Messrs  J.  and 
C.  F.  Clay  for  the  labour  saved  in  consequence  in  the 
matter  of  reading  proofs. 

A  full  Bibliography  and  Index  are  appended  to  this 
work. 

R.  C.  TEMPLE. 


The  N\sh, 

Worcester. 

Dec,  27 thy  1904. 


INTRODUCTION. 


I.     HISTORY,   CONTENTS  AND   VAI.UE  OF  THE  MS. 


7ROFESSOR  E.  B.  TYLOR,  F.R.S.,  first  drew 
my  attention  to  the  existence  of  this  remark- 
ably interesting  MS-,  and  subsequently  its 
owner,  Mr  Eliot  Howard,  of  Ardmore,  Buck- 
hurst  Hill,  Essex,  to  whom  it  came  by 
inheritance,  courteously  allowed  me  to  copy 
it.  It  was  known  to  Yule,  to  Anderson,  and  to  Murray, 
who  have  each  a  brief  quotation  from  it'.  The  MS.  is 
clearly  and  carefully  written  in  the  handwriting  of  the 
period  and  has  been  exceptionally  well  preserved,  so  that 
there  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  reading  of  any  part  of  it. 
The  writer,  who  was  a  sailor,  further  illustrated  his  MS. 
profusely  with  pen  and  ink  drawings,  such  as  are  common 
for  the  period.  But  crude  as  many  of  them  are,  his  repre- 
sentations of  ships  and  boats  are  not  only  valuable  for 
the  details  they  give,  but  also  for  their  accuracy.  The 
whole  of  the  drawings  have  been  exactly  represented  in 
,%e  plates  attached  to  the  text,  on  a  reduced  scale,  from 
Jih olographs  taken  by  my  son,  Lieut  R.  D.  Temple, 
35oth  Rifles.  The  title  of  the  MS.  is,  after  the  fashion 
■  of  the  time,  unconscionably  long  and  comprehensive,  and 
'  purports  to  deal  with  many  more  subjects  than  is  actually 
the  case'.  The  contents,  however,  fall  very  far  short  of  the 
author's  intention,  for  he  is  full  on  the  subject  of  the  East 
Coast  of  India,  but  scrappy  in  his  relation  of  the  Coast  of 

'  See  Diary  of  Wm.  Hedges,  v6l.  iii.  p.   183;  English  Intercourse 
vitk  Siam,  p.  266 ;  Oxford  English  Dictionary,  s.v.  CherooL 
'  See  page  i  of  this  vol. 


XVI  INTRODUCTION 

Burma,  the  Malay  Peninsula  an'd  Sumatra,  perhaps  owing 
to  the  loss  of  notes,  and  beyond  these  points  his  account 
practically  does  not  extend. 

As  a  matter  of  fact  the  accounts  in  the  MS.  are  of  the 
following  places : — 

I.     Choromandel  Coast,  pp.  2  to  io7\ 

(i)     Fort  St  Georg's  [Madras],  pp.  2 — 5. 

(2)  The  Pag[oda]  of  Jno.  Gernaet  [Jagannath, 

Juggernaut],  pp.  12 — 14,  and  several  other 
places. 

(3)  Careyro  [Karedu],  N.  of  Madras,  p.  36. 

(4)  St  Thomas,  his  Mount,  pp.  44 — 50. 

(5)  Pettipolee  and  Pullicat,  pp.  51 — 60. 

(6)  Metchlipatam  and  Guddorah  [Masulipatam 

and  Gudur],  pp.  60 — 64,  71  f 

(7)  Narsapore,  Madapollum  and  Pollicull,  pp.  98 

— 107. 
II.     Golcondah  [Kingdom],  pp.  107 — 119. 

III.  The  Coast  of  Gingalee  [Golconda],  pp.  120 — 128. 

IV.  Orixa  [Orissa,  a  fragment],  pp.  128 — 131. 
V.     Bengala,  pp.  131 — 234. 

(i)     Dacca,  pp.  149 — 151. 

(2)  Cattack,  p.  151  f 

(3)  Ganges  and  Hugly  Rivers,  pp.  165  f.,  209 

— 212. 

(4)  Hugly  [town],  pp.  167 — 170. 

(5)  Cossumbazar,  pp.  213 — 215. 

(6)  Pattana  [Patna],  pp.  221 — 232.  — i 
VI.     Arackan,  p.  234  n.  [heading  only].  y 

VII.  Pegu,  p.  234  n,  [heading  only]. 

VIII.  Tanassaree,  p.  234  «.  [heading  only]^ 

IX.  Janselone  [Junkceylon],  pp.  235 — 258. 

X.  Queda,  pp.  259—285. 

XI.  Achin,  pp.  285 — 326. 

^  All  these  figures  refer  to  the  pages  in  the  text. 

2  pp.  103  to  130  of  the  MS.  left  blank  for  these  places. 


INTRODUCTION  XVU 

The  MS.  breaks  off  abruptly  in  the  middle  of  a  sentence, 
but  this  circumstance  is  not  to  be  explained  by  the  author's 
death  as  he  stayed  nineteen  years  in  India  and  the  East 
altogether,  and  this  "Account"  purports  to  relate  to  the 
first  ten  years  only;  also  it  is  not  mentioned  in  his  Will, 
which  bequeaths,  inter  alia^  a  "  Manuscript  book  in  a  Green 
Cover''  to  the  East  India  Company.     The  probable  ex- 
planation is  that  the  "Account"  of  the  years  1669— 1679 
was   commenced  in   1680,  and  afterwards  abandoned   in 
favour  of  his  larger  MSS.  bequeathed  to  the  East  India 
and    South    Sea   Companies,   and    his    Malay   Dictionary 
published  in  1701,  a  work  that  was  some  twelve  years  on 
the  stocks,  or  that  the  latter  part  of  the  MS.  was  lost 
before  it  was  bound  up. 

Though,  of  course,  the  observations  in  the  MS.  fall  far 
short  of  such  as  would  be  looked  for  in  a  traveller  of  the 
present  day,  yet  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  author  was 
a  well-educated  man  for  his  time,  an  acute  observer  of  all 
that  went  on  around  him,  and  deeply  interested  in  the 
natives  of  the  country.     Many  of  his  observations  therefore 
are  of  exceeding  interest  to  the  student  of  things  Indian 
and  of  Anglo-Indian  history,  being  indeed  in  these  direc- 
tions  of   unusual   value.       Among   his   observations    the 
following  may  be  instanced.     He  shows  clearly  that  the 
word  "Gentile"  meant  a  Gentoo,  and  that  a  Gentoo  was 
a  low-caste  Hindu ;  his  definitions  of  rdjput  and  rdjd  are 
most  accurate;  so  are  his  name  for,  and  his  account  and 
knowledge  of,  the    Chulias;    his   description    and    careful 
drawings  of  native  boats  are  among  the  best  of  the  kind 
for  this  period;  he  offers  the  earliest  quoted  instance  of 
"bunko"  and  "cheroot"  for  a  cigar;  he  carefully  explains 
that  the  so-called  Golconda  Mines  were  in  reality  many 
^/niles   distant   from   Golconda ;    his   notices   of  "  Currant 
!oynes"  and  of  the  Cowry  are  among  the  most  valuable 
of  their  kind ;  he   is   very  clear  as  to  the  limits  of  the 
Gingerlee  Coast,  a  district  only  vaguely  described  in  other 
contemporary  accounts ;  his  remarks  on  the  Hugli,  and  his 
carefully-drawn  chart  of  that  river  exhibit  his  practical 

T.  b 


xviii  INTRODUCTION 

knowledge  of  the  configuration  of  its  shores  and  banks, 
and  of  all  its  dangers  ;  his  frequent  notices  of  sati,  coming 
from  an  eye-witness,  are  important  as  evidences  of  the 
custom ;  his  "  Janselone"  section  is  a  unique  contribution 
to  the  history  of  an  island  about  which  there  is  hardly  any 
record  in  the  17th  century;  lastly,  his  references  to  many 
notable  Anglo-Indians  of  his  day  are  of  additional  interest 
as  showing  these  men  in  their  ordinary  daily  life,  rather 
than  in  their  official  character  as  they  appear  in  the 
Company's  records,  especially  as  he  writes  without  the 
ill-feeling  and  petty  spitefulness,  common  in  his  day  and 
among  the  community  with  which  he  worked .  and 
associated. 

II.     AUTHORSHIP   OF  THE   MS. 

The  author  has  hidden  his  identity  under  initials,  and 
it  needed  a  search  occupying  two  years  before  the  con- 
nection  between   T.   B.   and   Thomas    Bowrey   could   be 
proved.     From  the  internal  evidence  of  the  MS.  itself  the 
following  information  was  gathered.     The  author  was  by 
occupation  a  sailing-master*;  he  was  in  the  East,  at  least 
from   1669  to   1679*;   he  began   his  career  there  at  Fort 
St  George,  Madras';    he  was  well    acquainted   with   the 
writings  of  Bernier  and  with  Mogul  history  down  to  his 
own  time*;  he  personally  knew  Ambrose  Salisbury,  chief 
at    Pettipolee   [Peddapalle]    from    1662 — 1675*;    and   wci^ 
employed  by  the  notable  William  Jearsey  on  one,  at  le^ast, 
of  his    many   private   trading  vessels^;    he  was    also   i4ac- 
quainted   with   James    Horner'',    Alexander   Ogilvy^   a^d 
Samuel  Ware^  all  of  whom  are   mentioned   in  the  coim-i- 
temporary  Records  ;   and   in   Bengal  he  came  in  contaci 
with   Walter   Clavell^    Matthias    Vincent",    and   *' ChinMi 
Cham^^"  the  Company's  broker.     These  facts  would  havd 
been  a  certain  guide  to  the  identity  of  an  Englishman  in\^i 

^  See  p.  172.  ^  See  sub-title,  p.  i.  ^  See  p.  2. 

*  See  pp.  135 — 145.  ^  See  p.  57.  ^  See  p.  250  f. 

7  See  p.  263.  *  See  p.  264.  ^  See  p.  262. 

10  See  p.  158.  "  See  p.  164.  12  See  p.  154- 


INTRODUCTION  xix 

India  in  the  17th  century,  had  the  individual  in  question 
been  a  servant  of  the  East  India  Company.  He  was, 
however,  an  independent  trader,  and  hence  the  difficulty 
in  tracing  him. 

That  T.  B.  was  by  occupation  a  sailing-master  is 
abundantly  shown  throughout  the  MS.  From  the  fact 
that  he  was  piloting  the  Sancta  Cruz  down  the  Hugli 
when  he  met  Streynsham  Master  in  1676^  I  was  at  first 
strongly  inclined  to  believe  that  he  was  Thomas  Bateman, 
one  of  the  first  batch  of  apprentice-pilots  sent  out  by  the 
Company  on  a  seven  years'  indenture  to  learn  the  navi- 
gation of  the  Hugli  and  Ganges,  in  order  that  the  Com- 
pany's ships  might  be  brought  up  to  Hijili  and  thus  avoid 
the  delay  of  transferring  their  cargoes  into  small  boats 
at  Balasor.  Bateman's  indentures  would  have  expired  in 
1676,  and  it  seemed  reasonable  to  conjecture  that  he  had 
left  the  Company's  service  and  was  acting  as  an  inde- 
pendent pilot  to  "country"  ships.  Accordingly,  I  made 
an  exhaustive  search  of  the  MS.  records  at  the  India 
Office  relating  to  Bengal,  and  more  especially  to  Hugli 
in  1669 — 1679.  After  many  disappointments,  I  at  last 
found  a  mention  of  Thomas  Bateman  in  August,  1675, 
when  he  took  the  Company's  sloop  Dilligence  up  to  Hugli. 
In  Septeynber,  on  the  return  voyage  from  Hugli  to  Balasor, 
he  encountered  a  violent  storm,  in  which  his  ship  was  only 
saved  "  after  a  very  great  hazard,"  and  he  himself  perished 
either  at  the  time,  or  as  the  result  of  exposure^.  Thus, 
after  nearly  two  years,  the  identity  of  T.  B.  was  still 
wrapped  in  mystery ! 

The  next  idea  was  that  the  initials  might,  after  all, 
be  J.  B.,  and  that  the  author  was  John  Bugden,  an  inde- 
pendent trader,  commanding  his  own  vessel,  and  brother 
of  the  Company's  servant,  Edmund  Bugden.  As  a  man 
in  a  better  position  than  an  apprentice-pilot,  I  considered 
it  more  likely  that  he  would  have  the  education  which 
he  author  of  this  MS.  evidently  possessed.  Then,  too, 
^he  was  associated  with  Clement  Jordan,  who  was  T.  B.'s 

1  See  pp.  175 — 178.  ^  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  4. 

b2 


XX  INTRODUCTION 

purser  in  1676*.  Further,  Yule  in  his  reference  to  the  MS. 
in  Hedges'  Diary*  gives  the  initials  as  J.  B.  This  clue 
seemed  to  promise  well,  and  I  followed  it  vigorously,  until 
the  owner  of  the  MS.  made  it  evident  that  the  scent 
would  lead  nowhere.  Mr  Howard  referred  to  the  text, 
and  examined  the  initials  with  great  care,  and  expressed 
his  confident  opinion  that  the  T.  in  question  was  a  T. 
and  not  a  J.  He,  however,  spared  no  pains  to  assist  me 
in  the  search  and  gave  me  every  information  possible 
about  the  MS.  He  stated  that  it  came  to  him  through 
his  ancestor  Peter  Briggins,  a  Quaker,  who,  beyond  holding 
East  India  Stock,  appeared  to  have  no  connection  with 
India.  Neither  was  Peter  Briggins  a  sailor,  nor  had  any 
of  the  males  of  the  family  a  Christian  name  b^inning 
with  T. 

Later,  Mr  Howard  supplied  me  with  a  clue,  which 
eventually  turned  out  to  be  the  right  one.  He  informed 
me  that  there  was  an  idea  that  the  MS.  might  have  been 
a  gift  from  a  certain  "Captain  Bowry"  (Christian  name 
unknown),  whose  name  is  mentioned  in  the  diaries  of 
Peter  Briggins.  Mr  Howard  sent  me  a  copy  of  the 
"  Eliot  Papers "  containing  extracts  from  these  diaries, 
and  after\vards  entrusted  me  with  the  diaries  themselves. 
A  search  through  these  volumes  showed  that  Peter 
Briggins  and  **  Captain  Bowry  "  were  acquainted,  and  that 
they  met  constantly  from  1706  till  17 13,  when  the  Captain 
died,  and  that  subsequently  Peter  Briggins  rendered  many 
services  to  the  widow. 

My  next  discovery  was  the  will  of  Captain  Bowrey'. 
This  gave  the  name  Thomas  Bowrey,  and  contained  the 
information  that  the  testator  had  spent  many  years  in 
India,  and  was  the  author  of  Maps  and  "  Journalls,** 
both  of  Africa  and  the  "South  Seas."  There  seemed 
ground,  therefore,  for  identifying  Thomas  Bowrey  with 
T.  B.  The  difficulty  was  that  there  were  no  means  fc 
fixing  the  dates  of  Bowrey's  residence  in   India,  and  th| 


^  See  p.  178.  2  See  Diary  of  William  Hedges,  vol.  iii.  p.  183.I 

8  Wills  at  Somerset  House,  Luds,  fol.  53. 


INTRODUCTION  xxi 

title  of  the  MS.  had  naturally  led  to  the  assumption  that 
the  period  of  the  author's  residence  in  the  East  was  limited 
to  the  ten  years  1669 — 1679. 

A  further  search  among  the  India  Office  Records  pro- 
duced several  references  to  Captain  Thomas  Bowrey, 
commander  of  a  "country  ship,"  who  made  numerous 
voyages  from  Madras  between  1682  and  1688,  when  he 
sailed  for  England.  I  was  still,  however,  without  any 
proof  that  Bowrey  was  in  India  at  the  time  occupied 
by  the  MS. 

The  next  link  in  the  chain  of  evidence  was  the  dis- 
covery at  the  British  Museum  of  a  set  of  Charts  of  the 
islands  of  the  Indian  Archipelago,  the  River  Hugli  and 
the  Persian  Gulf  by  Thomas  Bowrey^  The  earliest  of 
the  charts  was  drawn  in  1681,  but  the  lettering  and 
signatures  bore  a  striking  resemblance  to  the  writing  in 
the  MS.,  and  thus  supplied  further  confirmatory  evidence 
of  the  identity  of  T.  B.  with  Thomas  Bowrey. 

Next  followed  an  important  discovery.  In  the  General 
Catalogue  of  the  British  Museum  Library,  I  found  a 
printed  work  by  Thomas  Bowrey  entitled  "  A  Dictionary  / 
of  English  and  Malayo^"  This  Dictionary,  published  in 
1 70 1,  contains  a  preface  in  which  the  author  says  that  he 
spent  nineteen  years  in  India  and  returned  on  the  Bengali 
Merchant  in  1688.  He  must,  therefore,  have  arrived  in 
India  in  1669,  and  we  know  from  his  own  MS.  that  T.  B/s 
residence  at  Fort  St  George  dated  from  that  year'.  This 
practically  settles  the  question,  as  it  is  hardly  likely  that 
two  independent  traders,  each  having  the  same  initials, 
should  have  arrived  in  India  at  such  a  date  as  1669,  have 
visited  the  same  places,  and  have  recorded  and  illustrated 
their  impressions  there  without  being  distinguished  in  the 
contemporary  records.  If  two  such  persons  did  exist,  it 
is  extremely  unlikely  that  one  should  have  been  mentioned 
in  the  records  and  not  the  other.     Again,  we  know  that 

I 

^  Sloane,  5222,  6 — 17. 
'  2  British  Museum  Library,  Press  mark^  68.  c.  12. 

^  See  pp.  I  and  2  of  this  vol. 


XXll 


INTRODUCTION 


the  MS.  descended  to  Mr  Howard  through  Peter  Brig- 
gins,  who,  while  keeping  minute  record  of  his  daily  life, 
alludes  to  no  seafaring  acquaintance  except  Captain 
Bowrey. 

The  identity  of  T.  B.  and  Thomas  Bowrey  is  also 
further  confirmed  by  certain  remarks  in  the  Dialogues  at 
the  end  of  the  Dictionary  above  mentioned,  which  strongly 
resemble  those  in  the  MS.  Among  these  I  select  the 
following : — 


MS. 

Janselone  .  .  .  affordeth  no- 
thinge  Save  Some  Elephants 
and  tinne  .  .  .  and  tinne  they 
have  in  abundance. 

There  [Achin]  they  measure 
by  the  bamboo. 

Quedah  .  .  .  The  Neighbour- 
inge  Kings  vizt.  Pattany  and 
Johore. 

The  Citty  Achin  is  .  .  . 
populous  . . .  famous  . . .  for . .  . 
the  great  Traffick  and  Com- 
merce from  most  parts  of  India, 
China,  and  South  Seas . . .  Many 
Ships  and  Vessels  doe  att  all 
Seasons  of  the  year  arrive  in 
this  Port  from  Severall  places, 
namely  Suratt,  Malabar  Coast 
. .  .  Fort  St.  Georg's,  Metchli- 
patam,  Bengala,  Pegu,  Syam, 
China,  Java  Major  and  Borneo, 
with  infinite  Numbers  of  Prows 
from  the  Malay  Shore  .  .  . 

Wee  make  all  our  pitch  and 
Tarre  with  Dammar  and  Oyl . . . 
One  third  dammar  and  Oyle, 
well  boyled  togeather,  make  very 
good  tarre. 


Dialogues. 

Junsalon  ...  its  Merchandize 
is  only  Tin,  of  which  it  yields 
about  Four  Hundred  Bahar 
Yearly. 

Bamboo  .  .  .  the  name  of  a 
concave  measure,  used  at  Atchee 
on  Sumatra. 

Kings  of  the  Malayo  country 
are  those  of  Quedah,  Johor, 
Patanee  and  many  more. 

Achee  is  a  large  City,  and 
populous  .  .  .  the  Port  is  never 
without  Ships  of  English,  Danes, 
Portugals,  Moors,  Chuleas, 
Chinesses  and  others  and  many 
Praws,  which  usually  go  into 
the  River,  all  these  come  in 
their  proper  Seasons  with  the 
several  sorts  of  Goods  of  Surat, 
the  Coast,  Bangala,  China,  and 
many  other  places. 


Damar  ...  is  the  Gum  of  di 
tree  in  India  which  being  boiPd 
with  Oil,  makes  Pitch  or  Tar. 


INTRODUCTION  XXlll 

MS.  Dialogues. 

Achin   is    now  and   hath   a  The  City  and  Kingdom  [of 

Considerable  time  been  Govern-     Achin]  has  for  above  an  Hun- 
ed  by  a  Queen,  ever  Since  the      dred  years  been  governed  by 
time  that  the  discreet  and  Pious      Queens  and  Twelve  Lords. 
Kinge  James  of  happy  memorie 
Swayed   the   Sceptre   of  great 
Brittaine,  France  and  Ireland. 

The  last  extract,  in  which  the  mistake  as  to  the  length 
of  time  Achin  was  governed  by  queens  is  repeated,  would 
have  proved  the  identity  beyond  cavil,  had  not  the  same 
error  been  made  by  other  contemporary  writers,  such  as 
Fryer,  Dampier  and  Hamilton. 

On  the  whole  there  is  practically  no  ground  for  doubt- 
ing that  "  T.  B."  represents  "  Thomas  Bowrey."  At  the 
same  time  it  would  have  been  satisfactory  if  external 
evidence  were  forthcoming  as  to  Bowrey's  movements 
prior  to  1682.  Unfortunately,  this  is  not  the  case,  though 
I  have  made  a  careful  search  of  the  1669 — 1679  Records 
at  the  India  Oflfice.  The  reasons  why  Bowrey's  name 
does  not  appear  before  1682  may  be  that,  for  the  first 
few  years  after  his  arrival  in  India,  he  probably  held 
a  subordinate  post  as  mate  or  pilot,  and,  until  he  was 
in  a  position  to  trade  on  his  own  account,  he  would  have 
had  very  little  contact  with  the  Company's  servants  at 
the  various  factories. 

In  his  Will  Thomas  Bowrey  left  his  widow  free  to  keep 
any  of  his  "Maps  and  Journalls"  (except  those  specially 
bequeathed  to  the  East  India  and  South  Sea  Companies), 
for  her  own  use.  The  natural  assumption  is  that,  in 
gratitude  to  Peter  Briggins  for  the  many  services  he 
rendered  her,  after  her  husband's  death,  she  gave  him  the 
MS.,  reproduced  in  this  volume,  together  with  a  Chinese 
Cabinet  now  belonging  to  Lady  Fry,  a  descendant. 


XXIV  INTRODUCTION 


III.     LIFE  OF  THE  AUTHOR. 
circ.   1650 — 17 1 3. 

Of  Thomas  Bowrey's  parentage  nothing  certain  is 
known,  but  it  seems  reasonable  to  conjecture  that  he  was 
related  to  John  Bowrey,  Thomas  Bowrey,  and  Joseph 
Bowrey,  who  all  served  in  the  Royal  Navy  in  the  latter 
half  of  the  17th  century.  In  1652  John  Bowrey  was  granted 
compensation  for  wounds  received  on  board  the  Unity  in 
the  squadron  under  Sir  George  Ayscue^  In  1653  he 
commanded  the  fireship  Hunter^  which  was  sunk  in  an 
engagement  with  the  Dutch.  In  the  same  year  he  went 
on  a  trading  voyage  to  Leghorn  ^  In  1656  Captain  John 
Bowrey  was  commanding  the  Eaglet  Ketch  and  the  Drake. 
In  1657  he  commanded  the  Deaths  and  in  January,  1659, 
he  is  mentioned  as  acting  as  convoy  with  a  fleet  of  eight 
ships*.  In  1660  he  was  again  commanding  the  Drake  and 
was  accused  of  taking  goods  on  board  and  conveying  them 
away  unlawfully.  He  cleared  himself  from  this  charge. 
Two  years  later,  in  1662,  Captain  John  Bowrey  was 
recommended  to  Pepys  by  Lord  Inchiquin  as  having  ac- 
quitted himself  "extraordinary  well  in  the  two  voyages 
with  horscsV*  In  February,  1667,  "Mr.  Bowry  [?John] 
the  former  master  [of  the  Antelope]  was  discharged,  being 
uncapable  to  perform  the  Voyage  to  Gottenburg."  In  March, 
1673,  there  is  the  note,  "Trinity  House.  Certificate  of  the 
competency  of  John  Bowrey  of  Wapping  as  Master."  On 
the  4th  November,  1673,  the  effects  of  "Johannes  Bowry 
lately  of  H.  M.  S.  Swiftsure"  were  administered  by  his 
widow  Juditha^  but  whether  this  man  is  the  John  Bowrey 
of  1662  there  is  no  evidence  to  show. 

Captain  Thomas  Bowrey,  who  may  have  been  "  T.  B.'s  " 
father,  was  recommended  by  Captain  Potter  of  the  Constant \ 

*  Calendar  of  State  Papers,  Domestic  Series,  for  the  years  1652 — 
1673;  ^^'^  Index,  s.v.  Bowrey. 

2  Administration  Book,  1673,  ^t  Somerset  House. 


INTRODUCTION  XXV 

Warwick  as  his  Lieutenant  in  January,  1653,  and  is  stated 
to  have  "behaved  with  much  courage  and  discretion."  In 
1654  he  commanded  the  Roe  Ketch,  in  1655  the  Warwick, 
and  in  1657  again  the  Roe  Ketch.  While  in  command  of 
this  last  ship,  in  1659,  Bowrey  engaged  with  a  Spanish 
pirate,  and  chased  an  Ostend  man-of-war.  The  last 
reference  to  him  is  in  1669,  when  he  wrote  to  the  Navy 
Commissioners  reporting  his  arrival  at  Gravesend  with  the 
goods  of  two  Spanish  Ambassadors  on  board  \  On  the 
25th  January,  1666,  the  goods  of  a  Thomas  Bowrey  of 
Stepney  were  administered  by  his  widow,  Elizabeth 
Bowrey  ^  The  fact  that  this  Thomas  Bowrey  resided  at 
Stepney  and  that  T.  B.  eventually  settled  down  in  that 
parish,  added  to  the  similarity  of  their  Christian  names,  is 
ground  for  assuming  their  near  relationship,  though  there 
is  no  proof  of  the  connection  nor  even  of  the  identity  of 
Thomas  Bowrey  of  Stepney  with  Captain  Thomas  Bowrey 
of  the  Roe  Ketch. 

The  only  other  Bowrey  that  I  have  found  associated 
with  the  sea  at  this  period  is  "  Joseph  Bowrye  of  H.  M.  S. 
Le  Royall  Jamesl'  who  died  in  1672  and  whose  goods 
were  administered  on  the  25th  June  by  his  widow, 
Margareta  Bowrye^. 

If  our  author  came  of  the  same  family  as  these  naval 
men,  he  would  naturally  have  been  bred  up  with  a  know- 
ledge of  the  sea.  Why  he  should  have  chosen  to  seek  his 
fortune  in  India  is  not  apparent.  The  name  of  Bowrey 
does  not  occur  in  any  of  the  early  Bengal  or  Madras 
records,  so  it  is  not  likely  that  he  followed  a  family 
tradition.  In  the  Bombay  records  we  find  in  a  letter 
from  Surat  to  Bombay  on  the  ist  Nov.  1669',  "To  carry 
on  the  work  of  your  fortification... Mr.  Robert  Barbor  may 
be.  employed... and  for  his  assistance  you  may  appoint 
Captain  Bowry  who  wee  understand  hath  some  knowledge 


^  Calendar  of  State  Papers,  Domestic  Series,  for  the  years  1653 — 
1660;  vide  Index,  s.v.  Bowrey. 

2  Administration  Books,  1670  and  1672,  at  Somerset  House. 

3  O.C.  No.  3361. 


XXVI  INTRODUCTION 

in  the  art."  In  January,  1670,  a  Matthias  Bowrey  was 
living  in  Bombay  and  was  summoned  on  a  jury\  He  was 
probably  the  same  Matthias  Bowrey  who  was  entertained 
as  a  soldier  in  January,  1669,  to  serve  the  Company  at 
Bombay^  but  there  is  no  evidence  to  show  that  he  was 
related  to  the  author  of  the  MS. 

To  pass  from  surmise  to  fact.  Thomas  Bowrey  tells 
us  in  the  Preface  to  his  Dictionary  of  English  and  Malayo^ 
that  he  spent  nineteen  years  in  India  and  left  that  country 
in  1688.  He  must,  therefore,  have  reached  Fort  St  George 
(where  he  says  he  landed)^  in  1669.  If  he  went  directly 
from  England,  he  probably  sailed  in  either  the  Lay  all 
Merc/tant,  Rainbow^  Unicorne^  or  Madras  Merchant^  all  of 
which  started  for  the  "Coast  and  Bay"  in  1668.  The 
Log  of  the  Unicorne  is  extant*,  but  contains  no  mention 
of  Bowrey.  It  is  therefore  uncertain  whether  he  formed 
one  of  the  crew  of  the  ship  on  which  he  sailed  or  whether 
he  went  as  a  passenger.  If  he  voyaged  as  a  "free 
merchant"  he  must  have  eluded  the  vigilance  of  the 
Company's  agents,  who  had  strict  injunctions  to  prevent 
the  commanders  of  ships  from  taking  out  persons  un- 
licensed by  the  Court.  And  there  is  no  entry  of  any 
license  being  granted  to  T.  B.  in  1668.  Of  his  movements 
from  the  time  of  his  landing  till  1672  we  have  no  record. 
In  that  year  he  went  to  Masulipatam  and  Pettipollee". 
In  1674  he  was  living  at  Balasor*.  In  1675  he  was  at 
Junkceylon'  in  command  of  one  of  William  Jearsey's  ships. 
In  1676  he  took  the  Sancta  Cruz  from  Hugh  to  Fort 
St  George^  In  1677  ^^  ^^^  again  at  Junkceylon,  and 
was  a  witness  of  the  insurrection  in  that  island.  During 
the  ten   years  comprised   in  his   "  Account,"  he  went  to 

Persia®,  but,  unfortunately,  he  does  not   give    the   exact 

^ 

^  Factory  Records^  Surat,  vol.  iii.  p.  36. 

2  Marine  Records^  Miscellaneous,  No.  13. 

3  p.  2  of  this  vol. 

*  In  the  MS.  Dept.  at  the  British  Museum,  Harleian^  No.  4252. 
^  p.  57  of  this  vol.  ^  p.  152  of  this  vol. 

^  p.  250  of  this  vol.  ®  p.  172  of  this  vol. 

^  p.  216  of  this  vol. 


INTRODUCTION  XXVll 

date.  The  next  mention  of  Bowrey  is  in  1681,  when  he 
drew  his  chart  of  Ceylon.  At  this  time  he  was  probably 
at  Fort  St  George.  In  1682  he  was  at  Madapollam  where 
he  drew  his  chart  of  the  coast  of  Tenasserim.  In  July, 
1683,  "  Mr.  Bouree  with  his  sloop"  sailed  for  Madapollam^ 
and  on  the  4th  December  of  the  same  year  "  a  sloop  from 
Madapollam  Thomas  Bowrey  Master  arrived  here  [Fort 
St.  George]*."  In  1684  Thomas  Bowrey  went  to  Batavia 
on  a  vessel  belonging  to  Mr  James  Wheeler  of  Madapollam. 
He  returned  to  Fort  St  George  in  August  of  the  same 
year.  The  Council  there  was  desirous  of  buying  the 
"  Burneo  Pepper "  brought  by  Bowrey  "  if  Procurable  at 
a  reasonable  price."  They  offered  20  pagodas  per  candy, 
but  Bowrey  would  take  nothing  less  than  "  the  supposed 
prices  in  Bengali,"  viz.  23  pagodas  per  candy.  He  set 
sail  for  Bengal  on  the  Borneo  Merchant,  but  lost  his 
passage,  and  after  putting  in  at  Vizagapatam,  returned  to 
Fort  St  George  on  the  13th  September.  He  was  then 
ready  to  sell  his  pepper  at  a  lower  price,  but  now  the 
Council  would  only  offer  him  17  pagodas  per  candy.  We 
are  not  told  whether  he  agreed  to  sell  at  such  a  reduced 
rate.  On  the  26th  December  is  the  note  "  Ship  Burneo 
Merchant  arrived  here  [Fort  St  George]  out  of  Ennore 
River  where  she  put  in  to  Secure  her  selfe  from  the 
Monsoone*."  Almost  immediately  after,  Bowrey  again  left 
Madras  for  Madapollam,  where  he  arrived  on  the  Borneo 
Merchant  on  the  7th  January,  1685.  On  the  9th  he  asked 
the  Madapollam  Council  if  they  were  inclined  to  dispose 
of  the  Company's  Sloop  Conimeer^  and  offered  them 
40  pagodas  for  it*.  His  offer  was  accepted,  and  the 
Madapollam  Council  wrote  to  Fort  St  George  justifying 
their  action  as  follows,  "The  Sloope  Connimeer  haveing 
Layd  in  this  Factory  a  Considerable  time  in  a  Creaze 
rotten  condition,  wee  thought  fitt  to  dispose  of  to 
Mr.  Bowrey."      On  the  loth  February  an  attestation  was 

^  Madras  Press  List. 

2  Factory  Records,  Fort  St  George,  No.  3. 

3  ib.  Madapollam,  No.  i. 


xxvili  INTRODUCTION 

signed,  setting  forth  that,  in  consideration  of  "  40  Pagodas 
new  and  Currant  money  to  us  in  hand  Paid  by  Mr.  Thomas 
Bowrey  of  Madraspatam  Mariner"  the  Conimeer  Sloop, 
burthen  20  Tons  "  or  thereabouts  now  being  a  Shoar "  at 
Madapollam,  with  all  her  accessories  be  handed  over  to 
Thomas  Bowrey^  After  this  purchase,  Bowrey  went  to 
A  chin  and  thence  to  Balasor,  where  he  arrived  on  the 
28th  July.  After  a  six  weeks'  stay,  he  set  out  for  Fort 
St  George  on  the  nth  September,  1685'.  His  arrival  is 
noted  in  December.  It  was  in  1685  also  that  he  drew  his 
chart  of  the  Persian  Gulf 

In  1686,  Bowrey,  still  in  command  of  the  Borneo 
Merchant^  went  to  Cuddalore  and  Porto  Novo.  On  the 
15th  January,  after  he  had  started  on  his  voyage,  a  com- 
plaint was  lodged  against  him  at  Fort  St  George  by 
Captain  Heath.  It  runs  as  follows  : — "  Capt.  William 
Heath  Commander  of  the  Defence  having  complained  to 
the  President  and  Council  that  Mr.  Thomas  Bowrey 
master  of  the  Borneo  Merchant  had  carried  away  three  of 
his  ship's  company  viz.  William  Cannan  Joseph  Hon 
and  Alexander  Cobden  and  desiring  them  to  wTite  to 
Mr.  Davis  &ca.  att  Coodaloor  to  secure  them,  and  send 
them  hither,  they  agreed  to  advise  thereof  immediately, 
that  Mr.  Bowrey  be  secured  in  their  Factory  till  the  ship 
be  searched,  and  if  found  to  be  returned  speedily  with 
trusty  Peons  to  guard  them,  if  not,  to  take  a  Bond  of  said 
Mr.  Bowrey  in  the  penalty  of  a  Thousand  pounds  Ster. 
payable  to  the  Right  Honble.  Company  in  case  itt  shall  be 
proved  that  he  hath  them*."  The  three  men  arrived  at 
Fort  St  George  and  were  restored  to  Captain  Heath  on 
the  2 1  St  of  January  ^  After  leaving  Porto  Novo,  Bowrey 
went  to  Borneo,  and  returned  to  Fort  St  George  on  the 
nth  September.  On  the  25th  the  ship  sailed  again  for 
Porto   Novo  under  the  command  of  Thomas   Flemming, 

I  ■ 

^  Factory  Records^  Madapollam,  No.  3. 

2  ib,  Balasor,  No.  i. 

3  Madras  Public  Consultations^  vol.  x.  p.  227  (at  Madras). 
*  Madras  Press  List. 


INTRODUCTION  XXIX 

went  thence  to  Junkceylon,  and  returned  to  Fort  St  George 
on  the  23rd  January,  1687.  Bowrey  remained  at  Fort 
St  George,  for,  on  the  30th  September,  we  find,  "There 
having  been  Severall  treaties  with  Mr.  Bowrey  and  Mr. 
Massen  about  their  Pepper,  and  the  lowest  they  can  be 
brought  to  being  Pagodas  16  per  Candy,  Itt  is  ordered  to 
be  taken  of  them^"  On  the  30th  November  is  the  entry, 
"  This  morning  Thomas  Bowrey  who  went  Pilot  of  the 
Boat  that  Seftor  Axell  Ivell  late  Govr.  of  Trincombar  took 
his  passage  in  for  Trincombar,  arrived  here  from  thence^" 
During  his  stay  at  Fort  St  George  in  1686,  Bowrey  drew 
his  chart  of  Amoy  Bay. 

In  1687  Captain  Bowrey  arranged  for  his  return  to 
England,  but  he  subsequently  altered  his  plans.  On  the 
lOth  January  "Mr.  Thomas  Bowrey  having  desired  leave  to 
go  for  England  upon  the  Shrewsbury  Itt  is  order'd  that  the 
Secretary  do  give  the  Commander  an  order  to  receive  him 
and  his  necessary s  he  paying  for  his  passaged"  The 
Shrewsbury  sailed  on  the  2nd  Feb.,  but  Bowrey  was  not 
among  the  passengers.  His  name  figures  in  February  in 
a  list  of  '*  Freemen  inhabitants  of  P'ort  St  George,*'  and  on 
the  nth  of  the  month  he  went  to  Porto  Novo  with  the 
Borneo  Merchant  The  year  1687  was  an  unfortunate  one 
for  our  author,  and  he  must  many  times  have  regretted 
that  he  had  not  adhered  to  his  first  intention  and  sailed 
to  England  on  the  Shrewsbury.  On  the  i8th  May  the 
Council  at  Fort  St  George  received  a  letter  from  Mr  Davis, 
the  Company's  servant  at  Cuddalore,  enclosing  two  letters 
from  Captain  Thomas  Bowrey,  all  dated  the  14th  May, 
detailing  the  sufferings  of  Bowrey  at  the  hands  of  the 
"Avaldar"  of  Porto  Novo^  These  letters  do  not  exist 
in  the  India  Office  Records,  but  by  the  kindness  of 
Mr  G.  S.  Forbes,  M.A.,  of  the  Indian  Civil  Service,  who 
had  them  copied  for  me  (together  with  the  letter  quoted 
on  p.  xxviii.),  I  am  able  to  reproduce  them  here. 


^  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  4.  ^  /^/^^ 

3  Letters  to  Fort  St  George^  vol.  iv.  pp.  193 — 196  (at  Madras). 


XXX  INTRODUCTION 

"CUDDALORE  the  14th  May  1687. 
To 

The  Honble.  Wm.  Gyfford  Esqr. 

President  and  Govr,  &ca  Councill  in  Fort  St.  George, 

Honble.  &ca  &ca, 

I  here  inclosed  remitt  you  two  letters  which  we 
received  from  Mr.  Bowry  at  [?]  this  night  (which  will  not 
permitt  us  to  Enlarge  thereon)  to  which  desire  you  will 
please  to  be  referred  ;  haveing  [written]  before  to  him  and 
the  Subidar  about  it  haveing  had  Intelligence  of  the  bussi- 
ness  from  our  Chiefe  Dubash^  at  Porto  Novo  before  to 
Mr.  Bowry  that  as  hee  own'd  the  Right  Honble.  Companys 
Protection  ;  so  he  ought  to  have  applyed  himself  to  us  (as 
their  Representatives)  in  all  matters  depending  between 
him  and  any  of  the  natives  and  not  to  have  writ  himself 
as  hee  has  done  in  inflicting  anything  of  punishment  on 
them  as  [portion  damaged]  the  import  of  his  letters ;  and 
notwithstanding  hee  hath  been  so  irregular  in  his  pro- 
ceedings we  will  do  what  lay  in  our  power  to  Rescue  him 
without  incommoding  the  Right  Honble.  Companys  affaires 
provided  he  will  give  Bond  of  pagodas  10,000  to  indemnifie 
them ;  otherwise  he  must  compose  the  difference  himself, 
thus  farr  wee  think  ourselves  obliged  to  maintain  the 
honour  of  our  nation  and  the  priveleidge  of  our  Countrey 
as  to  suffer  none  to  bee  clapt  in  Prison  and  Irons  without 
being  satisfied  the  reason  ;  but  to  prevent  such  ill  Presi- 
dents for  the  future ;  therefore  desire  your  order  how  to 
proceed  herein,  till  which  shall  offer  nothing  of  hostillitys ; 
tho*  indeed  tis  so  great  an  affront  as  sufficient  to  animate 
the  spirits  of  any  man  to  seek  their  satisfaction. 

What  wee  have  wrote  to  the  Subidar  about  it  is  that 
wee  admire  his  incivillity  in  tollerating  so  gross  abuses  to 
bee  offered  to  us  for  which  wee  expect  satisfaceon  and  that 
hee  wold  acquaint  us  the  reason  of  his  barbarous  imprison- 
ment of  our  people  in  that  manner ;  and  release  him  ; 
otherwise  hee  might  expect  to  hear  further  from  us ;  wee 

^  Interpreter.     See  note  on  p.  37. 


INTRODUCTION  XXXl 

being  competent  Judges  to  punish  the  offences  of  our  owne 
people  according  to  merrit,  being  free  Merchants,  and  no 
wayes  to  bee  governed  by  their  Laws,  but  ohly  ObHg'd  to 
pay  the  Customes  of  our  Trade ;  which  was  a  sufficient 
obligacon  to  them  to  treat  us  with  more  civillity ;  being 
almost  courted  everywhere  ;  where  wee  might  have  much 
greater  priviledges  confer'd  on  us  and  bee  free  [?]  imposed 
upon  us  here,  which  if  not  mittigated  would  oblige  us  (in 
him)  to  consider  thereof.... 

Honble.  &ca  &ca 

Your  most  humble  and  obedient  Servants 

John  Davis 
(Sd.)      Ralph  Ingram 
Chr:  Wilson." 

"Porto  Novo,  May  14M,  1687. 
To 

Mr.  John  Davis  &ca  Councill. 

Honble.  Sirs, 

I  Haveing  given  400  Pagodas  about  two  months 
since  to  Amad  Marcar  [Ahmad  Maraikkar]  to  buy  cloth 
for  me  and  4  dayes  since  I  went  to  demand  my  cloth  who 
denied  it  and  say'd  hee  stopt  my  money  on  account  of  the 
last  voyage  my  Ship  made  who  by  Contract  was  to  go  to 
Atcheen  or  Quedah ;  but  the  ship  falling  in  with  Junckse- 
loan  and  being  in  want  of  wood  and  water  they  touched 
there ;  and  when  they  were  there  the  Master  in  two  days 
had  gott  what  he  wanted  and  would  have  proceed[ed]  the 
voyage  to  Quedah  but  Amad  Marcars  [Ahmad  Maraikkar] 
Servant  intreated  him  to  stay  there  of  which  I  can  produce 
severall  witnesses  but  the  Ship  staying  there  and  his  goods 
comeing  to  a  bad  market ;  hee  demands  the  loss  of  mee 
which  caused  our  falling  out  and  one  of  his  Servants  talking 
and  telling  severall  Impudent  Lyes  I  Stroke  him  being  in 
the  Companys  Factory  on  which  Amood  Marcar  [Ahmad 
Maraikkar]  went  to  the  avaldar  and  haveing  ^c^d  him  with 
50  Pagodas  I  was  sent  for  I  being  in  the  P'actory  denied  to 
go  to  him  till  he  promised  1  should  returne  Immediately; 


XXXll  INTRODUCTION 

who  contrary  to  his  word  has  Kept  me  this  Three  dayes 
with  a  pair  of  Irons  on  my  Leggs  and  putts  mee  in  his 
peons  Cookroom  for  a  Prison  and  my  servants  and  also 
ChiUimbrum  [Chilambaram]  desired  [?  denied]  to  come  to 
mee  hee  now  demanding  unjustly  1300  Pagodas  for  100 
slaves  which  Amad  Marcar  has  told  him  went  on  my  Ship 
without  custome  paying ;  which  they  say  I  must  pay  ;  or 
else  produce  the  owner  of  the  Slaves ;  who  is  Meer  Cung 
Marcar  [Mir  Jang  (?)  Maraikkar]  who  they  all  Know  very 
well  and  that  hee  now  lives  at  Chiali  out  of  their  Reach  but 
they  say  if  I  cannot  produce  him  I  must  pay  the  money 
which  Justice  I  referr  you  to  Judge  of,  this  is  the  Chiefe 
thing  they  demand  now  ;  Saying  it  is  the  diwans  and  must 
bee  paid  first,  but  when  that  is  paid  they  say  there  is  other 
accounts  to  make  with  mee  for  Amood  Marcars  loss  on  his 
goods  and  Meer  Cungs  loss  on  his  Slaves  ;  although  I  have 
cleared  what  Meer  Cung  by  Law  in  Trincumbar  {?]  haveing 
recovered  600  Pagodas  of  him  all  which  they  say  1  must 
pay  they  Intending  to  ruine  mee,  they  haveing  mee  now  in 
their  hands  I  therefore  desire  and  entreat  you  would  please 
to  order  Some  person  down  here  and  give  mee  your  assist- 
ance to  clear  mee  out  of  their  hands,  which  unless  some- 
body comes  will  not  bee  done  by  Letters ;  although  the 
Subidar  is  willing  to  release  mee  and  has  ordered  the 
Avaldar  not  to  lett  mee  bee  kept  in  Irons ;  yett  contrary  to 
his  order  I  am  and  I  fear  I  shall  bee  still  unless  assisted  by 
your[self  or]  one  of  the  Councills  comeing  here  with  the 
Chiefe  dubash  for  the  Avaldar  I  am  \^portion  damaged'] 
inveterate  against  mee  for  ChiUimbrum  speaking  for  mee ; 
and  Amad  Marcar  tells  them  I  am  a  run  away ;  and  no 
[one]  will  Protect  mee  ;  that  they  may  do  what  they  please 
with  mee  without  fear  and  ther[efore]  as  you  are  my 
Countrey  men  and  I  hope  friends  and  also  by  my  Pro- 
tection which  I  have  granted  from  the  Honble.  Company 
I  hope  and  humbly  desire  your  speedy  assistance  I  have 
not  been  permitted  pen  and  paper  else  should  have  wrote 
sooner  I  being  treated  at  the  rate  of  a  Murtherer  they  sent 
Peons  on  board  my  Ship  yesterday  to  unhang  her  Rudder 


4    .-« 


INTRODUCTION  XXXIU 

but  my  mate  would  not  permitt  them  which  is  all  at  present 
being  not  in  a  Condition  of  Presenting  my  Service  to  you 
but  remaine 

Sirs  Your  Most  humble  Servant  that  would  bee ; 
but  at  present  weighed  down  with  Irons 

Thomas  Bowry. 

I  would  enlarge  but  my  Keepers  comeing  in  I  cannot, 
I  hear  Amad  Marcar  has  got  leave  of  the  Avaldar  to  go  on 
board  my  Ship  to  day  with  his  people  to  unhang  their 
rudder ;  hee  saying  hee  intends  to  have  the  Ship.  Since 
your  Letter  came  last  night  to  the  Subidar  to  release  mee 
I  have  been  used  worse  than  before." 

"  Porto  Novo,  the  14th  May  1687. 
Mr.  Davis, 

Honoured  Sir, 

Since  my  letter  which  I  wrot  this  morning  I  under- 
stand that  this  night  came  a  letter  to  the  Subidar  and 
Avaldar  from  Nulla  Buckoor  Marcar  [Nalla  Bakr  (?)  Mara- 
ikkar]  who  is  at  Trimlevass  [Tirumalvasal  ?]  who  advices 
them  that  they  have  done  very  ill  in  Imprisoning  mee ; 
and  that  by  your  assistance  it  may  bring  a  great  deal  of 
trouble  on  them  and  also  advices  them  that  I  am  not  in 
fault ;  the  Slaves  which  went  on  my  ship  not  being  mine 
and  therefore  no  reason  I  should  pay  the  Custome  and 
severall  other  arguments  hee  uses  to  them  to  clear  mee  but 
the  Avaldar  haveing  taken  a  fee  hee  prosecuts  the  Chulea* 
Amad  Marcars  revenge  on  mee  to  the  \j>ortion  damaged] 
Except  they  would  murther  mee  I  understand  these  things 
from  one  of  the  Avaldar's  Servants  who  is  always  near 
him  I  haveing  bribed  him  to  acquaint  mee  with  Passages ; 
but  I  hope  in  God  1  shall  have  a  time  to  have  my  satis- 
facson  for  Amad  Marcar  for  his  makeing  mee  wear 
Irons  &ca. 

Sir, 

Your  Most  humble  Servant  in  Affliction 

Thomas  Bowry." 

^  Madras  Muhammadan.     See  note  on  p.  256. 

T.  c 


XXXIV  INTRODUCTION 

The  Council  at  Fort  St  George  did  not  trouble  much 
about  the  misfortunes  of  a  "free  merchant,"  and  left  the 
settlement  of  the  affair  to  the  Company's  servants  at 
Cuddalore.  On  the  27th  May  Mr  Davis  and  Council  wrote 
again. 

"  Cuddalore,  the  27th  May  1687. 
To 

The  Honble.  William  Gyfford  Esqr.  &ca. 

HONBLE.  Sir  &ca. 

Wee  have  received  yours  of  the  21st  Currant... 
Mr.  Bowrys  bussiness  is  Referred  by  him  and  the  diwan  to 
us  and  wee  have  obliged  Mr.  Bowry  to  deliver  us  his  Bond 
for  pagodas  10,000  to  Indemnifie  the  Right  Honble.  Com- 
panys  Affaires  from  all  demands  that  Shall  bee  lawfully 
made  against  him  which  believe  will  not  bee  [many] ;  hee 
haveing  given  Sufficient  Testimony  to  clear  himself  as 
noted  in  \^portion  damaged^  (to  which  Referr)  which  Shall 
bee  Remitted  you  Therefore  think  it  but  Reasonable  that 
Satisfaceon  bee  required  of  the  Diwan  for  the  abuse  offered 
us ;  in  the  Imprisoning  Mr.  Bowrey  in  that  barberous 
man[ner  and]  unlawfully  for  if  this  bee  passed  by,  they  will 
upon  all  occations  abuse  the  Right  Honble.  Companys 
Servants  in  the  like  manner.  So  that  wee  Shall  live  in  no 
Security  but  in  fear  of  the  diwan  to  the  Right  Honble. 
Companys  prejudice ;  therefore  desire  you  will  please  to 
order  (which  you  have  not  in  your  last)  Mr.  Mansfen 
haveing  acquainted  you  Mr.  Bowrys  Release  how  wee  shall 
proceed  in  any  bussiness  of  the  like  nature  for  the  future; 
to  waite  your  orders  for  it  then  may  endanger  our  lives  by 
their  barberous  usage  and  to  take  satisfacson  for  it  after- 
wards would  bee  but  a  poor  redress  to  the  Sufferers;  for 
tho  Mr.  Bowry  was  to  blame  in  Striking  Amad  Mercawns 
Servant  with  whom  the  difference  was  as  all  others  would  bee 
that  should  do  the  like  to  any  of  the  diwans  people  being 
Obliged  to  appeale  to  those  that  have  the  Authority  of 
writing  them  and  not  to  do  it  themselves  which  shall  by 


\ 
\ 


INTRODUCTION  XXXV 

noe  means  tollerate  for  prevention  of  disturbance,  yet  not 
so  much  considering  the  provocation  given  him  as  to  be  so 
rigorously  dealt  with  by  the  diwans  people  which  is  by  noe 
means  to  bee  allow'd  for  the  reason  aforesaid  but  they  bee 
obliged  to  appeal  to  us  for  Satisfaceon  for  any  Injuries 
done  by  our  people  and  not  to  wright  themselves  upon 
paine  of  answering  the  abuse ;  wee  have  been  Something 
the  larger  on  this  Subject  considering  how  much  it  Imports 
us  which  hope  you  will  please  to  excuse.... 

Honble.  Sir  &ca. 

Your  Most  humble  Servants 

John  Davis 
Ralph  Ingram 
Chr.  Wilson.'* 

In  the  letter  **of  the  2ist  Currant"  referred  to  in  the 
above,  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George  had  thus  expressed 
their  opinion  with  regard  to  Captain  Bowrey's  conduct  in 
the  affair  at  Porto  Novo\  "Mr.  Bo  wry  was  very  much  too 
blame  to  strike  any  Merchant  especially  in  the  Factory 
and  sure  enough  he  ought  to  have  made  his  applications  to 
you  upon  any  difference  with  the  natives  and  not  to  have 
done  him  selfe  Justice  and  were  it  not  indeed  for  the 
honour  of  our  nation  and  that  the  Subador  might  hereafter 
presume  to  do  the  same  to  any  of  the  Right  Honble. 
Companys  own  immediate  Servants  you  might  justly  have 
left  him  to  have  sought  his  own  remidy  but  upon  the  afore- 
said consideration  you  did  well  to  endeavour  his  rescue  and 
but  that  we  hear  from  Mr.  Mastin  [?  Mansfen]  that  he  is 
allready  released  wee  should  have  given  you  further  order 
and  direction  about  itt,  however  when  he  comes  hither  wee 
shall  call  him  to  account  for  his  irreguler  actions,  in  the 
mean  time  wee  would  not  have  you  omitt  to  take  such 
a  bond  from  him  as  you  mention  to  indemnifie  the  Right 
Honble.  Company  from  any  demands  of  the  Government 
upon  his  account." 

*  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  20. 

c  2 


XXXvi  INTRODUCTION 

Captain  Bowrey  must  have  been  released  from  con- 
finement about  the  20th  May,  1687,  for  he  reached  Fort 
St  George  on  the  Borneo  Merchant  on  the  25th  of  the 
month,  and  on  the  2nd  of  June  he  sailed  again  for  Achin, 
which  place  he  reached  without  further  impediments 

On  the  4th  June,  1687,  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George 
in  a  letter  to  Cuddalore  again  referred  to  the  Bowrey 
affair*-^.  "  As  to  Mr.  Bowrys  case  wee  must  needs  say  the 
abuse  was  not  only  to  him  but  to  the  Right  Honble. 
Company  and  therefore  had  wee  power  and  were  it  con- 
venient for  us  in  respect  of  our  concernes  wee  should  right 
our  Selves  in  the  same  manner  and  fetch  the  Governour 
himself  and  put  him  in  Irons  as  hee  did  Mr.  Bowry 
without  cause  or  att  least  before  he  had  made  his  com- 
plaint of  himselfe  or  his  people  receiving  any  wrong  from 
said  Mr.  Bowry  but  as  the  case  stands  wee  must  only 
make  our  complaint  to  the  Cheife  Sobadar  or  to  the  King 
himselfe  (if  hee  the  Sobadar  will  not  doe  wright)...wee 
shall  consider  what  to  doe  afterwards  if  wee  have  not 
Satisfaction." 

From  this  letter  it  appears  as  if  Bowrey,  on  his  return, 
had  enlisted  the  sympathy  of  the  Council,  and  that  if  he 
had  been  "called  to  account"  he  had  managed  to  make^ 
out  a  good  case  for  himself.  However,  with  Bowrey's 
departure  for  Achin,  the  Council's  sympathy  on  his  behalf 
quickly  cooled  down,  and  whether  he  ever  obtained  sub- 
stantial satisfaction  for  his  imprisonment  is  doubtful.  On 
the  30th  July,  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George  wrote  to 
Cuddalore,  "  Mr.  Bowreys  action  against  Amord  Mercawne 
is  withdrawne  from  our  Court,  appearing  more  of  heat 
then  matter  and  the  attacht  goods  discharged ^"  The 
servants  at  Cuddalore  were,  however,  anxious  to  uphold 
their  dignity  with  the  native  governor,  and  the  affair  was 
still  in  abeyance  in  August,  1687.  As  the  '* attacht  goods'* 
were  "discharged,*'  Bowrey  appears  only  to  have  suffered 
personal  inconvenience  and  not  financial  loss. 

^  Factory  Records ^  Fort  St  George,  No.  4.  *  /^-^ 

3  ibid.  No.  3a 


INTRODUCTION  XXXvil 

When  he  left  Achin,  Captain  Bowrey  went  to  Bengal. 
This  was  his  third  recorded  visit  to  that  province^  On 
the  23rd  August,  1687,  Captain  Nicholson  of  the  Beaufort 
wrote  to  Job  Charnock,  the  Company's  Agent,  "  This  day 
the  Borneo  Merchant  Captain  Bowrey  anchored  of  this 
place,  he  came  from  Acheen,  he  put  in  here  [Hijili]  to  see 
if  we  had  any  advices  to  send  to  the  Fort,  which  is  all  his 
business,  I  advised  him  to  come  up  and  acquaint  your 
worship*/*  On  the  26th  August  Job  Charnock  and  Council 
at  Bengal  wrote  to  President  Gyfford  at  Fort  St  George 
giving  an  account  of  the  taking  of  the  Ketch  Good  Hope^ 
which  had  been  "  Ordered  down  into  the  Bay  with  2  months 
provisions  to  ly  there  as  a  guard  ship/'  The  taking  of 
the  vessel  "  came  but  to  our  knowledge  within  these  2  days, 
by  Captain  Bowry  who  brought  along  with  him  the  Master 
of  the  said  Ketch  from  Acheen,  his  name  is  Samuell  Heron 
Brother  to  Captain  George  Heron,  both  of  them  Pilots  in 
the  Right  Honble.  Companys  service."  This  unfortunate 
man  had  arrived  in  Balasor  Road  on  the  ist  May.  "On 
the  2nd  May  was  overpowered  by  a  gang  of  the  crew  who 
kept  him  in  irons  for  6  weeks  when  they  put  him  in 
a  Prow  on  the  Coast  of  Sumatra  with  5  daies  provision... 
In  15  he  arrived  at  Acheen  where  he  mett  with  this 
[Captain  Bowrey's]  conveyance'."  The  letter  containing 
this  account  was  entrusted  to  Captain  Bowrey,  who  reached 
Fort  St  George  on  the  23rd  September,  1687*. 

This  was  Bowrey's  last  voyage  on  the  Borneo  Merchant, 
On  the  4th  October  the  vessel,  together  with  the  Com- 
pany's ship  the  Loy all  Adventure y  was  lost  in  a  storm  at 
Fort  St  George.  The  Borneo  Merchant  was  driven  ashore 
and  "  bilged  into  shatters'."  No  lives  appear  to  have  been 
lost.  It  was  at  this  time,  after  his  return  from  Bengal, 
that  Bowrey  drew  his  chart  of  the  Hugli,  which  is  re- 
produced in  this  volume^  His  chart  of  Formosa  was  also 
drawn  in  the  same  year. 

^  See  pp.  152  and  172  of  this  vol. 

'  Factory  Records ^  Hugli,  No.  11. 

3  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  30.  *  ibid.  No.  21. 

*  O.C,  13th  October,  1687.  *  See  p.  172. 


xxxviii  INTRODUCTION 

We  have  now  reached  the  final  stages  of  our  author's 
life  in  India.  The  Borneo  Merchant  was  replaced  by  the 
Frances^  on  which,  in  spite  of  his  former  unpleasant  ex- 
perience, Bowrey  sailed  to  Porto  Novo  early  in  1688.  On 
the  4th  March  he  was  back  again  at  Fort  St  George\ 
On  the  loth  of  the  month  he  sailed  for  Achin,  and  there 
Dampier  found  him  living  in  his  own  house.  The  follow- 
ing is  the  great  traveller's  account  of  his  relations  with 
Bowrey: — "When  I  was  a  little  recover'd...!  made  a  shift 
to  go  abroad  ;  and  having  been  kindly  invited  to  Captain 
Bowry's  House  there  [in  Achin],  my  first  visit  was  to  him, 
who  had  a  Ship  in  the  Road,  but  lived  ashore.  This 
Gentleman  was  extraordinary  kind  to  us  all,  particularly 
to  me,  and  importuned  me  to  go  his  Boatswain  to  Persia ; 
whither  he  was  bound,  with  a  design  to  sell  his  Ship 
there ;  as  I  was  told,  tho  not  by  himself  From  thence 
he  intended  to  pass  with  the  Caravan  to  Aleppo,  and  so 
home  for  England.  His  business  required  him  to  stay 
some  time  longer  at  Achin ;  I  judge,  to  sell  some  com- 
modities, that  he  had  not  yet  disposed  of  Yet  he  chose 
rather  to  leave  the  disposal  of  them  to  some  Merchant 
there ;  and  make  a  short  trip  to  the  Nicobar  Islands  in 
the  mean  time,  and  on  his  return  to  take  in  his  effects, 
and  so  proceed  towards  Persia.  This  was  a  sudden  re- 
solution of  Captain  Bowry's,  presently  after  the  arrival  of 
a  small  Frigot  from  Siam,  with  an  Ambassador  from  the 
King  of  Siam,  to  the  Queen  of  Achin.  The  Ambassador 
was  a  Frenchman  by  nation.  The  Vessel  that  he  came 
in  was  but  small,  yet  very  well  mann'd,  and  fitted  for 
a  fight.  Therefore  it  was  generally  supposed  here,  that 
Captain  Bowry  was  afraid  to  lye  in  Achin  Road,  because 
the  Siamers  were  now  at  Wars  with  the  English,  and 
he  was  not  able  to  defend  his  Ship,  if  he  should  be 
attackt  by  them. 

"  But  whatever  made  him  think  of  going  to  the  Nicobar 
Islands,  he  provided  to  sail ;  and  took  me,  Mr.  Hall,  and 
Ambrose  with  him :  tho  all  of  us  so  sick  and  weak  that 

^  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  5. 


INTRODUCTION  XXXIX 

we  could  do  him  no  service.  It  was  some  time  about  the 
beginning  of  June  when  we  sailed  out  of  Achin  Road  ; 
but  we  met  with  the  Wind  at  N.W.  with  turbulent  weather, 
which  forced  us  back  again  in  2  days  time.  Yet  he  gave 
us  each  12  Mess^  a  piece,  a  Gold  Coyn,  each  of  which 
is  about  the  value  of  1 5  pence  English.  So  he  gave  over 
that  design :  and  some  English  Ships  coming  into  Achin 
Road,  he  was  not  afraid  of  the  Siamers  who  lay  there. 

,  "  After  this,  he  again  invited  me  to  his  House  at  Achin, 
and  treated  me  always  with  Wine  and  good  Cheer,  and 
still  importuned  me  to  go  with  him  to  Persia :  but  I  being 
very  weak,  and  fearing  the  Westerly  Winds  would  create 
a  great  deal  of  trouble,  did  not  give  him  a  positive  answer : 
especially  because  I  thought  I  might  get  a  better  Voyage 
in  the  English  Ships  newly  arrived,  or  some  others  now 
expected  here.  It  was  this  Captain  Bowry  who  sent  the 
Letter  from  Borneo  directed  to  the  Chief  of  the  English 
Factory  at  Mindanao... ^"  The  letter  here  referred  to  was 
written  by  Captain  Bowrey  when  he  was  at  Borneo  in 
1687,  and  seen  by  Dampier  at  Mindanao  in  the  Philippine 
Islands.  He  says*,  "Some  of  our  men... bought  a  Canoa, 
and  designed  to  go  in  her  to  Borneo :  for  not  long  before 
a  Mindanao  Vessel  came  from  thence,  and  brought  a  Letter 
directed  to  the  Chief  of  the  English  Factory  at  Mindanao. 
This  Letter  the  General  would  have  Captain  Swan  have 
opened,  but  he  thought  it  might  come  from  some  of  the 
East  India  Merchants,  whose  Affairs  he  would  not  inter- 
meddle with,  and  therefore  did  not  open  it.  I  since  met 
with  Captain  Bowry  at  Achin,  and  telling  him  this  story, 
he  said  that  he  sent  that  Letter,  supposing  that  the 
English  were  settled  there  at  Mindanao,  and  by  this 
Letter  we  also  thought  that  there  was  an  English  Factory 
at  Borneo :  so  here  was  a  mistake  on  both  sides." 

In  spite  of  his  expressed  intention  to  go  to  Persia, 
Bowrey  ultimately  changed  his  mind,  and,  as  in  the  pre- 
vious year,  on  leaving  Achin,  went  to  Bengal.     At  the  end 

^  See  note  on  p.  1 1 5  of  this  vol. 

*  Dampier,  Voyages^  vol.  i.  p.  503  f.  ^  ibid,  p.  370. 


xl  INTRODUCTION 

of  September  he  returned  once  more  to  Fort  St  George 
on  the  Frances^  bringing  the  "  Bengali  and  Bencolen 
Generalise"  He  also  brought  news  of  the  massacre  of 
the  English  at  Mergui,  the  detention  of  his  own  and  other 
English  ships,  and  his  subsequent  escape.  These  matters 
are  referred  to  in  a  letter  from  the  Council  at  Fort  St 
George  to  the  English  Ambassador,  Sir  William  Norris, 
under  date  29th  September,  1688',  "This  instant  arrived 
here  Captain  Thomas  Bowery  from  Atchein  via  Bengali 
who  acquainted  us  he  left  Mr.  John  Hill  and  severall 
there  upon  the  Pearle  frigatt  we  sent  in  September  last 
on  the  Merge  Expedition  who  were  ever  Since  detained 
there  and  att  Siam  but  by  what  accident  or  Strataguem 
he  got  free  we  cannot  learne  having  noe  letter  from  them 
only  Mr.  Bowery  tells  us  he  heard  Mr.  Hodges  with  near 
100  more  English  men  detained  prisoners  att  Siam  and 
Severely  treated..." 

In  this  last  voyage  Bowrey  had  probably  realized  most 
of  his  property.  At  any  rate,  his  stay  at  Fort  St  George 
was  very  short.  On  the  20th  October,  1688,  he  sailed  for 
England  on  the  Bengali  Merchant  under  the  command  of 
Captain  William  Pearse^  The  voyage  was  a  long  one, 
and  Bowrey  employed  his  time  in  collecting  the  materials 
for  his  Dictionary  of  English  and  Malay 0,  published 
in   1701*. 

The  next  reference  to  Captain  Bowrey  is  in  the  Home 
Records  on  the  29th  November,  1689,  when  the  Court  of 
Directors  ordered  ;^ioo  to  be  paid  to  'Captain  Thomas 
Bowrey  in  part  of  a  farther  sum  due  to  him  from  the 
Company,'*  and  again  on  the  24th  March,  1690,  **  It  being 
represented  to  the  Court  that  two  Cannisters  of  Tea 
belonging  to  Captain  Bowry  were  put  up  at  the  Companys 
Sale  and  did  not  go  off.  It  is  ordered  that  the  Said  Com- 
modities be  delivered  him  he  paying  the  Companys  Duties 
according  to  the  rate  they  were  put  up  at."  On  the  31st 
March  there  is  another  entry  ordering  the  account  of  raw 

1  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  5.  ^  ibid.  No.  21. 

'  ibid.  No.  5.  *  See  the  Preface  to  the  Dictionary. 


INTRODUCTION  xli 

silk  brought  home  on  the  Rochester  for  Captain  Thomas 
Bowry  to  be  stated  \ 

Our  author  had  now  time  and  means  to  settle  down 
in  comfort  in  his  native  land.  In  the  Marriage  Licences 
issued  by  the  Vicar  General  of  the  Archbishop  of 
Canterbury^  we  find,  "September  14th  1691.  Thomas 
Bowrey  of  Greenwich,  Kent,  Merchant,  Bachelor,  about  31 
and  Mary  Gardiner,  of  the  same,  Spinster,  about  20,  with 
her  father's  consent;  at  St.  Mary  Magdalen,  Old  Fish 
Street,  London,  or  [  ]."  Were  it  not  for  the  "about,'' 
the  age  of  the  bridegroom  would  constitute  a  serious 
difficulty,  for,  even  allowing  that  Bowrey  was  only  seven- 
teen when  he  sailed  for  India  in  1668,  he  would  have  been 
forty-one  at  the  time  of  his  marriage.  The  marriage  did 
not  take  place  at  St  Mary  Magdalen,  Old  Fish  Street, 
but  in  the  Parish  Church  of  Lee,  Blackheath,  on  the 
17th  September,  1691^ 

Whether  Thomas  Bowrey  went  to  sea  again  after  his 
marriage  is  uncertain.  If  he  made  no  more  voyages,  his 
knowledge  of  the  Coast  of  Africa,  embodied  in  the  "MS 
Book  in  a  Green  Cover,"  bequeathed  to  the  East  India 
Company,  must  have  been  acquired  during  his  journeys 
to  and  from  India.  At  the  same  time  it  seems  highly 
probable  that  his  "  Manuscript  book  of  draughts  and  di- 
scriptions  of  the  Coasts  of  America,"  bequeathed  to  the 
South  Sea  Company,  was  the  product  of  personal  obser- 
vation, and  if  the  Dictionary  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Language 
(bound  up  with  one  copy  of  the  Dictionary  of  English  and 
Malayd)  were  really  the  work  of  Bowrey,  then  he  must 
also  have  voyaged  to  North  America.  From  the  date  of 
his  marriage  until  the  early  part  of  1699  I  can  find  no 
mention  of  him  (except  in  1694,  1695  and  1696  as  a  holder 
of  East  India  Stock*),  so  that  whether  he  was  voyaging 
abroad  or  trading  at  home  must  be  left  to  conjecture. 

*  Court  Book,  No.  35. 

*  Harleian  Society s  Publications,  vol.  xxxi. 

3  The  marriage  is  entered  in  the  Registers  of  Lee  Church,  Black- 
heath,  and  I  am  indebted  to  the  Rev.  E.  Louis  C.  Clapton  for  a  copy 
of  the  entry.  *  Home  Series,  Miscellaneous,  No.  2. 


xlii  INTRODUCTION 

In  February,  1699,  the  Court  of  Directors  debated  the 
wisdom  of  a  Settlement  in  the  "  South  Seas/'  i.e.  the  East 
Indian  Islands,  and  "Captain  Rossey  and  Captain  Bowrey 
who  had  been  in  those  parts  were  called  in  and  discoursed 
at  large  about  their  knowledge  of  what  may  probably  be 
done  by  a  settlement  there."  The  two  Captains  "delivered 
in  a  Proposall  '*  concerning  the  Settlement,  which  the 
Court  at  first  seemed  inclined  to  adopt,  but  eventually 
adjourned  "the  furthur  debate  thereof,"  and  there  is  no 
later  reference  to  the  matter^ 

At  this  time  Bowrey  must  have  been  fully  occupied 
with  his  Dictionary  of  English  and  Malay 0,  a  work  on 
which  he  expended  infinite  pains,  and  which  was  produced 
in  1 701  ;  after  its  publication,  there  is  again  a  gap  of  five 
years  in  the  author's  life.  In  1706  Bowrey  turns  up  again 
as  an  acquaintance  of  Peter  Briggins^  through  whom 
the  1669 — 1679  MS.  came  to  its  present  owner.  On  the 
22nd  October,  1706,  there  is  an  entry  in  the  diary  of 
Peter  Briggins^  of  the  receipt  of  a  half-year's  rent  from 
Captain  Bowrey.  All  through  1707  and  1708  there  are 
frequent  notes  of  meetings  between  the  two  men,  e,g.  "Went 
to  the  Garter  Cofife  hous  to  meet  Capt.  Bowry...Met  Capt. 
Bowry  and  Sold  Share  A  Old  India  bond  for  210  premio... 
Went  to  Change  to  look  for  Rickits  and  Capt.  Bowry... 
Received  of  Capt.  Bowry  ^  years  Rent."  The  fact  that 
Peter  Briggins  was  a  holder  of  East  India  Stock  may  have 
led  to  his  acquaintance  with  Thomas  Bowrey,  or,  more  pro- 
bably, the  house  occupied  by  the  Bowreys  in  Wellclose  (or 
Marine)  Square,  Stepney,  was  owned  by  Peter  Briggins. 

Although  his  roving  days  were  over,  Captain  Bowrey 
still  took  an  active  interest  in  the  East  India  trade.  On 
the  28th  July,  1708,  we  find  in  the  Court  Book^  the 
following  entry,  "Sir  Thos.  Cooke,  Sir  Gilbert  Heathcote, 
Mr.  Shepheard,  Mr.  Moore  or  any  two  of  them  to  discourse 
with  Capt.   Bowry  touching  some  Proposalls  he  offers  to 

^  Court  Book.,  No.  37  A.  2  ggg  Eliot  Papers. 

3  These  diaries  are  in  the  possession  of  Mr  Eliot  Howard,  the 
owner  of  the  MS.  *  No.  43. 


INTRODUCTION  xliii 

communicate  concerning  the  East  India  Trade  and  make 
report."  There  is  no  record  as  to  whether  these  "  Pro- 
posals"  were  adopted.  That  Bowrey's  interest  in  the 
shipping  trade  of  his  country  suffered  no  diminution  as 
time  went  on  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  in  171 1  he  de- 
livered to  the  Lord  High  Treasurer  a  *'Proposall  for  taking 
Baldivia  in  the  South  Seas  "  and  a  "  Proposall  for  Settle- 
ment in  the  way  to  the  South  Seas^"  These  "Proposalls" 
were  dated  from  Marine  Square,  Stepney,  the  10th  and 
nth  September,  171 1.  In  the  first  Bowrey  described  the 
coasts  of  Chili  and  Peru,  their  climate,  productions, 
harbours,  etc.  In  support  of  his  suggestion  he  urged, 
"  Baldivia  produces  the  most  gold  of  any  Place  on  the 
South  Seas  and  it  being  a  cold  country  may  be  probably 
brought  to  Vend  large  quantities  of  our  Woollen  Manu- 
factures to  the  Natives  more  than  Peru  which  is  a  moderate 
or  rather  hot  Climate."  In  support  of  the  second  '*  Pro- 
posall "  Bowrey  declared  that  it  was  absolutely  necessary 
to  secure  some  harbour  between  "  Rio  de  Plata  and  the 
Straits  of  Magellan  for  the  Refreshment  of  our  men  &c." 
On  the  28th  February,  17 12,  Captain  Thomas  Bowrey 
again  wrote  from  Marine  Square*  urging  the  Committee 
of  Directors  of  the  South  Sea  Company  that  the  time  was 
appropriate  for  a  voyage  to  the  South  Seas,  and  again 
emphasizing  the  need  of  finding  a  port  for  refreshment. 
His  insistent  eagerness  about  the  matter  lends  weight  to 
the  supposition  that  he  had  himself  voyaged  to  the  coasts 
of  America  and  had  felt  the  want  of  the  **  port  for  refresh- 
ment" that  he  advocated.  There  is  no  record  of  any 
answer  to  Bowrey*s  "  Proposalls  "  nor  of  any  further  corre- 
spondence between  him  and  the  South  Sea  Company. 
Possibly  he  was  disgusted  with  the  want  of  appreciation  of 
his  efforts  towards  the  promotion  of  trade. 

At  this  time  Bowrey  was  still  paying  rent  regularly  to 
Peter  Briggins  and  meeting  him  socially,  but  after  the 
15  th  October,  17 12,  there  is  no  reference  to  Captain  Bowrey 
in  the  Diary  of  Peter  Briggins  until  the  5th  March,  171 3, 

1  British  Museum,  Add,  MS,  28,140,  fF.  31 — 33.  *  ibid. 


xliv  INTRODUCTION 

when  the  following  entry  occurs,  "In  the  Morning  at 
Captain  Bowrys...in  the  Evening  at  the  Insuerance  office 
about  Capt.  Bowrys  Affaire."  On  the  nth  March  is  a 
similar  entry.  The  Captain  was  most  likely  unable  to 
execute  any  business  personally,  and  consequently  left  the 
"  insuerance  "  to  his  friend.  On  the  day  of  Peter  Briggins' 
last  visit,  the  i  ith  March,  Thomas  Bowrey  signed  his  will. 
Three  days  later  he  was  buried  in  the  same  Church  in 
which  he  had  been  married  twenty-one  and  a  half  years 
before\  His  will^  was  proved  on  the  i6th  of  the  month 
by  his  widow  Mary  Bowrey.  Legal  formalities  were 
managed  with  more  expedition  in  the  i8th  than  in  the 
20th  century ! 

In  his  will  Thomas  Bowrey  describes  himself  as  of 
Wellclose  Square,  Stepney.  He  leaves  his  wife  Mary 
Bowrey  sole  executrix.  The  most  important  portions  of 
the  document  are  the  following : — "  I  give  and  bequeath 
unto  the  United  East  India  Company  my  Manuscript 
Book  in  a  Green  Cover  containing  a  description  of  the 
Coast  of  Africa  Etcetera  supposing  that  if  they  print  the 
same  (all  except  the  Scheme  for  a  settlement^  and  part  of 
the  Preface)  it  will  be  of  use  to  their  Shipping  and  Servants 
in  India  Item  I  give  and  Bequeath  to  the  South  Sea 
Company  my  Manuscript  Book  of  draughts  and  discriptions 
of  the  Coasts  of  America  Item  I  give  and  bequeath  unto 
my  Cousin  Thomas  Studds  the  summe  of  Fifty  pounds  of 
lawfull  money  of  Great  Britain  and  also  all  my  wearing 
apparell  Sword  Books  (Except  such  as  my  Executrix 
aforesaid  shall  keep  for  her  own  use)  Journalls  and  Maps 
and  also  Five  pounds  for  mourning  and  a  Twenty  Shilling 
ring... Item  I  give  and  bequeath  unto  the  poor  seamen 
of  the  Harnlett  of  Wapping  Stepney  in  the  County  of 
Middlesex  the  summe  of  Ten  pounds  of  lawfull  money  of 
Great  Britain  to  be  given  and  distributed  by  my  Executrix 
aforesaid  as  she  shall  think  most  charitable  and  with  a 

^  Parish  Registers  of  St  Margaret's  Church,  Lee,  Blackheath. 

2  Wills,  Somerset  House,  Luds^  fol.  53. 

^  This  may  be  the  "  Settlement "  referred  to  on  p.  xlii 


INTRODUCTION  xlv 

particular  regard  to  such  as  have  been  at  East  India  Item 
I  give  and  bequeath  unto  poor  seamen  of  the  Parish  of 
Saint  John  Wapping  in  the  County  of  Middlesex  the 
summe  of  Ten  pounds  of  lawfull  money  of  Great  Britain 
to  be  given  and  distributed  by  my  Executrix  aforenamed 
as  she  shall  think  most  charitable  and  with  a  particular 
regard  to  such  as  have  been  at  East  India  and  therein  to 
devise  with  my  good  Freind  Mr  John  Russell  the  present 
minister  of  the  said  Parish  to  whom  I  give  and  bequeath  a 
Twenty  Shilling  ring." 

During  the  first  six  months  after  Captain  Bowrey*s 
death,  the  widow  received  much  material  assistance  in  her 
business  affairs  from  Peter  Briggins,  and  (as  remarked 
above)  it  seems  only  reasonable  to  conjecture  that  the  MS. 
which  forms  the  present  work  was  given  to  him  as  an 
acknowledgment  of  his  many  services.  At  the  time  of 
his  death  Captain  Bowrey  either  owned  or  rented  the 
"  King's  Head  Inn  in  South wark."  Briggins  arranged 
"about  insuering  the  Same  for  Widow  Bowry/'  and  in 
his  will,  dated  14th  July,  1714^,  he  says  he  has  lately 
bought  the  "Ground  Rent  of  the  King's  Head  Inn, 
Borrough,'*  in  which  the  widow  Bowrey  had  a  leasehold 
interest.  This  inn  was  owned  by  a  descendant  of  Peter 
Briggins  till  within  a  few  years  ago. 

Mary  Bowrey,  "  widow  of  Captain  Bowrey  from  Well- 
close,  near  Wapping,"  was  buried  with  her  husband  on  the 
2Sth  May,  17 15*.  Her  will  is  dated  28th  April,  1715, 
and  was  proved  by  her  mother,  Frances  Gardiner,  on  the 
4th  June^  She  described  herself  as  of  "  Marine  Square  in 
the  parish  of  Stepney,  alias  Stebunheath/*  so  it  seems  as  if 
Marine  Square  and  Wellclose  Square  were  synonymous. 
She  desired  to  be  "  decently  buried  in  the  Vault  wherein 
my  dearly  beloved  husband  Captain  Bowrey  is  laid  in  the 
Church  yard  of  the  Parish  Church  in  the  County  of  Kent 
And  my  Will  is  that  my  Executrix  hereafter  named  doe 

*  Wills  at  Somerset  House,  Z//^/y,  fol.  53. 

2  Parish  Registers  of  St  Margaret's  Church,  Lee,  Blackheath. 

3  Wills  at  Somerset  House. 


xlvi  INTRODUCTION 

bury  me  in  the  same  devout  private  manner  as  my  said 
late  husband  was  buryed  and  that  She  doe  in  some  con- 
venient time  after  my  death  Expend  the  Summe  of  ;£^200 
in  a  Monument  to  be  Erected  in  remembrance  of  me  and 
to  be  placed  on  or  near  the  vault  And  I  give  unto  my 
good  Friend  Mrs  Hannah  Lockard  the  summe  of  five 
pounds  and  a  gold  ring  of  the  value  of  twenty  shillings  to 
Supervise  the  erecting  of  the  said  monument  She  having 
promised  me  so  to  doe." 

Unfortunately,  time  has  obliterated  the  inscription  on 
the  monument  and  it  is  impossible  to  distinguish  it  from 
many  others  in  the  same  Churchyard,  all  in  an  equal  state 
of  decay.    Mary  Bowrey  left  to  her  mother  Frances  Gardiner 
"The  Inn  in  the  Burrough  of  Southwarke  commonly  called 
or  knowne  by  the  name  or  Signe  of  the  Old  King  Harrys 
head  "  for  the  term  left  to  run  ;  she  also  left  to  her  mother 
her  farm  in  Chapton  Magna,  Essex,  yearly  value  £'^^2,  There 
were  various  other   legacies  amounting  to  nearly  ;£^iooo. 
Her  charitable  bequests  were  as  follows: — She  left  ;£^ioo 
"in  charity  amongst   poor  decayed    Seamen  or  Seamens 
widows... a  particular   regard  to  be  had  to  such  Seamen 
as  have  used  the  East  India  trade  or  Navigation  or  their 
widows,  my  said  dearly  beloved  Husband  having  gott  or 
improved  his  Fortune  in  the  world  by  that  Trade."     She 
desired  that  her  Stock  in  the  South  Sea  Company,  her 
houses  in  Goodman's  Fields  and  the  rest  of  her  property 
should  be  sold,  and  the  money  placed  out  at  Interest  (after 
the  payment  of  her  debts  and  legacies)  for  her  mother  s 
benefit ;  but  after  the  death  of  her  mother  Frances  Gardiner, 
Captain  Hugh  Raymond  and  John  Hungerford  of  Lincoln's 
Inn  were  to  be  trustees  for  the  property.     "  My  will  and 
mind   is  that  my  said  Trustees... do  with  all  convenient 
speed  after  the  death  of  my  said  Mother  with  such  part  of 
the  said  residue  of  my  present  estate  as  shall  be  requisite 
for  that  purpose,  purchase  the  Inheritance  of  a  convenient 
piece  of  Ground  in  some  place  between  Stepney  Church 
and   Bow  in  the  County  of  Middlesex   and  build  such  a 
number  of  Almshouses  thereon  as  they  shall  Estimate  and 


INTRODUCTION  xlvii 

Judge  the  said  residue  of  my  personal  Estate  to  them 
devised  for  that  purpose  will  be  sufficient  to  build  and 
endow  with  a  convenient  Maintenance  for  the  poor  people 

to   be   placed    therein And    I    do   hereby    direct   and 

Order  that  the  poor  persons  Men  or  Women  to  be  placed 
in  the  said  Almshouses  be  such  as  have  been  bred  up 
to  the  Sea  and  past  their  labour  and  that  the  women  be 
such  likewise  as  are  past  their  Labour  and  be  the  Widows 
of  Seamen.  And  my  Will  and  Mind  is  That  my  said 
Trustees  and  the  Survivor  of  them  doe  cause  such  writeing 
or  Inscription  to  be  made  upon  the  said  Alms  Houses  as 
may  perpetuate  the  Memory  of  my  said  dear  Husband 
and  me."  After  the  death  of  the  trustees  the  recipients 
of  the  charity  were  to  be  nominated  by  the  Minister  and 
Churchwardens  of  the  parish  of  Stepney.  The  trustees 
were  to  receive  ;£'40  each  for  their  trouble.  Frances 
Gardiner  was  made  Executrix  and  the  two  trustees  were 
to  be  representatives  of  Mary  Bowrey  after  her  mother's 
death.  Mr  Hungerford  was  requested  to  assist  Mrs 
Gardiner  "  and  to  continue  the  same  friendly  regard  for 
her  which  he  did  always  Show  to  me  and  my  said 
Husband." 

Captain  Hugh  Raymond,  one  of  the  trustees,  com- 
manded the  Duchess  1702 — 1705  on  a  voyage  to  and  from 
Calcutta,  and  again  1705 — 1708  on  a  voyage  to  and  from 
Fort  St  George.  From  1709 — 17 12  he  was  in  command  of 
the  Bouverie,  also  on  a  voyage  to  Fort  St  George.  After 
that  date  he  appears  to  have  settled  down  at  home.  He 
was  in  London  in  October,  17 14. 

John  Hungerford  was  the  Company's  legal  adviser,  and 
was  elected  to  be  their  "Standing  Counsell"  in  1713. 

Frances  Gardiner  died  in  1728  and  there  was  a  second 
administration  of  Mary  Bowrey's  estate  in  July  of  that 
year.  But  the  trustees  were  evidently  in  no  hurry  to  carry 
out  the  terms  of  the  will,  and  the  parish  of  Stepney  was 
compelled  to  institute  a  Chancery  Suit  in  order  to  enforce 
the  establishment  of  the  Charity.  A  decree  was  obtained 
in  1740.     Four  years  later  the  trustees  purchased  a  piece 


xlviii  INTRODUCTION 

of  ground  on  the  south  side  of  the  (then  Bow,  now)  London 
Road,  and  built  eight  almshouses,  one  for  each  hamlet,  and 
a  committee  room  in  the  centre,  over  which  was  a  "  neat 
tablet^"  with  the  following  inscription  :— - 

"These  Almshouses  were  built  A.D.  1744  Under  the 
will  of  Mrs  Mary  Bowrey  The  relict  of  Captain  Thomas 
Bowrey  for  poor  Seamen  and  their  Widows  of  Ratcliff, 
Poplar,  Bethnal  Green,  Mile  End  Old  Town,  Mile  End 
New  Town,  St.  George,  St.  Anne,  Christ  Church." 

Dunstan,  writing  of  the  Bowrey  Charity  in  1862,  says, 
"  Of  late  years  the  occupation  has  been  confined  to 
seamen's  widows  each  of  whom  receives  the  small  pittance 
of  14/-  a  (calendar)  month  and  one  ton  of  coals  a  year^'* 

In  1878  the  site  of  the  almshouses  was  sold  for  £2700^ 
and  the  money  was  invested  in  Three  Per  Cent.  Annuities, 
which  produce  ;^ 1 67.  18^.4^.  per  annum.  The  income  is 
administered  by  the  Rector  of  Stepney  and  the  church- 
wardens of  the  other  parishes  mentioned  in  the  inscription, 
and  is  applied  for  the  benefit  of  eight  widows,  of  the 
average  age  of  69,  who  each  receive  £21,  \2s,  per  annum 
and  £2  per  annum  for  coals^ 


IV.     OTHER   WORKS    BY   THE   AUTHOR   OF   THE 

1669 — 1679   ^S. 

That  Thomas  Bowrey  was  the  author  of  two  "  Manu- 
script Books"  besides  the  one  contained  in  this  volume, 
as  well  as  other  *  Maps  and  Journalls  "  we  know  from  the 
fact  that  they  are  specified  in  his  will.  Of  these,  no  trace 
can  be  found  with  the  exception  of  twelve  charts,  now  in 
the  MS.  Department  of  the  British  Museum*. 

These  charts  are  (with  the  exception  of  No.  8,  repro- 
duced in  this  volume  opposite  page  172)  of  no  great  value, 

^  See  Lysons'  Environs  of  London^  I795>  vol.  iii.  p.  486  f. 

2  See  Dunstan's  History  of  the  Parish  of  Bromley  St  Leonard's^  1 862. 

3  See  pamphlet  entitled  Endowed  Charities  (County  of  London), 
Parish  of  Limehouse,  St  Anne,  1895,  PP*  3>  4>  ^1* 

*  Sloane^  5222,  Nos.  6 — 17. 


INTRODUCTION  xlix 

but  they  are  of  interest  as  showing  the  many  places  visited 
by  T.  B.  during  his  sojourn  in  India.  The  similarity  of  the 
writing  to  that  of  the  1669 — 1679  MS.  also  serves  as  an 
additional  proof  of  the  identity  of  T.  B.  with  Thomas 
Bowrey.  Nos.  7,  9,  10,  11  and  12  are  unsigned,  but  the 
writing  is  the  same  as  in  the  seven  that  are  signed  by 
Thomas  Bowrey.     The  five  unsigned  charts  are: — 

No.  7.     *'  Phillipines  and  Formosa." 

No.  9.  "  Mindanao.'*  There  is  no  record  to  show  when 
Bowrey  visited  these  Islands,  but,  if  he  ever  went  there,  it 
must  have  been  just  before  his  return  to  England,  for,  in 
1687,  as  already  stated*,  he  wrote  from  Borneo  to  Mindanao 
under  the  impression  that  there  was  an  English  factory  in 
the  latter  place. 

No.  10.  "A  chart  of  the  Straits  of  Sincapura,"  drawn 
on  a  scale  of  8  inches  to  a  degree,  i  ft.  10  in.  by  i  ft.  4  in. 
This  chart  is  coloured.  It  shows  "Sincapura"  and  the 
Straits  of  "  Sincapura,"  "  the  Peick  of  Johr  and  The  Point 
of  Johr,"  between  which  "  Here  is  good  masts  easy  to  come 
by."  On  an  island  in  the  Straits  of  "  Sincapura "  is  the 
remark,  **on  this  Island  is  Cock  and  Hens  wild  and  Deer." 
On  another  point  we  read,  **  Here  is  roebucks." 

No.  II.  "A  chart  of  the  south  coast  of  the  western  leg 
of  the  island  of  Selebes,  with  the  west  coast  of  the  island 
Zeyllyer  (Salayer)  drawn  about  1680,"  on  a  scale  of  1 1  inches 
to  a  degree.  16  ft.  7  in.  by  i  ft.  5  in.  This  chart  is  also 
coloured  and  gilt.  The  date,  1680,  if  correct,  is  the  earliest 
mention  of  Bowrey  in  India. 

No.  12.  "Chart  of  the  coast  of  Australia  and  Van 
Diemen*s  Land  with  the  islands  south  of  the  line " :  the 
track  of  Abel  Tasman's  voyage  in  1642  is  marked  out. 
2  ft.  8  in.  by  i  ft.  9  in.  The  remark,  "  These  Islands  was 
taken  out  of  the  Journall  of  William  Shoutens,"  seems  to 
indicate  that  this  chart  is  a  copy. 

The  earliest  of  the  signed  charts  is  No.  17.  It  is 
"  A  chart  of  the  island  of  Zeyloan,  with  the  opposite  coast 
of  the  Camatic."    3  ft.  by  2  ft.  4  in.     It  contains  **  The 

*  See  p.  xxxix. 
T.  ^ 


1  INTRODUCTION 

Island  Zeyloan  "  and  "The  Bay  of  Totecoryn,  Made  by  me 
Thos.  Bowrey.     Anno  Dom  :  1681." 

The  next  in  order  of  date  is  No.  13,  "A  chart  of  the 
coast  of  Tenasserim  from  9°  30'  to  14°  30'  north,  with  the 
Andaman  and  Nicobar  Isles,  drawn  by  Thomas  Bowrey,  in 
Madapollam,  Dec.  i,  1682/'  2  ft.  10  in.  by  2  ft.  4  in.  Bowrey 
must  have  become  well  acquainted  with  this  coast  during 
his  voyages  to  Junkceylon,  Kedah  and  Achin  in  1675,  1676 
and  1677,  as  described  in  the  MS. 

No.  15  is  **A  chart  of  the  Persian  Gulf  made  by 
Thomas  Bowrey  in  1685  " ;  drawn  on  a  scale  of  6  inches 
to  a  degree.  2  ft.  4  in.  by  i  ft.  8  in.  We  have  no  record  as 
to  whether  Bowrey  visited  Persia  in  1685,  but  we  know 
from  the  MS.^  that  he  went  there  between  1669  and  1679. 

No.  14  is  a  copy.  It  is  "  A  chart  of  Amoy  Bay,  on  the 
coast  of  China,  between  23°  50'  and  24°  30'  north,  with  the 
isle  of  Amoy,  and  part  of  the  isle  of  Quenoy ;  drawn  by 
Thos.  Bowrey  in  Fort  St.  George,  1686;  copied  from  a 
chart  made  by  J.  N.,  in  Dec.  1676."  2  ft.  7  in.  by  i  ft.  8  in. 
There  is  a  remark  about  the  soundings  which  concludes : — 
"Aboard  the  Advice  Pinke  December  the  20th  1676:  By 
J:  N:"  This  J.N.  was  Captain  John  Nicholson,  com- 
mander of  one  of  the  Company's  ships.  In  March,  1676, 
he  was  sent  from  Bantam  to  Batavia  with  the  Advice  Pink. 
In  April  he  was  ordered  to  sail  for  Tywan  and  Amoy,  and 
he  received  his  dispatch  on  the  24th  May,  1676I  His  stay 
at  the  Chinese  port  was  probably  of  some  duration,  and  it 
was  at  this  time  that  he  drew  the  chart  from  which  Bowrey 
made  his  copy. 

No.  16  is  "  A  large  chart  of  the  Island  of  Formosa  with 
the  Pescadores,  and  part  of  the  opposite  coast  of  China, 
drawn  by  Thomas  Bowrey,  1687."  2  ft.  6  in.  by  2  ft.  6  in. 
Whether  this  is  a  copy  or  drawn  from  personal  observation 
there  is  no  evidence  to  show. 

No.  8,  "A  chart  of  the  river  of  Hugly,  drawn  by 
Thomas  Bowrey  in  Fort  St.  George,  1687 "  (2  ft.  6  in. 
by  I  ft.  8  in.),  is  by  far  the  most  valuable  in  this  collection. 


^  See  p.  216.  2  Factory  Records^  Java,  No.  6. 


INTRODUCTION  li 

There  are  many  interesting  points  in  it  These  have,  how- 
ever, been  ably  dealt  with  by  Yule  in  Hedges'  Diary  \ 
where  nearly  all  the  names  marked  in  Bowrey's  map  are 
given  with  their  history  and  correct  spelling.  Six  names 
only  of  those  found  in  Bowrey's  chart  are  omitted  by  Yule. 
These  are,  on  the  right  bank,  Salt  river,  Norricoel,  Hanch- 
parra.  Lords  Trees  and  Tody  Trees ;  and,  on  the  left  bank, 
Bowl  Punch  Tree. 

The  last  chart  in  the  series  is  No.  6,  "  A  chart  of  the 
north  coast  of  Java,  shewing  the  situations  of  Batavia  and 
Bantam;  drawn  by  Thomas  Bowrey,  in  1700."  2  ft.  6  in. 
by  I  ft.  4  in.  This  must  have  been  drawn  in  England 
after  Bowrey's  return,  and  was  probably  reproduced  from 
sketches  made  while  in  India. 

Thomas  Bowrey's  only  published  work  is  his  Dictionary 
of  English  and  Malayo.  There  are  two  copies^  of  the  work 
in  the  Library  at  the  British  Museum,  one  copy  from  the 
George  III.  Library,  and  the  other,  a  duplicate,  marked 
"date  of  acquirement  1798."  The  book  is  entitled  "A 
Dictionary  English  and  Malay,  Malayo  and  English.  To 
which  is  added  some  short  Grammar  Rules  and  Directions 
for  the  better  Observation  of  the  Propriety  and  Elegancy 
of  this  Language.  And  Also  Several  Miscellanies,  Dia- 
logues, and  Letters,  in  English  and  Malayo  for  the  learners 
better  understanding  the  Expressions  of  the  Malayo 
Tongue.  Together  with  A  Table  of  Time,  computing  the 
Years  and  Moons  of  the  Hegira  to  the  Years  and  Months 
of  the  English  Stile,  which  Table  will  serve  in  the  Malayo 
Country,  all  the  South-Sea-Islands,  India,  Turkey,  Arabia, 
Morocco,  and  generally  in  all  Mahometan  Countries.  To 
which  is  annex'd,  The  Malay  Alphabet,  with  a  Specimen 
of  the  Character.    By  Thomas  Bowrey." 

In  the  preface  Thomas  Bowrey  says,  "  I  am  to  tell  you, 
that  by  nineteen  years  continuance' in  East-India  wholly 
spent  in  Navigation  and  Trading  in  most  places  of  those 


^  Vol.  iii.  pp.  117 — 220. 
Press  tnarks^  68 .  c .  12  and  1 2907 .  dd .  13. 


Hi  INTRODUCTION 

Countries,  and  much  of  that  time  in  the  Malayo  Countries, 
Sumatra,  Borneo,  Bantam,  Batavia,  and  other  parts  of  Java, 
by  my  Conversation  and  Trading  with  the  Inhabitants 
of  which  places,  I  did  Furnish  my  self  with  so  much  of 
the  Malayo  Language  as  did  enable  me  to  negociate  my 
Affairs,  and  Converse  with  those  people  without  the  assist- 
ance of  a  prevaricating  interpreter,  as  they  commonly  are. 
**  In  the  year  one  thousand  six  hundred  and  eighty 
eight,  I  embarked  at  Fort  St.  George,  as  a  passenger  on 
the  Bangala  Merchant,  bound  for  England,  which  proving 
a  long  Voyage,  and  I  being  out  of  Imployment,  did  at  my 
leisure  time  set  down  all  that  came  into  my  Memory  of  the 
Malayo  Language,  which  together  with  some  helps  that 
I  have  attained  since,  has  furnished  me  with  so  much  of 
that  Language,  as  I  think  may  be  of  great  use  to  Trade 
and  Conversation  in  the  Malayo  Country,  or  any  of  the 
South-Sea-Islands,  in  which  Countries  so  great  a  part  of 
the  Trade  of  India  is  negociated  and  capable  of  being 
much  Improved,  especially  to  this  Nation,  who  I  hope  will 
not  be  unmindful  of  so  Valuable  a  part  of  that  Trade; 
but  as  we  may  by  convenient  Settlements  in  those  Southern 
Seas  share  with  the  Dutch,  the  Profits  thereof;  and  I  finding 
so  very  few  English  Men  that  have  attained  any  tollerable 
Knowledge  in  the  Malayo  Tongue,  so  absolutely  necessary 
to  Trade  in  those  Southern  Seas,  and  that  there  is  no  Book 
of  this  kind  published  in  English,  to  help  the  attaining  that 
Language;  These  Considerations,  I  say,  has  imboldened 
me  to  Publish  the  insuing  Dictionary,  which  I  am  sensible 
has  many  imperfections,  I  having  had  very  little  help  to 
assist  me,  and  not  having  had  the  opportunity  of  Con- 
versation with  any  Malayo,  since  I  begun  this  Work,  nor 

in  several  years  before I  do  not  question  but  any 

ingenious  Reader,  upon  perusing  the  following  work,  and 
considering  that  there  was  no  Book  of  this  kind  extant  in 
English  to  assist  me,  together  with  the  little  other  help 
I  had  in  it,  but  will  in  some  measure  be  sensible  of  the 
great  Labour  I  had  in  reducing  the  Malayo  words  into  an 
Alphabetical  order,  in  Spelling  the  said  words  with  proper 


INTRODUCTION  liii 

Letters  according  to  the  English  Pronunciation  and  in 
applying  the  most  apt  Sentences,  the  better  to  give  the 
Reader  the  true  meaning  of  many  words.  And  this 
Laborious  Task  I  have  undertaken,  not  out  of  any 
Prospect  of  Gain  that  I  could  ever  expect  by  the  Sale 
of  the  Book,  for  that  it  will  be  bought  by  few,  besides 
those  who  are  designed  to  those  Countries  where  the 
Malayo  Language  is  spoken,  and  by  the  Old  and  New 
East  India  Companies,  both  which  have  been  pleased  to 
incourage  the  printing  of  it,  but  it  was  done  out  of  a  sincere 
desire  to  serve  my  Country,  by  giving  my  Country-Men  all 
the  helps  my  attainment  in  the  Language  has  made  me 
capable  of,  which,  altho  I  am  sensible  is  attended  with 
many  Imperfections,  yet  will  I  doubt  not,  be  a  great 
Assistance  to  the  Learners  of  this  so  easie,  Diffusive,  and 
(as  it  may  be  made)  Profitable  Language  to  England  in 
general,  and  to  those  Persons  in  Particular  who  shall 
Trade  to,  or  Travel  the  Malayo  Countries.  And  that  it 
may  have  those  Effects  is  the  Hearty  Desires  of  Thomas 
Bowrey." 

At  the  end  of  one  of  the  copies  of  the  Dictionary^  is 
inserted  a  Pamphlet  of  seven  pages  entitled  *'  A  Dictionary 
of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Indian  Language."  No  author  is 
given,  but  the  Catalogue  has  [T.  B.],  I  do  not  know  on 
what  authority.  At  the  end  of  the  other  volume^  is 
inserted  a  Leaflet  containing  the  "  Chinese  Compass  of 
24  points.  The  Names  of  the  Solar  half-months.  Ordinary 
Numbers  (Learned  and  Vulgar),  and  the  Private  Numeral 
Notes  used  only  by  the  China  Merchants."  At  the  back 
of  this  leaflet  is  a  note  in  MS.  signed  by  Michael  Burghess, 
stating  that  he  received  £2  from  Captain  Bowrey  per 
Mr  Hyde ^  for  engraving  the  plate. 

After  the  Preface  is  "  A  Map  of  the  Countrys  wherein 
the  Malayo  Language  is  spoken."  In  this  are  marked 
"Old    Queda,    New    Queda,    Patany,    P.    Ladda,    Banga 


^  British  Museum  Library,  Press  Mark,  I2907.dd.  13. 

^  Press  Mark,  68 .  c  .  12. 

3  For  Hyde's  connection  with  the  Dictionary,  see  p.  Iv  f. 


liv  INTRODUCTION 

[?  Bangaree],  Perach,  Landa  in  Borneo  [?  Landock  of  MS.], 
Jambe,  Andrageree,  Priaman." 

The  work  must  have  been  of  great  value  two  centuries 
ago,  when  the  Malay  language  was  very  little  known,  and 
it  is  therefore  remarkable  that  Bowrey  received  no  acknow- 
ledgment of  his  services  from  either  the  Old  or  the  New 
East  India  Company.  At  any  rate  no  record  of  their 
acceptance  or  appreciation  of  the  work  is  extant. 

The  many  references  that  have  been  made,  both  from 
the  Dictionary  and  the  Dialogues,  in  the  foot-notes  to  this 
volume  fully  illustrate  its  usefulness,  especially  in  connection 
with  17th  century  records  of  East  India. 

Many  of  the  remarks  too  are  couched  in  almost  the 
same  words  as  those  in  the  1669 — 1679  MS.  and  are  hence 
additional  evidence  as  to  the  identity  of  the  author^ 

In  1800  the  first  part  of  Bowrey's  book  was  reprinted 
under  the  title  of  "  A  Grammar  of  the  Malay  Tongue  as 
spoken  in  the  Peninsula  of  Malacca,  the  islands  of  Sumatra, 
Java,  Borneo,  Pulo  Pinang,  &c.,  &c.  Compiled  from 
Bowrey's  Dictionary,  and  other  authentic  documents, 
manuscript  and  printed V  In  the  '*  Advertisement,"  which 
is  unsigned,  the  editor  says,  "  In  the  compilation  of  the 
following  Grammar  and  Dictionary,  great  part  of  which  is 
printed  off,  the  work  of  Mr.  Thomas  Bowrey,  (which  has 
now  become  exceeding  scarce)  has  been  the  grand  founda- 
tion. Bowrey  s  Dictionary  was  published  without  the 
Malay  character,  which  defect  has  been  remedied  in  the 
present  undertaking^" 

In  iSoi  James  Howison,  a  member  of  the  Asiatic 
Society,  published  a  Dictionary  and  Grammar  of  the 
Malay  Tongue.  In  the  "Advertisement"  he  remarks, 
"  Untill  now  the  only  assistance  to  be  obtained  by  the 
Malay  scholar  was  through  the  medium  of  Bowrey's 
Grammar,  printed  a  century  ago,  a  work  of  great  industry 
and   merit,  that  distant  period  considered,  and  to  which 


^  See  p.  xxii  f. 

^  British  Museum  Library,  Press  Mark^  67  .  d  .  9. 

3  For  Marsden's  opinion  of  this  addition,  see  under  the  comments 
on  his  Malay  Grammar  of  18 12. 


INTRODUCTION  Iv 

in  the  present  volume  we  acknowledge  our  many  obliga- 
tions. Its  great  scarcity,  independent  of  the  errors  and 
defects  consequent  to  its  being  the  first  attempt  to  form  an 
English  and  Asiatic  Grammar,  we  believe,  ever  made, 
renders  the  present  work  not  less  necessary."  In  a  foot- 
note Howison  further  remarks,  "  No  account  can  be  traced 
of  Mr  Bowrey  or  his  book  in  the  present  Remembrancer's 
Office,  so  as  to  do  him  the  credit  due  to  his  memory, 
or  foresight,  which  the  publisher  is  desirous  of  doing,  who, 
though  engaged  in  an  extensive  business  ever  since  May 
1752,  never  could  see  more  than  three  copies,  notwithstand- 
ing his  frequent  enquiries." 

Howison  might  have  gone  further  and  admitted  that 
his  "many  obligations"  to  Bowrey  included  wholesale 
copying  from  the  Dictionary  of  English  and  Malayo.  On 
p.  3 1  f  of  Howison's  book  the  "  Weights  and  Measures " 
of  Acheen  are  given  in  Bowrey's  exact  words,  and  this  is 
only  one  of  many  instances  that  might  be  cited. 

William  Marsden,  F.R.S.,  who  published  "A  Grammar 
of  the  Malayan  Language"  in  1812,  was  apparently  the 
first  scholar  to  produce  such  a  work  in  English.  His 
remarks  on  Bowrey's  Dictionary  are  rather  severe;  but 
these  are  mild  compared  with  the  scathing  criticism  he 
bestows  on  the  Dictionary  published  under  Howison's 
name.  Of  Bowrey's  work  Marsden  says^  "This,  although 
the  work  of  an  illiterate  person,  possesses  considerable 
merit,  and  derived,  as  is  evident,  no  advantage  whatever 
from  the  preceding  publications,  of  the  existence  of  which 
the  author  was  probably  ignorant.  His  extensive  know- 
ledge of  the  language  of  the  people  whose  ports  he 
frequented  as  a  trader,  he  laudably  rendered  permanent 
and  useful  to  his  countrymen  by  committing  to  paper  all 
the  words  with  which  his  memory  furnished  him,  but  he 
appears  to  have  been  entirely  ignorant  of  the  written 
language,  as  even  the  short  specimen  of  words  in  the 
original  character,  printed  at  the  end  of  his  book,  he 
acknowledges  to  have  been  prepared  for  him  at  Oxford 
by   that    learned    and    indefatigable    orientalist,    Thomas 

^  Introduction^  pp.  xl — xlii. 


Ivi  INTRODUCTION 

Hyde^  Owing  to  his  want  of  sufficiency  in  this  and  some 
other  respects,  he  has  unavoidably  fallen  into  numerous 
errors,  and  the  sentences  he  has  employed  to  exemplify 
the  words,  being  of  his  own  composition,  and  not  quota- 
tions, are  for  the  most  part  incorrect  or  vulgar,  and  uncouth 
in  their  phraseology."  Marsden  quotes  from  Bowrey's 
preface,  and  says  that  he  had  in  his  possession  a  copy 
of  Bowrey*s  Dictionary  "full  of  manuscript  corrections 
made  at  an  early  period  "  by  Henry  Smith,  and  containing 
a  memorandum  in  the  same  writing  which  runs  as  follows : 
*'  My  Dictionary  which  the  foregoing  should  have  bin  onely 
the  Coppy  off,  is  so  strangely  perverted  thro*  Ignorance 
of  the  genuine  Elegancy  and  Meaning  of  the  Wordes  in 
this  language,  that  it  would  have  puzled  a  learned  Malayer 
to  have  pickt  out  the  meaning  of  the  short  sentences,  for 
they  are  very  concise  in  their  discourse  useing  noe  circum- 
locutions or  tautalogie."  This  remark  savours  strongly  of 
Bowrey's  style,  and  how  Henry  Smith  came  to  have  any- 
thing to  do  with  the  Dictionary  is  inexplicable.  Marsden 
says  that  nothing  further  respecting  him  ever  came  to  his 
knowledge. 

Howison*s  Dictionary,  according  to  Marsden,  was  not 
Howison's,  but  the  work  of  some  unknown  editor  or 
editors  {i.e,  a  copy  of  the  reprint  of  Bowrey*s  Diet,  in 
1800),  who  attempted  to  improve  Bowrey's  Dictionary  by 
adding  the  Malayan  character  to  the  words  as  they  stood 
in  Roman  orthography.  These  editors  "composed  them 
of  such  Persian  characters  as  best  suited  their  idea  of  the 
sounds,  and  consequently  when  right,  it  is  only  by  chance." 
Marsden  adds  that  he  believes  Howison  was  not  "a  principal 
in  the  transaction,"  although  the  work  was  published  in  his 
name. 

It  says  much  for  Bowrey's  Dictionary  that,  though  the 
work  of  an  "illiterate"  man,  it  should  have  been  still  a  living 
force  more  than  a  century  after  its  compilation. 

^  See  the  last  10  pp.  of  Bowrey's  Dictionary  of  English  and  Malay o 
which  are  introduced  with  the  remark,  "  Here  follows  a  Specimen  of 
the  Malayo  Character,  which  I  have  obtained  from  the  Reverend 
Dr  Hyde  Hebrew  and  Arabick  Professor  in  the  University  of  Oxford." 


ASIA, 

Wherein  is  contained  the  scituation,  comerse,  cus[toms],  &c., 

Of  many  Provinces,  Isles,  &c.,  in  India,  Persi[a],  Arabia, 

and  the  South  Seas,  Experienced  by  me  T.B.,  in  the 

forementioned  Indie[s],  Vizt.,  from  Anno 

MDCLXIX.   to   MDCLXXIX. 

^ONSIDERINGE  the  many  Advantages 
which  our  Creator  hath  been  pleased  to 
bestow  Upon  this  part  of  the  knowne 
World  from  the  begininge  of  the  Creation, 
with  the  famous  and  flourishinge  present 
Condition  of  most  Monarchies  and  King- 
doms herein  Contained,  with  many  more  remarkable  Obser- 
vations, I  am  induced  to  take  Some  pains;  and.  Since 
I  have  begun  the  insertinge  of  Some  Particulars,  the 
Vaster  and  Stronger  my  desire  is  to  particularize  many 
things  of  the  present  State,  Religion,  Commerce,  laws, 
&c.,  of  Some  Eminent  places  in  India,  Persia,  Arabia',  and 
the  South  Seas,  Vizt.,  of  Sumatra,  Java  Major,  and  Borneo', 
which,  although  it  swel  not  to  any  great  Volume,  yet 
I  hope  it  may  tend  to  the  Satisfaction  and  good  of  Others 
as  well  as  to  my  Selfe,  neither  shall  I  touch  or  meddle 


'  The  writer  has  not  carried  out  his  intention  with  regard  to 
Persia  and  Arabia.  These  descriptions  may  have  been  included 
among  the  "  Joumalls"  which  he  bequeathed  to  his  cousin,  Thomas 
Studds.     ViiU  Introduction. 

'  There  is  no  account  of  "  Java  Major"  and  Borneo  in  this  MS. 


2  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

with  little  more  then  befits  my  Owne  Experience,  Observ- 
inge  little  else  but  what  are  the  most  remarkable  passages 
that  have  presented  themselves  within  the  Compasse  of  my 
Small  Travailed 

The  Maine  Continent  of  Asia  is  of  noe  Small  Extent, 
as  most  men  may  Very  well  and  Easily  Imagine;  but, 
for  Satisfaction  to  those  who  are  ignorant  in  the  division 
of  the  Earth,  one  of  the  most  Easie  things  in  Geographie, 
I  have  here  inserted  it  as  followeth. 

It  doth  Containe  in  Longitude,  vizt,  East  and  West, 
125  degrees,  or  75CX)  English  miles,  and  in  Lattitude, 
vizt,  North  and  South,  72  degrees,  or  4320  English  miles. 
It  comprehendeth  many  Vast  and  plentifull  Islands  of 
i^iches  and  what  else  necessarie  for  mankinde,  many 
Small  ones  alsoe,  the  Major  part  of  which  be  not  in- 
habited, &c. 


OF   CHOROMANDEL. 

The  begininge  of  my  residence,  or  first  Part  of  my 
Arrival  (in  India  Orien talis)  was  att  Fort  St.  Georg's*, 
an  English  Garrison  Upon  the  Coast  of  ChoromandeP. 
This  Coast  begineth  at  Negapatam^  formerly  a  place 
Subject  to  the  Kinge  of  Portugal,  but  some  years  Since 


1  The  author's  "Small  Travaile"  covered  a  period  of  19  years. 
For  its  extent,  vide  the  account  of  his  life  in  the  Introduction. 

^  i.e.  the  town  and  fort  of  Madras.  Madras  is  still  in  official 
documents  "  Fort  St  George." 

'  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Coromandel. 

*  Negapatam  (Snake-town)  was  one  of  the  earliest  settlements  of 
the  Portuguese  on  the  Coromandel  Coast.  It  was  taken  by  the 
Dutch  in  1660.  According  to  DeUstre  (p.  164  f.),  the  town,  in  1672, 
was  half-ruined  by  the  wars  between  the  Dutch  and  Portuguese,  and 
the  fortifications  were  weak  ;  the  "  fine  warehouses "  of  the  Dutch 
were,  apparently,  the  most  distinctive  feature  of  the  place  at  that 
period. 


\ 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  3 

taken  from  them  by  the  Dutch,  who  now  possesse  it 
with  great  force  and  Splendor. 

It  Extendeth  it  Selfe  to  point  Goodaware\  on  the 
South  Side  of  the  bay  Corango^  which,  by  Computation, 
is  in  length  400  English  miles,  Containinge  many  great 
and  Eminent  places  of  traffick  and  commerce,  of  which 
as  followeth.     But  first  of  Fort  St.  Georg's. 

This  Fort  and  towne',  which  is  very  Considerable,  is 
scituated  very  neare  the  Sea,  indifferent  well  populated 
by  the  English,  and  wholy  Governed  by  them,  very  well 
fortified  and  Surrounded  with  very  potent  and  Stronge 
Bulwarks,  Points,  and  Battaries,  within  which  many  Portu- 
gals*  are  admitted  to  dwell',  beinge  Subject  to  our  English 
Goverment,  many  of  which  are  very  Eminent  Merchants, 


1  i.e.  Godavari.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Godavery.  For  various 
modes  of  spelling  the  name,  see  also  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxx.  p.  351  f.  and 
392. 

2  i.e.  Coringa.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Coringa.  On  the  12th 
Nov.  1668,  the  Agent  and  Council  at  Fort  St  George  in  a  letter  to  the 
Court  remark,  "These  two  Ships  [the  Rainbow  and  the  Loyal 
Merchant^  in  going  from  hence  were  deceived  by  the  Currents  and 
over  shot  their  port  of  Metchlepatan  as  far  as  Carango."  O.  C. 
No.  3238. 

^  See  Fryer,  p.  37  f.  for  a  good  contemporary  description  of  Fort 
St  George.  See  also  Sckouten,  vol.  i.  p.  488  f.  for  the  showy  display 
(from  the  Dutchman's  point  of  view)  customary  with  the  English 
captains  when  visiting  the  fort. 

*  By  Portugals  was  meant  Portuguese  half-breeds  and  also 
Roman-Catholic  converts,  often  pure  natives  of  the  country.  N.  and 
E.  p.  38,  for  I  St  Nov.  1680,  has  a  valuable  quotation  :  "  It  is  resolved 
to  Entertain  about  100  Topasses  or  Black  Portuguez,  the  better  to 
guard  the  washers." 

^  The  following  passage  confirms  the  author's  statement :  "  The 
Portuguezes  and  Musteza's  [half-breeds]  were  Invyted  hither  by  the 
severall  Agents  from  our  first  setling  here.  And  some  came  with  our 
people  from  Armagon  and  [were]  encouraged,  and  severall  had  money 
Lent  them  to  build  Upon  the  open  sand  Under  the  protection  of  the 
Gunns  which  by  degrees  has  been  walled  in,  they  doeing  the  duty  of 
trayn'd  Bands  in  watching  and  warding  in  tymes  of  trouble  Upon  the 
Out- Works.  They  have  never  paid  arty  Rent  or  Acknowledgment 
nor  taken  out  any  Leases."  Reply  to  Major  Puckle,  the  Company's 
Supervisor,  who  asked  (at  a  Consultation  at  Fort  St  George,  on  the 
29th  Feb.  1676)  why  so  many  "Portuguez"  were  permitted  to  dwell 
n  the  English  town.     O.  C.  No.  4178. 

I — 2 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  ^ 


/ 


and  are  admitted  a  free  trade  payinge  Custome,  vizt. 
4  per  Cent  to  the  English  in  and  out  for  theire  goods; 
many  of  them  alsoe  beare  arms  in  the  Honourable 
English  East  India  Company's  Service  as  private  Centi- 
nels,  but  not  Otherways,  none  of  them  beinge  raised  to 
any  place  of  Office ;  and  although  theire  Sallary  be  Smal, 
yet  they  live  very  well  of  it,  beinge  paid  monthly  as  all 
the  English  Soldiery  are,  and  provisions  with  cloths  well 
befittinge  Suche  a  Climate  very  Cheape  and  good.  This 
Fort  lyeth  in  Lattitude  North  13*^-10",  and  is  not  at  any 
time  very  cold  or  on  the  Contrary  Very  hott,  haveinge 
the  full  benefit  of  all  Sea  breezes  of  wind,  but  in  these 
following  Months,  May  and  June,  although  there  be  for 
the  most  part  fresh  Gales,  yet  it  is  something  Sulphurous, 
which  may  most  of  all  be  alledged  to  the  wind  it  Selfe, 
more  then  to  the  heat  of  the  Sun. 

It  blowinge  then  for  the  most  part  at  West  and  West 
N.  West,  beinge  hot  and  dry  land  winds.  The  Coldest 
Season  of  the  yeare  is  September,  October,  and  November, 
yet  not  much  colder  then  the  middle  of  Summer  is  in 
England,  but  afifor[d]eth  raine  in  great  abundance.  But, 
in  fine,  it  is  a  very  healthy  and  moderate  climate,  much 
Exceedinge  many  places  both  in  India  and  the  South  Seas, 
and  consisteth  of  as  great  traffick  both  by  Sea  and  land  as 
any  one  place  or  more  Upon  all  this  Coast.  It  is  without 
all  dispute  a  beneficiall  place  to  the  Honourable  English 
India  Company,  and  with  all  the  Residence  of  theire 
Honourable  Agent  and  Governour^  of  all  their  Affaires 
Upon  this  Coast  and  the  Coast  of  Gingalee',  the  Kingdoms 


^  George  Foxcroft,  who  had  been  reinstated  after  his  three  years' 
captivity  at  the  hands  of  Sir  Edward  Winter,  was  Agent  at  Fort 
St  George  when  T.  B.  arrived  in  India,  in  1669.  Foxcroft  was  suc- 
ceeded by  Sir  William  Langhorne  in  1672. 

*  "You  are  not  certain  of  the  Investments  that  may  bee  made 
about  Neglawanch  as  also  towards  Gingerlee."     Letter  from  Salisbury 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  5 

alsoe  of  OrixaS  Bengala^  and  Pattana',  the  said  Governour 
and  his  Councell  here  resideinge,  for  the  Honour  of  our 
English  Nation  keepinge  and  maintaineinge  the  place  in 
great  Splendour,  Civil  and  good  Goverment,  Entertaineinge 
nobly  all  Foraign  Embassadors,  and  provideinge  great 
quantities  of  Muzlinge*  Callicoes*  &c.  to  be  yearly  trans- 
ported to  England. 

Yet  notwithstanding  Such  vast  quantities  >are  yearely 
Sent  hence  for  England,  great  Stores  are  transported  and 
Vended  into  most  places  of  note  in  India,  Persia,  Arabia, 
China,  and  the  South  Seas,  more  Expecialy  to  Moneela* 
one  of  the  Molucca'  Isles,  belongeinge  to  the  Kinge  of 
Spaine,  but  are  Sent  thither  in  the  name  and  Under  the 
Colours  of  The  Portugals  borne  and  bred  in  India®,  noe 
others  beinge  admitted  a  free  trade  thither,  and  Especialy 
the  English,  haveinge  the  Same  prohibition  as  to  trade 
to  the  Spanish  Garrisons  in  Mexico,  and  Peruana*,  in 
America. 


at  PettipoUe  to  the  Chief  at  Masulipatam,  2nd  Sept.  1675.     Factory 
Records^  Masulipatam,  No.  10. 

"  He  [Mr  Mainwaring]  sent  his  Peons  to  force  all  the  Boatmen  to 
goe  away  with  their  Boats  for  Gin^erlee  [to  fetch  Paddy]."  Callor 
Vissina's  complaint  against  Mr  Mamwaring,  23rd  May,  1678.  Ibid, 
The  exact  extent  of  this  coast  is  explained  later  on. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.  v.  Orissa.  The  above  is  the  direct 
Portuguese  form  of  the  word. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v,  Bengal.  The  contemporary  spelling  is 
usually  Bengali,  Bengalla. 

3  i.e.  Patna. 

*  Later  on  it  will  be  seen  that  by  muslin  was  meant  a  very  fine 
calico.     See  also  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Muslin. 

^  The  above,  and  the  references  later  on,  show  that  in  "calico" 
were  included  muslin,  longcloth  and  chintz :  in  fact,  it  was  a  generic 
term  for  cotton  cloth. 

^  i.e.  Manila. 

^  The  earliest  example,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  of  the  modem 
spelling  of  the  word. 

8  See  note  on  p.  3. 

•  t,e,  Peru. 


6  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

The  Native  inhabitans  are  for  the  most  part  Gentiles, 
(commonly  called  Gentues^)  and  Mallabars',  many  of 
which  live  within  the  Outermost  walls  of  this  place 
called  Fort  St.  Georg's^.  I  have  heard  it  reported,  and 
can  well  give  credit  thereto,  that  there  are  noe  lesse 
then  fourty  thousand  of  them,  vizt.  men,  Women,  and 
Children  that  live  under  St.  Georg's  flagge  and  pay  cus- 
tomes  for  all  Sorts  of  goods  they  buy  and  Sell  with  in 
the  Compasse  of*  Comrriand  of  our  Guns. 

They  are  a  Sort  of  harmlesse  Idolatrous  people ;  they 
Worship  many  Gods  of  Sundry  Shapes,  and  metles,  as 
Gold,  Silver,  brasse,  Coppar,  Iron  &c.,  many  alsoe  of 
Stone,  clay,  or  the  like,  but  theire  Chiefe  God  of  all  is  in 
forme  of  a  man  Somethinge  deformed,  and  is  Set  up  in 
theire  great  Pagods*,  or  temples,  and  is  very  circumspectly 
and  with  great  adoration  attended  and  prayed  Unto  at 
all  hours  both  of  day  and  night,  with  many  Others  Set 
up  in  theire  Pagod  Courts  and  small  Stone  buildings 
thereunto  adjoyneinge,  beinge  of  most  hideous  Shapes, 
as  Satyrs,  Cows,  bears*,  Rhinocerots,  Elephants,  &c.,  with 
many  Smooth  and  well  polished  marble  Stones,  Sett  upon 
an  End  of  3  or  four  foot  high,  on  all  which  they  powre 
Oyle,  and  adorne  with  flowers,  worshipinge  them  with 
Strange  and  admirable  reverence. 

^  This  and  the  references  later  on  are  valuable  as  showing  that 
Gentile  meant  a  Gentoo,  and  Gentoo  a  low-caste  Hindu.  N.  and 
E,  p.  38  for  20th  Nov.  1680,  has  "the  Mutineers  threaten  to  kill  the 
Gentue  Oxmen  if  they  bring  goods  or  provisions  into  the  Town." 

2  Later  references  will  show  that  the  term  Malabar  was  applied 
to  the  inhabitants  of  both  the  East  and  West  Coasts  of  Southern 
India.  In  the  passage  above,  the  author  is  using  the  words  Gentue 
and  Mallabar  in  their  secondary  sense.  He  means  that  the  natives 
are  low-caste  speakers  of  Telugu  (Gentue)  and  Tamil  (Mallabar). 

^  For  a  description  of  the  "  Heathen  Town "  of  Madras,  see 
Fryer^  p.  39. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Pagoda.  For  the  use  of  the  word  in 
the  sense  of  "  idol,"  see  later  on. 

^  ?  boars. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  7 

Many,  yea  most  of  theire  Pagods,  are  very  Stately 
buildings  of  Stone  of  curious  workman  Ship  of  the  Same, 
representinge  all  Sorts  of  musick  and  dances  to  theire 
Gods,  and  are  Surrounded  with  cloysters  of  marble,  flat 
roofed  with  large  and  Exeedinge  fine  marble,  Supported 
with  Piljars  of  the  Same,  flagged  below  alsoe  with  marble, 
with  walks  to  the  great  gate  of  the  Pagod,  as.  alsoe  to 
the  great  Pond  or  tanke\  where  they  frequently  wash 
themselves  all  over  before  they  assume  to  Enter  the  Pagod. 
The  Entrance,  vizt.  the  Great  gate  of  Some  of  these 
Pagods,  I  have  often  Observed,  are  most  rare  and  Ad- 
mirable worke,  vizt.  a  man  on  horsebacke  cut  out  in  one 
Entire  piece  Set  upon  each  Side  one  full  as  bigge  or 
bigger  then  any  naturall  ones,  all  of  marble  ^  and,  which 
is  more  rare,  I  have  Seen  within  Some  of  these  great 
Pagods,  a  large  Cart  and  2  horses,  with  all  theire  appurten- 
ances, cut  out  of  an  entire  Stone,  as  bigge  as  most 
dungcarts  and  horses ;  and  these  they  often  bow  to  in 
representation  of  theire  God  J  no.  Gernaet',  beinge  as  he  is 
Upon  Some  festivals,  carried  about  in  a  large  triumphant 
Chariot,  most  rarely  carved,  painted,  and  gilded,  and  drawne 
by  men  of  which   in  Order*.     Here  followeth  the  figure 


^  For  the  history  of  this  word,  see  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Tank. 

2  Thevenot,  who  journeyed  from  Surat  to  Golconda  in  i666, 
notes  : — "  In  most  places  Inhabited,  there  are  Pagods,  and  every  now 
and  then,  we  met  with  Waggons  full  of  Gentiles,  who  were  coming  to 
perform  their  Devotions  in  them.  The  first  Pagod  (I  saw)  was  by  the 
side  of  a  great  War  [Banyan-tree,  see  Thevenot^  P-  25];  and  before  the 
Door  of  it,  there  was  an  Ox  of  Stone,  which  a  Gentile  (who  spake 
Persian)  told  me  was  the  figure  of  the  Ox,  which  served  to  carry 
their  God  Ram.  We  found  besides,  many  other  Pagods  like  to  that, 
but  we  saw  others,  which  consisted  of  one  single  Stone  about  six  Foot 
high,  on  which  the  Figure  of  a  Man  is  cut  in  relief"  Thevenot^  part 
iii.  p.  73.  Compare  also  Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  pp.  173-178  for  a 
description  of  various  Pagods. 

3  This  is  the  most  interesting  variant  I  have  come  across  of  this 
much-corrupted  name.  The  word  is  Jagan-nath,  by  metathesis  such 
as  is  common  in  India,  Janganath  ;  hence,  of  course,  John  Gemaet. 

*  See  the  account  on  p.  17. 


8  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

of  the  Paged  called  Tressletore^  5  and  J  miles  to  the 
Northward  of  Fort  St.  Georg's ;  but  they  have  Pagods 
farre  Exceedinge  this. 

Of  all  the  false  Gods  these  idolatrous  people  Worship 
(save  John  Gernaet)^  a  Cow  is  held  in  greatest  reverence^ 
both  naturally  liveinge,  and  artificialy  made  with  hands, 
those  of  the  latter  Sort  beinge  kept  within  theire  Pagods. 
But,  for  the  true  Worship  thereof  (as  they  doe  realy 
confide),  most,  or  all  indeed  that  are  men  of  Estates,  doe 
diligently  keep  one  or  more  in  theire  dwellinge  houses, 
thereby  to  have  them  dayly  and  hourely  for  theire  families 
to  make  Supplication  to ;  and  Upon  theire  festivals,  they 
adorn  the  Cow  very  Splendidly  with  ribbons  and  bells, 
gold,  Silver,  precious  jewels,  &c.,  in  which  State  the  Cow  is 
led  through  the  Streets  and  round  the  Pagods,  with  a  Vast 
multitude  of  men,  women,  and  Children  attendinge,  Some  of 
which  devout  persons  doe  dance,  and  pray  aloude  with  great 
zeale,  as  that  pious  Kinge  David  did  before  the  Arke  of  God. 

As  I  said  before,  they  doe  in  generall  adore  this 
Creature  above  all  Others,  in  soe  much  that  theire  Nuptials, 


^  This  is  the  Thiagar  Raja  Temple  at  Trivettore  (Tiruvottiyur). 
It  is  N.N.E.  of  Madras,  J  m.  inland.  It  is  an  old  Saiva  temple 
with  a  large  annual  festival  in  February.  It  is  known  under  various 
forms,  of  which  Trivatore,  in  Wheeler's  Madras  in  the  Olden  Time^  is 
as  near  as  may  be  expected  to  the  correct  form.  See  Mad.  Man. 
Admn.  vol.  iii.  s.  v.  Tir.  "Trevitore  a  towne  within  fewe  miles  of  this 
place  [Fort  St  George]."  Fort  St  George  "Generall"  to  the  Court, 
23  Jan.  1669,  O.  C.  No.  3247,  p.  3.  Compare  Fryer's  description  of 
what  he  calls  the  Triblitore  Pagoda : — "  At  Triblitore,  four  Miles 
North  of  Maderas,  is  a  Pagod  transcending  both  in  respect  of  Building 
and  Antiquity  ;  there  being  Characters,  the  Expounders  of  the  Gentu 
Language  or  Holy  Writ  understand  not :  To  this  Mother-Pagod,  at 
certain  Seasons  of  the  Year,  long  Pilgrimages  are  set  on  foot,  at  what 
time  there  is  an  innumerable  Concourse,  whereat  some  of  the  Visitants 
count  it  meritorious  to  be  trod  to  death  under  a  weighty  Chariot  of  Iron 
made  for  the  carriage  of  their  Deities  ;  and  with  themselves  lay  their 
Wives  and  Children  to  undergo  the  same  Self-martyrdom."  Fryer, 
p.  44  f. 

2  This  spelling  is  consistently  followed  throughout  the  MS. 

'  For  a  penance  inflicted  for  allowing  a  cow  to  die  uncleansed,  see 
Tavernter,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  181  f 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  9 

theire  way  of  dealeings,  there  Oath  beinge  taken  upon 
Extraordinary  businesse,  cannot  be  performed  without 
Cow  to  Sweare  by,  which  is  the  greatest  Oath  they  can 
imagine ;  nay,  not  one  person  of  all  this  Sect  called 
GentuesS  dares  to  Sell  a  bull,  Cow,  or  Calfe  to  any 
religion  but  theire  owne,  and  they  themselves  are  not 
permitted  to  kill  or  Eat  any  of  them ;  it  is  soe  Severely 
forbidden  by  theire  Brachmans',  and  as  diligently  Observed 
by  all  of  them  both  rich  and  poore.  Alsoe  they  are 
Strictly  forbidden  to  Eat  or  drinke  Or  dwell  under  the 
Same  roofe  with  any  Save  of  theire  Owne  Cast^ 

In  soe  much  that  if  any  one,  that  is  not  of  theire 
Cast,  doe  accidentaly  or  willingly  touch  any  Vessel  of 
theirs,  out  of  which  they  Eat  or  drinke,  or  pot  or  pan, 
whether  it  be  Earthen  ware  or  China  or  Coppar  &c.,  they 
throw  it  away  from  them  in  great  disdaine,  and  will  not 
be  perswaded  to  receive  it  againe  or  to  be  put  within 
theire  doors. 

They  are  generally  a  very  Subtile  and  Cunninge  Sort 
of  men^  Especially  in  the  way  of  merchandizeing,  also 
Very  ingenuos  in  workinge  Cotton  Cloth  or  Silks,  pantados', 


^  See  note  on  p.  6. 

^  The  writer  has  followed  the  usual  spelling  of  the  time.  See 
Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Brahmin. 

^  This,  and  the  references  later  on,  give  the  whole  idea  of  "  caste " 
as  understood  in  the  17th  century.  See  also  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v. 
Caste. 

*  The  "Gentues"  had  a  reputation  for  surgery.  On  the  20th 
February,  1663,  the  Court  of  Directors  wrote  to  Fort  St  George,  "We 
pray  you  to  purchase  a  Couple  of  Gentue  Barbers  such  as  are  most 
expert  amongst  them  in  letting  of  Blood,  and  send  them  on  some  of 
our  Shipps  for  St.  Hellena."    Letter  Book^  No.  3,  p.  229. 

^  i,e.  Chintz.  Fryer^  p.  12,  speaks  of  "Pintado  Birds,  those  feathered 
Harbingers  of  the  Cape... remarkable  for  their  painted  Spots  of  black 
and  white."  Compare  also  the  following  passage  in  a  letter  from  the 
Court  of  Directors  to  Masulipatam,  dated  7th  Dec.  1669,  "  Our  Agent 
&c*.  from  Bantam  writes... that  in  all  the  Cargo  of  Cloth,  which  came 
in  the  Madras,  there  was  not  One  peece  of  Pintadoe,  or  any  other 
Paintings  which  Mr.  Jearsey  knew  well,  were  the  most  required  goods 
for  that  place."  Letter  Book,  No.  4,  p.  301.  See  also  several  references 
later  on. 


lO  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

Striped  cloth  of  Gold  or  Silver,  of  very  curious  Worke- 
manship,  a  Very  Sober  people  never  touchinge  any  manner 
of  Stronge  drinke,  in  fine  they  want  nothinge  but  couradge, 
But  indeed  now  they  have  lesse  occasion  for  Soldiery  then 
they  had  but  a  few  Generations  past,  beinge  then  Sole 
Lords  and  masters  of  all  the  Coast  of  Choromandell, 
Orixa,  and  Bengala*. 

All  Very  Stronge  and  rich  Kingdoms,  but  never  had 
the  inhabitants  been  trained  Up  to  any  warlike  Exercises, 
not  havinge  foreseen  any  dangers  or  casualties  that  might 
befall  them,  but  I  suppose  wholy  depended  Upon  the 
Sorceries  of  theire  Brachmans,  the  which  if  soe  did  in 
a  great  measure  deceive  them  for  these  mighty  Kingdoms 
were  in  a  Short  Space  wholy  Subdued*  by  the  Moors* 
and  brought  Tributary  to  the  Great  Mogol*,  all  of  them 
now  in  generall  wholy  Submittinge  to  the  Mahometan 
yoke,  and  Very  much  Oppressed*,  few  of  them  arriveinge 
to  that  height  as  to  beare  any  place  of  Office  Save 
Collectors  of  the  Emperours  revenues*;   they  are  indeed 


^  The  Hindu  Power  in  Southern  India  was  destroyed  at  the  battle 
of  Talikote  in  1564. 

2  The  author  underrates  the  fighting  abilities  of  the  Southern 
Hindus,  who,  for  a  century  and  a  half,  held  the  Muhammadan  power 
at  bay,  and  whose  valour  at  the  battle  of  Talikote  is  unquestioned. 
However,  as  the  Hindus  with  whom  the  writer  came  in  contact,  had 
been  a  subject  race  for  many  decades,  his  inference  is  not  unnatural. 

3  Muhammadans.  A  term  specially  applied  to  Indian  Muham- 
madans.     See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.  v.  Moor. 

*  The  "Great  Mogol"  was  the  Emperor  Aurangzeb.  About  the 
year  1675  he  reimposed  the  detested  jazia  or  capitation-tax  upon 
Hindus,  an  act  which  excited  much  discontent.  In  his  time  also,  an 
import  duty  of  five  per  cent,  was  levied  on  Hindu  goods,  while 
Muhammadans  only  paid  two  and  a  half  per  cent. 

^  This  "oppression"  took  place  in  the  reign  of  Aurangzeb.  Under 
the  wise  rule  of  Akbar,  the  Hindus  had  been  treated  with  the  greatest 
moderation.  JahangTr  continued  the  policy  of  his  father,  and  Shah 
Jahan  employed  Hindus  to  command  his  armies.  Thus,  for  nearly  a 
century  before  the  accession  of  "the  Great  Mogol,"  there  had  been 
but  little  antagonism  between  Hindus  and  Muhammadans. 

®  ^nder  Akbar,  Hindus  were  employed  impartially  with  members 
of  other  races  and  creeds  in  the  offices  of  state  and  in  the  army,  and, 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  II 

allowed  theire  old  Idolatrous  way  of  Worship  all  Hindo- 
stan  Over,  save  neare  the  Mosquees^  or  Tombs  of  the 
Mahometans,  but  for  that  priviledge  they  pay  very  deare, 
which  lades  the  Emperours  treasury  in  great  measure, 
Summs  of  Gold  and  Silver,  Diamonds  and  other  jewels 
of  an  inesteemable  Value*. 

They  are  Very  precise  in  theire  idolatrous  ways  of 
devotion,  in  soe  much  that  if  they  very  circumspectly 
looke  not  to  Every  particular  of  their  laws,  they  may 
come  to  bee  accompted  the  vilest  of  men,  and  loose 
their  religion  which  they  call  Cast';  and,  if  soe,  that 
party  is  not  admitted  to  Enter  the  doore  of  the  Pagod 
or  any  Other  Gentues  dwellinge  house,  noe  not  where 
his  nearest  relations  dwell,  neither  will  he  be  admitted 
to  Eat  or  drinke  with  any  of  them,  if  soe  they  all  loose 
theire  Cast  that  doe  accompanie  him  in  any  Such  actions, 
soe  that  this  very  party  is  a  most  Scandalous  person,  and 
accompted  but  a  Hololcore*  untill  he  hath  regained  his  cast, 
which  is  but  one  way  to  be  procured,  Vizt : 


in  the  two  succeeding  reigns,  their  position  remained  unchanged. 
Aurangzeb,  however,  with  his  hatred  of  infidels,  excluded  all  the  more 
capable  Hindus  from  office. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Mosque,  i.e.  Masjid. 

2  Akbar  had  tolerated  the  observance  of  the  Hindu  religion,  and 
had  remitted  the  tax  on  Hindu  temples  and  places  of  pilgrimage.  In 
1669,  Aurangzeb  issued  orders  for  the  destruction  of  infidel  schools  and 
temples.  It  does  not  appear  that  this  order  was  carried  out  literally. 
Indeed,  it  would  hardly  have  been  possible  to  have  done  so.  A  few 
signal  examples  were  made,  and  then  permission  to  exercise  the  rites 
of  their  religion  was  probably  compounded  for  by  the  Hindus,  as  the 
writer  describes.  '*T.B.'s"  statement  is  supported  by  Alex.  Hamilton, 
who  says,  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  386,  "The  Prince  exacts  a  tax  of 
half  a  Crown  per  Head  on  every  Pilgrim  that  comes  to  the  Pagod 
[Jagannath]  to  worship  which  generally  amounts  to  75000  L.  per 
Annum."  See  Aurangzeb^  by  Stanley  Lane-Poole,  ch.  vi-viii.,  in 
Rulers  of  India  Series. 

3  See  note  on  p.  9. 

*  A  very  low-caste  man,  a  "sweeper,"  scavenger.  See  Hobson- 
JobsoHy  s.v.  Halalcore.  Compare  also  the  following  extracts : — "Among 
the  particular  Castes,  there  is  one  that  goes  by  the  name  of  Alecors, 


12  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

The  Party  soe  misdemeaneinge  him  selfe,  whether 
he  be  rich  or  poore,  (Except  he  intends  to  live  in 
perpetuall  ignominie)  must  take  his  travaile  to  the 
great    Pagod   Jno.    Gernaet^   the    remotest    part    of   the 


whose  employment  is  only  to  clean  Houses  ;...it  being  one  of  the 
greatest  scorns  you  can  put  upon  an  Indian,  to  call  him  Alacor.... 
These  Alacors  having  no  other  business  but  only  to  make  clean  the 
Houses,  eat  the  scraps  of  all  other  Castes  ;  and  so  without  scruple 
feed  upon  anything."     Tavernier,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.   162. 

"  We  are  very  glad  by  the  timely  care  you  tooke  about  the  HoUolcore 
boy  that  was  Shott  the  27th  ult.  in  your  factory  that  he  is  on  the 
mending  hand."  Letter  from  Hugli  to  Littleton  at  Kasimbazar,  15th 
Feb.  1679.     Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  5. 

^  Compare  the  following  descriptions  of  the  Pagoda  of  Jagannath, 
the  name  of  which  has  been  variously  rendered  as  Jakernot,  Juggernaut, 
Guggeraat,  Jaggerynat,  Jaggemat,  &c. 

"  We  had  a  view  of  a  great  and  celebrated  Pagoda,  which  looks 
quite  white,  and  which  is  called  Jagemate,  or  Jaguemate,  situated  on 
high  ground  rising  from  the  centre  of  a  large  wood... so  that  it  is  visible 
from  a  long  distance.  We  were  told  that  the  Gentues  had  a  particular 
reverence  for  it,  and  that  those  of  Coromandel,  6rixa,  Golconda, 
and  Bengala  went  on  pilgrimage  thither,  there  being  many  of  them  to 
whom  the  Bramins  only  gave  absolution  from  their  sins  on  condition 
of  their  going  to  visit  the  Pagoda  of  Jaguemate."     Schouten^  ii.  p.  58f. 

"  Wee  sailed  in  sight  of  the  black  Pagoda  and  the  white  Pagoda, 
the  latter  is  that  place  called  Jaggerenaut  to  which  the  Hindoues  from 
all  parts  of  India  come  on  pilgrimage."  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^ 
p.  292,  under  date  13th  Dec.  1676. 

"  If  it  [the  robbery]  was  done  nigh  Jagranaught  complain  to  the 
Rajah  of  that  countrey."     Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  5. 

"At  12  this  noon  [31st  Jan.  1681]  the  white  pegodo  (alias  Jagre- 
nett)...bore  North  dist.  per  Judgment  17'  at  this  bearing  and  dist. 
Jagrenett  maks  in  3  pegodas,  the  S.  most  the  highest,  the  midle  one 
somewhat  lower,  the  N.  most  the  lowest,  the  tops  of  each  being  blunt 
and  very  white  ;  on  each  side  are  buildings  and  seemeth  to  be  within 
a  large  compoun,  and  small  trees  on  each  side  which  are  not  disemable 
at  a  great  distance."  Marine  Records^  Log  of  the  President^  1679- 1682, 
No.  Ixxv. 

"The  four  most  celebrated  Pagods,  are  Jagrenate,  Banarous,  Matura, 
and  Tripeti.  Jagrenate  is  one  of  the  mouths  of  Ganges,  whereupon  is 
built  the  great  Pagod,  where  the  Arch  Bramin,  or  chief  Priest  among 
the  Idolaters  keeps  his  residence.  The  great  Idol  that  stands  upon 
the  Altar  in  the  innermost  part  of  the  Pagod,  has  two  Diamonds  for 
his  Eyes,  and  another  that  hangs  about  his  neck,  the  least  of  those 
Diamonds  weighing  about  forty  Carats.  About  his  Arms  he  wears 
Bracelets  sometimes  of  Pearls,  and  sometimes  of  Rubies  ;  and  this 
magnificent  Idol  is  called  Resora.  The  revenues  of  this  Pagod  are 
sufficient  to  feed  fifteen  or  twenty  thousand  Pilgrims  every  day ;  which 
is  a  number  often  seen  there,  that  Pagod  being  the  greatest  place  of 
devotion  in  all  India.  But  you  must  take  notice,  that  no  Goldsmith  is 
suffer'd  to  enter  this  Pagod,  because  that  one  of  them  being  locked  in 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  1 3 

Golcondah^  Kingdome  North  Eastwards  from  Fort  St. 
Georgs,  neare  looo  English  miles.  When  he  cometh  there, 
makes  his  case  knowne  to  Some  of  the  Brachmans,  of  which 
there  are  lOOO  or  1200  very  Splendidly  here  maintained, 
where  he  must  give  as  large  gratuities  to  this  great  Pagod 
as  his  abilitie  can  well  afford,  and  sure  it  is  that  cunninge 
delusions  are  not  here  wantinge  to  Screw  him  Up  to  the 
highest  pin  he  can  reach,  the  which  accomplished,  he  is 
admitted  to  Sit  downe  and  Eat  with  the  Chiefest  of  the 
bewitchinge  Brachmans,  if  his  liberalitie  Extended  to 
a  very  Competent  Value;  if  not,  he  may  demand  the 
priviledge  to  Eat  with  the  meaner  Sort,  Upon  which  he 
receiveth  theire  blessinge  with  great  reverence,  and  hath 
by  these  means  regained  his  Cast*,  and  now  n^ay  returne 
home  with  as  great  joy  and  Triumph,  as  he  was  cast 
out  with  Shame  and  dishonour  both  to  him.selfe  and 
relations. 

In  this  Vast  Pagod  (as  I  said  before)  there  are  noe 
lesse  then  1000  or  1200  Brachmans  maintained.  The 
Brachmans  are  theire  Priests,  but  I  am  Sure,  and  without 
all  controversie,  very  Diabolicall   Ones.     Many  hundreds 


all  night  long,  stole  a  Diamond  out  of  one  of  the  Idols  eyes.  As  he 
was  about  to  go  out,  when  the  Pagod  was  open'd  in  the  morning,  he 
dy'd  at  the  door ;  their  God,  as  they  affirm,  revenging  his  own  sacriledg. 
That  which  renders  this  Paged,  which  is  a  large  building  the  most 
considerable  in  all  India,  is,  because  it  is  situated  upon  the  Ganges  ; 
the  Idolaters  believing  that  the  waters  of  that  River  have  a  particular 
quality  to  cleanse  them  from  their  sins.  That  which  makes  it  so  rich 
(for  it  maintains  above  twenty  thousand  Cows)  is  the  vast  Alms  that 
are  continually  bestow'd  by  so  incredible  a  number  as  comes  from  all 
parts.  Which  Alms  are  not  so  much  as  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Donor,  [as]  at  the  Will  of  the  chief  Priest,  who  before  he  gives  them 
leave  to  shave  and  wash  in  the  Ganges,  taxes  them  according  to  their 
quality,   of  which   he  has   information."     Tavernier^  vol.   i.   part   ii. 

p.  173  f 

Compare  also  the  account  in  Alex.  Hamilton's  East  Indies^  vol.  i. 

V       PP-  381-386. 

^  For  the  writer's  description  of  the  "  Kingdome  of  Golcondah " 

see  later  on. 

2  See  note  on  p.  9. 


14  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

of  Women  are  here  maintained  to  dance  on  theire  festivals 
and  days  of  Sacrifice  and  Offerings,  with  all  Varieties  of 
musick  that  Asia  affordeth,  to  play  before  theire  Gods,  vizt. 
pipes,  drums,  trumpets,  with  Varieties  of  Stringed  instru- 
ments, with  multitudes  of  Voices  very  delicate  to  heare 
and  behold  were  it  acted  in  a  better  Sence,  and  not  onely 
soe  in  this  theire  Cathedral  Pagod,  but  in  all  Others,  as 
many  as  theire  Abilities  will  Extend  to  the  maintainance 
of,  and  for  their  activities  of  body  are  much  admired  by 
all  Spectators.  They  are  for  the  most  part  very  Streight 
handsome  featured  and  a  well  limbed  people.  These 
Dancinge  Women  have  a  priviledge  above  all  Others  in 
these  Easterne  parts,  which  causeth  such  multitudes  to 
Endeavour  to  attaine  to  Such  Employs,  where  they  may 
Enjoy  Earthly  pleasure  Enough,  without  any  Scandall 
to  themselves  or  relations.  They  are  wholy  at  theire 
owiji  choice  whether  they  will  marry  or  noe,  or  live  Subject 
to  any  one  man,  and  have  the  liberty  to  be  made  use  of 
by  whom  they  please ;  therefore  I  think  Seldom  or  never 
that  they  leave  this  life  to  retire  to  theire  homes  and  leade 
a  Chast  life,  or  to  marry,  whereby  theire  pleasure  is  very 
Uncertaine,  not  onely  through  the  means  of  a  jealous 
Husband,  but  for  that  Diabolicall  Custome  of  this  Sect  in 
Generall,  that  by  theire  longe  practised  Evil  ways,  cause 
the  Wifes  to  be  burnt  to  ashes  in  the  fire  at  the  Death  of 
the  Husbands,  as  I  will  further  relate  before  I  End  my 
discourse  of  this  Coa$t  of  ChoromandelP. 

But  first  I  will  describe  Some  of  theire  activities  of 
body,  danceinge  before  the  front  of  the  Pagod  as  I  my 
Selfe  have  often  Scene  with  admiration  much  rarer  then 
Ever  I  beheld  amongst  us  Europians,  or  indeed  any  Other 
people  in  Asia. 

Theire    irreligious    Religion    is   wholy    Composed    of 

1  Later  on  the  writer  is  very  full  in  his  descriptions  of  satt. 


'     OF  CHOROMANDEL  1 5 

nothinge  Save  Idolatry,  intermixed  neither  with  Judaisme 
nor  M?ihometisme,  but  quite  averse  from  them  both, 
(Saveinge  in  their  burnt  offerings  and  Sacrifices)  more 
Especially  from  Christianitie.  The[y]  neither  circumcise, 
nor  baptise,  but  yet  doe  believe  there  is  a  God  in  heaven*, 
that  Created  male  and  female,  and  made  the  Earth,  the 
Seas,  and  all  that  therein  moveth,  and  all  the  reason  they 
give  for  worshipinge  the  Devil  is,  they  hold  that  God 
Ordained  the  Devil  to  Governe  this  World  and  to  torment 
all  mankind,  and  that  God  himselfe  resteth  in  the  heavens, 
wherefore  Upon  Earth  they  worship  Gods  of  much  de- 
formitie,  as  partly  to  please  the  Devil  whom  they  say  is 
of  no  lesse  deformitie,  and  the  Other  reason  is,  they  say 
that  theire  prayers  are  to  God  to  Deliver  them  from  such 
Satyricall  Creatures  ^ 

They  Often  wash  themselves  in  Ponds  or  Rivolets, 
vizt.  two  or  3  times,  or  more,  Every  day,  but  never  faile  of 
once.  They  burne  many  lamps  in  theire  Pagods,  and  pray 
with  a  Very  quick  and  lowde  Voice  to  those  molten  Gods, 
often  prostrating  themselves  and  kissinge  the  Earth  with 
great  reverence. 

In  that  great  and  Sumptuous  Diabolicall  Pagod,  there 
Standeth  theire  greatest  God  J  no.  Gernaet^  whence  the 


^  Compare  the  description  of  the  Jentives  in  Mandelslo,  p.  6i. 
*'  These  are  a  sort  of  very  ignorant  people,  who  refer  themselves,  as 
to  matter  of  Religion,  to  their  Bramans.  They  believe,  that  in  the 
beginning  there  was  but  one  God... They  believe  the  Immortality  and 
Transmigration  of  Souls,  upon  which  perswasion  they  abhor  the 
effusion  of  bloud.  Accordingly  there  are  not  to  be  found  any  Robbers 
or  Murtherers  among  them  ;  but  on  the  other  side,  they  are  generally 
Lyars  and  Cheats,  in  which  good  qualities  they  exceed  all  the  other 
Indians." 

'^  "  The  Natives  are  Idolaters  worshipping  many  Penates  or 
Household  Gods,  yea,  the  Devil  too  for  fear  :  Yet  they  acknowledge 
but  one  Supreme  God  ;  and  the  various  Representations  or  Shapes 
adored,  are  but  so  many  different  Attributes."    Fryer,  p.  34. 

3  "  Now  for  the  description  of  a  particular  Idol  which  stands  upon 
the  Altar  in  the  Pagod  of  Jagrenate  :  It  is  cover'd  from  the  Shoulders 
downward  with  a  great    Mantle   that   hangs   down  upon  the  Altar. 


l6  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

Pagod  received  that  name  alsoe.  This  Imadge  is  of  massy 
Gold  very  richly  wrought,  and  in  the  full  Stature  of  a  man, 
kept  in  a  large  dark  roome  of  it  Selfe,  but  by  the  lustre  of 
his  Eys  which  are  two  Diamonds^  of  Exceedinge  Value, 
the  place  is  by  relation  as  light  as  though  there  were  more 
then  2  Candleis  lighted.  In  another  Stronge  and  close 
roome  is  placed  an  Artificiall  Cow^  of  it's  full  Stature 
richly  adorned.  Especially  with  it's  two  Eys,  which  are 
reported  to  be  the  richest  that  Ever  were  Seen  in  the 
World,  to  which  the  Golcondah  Kings  have  had  longeinge 
desires,  in  soe  much  that  Since  the  Conquests  performed 
by  the  Moors  they  have  attempted  to  take  this  Pagod  and 
ransacke  it  of  these  faire  Jewels,  but  I  have  heard  many 
Credible  Mahometans  affirme  that  the  Brachmans  with 
theire  Sorceries  prevented  them  of  doeinge  the  least  injury 
to  this  Pagod  or  Towne  surroundinge  it,  of  which  the 
Gentues  doe  Publickly  boast  of  theire  holy  Temple  of  God. 
Sundry  Festivall  times'  they  keep  here  with  great 
Splendour,   One    amongst    the    rest    continueth    7    or   8 


This  Mantle  is  of  Tissue  of  Gold  or  Silver,  according  to  the  Solem- 
nities. At  first  it  had  neither  feet  nor  hands  ;  but  after  one  of  their 
Prophets  was  taken  up  into  Heaven,  while  they  were  lamenting  what 
to  do  for  another,  God  sent  them  an  angel  in  the  likeness  of  that 
Prophet,  to  the  end  they  might  continue  their  Veneration  toward  him. 
Now  while  this  Angel  was  busie  in  making  this  Idol,  the  people  grew 
so  impatient,  that  they  took  him  out  of  the  Angels  hands,  and  put  him 
into  the  Pagod  without  hands  or  feet;  but  finding  that  the  idol 
appear'd  in  that  manner  too  deform'd,  they  made  him  hands  and  arms 
of  those  small  Pearls  which  we  call  Ounce-Pearls.  As  for  his  feet, 
they  are  never  seen,  being  hid  under  his  Cloak.  There  is  no  part  op'n 
but  his  hands  and  feet ;  the  head  and  body  being  of  Sandal-wood." 
Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  174.  Compare  also  the  description  of  this 
god  in  Alex.  Hamilton's  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  pp.  383-386.  He  gives 
a  different  legend. 

*  See  note  on  p.  12. 

2  "  The  Temple  [of  Jagannath]  is  built  in  the  Shape  of  a  Canary 
Pipe  set  on  End,  about  40  or  50  Yards  high,  about  the  Middle  is  the 
Image  of  an  Ox  cut  in  one  intire  Stone,  bigger  than  a  live  one.  He 
looks  towards  the  South-east,  and  his  hinder  Parts  are  fixt  in  the 
Wall.''    Alex.  Hamilton's  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  382. 

3  For  contemporary  accounts  of  Hindu  festivals  see  Fryer,  p.  44, 
for  one  at  Madras,  and  Schouten,  vol.  ii.  p.  244  f.,  for  one  in  Bengal. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  1/ 

days,  to  which  Devilish  feast  resorteth  many  very  rich 
Merchants  and  Brachmans,  with  many  Others  from  the 
remotest  Parts  of  Hindostan,  in  soe  much  that  it  is  very 
rare  if  fewer  then  150000  persons  resort  to  one  of  the 
festivalls  at  the  great  Pagod^  and  noe  few  thousands  to 
the  Subordinate  Pagods  in  the  whole  Empire.  The 
maine  Spectacle  and  purpose  is  to  behold  their  graven 
God  J  no.  Gernaet,  which  at  Such  times  is  carried  in  a 
Chariot  (richly  adorned  and  of  curious  and  costly  Work- 
manship) round  the  Pagod  and  through  the  broadest 
Streets  of  the  towne  in  great  triumph  and  with  great 
Solemnitie. 

This  Chariot  is  of  Exceedinge  great  weight,  beinge 
made  of  Very  Solid  wood,  very  rich,  with  much  iron  worke 
thereon  and  finely  Engraven,  with  the  Shapes  of  men  and 
women  dancinge,  as  alsoe  many  hideous  Shapes  of  Satyrs, 
bulls,  bears,  Tigers,  Elephants,  Rhinocerots,  &c.,  in  soe 
much  that  it  is  soe  Ponderous,  that  although  it  be  fitted 
Upon  6  or  8  Good  Axletrees,  with  good  wheels  on  each 
Side,  yet  requireth  more  then  an  hundred  Stronge  men  to 
draw  it  alonge  Upon  hard  and  Smooth  ground  (and  this 
they  accompt  the  Arke  of  God)*. 

They  have  Small  ones  alsoe,  fitted  onely  with  one 
or  two   axletrees,  that  8  or   10  men  can  draw,  and  doe 


1  "  Festivals  are  kept  there  for  many  days  together,  [at  Jagannath 
and  Benares]  and  millions  of  People  repair  thither  from  the  other 
Countreys  of  the  Indies  ;  they  carry  their  Idols  in  triumph,  and  act 
all  sorts  of  Superstitions  ;  they  are  entertained  by  the  Bramens,  who 
are  numerous  there,  and  who  therein  find  their  Profit."  Thevenot^ 
part  iii.  p.  69. 

2  "He  [Jagannath]  is  never  removed  out  of  the  Temple,  but  his 
Effigie  is  often  carried  abroad  in  Procession,  mounted  on  a  Coach 
four  Stories  high.  It  runs  on  eight  or  ten  Wheels,  and  is  capable  to 
contain  near  200  Persons.  It  is  drawn  thro'  a  large  Street  about  50 
yards  wide,  and  half  a  League  long,  by  a  Cable  of  14  Inches  Circum- 
ference, and,  at  convenient  Distances,  they  fasten  small  Ropes  to  the 
Cable,  two  or  three  Fathoms  long,  so  that  upwards  of  2000  People 
have  Room  enough  to  draw  the  Coach.''  Alex.  Hamilton's  East 
Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  384. 

T.  2 


1 8  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

frequently  on  the  Ordinary  feast  days,  theire  ordinary 
Gods  beinge  placed  therein. 

In  the  Middle  of  that  great  Diabolicall  Chariot,  is 
placed  theire  great  Patron  J  no.  Gernaet,  have[ing]  the 
foremost  end  Open,  fairely  to  be  beheld  by  many  of  the 
people,  which  in  Generall  they  Endeavour  to  doe,  but 
more  then  one  halfe  are  prevented  by  the  infinite  multi- 
tude, in  soe  much  that  many  of  them  are  pressed  downe 
by  the  crowde  and  Smothered,  not  much  regardinge  one 
another,  but  all  in  generall  Showteinge  their  prayer  [ajlike 
to  this  Statue. 

And  which  is  both  Stranger  and  more  incredible, 
many  of  them  come  a  great  many  miles  to  End  their 
.  days  here,  Under  the  wheels  of  this  ponderous  but,  ac- 
compted  by  them,  holy  Arke. 

They  Voluntarily  and  with  great  Couradge  castinge 
themselves  Under  the  wheels  thereof,  as  it  is  drawne 
alonge,  and  are  there  crushed  to  death,  the  which  is  ac- 
compted  by  all  of  this  Sect  a  most  Noble,  Heroick,  and 
Zealous  death. 

A  Very  remarkable  relation  of  a  Very  rich 
Gentue  Merchant  and  of  his  devotion  I  shall  here 
insert,  it  happeninge  in  time  of  my  Stay  in  India 
Anno  Dom  :   1673  ^ 

This  great  Merchants  Residence  was  Agra,  the  faire 
Citty  of  the  Emperours  Seat^  which  is  many  hundred  miles 
from  the  Great  Idolatrous  temple.  He,  beinge  very  rich, 
had  Vowed  to  bestow  liberaly  on  the  Pagod  Jno.  Gernaet, 


^  A  proof  that  the  MS.  was  not  written  during  the  nineteen  years 
that  the  writer  spent  in  India. 

2  The  "Emperour"  was  Aurangzeb.  He  "divided  his  residence 
between  Delhi  and  Agra.... Agra  had  been  the  metropolis  of  Akbar, 
and  usually  of  JahangTr  ;  but  its  sultry  climate  interfered  with  the 
enjoyment  of  their  luxurious  successor,  and  the  Court  was  accordingly 
removed,  at  least  for  a  large  part  of  the  year,  to  New  Delhi,  the  *  City 
of  Shah-Jahan.' "    Aurangzeb^  Rulers  of  India  Series,  p.  89. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  I9 

I  suppose  in  hopes  thereby  to  merit  Eternall  happinesse, 
the  former  of  which  he  performed  to  admiration  as  fol- 
loweth, — 

Hee  brought  with  him  in  this  his  travaile  great  Store 
of  silver,  Gold,  jewels,  &c.,  with  a  great  number  of  men  of 
his  own  Cast^  to  be  Spectators  to  that  years  first  *.  His 
retinue  were  as  followeth,  (his  riches  let  who  will  guesse) 
500  Rashboot'  Soldiers,  Six  Palanchinos  *,  6  State  horses, 
3  or  4  very  large  and  Stately  tents,  6000  naked  Fackeers, 
6000  more  that  wore  there  ragged  and  patched  Coats  of 
Several  colours,  500  labouringe  men  to  carry  burthens, 
to  wit  the  Palanchinos,  tents,  treasure,  provisions,  &c.,  with 
noe  Small  number  of  Others  that  journeyed  with  him, 
some  to  See  fashions  and  Some  to  regaine  theire  Cast\ 

This  Charitable  Heathen  Extended  his  bounty  to  the 
Poore  in  a  Surpassinge  measure,  for,  dureinge  this  his 
devout  but  Sumptuos  Pilgrimadge,  his  custome  was  to  give 
Unto  the  Poore  500  rupees  Every  morninge  (with  his  owne 
hands)  fearinge  they  might  be  wronged  of  it,  the  fame  of 
which  doubtlesse  caused  many  poore  people  to  draw  near 
where  he  pitched  his  tents  overnight.  He  very  rarely 
Stayed  more  then  one  night  in  a  place,  neither  did  he 
travaile  very  fast,  not  Exceedinge  24  English  miles  per 
diem,  Employinge  Severall  forerunners  to  provide  Store  of 


1  See  note  on  p.  9. 

2  So  in  MS., but  is  probably  an  error  for  "feast." 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Rajpoot.  This  and  later  references 
are  valuable  as  showing  that  by  Rdjpiit  the  old  British  trader  meant 
the  squalid  "  military "  retinue  of  the  petty  chiefs  and  dignitaries  he 
came  across  in  his  work. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Palankeen.  In  his  seven  references  to 
this  word,  the  writer  spells  it  five  times  as  above,  and  twice  with  a 
final  e.  Compare  N.  and  E.^  p.  25,  for  28th  June,  1680.  "  In  conse- 
quence of  a  duty  of  Dustoory  or  Baratta  having  been  exacted  without 
authority  by  the  Governor's  Pallenkeen  Booys  from  all  the  coolies  that 
carry  Pallenkeens,  it  is  resolved  to  let  this  right  to  receive  the  said 
Dustoor  for  one  year  for  the  sum  of  20  Pagodas." 

2 — 2 


20  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

rice  and  butter  &c.  for  his  whole  retinue  ;  but  often  times 
sufficient  thereof  was  provided  for  them  by  Some  rich  and 
devout  men  of  his  Own  Cast,  who  took  it  as  a  great 
honour  to  themselves  if  he  wold  accept  of  it,  by  which 
they  thought  these  gifts  meritorious.  When  this  his 
travaile  was  perfected  that  he  arrived  at  theire  holy  Pagod, 
doubtlesse  he  was  courteously  received,  where  he  neglected 
not  to  performe  his  Vow.  I  heard  it  very  credibly  re- 
ported that  he  gave  lo  lack  of  rupees,  Vizt.  One  hundred 
twenty  five  thousand  pounds  Sterlinge  to  the  Pagod,  with 
many  faire  and  rich  jewels,  vizt.  Diamonds,  pearle,  Saphir, 
Rubies,  &c.,  of  great  Value.     He  alsoe  caused  many  Vast 

I 

Stone  buildinge[s]  (that  had  many  years  been  falling  to 
decay)  to  be  repaired  at  his  own  proper  cost  and  charges. 

The  which  beinge  accomplished,  he  returned  to  Agra, 
there  to  End  his  days  amonge  his  Owne  kindred.  As  for 
the  before  mentioned  people  called  Fackeers*,  they  are 
pilgrims  but  very  Strange  Ones,  but  are  very  much 
Encouraged  to  what  they  doe,  the  law  haveinge  noe  power 
to  touch  them  in  any  respect,  save  for  Murther,  and  very 
rarely  for  that.  They  range  all  Asia  over,  and  with  great 
power,  for,  wherever  they  come,  the  inhajjitants  of  the 
Countrey  are  forced,  by  their  Antient  Custome,  (now  not 
Easily  to  be  broken)  to  give  them  rice,  butter,  tobacco, 
Oyle,  or  what  else  they  demand  (Except  moneys),  in  soe 
much  that  many  thousands  of  them  doe  range  all  the 
Mogol's  territories  over,  alsoe  the  kingdoms  of  Vizepoore'^ 


1  Compare  Fryer^  p.  95,  and  Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  pp.  165-167, 
for  a  full  description  of  the  faquirs.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Fakeer. 
The  writer  uses  it  in  the  sense  of  a  Hindu  ascetic. 

2  i.e,  Bijapur  (Beejapore).  This  kingdom  then  extended  from 
Coast  to  Coast,  and  was  the  largest  by  far  of  the  Deccan  Dynasties. 
Compare  Schouten's  account  in  1662 — "...the  kingdom  of  Visiapour, 
said  to  be  250  leagues  long  and  150  broad.  Those  who  have  written 
about  it  differ  as  to  the  dimensions  of  it.  Some  include  in  it  a 
large  part  of  Deccan  and  others  place  some  towns  of  Visiapour 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  this  latter  kingdom.     It  is  very  likely  that 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  21 

# 

and  Golcondah  with  many  Other  Countries,  but  for  the 
most  part  they  doe  frequent  the  Kingdome  of  Bengala, 
I  suppose  more  for  the  plenty  of  provisions  that  Countrey 
affordeth  then  for  Ought  else,  although  theire  pretences 
be  for  the  Sake  of  that  much  adored  River  of  Ganges, 
to  which  indeed  many  thousands  resort,  that  are  not 
Fackeers. 

Many  of  these  Fackeers  goe  after  a  most  carelesse 
manner,  as  though  they  abhorred  this  life,  vizt.  quite 
naked,  and  daube  theire  bodies  over  with  ashes,  not 
combeinge  theire  haire  nor  shaveinge  their  faces,  nor 
paireinge  their  nailes,  but  let  them  grow  like  Vultures 
claws,  and  indeed  they  may  very  well  be  accompted 
Vultures,  in  respect  to  the  many  injuries  they  doe  the 
poor  inhabitants  in  the  Countrey,  theire  haire  by  that 
means  doth  grow  very  longe  and  tangle  togeather  like 
Unto  as  much  Ocom^  Some,  yea  many  there  be,  which 
onely  weare  the  skin  of  a  Leopard,  over  their  Sholders. 


the  frequent  changes  in  these  countries,  caused  by  war,  during  which 
states  are  dismembered,  invaded,  or  reunited,  may  have  g^iven  rise  to 
the  discrepancies  which  occur  among  the  writers.  What  is  certain  is, 
that  it  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  kingdom  of  Delhi  and  the  other 
provinces  of  the  Mogul.... Formerly,  the  king  of  Visiapour... could,  so 
It  was  said,  raise  100,000  cavalry,  and  infantry  in  proportion... but 
lately  he  has  been  so  much  under  the  yoke  of  the  Mogul  that  he  is 
now  said  to  be  looked  upon  only  as  one  of  his  vassals.... Visiapour,... 
the  capital  of  the  kingdom... is  70  leagues  from  Goa."  Schouten^ 
vol.  i.  p.  410. 

"The  Cawn  of  Chengy,  Nasir  Mahmud  Cawn  brother  to  the 
Regent  of  Visiapore,  who  has  the  Sea  Coast  from  the  borders  of  this 
country  into  Trangambar  exclusively."  Fort  St  Geoi'ge  General 
Letter  to  the  Directors,  20th  Aug.  1674.  O.  C.  No.  3992,  p.  6.  "  The 
King  of  Visiapour  has  three  good  ports  in  his  Dominions,  Rejapour, 
Daboult,  and  Cra-paten...The  King  of  Visiapour  and  the  King  of 
Golconda  have  been  formerly  tributary  to  the  Great  Mogul :  but  now 
they  are  absolute  of  themselves.''     Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  72. 

In  1639,  when  Mandelslo  travelled  in  India,  there  was,  according 
to  him,  a  "  Queen  of  Visepour.^^    Mandelslo^  p.  72. 

See  also  Berniery  pp.  197  and  207  f.,  for  an  account  of  the  weakness 
and  strength  of  this  part  of  the  Deccan  in  the  middle  of  the  17th 
century. 

^  i,e,  oakum. 


22  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

Some  weare  patched  coats  of  divers  colours,  with  Peacocks 
feathers,  bobs  of  rags,  and  great  Shells  hangeinge  about 
their  necks  and  Sholders. 

Some,  nay  Severall,  that  I  have  Seen  doe  weare  a  very 
broad  round  plate  of  beaten  iron  about  their  necks.  I 
judge  it  may  be  4^  or  5  foot  over,  haveinge  theire  necks 
through  a  round  hole  in  the  midst  thereof,  and  thus 
fastened  on  by  a  Smith  very  strongly  rivotted  on,  soe 
that  the  party  cannot  ly  downe,  soe  as  to  Sleepe,  neither 
feed  himselfe,  but  must  Sleep  Sittinge,  and  be  fed  by 
Others.  To  Such  Fackeers,  moneys  are  given,  Especially 
by  them  of  his  cast  \  towards  a  helpe  of  performance  of 
his  Vow  made,  and  that  he  may  be  at  Libertie.  I  have, 
for  curiosities  Sake,  sometime  Enquired  into  the  reasons  of 
such  Sorts  of  harebrained  penalties,  which  is  thus — They 
Vow  that  their  bodys  shall  Endure  such  penants,  Vntill 
they  (by  the  Charitie  of  Others)  can  procure  soe  much 
moneys  as  will  build  a  Pagod  of  Such  a  price,  but  I 
Suppose  many  or  most  of  them  are  frustrated  of  theire 
designes. 

I  have  likewise  Seen  Severall  Fackeers,  who,  in  their 
infancie,  have  been  hunge  Up  by  the  Arms  with  their 
fists  grippen  fast,  (in  imitation  of  a  continual  liftinge  Up 
of  hands  to  God  Almightie)  but  by  hangeinge  up  Some 
few  years  in  this  Posture,  theire  nerves  have  soe  hardened 
that,  dureinge  life,  they  can  never  pull  downe  theire  arms 
one  inch,  or  Open  theire  hands  beiiige  very  much  Stiffened, 
and  clasped  round  with  theire  Nailes ;  they  looke  as  on 
the  Other  side,  I  have  described. 

One  Old  Fackeer  I  very  well  remember,  that  tooke  up 
his  habitation  Under  the  Shade  of  a  great  tamarin  tree^, 


^  See  note  on  p.  9. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Tamarind.     There  is  no  quotation  with 
the  spelling  as  above. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  23 

in  Hugly  (in  Bengala),  and  whether  he  was  asleepe  or 
awake,  he  continually  kept  noddinge  his  head  and  body, 
soe  that  as  low  as  his  Waste  it  kept  as  true  a  motion  as  if 
it  had  gone  by  Clockworke,  and,  by  relation,  he  had  Sate 
in  this  posture  above  40  years ;  these  and  the  like  are 
accompted  very  devout  men,  and  these  that  are  soe 
devoted  are,  for  the  most  part,  Gentues^ 

As  for  those  Seduceinge  and  bewitchinge  Brachmans, 
they  beare  great  Sway  over  the  Gentues  in  Generall, 
causeinge  all  (or  most  of  them)  soe  much  to  confide  in 
theire  Sorceries  and  faire  Stories,  as  if  they  onely  were  the 
true  Worshippers  of  a  Deity,  and  noe  Other  Sect  to  live 
Eternally  save  theire  Owne. 

There  is  dayly  great  abundance  of  Provisions,  Sweet-  • 
meats,  &c.,  and  under  a  colour  given  to  theire  Molten  Gods 
they  Worship,  and  is  dayly  consumed.  Certainly  none  of 
us  are  soe  ignorant  but  may,  with  noe  great  difficulty, 
give  a  neare  guesse  which  way,  and  by  what  means  these 
delicacies  are  made  Use  of,  beinge  assured  that  Stocks  or 
Stones,  of  whatsoever  Shapes,  are  Voide  of  life,  therefore 
deficient  in  Eatinge  or  drinkinge,  Soe  that  with  all  reason 
(indisputable),  wee  may  be  assured  that  these  great  pre- 
parations of  food  are  devoured  by  those  ravenous  priests 
of  Belial,  Even  the  Same  way  and  manner  that  the  meat 
and  drinke  dayly  allowed  by  Cyrus  Kinge  of  Persia  to  their 
God  Bel  was.  Apoc.  i  Chap.  V.  13  of  the  History  of  Bel 
and  the  Dragon*. 

And  they  doe  not  onely  deceive  the  ignorant  Gentues 
of  the  best  increase  of  the  Land,  but  alsoe  theire  hansomest 


^  Here,  and  in  the  following  paragraph,  seemingly  used  in  the 
general  sense  of  "  Hindu." 

2  The  reference  is  a  little  misleading.  The  writer  means — 
Apocrypha — History  of  Bel  and  the  Dragon,  chapter  i.  (there  is  but 
one  chapter)  verse  1 3.  This  verse  runs  : — "  And  they  little  regarded 
it  :  for  under  the  table  they  had  made  a  privy  entrance,  whereby  they 
entred  in  continually,  and  consumed  those  things.'' 


24  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

younge  Girles  of  about  lo,  ii,  12  years  of  age  of  their 
Virginities,  perswadeinge  theire  parents  that  they  must, 
Upon  Such  a  night,  be  Entertained  in  the  Pagod,  and 
that  theire  Patron  Jno.  Gernaet  ^  will  appeare  to  them  and 
Embrace  them,  giveinge  many  holy  admonitions  to  them, 
makeinge  them  Sensible  of  many  tran[s]actions,  which 
they  must  be  very  attentive  too,  not  declareinge  any  thinge 
to  man,  Woman,  or  Child,  Save  to  the  Brachmans ;  and 
thus  Seldome  or  never  passeth  away  one  night  but  one 
young  Virgin  or  more  are  Soe  robbed  of  their  Virginities 
by  Some  of  these  insatiable  Idolatrous  Priests,  who  cause 
the  innocent  people  to  confide  in  all  their  base  actions  to 
be  most  just  and  good. 

In  soe  much  that  I  take  this  Sect  to  be  the  most 
Simple  and  dull  headed  of  all  Others,  that  are  soe  blindly 
ledd  not  to  perceive  Such  Diabolical  actions,  the  which  I 
doe  admire  the  more  at,  beinge  they  are  a  people  as  quick 
of  Apprehention  as  any  in  the  Universe,  in  all  Other 
things.  Those  that  are  tradesmen  are  very  ingenuous,  and 
those  that  are  accompted  Merchants  are  Very  accute,  and 
the  most  Excellent  Arithmeticians  in  the  World '.  They 
will  resolve  the  most  difficult  questions  therein  with  much 
brevitie.  They  write  Upon  the  leaves  of  Palmero '  trees, 
and  with  a  Sharpe  pointed  Iron  (for  the  penne),  an  antient 


^  See  ante^  pp.  12 — 17. 

2  "The  Bannians...are  altogether  addicted  to  Trade;  of  whom 
some  are  Sheraffs  or  Bankers,  others  Broakers,  employed  between 
Merchant  and  Merchant  for  buying  and  selling.  Those  of  this  Caste 
are  so  subtil  and  nimble  in  Trade,  that  as  I  have  said  before,  the 
Jews  may  be  their  Prentices.  They  accustom  their  Children  betimes 
to  fly  idleness.  And  instead  of  suffering  them  to  lose  their  time  in 
playing  in  the  Streets,  as  we  generally  do,  they  teach  them  Arith- 
metick  ;  which  they  are  so  perfect  at,  that  without  making  use  either 
of  Pen  or  Ink,  or  Counters,  but  only  of  their  menwries,  they  will  in  a 
moment  cast  up  the  most  difficult  account  that  can  be  imagined." 
Tavernier,  vol.  1.  part  ii.  p.  161. 

3  The  fan-palm.     See  later  on  for  other  uses  of  the  "  Palmero.*' 
See  also  Hobson-Jobsotiy  s.v.  Palmyra. 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  25 

(yea  I  suppose  of  the  greatest  antiquitie)  custome,  whence 
I  doe  Suppose  wee  had  that  Usual  word  a  leafe  of  paper. 
Theire  Secretaries  are  called  Conecopola's'.  Their  lan- 
guadge  is  farre  more  difficult  to  learne  then  most  Other 
Langu[ad]ges  [in]  these  Easterne  parts  ;  I  take  it  to  be  the 
hardest  Save  the  Chineeses,  which  consists  of  little  else 
but  monosillables. 

The  Gentues*  accompt  themselves  a  very  antient 
people,  as  realy  they  are,  and  that  which  they  often  boast 
of  is,  they  alter  not  theire  Religion  from  the  begininge. 
They  are  indeed  the  Antient  Gentiles,  and,  as  I  imagine, 
of  the  Seed  of  those  who  revolted  from  Moses,  forgettinge 
God  to  Worship  a  Molten  Calfe. 

Their  Languadge  is  certainly  altered  Since  those  days, 
for  I  have  Seen  in  many  of  theire  Pagods  on  the  greatest 
Marble  Stones  thereof.  Especially  in  the  Pagod  of  Arma- 
gon^  Severall  lines  Engraven  in  the  marble,  which  they  doe 


^  This  is  the  Tamil  kanakkapillai  still  used  by  Europeans  as 
conicopoly,  meaning  a  clerk  or  writer,  properly  an  accountant. 
"Agreed... to  allow  One  per  Cent.  Dustoory  for  the  wages  of  the 
Companys  Dubasses,  Cancoplys,  and  Bramminys.^'  Fort  St  George 
Consultations,  5th  July,  1680.  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George, 
No.  2.  "The  Governour  accompanyed  with  the  Councell... attended 
by  six  files  of  Soldyers...the  Cancoplys  of  the  Towne  and  of  the 
grounds  went  the  circuit  of  Madrass  ground,  which  was  described  by 
the  Cancoply  of  the  grounds,  and  lyes  soe  intermixed  with  others  (as 
is  customary  in  these  Country s)  that  'tis  impossible  to  be  knowne  to 
any  others,  therefore  every  village  has  a  Cancoply  and  a  Parryar  who 
are  imployed  in  this  office  which  goes  from  Father  to  Son  for  ever." 
N.  and  E,  p.  34  for  21st  Sept.  1680. 

2  Hindus  of  the  lower  orders. 

^  Pringle,  Consultations  for  i683,_  has  the  following  note  on 
Artnagon,  vol.  ii.  p.  140,  "Armagon  (Arumukam),  the  site  of  an  old 
English  factory  to  the  north  of  Madras,  founded  in  February,  1626, 
and  abandoned  in  favour  of  the  settlement  at  Fort  St  George  in  1641. 
In  A^.  and  E,  vol.  ii.  (p.  27),  there  is  a  description  of  the  factory  house 
by  Streynsham  Master  : — *  the  walls  two  Storeys  high  of  one  part  of 
it,  and  a  round  Bulwart  built  single  by  itself.'  In  Surat  letter  to  the 
court  29th  December,  1640 — I.  O.  Records,  O.  C,  No.  1764 — it  was 
called  an  *  old  ruinous  building.'  Armagon  was  hastily  abandoned 
at  the  last,  Andrew  Cogan  on  the  Eagle  bringing  away  whatever 
belonged  to  the  factors  {ibid.\  even  before  the  foundations  of  Fort  St 
George  were  laid.     Armagon  is  said  to  have  received  its  name  after 


26  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

acknowledge  none  in  this  Generation  (or  many  before)  can 
read,  and  as  yet  they  have  a  large  Chronologie  kept  in 
most  Pagods,  that  diflfer  little  from  the  Characters  now 
Extant  in  their  owne  languadge,  which  Chronologie  makes 
the  World's  Age  to  Exceed  our  accompt  more  then 
one  thousand  years,  accomptinge  each  yeare  to  contain 
13  Moons. 

They  Owne  Adam  to  be  the  first  man  created,  Eva  the 
first  of  women,  Cain,  Abel,  &c.,  but  nothing  of  Noah's 
flood.  Now,  how  those  Vast  differences  happened  of  ours 
and  theirs  is  past  my  apprehension. 

But,  in  fine,  they  are  a  most  Subtle  people,  very  worldly 
given,  and  many  of  them  Very  rich  in  this  World,  and 
yet  miserable  poore  in  respect  of  theire  liveing,  and  little 
good  Use  they  make  of  theire  riches,  for  they  in  generall 
live  meanly  both  in  cloths,  diet,  and  all  Other  things. 
Theire  dwellinge  houses  are  very  rarely  better  then  a  low 
thatched  barne  in  Europe,  containing  but  2  or  3  very 
small  darke  lodgeinge  rooms ;  and  Some,  that  are  worth 
many  thousands  of  pounds  Sterlinge,  doe  dwell  in  Such 
Silly  holes,  the  inner  walls  of  which  and  floore  too,  onely 
Smoothed  Over  with  Cow  dunge,  not  at  all  Commodious, 
or  becomeinge  better  then  the  Cows  they  soe  circumspectly 
reverence. 

one  Arumukam  Mudaliar,  who  gave  the  English  some  assistance  in 
1625  ;  derivations  of  the  kind,  even  when  supported  by  family  docu- 
ments are,  however,  to  be  suspected,  and  in  the  present  case  there  is 
no  trustworthy  evidence.  Streynsham  Master  observed  in  his  official 
diary  that  *  the  true  name '  of  the  place  was  *  Duraspatam '  (N.  and 
E.^  vol.  ii.  p.  27)." 

"There  are  several  Places  along  the  Coast  to  the  Northward, 
which  in  former  Times  had  Commerce  abroad,  but  are  now  neglected 
and  unfrequented.  Armagon  is  one.''  Alex.  Hamilton's  East  Indies^ 
vol.  i.  p.  369.  See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxx.  p.  346  f.  for  various  forms  of  the 
word. 

Armegam,  otherwise  Monapollem,  exists  at  the  present  day.  It  is 
a  small  port  in  the  Nellore  district  notable  for  a  lighthouse  which 
warns  vessels  off  the  Armegam  shoal,  6  miles  off  shore.  The  still 
water  inside  the  shoal  is  called  Blackwood's  Harbour.  See  Madras 
Man.  Admn.^  s.v.  Armegam  and  Doogarauzpatam. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  2/ 

There  is  Another  Sort  of  these  Idolaters,  who  are 
accompted  to  be  of  a  higher  Cast,  (then  the  Gentues  be). 
These  are  called  Banjans*,  an  idolatrous  people  as  the 
former,  and  farre  more  zealous  in  their  way ;  they  are  as 
much  dispersed  all  Asia  over,  as  the  Jews  in  Europe  and 
Africa ;  their  ways  of  Worship  differ  little  or  nothinge 
from  the  Gentues^  They  weare  the  Same  Sort  of  habit, 
and' are  of  the  Same  Complexion,  their  laws  onely  dififer- 
inge  in  Some  points  of  their  irreligious  religion,  and 
theire  Languadge  farre  more  diflferent  These  are  not 
admitted  to  kill  or  Eeat  any  Sort  of  fish  or  flesh,  or  any 
thinge  whatever  that  ever  had  or  like  to  have  life  in  it, 
which  although  it  Seemeth  a  Strange  Sort  of  Penaltie  to 
us,  yet  is  more  Severely  Observed  by  all  (as  well  the 
rich  as  the  poore)  of  this  Sect. 

The  Gentues  may  kill  or  Eat  any  thinge  Save  the 
Bull,  Cow,  or  Calfe. 

The  Banjan  dare  not  offer  any  Violence  to  any  animal 


^  There  is  a  delicious  account  in  Fryer^  p.  82,  of  "two  sorts  of  Vermin, 
the  Fleas  and  Banyans." — "  to  this  place  [Swally]  belong  two  sorts  of 
Vermin,  the  Fleas  and  Banyans ;  the  one  harbouring  in  the  Sand, 
fasten  upon  you  as  you  pass ;  where  'tis  some  Pastime  to  see  what 
Shift  the  Banyan  makes,  being  bit  by  them,  he  dare  not  kill  them,  for 
fear  of  unhousing  a  Soul,  according  to  their  Notion  of  Transmigration ; 
but  giving  them  a  severe  Pinch  will  put  them  to  shift  for  themselves  in 
a  Nest  of  Cotton- Wool.  The  other  Vermin  are  the  Banyans  themselves, 
that  hang  like  Horse-leeches,  till  they  have  suck'd  both  Sanguinem 
and  Succum  (I  mean  Mony)  from  you :  As  soon  as  you  have  set  your 
foot  on  shore,  they  crowd  in  their  Service,  interposing  between  you  and 
all  Civil  Respect,  as  if  you  had  no  other  Business  but  to  be  gull'd  ;  so 
that  unless  you  have  some  to  make  your  way  through  them,  they  will 
interrupt  your  going,  and  never  leave  till  they  have  drawn  out  something 
for  their  Advantage."  Compare  also  Tavernier's  description  of  the 
Bannians,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  161  f  "The  third  Caste  is  that  of  the 
Bannians....They  never  eat  any  thing  that  has  life;  nay  they  would 
rather  dye,  than  kill  the  smallest  Animal. or  Vermin  that  crawls,  being 
in  that  point  above  all  things  the  most  zealous  Observers  of  the  Law. 
They  never  fight,  nor  go  to  War  ;  neither  will  they  eat  or  drink  in  the 
House  of  a  Raspoute,  because  they  kill  the  Victuals  they  eat,  all  but 
Cows,  which  they  never  touch." 

2  See  note  on  p.  23. 


28  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

whatever,  not  soe  much  as  a  rat,  a  Snake,  a  toade, 
a  lowse,  but  will  rather  purchase  their  redemption  by 
good  words,  or  moneys,  if  they  see  them  apprehended 
Either  by  a  Christian  or  Mahometan,  (for  these  follow- 
ing reasons). 

They  hold  the  Pithgorean  Philosophie,  believeinge  the 
immortalitie  of  Souls,  and  that  when  the  body  is  deprived 
of  life,  the  Soule  passeth  out  of  that  into  another. 

They  are  of  an  Opinion  that  the  Souls  of  those  who 
have  lived  well  in  this  World,  without  either  fraude  or 
Guile,  and  have  been  Charitable,  Especially  to  the  poore 
of  his  own  Sect  &c.,  doe  infallibly  Enter  into  the  harm- 
lesest  and  tame  creatures,  as  Chickens,  pidgeons,  turtle 
doves,  lambs,  or  the  like^ 

Many  of  them  are  men  very  well  accowtred  with  worldly 
riches,  and  most  Zealous  in  theire  way,  soe  that  in  Charity 
they  doe  much  resemble  the  jews,  relieveinge  and  En- 
couradgeinge  all  of  their  own  Cast,  if  any  whit  ingenuous. 
They  feed  for  the  most  part  upon  that  which  is  very  good, 
as  Rice,  peas,  bread,  butter.  Sweetmeats,  potatos,  yamms^ 


^  Compare  Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  167.  "'Tis  an  Article  of  the 
Idolaters  Faith,  that  the  Souls  of  Men  departing  out  of  the  body,  are 
presented  to  God,  who  according  to  the  lives  which  they  lead,  orders 
them  another  body  to  inhabit.  So  that  one  and  the  same  person  is 
bom  several  times  into  the  World.  And  that  as  for  the  Souls  of  wicked 
and  vicious  persons,  God  disposes  them  into  the  bodies  of  contempt- 
able  Beasts,  such  as  Asses,  Dogs,  Cats,  and  the  like  ;  to  do  Penance 
for  their  crimes  in  those  infamous  Prisons.  But  they  believe  that  those 
Souls  that  enter  into  Cows  are  happy;  presuming  that  there  is  a 
divinity  in  these  creatures.  For  if  a  man  dye  with  a  Cows- tail  in  his 
hand,  they  say  it  is  enough  to  render  him  happy  in  the  •  other  World. 
The  Idolaters  believing  thus  the  transmigration  of  the  Souls  of  men 
into  the  bodies  of  other  creatures,  they  abhor  to  kill  any  creature 
whatever,  for  fear  they  should  be  guilty  of  the  death  of  some  of  their 
kindred  or  friends  doing  Penance  in  those  bodies.  If  the  Men  in  their 
life- time  are  famous  for  their  vertuous  deeds,  they  hold  that  their  Souls 
pass  into  the  bodies  of  some  Potent  Raja's:  where  they  enjoy  the 
pleasures  of  this  life  in  those  bodies,  as  the  reward  of  those  good  works 
which  they  did." 

2  Fryer^  p.  104,  has  "Yawms."     See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Yam. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  29 

Salatinge^  &c. ;  they  eat  noe  Eggs,  nor  Cheese,  the  former 
by  reason  they  will  not  prevent  increase  of  liveinge 
Creatures,  the  latter,  by  reason  it  cannot  be  made  without 
Useinge  Some  Small  part  that  did  appertaine  to  a  liveinge 
creature,  commonly  called  the  Runnett 

Neither  of  these  Casts*  drinke  any  manner  of  Liquor 
Save  water  and  milke,  or  Congye*,  which  is  noe  more  then 
fresh  Water  boyled  with  a  little  rice  in  it,  but  they  doe 
allow  theire  Wifes  to  drinke  wine  or  distilled  waters, 
dureinge  the  time  of  theire  beinge  with  childe,  but  at 
noe  Other  times,  and  then  but  Very  Sparingely,  and  of 
Liquor  not  Over  Stronge. 

They  allow  but  of  one  Wife,  an  Excellent  Principle 
in  or  amonge  Such  Heathens,  were  it  not  corrupted  with 
Other  large  Liberties  of  Conscience,  for  they  may  not- 
withstandinge  take  to  themselves  soe  many  concubines  as 
they  are  able  and  willinge  to  maintaine. 

Theire  Ceremony  of  Marriadge  is  after  a  most  absurde 
Simple  manner,  (as  followeth).  The  Parents  of  the  younge 
Couple  beinge  agreed,  (for  that  must  be  the  first  instru- 
ment, the  younge  ones  beinge  of  soe  few  and  tender 
years,  that  they  be  not  capable  of  Understandinge  what 
marriadge  rheaneth)  the  Brachman  joyneth  theire  hands 
to  a  liveinge  Cows  taile,  before  many  Spectators,  which 
done,  after  some  mutteringe  Speeches  Used,  (not  very 
tedious)  they  are  let  goe  againe.  This  is  done  by  some 
River  or  pond  of  water,  a  multitude  of  men,  Women, 
and    Children   accompanyinge   them.      They   are   carried 

^  Salading,  i.e.  vegetables  for  salads. 

2  See  note  on  p.  9. 

^  A  generic  term  for  invalid  diet ;  also  a  substitute  for  starch  in 
stiffening  cloth.  "Their  sick  do  nourish  themselves  only  with  boiled 
Rice,  which  they  do  make  extreamly  liquid  :  the  Portuguese  of  the 
Indies  do  call  it  Cange."  De  La  Loublre^  p.  63.  "The  washers  engage 
to  wash,  whiten,  conjee,  beat  and  well  cure  according  to  custom  all 
callicoes  and  cloth  at  the  rates  following."  N.  and  E.^  p.  18, 13th  April, 
1680.     See  also  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Congee. 


30  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

home  in  a  Palanchino\  where  the  Brachman  repeats  some 
ribble  rabble  Stufife  over  with  a  lowde  Voice,  to  this 
Effect,  that  they  may  have  length  of  days,  great  Successe, 
and  that  theire  Seed  may  multiplie,  be  benefactors  to  the 
Pagods,  &c.,  which  ceremony  Ended,  they  all  Sit  downe 
crosse  legged  upon  Carpets,  or  Matts,  or  cringeinge  upon 
their  heels,  and  make  merry  with  Betelee  Areca',  tobacco, 
or  the  like,  accordinge  as  theire  abilitie  can  afford. 

Att  Night,  about  the  7th  or  8th  houre,  and  from  that 
to  the  1 2th,  the  Bridegroom  and  bride  are  carried  in 
a  Palanchino  through  all  the  principle  Streets  of  the 
towne,  attended  with  many  Lamps  and  Torches,  dance- 
inge  women,  with  all  Sorts  of  the  Countrey  musick,  as 
pipes,  drums,  trumpets.  Voices,  and  the  Streets  thronged 
with  Spectators.  Such  Ceremonie  as  this  is  performed 
to  the  meanest  marriadges,  but  the  richer  Sort  they  have 
it  soe  for  many  nights,  with  fine  Shews  and  rope  dancings, 
tricks  of  activitie  of  bodie,  with  a  traine  proportionable, 
many  flaggs  and  Pendans  flying,  with  great  feastings  many 
days  and  nights  foUowinge  to  great  Admiration*. 

Noe  man  is  admitted  to  marry,  Unlesse  he  can  purchase 
moneys  to  the  Value  of  2Q  or  25  pagods*,  a  Coine  very 
Current  here,  which  moneys  the  Male  must  bestowe  upon 

^  See  note  on  p.  19.  Compare  also  Fryer^  p.  34,  on  "Their  hanging 
Coaches,  and  those  that  carry  them." 

2  The  modem  pan  [pawn],  which  consists  of  the  leaf  of  the  betel 
creeper,  dried  areca-nut,  lime,  etc.  Compare  Streynsham  Master's 
Diary  for  Sept.  25th,  1676,  p.  65.  "  I  Incouraged  him  [Anuntram]  to 
speak  the  trueth  and  not  to  feare  any,  and  then  gave  him  beetle  which 
is  a  token  of  kindness  and  favour."  Compare  also  Schouten^  i.  p.  293, 
and  Fryer^  p.  40.  "  The  Marchants  were  sent  away  with  Beetle  and 
Rose  water  well  contented."  Consultation  at  Fort  St  George,  5th  July, 
1680.  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  2.  See  Hobson-Jobson^ 
s.v.  Betel  and  Areca.  The  various  references  to  "  Betelee  Areca  "  in 
this  MS.  are  valuable  for  the  history  of  betel  and  the  betel-nut,  which 
are  two  separate  things. 

3  Compare  Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  181,  for  a  description  of 
marriage  ceremonies  in  Surat. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Pagoda.  See  later  on  for  other  mentions 
of  the  coin  and  its  value. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  3 1 

the  Parents  of  her  he  purposeth  to  be  his  Wife,  to  gaine 
their  consent.  This  must  be  done  although  they  give  him 
nothinge  with  her,  or  if  they  are  able  and  willinge  to  give 
her  it  againe  tenne  or  20  fold,  yet  this  acknowledgement 
must  first  be  made. 

They  are  not  admitted  to  marry  one  Occupation  with 
another^  A  merchant  must  marry  a  Merchant's  Daughter, 
a  Weaver  a  Weaver's  Daughter,  a  Taylor  with  a  Taylor's 
Daughter,  a  Gold  Smith  with  a  Gold  Smiths  Daughter, 
and  soe  of  the  rest.  Every  man  must  Consequently  traine 
theire  Sons  up  to  the  Occupation  he  is  of  himselfe,  and 
not  assume  any  Other. 

The  Rich  Merchants  make  Sure  to  marry  theire  children 
before  they  coriie  to  8  years  of  age. 

And  the  Poorer  Sort  faile  not  much  in  the  Same,  not 
at  all  Save  in  the  Male,  who  must  be  Capable  of  Some 
Occupation  or  an  Apprentice  to  it  at  least  wise.  They 
are  generally  married  at  the  age  of  15  or  16  years,  but 
the  females  doe  rarely  Exceed  8  years  before  they  are 
married,  but  not  admitted  to  Use  Carnal  Copulation  untill 
She  bee  1 1  years  Old,  and  then  thought  ripe  Enough. 

Many  of  these  women  in  Asia,  Especially  in  the 
Southern  Parts  thereof,  doe  conceive  at  Eleven  years  of 
age.  I  have  known  many  bringe  forth  at  12  or  Under, 
to  us  Seeminge  Strange,  but  not  to  them ;  but  againe,  on 
the  Other  hand,  as  they  are  Soon  ripe,  they  are  Soon 
Withered,  for  a  Woman  of  30  years  of  age  Shall  Seem 


1  "  The  rest  of  the  Natives  that  are  not  reckoned  in  the  number  of 
these  Castes,  are  called  Pauzecour.  These  are  such  as  employ  them- 
selves in  Handicraft  Trades ;  among  which  there  is  no  other  distinction, 
but  according  to  the  Trades  which  they  follow  from  Father  to  Son. 
So  that  a  Taylor  cannot  prefer  his  Son,  but  only  in  his  own  Calling, 
though  he  be  never  so  rich ;  nor  marry  either  a  Son  or  Daughter,  but 
to  one  of  his  own  Craft.  By  the  same  rule,  when  a  Taylor  dies,  all 
those  of  his  own  Trade  accompany  the  corps  to  the  place  where  it  is 
burnt :  and  the  same  practise  is  observM  in  all  other  Trades."  Taver- 
flier ^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  162. 


32  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

as  though  she  [were]  50  or  upwards,  and  Seldome  any  of 
them  beare  Children  after  they  see  25  or  26  years. 

Theire  Garments  are  Very  thinne,  Suitable  Enough  in 
that  respect  for  the  Climate  they  live  in,  but  not  at  all 
fashionable.  They  are  a  Slender,  Straight  Limed,  well 
favoured  people,  of  a  tawny  complexion,  black  haired. 
Their  Children  for  the  most  part  goe  Starke  naked  to 
6  or  7  years  of  age.  Theire  Garment[s]  are  then  as  here 
described. 

They  often  wash  themselves  over  with  water,  and 
daube  all  theire  bodies  with  Oyle,  more  Especially  the 
haire,  and  are  for  the  most  part  dayly  marked  in  the 
forehead  with  a  Stroke  or  two  of  red  or  white  lead,  or 
both,  Exactly  between  the  Eye  brows,  which  marke  is  put 
on  by  a  Brachman  (Otherways  of  noe  Esteeme).  They 
say  it  is  a  Sure  badge  or  token  of  good  luck  that  day*,  and 
with  these  and  many  the  like  fopperies  they  are  apparently 
deluded  and  cheated  out  of  a  great  deale  of  moneys. 

I  was  oftentimes  very  desirous  to  discourse  with  some 
of  the  Learndedst  of  theire  Brachmans,  which  I  never 
was  denied,  after  I  had  learned  Some  of  theire  languadge 
and  gesture  of  body.  One  I  very  well  remember  in  the 
towne  of  Ballasore  (in  Bengala).  About  the  nth  houre 
in  the  night,  I  was  converseinge  with  Sundry  of  them, 
neare  the  English  Broker's  house*  (a  very  Zealous 
Gentue),  and  after  Some  discourse  with  them,  the  Moone, 
which  but  a  Short  Space  Shone  very  gloriously,  was  now 


^  "The  Bramin  marks  the  forhead  of  all.  ..with  a  kind  of  Vermillion.'* 
Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  166. 

2  The  only  mention  I  have  found  of  the  English  broker  at  Balasor 
is  in  the  following  passage,  contained  in  a  deposition  by  Shem  Bridges 
against  William  Blake,  dated  in  Balasor  7  June,  1669,  O.  C.  No.  3288, 
"  Mamood  Izzufif  whilst  Govemour  of  Ballasore  intended  to  prejudice 
the  English  in... falling  on  Narrandasse  [Narayan  Das]  the  English 
house  broker."  The  broker  at  Kasimbazar  was  Anantram,  who  gave 
evidence  at  the  enquiry  into  the  death  of  Raghu  the  Poddar,  in  which 
Matthias  Vincent  was  implicated. 


,*^' 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  33 

Eclipsed*,  at  first  Sight  whereof  they  all  rose  Up  in  great 
hast,  mutteringe  many  words  in  theire  form  of  prayer,  with 
theire  hands  Elevated  towards  the  Heavens,  and  went  with 
all  Expedition  into  a  great  tanke  of  water  which  was  very 
nigh.  Many  Brachmans  came  in,  and  with  them  Sundry 
persons  more,  I  dare  Say  above  lOO  in  number,  some 
Sprinklinge  themselves  with  water  or  Mudde,  Some 
prayinge,  bowinge  theire  faces  close  to  the  water.  Others 
prostrateinge  themselvs  at  the  brinke  of  the  water,  many 
women  hasteninge  with  Small  lamps  lighted.  Store  of 
Sweet  flowers  I  judge  for  theire  Offerings.  I  Stayed  there 
to  See  Such  sort  of  transactions,  at  the  least  2  hours. 
The  Brachmans  kept  a  Chattaringe  with  a  lowde  Voice, 
and  soe  fast  that  I  cold  scarce  Understand  them  one 
word.  The  moone  appearinge  in  its  former  beauty,  and 
theire  (as  it  were)  passion  mitigated,  I  asked  some  of  them 
(my  intimate  acquaintance)  what  they  meant  to  acquire  by 
Such  Strange  fancies  and  Notions  they  Used  at  that  time, 
or  what  was  the[i]re  Opinion  of  an  Eclipse  of  Sun  or 
Moone. 

Theire  answer  was,  that  they  prayed  to  Jove,  that  he 


^  Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  179,  thus  describes  the  eclipse  of 
July,  1666.  "The  second  of  July  1666,  about  one  a  Clock  in  the 
afternoon,  at  Patna  in  Bengala,  there  was  an  Eclipse  of  the  Sun,  at 
which  time  it  was  a  prodigious  thing  to  see  the  multitudes  of  people, 
men,  women,  and  children,  that  ran  to  the  river  Ganges,  to  wash 
themselves.  But  it  behoves  them  to  begin  to  wash  three  days  before 
the  Eclipse,  all  which  time  they  labour  day  and  night  in  providing  all 
sorts  of  Rice  Milk,  meats,  and  Sweetmeats,  to  throw  to  the  Fish  and 
Crocodiles,  as  soon  as  the  Bramins  give  the  word.  Whatever  Eclipse 
it  be  whether  of  the  Sun  or  Moon,  the  Idolaters  as  soon  as  it  appears, 
break  all  their  Earthen  Pots  knd  Dishes  in  the  house,  which  makes  a 
hideous  noise  altogether....  And  as  soon  as  the  victuals  are  thrown  into 
the  River,  the  people  are  to  go  in  and  wash  and  rub  themselves  till  the 
Eclipse  be  over.  So  that  in  regard  the  waters  were  at  that  time  very 
high,  for  more  than  three  Leagues  above  and  below  the  City,  and  all 
the  breadth  of  the  River,  there  was  nothing  to  be  seen  but  the  heads 
of  the  people." 

Bernier^  who  saw  this  same  eclipse  from  Delhi,  also  gives  a  good 
description.  See  pp.  301  f.  Compare  also  Fryer^  p.  109,  and  Schouten^ 
vol.  ii.  p.  286,  for  other  accounts. 

T.  X 


34  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

wold  remove  the  Venemous  Serpent  that  did  bite  the 
Moone,  and  put  her  to  Such  an  intollerable  paine,  that  She 
lost  the  glory  of  her  wonted  lights  I  presumed  to  ask 
Some  of  the  Brachmans,  that  are  Such  great  Magicians, 
whether  they  were  soe  well  Versed  in  Astronomic,  as  to 
give  accompt  when  the  next  Eclipse  of  Sun,  or  Moone 
shold  happen.  They  answered  noe,  not  any  cold  tell  that, 
but  God  that  dwelleth  soe  neare  them  By  which  I  found 
theire  ignorance,  and  told  them  many  things  to  that 
purpose,  which  they  tooke  Slender  Notice  of  I  asked 
them  if  theire  God  Jno.  Gernaet''  had  any  knowledge  of 
Such  things.  Theire  answer  was  Very  Sharpe,  and  to  the 
Effect  that  he  knoweth  all  Secrets. 

The  Banjans  and  Gentues,  as  well  male  as  female,  doe 
in  generall  Suffer  the  Nailes  of  theire  hands  and  feet  to 
grow  of  a  great  length,  more  like  to  birds  claws  then 
otherways,  which  amongst  them  is  Esteemed  as  a  great 
Ornament,  alsoe  weare  in  theire  noses  a  ringe  or  pendant 
of  Gold  or  Silver.  The  males  alsoe  generally  weare  one 
2  or  3  large  rings  in  each  Eare,  and  the  females  have  very 


^  Compare  Bemier^  p.  303  f  "  I  shall  now  mention  the  wise  and 
convincing  reasons  assigned  for  the  festival  of  the  eclipse,  and  for  the 
rites  with  which  it  is  attended.  We  have,  say  they,  our  four  Beths 
[Vedas] ;  that  is,  our  four  books  of  law,  sacred  and  divine  writings 
given  unto  us  by  God  himself,  through  the  medium  of  Brahma.  These 
books  teach  that  a  certain  Deuta  [godling],  an  incarnate  divinity,  ex- 
tremely malignant  and  mischievous,  very  dark,  very  black,  very  impure, 
and  very  filthy  (these  are  all  their  own  expressions)  takes  possession  of 
the  Sun,  which  it  blackens  to  the  colour  of  ink,  infects  and  obscures  ; 
that  the  Sun,  which  is  also  a  Deuta,  but  of  the  most  beneficent  and 
perfect  kind,  is  thrown  into  a  state  of  the  greatest  uneasiness,  and 
suffers  a  most  cruel  agony  while  in  the  power  of  and  infected  by  this 
wicked  and  black  being ;  that  an  endeavour  to  rescue  the  Sun  from  so 
miserable  a  condition  becomes  the  duty  of  every  person;  that  this 
important  object  can  be  obtained  only  by  the  means  of  prayers, 
ablutions,  and  alms ;  that  those  actions  have  an  extraordinary  merit 
during  the  festival  of  the  eclipse,  the  alms  then  bestowed  being  a 
hundred  times  more  valuable  than  alms  given  at  any  other  time ;  and 
who  is  he,  they  ask,  that  would  refuse  to  make  a  profit  of  cent  per 
cent.?" 

2  See  note  on  p.  7. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  35 

large  holes  cut  in  the  eare,  wherein  they  weare  very  large 
rings  like  to  small  hoops,  not  as  pendants,  but  hoops 
Surrounded  with  the  Skin  of  the  Eare.  When  they  are 
younge  (yea  in  theire  infancie),  they  have  Small  Ones 
made  of  palmero  *  leafe  thrust  in,  and  soe,  as  they  encrease 
in  age,  larger  and  larger,  Untill  they  many  of  them  come 
to  have  them  2  or  3  inches  broad  in  each  Eare,  and  if 
larger,  Esteemed  soe  much  the  more  beautifull.  The 
Mallabars^  Use  the  Same  customes,  and  differ  in  many 
points  of  theire  Idolatrous  Sect,  and  as  much  alsoe  in 
Complexion,  fbr  they  are  for  the  most  part  of  a  Very  black 
colour,  not  Unlike  in  that  to  the  Ethiopians,  but  much 
comlier,  haveinge  very  longe  haire,  and  well  favoured  both 
in  face  and  body. 

They  are  for  the  most  part  very  poore  in  Comparison 
of  the  Other,  not  beinge  in  abilitie  to  weare  soe  maiiy  rich 
Jewels,  but  neverthelesse  they  imitate  as  nigh  as  theire 
abilities  will  allow.  The  Wealthiest  Sort  have  Sheckels ' 
of  Silver  upon  theire  Arms,  neare  soe  high  as  the  Elbow, 
from  the  wrist  upwards.  Others  of  brasse,  or  Coppar,  and 
Some  have  them  of  greene  glasse,  with  great  brasse  rings 
Upon  theire  tows. 

When  any  man  of  the  Banjan  or  Gentue  Sect  give  up 
the  Ghost,  Either  by  Sicknesse,  or  any  accident  Soever, 
they  bury  not  theire  dead  carcases,  but  they  carry  them 
into  the  field  that  imitates  the.buryinge  places,  and  there 
burne  them  to  ashes  *,  the  which  custome  of  theirs  a  more 
cruel  Tragedy  accompanieth,  of  which  as  foUoweth. 


^  See  note  on  p.  24. 

*  See  note  on  p.  6. 
^  Shackles. 

*  Compare  Bernier^  p-  3^ 5-  "Most  of  the  Gentiles  bum  their  dead ; 
but  some  partially  broil  the  bodies  with  stubble,  near  the  side  of  a 
river,  and  then  precipitate  theril  into  the  water  from  a  high  and  steep 
bank." 


36  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

The  Husband  beinge  dead,  and  his  body  prepared  for 
the  fire,  his  Wifes  and  concubines  prepare  themselvs  for 
the  fire  alsoe  ^,  beinge  very  Sumptuously  adorned  with  very 
fine  linnen,  after  theire  best  mode,  beset  with  many  Jewels, 
(accordinge  to  theire  abilitie)  accompanied  by  the  Hellish 
Brachmans,  who  discourse  with  them  very  Zealously  or  at 
least  wise  pretendinge  it,  highly  commendinge  the  fidelitie 
of  those  Vertuous  women,  that  remaine  soe  constant  in 
accompanyinge  theire  deceased  Husband  or  Master,  and 
cease  not  to  Singe  Over  the  joys  they  will  attaine  to  in 
the  EHzium.  Their  Friends  and  neare  Relations  strive 
to  accompany  them  to  the  fire,  doteingly  praiseinge  their 
fidelitie.  I  had  heard  of  many  Upon  this  Coast  eVe  I  had 
Sight  of  One,  but  in  my  journey.  Anno  Domini  1672,  from 
Fort  St.  Georg's  toward  Metchlipatam',  overland,  I  hap- 
pened to  Stopp  at  a  towne  called  Careero '.  When  I  had 
dined,  and  made  preparations   to  pack  up  our  bag  and 


^  See  later  on  for  other  accounts  of  satt.  Compare  Fryer^  P-  33  J 
Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  pp.  169-172  ;  and  Bernier^  pp.  307-314,  on  the 
same  subject. 

2  Masulipatam. 

3  "  Careda  which  is  in  the  midway  betweene  this  and  Metchle- 
patam.''  Letter  from  Agent  Langhome  at  Fort  St  George,  dated 
loth  Sept.  1673.     Factory  Records^  Miscellaneous,  No.  3,  p.  138. 

"Leaving  Ramapatam  and  passing  through  Careda  (Karedu) 
which  is  a  seaport  and  the  best  towne  on  the  road  hitherto."  Streyn- 
sham  Master's  Memoriall,  quoted  in  -A^.  and  E,  for  i8th  March,  1679, 
p.  28. 

"  Bundalela  Shawhe  Governour  of  Carera  and  thereabouts  having 
sent  us  word  possitivly,  that  he  will  entertaine  the  Interlopers,  in  case 
we  will  not  make  a  Settlement  in  his  Government,... itt  is  agreed  that 
as  soon  as  with  c[on]veniency,  we  Settle  a  Factory  att  Carera,  and 
that  the  said  Governour  be  acquainted  therewith."  Consultation  at 
Fort  St  George,  6th  August,  1683,  Pringle,  Consultations^  vol.  ii. 
p.  72. 

"  Carrera  has  the  Benfit  of  a  large  River  that  reaches  a  great 
Way  into  the  Country."     Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  369. 

*'  Caraid  (Karedu,  Telugu).  From  kari^  Tel.  black  and  vidu^  Tel. 
town.  Village,  Port ;  Nellore  district  ;... Hardly  any  trade  now. 
Noted  for  Betel  gardens.  Ancient  temples.... Noted  for  dyeing  cloths. 
Large  tank.  Festival  of  Shiva  in  February."  Madras  Man,  Admn,^ 
vol.  iii.  s.v.  Car.     See  also  Ind.  Ant.^  vol.  xxx.  p.  349  f. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  37 

bagadge  in  readinesse  to  proceed  further,  my  Dubashee  ^ 
whose  name  was  Narsa*,  asked  me  if  I  wold  Stay  to  See 
a  handsome  younge  Widdow  burned,  by  reason  her 
husband  was  dead  and  to  be  burnt  that  afternoone,  where- 
upon I  Stayed  out  of  Curiosities  Sake  to  See  the  truth  of 
Such  an  action  that  I  had  often  heard  of,  and,  about  the 
third  houre  in  the  afternoone,  I  saw  a  multitude  of  men, 
women,  and  Children  comeinge  out  of  the  towne.  I  went 
to  them  on  hor[s]eback,  thereby  to  get  the  better  Spectacle 
of  this  barbarous  action.  About  J  a  mile  from  the  towne, 
on  -a  greene  plaine,  was  a  great  fire  prepared,  that  burned 
very  light,  about  which  they  thronged.  I  alsoe  rode  close 
up  to  it,  where  I  cold  discerne  the  body  of  a  man  on  a 
light  fire,  neare  to  which  lay  much  combustible  matter 
piled  round,  hollow  in  the  middle,  which  they  Soon  Set 
fire  too,  and  then  most  of  the  crowde  did  Separate  them- 
selves, standinge  round  it  at  2  or  3  yards  distance.  I 
rode  close  up  to  the  younge  woman,  who  was  Seemingly 
Extraordinary  chearefull.  I  asked  her  the  reason  why  she 
was  soe  deluded  by  the  Brachmans,  who  overheareinge 
me  Seemed  to  be  angry,  but  She,  eVe  they  had  time  to 
Speake,  Smiled  and  Said  it  was  the  happiest  houre  that 
Ever  She  Saw.  She  Spake  something  quick,  which  shewed 
great  desperateness  in  her,  and  without  all  controversie 
these  Satyrical  Priests  give  them  something  to  intoxicate 


*  An  interpreter  and  mercantile  broker.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v, 
Dubash.  A^.  and  E.  p.  20,  for  25th  May,  1680,  has — "bringing 
letters... that  Verona  the  Dubass  was  dead."  And  p.  27,  for  5th  July, 
1680,  "the  wages  of  the  Company's  Dubasses."  And  p.  43,  for 
28th  Dec.  1680,  "  Resolved  to  Tasheriff  the  seven  Chief  Merchants 
and  the  Chief  Dubass  upon  New  Years  Day."  In  his  preface  to  his 
Dictionary  of  English  and  Malayo^  T.  B.  says  that  he  learned  the 
"  Malayo  Language  "  in  order  that  he  might  "  Converse  with  those 
people  without  the  assistance  of  a  Prevaricating  Interpreter,  as  they 
commonly  are." 

2  Narsa  was  responsible,  no  doubt,  for  the  mispronunciation 
Janganath  (for  Jagannath),  which  produced  "Jno.  Gemaet."  In 
1680  the  Dutch  had  a  Dubash  called  Narsa,  at  Golconda. 


38  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

them,  by  which  they  are  Exited  to  this  Valour  and  Eager- 
nesse  of  workinge  theire  owne  destruction. 

This  Silly  Creature,  with  a  most  chearefull  Smileinge 
countenance,  lift  up  her  hands,  and  accordinge  to  the 
countrey  complements,  Salam'd  ^  to  all  her  friends.  Especi- 
ally to  the  Brachmans,  and  lookeinge  Earnestly  upon  me, 
gave  me  some  white  and  yellow  flowrs  she  tooke  from  her 
haire  of  her  head  that  was  beautifully  adqrned  after  the 
Gentue  fashion,  and  with  Strange  nimblenesse  Sprange 
into  the  fire. 

Whereupon,  to  make  the  Ceremonie  Seeme  more 
pleasant,  they  at  that  instant  tuned  up  Severall  Sorts  of 
musicke,  vizt.  pipes,  drums,  trumpets,  accompanied  with 
Shouting  in  Such  a  measure,  that  not  one  Screach  of  the 
woman  in  torment  cold  be  heard.  Many  of  the  by- 
standers keep  throwinge  on  much  more  combustible  things, 
to  wit,  dry  faggots,  Oyle,  butter,  dried  palmero*  leaves,  or 
the  like. 

The  richer  Sort,  more  Especially  those  in  Office,  a? 
Naiques'  (for  soe  the  Hindoo  Governours  are  Entitled), 
when  one  of  them  dye,  they,  as  they  kept  many  Concu- 
bines, have  many  burnt  at  theire  decease,  as  for  Example: — 

A  Naique  that  lived  neare  Mylapore*,  vizt.  St.  Thomae, 

^  Saluted.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Salaam.  This  is  a  very  early 
instance  of  the  use  of  "  Salaam  "  as  a  verb. 

^  See  note  on  p.  24. 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Naik,  in  its  sense  of  nobleman.  Compare 
Tkevenot,  part  iii.  p.  105,  "There  are  many  Naiques  to  the  South  of 
St.  Thomas,  who  are  Sovereigns  :  The  naique  of  Madura  is  one  ;  he 
of  Tangiour  is  at  present  a  Vassal  to  the  Kmg  of  Viziapour.  Naique 
properly  signifies  a  Captain  ;  heretofore  they  were  Governours  of 
Places,  and  Officers  of  the  King  ;  but  having  Revelled  [?  rebelled], 
they  made  themselves  Sovereigns.'* 

*  Now  a  part  of  Madras  itself.  Compare  Mandelslo,  p.  93,  "  The 
Town  of  Meliapour,  then  the  Metropolis  of  the  Kingdom."  "  There 
are  several  Towns  on  this  Coast,  some  of  which  are  good,... Meliapour 
or  St.  Thomas,  which  lyes  in  the  heighth  of  thirteen  degrees  and  a 
half,  and  which  the  Moors  (with  the  assistance  of  the  Dutch)  took 
back  from  the  Portuguese  in  the  year  One  thousand  six  hundred  sixty 
two."     Thevenoty  part  iii.  p.  105.     For  note  on  St.  Thom^,  see  p.  45. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  39 

died  the  Same  yeare  I  arrived  in  East  India^  and  for  his 
celebration  of  the  Funerall,  which  was  very  fiery,  27 
women  that  were  his  Wifes  and  Concubines  were  burned. 
Oh  !  horrid  destruction  !  Who  can  Otherways  imagine  but 
the  Devil  to  be  the  author  of  Such  base  inventions  ? 

Such  Cruelties  are  most  in  Use  in  the  parts  of  India 
where  the  Countrey  is  Governed  by  the  Gentue  Naiques, 
or  Radja's^  as  some  term  themselves,  which  signifieth  Vice 
Kinge ;  and,  on  the  Contrary,  where  the  Governours  are 
Mahometans,  not  one  halfe  soe  much  in  that  respect  can 
be  acted,  the  women.  Especially  those  that  are  handsome, 
beinge  disswaded  from  the  fact,  and  counselled,  immedi- 
ately at  the  death  of  theire  Husbands,  to  forsake  theire 
Friends  and  Brachmans,  and  repaire  to  them,  where  they 
shall  be  very  Courteously  Entertained ;  but  they  dare  nx>t 
rescue  any  by  force  and  Violence,  by  reason  the  Idolaters 
doe  annually  purchase  theire  freedome  of  theire  heathenish 
laws,  and  Diabolicall  customes,  with  noe  Small  Summs 
of  moneys  ^  and  condescendinge  Obedience  to  the  Mogol 
and  his  Omrahs  *. 

*  I  have  been  unable  to  identify  this  individual. 

2  This  and  later  references  are  valuable  as  showing  that  in 
the  17th  Century  the  true  position  of  a  Raja  was  understood  by 
the  merchants  and  traders  of  the  time  :  a  point  that  is  missed  by 
Yule.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Raja.  "Among  those  not  paying 
tribute  may  be  numbered  more  than  a  hundred  Rajas,  or  Gentile 
sovereigns  of  considerable  strength,  dispersed  over  the  whole  empire, 
some  near  and  some  at  a  distance  from  Agra  and  Delhi."  Bernier, 
p.  208,  who  missed  the  point  that  the  Raja  is  a  subordinate  ruler  or 
governor. 

3  The  writer  is  probably  alluding  to  a  special  administration  of  the 
YaX^djazta  or  poll-tax.     See  note  on  p.  10. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Omrah.  It  is  the  plural  umara  of  amir 
(ameer),  and  signifies  a  high  official,  a  court  grandee.  Compare 
Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  102,  on  the  "  Omras  or  Omros  of  Golconda." 
"  The  Omras  are  the  great  Lords  of  the  Kingdom,  who  are  (for  the 
most  part)  Persians,  or  the  Sons  of  Persians  ;  they  are  all  rich,  for 
they  not  only  have  great  Pay  yearly  of  the  King  for  their  Offices,  but 
they  make  extream  advantage, also  by  the  Soldiers,  scarcely  paying 
one  half  of  the  number  they  are  obliged  to  entertain  ;  besides  that, 
they  have  gratifications  from  the  King,  of  Lands  and  Villages,  whereof 
he  allows  them  the  Use,  where  they  commit  extraordinary  exactions 
by  the  Bramens,  who  are  their  Farmers.** 


40  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

Some  of  the  women  they  burne  at  the  fiery  flames  of 
theire  deceased  Husbands  are  not  very  willing  thereto, 
notwithstandinge  all  the  wicked  devices  practised  by  those 
wretches;  yet,  when  they  have  once  condescended,  they 
practice  that  Villainie  Upon  them  with  Strange  Severitie, 
though  the  party  repent  her  Selfe  of  that  folly,  and  be 
Unwillinge  to  destroye  her  Selfe  for  many  reasons,  as  the 
leaveinge  theire  poore  Children  behind  them  to  be  dealt 
with  they  know  not  how,  which  is  a  maine  and  principall 
reason  all  tender  Mothers  ought  to  have,  but  these  Devilish 
Brachmans  will  not  consider  these  things,  or  looke  upon 
theire  dolefull  lamentations  as  any  thinge  worthy  of  com- 
miseration, but  will  by  force  and  Violence  destroy  them. 
One  I  saw  very  Unaturaly  handled  by  the  Brachmans 
and  theire  associates,  for,  repentinge  of  Such  an  intended 
act,  they  laid  Violent  hands  on  her  and  threw  her  into  the 
fire,  which  was  not  throughly  inflamed,  and  there  pressed 
the  poore  Creature  downe  with  a  long  powle  Untill  she 
was  consumed. 

I  have  knowne  One  who  was  rescued  from  the  hands 
of  those  Heathenish  Devils,  (at  the  Very  instant  she  was 
to  be  consumed  by  fire)  ;  it  was  done  by  a  parcell  of  English 
Seamen,  without  any  resistance  of  the  parties  concerned, 
Onely  did  very  much  Stomach  them,  that  had  not  beene 
Soe  Served  before,  and  cold  find  noe  remedie  for  it.  She 
was  a  younge  fresh  complexioned  Girle  not  exceedinge. 
tenne  years  of  age.  Some  few  hours  after  her  conveyance, 
to  an  English  house,  she  began  to  be  much  in  her  sences, 
but  admired  how  she  came  thither,  and,  upon  information 
of  the  whole  Story,  She  was  very  penitent  and  Sorry  that 
She  shold  condescend  to  such  Evil  councel  of  her  Friends 
and  the  Brachmans,  and,  in  a  few  days,  beinge  better 
instructed,  She  was  Baptized,  and  lived  with  the  English 
in  our  Factory  of  Metchlipatam  \ 

^  Masulipatam.     One  reason  for  her  conversion  was  that  she  could 
not  possibly  go  back  to  her  people. 


OF  CHQROMANDEL  41 

The  Mallabars,  as  I  said  before,  doth  much  vary 
both  in  Customes  of  Idolatry,  Languadge,  and  what  else, 
but  are  indeed  rather  a  more  ignorant  Sort  of  people  then 
these  be,  and  are  of  many  Sectaries  amongst  themselves, 
Every  individual  trade  haveinge  different  molten  Gods  to 
Worship.  Besides,  they  are  a  more  dull  headed  people, 
few  of  them  ingenuous  in  any  art  whatever,  vizt.  the 
Mallabars  that  reside  Upon  this  Coast,  but  those  Naturall 
Mallabars  that  inhabit  Upon  the  Mallabar  Coast  (com- 
monly called  the  Coast  of  India)  are  a  very  briske, 
ingenuous  folke,  but  too  bloody  minded  to  all  Nations 
whatever  they  can  Overpowre,  but  these  are  for  the  [most 
part]  Very  laborious  men,  but  of  noe  gentile  ^  Occupations, 
neither  are  they  admitted  into  the  Society  of  the  Banjans 
or  Gentues,  Either  in  theire  houses  or  Pagods.  There  are 
another  Sort  of  inhabitants  about  this  Coast  that  are  the 
Offscum  of  all  the  rest;  they  are  called  Parjars*;  they 
are  of  noe  Cast  whatever,  deficient  in  the  knowledge  of 
any  Religion  whatever,  worshipinge  nothinge,  but  live  and 
dye  quite  after  the  manner  of  beasts  and  noe  better,  neither 
do  they  abstaine  from  any  thinge  that  is  fit  for  a  man  to 
eat  or  drinke,  yet  they  keep  a  good  decorum  in  some 
things  of  theire  owne  heads.  They  have  every  man  one 
woman,  and  do  labour  hard  for  the  maintenance  of  her 
and  her  Children  ;  they  dwell  in  Small  Cottages  apart, 
not  intermixed  with  any  Other  of  the  inhabitants ;  many 
of  them  nowadays  are  yearly  converted  to  the  Christian 
faith   by  the  Portugal  Priests*  and  Jesuites.     As    I  safd 

^  i.e,  Hindu. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Pariah.  A^.  and  E.  p.  34,  for  21st  Sept. 
1680,  has  "Every  village  has  a  Cancoply  [clerk]  and  a  Paryar 
[Servant]  who  are  imployed  in  this  office  which  goes  from  Father  to 
Son."  "  The  Parreas  are  the  vilest  caste  of  all."  Schouten,  vol.  ii. 
p.  23.  "Buy  me. ..a  Slave  boy.. .Let  him  not  be  of  a  Parryar,  but  a 
good  Cast."     O.  C.  No.  4583. 

3  The  Court  of  Directors  in  England  had  a  very  poor  opinion  of 
the  "Portugall  Priests."     In  a  letter  to  Fort  St.  George,  dated  7th 


42  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

before,  they  are  all  of  them  laborious,  as  bricklayers, 
Masons,  Smiths,  fishermen,  or  the  like ;  those  are  called 
Moquaes  \  The  boats  they  doe  lade  and  Unlade  Ships  or 
Vessels  with  are  built  very  Sleight,  haveinge  noe  timbers 
in  them,  Save  thafts*  to  hold  their  Sides  togeather. 
Theire  planke  are  very  broad  and  thinne.  Sowed  togeather 
with  Cayre^  beinge  flatt  bottomed  and  every  way  much 
deformed,  as  on  the  Other  Side  demonstrated  ^ 

They  are  Soe  Sleightly  built  for  conveniencies  sake, 
and  realy  are  most  proper  for  this  Coast ;  for,  all  along 
the  Shore,  the  Sea  runneth  high  and  breaketh,  to  which 
they  doe  buckle  and  alsoe  to  the  ground  when  they  Strike. 

December,  1669  {Letter  Book,  No.  4,  p.  289),  they  wrote,  "In  our 
former  Instructions,  Wee  advised  you  cheifely  to  encorage  the 
Protestant  religion,  and  to  indulge  those  that  discented  therefrom, 
Since  which  wee  understand  that  your  over  much  familiarity  with  the 
Portugall  and  French  Padrees  becomes  a  great  snare  to  our  Factors 
and  Servants,  for  that  they  are  a  very  great  meanes  to  lead  them  into 
all  manner  of  debauchery,  and  disorder,  which  wee  desire  you  for  the 
future,  to  take  care  to  prevent." 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Mucoa.  See  also  Pringle,  Consultations, 
vol.  iii.  note  (90),  p.  187.  Schouten,  in  his  description  of  the  different 
castes  in  Ceylon,  vol.  ii.  p.  23,  has  "The  Carreas  and  the  Mockuas  are 
fishermen."  At  a  Consultation  held  at  Fort  St  George  on  the 
loth  Jan.  1678,  great  complaints  were  made  against  the  "  Macquaus." 
They  had  desired  an  increase  of  pay  so  that  they  might  have  no 
temptation  to  steal,  and,  as  many  had  left  Fort  St.  George  for  Pulicat, 
where  the  Dutch  gave  them  higher  wages,  their  pay  was  raised  to 
"  fower  fanams  per  Mosullas  lading  of  6  bales."  With  this  increase 
they  appeared  to  be  satisfied,  but,  "  in  the  Night  they  run  all  away, 
carrying  their  Oars  with  them."  The  Council  was  compelled  to  send 
after  the  "  Macquaus,"  and  offer  them  5  fanams,  which  they  accepted. 
Factory  Records,  Fort  St  George,  No.  i.  N.  and  E.  p.  2,  for  29th 
January,  1679,  l^^is,  "'tis  of  absolute  necessity  to  build  the  curtain  next 
the  Muckwa  or  Fishers'  Town  from  St.  Thomas'  Point  by  the  sea  side 
to  the  Round  Point  by  the  river  side."  The  word  Moquae  is  from 
Tam.  mukkuvar,  plu.  of  mukkuvan,  a  caste  of  fishermen,  or  a  member 
of  the  caste. 

2  Thwarts.  Smyth,  Sailor^  Word  Book,  p.  678,  has  "  Thaughts, 
properly  Athwarts  ;  see  Thwarts." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.ii.  Coir.     It  is  used  above,  and  elsewhere  in 
this  MS.,  in  the  sense  of  rope  made  from  cocoanut  husk.     "The  cable 
being  new  made  of  Maldiva  Cair  never  started  a  stran."     Diary  of 
Streynsham  Master,  loth  Sept.  1676,  p.  58.      See  Ind.  Ant,  vol.  xxx. 
p.  390,  for  various  forms  of  the  word. 

*  See  Plate  viii.  facing  p.  44. 


•  OF  CHOROMANDEL  43 

They  are  called  Massoolas*,  and  are  for  little  Use  Save 
carryinge  of  light  goods  (as  bailes  of  Callicoes  or  Silkes, 
not  exceedinge  6  or  8  at  one  time). 

When  any  great  Ordinance,  Anchors,  butts  of  water  or 
the  like  ponderous  ladeinge  is  carried  off  or  on,  they  Seize 
4,  5,  or  6  large  pieces  of  boyant  timber  togeather,  and 
this  they  call  a  Cattamaran",  Upon  which  they  can  lade 
3  or  4  tunns  weight.  When  they  goe  on  fishinge,  they 
are  ready  with  very  Small  Ones  of  the  like  kind,  that  will 
carry  but  4,  3,  2,  or  one  man  onely,  and  upon  these  Sad 
things,  they  will  boldly  adventure  [out]  of  sight  of  the 
Shore,  but  indeed  they  Swimme  (in  generall)  as  naturaly 
as  Spanyall  dogs.  I  have  often  Seen  them  one  leage  or 
more  off  Shore,  when  the  Westerly  winds  have  blowne 
very  hard,  which  is  right  off,  soe  that  they  cold  by  noe 
means  paddle  any  nearer  in,  and  they  have  made  Sleight 
of  it,  onely  let  fall  theire  line  with  a  Stone  fast  thereto, 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Mussoola.  "  This  operation  [lading  the 
vessel]  was  accomplished  by  means  of  little  boats,  called  Porcas  and 
Mossels,  which  are  round  and  long,  hollow,  high,  made  of  rough 
planks,  without  keel,  the  planks  being  simply  sown  together.  They 
are  rubbed  with  a  coating  of  hair  and  tar,  and  can  be  easily  inclined 
in  any  direction.  The  passenger  sits  in  the  stern.  They  pitch  and 
roll  continually,  and  often  broach  to,  being  on  the  water  almost  like 
buckets  or  basins  when  empty."  Schouten^  vol.  i.  p.  303.  "  Having 
encreased  the  Mosullas  from  7  to  13  and  now  to  17  we  could  as  soon 
fill  twice  their  number."  Fort  St.  George  "Generall"  to  the  Court, 
dated  12th  Jan.  1675.  O,  C,  No.  4044,  p.  15.  N.  and  E.  p.  3,  for 
9th  Feb.  1680,  has  "Muckwars  or  Mussulamen."  "  Mussoolas;  large 
flat  bottom'd,  ill-shap'd  Boats,  not  nail'd  as  ours,  but  sow'd  together 
with  Coyr-twine,  whence  they  are  so  pliable,  that  the  Planks  never 
start  with  the  most  violent  Shocks."  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^ 
p.  II. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Catamaran.  "  Catamarous  are  nothing 
more  than  three  or  four  little  planks  or  beams  joined  together  and 
fastened  securely  like  a  raft.  There  were  some  [on  the  Coromandel 
Coast]  which  were  covered  with  a  mat,  and  could  carry  a  little  sail 
made  of  the  bark  of  trees,  with  which  they  sailed  very  quickly.  But 
when  they  wanted  to  row,  the  fisherman,  or  the  owner  sat  partly  in  the 
water  rowing  with  his  feet,  and  also  with  an  oar  which  had  flat  ends, 
so  that  he  got  along  very  quickly."  Schouten^  vol.  i.  p.  297.  Compare 
also  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  p.  lof.  "Catamaran,  kattumaram^ 
Tamil.  Raft,  consisting  of  three  logs  of  very  buoyant  timber."  Mad. 
Man.  Admn.  vol.  iii.  p.  137. 


44  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

and  let  the  Cattaraman  ride  by  it,  (for  such  are  theire 
Anchors)  and  they  Swimme  on  Shore  both  against  wind 
and  Sea. 

One  of  these  Mallabars,  (an  inhabitant  of  Enore*)  about 
1 1  English  miles  Northward  of  Fort  St.  Georg's,  a  fellow 
I  knew  very  well,  chanced  to  be  out  on  fishinge  when 
Extremitie  of  weather  tooke  him,  and  soe  Violently,  that 
he  lost  Sight  of  the  Shore,  and  was  soe  farre  out  that  he 
cold  not  ride  at  anchor,  but  was  constrained  to  leave  her, 
and  betake  himselfe  to  Swimminge,  but  lost  his  way  both 
to  Shore  and  findinge  his  Cattamaran  againe,  and  in  that 
helplesse  condition  this  poore  fellow  lay,  keepinge  himselfe 
above  water  with  all  the  Ease  he  cold,  but  e*re  he  got  the 
Shore,  it  was  almost  4  days  and  4  nights,  and  at  length  by 
meere  accident,  more  then  his  owne  Endeavours,  he  was 
thrown  upon  the  Shore  about  ^  of  [a]  mile  from  the  barre 
in  the  night  time,  by  the  helpe  of  a  Stronge  tide  of  flood 
and  an  Easterne  rowleinge  Sea,  after  he  had  been  90  hours 
at  least  Upon  the  Water. 

Hee  was  taken  up  by  Some  of  his  neighbour  fishermen, 
who  perceiveinge  Some  life  to  be  in  him.  Used  all  means 
theire  Genius  wold  afford  them  to  recover  more,  which 
they  did  in  a  Short  time.  I  knew  the  person  Very  well, 
and  have  Seen  him  Some  years  Since. 

Their  Massoolas  and  largest  Sort  of  Cattamarans  are 
built  in  the  followinge  forme.     [Plate  viii.] 

Six  miles  to  the  Southwards  of  Fort  St.  Georges 
standeth  Severall  mountains  pretty  high,  the  One  of  which 
is  called  St.  Thomas's  Mount,  Where  the  Apostle  St.  Thomas 
is  Said  to  preach  Salvation  to  this  Nation,  Strongly  con- 
firmed by  most  Roman  Catholicks,  both  Europeans  and 


^  "  Ennore,  Ennur^  Tarn.  Village  just  north  of  Cuttiwaukum  back- 
water...from  Madras  N.  12  miles... Ennore  beacon  is  a  trig,  station." 
Mad.  Man.  Admn.  vol.  iii.  p.  291.  N.  and  £".  p.  17  for  loth  May, 
1680,  has  "  The  Agent,  &c.,  went  to  take  the  air  at  Enoor." 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  45 

the  Native  Christians,  who  doe  in  generall  reverence  this 
Mountainc,  from  the  bottom  to  the  top  of  which  there 
are  Excellent  Stone  Staires  for  the  better  ascendinge  it, 
whereon  there  is  a  Papist  Church,  and  a  reverend  Fryar 
or  two  maintained,  whose  benefice  is  none  of  the  Smallest, 
by  the  often  concourse  of  people  that  resort  thither,  both 
for  pleasantnesse  of  aire  and  Satisfaction  of  takeinge  a 
View  of  the  Saints  tombe  which  is  in  the  Chappel^ 


^  "S.  Thomas,  formerly  called  Meliapour,  where,  according  to 
tradition  the  Apostle  S.  Thomas  was  martyred,  is  8  leagues  from 
Sadrispatnam,  towards  the  north,  and  at  a  little  less  distance  from 
Paliacatte.  The  Portuguese  had  formerly  a  flourishing  trade  there 
and  had  made  a  fine  town  of  it  ;  but  the  Maures  [Moors]  took  it  from 
them  some  years  ago.  A  quantity  of  painted  Coromandel  cloths, 
handkerchiefs,  stuffs,  white  cotton  cloths  were  procurable  here.... The 
water  of  the  place  is  so  suitable  for  these  manufactures,  that  a  number 
of  good  workmen,  painters  and  weavers  are  always  to  be  found  there..." 
Schouten^  vol.  i.  p.  488.  See  also  p.  467  for  the  legend  of  the  re- 
moval of  the  tree  from  the  harbour  by  St  Thomas. 

"The  Mores,... having  made  themselves  masters  of  the  town  [of  St 
Thom^],  rebuilt  the  fortifications  and  the  walls,  which  are  very  good, 
well  built  and  cemented.  They  are  12  ft.  wide  and  28  ft.  high,  and 
are  constructed  of  a  very  strong  and  smooth  stone  on  which  cannon 
has  little  effect.  The  houses  are  underground,  protected  from  the 
ravages  of  time  and  war,  and  are  not  so  high  as  the  walls,  with 
the  exception  of  three  churches,  those  of  Notre- Dame,  the  Jesuits,  and 
the  Hostel-D ieu. . . ."    Delestre^  p.  1 73  f. 

Fryer^  p.  4j,  writes  as  follows,  "Of  St.  Thomas:  It  is  a  City  that 
formerly  for  Riches,  Pride,  and  Luxury,  was  second  to  none  in  India  ; 
but  since,  by  the  mutability  of  Fortune,  it  has  abated  much  of  its 
adored  Excellencies.  The  Sea  on  one  side  greets  its  Marble  Walls, 
on  the  other  a  Chain  of  Hills  intercepts  the  Violence  of  the  inflaming 
Heat ;  one  of  which,  called  St.  Thomas  his  Mount,  is  famous  for  his 
Sepulture,  (in  Honour  of  whom  a  Chappel  is  dedicated,  the  Head 
Priest  of  which  was  once  the  Metropolitan  Bishop  of  India)... Within 
the  Walls  seven  Churches  answer  to  as  many  Gates  ;  the  Rubbish  of 
whose  stupendious  Heaps  do  justify  the  truth  of  what  is  predicated  in 
relation  to  its  pristine  State.  The  Builders  of  it  were  the  Portugals. 
The  Confounders  the  Moors,  who  surprized  them  wallowing  in  their 
Wealth  and  Wantonness.  The  present  Competitors  [in  1673]  are 
the  French, ...the  Moors,  and  thirdly,  the  Hollanders." 

"  Chyna  Vincatadry  having  a  House  and  Garden  at  St  Thomas 
Mount... which  he  now  offer[s]  to  the  Honble.  Company  for  the  use  of 
their  Servants,  'tis  therefore  hereby  agreed  that  the  said  House  be 
accepted... it  being  a  very  Commodious  pleasant  place  for  sickly 
People  to  Recover  their  healths  at...."  Pringle,  Consultations^ 
15th  Jan.  1685,  vol.  iv.  p.  14.  Compare  also  Alex.  Hamilton's  East 
Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  356  f. 


46  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

Att  the  foot  of  this  mountaine,  for  some  miles  in 
Circuit,  I  have  knowne  delicate  Groves  and  Gardens  \ 
fountains  very  pleasant  to  the  Eye,  (and  healthy  for  the 
body),  the  Groves  consistinge  of  Mangoe  and  Palmero*, 
Palmito',  and  Coco  nut  trees,  which  are  now  quite  de- 
molished by  the  forces  and  Order  of  the  Golcondah 
Kinge,  meerly  to  doe  what  diskindnesse  they  cold  to 
theire  Enemies  the  French,  who  in  the  yeare  1672  tooke 
the  Citty  St.  Thomae  from  the  Moor's  forces  *. 

^  See  Alex.  Hamilton's  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  357. 

'  Palmyra.     See  note  on  p.  24. 

^  Wild  date  tree.  In  the  text,  the  palmito  is  the  date-palm  in 
contradistinction  to  the  palmyra  or  toddy-palm. 

*  The  contemporary  accounts  of  the  taking  of  St  Thomd  by  the 
French  are  various  and  interesting.  Those  by  Delestre  and  Fryer, 
with  Mr  Lawrence  Sawcer's  bitter  remarks  on  Agent  Langhome's 
policy,  are  worth  quoting.  The  Frenchman  is  naturally  very  full  on 
the  subject.  "  Monsieur  de  la  Haye  having  somewhat  refreshed  him- 
self on  the  coast  of  Coromandel,  continued  his  journey  to  St.  Thom^, 
which  the  Mores  [Moors]  had  occupied  for  eleven  years  after  having 
driven  out  the  Portuguese  by  famine.  He  anchored  before  the  walls 
of  this  town... he  sent  to  request  the  Governor  to  furnish  himi  with 
provisions  in  return  for  money  ;  but  the  More  having  replied  that  he 
had  not  enough  for  his  own  ^^arrison.  Monsieur  de  la  Haye  sent  back 
the  same  officers  to  assure  him  that  he  would  not  go  out  of  the  road- 
stead without  having  some  ;  and  that  if  they  were  refused  him  for 
money,  he  would  certainly  have  them  by  force.... The  Moorish 
Governor  treated  it  [the  demand]  with  contempt.  This  being  reported 
to  the  General  of  the  French  fleet,  he  had  the  Council  Flag  hoisted 
in  order  to  assemble  all  the  Captains  and  Officers,  who  immediately 
came  on  board  his  ship.  He  unfolded  his  design  to  them,  showed 
them  that  it  was  easy  to  surprise  this  town,  which  the  Dutch  had 
ineffectually  and  ignominiously  besieged  for  ten  years,  and  pointed 
out  to  them  what  glory  they  would  procure  from  this  expedition.  He 
described  the  means  which  he  thought  ought  to  be  adopted  ;  and, 
having  taken  the  opinion  of  the  whole  assembly,  it  was  resolved  that 
the  Master  Gunner  and  his  Assistants  should  that  very  night  place  in 
a  long-boat  three  small  pieces  of  cannon,  of  three  to  four  pound  balls 
each,  with  three  hundred  bullets,  and  carriages  and  cartridges  in 
proportion  ;  that  they  should  silently  land  before  dawn,  and  direct 
their  artillery  against  the  large  town-gate,  where  they  would  be 
supported  by  three  hundred  men  armed  with  sabres,  axes  and  pistols. 
Half  of  these  men  would  divide  to  scale  the  walls  with  rope  ladders, 
which  they  would  bring  for  that  purpose.  All  this  was  executed  with 
admirable  order  ;  for,  hardly  had  the  dawn  begun  to  appear,  when 
the  gunners  fired  three  pieces  of  artillery,  at  which  the  Mores,  who 
were  not  expecting  this  morning  serenade,  were  so  astonished,  that 
they  rushed  in  a  crowd  towards  the  town-gate,  where  they  believed 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  47 

the  peril  to  be  the  greatest,  for  they  disregarded  the  heavy  fire  that 
the  ships'  artillery  w'as  pouring  on  the  town  and  its  walls.     But  while 
they  were  abandoning  the  latter,  Capt.  de  Rebr6  climbed  up  with  five 
hundred  men,  whom  he  commanded,  and,  sword  in  hand,  made  himself 
master  of  the  walls.     He  did  not  give  time  to  the  Mores  who  opposed 
him  to  recover  themselves,  but  commanding  his  soldiers  to  make  a 
great  noise  and  to  shout  "  kill,  kill,"  he  routed  them  and  put  it  out  of 
their  power  to  rally.     Then,  taking  off  his  shirt,  he  divided  it  into  two 
parts.     He  fastened  one  piece  to  the  end  of  the  short  pike  of  a  More 
whom  he  had  killed,  and  fixed  it  on  the  wall  nearest  the  sea  to  cause 
the  artillery  to  cease  firing.     The  other  he  fixed  on  the  landward  side 
to  proclaim  that  he  was  master  of  the  town,  into  which  the  French 
entered  shouting,  "  Long  live  the  King  of  France,"  ''  Long  live  the 
King ! "  and  ended  by  putting  to  flight  the  Mores  who  carried  arms. 
The  inhabitants  asked  permission  to  withdraw  and  to  go  away  with 
their  families.     This  request  Monsieur  de  la  Haye  most  humanely 
granted  them.     Having  gone  through  the  town,  he  gave  orders  for 
fortifying  it,  and   for  putting  it  in  a  position  to   resist   the  attacks 
which  he  anticipated  from  the  Mores.... After  this  glorious  expedition, 
the  brave  General  de  la  Haye  did  not  rest  satisfied  with  having  chased 
the  Mores  four  leagues  from  the  town.     He  made  a  sortie  at  the  head 
of  400  men  in  order  to  drive  them  still  further  away  and  to  hinder 
them  from  entrenching  themselves  so  near  to  St.  Thomd,  because  he 
rightly  anticipated  that  they  would  not  delay  besiieging  it.     Indeed,  on 
the  22nd  of  Sept.  of  that  year,   1672,  they  advanced  with  an  army 
composed  of  16000  foot  and  4000  horse... six  months  went  by  without 
any  considerable  action  on  either  side,  but  Monsieur  de  la  Haye, 
growing  impatient  at  the  length  of  the  siege,  made  a  sortie  on  the 
1st  March,  1673,  ^^^  attacked  the  enemy  at  midnight  with  600  men. 
He  got  possession  of  their  large  battery,  in  which  was  that  great  piece 
of  artillery  which  held  108  lbs.  of  shot.     This  he  spiked,  and  after- 
wards blew  it  up.... General  de  la  Haye  made  another  sortie  on  the 
8th  of  the  same  month,  and  again  routed  them  [the  Mores].... There 
was  much  firing  on  both  sides,  and  the  action  was  obstinately  con- 
tested....  From  this  time  forth,  the  Mores  did  not  attack  the  French  so 
often  ;  they  even  wished  to.  live  at  peace  with  them  ;  but  the  Dutch 
excited  them  to  continue  the  war,  and  lent  them  assistance  for  that 
purpose."     Delestre^  pp.  170-173,  177-180,  182. 

Fryer's  account  supplements  that  of  the  Frenchman.  "[The 
French]  with  Ten  Sail  came  before  St.  Thomas,  demanding  Victuals 
of  the  Moors  ;  but  they  denying,  they  brought  their  Ships  to  bear 
upon  the  Fort,  and  landing  some  small  Pieces  they  stormed  it,  driving 
the  Moors  to  the  search  of  new  dwellings.  After  they  had  taken  it, 
they  broke  up  their  weather-beaten  Vessels,  and  brought  ashore  their 
Ordnance,  keeping  their  Trenches  within,  and  mounting  it  with  the 
Sea  without  ;  they  still  maintain  it  maugre  all  the  great  Armies  the 
King  of  Gulconda  has  sent  against  it.  Till  now  the  i8th  Month  of  its 
Siege,  and  the  fourth  year  of  their  leaving  France,  the  Dutch  of 
Batavia,  in  revenge  of  the  Inroads  the  French  have  made  on  their 
Countrey  at  home,  undertaking  to  waylay  them,  that  no  Sustenance 
might  be  brought  to  them  by  Sea,  came  against  it  with  20  Sail,  15  Men 
of  War,  great  Ships,  some  of  72  Brass  Guns  apiece,  well  mann'd. 
For  all  that,  the  Viceroy,  who  had  been  gone  out  with  four  Sail,  but 
returning  alone,  got  betwixt  them  and  the  Fort  with  his  single  Ship  in 
the  Night :  The  Device  this  :  He  left  his  Light  upon  a  Catamaran,  so 


48  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

The  Mangoe^  is  a  very  faire  and  pleasant  fruite ;  the 
Palmero^  tree  affordeth  that  rare  liquor  formerly  termed 


that  they  thought  him  at  an  Anchor  without  them,  when  the  next 
Mom  he  play'd  upon  them  from  under  the  Fort ;  This  Exploit,  and 
the  bruit  of  our  Approach,  made  them  withdraw  to  the  Southward  for 
fresh  Recruits  of  Men  and  Ammunition.  Which  gave  the  French 
encouragement  to  sally  out  upon  the  Moors  (they  before  being  beaten 
from  their  Works  near  the  City,  had  decamped  Seven  Miles  off 
St.  Thomas),  and  with  an  handfull  of  Men  pillaged  and  set  fire  to  their 
Tents,  foraging  the  Countrey  round  about,  returning  loaden  with 
Spoils."    Fryer^  p.  42. 

"  You  may  please  to  take  notice  that  the  French  were  incouradged 
to  take  St.  Thomay  by  Sir  Wm.  [Langhome]  or  else  they  had  Never 
adventured  upon  it,  hee  wrott  to  the  vice  Roy  that  the  Moores  had  but 
4  Gunns  in  the  Fort  and  very  few  men,  and  as  Soone  as  they  heard 
this,  they  presently  began  to  fire  at  the  Fort  and  Since  the  French 
possest  themselves  of  St.  Thoma  Letters  have  past  every  day  between 
the  Vice  Roy  and  Sir  Wm.  His  first  was  to  Congratulate  him  in  his 
Victory  wherein  hee  did  express  a  great  deale  of  joy,  told  him  he  was 
his  very  humble  Servant  and  that  in  any  thinge  he  was  ready  to  Serve 
him,  whereupon  he  presently  made  use  of  him.  Sending  Some  of  his 
Commanders  to  him  for  Cables  for  his  Shipps  and  all  Sort  of  Cordage, 
which  he  Caused  our  Comanders  to  Spare  him,  and  what  else  they, 
had  occasion  for.  He  invited  the  French  Comanders  to  dine  with 
him,  where,  for  their  better  welcome,  fired  all  the  Gunns  round  the 
Fort,  expressing  himselfe  how  joyfull  hee  was  of  Soe  good  Neighboures. 
When  the  king  of  Gulcondah  had  Sent  an  army  to  besiege  and  take 
that  place  againe.  Sir  Wm.  gave  the  French  the  Liberty  of  this  towne 
to  buy  up  all  Sorts  of  provisions  which  not  only  doubled  or  trebled  the 
price  of  Provisions  but  disgust[ed]  the  Moores.  They  have  sent  to 
him  above  20  times  to  forbid  him  to  send  Provisions  to  the  French, 
But  he  takes  no  notice  of  it,  only  getts  Verena  to  tell  them  that  he 
doth  not  Send  them  any  Supplyes....And  yet  for  all  this  Sir  Wm.  hath 
Continued  to  Send  boates  and  Masullaes  every  night  Since  with  pro- 
visions which  doth  very  much  incense  the  King  against  this  place,  and 
thus  he  Not  only  hazards  the  Loss  of  the  trade  but  all  the  presant 
treasure  that  is  here,  not  making  any  Account  of  our  Lives  at  all. 
And  all  this  to  assist  Such  a  people  that  if  once  they  Come  to  be 
Setled  will  Not  only  prevent  your  Trade,  but  will  take  your  Fort  too 
if  they  can.  They  begin  to  Say  already  that  the  Fort  St.  George  is 
too  neare  them...."  Mr  Lawrence  Sawcer,  his  information  from  Fort ' 
St  George  to  the  Company.  No  date,  circ.  1673.  Factory  Records^ 
Miscellaneous,  No.  3,  p.  ii2f 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Mango.  Compare  Bemter^  p.  249, 
"Ambas,  or  Mangues,  are  in  season  during  two  months  in  summer, 
and  are  plentiful  and  cheap;  but  those  grown  at  Dehli  are  indifferent. 
The  best  come  from  Bengale,  Golkonda,  and  Goa,  and  these  are 
indeed  excellent.  I  do  not  know  any  sweetmeat  more  agreeable." 
See  also  Fryer ^  p.  182. 

2  See  note  on  p.  24. 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  49 

Palme- Wine,  now  vulgarly  called  Toddy\  The  Palmito' 
is  noe  more  then  a  rough  Sort  of  wood  Especially  the 
Rhine  of  noe  great  Use ;  they  beare  Some  bunches  of 
fruite,  very  lucious,  but  noe  way  pleasant,  beinge  noe 
better  then  wild  dates ;  they  afford  liquor  alsoe  that  drop 
from  the  top  of  it,  vizt.  from  the  younge  branches,  and 
is  called  date  Toddy,  not  soe  good  as  the  Other,  more 
lucious,  but  Soon  Eager. 

Upon  the  top  of  Mount  St.  Thomas,  groweth  naturaly 
a  Very  remarkable  tree,  larger  then  most  mulberrie  trees 
be,  which  is  called  Arbor  triste',  vizt.  the  SorrowfuU  tree, 
and  not  improperly  so  called.  It  Seemeth  not  to  flowrish 
all  the  day  longe,  but  from  Sun  Settinge  to  Sun  riseinge 
it  is  Exceedinge  full  of  white  blossoms,  both  fragrant  and 
beautifull,  but  noe  Sooner  is  but  broad  day  light,  but  all 
the  blossoms  fall  to  the  ground  and  Suddenly  wither ; 
and  the  Very  leaves  Shut  themselves,  and  Seeme  to  be 
in  a  very  languishinge  posture,  and  furthermore,  the  next 


^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Toddy.  Compare  Mandelslo^  p.  17,  "In 
this  village  (Bodick  [near  Surat])  we  found  some  Terry,  which  is  a 
Liquor  drawn  out  of  the  Palm-trees,  and  drunk  of  it  in  Cups  made  of 
the  leaves  of  the  same  Tree.  To  get  out  the  Juyce,  they  go  up  to  the 
top  of  the  Tree,  where  they  make  an  incision  in  the  bark,  and  fasten 
under  it  an  earthen  pot,  which  they  leave  there  all  night ;  in  which 
time  it  is  fiU'd  with  a  certain  sweet  Liquor  very  pleasant  to  the  taste. 
They  get  out  some  also  in  the  day  time,  but  that  corrupts  immediately, 
and  is  good  only  for  Vinegar,  which  is  all  the  use  they  make  of  it." 
"Terri,  a  liquor  extracted  from  palm-trees"  Schouten^  vol.  i.  p.  406. 
Toddy  (tan)  is  an  intoxicant  made  from  several  palm-trees,  but  chiefly 
from  the  tar  or  palmyra  tree. 

2  See  note  on  p.  46. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Arbol  Triste.  "The  Arbre  Triste... re- 
sembles the  Lime-tree,  and  it  is  tall  and  beautiful.  By  day  it  is 
covered  with  branches  and  leaves  with  closed  buds,  which,  about  nine 
o'clock  in  the  evening,  expand,  and  exhibit  white  scented  flowers,  so 
that  the  tree  appears  quite  white,  and  emits  such  an  agreeable  odour, 
that  scent  and  sight  are  equally  charmed.  These  flowers  remain  thus 
all  night  long,  and  when  day  begins  to  dawn,  the  buds  shut  up  again, 
and  nothing  is  seen  of  them  but  the  outside  green."  Schouien^  vol.  i. 
p.  476.  "St.  Thomas  his  Mount  is  famous  for... a  Tree  called  Arbor 
Tristis^  which  withers  in  the  Day,  and  blossoms  in  the  Night."    Fryer^ 

P-43. 

T.  4 


50  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

Eveninge  it  appears  as  flourishinge  as  before,  and  thus  not 
Once  but  every  day  and  night  throughout  the  yeare. 

I  have  Seen  many  of  the  like  Sort  in  Other  places 
of  India  and  Persia ;  but,  however,  the  Portugal  Patrees\ 
whose  dependence  is  meerly  upon  telling  faire  tales  to 
Strangers  that  come  here,  will,  and  have  ready  to  tell 
you  very  Strange  Constructions  upon  Such  rarities  and 
reliques  of  the  blessed  Apostle,  which  the  Proselytes  of 
India,  Especially  this  Coast,  doe  much  confide  in  ;  and 
they  take  it  as  a  great  favour  to  be  called  Christians  of 
St.  Thomas'. 

Our  Fort  (and  towne)  of  St.  Georg's  hath  been  often 
Molested  by  Some  of  the  Inland  Native  Forces,  raised 
in  very  considerable  Numbers  by  some  of  the  disaffected 
Governours.  I  have  knowne  an  army  of  Some  thousands 
both  horse  and  foot,  come  down   and  pitch  theire  tents 


*  Portuguese  Padres.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Padre,  a  Christian 
priest.  See  also  note  on  p.  41.  N,  and  E.  p.  13,  for  19th  March  1680, 
has  "would  now  be  buryed  by  the  French  Padrys."  And  N,  and  E, 
p.  yj^  for  28th  Oct.,  shows  that  the  still  existing  difference  between 
international  courtesies,  as  understood  by  the  English  and  Continental 
nations,  is  an  old  story : — "  It  is  observed  that,  whereas  at  the  Dedication 
of  a  New  Church  by  the  French  Padrys  and  Portuguez  in  1675  guns 
had  been  fired  from  the  Fort  in  honour  thereof,  neither  Padry  nor 
Portuguey  appeared  at  the  Dedication  of  our  Church  nor  so  much  as 
gave  the  Governor  a  visit  afterwards  to  give  him  joy  of  it." 

2  In  the  seventeenth  century  the  martyrdom  of  St  Thomas  was 
made  responsible  for  elephantiasis,  nowadays  held  to  be  a  mosquito- 
borne  infectious  disease  due  to  the  presence  of  malignant  microbes. 
It  is  still  common  in  Madras.  "About  this  Mount  [St.  Thomas]  live  a 
Cast  of  People,  one  of  whose  Legs  are  as  big  as  an  Elephant's ;  which 
gives  occasion  for  the  divulging  it  to  be  a  Judgment  on  them,  as  the 
Generation  of  the  Assassins  and  Murderers  of  the  Blessed  Apostle 
St.  Thomas,  one  of  whom  I  saw  at  Fort  St.  George."  Fryer,  p.  43. 
"The  Malabars  who  are  Christians,  relate  many  remarkable  traditions 
about  the  Apostle  St.  Thomas,  and  say  that  he  preached  the  Gospel  in 
those  countries.... There  are  a  great  number  of  Malabars,  men  and 
women  alike,  who  from  their  youth,  and  as  others  say,  from  their  birth, 
are  subject  to  swellings  in  their  legs.  The  enlargement  generally 
begins  under  the  knee,  and  ends  at  the  foot,  or  close  to  it.... The 
Christians  of  St.  Thomas  say  that  this  malady  has  been  sent  to  them  as 
a  punishment  for  the  martyrdom  of  the  Saint,  and  that  all  who  are 
so  afflicted,  are  descended  from  his  persecutors."  Schouten,  voL  i. 
pp.  466,  468  f. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  51 

within  2  miles  of  the  Walls*,  where  they  have  put  a  Stopp 
Upon  all  Sorts  of  provisions,  and  most  Chiefely  the  East 
India  Company's  goods,  that  were  to  be  Sent  that  Mon- 
soone*  for  England,  threateninge  what  Strange  Feats  they 
wold  play,  if  in  Case  our  Agent  and  Governour  Sent  them 
not  Soe  much  moneys,  lo  or  20  thousand  Pagodes*,  (each 
Value  9s.),  but  they  are  Generally  mistaken  in  the  Summ, 
and  be  Satisfied  with  a  farre  Smaller  present,  and  some- 
times with  none  at  all.  Nothinge  of  Such  transactions 
is  ordered  by  the  Golcondah  Kinge,  in  whose  Countrey 
this  place  is,  but  these  are  Flyinge  Armies  hatchinge 
Rebellion. 

Some  twenty  or  twenty  two  miles  to  the  Northward 
of  Fort  St.  Georg's,  the  Dut[c]h  have  a  towne  and 
Garrison    called    PuUicatt*,   which    is    nigh    hard    if    not 

^  In  1670,  Fort  St  George  "was  besieged  by  a  local  Naick  or 
Hindoo  district  officer,  but  on  application  to  his  superior  the  Nawab 
of  the  Camatic  the  siege  was  raised."  In  1674,  on  the  refusal  of 
Sir  Wm.  Langhome  to  expel  Peter  Dehor  and  3  other  Frenchmen, 
who  were  staying  at  Fort  St  George,  and  whose  dismissal  had  been 
demanded  by  both  Dutch  and  Mussulmans,  a  Muhammadan  army 
laid  siege  to  Fort  St  George.  The  Frenchmen  were  eventually  sent  to 
Bijapur,  and  peace  was  restored.  See  Mad.  Man,  Admn.  vol.  i. 
pp.  (163)  and  (165).  In  a  Letter  from  the  Agent  and  Council  at 
Fort  St  George,  dated  19th  July,  1670  {Factory  Records^  Misc.  No.  3, 
p.  83)  they  write,  "Of  the  late  Seige  laid  to  this  Towne  by  Mirzah 
which  Continued  near  a  whole  Month,  but  wee  can  give  you  noe  Cause 
that  he  would  ever  assigne  to  bee  the  Reason,  it  began  with  the 
Alvedore  [hawaldar]  of  St.  Thomae  and  by  his  Instigation  was  followed 
and  Continued  Soe  long  by  Chene  Pella  Mirzah."  See  also  N,  and  E, 
for  31st  May,  1674,  p.  30. 

2  That  is,  the  North-East  Monsoon  or  winter  season. 

^  In  his  "Currant  Coynes  of  this  Kingdome,"  in  the  "Golcondah" 
section,  the  writer  assigns  a  different  value  to  the  pagoda,  viz.  New 
Pagod  (of  Fort  St.  George)  8j.,  Old  Pagod  (of  Golconda)  12s.  The 
text  contains  a  curious  comment  on  Native  notions  as  to  the  value 
of  English  money  at  this  period  and  on  English  methods  of  financial 
dealings  with  them. 

*  The  following  is  Schouten's  description  of  Pulicat  as  he  saw  it  in 
1662.  "Paliacatte  is  the  principal  factory  of  the  Dutch  on  this 
[Coromandel]  coast.  They  have  a  fort  here  called  Gueldres.  It  is 
situated  in  13^  N.  Latitude,  in  a  sandy  plain  which  is  barren  because 
its  foundation  is  brackish.  Ships  anchor  at  about  half  a  league  from 
the  land,  in  8  or  9  fathoms  on  a  sandy  clayey  bottom ;  but  it  needs 
a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  sandbanks  and  the  inequalities  of  depth 

4—2 


52  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

to  get  a  vessel  into  safe  anchorage.  The  fort  of  Gueldres  is  a  fairly 
good  one  and  capable  of  resisting  the  attacks  of  the  Maures  [Moors]. 
It  is  within  a  cannon  shot  of  the  water.  It  has  four  very  strong 
bastions,  built  of  stone  as  are  the  walls,  all  well  furnished  with  cannon. 
The  moat  which  surrounds  it  is  considerable,  but  is  generally  dry.  As 
the  foundation  is  of  shifting  sand,  it  has  sometimes  happened  that  the 
currents,  which  in  the  rainy  season  are  veritable  rapid  torrents,  have 
shaken  the  fort.  The  Governor  resides  there,  and  it  is  he  who  is  the 
superintendent  of  the  whole  Dutch  trade  on  this  coast.... In  the  rainy 
monsoon  it  often  happens  that  the  low  ground  behind  the  fort  is 
covered  with  water,  but  the  inundation  does  not  last  long.  The  water 
quickly  flows  into  the  sea,  and  it  is  only  the  little  rivers  which  always 
remain  swollen,  and  in  which,  on  account  of  the  sand  which  accumulates 
and  blocks  them,  deep  channels  are  formed.  The  Maures  and  the 
Gentues  tow  their  flat  boats  over  these  in  order  to  secure  them  from 
the  violence  of  the  sea  until  the  favorable  monsoon  arrives.  The  town 
is  open.  The  houses  are  somewhat  low  and  confined.  Those  inhabited 
by  Maures  and  Gentives  are  situated  on  the  South  of  the  fort  of  Gueldres. 
There  are  other  villages  around  which  are  also  under  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Dutch.  About  6  or  7  leagues  inland  there  is  a  high  mountain. 
The  water  which  flows  from  it  in  the  rainy  season  helps  considerably 
to  inundate  the  lowlands  which  surround  it."  Schouten,  vol.  i.  p.  489  f. 
When  Hamilton  visited  Pulicat  about  thirty  years  later,  the  place  had 
greatly  declined  in  importance, — "Policat  is  the  next  Place  of  Note  to 
the  City  and  Colony  of  Fort  St.  George,  and,  as  I  observed  before,  is  a 
Town  belonging  to  the  Dutch.  It  is  strengthned  with  two  Forts,  one 
contains  a  few  Dutch  Soldiers  for  a  Garrison,  the  other  is  commanded 
by  an  Officer  belonging  to  the  Mogul.  The  Country  affords  the  same 
Commodities  that  Fort  St.  George  doth ;  and  the  People  are  employed 
mostly  in  knitting  Cotton  Stockings,  which  they  export  for  the  Use  of 
all  the  European  Factories  in  India."  Alex.  Hamilton's  East  Indies^ 
vol.  i.  p.  369. 

"Senr.  Coleer"  succeeded  "Govemour  Pavillion"  at  "PuUicat"  in 
1676.  Vide  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  17th  Aug.  1676,  p.  42  f. 
Thevenot,  who  visited  Pulicat  in  1667,  apparently  found  it  as  flourishing 
as  when  described  by  the  Dutch  traveller.  "Poliacate  is  to  the  North 
of  St.  Thomas,  and  the  Factory  (which  the  Dutch  have  established 
there)  is  one  of  the  best  they  have  in  the  Indies,  by  reason  of  the 
Cotton-cloaths,  of  wjiich  they  have  great  Ware-houses  full  there.  At 
Poliacate  they  refine  the  Salt-Petre  which  they  bring  from  Bengala, 
and  make  the  Gun-powder,  with  which  they  furnish  their  other 
Factories;"    Thevenot^  •^zxX.  iii.  p.  105. 

"  Poolicat  {paliyaghat^  Hind.;  pazhaverkkadu^  Tam.  pulicat)... 
i^pazha  vel  kddu^  old  acacia  forest)... from  Madras  N.  24  miles.  On 
Coromandel  coast  at  southern  extremity  of  an  island  in  the  inlet 
between  the  sea  and  lake  of  the  same  name.... Off  the  coast  are  the 
Poolicat  shoals.  The  Dutch  erected  a  factory  here  in  1609.  This  was 
their  earliest  settlement  in  southern  India.  They  built  a  fort  and 
called  it  Geldria...Fort,  factory  and  dependencies  taken  from  the 
Dutch  2nd  July  1781.  Finally  surrendered  to  Great  Britain  in  1825.... 
There  is  an  old  Dutch  cemetery.  Poolicat  lake... is  under  the  influence 
of  the  tide.  The  water  is  constantly  changed,  yet  brackish."  Mad, 
Man.  Admii.  vol.  iii.  p.  671,  s.v.  Pazha.  See  also  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxx. 
p.  355  i.  for  various  forms  of  the  word  Pulicat.  By  zh  the  compilers 
of  the  Mad.  Man.  Admn.  meant  a  peculiar  cerebral  form  of  /. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  S3 

altogeather  as  bigge  as  our  Fort,  but  our  outworks  doe 
much  Exceede  theirs,  but  againe  theirs  is  a  more  safe 
and  Commodious  place  for  ladeinge  and  dischargeinge 
Goods,  haveinge  a  Very  good  River  that  cometh  close 
to  the,tovvne  Side,  but  the  barre  is  not  very  good,  noe 
better  then  for  boats  of  20,  30,  or  40  tunns,  all  this 
Coast  indeed  wantinge  nothinge  but  Some  good  harbours 
for  Shippinge. 

Armagon,  Some  20  miles  Northward  of  Pullicat,  was 
Once  the  Residence  of  an  English  Governour  and  his 
Councell,  but  was  many  years  agoe  broke  off,  the  English 
Company  findinge  that  Fort  St.  Georges  cold  well  Supply 
them  with  the  Commodities  of  this  Coast*. 

Soe  that  the  Next  English  Factorie  wee  have  is 
Pettipolee',  a  Very  pleasant  and  healthy  place,  and  very 


^  "  In  1625  the  English  obtained  a  piece  of  ground  at  Armaghaum, 
about  forty  miles  to  the  north  of  Pulicat,  and  made  it  a  subordinate 
station  to  Masulipatam... three  years  afterwards  they  were  all  compelled 
to  retire  from  Masulipatam  to  Armaghaum  in  consequence  of  the 
oppression  of  the  Native  Governor.  Subsequently  some  of  them 
returned  to  Masulipatam,  but  still  the  oppressions  and  embarrassments 
went  on... Accordingly  Mr.  Francis  Day,  member  of  the  Council  at 
Masulipatam,  was  dispatched  to  examine  the  country  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  Portuguese  settlement  at  St.  Thom^.  Mr.  Day  met  with 
unexpected  success.... The  Naick  of  the  district  promoted  his  views  to 
the  utmost,  and  procured  for  him  a  grant  of  land,  with  permission  to 
build  a  fort,  from  the  Rajah  of  Chandragheri...The  territory  granted 
extended  five  miles  along  the  shore  and  one  inland.  Thus  was  formed 
the  first  establishment  in  Madraspatnam  in  1639..."  Wheeler's 
Madras  in  the  Olden  Time^  p.  igf.     See  also  note  on  p.  25. 

2  Pettipolee  (Peddapalle),  later  on  known  as  Nizampatam,  was  one 
of  the  first  places  on  the  Coromandel  Coast  at  which  the  English  made 
a  settlement.  The  Globe  anchored  here  in  161 2,  and  the  merchants  in 
Captain  Anthony  Hippon's  ship  met  with  a  good  reception  and  were 
allowed  to  trade.  According  to  the  Mad.  Man.  Admn.  (vol.  iii.  p.  593)  a 
factory  was  established  at  Pettipoly  in  1621 ;  dissolved,  1653;  resettled, 
1697.  It  was  however  existing  in  1663,  for  on  the  i6th  Dec.  of  that  year 
the  Court  wrote  to  Fort  St  George  {Letter  Book^  No.  3,  p.  336)  directing 
that  due  respect  should  be  shown  to  Mr  Nicholas  Buckridg,  should  he 
decide  to  visit  the  Factories  of  "  Mesulapatam,  Verashroon  and  Petti- 
poly." In  the  Commission  to  Buckridg  of  the  same  date  (p.  349)  he 
was  ordered  to  "Consult  with  our  Agent  &c.  about  deserting  Pettipoly 
Factory."  In  Jan.  1665,  the  Agent  &c.  at  Fort  St  George  wrote  to  the 
Court  explaining  their  reasons  for  wishing  to  retain  a  settlement  at 


54  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

Pettipolee  {Factory  Records^  Misc.  No.  3,  para.  24,  p.  11),  "Pettypolee 
is  noe  otherwayes  made  use  off  then  for  the  provision  of  Salt  peter, 
which  if  we  doe  not  encourage,  the  Dutch  will  quickly  snatch  it  from 
us,  they  having  after  many  years  absence  renewed  their  Factory  in 
that  place."  In  1672,  as  "T.B."  tells  us,  the  factory  was  in  full 
existence  with  Ambrose  Salisbury  as  chief;  but  two  years  later,  in  a 
"Generall"  from  Fort  St  George  to  the  Court,  dated  20th  Nov.  1674, 
(0,  C.  No.  4044,  p.  12)  it  is  stated,  "The  Factories  of  Verasheroon  and 
Pettipolee  are  both  laid  down  and  of  no  further  charge,  Metchlepatam 
is  the  place  for  business."  On  the  5th  May,  1678,  John  Tivill  reported 
of  the  Factory  at  Pettipolee  that  it  was  so  decayed  as  not  to  be  worth 
repairing.  Yet  the  Company's  servants  at  Fort  St  George  seemed  loth 
to  abandon  the  place  as  a  trading  centre.  They  valued  it  as  "a  great 
Place  for  Sault  and  Large  in  compass... lying  commodiously  for  the 
Investment  of  the  fine  Cloth,  Ramalls  and  AUejaes  yearly  procured  in 
these  Parts,  besides  a  quantity  of  Salt  Peter  upon  occasion"  (Fort 
St  George  to  Masulipatam,  3rd  June,  1678,  Factory  Records^  Masuli- 
patam.  No.  10).  No  chief  was  appointed  at  Pettipolee  after  Salisbury's 
death,  in  1676;  and,  in  Dec.  1678,  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George 
decided  to  leave  the  question  of  continuing  a  settlement  there  to  "  the 
Honble.  Company"  {Factory  Records^  Masulipatam,  No.  10,  p.  103). 
On  the  20th  March,  1679,  Streynsham  Master  visited  Pettipolee,  and 
thus  describes  it,  {Memoriall  of  Streynsham  Master  quoted  by 
Mackenzie  in  his  Manual  of  the  Kistna  District^  p.  130) — "About 
midnight  we  sett  out  of  Yentapollam  a  Gentue  league  and  halfe  from 
which  lyes  Baupautla  which  we  went  through,  and  tis  a  league  and  a 
half  further  to  Pettepollee,  about  two  miles  short  of  Pettepollee  we 
ferryd  over  a  branch  of  the  River  Kishna  that  runs  into  the  sea  near 
Pettepollee  which  was  very  muddy  and  troublesome  for  our  Horses, 
our  Pallankeens  and  men  were  ferryd  over  by  gun  boates,  at  the  other 
side  of  this  River  Mr.  Hatton  met  us  with  Mr.  Wynne,  Mr.  Colbome 
and  Mr.  Scattergood,  about  10  o'clock  we  arrived  at  the  Factory  house 
at  Pettepolee  which  is  a  very  sorry  rotten  ruinous  timber  building  much 
of  it  being  fallen,  and  that  which  stands  being  ready  to  follow  ye  same 
fate,  in  the  afternoon  we  walked  about  the  Town  and  visited  the  old 
Factory,  which  hath  been  a  large  building,  but  all  of  Timber  and  much 
of  it  fallen  down,  the  flagg  stafe  a  very  high  one  still  standing  and  the 
principal  lodgings,  it  stands  between  the  English  house  and  the  River, 
by  the  River  side,  there  is  a  new  choultry  railed  in  and  a  key  of  Timber 
made  into  the  River,  built  and  prepared  in  December  last  for  the  King 
of  Gulcondah's  reception,  but  he  did  not  come  to  this  town,  the  same 
place  is  now  used  for  the  Custom  House,  the  River  is  deep  and  severall 
vessells  of  $0 :  to  80  :  or  100  tons  were  in  it  and  haled  ashore  on  the 
towne  side  by  it,  the  other  side  of  ye  River  is  muddy  and  there  is  an 
Island  about  two  mile  over  between  the  River  and  the  Sea,  upon  which 
Island  is  a  large  tope  of  Trees  which  is  called  the  English  Garden,  and 
'tis  owned  to  belong  to  the  English,  the  town  is  much  decayed  many 
houses  being  empty  ruined  and  forsaken,  the  proper  name  of  the  Town 
which  we  call  Pettepolee  is  Nyshampatnam,  being  soe  called  by  all  the 
Country  people.... The  Saysummitt-Tahadar  and  the  Catwall  of  the 
Town  came  to  visit  the  Agent... they  very  much  importuned  that  a 
Factory  might  be  settled  here  againe  promising  all  friendly  assistance 
to  our  business,  to  which  was  answered... the  Agent  would  take  it  into 
consideration.  [March,  1679.]"  After  years  of  indecision,  definite 
orders  were  received  from  Court,  dated  Oct.  1686  and  Jan.  1687,  and 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  SS 

well  populated  by  the  Gentues,  of  whom  many  are  very 
Wealthy.  It  lyeth  to  the  Southward  of  Point  Due*,  in 
a  Sandy  bay  called  Pettipolee  bay.  The  English  and 
Dutch  have  each  of  them  a  Factory  in  the  towne,  but 
very  few  Factors  reside  here,  not  above  2  or  3  who  provide 
goods  accordinge  to  Order  from  the  Governour  of  Fort 
St.  Georg's  or  Chiefe  of  Metchlipatam. 

Very  Considerable  quantities  of  these  followinge  Com- 
modities are  here  wrought  and  Sold  to  Foraign  Merchants 
vizt.  Longecloth,  Murrees,  Salampores,  Lungees*,  Painted 


repeated  in  Jan.  1688,  commanding  the  abandoning  of  Pettipolee  as  a 
factory.  The  order  was  carried  out,  and  in  1687  all  the  factories  sub- 
ordinate to  Fort  St  George  were  withdrawn.  The  further  history  of 
Pettipolee  is  as  follows.  In  1697  it  was  resettled,  was  in  existence  in 
1702;  in  1753  ceded  to  the  French  having  been  abandoned  by  the 
English  in  the  interval;  in  1759  ceded  back  to  the  British,  and  con- 
firmed to  them  in  1765. 

^  "In  the  morning  [23rd  March,  1679]  we  went  downe  to  the  River 
about  2  miles  from  CoUepelle  where  was  two  great  Metchlepatam 
Boates,  and  two  Sangaries  or  Gun  boates  which  sett  us  over  upon  the 
island  of  Dio."  Streynsham  Master^ s  Memoriall^  in  Mackenzie,  Kistna 
District^  p.  131.  "Fire- wood  from  the  Islands  of  Diu,  a  low  Point  of 
Land  that  lies  near  Matchulipatam."  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^ 
vol.  i.  p.  368.  Point  Divy,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Kistna  river,  is  on  the 
Western  side  of  the  Bay  of  Masulipatam. 

2  "  Long-cloth.  The  usual  name  in  India  for  (white)  cotton  shirtings, 
or  Lancashire  calico;  but  first  applied  to  the  Indian  cloth  of  like  kind 
exported  to  England,.. .Or  it  is  just  possible  that  it  may  have  been  a 
corruption  or  misapprehension  of  lungt.^^  Hobson-Jobson^  p.  518  a. 
"  Take  into  your  considerations  what  Callicoes  you  are  able  to  acquire 
either  at  the  Fort  St.  George,  Mesulapatam,  Verasheroone  or  else  where 
in  Long  Cloath  Sallampores  Moorees  or  Parcallaes."  14th  Dec.  1655, 
Letter  Book^  No.  i.  "Sallampores  Longcloths  and  Morees  [from 
Masulipatam]  are  exceeding  badd."  loth  Nov.  1661,  Letter  Book^ 
No.  3,  p.  67.  "  Wee  desire  that  all  our  Long  Cloth  may  hold  out  38 
and  40  Yards  in  Length,  and  our  Sallampores  18  and  20  Yards  and 
none  under  if  possible."     i6th  Dec.  1663,  Letter  Book^  No.  3,  p.  346. 

"Moory  {muri^  Tel.)  Blue  cloth ;  principally  manufactured  in  Nellore 
district."  Mad.  Man.  Admn.  "Ordinary  Long  Cloth  Strong  and 
Substantial!  and  close  Struck,  Brown  Long  Cloth  thick  and  full  lengths 
and  breadths,  Ordinary  Long  Cloth  without  any  Stiffening,  Fine  Long 
Cloth,  blew  Long  Cloth  cut  in  halves  dyed  out  of  the  browne,  Ordinary 
Sallampores  white  Substantial!  thick  Cloth,  fine  Sallampores,  Ordinary 
Moores  full  ell  wide,  fine  Moores,  superfine  Moores"  in  list  of  goods  to 
be  provided  at  Fort  St  George,  13th  Dec.  1672,  Letter  Book^  No.  5, 
p.  23.    "  Procure... tenn  Bales  of  redd  Maurees  fit  for  that  [the  Bantam] 


$6  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

Callicos  of  divers  Sorts,  Salt  peeter,  Iron,  Steele,  which 
is  brought  downe  from  the  high  land  Over  this  place 
which  is  called  Montapolee^ 

Great  Abundance  of  White  salt  is  made  in  the  Vallies 
of  Pettipolee,  with  very  little  industry,  onely  fencinge  in 
the  lowest  of  Soile  which  is  soe  brackish  that  the  Sun 
doth  cause  the  water  which  lyeth  there  not  ab[o]ve  one 
foot  deep  to  harden  into  a  perfect  good  and  cleare  Salt. 
It  is  afterwards  laid  in  great  heaps,  and  vended  all  the 
Kingdome  over.  Noe  Merchant  is  admitted  to  deale  in 
this  Commoditie,  beinge  the  Kings  Commoditie  as  is 
bees  Wax  alsoe^ 


Markett."  28th  July,  1675,  Factory  Records^  Masulipatam,  No.  10. 
"Course  Morees...not  vendible  here."  Letter  from  Court,  15th  Dec. 
1676,  Letter  Book^  No  5. 

Salampores,  chintz.  "  Wee  approve  of  your  accepting  more  of  the 
fine  Sallampores  and  Bettelees  then  wee  ordered."  Letter  to  Fort 
St  George,  dated  12th  Dec.  1677,  Letter  Book^  No.  5,  p.  497.  Salampore 
"(from  sale^  Tel.,  weaver  dca^pura^  San.,  town,  weaver's  town)  a  kind  of 
cotton  cloth  formerly  manufactured  at  Nellore."  Mad,  Man.  Admn, 
vol.  iii.  p.  799,  s.v.  Sauley. 

Lungees,  scarves  or  loin-cloths.  In  Burma  it  is  now  a  woman's 
petticoat,  as  well  as  a  man's  dress.  In  the  Army  it  means  a  turban  : 
"50  Blue  Lungis  a/c  Rs.  2-4-0  each:  Rs.  1 12-8-0" — in  a  bill  of  the 
Port  Blair  Military  Police  for  30th  Sept.  1900.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v, 
Loonghee,  and  Mad.  Man.  Admn.  s.v.  Lag. 

^  "When  you  leave  Maabar  and  go  about  1000  miles  in  a  Northerly 
direction  you  come  to  the  kingdom  of  Muftili ;"  Marco  Polo^  ii.  p.  295, 
identified  by  Yule  as  Motupalle  (p.  297). 

"On  the  coast  is  Motupalle,  now  an  insignificant  fishing  village, 
but  identified  as  the  port  where  Marco  Polo  landed  in  a.d.  1290.  It 
was  much  used  as  a  landing  place  for  stores  for  the  French  troops  at 
Guntur  a  hundred  years  ago."     Mackenzie,  Kistna  District^  p.  206. 

"Large  ships  lie  about  a  mile  from  the  shore,  with  Mootapilly 
pagoda  bearing  N.W.  by  N."    Milbum,  Oriental  Commerce^  vol.  ii.  p.  85. 

"From  Montepoly  to  Petapoly  the  course  is  E.N.E.  6^  leagues." 
Dunn's  Directory^  p.  147. 

"Mootapilly  or  Motupalli,  in  lat.  15"  42'  N.,  Ion.  80°  17'  E.  and  about 
8  leagues  to  the  N.N.E.  of  Gondegam,  is  a  small  village  half  a  mile 
inland,  not  discernible  from  a  ship;  but  with  the  assistance  of  a  glass, 
a  small  pagoda  is  perceptible.  There  are  about  twenty  detached 
palmyra-trees  to  the  northward  of  the  landing-place,  and  about  a  mile 
to  the  southward,  a  thick  grove  of  trees  with  a  clump  on  its  southern 
part  higher  than  the  rest."  Horsburgh,  India  Directory^  ed.  1855, 
vol.  i.  p.  596. 

2  Compare  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  p.   $7,  under  date 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  57 

I  have  heard  it  by  Severall  Eminent  persons  affirmed 
that  this  very  Commoditie  Salt  draweth  into  the  King's 
Exchequer  two  millions  of  Old  Pagodos*  yearly. 

This  place  alsoe  hath  the  benefit  of  a  pleasant  River, 
such  another  as  PuUicat  hath,  the  barre  but  indifferent, 
which  is  a  vaste  hinderance  to  this  part  of  the  Countrey 
that  doth  afford,  and  is  replenished  with  Such  quantities 
of  the  beforementioned  goods,  which  are  proper  for  Sale 
all  India  and  the  South  Seas^Over  as  well  as  to  be  trans- 
ported into  Europe  by  the  Christians. 

Anno  Domini  1672  I  stroke  downe  to  Pettipolee  in 
a  Journey  I  tooke  Overland  From  St.  Georg's  to  Metch- 
lipatam,  where  I  visited  and  paid  my  respects  to  Mr. 
Ambrose  Salsbury*^,  at  his  new  house  he  built  in  a  pleasant 


8th  Sept.  1676,  on  his  journey  from  Balasor  to  Hugli.  "This  day 
wee.. .sailed  up  the  river  Ganges,  on  the  east  side  of  which  most  part 
of  the  great  quantity  of  beeswax  is  made,  which  is  the  Kings  comodity, 
and  none  suffered  to  deale  therein  but  for  his  account  and  Swarmes  of 
Bees  flew  over  our  Vessell,  alsoe  we  passed  by  great  numbers  of  salt 
pitts,  and  places  to  boile  salt,  which  is  alsoe  appropriated  to  the  King 
or  great  Mogull,  and  none  suffered  to  be  made  but  for  his  account." 

^  See  later  on  where  the  value  of  an  "Old  Pagodo"  is  given  as  12s, 

2  From  the  MS.  Records  at  the  India  Office  {Court  Books ^  Factory 
Records^  Letter  Books ^  &c.)  a  fairly  connected  account  of  this  interesting 
personage  has  been  obtained.  Ambrose  Salisbury  (the  name  is  variously 
given  as  Salsbury,  Saulsbury,  Sallisbury  and  Salisbury)  was  appointed 
by  the  Court  as  Second  in  the  Factory  at  Pettipollee,  at  a  salary  of 
£20  per  annum,  in  Feb.  1658.  He  sailed  in  the  Persian  Merchant^ 
was  wrecked  off  the  Maldives,  and  did  not  reach  Fort  St  George  until 
June,  1659.  I^^  Oct.  1662  he  became  "Chief"  at  Pettipolee,  where  he 
remained  till  his  death,  in  Dec.  1675.  Sir  Edward  Winter,  the  turbulent 
Governor  of  Fort  St  George,  accused  Salisbury  of  embezzling  the 
Company's  money,  and  wrote  to  the  Court  that  he  had  discharged 
him.  The  dismissal,  however,  did  not  take  effect.  Others  there  were 
besides  the  Governor  who  had  no  opinion  of  Salisbury.  In  April,  1668, 
an  unsigned  letter  from  Fort  St  George  to  the  Directors  contains  the 
remark — "  Truly  your  Factory  at  Pettipolee  is  rather  a  charge  than  a 
benefitt  to  you  (being  managed  by  a  very  debauch't  Idle  fellow  one 
Salisbury)  not  furnishing  from  thence  a  piece  of  Cloth  towards  your 
retumes  this  yeare...they  are  all  greate  abusers  of  the  Company  in 
words  and  deedes  especially  Salisbury  at  Pettipolee — that  miscreant." 
In  1669  Mr  Richard  Smithson  complained  of  irregularities  in  Salisbury's 
books  and  of  his  extravagant  expenses.  But  before  these  complaints 
reached  England,  the  Court  had  written  to  Fort  St  George  (in  Dec. 


58  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

part  of  the  towne,  he  beinge  Chiefe  of  the  Affaires  of 
the  Honourable  English  East  India  Companie  here.  He 
treated  me  and  my  people  very  Gentilely,  and  wold  not 
Suffer  me  to  depart  that  night.  I  condescended  to  Stay 
all  night  and  take  my  leave  Early  in  the  Morneinge, 
but  he  was  as  loth  to  part  with  me  then ;  I  Staid  to  take 
a  View  of  the  towne  and  after  dinner  set  forward. 

All  Sorts  of  Provisions  are  here  to  be  had  in  very 
great  Plenty,  and  at  very  Reasonable  rates,  vizt.  Cows, 
Buffaloes,  hoggs,  all  Sorts  of  Poultry,  Severall  Sorts  of 
wild  fowle,  Many  Excellent  Sorts  of  Sea  and  River  Fish, 


1 669)  ordering  the  Agent  to  send  immediately  for  Mr  Ambrose  Salisbury, 
"  whome  wee  have  discharged  our  Service,  being  represented  to  be  a 
person  of  very  prophane  Spiritts,  scandalous  in  his  behaviour  and 
notoriously  wicked."      Meanwhile,   Salisbury's    friends   had  exerted 
themselves  in  his  defence,  and  the  result  of  their  letter  to  Court  in  1670, 
remarking  "Wee  have  neither  had  any  Sattisfaction,  either  by  particular 
information  or  by  Common  Report  that  Mr.   Robert  Fleetwood  or 
Mr.  Ambrose  Salisbury  are  persons  of  Such  profane  Spirrits  Scandalous 
lives,  or  notoriously  wicked  as  they  are  represented  to  you,  unless  their 
Zeale  for  Conformity  and  against  nonconformity  are  made  the  ground 
of  that  accusation,    was  an  order  for  the  re-instatement  of  Salisbury. 
"We  doe  also  order  that  Mr.  Ambrose  Salisbury  be  againe  admitted 
into  our  Service  and  that  he  receive  such  incoragement  as  his  abillityes 
and  faithfulness  in  our  Service  shall  merritt."     For  the  next  few  years 
Salisbury  remained  in  favour,  his  chief  trouble  being  with  "pittifuU 
Merchants  the  Salt  Peeter  Men."     In  1675,  however,  he  was  again  in 
ill  odour  with  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George  and  was  accused  of  being 
implicated  with  Richard  Mohun  in  unlawful  private  trade.     Salisbury 
retorted  that  too  much  was  expected  of  him  in  the  way  of  investmentj 
and  that  he  had  expended  money  in  repairs  to  the  factory  and  journeys 
to  Masulipatam,  "there  being  noe  person  in  the  Honble.  Companys 
servis  but  hath  allowance  only  my  selfe."    His  letters  to  Fort  St  George 
and  Masulipatam  became  petulant  and  querulous.    Mr  William  Puckle, 
the  Company's  Supervisor,  who  was  at  Masulipatam  in  Sept.  1675, 
wrote,  "  Here  is  also  a  letter  from   Mr.  Salusbury  a  most  pitiful) 
Impertinent  piece  of  morrallitie,  that  doth  dayly  follow  us  with  letters 
that  we  understand  not,  and  therefore  lesse  concern  to  answer  them." 
The  now  unpopular  Chief  at  Petti polee  was  in  failing  health,  and 
declared  himself  unable  to  take  the  journey  to  Masulipatam  to  vindicate 
his  conduct.     He  repaired  to  the  adjoining  settlement  at  Madapollam, 
the  usual  sanatorium,  and  died  there,  in  Mr  Mohun's  house,  on  or 
about  the  31st  Dec.  1675.     ^^  ^^^  many  debts  and  but  little  personal 
property.     Nevertheless,  five  years  were  occupied  in  the  settlement  of 
his  affairs,  which  were  administered  by  his  mother,  Susannah  Salisbury, 
in  England. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  59 

but  most  Especially  Venison,  as  Deere,  hares,  Wild  hoggs, 
or  that  most  Nimble  Annimall  the  Antilope. 

All  these  Varieties  before  mentioned  are  brought  to  the 
Christian  Factories,  Namely  the  English  and  Dutch,  and 
Sold  by  Some  Mahometans  that  live  about  and  in  this 
towne,  Rice,  butter,  Oyle,  Fruit,  &c.,  are  Sold  by  the 
Gentues,  and  as  Cheape  here  as  in  any  place  upon  this 
Coast.  Theire  Weights  and  Measures  be  the  Same  with 
those  of  Metchlipatam,  of  which  in  Order,  as  alsoe  the 
Coines  the  Same,  that  are  Currant  there. 

The  Antilope  is  a  very  comely  Annimall,  very  Slick 
and  Smooth,  of  a  browne  Colour,  neater  in  Shape  then 
any  Deere,  very  Slender  leggs,  the  body  bespotted  with 
round  or  Ovall  Spots  of  white  in  many  places,  as  some 
deere  be,  but  the  horns  of  this  Creature  differ  quite  from 
those  of  any  Other,  beinge  in  length  from  two  foot  to  3J, 
pointinge  backwards,  of  Colour  very  black.  And  wreathinge 
as  though  they  were  Artificially  turned.  The  figure  of 
whose  head  and  neck  is  as  followeth^     [Plate  X.] 

Dureinge  my  Short  abode  in  this  towne,  (reports  beinge 
Spread  amonge  the  Inhabitants  that  an  English  man  a 
Stranger  travailinge  the  Countrey  was  here)  they  brought 
to  the  Factory  gate  Severall  twiggen  baskets,  bore  Upon 
mens  Sholders.  Theire  request  was  to  let  their  Snakes 
dance  for  me  and  my  people  to  behold,  in  hopes  of 
Something  of  a  gratuitie.  Such  things  beinge  the  lively- 
hood  of  many  in  these  countreys.     For  Curiosities  Sake 


^  Compare /^ry^r,  p.  45 — "  In  the  way  hither  are  store  of  Antilopes, 
not  to  be  taken  but  by  a  Decoy  made  of  Green  Boughs,  wherein  a 
Man  hides  himself,  and  walking  with  this  Bush  upon  his  Back,  gains 
so  near  on  them,  while  grazing  or  browzing  rather  on  Shrubs  or 
Bushes,  as  to  hit  one  with  an  Arrow,  when  it  may  be  run  down  with 
Dogs,  the  rest  of  the  Herd  shunning  it :  They  are  of  a  delicater  shape 
and  make  than  a  Deer,  their  horns  not  jagged,  but  turned  as  an 
Unicorn's  ;  nor  spread  into  Branches,  but  straight,  and  long,  and 
tapering,  rooted  on  the  Os  frontis^  springing  up  on  both  sides/' 


6o  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

wee  bad  them  Use  theire  owne  pleasure,  with  which  they 
opened  the  baskets  Singly,  4  or  5  in  number.  Out  of 
each  came  very  hideous  and  large  Snakes,  3  or  4  men 
attendinge  with  Stringed  Musical  instruments,  whereof 
one,  beinge  the  Chiefe  over  the  rest,  took  his  Stringed 
Instrument  and  played  to  the  Serpents,  which  to  my 
thinkinge,  made  Straight  at  him  as  though  they  wold  have 
destroyed  him  ;  but  the  Musicianer,  or  rather  Magician, 
soon  corrected  them  Onely  with  Some  Verbal  punishment, 
and,  like  a  Secound  Orpheus,  Sat  downe  upon  the  bare 
ground  and  played,  at  which  musick  these  great  and 
Venemous  Serpents  danced  much  after  the  Same  tunes, 
to  my  astonishment,  without  doeinge  the  least  hurt  to 
theire  keepers,  who  all  Sat  very  neare  them,  and  when 
wee  Seemed  to  be  Satisfied  with  the  Sight  thereof,  they 
put  them  into  the  baskets  againe^  They  have  a  very  de- 
formed broad  head,  and  are  accompted  the  most  poysonous 
of  all  Others,  for  where  they  Stinge  or  bite  any  liveinge 
creature,  it  is  sudden  death. 

In  soe  much  that  I  have  been  credibly  informed  that 
the  Emperors  and  Kings  of  Asia  have  often  put  to  death 
many  of  their  criminal  Subjects  with  these  Sorts  of 
Snakes,  nay,  of  the  Very  Same  that  are  thus  carried 
about  the  Countreys  for  Shews.  But  these,  theire  keepers 
have  soe  enchanted  them,  that  they  have  taken  away 
theire  power  of  harmeinge  them.  To  me  it  Seemed  most 
Strange,  as  beinge  the  first  of  my  beholdinge  any  Such 
Sorceries,  but  Since  have  Seen  many  more  Incredible. 

Metchlipatam,  Soe  called  from  the  Hindostan  ore  Moors 

^  Compare  Fryer^  p.  34  f.  "  Reptiles,  Snakes,  Serpents,  and 
Amphisbena  and  other  kinds  ;  all  which  they  pretend  to  charm, 
carrying  them  up  and  down  in  baskets  to  get  Money  of  the  People,  as 
well  as  Strangers  ;  when  they  strike  up  on  a  Reed  run  through  a 
Cocoa-Shell,  which  makes  a  noise  something  like  our  Bag-Pipes,  and 
the  subtle  Creatures  will  listen  to  the  Musick,  and  observe  a  Motion 
correspondent  to  the  Tune  ;  a  Generation  of  Vipers  that  well  deserve 
to  be  stiled  so,  knowing  when  the  Charmer  charms  wisely." 


62  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

from  the  Golcondah  Kinge,  more  Especially  the  English, 
payinge  not  above  one  halfe  the  Customes  the  Other 
doth,  but  each  Factory  weareth  the  Colours  of  theire 
owne  Nation. 

This  towne  is  famous  alsoe  for  a  bridge  that  was  built 
at  the  Charge  of  one  [of]  the  Kings  of  Golcondah,  who 
in  his  Progresse,  found  the  way  out  of  the  Countrey  into 
the  towne,  for  a  great  Space  surroundinge  it,  very  difficult 
through  the  deep  mudde  and  water,  which  was  no  little 
hinderance  to  the  Merchants,  as  well  as  to  poore  people 
for  the  bringeinge  in  of  goods  and  Provisions  &c„  which 
bridge  reacheth  from  the  great  gate  of  Metchlipatam  over 


to  make  their  Factory  defensible,  they  had  ten  or  twelve  souldiers  a 
gaurd  at  the  doors  who  fired  three  volleyes  and  some  Chambers  or 
ordinance  at  our  goeing  artd  comeing."  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^ 
p.  306. 

For  the  early  history  of  Masulipatam,  after  the  Globe  anchored 
there  in  161 1,  see  Mackenzie,  Kistna  District^  pp.  88-99.  In  1669 
{Letter  Book^  No.  4)  the  Court  gave  permission  to  enlarge  the 
Compan/s  house  at  Masulipatam,  at  a  cost  not  exceeding  2000  rs., 
but  the  building  was  to  be  delayed  until  a  renewal  of  th^farmdn  was 
obtained.  In  1687  the  factory  was  temporarily  withdrawn.  Three 
years  later  it  was  re-established.  Hamilton  visited  the  place  in  its 
period  of  decay — "  Matchulipatam  lies  in  the  Way  along  the  Sea- 
coast....  In  the  latter  part  of  the  last  Century  this  Town  was  one  of 
the  most  flourishing  in  all  India,  and  the  English  Company  found  it  to 
be  the  most  profitable  Factory  that  they  had.  They  had  a  large 
Factory  built  of  Teak  Timber ;  but  now  there  are  no  English  there, 
tho'  the  Dutch  continue  their  Factory  still,  and  keep  about  a  Dozen  of 
Hollanders  there  to  carry  on  the  Chint  Trade... The  Town  is  but 
small,  built  on  a  little  Island,  and  is  much  stronger  by  Nature  than 
Art.'*  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies,  vol.  i.  p.  370.  Tavemier's  de- 
scription is  somewhat  different, — "  Maslipatam  is  a  great  City,  the 
houses  whereof  are  only  of  Wood,  built  at  a  distance  from  one 
another.  The  place  it  self,  which  stands  by  the  Sea,  is  famous  for 
nothing  but  the  Road  for  Ships  which  belongs  to  it,  which  is  the  best 
in  the  Gulf  of  Bengala."  Tavernier,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  70.  Thevenot's 
account  also  varies  from  the  others, — "Though  the  Town  [Masuli- 
patam] be  but  small,  yet  it  is  well  Peopled ;  the  Streets  are  narrow, 
and  it  is  intoUerably  hot  there  from  March  till  July.  The  Houses  are 
all  separated  one  from  another,  and  the  Water  is  brackish,  because  of 
the  tides  that  come  up  to  it ;  there  is  great  Trading  there  in  Chites, 
because,  besides  those  that  are  made  there,  a  great  many  are  brought 
from  St.  Thomas,  which  are  much  finer,  and  of  better  Colours  than 
those  of  the  other  parts  of  the  Indies."  Thevenot,  part  iii.  p.  104  f. 
For  a  good  contemporary  account  of  "  Mechlapatam  "  compare  Fryer^ 
p.  26  f.  Masulipatam  was  taken  by  the  French  in  1750,  retaken  in 
1759,  and  confirmed  to  the  English  in  1765. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  63 

to  GuddorahS  which  is  one  English  mile  in  length  and 
of  a  Considerable  breadth,  and  is  called  by  the  Name 
of  Guddorah  bridge. 

Both  these  towns  have  very  Stately  dwellinge  houses 
in  them  of  brick  and  Stone*,  but  the  Streets  are  very 
narrow  Especially  those  of  Metchlipatam. 

Theire  houses  are  very  Spacious  to  behold  at  Some 
Small  distance,  but  the  houses  beinge  of  4,  5,  or  6  Stories 
high,  and  the  Streets  Soe  narrow  is  at  Some  Seasons  of 
the  yeare  Very  inconvenient  beinge  Excessive  hot,  neither 
are  they  well  Contrived,  but  indeed  they  are  wholy  after 
the  Mahometan  Custome,  a  large  Fabrick  containing  many 
Small  rooms  very  ill  furnished,  and  few  or  noe  lights  to 
the  Streetward,  or  any  way  whereby  they  may  behold 
any  people  that  pass  by,  which  is  Ordered  soe  meerely 


^  Practically  part  of  the  town  of  Masulipatam.     The  place  appears 
as  Gundore  in  1670,  and  Fryer  has  the  same  spelling  : — "Mahomed 
Beague  to  be  welcomed  at  Gundore  i  Gentu  League  out  of  towne." 
27th  July,  1670,  Factory  Records^  Masulipatam,  No.  i.     "Sir  William 
Langham...is  Superintendent  over  all  the  Factories  on  the  Coast  of 
Coromandel,... Viz.... Gundore"  Fryer^  p.    38.      Streynsham    Master 
refers  to  two  bridges  at   Masulipatam   in    1677, — "The    Towne  of 
Metchlepatam  stands  about  halfe  a  mile  from  the  sea  a  small  Creick 
with  a  barr  to  it  going  up  to  it,  and  every  spring  tide  the  water  over 
flowes  round  about  the  towne  soe  that  there  is  noe  goeing  out  but  upon 
two  wooden  bridges,  and  when  it  raines  there  is  a  noisome  smell  in 
the  Towne."     Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  under  date  nth  Jan.  1677. 
In  his  second  journey,  Streynsham  Master  again  refers  to  the  place, 
"Aga  Telloll   the  Governor  of   Metchlepatam  having  been  toward 
Narsapore    and    those  places  under    his   Government    returned    to 
Goo'dera  last  night.... This  evening  we  went  to  the  English  garden 
which  is  about  two  miles  out  of  town  over  the  long  bridge,  the  water 
overflowing  round  the  Towne  now  at  spring  tides.     2nd  April,  1679." 
Memoriall  of  Streynsham    Master  quoted    by   Mackenzie,    Kistna 
District^  p.  137.     The  two  bridges,  mentioned  in  1677,  are  described 
by  Fryer  as  follows  :  "  On  the  North-East  a  Wooden  Bridge,  half  a 
Mile  long,  leading  to  the  Bar  Town  ;  on  the  North-West  one,  a  Mile 
Long,  tending  to  the  English  Garden,  and  up  the  Country.     Each  of 
which  have  a  Gate-house,  and  a  strong  Watch  at  the  beginning,  next 
the  Town  :  Both  these  are  laid  over  a  Sandy  Marsh,  where  Droves  of 
People  are  always  thronging."    Fryer^  p.  27.     The  writer  is  evidently 
referring  to  the  bridge  on  the   North-West.      Streynsham   Master 
{Memoiiall^  7th  April,  1679,  P-  H^  o^  Kistna  District)  says  that  both 
bridges  were  "  made  by  Meir  Abdulla  Baker  lately  dead." 

2  All  the  other  contemporary  accoutits  of  Masulipatam  describe 
the  houses  as  being  built  of  wood.     See  above  note  3  to  p.  61. 


64  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

out  of  a  Jealosie  they  harbour  of  theire  Women,  and  are 
therefore  Strangely  Confined,  Seldome  or  never  after 
growne  Up  to  lo  or  ii  years  of  age  that  they  are  Soe 
happy  soe  much  as  to  get  the  Sight  of  Any  man  Save 
theire  Master. 

Those  of  any  Considerable  Estates  keep  Eunuchs  to 
attend  (or  rather  guard)  theire  Wifes  and  Concubines,  and 
Some  Women  Servants,  or  little  boys  and  girles  to  attend 
and  doe  what  Necessary  for  them,  they  of  themselves  not 
admitted  to  doe  any  thinge  of  houshold  businesse  or  to 
Exercise  themselves  in  any  affaire  whatsoever,  save  to 
honour  and  respect  theire  Master,  or  nurse  theire  owne 
Children. 

The  French  had  a  Factory  in  this  place  not  many 
years  agoe^  but    Since    those   troubles   of   St.  Thomae*, 


^  The  French  Factory  at  Masulipatam  was  founded  in  1669. 
"Last  night  came  to  this  Towne  6  French  Men  from  Golchondah, 
they  at  present  lodge  in  the  house  where  Mr.  jearsey  formerly  lived. 
This  Day  they  viewed  the  House  that  was  the  Danes  Factory,  but 
rejected  it  as  not  having  sufficient  accommodation,  (it  was  new  built 
this  yeare  by  the  Owner,  and  is  much  better  then  it  was  when 
Mr.  Sambrooke  was  here.)  They  have  since  treated  about  a  stately 
House  built  but  2  years  since  by  the  Shabander.  They  have  not  as 
yet  given  or  received  any  visit.  Only  the  Second  called  at  Goodrah 
to  acquaint  this  Govemour  of  their  being  come."  Letter  from 
Mr  Smithson  at  Masulipatam  to  Fort  St  George,  28th  Aug.  1669. 
O.  C,  No.  3330.  The  French  took  the  "stately  house"  and  also 
"  3  other  houses  which  lye  between  that  and  the  River"  at  30  Pagodas 
a  month.  O.  C,  No.  3337.  In  1670  John  Vickers  at  Hugli  wrote  to 
Richd.  Edwards  at  Kasimbazar,  O.  C,  No.  3414,  "The  French  at 
Masulipatam  are  together  by  the  ears,  the  Chief  and  Second  fighting 
a  duel  m  the  garden."  In  1674,  after  the  retaking  of  St.  Thomd,  the 
French  left  Masulipatam,— "  The  French  at  Metchlepatam  upon  a 
difference  with  the  Moores  have  deserted  it,  taken  a  small  sloope  and 
come  hither,  [Balasor]  the  Chiefs  slaine  the  day  before."  Factory 
Records,  Hugh,  No.  4,  May  14th,  1674.  Mackenzie,  Kistna  District, 
p.  99,  /.  n.,  says,  "  There  is  no  mention  in  these  old  records  of  the 
French  factory,  [but  see  above]  except  that  in  May,  1674,  the  Dutch 
picked  a  quarrel  with  the  Government  at  Fort  St.  George  for  giving 
asylum  to  *  Monsieur  Peter  Dehor,  second  for  affairs  of  the  Royal 
Company  of  France  at  Mechipatam.'  In  1693  a  small  square  was 
built  for  the  French  factory,  which  is  still  known  as  Frenchpettah,  and 
having  been  restored  to  France  after  the  peace  of  18 14,  still  remains 
(1882)  French  territory.  It  is  a  space  of  some  71  acres  and  includes 
two  bungalows,  a  chapel  and  some  other  buildings." 

*  The  writer  is  here  speaking  as  a  contemporary  witness.     See 
p.  46  and  note. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  65 

A  Citty  3  English  miles  Southward  of  Fort  St.  Georg's, 
they,  beinge  Ambitious  of  honour  and  Conquest  in  these 
Easterne  parts  of  the  World,  tooke  that  Citty  from  a 
Small  handfull  of  Moors,  the  Citty  beinge  weakely 
guarded  not  Suspectinge  any  warred 

Monsieur  Delahay  the  French  Viceroy  (as  they  called 
him)  arrived  in  India  with  a  fine  Squadron  of  the  French 
King's  Men  of  warre',  Upon  a  designe  of  purchaseinge 
great  trafficke  in  East  India  by  Compulsion,  but  was 
shrewdly  Mistaken  in  the  End.  They  tooke  St.  Thomae 
with  much  Ease,  and  kept  it  but  3  years  and  with  much 
trouble,  and  losse  of  his  whole  Squadron  and  above  3000 
men,  beinge  destitute  of  all  Succour  both  from  home  and 
from  any  part  of  India,  but  continually  beseiged  and 
perplexed  by  the  Golcondah  forces  by  land,  and  the 
Dutch  by  Sea^  in  soe  much  that  the  Ships  the  Dutch 
tooke  not  from  them,  they  were  forced  to  hall  them  On 
Shore  as  neare  the  Walls  of  the  Citty  as  they  cold  and 
theire  pull  them  in  pieces  for  the  Sake  of  theire  Stores. 

Soe   that   in   fine,  they  were   forced  to  Surrender  up 


^  See  note  on  p.  46. 

2  Compare  Fryer,  p.  41,  "  Lewis  the  XIVth...put  in  a  Stock  with 
his  Merchant  Adventurers,  fitting  out  a  Fleet  of  Twenty  Sail  of  lusty 
Ships,  to  settle  a  Trade  in  India,  committing  them  to  the  Charge  and 
Conduct  of  a  Viceroy  ;  who  coming  late  about  the  Cape,  touched  at 
St  Lawrence,  where  they  did  but  little  besides  burying  their  Viceroy, 
and  dispatching  four  Ships  into  Europe.  In  the  stead  of  the  Viceroy 
deceased,  the  now  reignmg  succeeded.  From  thence  they  sailed  to 
Surat...With  fourteen  Sail  of  Ships  they  roved  on  the  Coasts  of 
Malabar,  and  at  last  came  to  the  Island  Ceilon...From  whence  they 
passed  along  the  Coast  of  Coromandel,  and  with  Ten  Sail  came  before 
St.  Thomas. ..now  [1673]  they  are  600  strong  in  the  Fort  and  Ships,  all 
stout  Fellows,  every  Soldier  fit  to  be  a  Commander."  Accordmg  to 
Delestre,  when  the  French  fleet  anchored  in  Surat  Road,  in  October, 
167 1,  it  was  composed  of  eight  ships  of  war  under  Monsieur  de  la 
Haye.  The  fleet  sailed  from  Surat  on  the  9th  Jan.  1672.  Delestre, 
pp.  34  and  59. 

3  "  The  Dutch  and  Moores  Lyinge  still  before  St.  Thoma  with  3 
shipps  of  the  former  still  in  the  roade,  who  expect  other  3."  Letter 
from  Fort  St  George  to  the  Court,  22nd  Nov.  1673,  Factory  Records, 
Misc.  No.  3. 

T.  ti 


(^  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

the  place,  but  yet  Upon  very  Honourable  terms,  vizt. 
They  marched  out  with  bagge  and  baggadge,  theire 
owne  Colours  flyinge,  trumpets  Soundinge,  Straight  from 
the  Shore,  On  board  of  2  men  of  warre  of  Considerable 
force,  which  the  Dutch  contracted  to  give  them,  well 
fitted  with  what  Necessarie  for  theire  returne  to  France, 
as  alsoe  a  passaport  for  theire  Safe  Conduct.  All  this 
the  Dutch  (although  Conquerours)  did  to  be  ridde  of 
Such  troublesome  Neighbours ^ 


^  Compare  the  account  of  the  evacuation  of  St  Thom^  by  the  French, 
given  in  the  "Generall"  from  Fort  St  George  to  the  Court,  dated 
13th  and  i6th  Sept.  and  ist  Oct.  1674,  "  Monsr.  De  la  Hay  embarqued 
just  now  and  resolves  to  sett  sayle  within  few  houres.  The  Dutch 
pretend  to  send  three  shipps  along  with  them  so  far  as  Ceyloan  there 
to  deliver  unto  him  about  100  French  prisoners  which  will  make  him 
up  somewhat  above  600  men,  besides  about  60  others  bound  for  Surrat 
with  Monsr.  Baron,  from  Ceyloan  they  pretend  that  other  shipps  of 
theirs  shall  see  him  cleare  of  the  Maldives  in  order  to  his  proceedinge 
directly  for  Europe  according  to  capittulations  made  the  26  of  last 
month  [Aug.  1674J.  The  Dutch  have  possession  of  St.  Thoma  for  the 
present,  but  beside  their  own  flag  sett  up  to  seaward,  they  have  also 
sett  up  that  of  the  King  of  Gulconda  to  Landward,  to  whom  it  is  not 
unlikely  but  they  may  soone  after  resigne  the  place,  to  be  dismantled 
according  to  their  agreement  with  him.  The  French  had  leave  to 
carry  off  everything  that  was  their  own  except  the  Artillery,  whereof 
2  brass  pieces  were  allowed  them,  they  were  meerly  famished  out  of 
the  place,  having  not  above  5  daies  provisions  left  when  they  capittu- 
lated.... Since  the  above  heere  has  happened  nothing  of  novelty  only 
that  the  Dutch  have  admitted  about  1000  of  the  Kings  people  into 
St.  Thoma  so  have  the  more  hopes  to  see  that  place  surrendred  and 
razed  as  has  been  all  this  while  pretended,  which  shall  not  want  our 
furtherance.  We  sent  Mr.  Jacob  Smith  and  ^r.  Oneal  with  a  present 
of  Europe  refreshments  of  Beer,  Wine,  Olives,  and  a  Parmezan  Cheese 
to  Monsr.  De  La  Hay  then  ready  to  sett  sayle  as  he  did  soone  after 
which  he  accepted  very  kindly,  the  Dutch  not  attending  him  with  any 
of  their  shipps  as  was  given  out... The  Dutch  quitted  St.  Thoma  to  the 
Mores,  and  departed  the  27th  and  28th  past,  Govr.  Paviloen  for 
Paliacatt,  and  the  shipps  for  the  Southward  ;  by  which  day  they  must 
yearely  be  cleared  off  from  the  whole  Coast,  on  paine  of  their  being 
responsible  for  all  accidents,  who  detaine  them  ;  we  hope  the  Mores 
will  raze  it  for  their  own  quiet  sake  ;  if  the  French  or  Portugueses  do 
not  fool  them  into  delayes.  Monsr.  Baron  is  still  here,  on  pretencfe  of 
passage  for  Surrat,  but  more  likely  some  such  designe ;  whose  stay, 
though  not  at  all  desirable,  we  know  not  how  to  help  it  as  yet." 
O.  C.  No.  4002.  In  a  "Generall"  from  Bombay  to  the  Court,  dated 
23rd  Jan.  1675,  the  Council  wrote,  "The  French  since  the  losse  of 
St.  Thoma,  hang  their  heads  downe  all  India  over.  If  they  would 
take  their  leave  civilly  of  Surat  also,  wee  would  wish  them  a  good 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  6j 

And  never  Since  the  begininge  of  these  warrs  upon 
this  Coast \  have  the  French  had  any  thinge  to  doe  in 
Metchlipatam.  Onely  in  May,  Anno  1672,  the  Viceroy 
in  Person  came  downe  hither  with  2  men  of  warre,  all 
that  he  had  then  left,  and  a  Small  Sloope  of  6  gunns. 
The  One  was  called  the  Grand  Brittania,  the  Other  the 
Grand  Flemingoe',  Ships  of  65  and  70  Coppar  piece  of 
Ordinance  each,  the  Brittania  manned  with  500  Chosen 
men,  the  Other  300.  His  designe  was  to  burne  the 
towne  of  Metchlipatam,  and  compell  the  Moors  to  a 
peace,  but  was  mistaken  in  that  alsoe,  although  the 
Coast  was  Cleare  of  all  Dutch  Ships,  which  was  caused 
by  want  of  able  Pilots,  more  then  any  thinge  Else. 
Otherways  he  had  come  Suddenly  upon  them  to  their 
terrour,  but  was  drove  50  mile  to  Leeward  of  the  place, 
and  there  Sent  4  or  5  men  On  Shore  for  Spies  to 
Narsapore,  who  were  very  Suddenly  Surprized  in  the 
English  Factory,  where  the  Moors  cut  off  theire  heads 
Upon  the  doore  thrashold,  notwithstandinge  all  the 
Entreaties  and  faire  words  wee  cold  give  them.  I  was 
there  a  Spectator  to  that  bloody  Fact,  and  begged 
their  heads  and  bodies  off  the  Governour,  and  tooke 
care  for  their  buriall*. 

Voyage,  for  their  stay  there  is  equally  injurious  to  themselves  as  to 
their  neighbors."     O.  C.  No.  4072. 

From  the  above  it  will  be  seen  that  the  French  did  not  return  to 
Europe  according  to  the  treaty  with  the  Dutch.  They  eventually 
established  themselves  firmly  at  Pondicherry  under  Monsr.  Martin. 
Compare  the  following  curious  phonetic  spelling  of  St  Thom^  in  a 
letter  from  John  Billingsby,  the  Compan/s  servant  at  Balasor,  to 
Richard  Edwards,  under  date  27th  March,  1673,  "the  Moores  have 
taken  Santamay  from  the  french  soe  that  they  are  all  fled."  O,  C. 
No.  3771. 

^  Dutch  versus  English  1665  to  1674;  Dutch  versus  English  and 
French  as  local  allies  1670  to  1674. 

2  i,e,  the  Great  Breton  and  the  Great  Fleming  \  the  writer  probably 
got  the  names  through  a  Portuguese  interpreter. 

'  I  have  been  unable  to  find  any  confirmation  of  this  story  in  the 
contemporary  records,  though,  as  the  writer  speaks  as  an  eye-witness, 
there  is  no  reason  to  doubt  his  accuracy. 

5—2 


68  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

This  was  Soon  noysed  abroad,  and  great  forces  Sent^ 
into  the  towne  of  Metchlipatam,  and  a  Stronge  Wooden 
Fort  erected  within  the  narrow  of  the  River's  mouth, 
and  what  Ships  lay  in  the  Roade  Unladen  of  all  theire 
fine  goods,  haveinge  a  Considerable  time  to  performe  all 
this,  beinge  a  Week's  worke  for  the  Viceroy  to  turne 
up  to  the  Roade.  Soe  that  when  he  arrived,  he  durst 
not  attempt  any  thinge  Save  burneinge  of  5  Moors 
Ships  and  carried  away  One  Small  Ship  laden  with 
Rice  and  Butter  and  Oyle.  Thence  he  Returned  for 
St.  Thomae,  but  e're  he  got  there,  the  Dutch  had  got 
Start  of  him,  and  lay  in  the  Roade  with  14  Saile  of 
men  of  warre  of  Considerable  force,  which  put  him  to  a 
hard  Straite  how  to  get  in,  but  did  in  the  night  and 
Ran  his  Ship  on  Shore^.  The  Flemingoe  and  Sloop 
were   taken   by.  the   Dutch ^ 

^  i.e.  by  the  Moors. 

2  It  is  amusing  and  instructive  to  quote  the  Frenchman's  view 
of  this  action,  "  Monsieur  de  la  Haye,  having  taken  all  necessary 
precautions  for  the  preservation  of  the  town  of  St.  Thom^,  embarked 
on  the  loth  of  April  in  the  Great  Breton^  which  was  furnished  with 
48  pieces  of  good  cast  iron  artillery  and  an  excellent  crew.  Another 
vessel  called  the  Fleming  had  orders  to  follow  him.  She  was  armed 
in  like  manner  with  40  pieces  of  cannon  and  was  manned  by  1 50  men, 
both  soldiers  and  sailors.  He  sailed  in  the  direction  of  Masulipatam, 
where,  as  I  have  already  said,  the  French  Company  has  a  factory. 
There  he  met  with  some  Mores'  [Moors']  vessels  anchored  in  the  river. 
He  burned  some  and  carried  off  the  others,  and,  after  having  victualled 
his  own  ships,  and  provided  for  those  he  had  left  at  St.  Thom^,  he  set 
sail  for  that  town.  But  a  great  tempest  arose,  which  lasted  a  whole 
day  and  blew  with  such  fury  that  it  rent  some  of  the  sails  of  the  Breton^ 
without  however  injuring  her  masts.  The  Flemings  who  was  not  such 
a  good  sailer,  lost  her  course.  This  did  not  hinder  Monsieur  de  la 
Haye  from  continuing  his  own  way,  and  the  weather  having  moderated, 
he  sighted  18  Dutch  vessels  not  more  than  3  leagues  off.  This 
encounter,  which  would  have  alarmed  anyone  but  himself,  did  not 
even  make  him  turn  aside,  but,  having  encouraged  his  crew  to  do  their 
best,  and  having  had  some  *harac'  (which  is  a  beverage  nearly  as 
strong  as  brandy)  served  out  to  his  soldiers  in  order  to  rouse  their 
strength  and  courage,  he  commanded  them  to  take  up  arms  at  the  first 
signal,  and  ordered  the  gunners  to  have  their  firebrands  in  readiness. 
Then  he  sailed  before  the  wind  straight  to  the  Dutch  squadron. 
General  Riclof,  who  had  perceived  the  Great  Breton,  had  already 
prepared  to  give  chase.     Believing  her  capture  to  be  a  certainty,  he 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  69 

had  had  his  ships  boat  fitted  up  in  order  to  receive  Monsieur  de  la 
Haye.  On  seeing  the  latter  approach,  he  had  the  boat  lowered  to 
fetch  him,  thinking  that  he  was  about  to  give  himself  up,  and  that  he 
did  not  dare  to  risk  a  fight  against  so  many  vessels.  But  his  astonish- 
ment was  unparalleled  when  he  saw  this  brave  General  de  la  Haye 
with  a  single  ship  pass  like  a  flash  of  lightning  through  the  midst  of 
all  his  own,  some  of  which  he  injured  by  the  discharge  of  his  two  port 
and  starboard  batteries.  The  whole  Dutch  squadron  followed  him 
for  thrice  twenty-four  hours,  and  often  came  near  him,  but  were  unable 
to  board  his  vessel.  He  defended  himself  until  he  had  neither  a  grain 
of  powder  nor  a  bullet  left.  Yet  he  economized  his  strength  and  his 
time  so  admirably  that  he  reached  St.  Thom^  without  having  sustained 
injury  and  with  only  the  loss  of  three  or  four  men.  This  action 
appeared  so  extraordinary  that  it  was  soon  known  all  over  India. 
People  said,  when  they  told  us  about  it,  that  Monsieur  Massiere, 
General  of  the  East  Indies  for  the  States  of  Holland,  had  written 
to  General  Riclof  in  terms  which  implied  that  General  de  la  Haye 
could  not  have  escaped  such  an  evident  peril  if  there  had  not  been 
some  secret  understanding  between  them,  adding  some  threats  which 
were  as  offensive  as  the  reproach  was  unjust.  However,  the  taking 
of  the  Fleming  calmed  the  wrath  of  the  Generalissimo  Massiere." 
Delestre^  pp.  182 — 185. 

The  burning  of  the  "  5  Moors  Ships,"  mentioned  above,  is  described 
in  a  note  of  "Occurrences  in  India  in  1673,"  dated  i^  Bombay  14th 
November,  167.3,  "The  French  at  St.  Thoma  beat  off  the  Gokondah 
Army  and  raised  the  seige,... after  Mounsr.  La  Hay  the  Vice  Roy,  with 
two  ships  of  warr,  went  to  Metchlepatam  where  he  burnt  5  or  6  Jounks 
and  threatend  the  Towne,  if  that  King  would  not  come  to  a  peace 
with  them,  haveing  spent  there  some  time  in  the  month  of  June,  hee 
returned  to  St.  Thoma  where  unexpectedly  he  found  Rickloff  Van 
Goens  with  a  Fleet  of  19  men  of  warr  before  it,  he  stood  for  the  Road 
but  the  winde  chopt  about,  and  haveing  discharged  some  broad  sides 
with  the  outermost  ships,  he  stood  off  to  sea  and  fell  in  with  some  port 
about  30  Leagues  to  the  Southward,  where  he  had  not  been  long,  but 
he  espied  a  Fleet  of  ships  bound  from  England  which  he  took  to  be 
the  Dutch  Fleet  persuing  him,  hee  sett  saile  againe  and  put  in  for 
St.  Thoma ;  where  it  was  his  good  fortune  that  the  Dutch  were  gone 
from  the  place,  after  they  had  discharged  some  broad  sides  against  it, 
and  he  got  safe  into  his  Government...."  O.  C  No.  3794.  It  is  a  little 
difficult  to  reconcile  these  widely  differing  accounts  of  the  French 
prowess. 

'  The  taking  of  the  Fleming  is  also  described  from  two  different 
p)oints  of  view.  The  Frenchman  says,  "This  vessel,  which  bad 
weather  had  separated  from  the  Great  Breton^  had  anchored  at 
Sombresse  [  =  Sombrero  or  Chowra  Island  in  the  Nicobars],  where 
water  had  only  been  obtained  by  force,  the  savages  of  the  country... 
attempting  to  board  and  take  possession  of  the  vessel... but  were 
driven  off  by  the  fire  directed  on  them  by  M.  Machaut  the  commander. 
He  resolved,  while  waiting  for  a  favourable  wind  to  sail  to  S.  Thom^ 
to  get  refreshments  and  water  in  Bellefort  [Balasor]  river,  where  he 
anchored  and  sent  his  boat  ashore  with  part  of  the  crew.  The  country 
people  killed  the  Quarter  Master  and  wounded  several  sailors.  Mean- 
while, three  Dutch  vessels  going  to  Bengala  laden  with  merchandize 
perceived  this  ship,  which  they  would  not  have  dared  to  attack  if  they 
had  seen  her  boat  on  board ;  but  presuming  that  it  was  on  land  with  a 


70  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

The  French  Chiefe  resident  in  Metchlipatam  was 
killed  by  the  Moors  ^ ;  what  more  of  them  there  niade 
their  Escape  by  Sea. 


part  of  the  crew,  they  anchored  within  musket  shot  of  the  Flemings  in 
which  there  remained  only  40  men.  They  attacked  her  the  next  day, 
and  pressed  her  on  all  sides  with  so  much  advantage,  that  after  4  hours 
fightmg  Capt.  Macliaut,  who  had  defended  himself  to  the  last  extremity, 
finding  himself  almost  alone... was  obliged  to  surrender.  The  Dutch 
took  this  ship  to  Batavia...and  imprisoned  Capt.  Machaut  and  his  seven 
or  eight  remaining  men."    Delestre^  p.  185  f. 

Walter  Clavell,  the  Company's  chief  representative  in  "  the  Bay " 
in  a  letter  to  the  Court,  dated  at  Balasor,  28th  Dec.  1674,  writes  as 
follows:  "The  last  yeare  a  Ship  of  the  French  Kings  named  the 
Flemeriy  Commander  MacoshuU  [the  Capt.  Machaut  of  Delestr^\ 
Seperrated  from  the  rest  of  the  Squadron  which  the  Vice  Roy  broug^ht 
before  Metchlepatam  in  her  Intended  return  to  St.  Thoma  bemg 
Seperrated  from  the  rest  by  foule  weather.  After  having  been  neer 
Anchor  at  the  Nicobar  Islands  and  not  able  to  geet  the  Course  of 
Cormendel  came  in  Ballasore  Roade,  where  Rode  not  long  before  She 
was  Surprized  by  three  Dutch  Merchant  men  bound  for  Hugly,  who 
took  the  Said  Ship  when  most  of  the  Chief  people  were  a  Shore  in 
this  Toun  and  yet  had  the  Confidence  to  bring  her  up  to  Hugly  before 
their  one  Factory,  Severall  Specious  pretences  was  made  that  the  Ship 
should  be  taken  from  the  Dutch  and  Redelivred  to  the  French ;  and 
the  Dutch  be  fined  for  attempting  acts  of  Hostillity  in  the  Kings  Port, 
to  which  purpose  the  Govemour  of  Ballasore  perswaded  some  of  the 
French  personally  to  Complaine  at  Decca;  the  Issue  whereof  was  that 
the  Dutch  ware  faine  to  by  [the]  Prize  of  the  Moores,  and  the  French 
Sent  away  with  good  words  and  a  liberty  to  build  Factories  and  have 
a  trade  in  what  part  of  Bengala  they  would.  In  Hugly  they  made 
a  Small  house  neere  the  Dutch  Factory  from  which  the  Dutch  by  their 
application  and  present  to  the  Moores  have  routed  them,  and  they 
thereupon  pretendedly  but  really  because  they  can  borrow  no  more 
money  have  lately  left  Hugly  and  are  Intended  for  the  Coast  in  an 
open  boate  and  taking  a  long  farewell  of  Bengala  whare  they  are 
in  debted  a  bout  Rupees  8000."  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  4, 
p.  22  f. 

^  The  only  mention  I  have  been  able  to  find  of  this  French  Chief 
is  in  the  passage  from  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  4,  under  date 
14th  May,  1674,  quoted  in  note  i,  p.  64:  "The  French  at  Metchli- 
patam upon  a  difference  with  the  Moores  have  deserted  it... the  Chiefe 
slaine  the  day  before."  This  individual  appears  to  have  returned  to 
Masulipatam  and  met  his  fate  some  time  in  1673,  ^o^*  on  the  15th  of 
Jan.  in  that  year,  Agent  Langhome  wrote  from  Fort  St  George  to  the 
Court,  "The  French  Cheif  is  come  away  from  Metchlipatam,  leaving 
only  2  persons  to  look  after  their  Factory."  O.  C,  No.  3742.  Monsieur 
Martin  probably  succeeded  the  murdered  Chief,  as,  in  a  letter  from 
Fort  St  George,  dated  20th  Aug.  1674,  in  connection  with  remarks  on 
the  expulsion  of  Monsr.  Del  Tor,  the  French  Second  at  Masulipatam, 
reference  is  made  to  "  Monsieur  Martin  the  Chief  of  Metchlapatam." 
6>.  C.  No.  3992,  p.  4. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  7 1 

Metchlipatam  Affordeth  many  very  good  and  fine 
Commodities*,  vizt.  all  Sorts  of  fine  Callicoes  plaine  and 
coloured^  more  Especially  fine  Palampores'  for  Quilts, 
divers  Sorts  of  Chint*  curiously  flowred,  which  doth 
much  represent  flowred  Sattin,  of  Curious  lively  Colours, 
as  alsoe  Chaires  and  tables  of  that  admirable  wood  Ebony, 
Chests  of  drawers,  Screetores*  finely  wrought  inlaid  with 
turtle  Shell  or  ivory,  for  which  a  Very  great  trafficke  is 
driven  into  most  parts  of  India,  Persia,  Arabia,  China, 
and  the  South  Seas,  as  well  as  into  England  and 
Holland. 

Our  Factory  here  is  but  a  Subordinate  One  to  Fort 
St  Georg's,  As  that  of  the  Dutch  is  to   Pullicat. 

It  alsoe  is  a  place  very  well  populated,  and   for  the 

^  Compare  Fryer^  p.  34,  "  Staple  Commodities  are  Calicuts  white 
and  painted,  Palempores,  Carpets,  Tea,  Diamonds  of  both  Rocks  the 
Old  and  New;  Escretores  and  other  Knick- Knacks  for  Ladies,  because 
far-fetch'd  and  dear-bought." 

2  See  note  on  p.  5. 

3  See  Hobson-J obson^  s.v,  Palampore.  It  is  curious  that  though 
both  Fryer  and  T.  B.  mention  Palempores  (Chintz  bed-covers)  as  one 
of  the  staple  commodities  of  Masulipatam,  this  class  of  goods  is  not 
named  in  the  contemporary  MS.  records  as  being  produced  there. 
The  Piece-goods  in  constant  demand  from  MasuHpatam  were  Long- 
cloth  fine  and  ordinary,  Sallampores  fine  and  ordinary,  PercuUaes, 
Dungarees,  Allejahs,  Oringall  Betelees,  Morees,  Isarees  and  Ginghams. 
However,  it  seems  probable  that  the  "  16  Pallampose  at  3  rups.  per 
peece,"  enumerated  m  Wm.  Callaway's  "  Outcry  "  (entered  at  the  end 
of  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  p.  361),  were  purchased  at  Masu- 
lipatam, since  Callaway  left  that  place  with  Master  in  1676,  and  was 
drowned  ii\  the  Hugli  a  few  weeks  later.  Also  in  a  letter  from  Fort 
St  George,  4th  May,  1680,  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  28, 
under  *'What  goods  desir'd  at  Bantam,"  there  is  the  item,  "3  or 
4  Cor  [corge  =  score]  of  Pallampores." 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Chintz.  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii. 
p.  105,  "  there  is  great  trading  [at  Masulipatam]  in  Chites."  The  form 
chints  or  chintz  is  the  plural  of  chint.  Compare  Fryer^  Index,  p.  iv. 
"  Chint,  a  sort  of  Callico  painted." 

^  i.e.  Escritoires  or  writing-cases.  "  Carpetts  Scrittores  and  Such 
like  Left  with  your  dear  Consort,"  Letter  from  Agent  Langhorne  to 
Mrs  Fleetwood  at  Masulipatam,  21st  Nov.  1676,  Factory  Records .,  Fort 
St  George,  No.  18.  "I  had  sent  the  Screetore  sooner  but  could  not 
gett  Madapollam  Cooleys,"  Letter  from  Mr  Wm.  How  at  Masulipatam 
to  Mrs  Mainwaring,  22nd  April,  1679,  O.  C.  No.  4600.  See  also  Ind. 
Ant.  vol.  xxix.  p.  116. 


72  OF  CHOROMANPEL 

most  part  Very  rich  men,  Especially  of  the  Moors, 
Persians,  and  Gentues,  many  Villages  not  obe :  [?  above] 
2,  3,  or  4  miles  off  very  well  inhabited  by  ingenuous 
tradesmen  Especially  Weavers  and  Chint  Makers. 

Many  Ships  and  Vessel[s]  resort  here  to  lade  the 
beforementioned  Commodities,  haveinge  a  reasonable  good 
harbour  and  the  Conveniencie  of  the  River  that  runneth 
up  to  the  towne  Side,  which  is  not  above  one  English 
mile  above  the  barre\  They  doe  lade  and  Unlade  with 
good  Stronge  boats  of  lO,  I2,  or  15  tuns  in  burden,  and 
with  noe  great  difficultie. 

Several!  of  the  Inhabitants  are  great  Merchant 
adventurers,  and  transport  Vast  Stocks  in  the  goods 
aforesaid,  both  in  theire  owne  Ships  as  alsoe  Upon 
fraught   in    English   Ships   or  Vessels^. 


^  Sir  Edward  Winter,  in  a  letter  to  Mr  Proby  of  the  5th  Dec.  1670, 
speaks  of  "The  Roade  of  Remiildey  or  Metchlepatam."  Factory 
Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  16. 

^  Among  the  miscellaneous  papers  at  the  end  of  the  Diaiy  of 
Streynsham  Master^  there  is,  pp.  337 — 339,  an  "  Account  of  the  Trade 
of  Metchlepatam,"  by  Christopher  Hatton,  dated  9th  Jan.  1676-7. 
He  says,  "  I  shall  Confine  my  discourse  concerning  the  Traffick  used 
in  this  mart  of  Metchlepatam  within  the  Limitts  of  my  owne  Ex- 
perience haveing  now  neare  overpassed  20  yeares  in  these  parts. 
Arriveing  first  in  the  yeare  1657,  at  which  time  I  found  this  place 
in  a  very  flourishing  condition,  20  sayle  of  ships  of  good  burden 
belonging  to  the  Native  Inhabitans  here  constantly  imployed  on 
Voyages  to  Aracan,  Pegu,  Tenassery,  Juncceloan,  Queda,  Mallaca, 
Johore,  Atcheen,  Moca,  Persia  and  the  Maldiva  Islands,  and  to  all 
these  parts  the  goods  and  Merchandize  were  of  the  production  of  the 
parts  here  Circumjacent,  as  all  sorts  of  Callicoes,  Cotton  Yame, 
Paintings  of  divers  sorts,  Iron,  Steel,  and  all  sorts  of  Graine  and  all 
Commodityes  again  imported  where  hence  dispersed  in  the  Dominions 
of  the  Mogull,  Visapore,  and  Golcondah,  and  in  this  state  it  continued 
for  many  yeares,  untill  the  Netherlandish  Company  settled  their 
Factory  at  Golcondah,  where  keeping  stores  of  all  sorts  of  commodityes 
they  furnished  those  merchants  that  usually  came  downe  every  yeare 
to  this  place  and  thereby  first  occasioned  a  decay  of  trade  here.  The 
next  and  fatallest  prejudice  this  place  received  arose  from  the  cor- 
ruption of  Government  at  Golcondah... which... have  now  reduced  this 
place  and  indeed  all  the  Countrey  to  this  low  Condition  it  now  appears 
m...at  my  first  arrivall  into  these  parts  The  Towne  was  soe  well  stored 
with  able  merchants  that  many  ships  Ladeings  of  Divers  sorts  of. 
Callicoes  might  and  were  procurable  in  the  space  of  two  or  three 
dayes...." 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  73 

The  Kinge  of  Golcondah  hath  Severall  Ships,  that 
trade  yearely  to  Arackan,  Tanassaree^  and  Ceylone  to 
purchase  Elephants  for  him  and  his  Nobilitie.  They 
bringe  in  Some  of  his  Ships  from  14  to  26  of  these  Vast 
Creatures.  They  must  of  Necessitie  be  of  Very  Con- 
siderable burthens  and  built  exceedinge  Stronge. 

Each  of  these  huge  Annimals  must  have  at  the  least 
70  plantan  trees  laid  in  for  his  provender  to  the  time  of 
his  transportation,  and,  at  Some  Seasons  of  the  yeare 
100,  when  they  Expect  a  more  tedious  passadge  at  Sea. 
They  never  let  them  drinke  any  water  at  Sea,  a  Plantan 
tree  beinge  a  Very  liquorish  thinge  Naturally,  and  will 
not  dry  up  much  in  lesse  then  2  months,  and  many 
times  they  doe  not  Exceed  15  or  16  days,  but  at  Some 
time  of  the  Monzoone*  I  have  knowne  them  be  at  Sea 
one  month,  and  yet  landed  all  theire  Elephants  with  Safety. 

The  means  Usuall  in  gettinge  these  Overgrown  beasts 
On  board   Ship   are   SeveralP,  accordinge   to  what   con- 

^  i.e.  Tenasserim. 

2  "  Wee  should  have  dispatched  them  [the  ships]  much  sooner  had 
not  the  Monzoon  hapned  contrary  this  yeare  to  what  it  hath  in  other 
yeares,"  Letter  from  Clavell  at  Balasor  to  Langhorne  at  Fort  St  George, 
17th  Dec.  1672,  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  4.  "Wee  must  also  write 
to  the  Coast  and  desire  that  they  order  two  or  three  of  the  Metch- 
lepatam  boates  in  the  Monzoones  who  may  goe  ashore  and  carry  off 
your  goods,"  Balasor  "Generall"  to  the  Court,  31st  Dec.  1672,  Factory 
Records^  Hugli,  No.  4. 

3  Compare  Schouten's  description  of  embarking  elephants  at 
Ceylon :  "  It  is  a  great  deal  of  trouble  to  get  them  on  board :  the 
rafts  and  the  boats  must  be  covered  with  grass  and  branches  of  palm- 
trees,  or  else  the  elephants  could  not  be  induced  to  pass  along  the 
rafts  or  bridges.  When  they  have  been  conducted  close  to  the  ship, 
their  eyes  are  covered,  and  large  bands  are  passed  under  the  belly 
embracing  the  whole  body ;  to  these,  pulleys  are  hooked.  Then  the 
elephants  are  hoisted  by  means  of  the  capstan,  and  are  placed  in  the 
bottom  of  the  hold."  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  34.  On  the  12th  April,  1661, 
the  Council  at  Fort  St  George  acknowledged  a  letter  from  "  Acheen," 
from  Mr  Henry  Garey  per  the  Anne,  "  now  called  the  HopeP  They 
commended  the  "great  paynes"  taken  to  get  a  cargo  of  elephants, 
and  remarked  that  the  Anne  was  the  first  ship  to  do  so,  the  other 
commanders  having  refused  to  lade  elephants  because  they  could  not 
"cutt  downe  the  sides  of  their  ships  as  the  Moors  Juncks  doe."  Factory 
Records,  Fort  St  George,  No.  14,  p.  55. 


74  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

veniencie  the  Port  they  lade  at  doth  afford.  In  Arackan 
and  Tanassaree,  the  Rivers  are  very  large  and  Navigable 
for  the  biggest  Ships  in  India  or  Elsewhere,  Soe  that 
they  float  up  to  the  Side  of  the  Citty  or  towne,  and 
have  as  it  were  a  bridge  made  of  timber  and  Planke 
Set  from  the  Shore  to  the  Ship  Side,  and  those  Ships 
Sides  of  her  Upper  Worke  is  to  be  taken  Up  Soe  low 
as  the  deck,  from  which  Entrance  are  placed  2  or  3 
Stronge  Planke  loose,  upon  which  when  the  Elephant  is 
brought  by  his  keepers,  they  fall  downwards  gradually, 
upon  which  the  Elephants  slides  downe  into  the  Ships 
hold,  where  Some  Elephant  keepers  are  ready  to  receive 
them  and  place  them  in  Order,  vizt.  a  Stronge  Spulshore^ 
on  each  Side  the  neck,  soe  that  he  cannot  goe  further 
forward  or  Further  aft ;  but  if  he  is  a  Very  tame  One 
he  hath  his  Liberty  in  the  hold,  onely  his  leggs  Seized 
a  foot  asunder  with  rattans*. 

Sometimes  for  want  of  takeinge  good  care  over  them, 
doubtlesse  they  receive  dammadge  both  to  the  Ship  and 
Endanger  their  lives,  as  for  Example. 

A  great  Ship  of  5  or  600  tunns  in  burthen  that 
belonged  to  a  great  Merchant,  an  Eminent  man  in 
Bengala,    whose     name     was     Narsam     Cawn',    In    her 


^  I  have  been  unable  to  identify  this  word  with  any  certainty. 
No  similar  spelling  occurs  in  the  dictionaries.  T.  B.  may  have  been 
using  a  word  derived  from  O.E.  spelc^  jr/27^=  splint,  splinter.  This 
occurs  as  subs,  spelch,  and,  in  the  Century  Diet,  as  a  verb,  a  by-form 
of  spelky  whence,  possibly  the  subs,  spelcher,  rendered  by  T.  B. 
phonetically,  as  spulshore.  But,  against  this  suggestion,  there  is  the 
difficulty  that  sfielc,  in  all  its  forms,  refers  to  slender  splinters  of  wood, 
and  consequently  does  not  fit  in  with  the  evident  meaning  of  spulshore. 
Therefore,  if  spelcher  be  accepted  as  the  equivalent,  it  must  also  be 
inferred  that  it  had  a  special  local  or  nautical  significance,  and  was 
applied  to  a  beam  rather  than  a  splint.  I  am  indebted  to  Dr  James 
A.  H.  Murray  for  kind  assistance  in  compiHng  this  note. 

'     2  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s,v.  Rattan. 

3  Probably  the  merchant  meant  is  the  one  to  whom  there  are 
frequent  allusions  in  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  4,  as  "Naseb  Cawne," 
"Naseeb  Chaan,"  "Nassib  Caune"  (NasTb  Khan);  he  is  described  as 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  75 

Voyadge  homeward  from  Qeylone,  One  of  theire 
Elephants  not  well  Secured,  did,  with  all  the  force  he 
cold  possibly,  run  his  tooth  through  the  Ship  Side  in 
such  a  measure  that  they  cold  not  keep  her  free  2  hours 
longer,  and  were  forced  to  betake  themselvs  to  their 
great  boat,  and  haveinge  faire  Weather  and  not  beinge 
above  30  leags  off  Shore,  they  all  Saved  theire  lives. 
I  knew  the  Master  of  her  very  well,  one  Petro  Loveyro, 
an  antient  Portuguees\ 

When  they  discharge  Elephants,  they  hoyse  them  over 
with  good  Runners  and  tackles  with  the  help  of  a  good 
Cabstant^  or  two,  and  Ship  them  On  Shore  if  the  Ship 
is  neare ;  if  not,  they  Send  them  On  Shore  in  great  flatt 
bottomed  boats  built  for  that  purpose.  Such  as  they  in 
Point   de   Gala'   or   Queda   doe    bringe   them   on    board 


one  of  the  "considerable  merchants"  at  Hugli.  In  1678  there  is  the 
following  note  as  to  this  merchant,  "A  ship  belonging  to  Nasjb  Kaun 
Shaubander  of  Ballasor,  having  lost  her  voyage  to  Maldiva,  Sett  Saile 
again  for  Bengale."  By  "  Narsam  Cawn  *  the  writer,  however,  may 
have  meant  Nazim  Khan. 

*  The  references  to  this  "antient  Portuguees"  that  have  come 
to  light  among  the  India  Office  records  are  the  following  found  in 
Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  i,  and  in  the  O,  C.  collection,  Nos. 
433 1 >  4342,  and  4343.  "I  have  procured  you  an  experienced  Pilott 
Pedro  De  Lavera."  Letter  from  Shem  Bridges  at  Balasor  to  Capt. 
Charles  Wilde,  13th  Oct.  1663.  "If  the  Coreas  and  boards  I  wrote 
for  be  not  ready  to  come  by  the  St.  George,  send  her  up  with  the 
Iron  and  any  freight  that  is  ready  which  possibly  you  may  have  from 
Pedro  O  Lavera,  who  Mr.  Vincent  tells  mee  is  arrived.... Pray  give 
my  recadoes  [greeting]  to  Pedro  O  Lavera,... Pray  aske  him  [Pedro 
O  Lavera]  for  a  small  basket  marked  E.  R.  and  another  small  parcell 
he  brought  from  John  Meeke.  The  basket  please  to  send  per  first 
sea  convayhance  and  the  parcell  (being  two  petrified  crabs)  send  by 
the  bearer,  chargeing  him  to  have  a  care  of  breakeing  them  in  the 
way.... I  understand  from  Mr.  Bugden  that  Pedro  O  Liveira  is  going 
to  the  Maldivas,  and  that  he  carried  an  adventure  of  Mr.  Clavells 
with  him  the  last  Voyage."  Letters  from  Vincent  and  Reade  at 
Hugli  to  Edwards  at  Balasor,  29th  Jan.,  6th  and  7th  Feb.  1678. 

2  i.e,  capstan. 

'  A  very  valuable  form  of  the  name.  Compare  Hobson-Jobson, 
s.v.  Galle,  Point  De ;  there  is  no  quotation  with  this  spelling.  "  The 
next  day  [nth  April,  1662]  we  anchored  in  the  bay  of  Pomte  de  Galles." 
Sckoutetty  vol.  ii.  p.  4.  "  The  Flemings  have  nested  themselves  in  the 
Portugals  Castles  at  Columbo,  Point  de  Gaul,  and  elsewhere  " ;  Fryer, 


76  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

On.  If  they  live  3  days  after  they  land,  the  fraught 
is  due,  from  500  to  800  Rupees  accordinge  as  he  is  in 
Stature  and  bulke.  They  are  the  most  Sensible  Annimal 
in  the  Universe  in  many  respects,  and  not  onely  for  what 
action  they  are  trained  Up  to,  but  the  Affection  they  beare 
one  another  after  beinge  Civilized  ;  for  if  one  chance  to 
dye,  as  I  have  sometime  Seen  On  Ship  board,  they  must  be 
sure  to  hide  him  quite  from  the  Sight  of  the  rest,  which  is 
done  by  covering  a  Saile  round  him  Untill  they  cut  him 
up  into  quarters  and  hoyse  the  dead  carcasse  Up,  other- 
ways  it  wold  Endanger  the  lives  of  Some  if  not  all  the 
rest,  and  another  Strange  thinge  is  they  will  never  runne 
wild  after  once  tamed,  nor  will  they  ingender  to  Captivate 
theire  Younge. 

Most  Eminent  Men  that  inhabit  Metchlipatam  and 
Guddorah*  are  Mahometans,  vizt.  Moors  and  Persians, 
a  Sort  of  most  Insolent  men,  Entitleinge  themselves 
Mussleman^  vizt.  true  believers,  although  very  Eroniously, 
and  not  onely  in  that  but  in  theire  carriadge  and  behaivour, 
haveinge  got  a  predominancy  over  the  Weake  Spirited 
Gentues  and   Mallabars',  Some  of  which  are  Merchants 


p.  23.  "  Colombo,  which  was  at  first  built  by  the  Portugueze,  about 
the  Year  1638,  but,  by  their  Pride  and  Insolence,  had  nnade  the  King 
of  Candia  (who  was  at  first  Sovereign  of  the  whole  Island)  their  Enemy. 
The  Dutch  taking  that  Opportunity,  made  a  League  with  the  King 
offensive  and  defensive,  and  first  attacked  and  earned  Galle  or  Ponto 
de  Galle  in  Anno  1658,  which  is  a  Fort  and  Harbour  on  the  South-west 
Point  of  the  Island,  about  20  Leagues  from  Colombo."  Alex.  Hamilton, 
East  Ifidtes,  vol.  i.  p.  337. 

^  See  note  on  p.  63.  Compare  the  following  in  "A  Narrative  of 
the  Inundation  at  Metchlepatam  "  in  1679,  O.  C.  No.  4663,  "Goodra 
(the  usual  residence  of  the  Governour)  carried  clear  away  and  some 
drowned." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Mussulman.  Compare  Mandelslo^  p.  63, 
"They  [the  Mahumetans]  are  called  Mansulmans  or  Mussulmans. 
They... believe  that  there  is  no  salvation  out  of  their  Communion, 
treating  as  Hereticks  and  Infidels,  not  only  the  Christians,  but  also  all 
such  as  profess  any  other  Religion  then  theirs."  See  also  Ind.  Ant 
vol.  xxii.  p.  112. 

3  See  notes  on  p.  6. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  ^^ 

here,  but  more  of  them  Laborious  and  Industrious  handi- 
craftsmen vizt.  Carpenters,  Smiths,  Barbers^,  Shroffs^vizt. 
Changers  of  money,  and  multas  alias. 

That  Stronge  East  India  Liquor  called  Arack'  is  made 
and  Sold  in  great  abundance  by  the  Gentues  here,  but  not 
by  the  Mahometans,  beinge  averse  from  the  law  of  their 
Patron  Mahomet,  as  alsoe  the  drinkinge  of  any  Stronge 
drinke,  which  in  Publick  is  pretty  well  Observed,  but  they 
find  means  to  besott  themselves  Enough  with  Bangha  and 
Gangah,  and.  Some  of  them,  with  any  manner  of  Stronge 
drinke  they  can  have  in  Private. 

Arack*  is  a  liquor  distilled  Severall  ways,  as  Some  out 


^  See  note  on  p.  9. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Shroff.  Compare  Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii. 
p.  161,  "the  Bannians...of  whom  some  are  Sheraffs  or  Bankers,  others 
Broakers,  employ'd  between  Merchant  and  Merchant  for  buying  and 
selling."  N.  and  E.,  p.  31,  for  5th  Aug.  1680,  has:  "Report  of  the 
weight  of  2  chests  of  gold  and  2  Bags  of  Ryalls  of  8/8  delivered  to 
the  Sharoffs  for  alloy."  Compare  also  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  p.  28, 
"A  considerable  Quantity  [of  Bullion]  is  seldom  bought  or  sold,  but  the 
Shroffs,  who  are  of  the  Chitty  Cast,  and  in  general  Brokers  to  this 
Business,  examine  and  weigh  it  impartially  betwixt  both  Parties; 
having  a  small  Allowance  for  their  Care." 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Arrack.  N.  and  E.  for  30th  Dec.  1680, 
p.  43,  has,  "  for  the  good  service  performed  by  the  Soldyers  and  Peons 
...it  is  thought  fit  to  gratify  them... a  hhdd.  Arrack  to  the  garrison." 
Compare  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India,  p.  266 f. :  "Goa...Its  chief  Produce 
is  Arack,  which  is  made  in  such  great  Quantities,  that  all  India  is 
supply'd  with  it,  as  far  as  the  Straits  of  Malacca.  There  are  several 
Sorts,  as  Single,  Double,  and  Treble  distill'd :  the  Double  distill'd, 
which  is  commonly  sent  abroad,  is  but  a  weak  Spirit  in  Comparison 
with  Batavia  Arack ;  yet  it  has  a  Flavour  so  peculiar  to  itself,  that  it  is 
justly  preferr'd  to  it,  and  all  other  Aracks  in  India.  We  bought  it  for 
13^  Rupees  per  Hogshead,  Cask  and  all;  Treble  distill'd  old  Arack 
was  worth  18  Rupees.  A  Goa  Hogshead  contains  50  Gallons  more  or 
less.  Arack  seems  to  be  an  Indian  Word  for  Strong- Waters  of  all 
sorts ;  for  they  call  our  Spirits  and  Brandy,  English  Arack.  What  we 
understand  by  that  Name  is  distill'd  from  the  Liquor,  that  runs  from 
the  Coconut-tree  without  any  other  mixture.... Batavia  Arack  is  drawn 
in  Copper  Stills ;  but,  I  am  told,  at  Goa  their  Works  are  altogether  of 
Earth,  which  makes  their  Arack  so  mild  and  pleasant.  I  have  met 
with  Colombo  and  Quilone  Arack  with  a  Cinamon  Flavour,  as  hot 
and  fiery  as  the  Spirits  we  usually  bum  in  Lamps."  See  also  Ind. 
Ant.  vol.  XXX.  p.  391,  and  Crawfurd,  Diet  of  the  Indian  Islands^s.v, 
Arrack. 


yS  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

of  the  graine  called  Rice,  another  Sort  from  the  Jagaree* 
or  Very  course  Sugar,  with  Some  drugs,  another  Sort  there 
is  that  [is]  distilled  from  Neep  toddy  and  that  is  commonly 
called  Nipa  de  Goa^  but  the  weakest  of  these  is  much 
Stronger  then  any  Wine  of  the  Grape. 

Bangha',  theire  Soe  admirable  herbe,  groweth  in  many 
places  of  this  Coast  as  alsoe  in  Bengala ;  but  Gangah*  is 
brought  from  the  Island  Sumatra,  and  is  oftentimes  Sold 
here  at  Very  high  rates.  It  is  a  thinge  that  resembleth 
hemp  Seed  and  groweth  after  the  Same  mannar,  but  the 
Other  is  of  a  larger  leafe  and  grosse  Seed.  Gangah  beinge 
of  a  more  pleasant  Operation,  much  addictinge  to  Venery, 
is  Sold  at  five  times  the  price  the  Other  is.     They  Study 


^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Jaggery.  Fryer^  p.  99,  has  "  Jaggaree  or 
Mulasso's  made  into  Past,"  and  Index,  p.  vi,  "Jaggaree,  Melossees, 
or  course  Sugar."  In  Mad.  Man,  Admn,  vol.  iii.  s,v.  Arrack,  among 
descriptions  of  various  kinds,  we  find,  "What  is  called  in  Southern 
India  puttay  arrack  or  pariah  liquor  or  country  liquor  is  distilled  from 
a  fermented  solution  of  jaggery,  the  course  sugar  obtained  from  the 
juice  of  the  date,  cocoanut,  palmyra  and  other  palms,  or  from  the 
sugar-cane." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Nipa.  It  is  the  thatching-palm  of  the 
estuaries  East  of  the  Hugli  River,  and  the  liquor  distilled  from  it.  It 
is  now  known  as  the  Dhani  (Dhunnie)  palm.  Compare  Fryer^  p.  157, 
"At  Nerule  is  made  the  best  Arach  or  Nepa  de  Goa,  with  which  the 
English  on  this  Coast  make  that  enervatmg  Liquor  called  Paunch 
[punch,  Hind.  pdncK\  (which  is  Indostan  for  Five)  from  Five  In- 
gredients." 

3  i.e.  Bhang,  Indian  hemp.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Bang,  and  the 
quotations  given  from  Fryer,  P«  91  >  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India,  p.  61, 
and  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies,  vol.  i.  p.  131. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Gunja.  Also  Crawfurd,  Diet,  of  the  Indian 
Islands,  s.v.  Hemp,  who  says  it  was  introduced  by  the  Telugus  into  the 
Archipelago  for  the  use  of  Indian  settlers.  The  writer  seems  to  look 
on  "  bangha "  and  "  gangah  "  as  products  of  two  different  plants,  but 
as  a  matter  of  fact  they  are  different  preparations  of  the  same  plant, 
Cannabis  Indica  (or  sativa).  See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxiii.  pp.  260 — 262  for 
valuable  historical  notes  taken  from  Dr  Grierson's  evidence  before  the 
Hemp-drugs  Commission,  1893-4.  He  says  that  the  earliest  mention 
oi gdnjd  is  about  1300  A.D.  See  also  Watts,  Diet,  of  Economic  Products 
of  India,  s.v.  Cannabis,  for  an  exhaustive  article  on  the  subject.  From 
this  we  learn  that  the  narcotic  is  derived  from  "the  young  tops  and/ 
unfertilised  female  flowers,  gdnjd  (or  gdnjd),  and  the  older  leaves  and 
fruit- vessels,  b/idng.^^ 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  79 

many  ways  to  Use  it,  but  not  One  of  them  that  faileth  to 
intoxicate  them  to  admiration. 

Sometimes  they  mix  it  with  theire  tobacco  and  Smoak 
it,  a  very  Speedy  way  to  be  besotted ;  at  Othersometimes 
they  chaw  it,  but  the  most  pleasant  way  of  takeinge  it  is  as 
followeth : — Pound  or  grinde  a  handful!  of  the  Seed  and 
leafe  togeather,  which  mixt  with  one  Pint  of  fresh  Water, 
and  let  it  Soake  neare  one  quarter  of  an  houre  or  more, 
then  Strained  through  a  piece  of  Calicoe^  or  what  else  is 
fine,  and  drinke  off  the  liquor,  and  in  lesse  then  ^  an  houre 
it's  Operation  will  Shew  it  Selfe  for  the  Space  of  4  or  5 
hours. 

And  it  Operates  accordinge  to  the  thoughts  or  fancy  of 
the  Partie  that  drinketh  thereof,  in  Such  manner  that  if 
he  be  merry  at  that  instant,  he  Shall  Continue  Soe  with 
Exceedinge  great  laughter  for  the  before  mentioned  Space 
of  time,  rather  overmerry  then  Otherways,  laughinge 
heartilie  at  Every  thinge  they  discerne;  and,  on  the 
Contrary,  if  it  is  taken  in  a  fearefull  or  Melancholy 
posture,  he  Shall  keep  great  lamentation  and  Seem  to 
be  in  great  anguish  of  Spirit,  takeinge  away  all  manly 
gestures  or  thoughts  from  him  I     I  have  often  Seen  these 

^  See  note  on  p.  5. 

-^  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  126,  "They  have  here  [in  Achin] 
a  sort  of  Herb  or  Plant  called  Ganga  or  Bang.  I  never  saw  any  but 
once,  and  that  was  at  some  distance  from  me.  It  appeared  to  me  like 
Hemp,  and  I  thought  it  had  been  Hemp,  till  I  was  told  to  the  contrary. 
It  is  reported  of  this  Plant,  that  if  it  is  infused  in  any  Liquor,  it  will 
stupify  the  brains  of  any  person  that  drinks  thereof ;  but  it  operates 
diversly,  according  to  the  constitution  of  the  person.  Some  it  makes 
sleepy,  some  merry,  putting  them  into  a  Laughing  fit,  and  others  it 
makes  mad :  but  after  2  or  3  hours  they  come  to  themselves  again. 
I  never  saw  the  effects  of  it  on  any  person,  but  have  heard  much 
discourse  of  it.  What  other  use  this  Plant  may  serve  for  I  know  not : 
but  I  know  it  is  much  esteemed  here,  and  in  other  places  too  whither 
it  is  transported."  Crawfurd,  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Islaruis,  p.  148,  quotes 
the  above  description,  and  says,  "The  earliest  account  of  hemp  as  a 
product  of  the  Archipelago  is  by  the  observant  Dampier,  who  saw  it  at 
Achin,  in  1688."  T.  B.'s  account  is,  however,  at  least  nine  years  earlier, 
and,  at  the  time  of  Dampier's  visit,  he  was  a  resident  in  Achin.  See 
Introduction. 


8o  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

humors  Experienced  in  Bengala.  One  for  instance  : — 
Eight  or  tenne  of  us  (Engh'shmen)  to  trye  practice,  wee 
wold  needs  drinke  Every  man  his  pint  of  Bangha,  which 
wee  purchased  in  the  Bazar  for  the  Value  of  6d.  English. 
I  ordered  my  man  to  bringe  alonge  with  him  one  of  the 
Fackeers*  (who  frequently  drinke  of  this  liquor),  promise- 
inge  him  his  dose  of  the  Same  to  come  and  Compound 
the  rest  for  us,  which  he  Cordially  and  freely  accepted 
of,  and  it  was  as  welcome  to  him  as  a  Crowne  in  moneys. 
Wee  dranke  Each  man  his  proportion,  and  Sent  the 
Fackeere  out  of  dores,  and  made  fast  all  dores  and 
Windows,  that  none  of  us  might  runne  out  into  the 
Street,  or  any  person  come  in  to  behold  any  of  our 
humors  thereby  to  laugh  at  us. 

The  Fackeere  Sat  without  the  Street  dore,  callinge  us 
all  Kings  and  brave  fellows,  fancyinge  himselfe  to  be  at 
the  Gates  of  the  Pallace  at  Agra,  Singeinge  to  that 
purpose  in  the  Hindostan  Languadgel 

It  Soon  tooke  it's  Operation   Upon   most  of  us,  but 

^  See  note  on  p.  20. 

2  Hindostanl.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Hindostanee.  The  Direc- 
tors in  England  endeavoured  to  promote  the  study  of  Hindostanl 
among  their  servants  in  India.  On  the  i8th  December,  1671,  they 
wrote  to  Fort  St  George,  Letter  Book^  No.  4,  p.  495,  "Wee  are  sorry  to 
heare  that  wee  have  not  any  One  of  our  Servants  that  can  speake  the 
language,  Wee  now  purposely  send  you  over  some  young  men,  which 
wee  would  have  instructed  therein,  as  also  to  write  it,  that  wee  may 
not  depend  on  accidental!  persons,  And  for  the  encouragement  of  those 
that  shall  atteyne  thereto,  so  as  to  transact  businesse  with  the  Natives, 
wee  order  you  to  pay  each  of  them  20/.  as  a  gratuety,  and  that  a 
Schoole  Master  bee  allowed  for  teaching  them.  Wee  are  informed  that 
John  Thomas  hath  made  some  progress  herein,  wee  would  have  you 
encourage  him  to  proceed  to  perfection."  On  the  20th  Nov.  1674,  in 
a  "  Generall "  from  Fort  St  George  to  the  Court,  O.  C,  No.  4044,  p.  8, 
is  the  remark,  "  We  have  paid  the  pagodas  50  or  lb  20  to  John  Thomas, 
according  to  your  order  of  18  December  1671  finding  him  very  well 
introduced  in  the  Gentue  language."  On  the  12th  December,  1677, 
the  Court  wrote  again  to  Fort  St  George  on  the  subject,  Letter 
Book,  No.  5,  p.  502,  "Wee  did  some  yeers  since  propose  an  encourage- 
ment of  ;£20  a  peece  to  any  of  our  Writers  that  should  attain  to  a 
perfection  in  the  Gentue  or  Indostan  language,  but  as  yet  have  heard 
but  of.  one  proficient  therein,  wee  doe  require  you  to  reminde  them 
hereof  in  all  your  Agency...." 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  8 1 

merrily,  Save  upon  two  of  our  Number,  who  I  Suppose 
feared  it  might  doe  them  harme  not  beinge  accustomed 
thereto.  One  of  them  Sat  himselfe  downe  Upon  the 
floore,  and  wept  bitterly  all  the  Aftemoone ;  the  Other 
terrified  with  feare  did  runne  his  head  into  a  great 
Mortavan  Jarre^  and  continued  in  that  Posture  4  hours 
or  more ;  4  or  5  of  the  number  lay  upon  the  Carpets 
(that  were  Spread  in  the  roome)  highly  Complementinge 
each  Other  in  high  termes,  each  man  fancyinge  himselfe 
noe  lesse  then  an  Emperour.  One  was  quarralsome  and 
fought  with  one  of  the  wooden  Pillars  of  the  Porch,  untill 
he  had  left  himselfe  little  Skin  upon  the  knuckles  of  his 
fingers.  My  Selfe  and  one  more  Sat  sweatinge  for  the 
Space  of  3  hours  in  Exceedinge  Measure. 

Taste  it  hath  not  any,  in  my  judgement  lesse  then  faire 
water,  yet  it  is  of  Such  a  bewitchinge  Sottish  nature,  that 
whoever  Use  it  but  one  month  or  two  cannot  forsake  it 
without  much  difficultie. 

The  Governour  of  Metchlipatam*  is  a  Moore  put  into 

^  Pegu  Jar.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Martaban.  "  Mr.  White  hath 
not  taken  the  Mortevan  of  Butter  with  him."  Letter  from  Wm.  How 
at  Masulipatam  to  Mrs  Mainwaring,  22nd  April,  1679;  ^-  ^-j  No.  4600. 
For  an  article  on  Pegu  Jars,  see  Irid,  Ant.  vol.  xxii.  p.  364  f.  Tavernier^ 
vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  180  has,  "They  take  a  great  Earthen  pot,  well  glaz'd 
within,  which  they  call  Martavane." 

^  The  Governor  at  the  time  of  which  T.  B.  writes  was  "Aga  GilloU" 
[Agha  Jalal],  of  whose  oppressions  there  are  frequent  and  bitter  com- 
plaints in  the  letters  from  Masulipatam,  1673 — ^^11  {Factory  Records^ 
Masulipatam,  No.  6).  On  the  2nd  January,  1677,  Streynsham  Master, 
who  stayed  at  Masulipatam  on  his  return  journey  to  Fort  St  George, 
received  a  visit  from  the  Governor ;  "  Agga  GeloU  the  Governour  of 
the  Towne  with  the  Shabundar  and  others  came  to  the  Factory  to  see 
me,  he  was  very  civill  in  his  expressions,  and  noe  pretence  would  serve 
to  excuse  receiving  an  entertamment  at  his  house  he  was  soe  earnest 
in  his  invitation."  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  p.  297.  At  a  Consul- 
tation at  Fort  St  George  on  the  4th  Aug.  1677,  mention  is  made  of 
"a  demand  of  Aga  GilloU  Governour  of  Metchlepatam  for  about 
pagodas  550  owing  to  him  from  the  deceased  Robert  Fleetwood." 
Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  i.  In  1679,  Streynsham  Master 
made  a  second  tour  of  inspection  of  the  Company's  factories  on  the 
"  Coast  and  Bay,"  and  again  exchanged  visits  with  the  Governor  of 
Masulipatam.  In  the  Memoriall  of  Streynshafn  Master,  quoted  by 
Mackenzie,  Kistna  District,  pp.  137  and  139,  the  name  is  given  [by 

T.  6 


82  OF   GHOROMANDEL 

that  Office  by  the  Kinge  of  Golcondah,  Sole  Lord  and 
Kinge  of  all   this  Coast    Saveinge  to  the  Southward  of 
I  Porto  Novo^  which  appertaineth  to  the  Vizepore  Kinged 

?  a  misreading  of  the  MS.  text]  as  Aga  Telloll,  ''April  2nd.  Aga  Telloll 
the  Governor  of  Metchlepatam  having  been  toward  Narsapore  and 
those  places  under  his  Government  returned  to  Goodera  last  night, 
whereof  having  notice  this  day  the  Agent  sent  to  complement  him,  and 
to  acquaint  him  of  his  being  to  these  parts  to  inspect  the  Company's 
business,  to  which  message  he  returned  a  complementall  answer,  and 
that  he  should  take  a  day  to  visitt  the  Agent,  and  to  invite  him  to  an 
entertainment  at  his  house.... 4th  April.  Aga  Telol  the  Govemour 
came  to  Towne  this  morning  by  8  o'clock  directly  to  the  English 
Factory  to  visit  the  Agent  with  a  traine  of  Persians  &c.,  he  stayed 
about  an  hour... it  was  thought  best  to  retume  the  visitt  this  evening... 
and  his  treate  was  very  civill  after  a  plentifull  supper  being  closed  with  a 
present  of  a  Horse...."  The  next  day  "Aga  Telol"  was  presented  with 
250  pagodas  privately,   'he  being  a  person  rising  in  favour  at  Court." 

^  Of  this  place  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  350,  has  the 
following  description,  "The  next  Place  of  Commerce  [to  Negapatam] 
is  Porto  Novo,  so  called  by  the  Portugueze,  when  the  Sea-coasts  of 
India  belonged  to  them ;  but  when  Aurengzeb  subdued  Golcondah, 
and  the  Portugueze  Affairs  declined,  the  Mogul  set  a  Fouzdaar  in  it, 
and  gave  it  the  Name  of  Mahomet  Bander.  The  Europeans 
generally  call  it  by  its  first  Name,  and  the  Natives  by  the  last.  The 
Country  is  fertil,  healthful  and  pleasant,  and  produceth  good  Cotton 
Cloth  of  several  Qualities  and  Denominations,  which  they  sell  at  Home, 
or  export  to  Pegu,  Tanasereen,  Quedah,  Johore,  and  Atcheen  on 
Sumatra."  Fryer^  p.  175,  speaking  of  the  Sea-ports  of  the  King  of 
Visiapour,  mentions  six,  and  adds,  "the  rest  are  Possessed  by  the 
Malabar  Raja's  round  to  Porto  Novo,  which  only  is  properly  the 
King's."  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  I^orto  Novo.  N.  and  E.  for  20th 
March,  1680,  p.  13,  has  "Intelligence  received  from  Porto  Novo  that 
the  Dutch  have  leave  to  settle  a  Factory  there,"  and  on  the  6th  Jan. 
1 68 1,  p.  44,  "Accordingly  it  is  resolved  to  apply  to  the  Soobidar  of 
Sevagee's  Country  of  Chengy  for  a  Cowle  to  settle  Factories  at 
Cooraboor  and  Coonemerro  and  also  at  Porto  Novo,  if  desired,  the 
Company's  Merchants  engaging  to  deliver  cloth  there  at  the  same 
rates  as  here."  In  a  "Generall"  from  Fort  St  George,  dated  15th  April, 
1669,  O.  C.  No.  3171,  there  is  a  remark  which  shows  that  a  settlement 
at  Porto  Novo  had  been  discussed  many  years  before  1680:  "It  hath 
been  severall  times  proposed  to  us  to  send  some  persons  to  Portanova 
to  make  provision  of  Cloth  for  England  Wee  finde  that  it  is  a  place 
where  Quantityes  of  Cloth  may  be  provided  at  easy  rates,  but  being 
soe  farr  distant  it  is  not  convenient  to  bring  it  thence  by  Land  the 
charge  of  bringing  them  soe  farr,  and  the  severall  Junckans  [transit 
f  duties]  in  the  way  hither  swell  the  charge  too  much,  besides  the  length 

and  difficulty  of  the  way  and  the  Seasons  that  must  be  taken  to  pass 
the  Rivers :  but  to  these  proposalls  as  yet  wee  have  given  noe  other 
answer,  but  that  for  this  yeare  wee  have  disposed  of  all  our  monyes  and 
goods,  but  may  take  it  into  consideration  hereafter...." 

2  This  is  a  neat  bit  of  historical,  political  and  geographical  evidence. 
See  map  for  1625-40  at  the  end  of  Gribble's  History  of  the  Deccan, 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  83 

This  Governours  place  is  very  considerable,  his  honour 
great  as  a  Viceroy,  his  revenues  Very  large,  his  attendance 
Very  Stately,  accordinge  to  the  Custome  of  this  Countrey. 

His  Retinue  of  Attendants  and  Menial  Servants  are  in 
great  number ;  he  keeps  Severall  Palanchinoes\  State 
horses,  and  Roundels',  pipes,  drums,  and  trumpets,  many 
Pikemen,  2  or  300  Punes'  and  Resbutes*. 

Punes^  are  noe  Other  then  waiteinge  men,  waiteinge 
on  their  Masters,  wherever  they  goe,  and  in  time  of  any 
joutney,  they  runne  by  his  Palanchino^  or  Elephant  as 
foot  boys^  which  is  here  accompted  a  Princely  piece  of 
honour.  I  have  knowne  Some  persons  that  have  not  had 
any  Goverment  conferred  Upon  them  keep  above  300  in 
constant  Sallary,  which  is  Ordinarily  2  rupees  every 
Moone*. 

Resbutes**  are  of  another  Cast.     They  are  accompted  a 


^  See  note  on  p.  19. 

2  Umbrellas. 

^  Peons.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Peon.  "My  last  to  you  was  per 
Mr.  March  together  with  the  small  fardle  per  one  of  the  Punes."  Letter 
to  Mr  Vickers  at  Casimbazar,  17th  Sept.  1670.  O.  C,  No.  3478.  The 
"boy"  in  "foot-boys"  is  probably  also  an  Anglo-Indianism :  see 
Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Boy. 

*  A  valuable  reference  to  the  old  Indian  custom  of  payment  by  the 
month,  still  obtaining  for  every  kind  of  servant,  from  highest  to  lowest, 
official,  commercial,  and  private.     See  ante^  p.  4. 

*  Rajputs.  See  note  on  p.  19.  In  Lord's  Discoverie  of  the  Sect  of 
the  Banians^  1630,  pp.  76,  Tj^  82,  we  have,  "The  Second  Cast  or  Tribe 
being  the  Cutteryes...were  the  Ancient  Kings  and  Rulers  of  India... 
called  by  the  name  of  Raiahs  which  signifieth  a  King... having  many 
resolute  Souldiers... called  Rashpootes,  which  implyeth  as  much  as  the 
Sonnes  of  Kings."  Compare  Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  161,  "The 
second  Caste  is  that  of  the  Raspoutes  or  Ketris,  that  is  to  say,  Warriors 
and  warlike  people.... All  the  Raja's  are  of  this  Caste... all  of  this  second 
Caste  are  not  Warriours ;  for  they  are  the  Raspoutes  only  that  go  to 
War,  and  are  all  Horsemen.  But  for  the  Ketris,  they  are  degenerated 
from  their  Ancestors,  and  of  Soldiers  are  become  Merchants."  Fryer^ 
p.  27,  has,  "  Next  in  esteem  [after  the  Brahmins]  were  the  Rashwaws, 
Rashpoots,  or  Souldiers."  Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  63,  says  "The  second 
is  the  Tribe  of  the  Catry  or  Raspoutes,  who  make  profession  of  Arms." 
"  The  Mazar  or  certificate  about  the  Rajapootes  Sonn  have  not  yet  re- 
ceived." 6th  Jan.  1680,  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  5.  Compare  also 
De  la  Loublre^  p.  97,  "The  foreign  Guard  [of  the  King  of  Siam]  consists... 

6—2 


84  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

most  Valiant  people  that  live  by  the  Sword,  and  Ought, 
when  upon  any  occasion  they  are  forced  to  draw  theire 
great  backswords  for  defence  of  theire  Lord  and  Master, 
never  to  put  them  up  againe  Unrevenged  of  their  Enemies, 
but  Utterly  to  destroy  them.  But  these  are  but  Scare- 
crows to  the  poore  ignorant  natives,  for  I  have  Seen  them 
take  themselves  to  their  heels,  and  make  a  Runninge  fight, 
when  a  Small  number  of  Frenchmen,  not  Exceedinge  one 
dozen,  drove  about  200  of  them  before  them,  and  as  it  was 
Upon  theire  owne  Dunghill,  vizt.  within  this  Towne.  And 
a  more  memorable  fight  Sir  Edward  Winter  had  with 
above  300  of  them  horse  and  foot  Upon  Guddorah^  bridge, 
when  he  and  his  Trumpeter  cleared  the  way  and  drove 
Severall  of  them  Over  the  bridge  to  the  great  Astonish* 
ment  of  all  the  Natives  and  Fame  of  that  Worthy 
Knights 

lastly  in  two  Companies  of  Twenty  five  Men  each,  Pagans  of  the  true 
India,  habited  like  the  Moors,  which  are  called  Rasbouts,  or  Raggi- 
bouts,  who  boast  themselves  to  be  of  the  Royal  blood,  and  whose 
Courage  is  very  famous,  though  it  be  only  the  effect  of  Opium." 

*  See  note  on  p.  63. 

2  This  is  a  characteristic  story  of  the  fiery  Sir  Edward  Winter,  who 
was  appointed  Governor  of  Fort  St  George  in  166 1.  He  arrived  in 
India  in  1662,  and  held  the  office  by  right  for  three  years,  and  by 
usurpation  for  an  additional  three.  In  1665,  Winter  was  superseded 
from  home  by  George  Foxcroft.  Instead  of  resigning,  he  imprisoned 
his  successor  and  governed  on  his  own  account  in  Foxcroft's  place. 
In  1668  Winter  was  compelled  to  release  Foxcroft,  who  assumed 
office ;  but  Sir  Edward's  outrageous  conduct  was  practically  condoned. 
With  regard  to  the  skirmish  above  mentioned,  it  may  have  taken 
place  in  1663,  for  on  the  2nd  January,  Sir  Edward  wrote  to  Sir  Thomas 
Chamberlin,  Deputy  Governor  in  London,  O.C.  No.  2964,  "I  have 
bin  in  much  trouble  to  compose  a  difference  with  the  Moores,  created 
by  them,  who  at  my  being  at  Mesulapatam  one  evening  fell  upon  us, 
and  kild  one  of  our  English  Servants  and  wounded  mee  in  severall 
places,  and  hurt  others,  without  any  reason  knowne  to  us."  Sir  Edward 
was  not  likely  to  avoid  retaliating  when  the  chance  occurred,  but 
I  can  find  no  actual  account  in  the  records  of  the  time  of  the  fight  on 
"Guddorah"  bridge.  I  am,  however,  indebted  to  Mr  W.  Foster,  for 
drawing  my  attention  to  the  monument  erected  to  Sir  Edward  Winter  in 
the  Parish  Church  of  Battersea.  A  Latin  inscription  is  followed  by 
eulogistic  lines,  seven  of  which  run  as  follows  : 

"Nor  less  in  Martiall  Honour  was  his  name, 
Witness  his  actions  of  Immortal  Fame : 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  85 

Roundels^  Are  in  these  Warm  CHmats  very  Necessarie, 
to  keep  the  ©^  from  Scorchinge  a  man ;  they  may  alsoe 
and  are  Serviceable  to  keep  the  raine  off.  Most  men  of 
accompt  maintaine  one,  2,  or  3  roundelliers^  whose  office 
is  onely  to  attend  theire  Masters  Motion.  They  are  Very 
light  but  of  Exceedinge  Stiffnesse,  beinge  for  the  most 
part  made  of  Rhinocerots  hide,  very  decently  painted  and 
Guilded  with  what  flowrs  they  best  admire.  On  the  inside 
exactly  in  the  midst  thereof  is  fixed  a  Smooth  handle 
(made  of  wood)  by  which  the  Roundeliere'  doth  carry  it, 
holdinge  it  up,  with  one  hand,  a  foot  or  more  above  his 
Master's  head,  directinge  the  Centre  thereof  as  Opposite  to 
the  Q'^  as  possibly  he  may.  Sumbareros  or  Catysols*  are 
here  very  Usefull  and  necessarie  for  the  Same  purpose, 
which  are  carried  3  or  4  foot  or  more  above  a  mans  head, 


Alone,  unarm'd  a  Tygre  He  opprest, 
And  crusht  to  death  the  Monster  of  a  Beast. 
Thrice  twenty  mounted  Moors  he  overthrew 
Singly  on  foot,  some  wounded,  some  he  slew ; 
Dispersed  the  rest:  what  more  cou'd  Sampson  do?" 

A  quaint  representation  of  these  two  exploits  is  engraven  on  the 
monument.  In  all  probability  the  overthrow  of  the  "mounted  Moors" 
and  the  skirmish  related  by  T.B.  are  identical. 

^  A  state  umbrella  and  a  constant  source  of  bickering  in  the 
old  Anglo-Indian  days.  N.  and  E.  p.  40,  for  i6th  Feb.  1676,  has 
"Whereas  each  hath  his  peon  and  some  more  with  their  Rondells, 
that  none  be  permitted  but  as  at  the  Fort;"  and  p.  15  for  1680, 
"To  Verona's  adopted  son  was  given  the  name  of  Muddoo  Verona 
and  a  Rundell  to  be  carried  over  him  in  respect  to  the  memory  of 
Verona;"  and  p.  72  for  8th  January,  1680,  "Six  men  for  dutys, 
Rundell,  and  Kittesale."     See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Roundel. 

2  Sailors'  mark  in  old  logs  for  "the  sun." 

3  Roundel-boy,  umbrella-carrier.  Compare  the  following  refer- 
ence in  a  letter  from  Madapollam  to  Masulipatam,  19th  July,  1679, 
O.C.  No.  4633,  "The  bearer  is  my  rundelleere  who  you  may  send 
on  board." 

*  An  umbrella,  especially  the  Chinese  variety  of  paper  with  a 
bamboo  handle.  See  Ind,  Ant.  vol.  xxx.  p.  347.  Compare  the  follow- 
ing in  a  letter  from  John  Haines  at  Hugli  to  Job  Charnock,  21st  Sept. 
1687,  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  11,  "The  kittysol  will  take  about 
2}  yds.  scarlet."  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Kittysol,  and  also  s.v. 
Sombrero.  In  the  old  writers,  sombrero  was  always  an  umbrella  and 
never  a  hat. 


86  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

and  Shade  a  great  matter,  beinge  rather  more  Convenient 
then  the  Other  but  not  soe  fashionable  or  Honourable,  by 
reason  any  man  whatever  that  will  goe  to  the  Charge  of  it, 
which  is  noe  great  Matter,  may  have  one  or  more  Catysols 
to  attend  him,  but  not  a  Roundell  Unlesse  he  be  in  a 
Credible  Office,  and  then  noe  more  then  one  Unlesse  he 
be  a  Governour  or  One  of  the  Councell.  The  Same 
Custome  the  English  hold  good  amongst  their  own  people, 
whereby  they  may  be  distinguished  by  the  Natives^ 

A  Palanchino  is  of  the  forme  above  described*,  beinge 

^  The  whole  paragraph  is  a  valuable  contribution  to  the  history  of 
the  words  roundell,  sombrero,  and  kittysol  (as  it  is  usually  spelt),  all 
meaning  umbrellas  of  sorts.  The  use  of  umbrellas,  especially  of 
roundells,  formed  the  subject  of  sumptuary  regulations  on  the  part  of  the 
Company  for  over  a  century.  The  allusion  in  the  text  is  to  a  fulmi- 
nation  at  Masulipatam  during  Streynsham  Master's  visit,  i6th  Aug. 
1676  {Diary  of  Streynshatn  Master,  p.  41) — "There  being  an  ill 
custome  in  the  Factory  of  writers  haveing  roundells  carried  over 
their  heads  which  is  not  used  or  allowed  by  the  Government  of  the 
Towne,  but  only  to  the  Governour  and  three  next  principall  officers 
and  to  two  or  three  eminent  merchants  of  ancient  standing  and  by 
the  Dutch  only  their  Cheife,  Second,  and  third  who  are  of  their 
Councell,  and  at  Fort  St.  George  is  allowed  only  to  the  Councell  and 
Chaplaine,  It  is  therefore  ordered  that  noe  Person  in  this  Factory 
shall  have  a  roundell  carried  over  them  but  such  as  are  of  Councell 
and  the  Chaplaine."  The  present  editor  recollects  a  certain  Colonel  of 
the  older  fashion  in  Madras  in  1872-3  who  regularly  had  a  roundell 
carried  by  a  roundell-boy  after  him  wherever  he  went  in  Fort  St  George 
in  the  daytime.     Compare  Fryer,  p.  30,  who  calls  them  Arundells. 

2  The  illustration  is  of  interest  as  showing  that  the  author  by 
palanchino  meant,  not  the  palankeen  of  to-day,  but  the  glorified  litter 
known  as  the  muncheel  {nianchal)  in  the  Madras  Presidency.  See 
note  on  p.  19.  Compare  the  description  of  "Palanquins"  in  Thevenoty 
part  iii.  p.  54 — ** Palanquin... is  a  kind  of  Couch  witli  four  feet,  having 
on  each  side  Ballisters  four  or  five  Inches  high,  and  at  the  head  and 
feet  a  back-stay  like  a  Childs  Cradle,  which  sometimes  is  open  like 
Ballisters,  and  sometimes  close  and  Solid.  This  machine  hangs  by  a 
long  Pole,  which  they  call  Pambou,  by  means  of  two  frames  nailed  to  the 
feet  of  the  Couch,  which  are  almost  like  to  those  that  are  put  to  the 
top  of  moving  Doors,  to  fasten  Hangings  by ;  and  these  two  frames 
which  are  the  one  at  the  head,  and  the  other  at  the  opposite  end, 
have  Rings  through  which  great  Ropes  are  put,  that  fasten  and  hang 
the  Couch  to  the  Pambou.... If  a  Woman  be  in  it,  it  is  covered  close 
over  with  red  Searge,  or  with  Velvet  if  she  be  a  great  Lady.. ..Every 
one  adorns  his  Palanquin  according  to  his  humour,  some  have  them 
covered  with  plates  of  carved  Silver,  and  others  have  them  only 
painted  with  Flowers  and  other  Curiosities,  or  beset  round  with  guilt 
Balls...." 


6^  8  * 


F      ^ 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  8/ 

a  longe  Square  Frame  about  6  foot  in  length,  and  3  or  3J 
foot  broad,  very  neatly  inlaid  with  Ivory  and  Turtle  Shell 
of  Excellent  Workman  Ship  plated  with  Silver,  (as  the 
Owner's  pleasure  is  to  bestow  Cost  thereon)  with  a  large 
Bamboo,  of  about  15  or  16  foot  longe,  crooked  in  the 
middle  for  the  conveniencie  of  sittinge  Upright,  or  may 
ly  downe  and  Sleep  in  it,  with  a  Scarlet  or  broadcloth 
coveringe  (called  a  Pingaree)^  Stretched  out  Square.  This 
is  carried  by  4  men  at  once  (as  in  the  figure).  Xjpon  a 
journey  they  goe  8  for  the  relieveinge  one  another ;  they 
are  called  Gualas^  and  will  carry  one  40  miles  per  diem 
with  noe  great  difficulty. 

They  are  of  a  Cast  by  themselvs,  worshipinge  Stocks 
and  Stones,  and  differ  in  many  respects  from  the  rest  of 
the  Idolaters,  and  live  amongst  themselves. 


^  The  author  seems  to  mean  the  Hindostani  vford.  pinjari,  a  bier, 
small  cage,  small  frame-work. 

2  The  Gowala  (cow-keeper)  caste  were  employed  as  "bearers"  in 
Bengal,  and  the  author  is  probably  confusing  the  "  Guallas "  of  the 
northern  province  with  the  Kaval  of  Madras.  Compare  the  follow- 
ing extracts  from  contemporary  Bengal  records  :  "  We  shall,  as  soon 
as  you  advise  you  are  ready,  send  Gwalies  and  Cahars  to  meete  you 
at  Kendoa."  Balasor,  4th  July,  1674;  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  4. 
"You  may  have  it  [the  wine]  carried  overland... by  the  Gualloes." 
Balasor,  29th  May,  1678;  O.C,  No.  4433.  "This  morning  a  Gualla 
came  from  the  Town  and  informed  us  &c."  Balasor,  17th  Dec.  1687; 
Factory  Records,  Balasor,  No.  i.  "This  comes  by  the  Gualla's  whom 
your  worship  sent  up  upon  my  boat  to  fetch  the  pumpelmouces  from 
Cossimbuzar."  Hugli,  i  ith  Sept.  1687 ;  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  11. 
These  "  Guallas  "  however,  seem  to  have  been  porters  and  messengers 
rather  than  palankeen-bearers.  The  bearer-caste  is  the  Kahar,  and 
there  are  many  references  to  them  in  the  Bengal  records,  e.g.  "Wee 
find  not  that  Cahars  for  a  Palenkin  were  ever  kept  in  Hugly  when  any 
under  the  Second  were  there  however  wee  ordered  you  to  keep  four 
cahars  in  constant  pay."  Hugli,  10th  Feb.  1673;  Factory  Records^ 
Hugli,  No.  4.  "  We  allow  you  8  Caharrs  for  the  Pallenkeene  and  no 
more."  Hugli,  28th  Sept.  1677  ;  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  4. 
Of  "Guallas"  Risley,  Tribes  and  Castes  of  Bengal,  vol.  ii.  p.  284, 
remarks,  "Goalas  are  very  strong  in  Orissa,  and  a  large  proportion  of 
the  Uriyas  employed  as  personal  servants  by  Europeans  belong  to 
that  caste."  The  Tamil  word  Kaval  is  a  guard,  palankeen -bearer, 
body  servant;  but  the  usual  European  term  is  "boy"  from  the  Boyi 
(Telugu)  Caste,  primarily  fishermen,  with  common  or  secondary  occu- 
pations as  bearers  of  letters  and  palankeen  and  domestic  servants. 
On  the  whole,  it  seems  probable  that  the  author  was  thinking  of  the 
Bengal  palankeen-bearer  when  he  wrote  "  Guala." 


88  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

The  Moors  have,  within  a  Very  few  years,  put  many 
grievous  Affronts  both  Upon  the  English  and  Dutch, 
which  formerly  they  durst  not  attempt  the  meanest  of 
them,  Soe  that  without  all  dispute  wee  have  occasioned 
Such  things  by  our  low  Spiritednesse,  and  Selfe  interest, 
mindinge  that  more  then  any  future  benefit  or  Nationall 
good,  as  I  my  Selfe  can  instance  in  many  respects,  but 
rather  leave  it  to  theire  Own  Considerations  to  Seeke 
theire  remedies.  For  one  thinge  I  dare  be  bold  to  assert, 
that  our  Chiefe  nor  his  Councill  did  Ever  make  their 
agrievances  known  to  the  Kinge  of  Golcondah,  when 
English  men  have  been  most  bloodily  murthered  in  the 
Open  Streets ^ 

Anno  Domini  1675/6  The  Kinge^  came  on  Progresse  to 
Metchlipatam  with  a  Very  great  Retinue.  He  adventured 
his  Person  On  board  2  English  Ships  (that  lay  in  the 
Roade)  which,  if  I  mistake  not,  is  more  then  his  Ministers 
ever  did,  but  the  [?by]  Some  wise  men  in  his  dominions  it 
was  accompted  a  great  piece  of  lightnesse  in  him*. 

^  The  high-handed  and  spirited  policy  of  Sir  Edward  Winter  was 
not  encouraged  by  the  Court  nor  maintained  by  his  successors, 
Foxcroft  and  Langhorne.  The  records  during  the  time  of  these  two 
Governors  are  full  of  complaints  of  oppression  by  the  "Moors"  and 
constant  stoppages  of  trade,  but,  in  almost  every  instance,  recourse 
was  had  to  bribery  rather  than  force. 

2  This  was  Abu'l-Hassan  Shah,  the  last  of  the  Qutb  Shahl  Dynasty 
of  Golconda,  1672 — 1683.  See  Cribble,  History  of  the  Deccan^  vol.  i. 
pp.  285,  299—309. 

3  In  the  MS.  records  preserved  at  the  India  Office  (^Factory 
Records^  Masulipatam,  Nos.  6  and  10,  Miscellaneous,  No.  3a ;  Letter 
Book^  No.  6 ;  Diary  of  Streynshafn  Master)  full  particulars  of  the  King's 
visit  to  Masulipatam  are  given.  From  these  I  have  extracted  the 
following  details  :  On  the  19th  Dec.  1675,  Mr  Main  waring  informed 
Mr  Puckle,  "Just  now  our  Covr.  Sarsamut  Shabandand  &ca  officers 
of  the  towne  who  are  together  at  the  Nababs  house  advised  mee  that 
the  King  would  be  here  in  a  very  Short  time  and  therefore  would  have 
us  prepare  our  Selves  to  meet  him  with  a  present,  this  affaire  being 
of  great  concerne  to  our  Honourable  Imployers  I  desire  you  all  imme- 
diately upon  receipt  hereof  to  repaire  hither  to  Consult  the  needful! 
and  bring  with  you  100  peons  with  what  else  you  think  needfuU  that 
soe  wee  may  appeare  with  as  much  Splendour  as  our  Neibours  the 
Dutch  who  are  making  all  the  preparations  possible... if  any  of  you 
have  any  thing  by  you  that  you  may  judge  may  be  acceptable  to  the 
King  please  to  bring  it  with  you,  allso  as  many  Settes  of  boyes  as 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  89 

you  judge  may  be  sufficient  for  us  all  in  this  towne  being  already 
taken  up."  On  the  21st  Dec.  orders  were  sent  to  the  Company's 
servants  at  Masulipatam  "to  prepare  themselves  to  meet  the  King  at 
Rezwar  two  days  Journey  from  hence  with  a  present."  On  the  22nd 
the- "Chief  &c  of  Metchlepatam "  wrote  to  MaddapoUam,  "Wee  are 
strongly  allarmed  with  the  Kings  approach  which  putts  the  whole 
towne  into  a  Hurry  for  his  reception  and  you  can  but  be  Sensible 
what  we  Labour  under  Seeing  the  Dutch  make  large  provissions  to 
meet  him  and  to  present  him."  Again,  on  the  29th  Dec,  "  Wee  under- 
stand that  the  King  arrived  at  Cundapella  last  night  and  intends  to 
come  to  MadapoUam  and  from  thence  to  Cummum,"  and,  in  a 
letter  to  Fort  St  George  of  the  same  date,  "he  [the  King]  is  Re- 
ported to  March  with  So  Numerous  a  traine  that  he  devours  all  the 
Country  up  where  he  comes.  Wee  expect  every  hour  to  be  summoned 
to  goe  to  meet  him."  On  the  ist  Jan.  1676,  news  was  sent  to  Mada- 
poUam that  "Here  is  a  report  that  the  King  is  gone  to  Rogermundrum, 
and  from  thence  intends  to  come  to  Metchlepatam."  A  letter  to 
Fort  St  George  dated  19th  Jan.  gives  a  full  account  of  the  royal  visit — 
"Wee  advised  you  [on  the  15th  Jan.]  that  in  a  day  or  two  wee  would 
dispatch  the  other  two  remaining  Ships,  but  the  King  coming  to  town 
the  1 7th,  commanded  us  to  stop  these  two  Ships,  [the  Loyall  Subject 
and  the  Unity]  untill  he  should  have  gone  aboard  them,  yesterday  he 
went  aboard  a  Dutch  Ship,  which  they  had  detained  and  fitted  for  his 
reception,  amongst  other  their  Galantry  they  had  the  impudence  to 
put  ours  and  the  French  Kings  Flag  under  theirs  in  the  mizen  topp, 
and  thereby  to  render  us  low  and  contemptable  in  the  Kings  eyes, 
whereat  wee  were  all  highly  concerned,  and  thereupon  wee  repaired 
on  board  our  Ships,  and  ordered  the  Commanders  to  Salute  hi^ 
majesty  with  their  Gunns,  and  from  thence  went  with  the  trumpets  to 
waite  on  his  majesty  on  his  owne  Shipp  the  Indulgence  where  wee 
acquainted  him  with  the  indignity  offer'd  to  our  King,  who  thereupon 
ordered  it  to  be  taken  downe  (which  was  immediately  performed)  and 
afterward  upon  our  invitation  was  pleased  to  come  on  board  the 
Loyall  Subject  (notwithstanding  the  Dutch  endeavoured  all  they  could 
to  oppose  it)  where  he  continued  two  houres  and  did  express  much 
Satisfaction,  ordering  us  to  fire  Severall  Gunns  for  his  delight  which 
he  would  not  permitt  on  board  the  Dutch  Shipp,  and  at  his  departure 
declared  that  he  would  this  morning  visit  them  againe  early  and  com- 
manded us  to  be  ready  to  attend  him,  whereupon  we  last  night  sent 
our  order  to  both  the  Commanders  for  the  fitting  their  Shipps  in 
a  better  Equipage  for  his  reception  and  this  morning  we  were  early  at 
the  Banksall  to  attend  his  majesties  motion,  but  being  by  some  other 
pastimes  diverted  he  came  not  to  the  Barr  where  wee  waited  for  him 
till  the  Ebb  was  so  far  spent  that  it  was  too  late  for  him  to  pass  the 
Barr,  and  thereupon  returned  againe  to  towne  whether  wee  attended 
him  with  a  noyse  of  trumpets  and  makeing  inquiry  of  the  Serkell 
concerning  his  Majesties  further  purpose  of  goeing  on  board  our 
Ships,  wee  received  answer  that  his  majesty  would  now  desist  from 
it,  whereupon  wee  resolved  and  do  now  accordingly  give  them 
dispatch,  which  before  his  majesties  purpose  was  knowne  wee  thought 
it  not  safe  to  doe  for  the  avoiding  all  occasion  of  offence."  The  Agent 
and  Council  left  their  Factory  for  the  accommodation  of  the  King 
during  his  visit,  having  first  taken  the  precaution  to  remove  the 
Company's  treasure  "to  their  garden  for  safety  during  their  absence." 
The  entertainment  of  the  King  amounted   to   "  Pagodas  6149  :  04, 


go  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

The  Ships  were  the  Loyall  Subject,  Captain  Goodlad^ 

A  great  sum  but  unavoidable  and  a  good  Phirmaund  obteyned."     The 
following  are  the  details  of  the  present : 

Pags.    fan. 

His  Majesty 2552  20 

To  Maddana  the  second  person        .        .        .        ,  1 1 10  04 

To  the  Cirkell  chancellor 1 251  08 

To  the  Govemour  of  Metchlepatam         .         .         .  300  24 

Scarlett  us'd  17  yards 42  16 

Broad  cloth  us'd  7  pees  14^  yds        .         .         .         ,  138  16 

Lead  to  the  Cirkell  lomds.  2 J  seer           ...  51 

Dungarees  us'd  4 J  pees 15 

Longcloth  us'd  16  pees 18  — 

Twine  ^  maund 3 

Ropes  2  maund 10 

8  Pottles  of  Canary  and  Brandy       ....  8  00 
Charges   Extraordinary  for  peons  Boyes  Cooleys 

Provisions  &ca 625  25 

To  the  Sarsamutt .        .  25  00 

To  the  Shabander 20  00 

To  the  Banksall  people 6  00 

To  the  Governours  Bramina  and  Servants       .         .  .    40  00 

To  the  Gate  people 2  00 

To  the  Cattwalls  people 2  00 

Pagodas    6149  04 

The  insolence  of  the  Dutch  was  not  allowed  to  pass  unnoticed. 
It  was  reported  to  the  Court,  and,  in  October,  1676,  the  Directors 
wrote  as  follows  to  the  "  Honble.  Directors  of  the  Netherlands  East 
India  Co. — Wee  cannot  but  acquaint  you  with  what  advice  wee 
received  from  Metchlepatam  by  our  last  shipping  Vizt.  That  on  the 
1 8th  January  1675/6  when  the  King  of  Gulcondah  was  in  the  Road  of 
Metchlepatam  goeing  on  board  severall  ships  That  a  Ship  of  yours 
did  put  our  Flagg  under  their  own  in  the  fore  and  Mizen  Top,  which 
had  occasioned  a  Broyl,  had  not  the  king  immediately  commanded 
the  takeing  of  it  down ;  One  of  our  Commanders  sent  on  board  to 
know  the  name  of  the  ship  and  Captain,  but  they  denied  to  tell  them." 
No  notice  appears  to  have  been  taken  of  this  remonstrance,  nor  had 
the  earlier  protests  of  the  Company's  servants  in  India  received 
any  attention  if  we  may  judge  from  an  entry  in  the  Diary  of 
Streynsham  Master  under  date  17th  August,  1676 — "The  Skipper  of 
the  ship  who  affronted  the  English  in  the  business  of  the  Flag  the  last 
yeare  was  now  in  the  same  ship  in  the  Road  [of  Masulipatam]  and  a 
report  went  that  he  was  turned  out  for  that  fact  but  the  English  looked 
upon  it  as  a  juggle." 

^  The  Goodlads  were  a  notable  family  of  sea  captains  in  the  17th 
century.  They  all  appear  to  have  been  related  to  William  Goodlad, 
Master  of  Trinity  House,  who  died  on  the  23rd  Jan.  1640,  and  is  buried 
in  Leigh  Church,  Essex.  There  were  five  Goodlads,  captains  in  the 
Company's  service,  between  1667  and  1687,  and  two  at  least  among 
the  number  had  most  adventurous  careers.  The  one  referred  to  in 
the  text  is  Captain  William  Goodlad.  He  commanded  the  Greyhound 
from  about  1669  till   1671,  when,  on   his   return  from  a  voyage  to 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  9I 

Commander,  and  the  Unity,  Captain  Cruffe^  Commander. 

Bantam,  he  succeeded  Captain  Arnold  Browne  as  commander  of  the 
Loyall  Subject^  in  which  ship  he  made  four  voyages.  In  1671,  William 
Goodlad  sailed  the  Loyall  Subject^  burthen  450  tons,  owners  Messrs. 
Squire,  Breton,  and  others,  to  Fort  St  George.  While  there,  in  1672, 
he  was  present  at  a  Consultation  held  to  discuss  the  advisability  of 
strengthening  the  fortifications  after  the  taking  of  St  Thomd  by  the 
French.  He  concurred  in  the  advice  given  to  raise  the  wall  5  ft.  from 
"  St.  Thoma  poynt  to  the  Salt  petre  Godowns."  From  Fort  St  George 
William  Goodlad  went  to  Balasor,  returning  to  England  in  May,  1673. 
In  Dec.  1674  he  again  went  to  Fort  St  George  with  the  Loyall  Subject^ 
burthen  470  tons.  She  arrived  on  the  9th  July,  and  at  the  end  of  the 
month  was  sent  to  Masulipatam  "with  her  sickly  crew  of  men... where- 
of 21  buried."  Matthew  Mainwaring,  the  Agent  at  Masulipatam,  was 
ordered  to  provide  the  Loyall  Subject  with  more  English,  "  or  at  least 
Lascars."  It  was  in  this  voyage  that  the  celebrated  Samuel  White 
came  out  as  mate,  and  while  at  Masulipatam,  during  the  time  our 
author  mentions,  stole  away  "  Mistress  Povey  that  was  sent  for  to 
Madras  to  marry  young  Mr.  Jearsey"  and  married  her  there  himself 
On  the  6th  Aug.  1675  William  Goodlad  was  ordered  to  take  his  ship 
to  "the  Bay,"  but  was  delayed  for  some  days  owing  to  a  "violent 
sicknesse."  .  He  returned  to  Masulipatam  at  the  end  of  the  year  and 
was  to  have  been  despatched  to  Fort  St  George  early  in  January,  but 
the  King's  visit,  as  described  by  T.  B.,  kept  him  at  Masulipatam  till 
the  end  of  January.  On  the  24th  of  the  month  he  wrote  the  following 
letter  to  the  Agent  at  the  Fort :  "  On  board  the  Loyall  Subject,  24th 
January,  1675/6.  Right  Honble.  Sir,  The  22d  Instant  we  sailed  from 
out  of  Metchlepatam  roade,  the  i8th  and  20th  the  King  of  Gulcondah 
with  all  his  nobles  was  aboard  our  Ship  with  our  Commissioners  to 
waite  upon  him,  we  fired  at  least  two  hundred  and  fiftie,  or  sixtie 
Peices  of  Ordnance,  was  forced  to  run  out  all  our  lower  Gunns,  and 
pull  downe  our  Bulke  head  of  the  Partition  in  the  great  Cabine,  which 
put  us  to  a  great  charge  and  trouble,  our  powder  spent  in  the  two  dales 
comes  to  neare  eight  hundered  pounds  for  which  I  have  the  Com- 
missioners order  to  your  honour  to  supplie,  The  King  was  extreemly 
pleased  with  our  shipp,  and  very  familiar,  at  his  going  ashore  tooke 
Capt.  Cruft  and  my  Selfe  with  him.  And  visited  us,  which  was  no 
small  griefe  to  the  Dutch,  which  putt  our  English  Anctent  under  their 
colours,  But  was  forced  to  take  them  downe  to  their  disgrace,  I  shall 
wait  upon  your  Honour  with  all  convenient  speed...."  In  October, 
1676,  Capt.  William  Goodlad  set  out  from  England  to  Bantam,  whence 
he  returned  in  Dec.  1677.  In  Dec.  1678  he  went  on  his  last  voyage, 
also  to  Bantam.  The  ship's  burthen  was  then  650  tons.  While  at 
Bantam  the  Loyall  Subject  sprang  a  leak,  and  during  their  enforced 
detention  the  Captain  and  crew  suffered  from  the  effects  of  the  climate. 
They  reached  England  in  a  sickly  condition  in  1680,  and  the  Captain 
died  almost  immediately  after  landing.  (The  information  here  given 
has  been  extracted  chiefly  from  Court  Books,  Letter  Books,  Factory 
Records,  Masulipatam,  Hugli,  Java,  and  Fort  St  George.) 

^  Captain  William  Cruft,  Croft,  Cruffe,  or  Cruff  commanded  the 
Unity  for  about  ten  years,  from  1669  to  1679,  and,  during  that  time, 
made  four  voyages  to  India.  He  twice  fell  under  the  displeasure  of 
the  Court,  once  for  the  non-observance  of  religious  duties  on  board 


92  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

He  staid  here  Severall  days,  and  went  On  board  a  Dutch 
Flyboate'  alsoe,  they  then  haveihge  noe  Other  in  the  Roade. 

his  ship,  and  once  for  lukewarmness  in  an  engagement  with  the 
Dutch  on  his  return  voyage  in  1674.  He  was  dismissed  the  Honble. 
Compan/s  service  on  each  occasion,  but  on  "  promising  reformation, 
acknowledging  his  offence  and  begging  pardon"  he  was  reinstated. 
With  regard  to  the  first  dismissal  we  read,  "The  Capt.  Acknowledgeth 
his  Error  and  saith  there  was  noe  publique  prayers  on  board  his  shipp 
but  yett  he  permitted  not  any  vice  as  Swearing  Drunkenesse  or  other 
disorders  in  any  persons  of  the  shipps  Company."  The  Unity  was 
owned  by  Mr  Lethioulier;  her  burthen  in  1672  was  325  tons,  and  she 
carried  26  guns  and  'jZ  men.  Captain  Cruft  brought  out  the  great 
traveller,  Fryer,  in  1672  (vide  Fryer,  p.  11).  It  was  during  her  third 
voyage  (1674 — 1676)  that  the  King  of  Golcondah  went  on  board  the 
Unity  at  Masulipatam.  Her  fourth  voyage  occupied  2^  years;  for 
she  went  to  St  Helena,  Fort  St  George,  Bantam,  Syam,  Bangkok, 
back  to  Bantam,  thence  to  Persia,  and  reached  the  Downs  in  March, 
1679.  After  this  date  there  is  no  further  mention  of  the  ship  or  her 
captain.  In  1673,  when  Captain  "  Cruff "  was  at  Masulipatam,  seven 
of  his  men  deserted  "with  his  skife."  They  were  seized  and  sent 
back,  but  pleaded  in  self-defence,  that  "  they  had  very  severe  usage 
from  their  Captain  in  abridging  them  of  Victualls."  The  following 
extracts  from  two  accounts  of  the  engagement  with  the  Dutch  in  1674 
show  a  want  of  energy  on  Capt.  Cruft's  part  during  the  action: 
"Captain  Cruft  bore  away  out  of  the  fleet  to  Lee  ward...  Captain  Cruft 
at  the  latter  end  of  the  day  came  something  nearer  then  he  was,  but 
Lay  to  Leeward  of  me,  fired  some  Gunns  at  the  enemy,  but  could  not 
doe  them  any  damage  being  at  soe  great  a  distance  from  the  Enemy, 
what  his  defects  were,  which  made  him  bare  away  I  know  not,  little  to 
be  seene  in  his  masts,  sailes,  hull  or  rigging...."  Narrative  of  the  late 
Ingagevie7tt  with  the  Dutch,  August,  1 674,  by  William  Basse.  "  As  for 
the  Massenburd,  East  India  Merchant  2ind  the  6^w/>' they  were  nearrer 
the  observation  of  the  Admirall  [than  the  *  Ceaser^']  who  Cane  best 
give  account  of  the  service  they  did.  Butt  to  my  best  diseminge  as  also 
to  others  they  did  noe  greate  mischeife  to  the  Enemie,  And  as  little 
service  to  their  owne  partie  Lyeing  for  the  most  part  to  Leward  of 
theire  devision,  soe  your  honnours  May  Judge  how  they  Answred  your 
Commandes  and  performed  their  dutie...."  Account  of  the  engage- 
ment by  —  Earving,  purser's  mate  of  the  ship  Sampson,  If  these 
accounts  are  correct  it  does  riot  appear  that  Capt.  Cruft  cut  a  very 
creditable  figure  in  this  action  with  the  Dutch.  (The  particulars  here 
given  have  been  taken  from  the  same  sources  as  those  given  above 
for  Capt.  Goodlad,  with  the  addition  of  the  O.  C.  Collection,  and 
Anderson's  Siam.) 

^  Fly-boat,  a  fast-sailing  vessel  used  chiefly  in  the  sixteenth  and 
seventeenth  centuries  for  rapid  transport  of  goods,  etc.,  especially  in 
the  coasting  trade.  Murray,  Oxford  Eng.  Diet.  Compare  the  Diary 
of  Streynsham  Master,  under  date  6tli  Sept.  1676,  p.  57,  "This  morn- 
ing wee  overtooke  a  Dutch  Fly  boate  and  a  Sloope  attending  her, 
which  sailed  out  of  Ballasore  roade  the  30th  Instant."  Compare  also 
the  following  from  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  i,  under  date  i8th  July, 
1677,  "A  great  Dutch  flyboate  Arrived  from  Battavia  and  touched  at 
Metchlepatam." 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  93 

His  Majesty  tooke  great  delight  and  Affection  to  the 
English,  and  granted  them  as  much  priviledge  by  a  new 
Chartar^  as  cold  in  reason  be  requested. 


^  On  the  25  th  of  February,  1676,  Mr  Main  waring  wrote  from 
Masulipatam,  "The  King  hath  given  us  a  new  phyrmaund  in  which 
the  words  (Salam  Salamband)  are  totally  left  out,  which  was  the 
occasion  of  the  Govemours  frequent  abuseing  us,  as  likewise  Severall 
other  expressions  which  did  limitt  us,  and  Severall  needful!  additions 
inserted,  and  the  Charge  of  transportation  by  oxen  one  third  abated  as 
per  the  Copy  of  the  phyrmaund  which  wee  send  you  herewith. ..so  that 
now  wee  hope  to  live  much  freer  from  the  Governours  &c  abuses  then 
here  of  late."  In  a  letter  from  the  Court  to  Fort  St  George,  dated 
15th  Dec.  1676,  thdre  is  a  paragraph  headed  "The  King  of  Gulcondah's 
being  at  Metchlepatam  not  improved."  It  runs  as  follows:  "Wee 
expected  a  large  accompt  from  you  of  our  affairs  at  Metchlepatam 
and  in  particular  of  the  King  of  Gulcondah's  being  there  but  have 
received  none,  and  you  refer  us  for  it  to  the  Commanders  or  to  a 
Relation  to  be  given  us  by  the  Commanders,  Wee  desire  you  to  reflect 
a  little  upon  the  Civillity  thereof  in  turning  us  to  our  Commanders  to 
be  informed  of  our  own  affairs  and  doe  fear  that  none  or  very  little 
improvement  was  made  of  that  happy  opportunity,  and  are  not  to 
expect  such  another,  what  better  Accompt  you  or  the  Commanders 
can  give  us  hereof,  wee  hope  the  next  letters  will  let  us  know,  for  we 
are  not  at  all  satisfied  with  the  indiscreet  management  of  so  good  an 
Occasion."  These  severe  remarks  were  a  little  premature,  for,  by  the 
next  shipping,  the  Directors  received  copies  of  the  farmdn  obtained 
from  the  King.  Three  copies  are  still  in  existence  at  the  India  Office, 
two  of  which  are  identical;  the  third  appears  to  be  the  work  of  a 
different  translator.  The  version  here  given  is  the  one  found  in  the 
Appendix  to  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  pp.  344 — 346:  "Copy 
of  a  Phirmaund  granted  by  the  King  of  Gokondah  to  the  English  at 
Metchlepatam  Jan^uary  1675/6.  By  the  Grace  of  God  Sultan  Abdula 
Hossein — The  Royall  Phyrmaund  or  Command  of  our  Majesty  that 
shines  like  the  Sunn ;  wee  have  thought  fitt  and  convenient  and  doe 
hereby  require  and  command  all  our  Ministers  of  State,  Governours,  Sub 
Governours  and  Juncanners  [customs  officers]  as  well  for  the  time  being 
as  to  come,  of  Metchlepatam,  PettepoUe,  Nassapore,  Madapollam, 
Coranga,  Wattara,  Canara,  Vizagapatam,  Bimlepatam  and  throughout 
all  our  Dominions  and  Kingdom  of  Golcondah  to  know  and  take  notice 
That  our  well-beloved  friends  of  the  English  nation  and  Mr.  Mainwaring 
the  English  Companyes  Chiefe  have  binn  in  our  Royall  presence  and 
have  found  grace  and  favour  from  us.  We  will  and  Command  that 
whatsoever  Quantityes  and  Qualkyes  of  goods  and  Merchandize,  Gold, 
and  Silver,  they  bring  in  by  Sea  to  Metchlepatam,  That  it  be  free  from 
all  manner  of  customes  and  impositions  what  soever,  and  that  they 
have  free  liberty  to  export  the  same  or  send  or  dispose  of  it  in  any 
part  of  our  Dominions  according  as  it  stands  with  their  owne  Con- 
veniency,  rice,  Paddy,  and  all  other  merchandize  which  they  bring 
from  abroad  either  by  land  or  Sea  for  their  own  use  or  to  sell,  and  all 
other  sort  of  goods  whatsoever  they  buy  or  sell  to  be  free  from  all 
manner  of  customes  and  Impositions  at  the  Bancksall  the  scall  gate 
and  all  other  places  for  receipt  of  custome  belonging  to  our  Royall 


94  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

There  is  Liberty  of  Conscience  allowed  to  all  persons 
[to]  be  of  what  Religion  they  please,  to  inhabit  here 
payinge  the  Kinge  his  Duties,  but  must  beware  withall 
thay  [?that]  they  upbraide  not,  nor  affront  the  Mahometans; 
and,  though  one  of  them  be  a  meere  Villain,  yet  in  Courts 
of  Justice  hee  Shall  be  heard  and  believed  before  any 
Other,  and  indeed  they  doe  Often  Oppresse  the  Gentues, 
as  the  Turks  doe  the  Jews  in  Turkia  or  Barbary. 

It  is  needlesse  to  Speake  at  large  as  to  the  Religion  of 
Mahomet,  most  men  haveinge  the  full  accompt  thereof 
from  Turkia,  a  neighbouringe  Countrey  to  Christendome. 
These  followinge  the  Very  laws  of  that  Saracen  law  giver, 
and  have  many  Native  Turks  amongst  them. 

Onely  this  of  the  better  Sort  of  them  I  must  needs 
relate,  (as  I  have  found  by  Experience)  they  are  lovers 
of  Justice,  and  doe  Issue  it  out  soe  farre  as  they  dare,  or 
may  with  Safety  Escape  the  fury  of  the  raskaly  Sort. 
They  Punish  Adultery  with  death,  abhorre  drunkenesse 
and  Blasphemy,  eat  noe  Swines  flesh.  They  weare  longe 
Garments,  very  thinne,  generally  of  fine  Linnen ;  they 
Uncover  not  the  head  in  anyway  of  Courtship.  They 
have  many  Wifes  and  Concubines  for  prevention  of  Adul- 
tery, And,  although  they  hold  an  irreligious  Religion,  yet 


Majesty  according  and  agreeable  to  this  our  new  Phyrmaund  and 
Command  and  the  Liberty  wee  have  herein  granted.  The  servants, 
Broakers,  Merchants  and  all  depending  and  imployed  by  the  English 
nation  and  Company  Workmen  Tradesmen  and  Mechanicks  that  they 
be  not  molested  or  hindered,  and  wee  give  them  liberty  to  imprison 
and  confine  their  Debitours  or  those  upon  whome  they  have  any 
demands  in  their  Factory  without  any  Protection  from  our  Governour 
and  officers  till  they  have  recovered  full  satisfaction,  and  all  our 
Governours  and  other  officers  are  hereby  required  to  assist  the  English 
Nation  and  Company  in  all  their  business  and  Negotiations,  and  if 
they  send  any  goods  or  Merchandize  to  Golcondah  to  pay  but 
4  pagodas  new  per  Candy  for  the  oxe  hire  The  English  nation  and 
Company  being  much  in  our  esteem  and  favour.  This  being  our  new 
Phyrmaund  and  command  wee  will  and  require  a  punctuall  observance 
upon  pain  of  our  high  displeasure.  In  the  moneth  of  January  1675/6 
by  and  with  the  advice  of  Madu  Banjee  our  great  Minister  of  state 
and  Councellour." 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  95 

it  consists  of  great  reverence  to  God  and  theire  Prophet. 
They  Congregate  the  people  to  their  Mosquees*  4  times 
a  day  by  Voice  of  man,  and  on  Fryday  (theire  Sabbath) 
5  times,  not  Sufferinge  any  thinge  to  be  pictured  or  En- 
graven in  them,  to  avoide  Idolatry. 

They  allow  of  God  the  Father,  but  Utterly  deny  the 
Trinitie.  They  reverence  the  3  professors  of  Religion, 
Moses  for  the  Jews,  Christ  for  the  Christians,  and 
Mahomet  for  themselves.  They  are  Very  liberall  to  the 
poore,  and  bury  theire  dead  very  decently. 

The  Alcoron*,  which  contains  the  Scope  of  theire 
irreligious  Religion,  is  written  in  Arabique  Rhime,  after 
a  most  hodge  podge  manner,  noe  way  consistinge  of  due 
proportion  of  numbers,  nor  is  it  admitted  to  be  written 
or  read  in  any  Other  Languadge,  but  in  it*s  Original  tonge, 
Arabicke,  and  in  the  Persian  languadge  for  its  antiquities 
sake,  which  is  now  become  the  Court  languadge  in  the 
Courts  of  the  greatest  Emperours  and  Kings  of  Asia. 

• 

This  booke  is  held  by  them  in  noe  Small  Veneration. 
They  terme  it  the  booke  of  Glory,  and  director  to  Paradise, 
never  offeringe  to  touch  it  before  they  wash  their  hands 
and  arms  up  to  the  Elbow,  and  theire  feet  and  legs  to  the 
knee.  In  time  of  prayer  they  turne  theire  faces  toward 
the  Sun,  first  Spreadinge  their  Upper  garments,  or  a 
Carpet  or  Matt  Upon  the  ground,  then  lookeinge  every 
way  2  or  3  times.     When  they  come  to  the  Salutation 


^  See  note  on  p.  11.  Compare  the  following  from  a  Consultation 
at  Fort  St  George  on  the  28th  March,  1680,  on  the  death  of  the  great 
merchant  Cassa  Verona  (Ka9u  Viranna),  Factory  Records^  Fort  St 
George,  No.  2,  p.  38,  "In  the  Morning  about  3  a  Clock  Cassa  Verona 
Dyed... And  as  his  body  was  carrying  out  of  towne  to  be  burned  by 
the  gentues  some  Moors,  Fackeers  and  others  put  a  stop  to  it,  saying 
he  ought  to  be  buryed  as  a  Moor  for  he  was  a  Mussleman  and  built  a 
Musseet  in  the  town  to  be  buryed  in." 

2  i.e.  The  (Al) Koran.  Compare  Fryer^  p.  94,  "At  Funerals,  the 
Mullahs  or  Priests,  make  Orations  or  Sermons  after  a  Lesson  read  out 
of  the  Alcoran." 


96  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

of  Mahomet,  they  fall  upon  their  knees,  mutteringe  many 
Sentences  for  ^  an  houre  or  more,  bowinge  their  foreheads 
often  to  the  Earth  with  great  fervencie,  thus  Sometimes 
Standinge  Upright,  then  againe  prostrateinge  themselves, 
they  Stroke  downe  their  faces  and  beards,  with  looks  of 
devout  gravitie,  &c. 

They  hold  a  fast,  as  they  call  it,  for  one  month  in 
the  yeare,  abstaininge  from  all  Sorts  of  food  in  the  day 
time,  but,  to  make  amends,  they  feast  all  night.  It 
beginneth  on  the  New  Moone  in  the  Month  of  October, 
and  continueth  the  Whole  Moone.  They  doe  call  it  the 
Ramazan^  and  is  Observed  annually  in  Celebration  of  the 
Alcoron,  affirmeinge  that  at  this  time  of  the  yeare  it  was 
delivered  by  God  Almightie  to  theire  Prophet  Mahomet. 

They  Seldome  or  Never  accustome  themselves  to 
Walkinge  for  recreations  Sake,  as  wee  Europians  doe, 
but  if  they  hold  any  Conversation  it  must  be  Sittinge, 
and  not  Upon  Chairs,  Stools,  or  benches,  but  Upon 
Carpets  or  Matts  Spread  Upon  the  ground,  and  on 
them  they  Sit  crosse  legged  with  much  facilitie.  Often 
Smoakinge  their  Hoocars^  as  they  call  [them]  of  tobacco, 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Ramdam.  Anglo- Indians,  however, 
usually  call  it  Ramzan,  as  the  author  did  no  doubt.  As  this  fast 
moves  all  round  the  year,  the  text  alludes  to  the  time  of  year  it 
occupied  when  the  author  observed  it.  Compare  Fryer,  p.  107,  who 
saw  It  in  November,  "  But  that  which  affects  them  all,  is  at  the  end  of 
their  Ramazan  or  Lent,  which  is  always  the  first  New  Moon  in 
November;  which  as  it  is  observed  with  the  greatest  Strictness,  not 
swallowing  their  Spittle  all  the  Day  of  its  Continuance,  so  it  is  cele- 
brated when  it  concludes,  with  the  highest  Expression  of  Joy  and 
Solemnity."  Compare  also  the  following  from  a  Consultation  at  Fort 
St  George  on  the  26th  (?29th)  March,  1680,  Factory  Records,  Fort  St 
George,  No.  2,  p.  122,  "The  King  is  intended  to  take  his  progress  into 
these  parts,  after  this  Ramasan  Moone  is  over." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Hooka,  where  the  earliest  quotation  is, 
however,  1768.  Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Allen  Catch- 
pole  at  Janavad  to  Richard  Edwards  at  Balasor,  28th  Aug.  1676,  O.  C. 
No.  4222,  "  I  have  per  this  Cossit  [messenger]  sent  Mr.  Sayon  such  a 
hooker  as  he  desired."  In  a  list  of  the  things  to  be  presented  to  the 
Fouzdar  [faujddr^  of  Hugli,  3rd  April,  1682,  Factory  Records,  Hugli, 
No.  3,  there  is,  "  one  Aftowel  and  Chillumchee,.[ewer  and  basin],  one 
Hoocka  one  pigdan  [spittoon]...." 


OF   CHOROMANDEL 


97 


drinke[ing]  much  Coffee  and  often  chawinge  Betelee 
Areca*,  which  they  call   Paune^ 

Hoocars :  commonly  called  hubble-bubble'. 

The  Poore  Sort  of  Inhabitants,  vizt.  the  Gentues, 
Mallabars,  &c.  Smoke  theire  tobacco  After  a  Very 
meane,  but  I  Judge  Original  manner,  Onely  the  leafe 
rowled  up,  and  light  one  end,  and  holdinge  the  Other 
betweene  their  lips,  and  Smoke  untill  it  is  soe  farre 
Consumed  as  to  warme  theire  lips,  and  then  heave  the 
End  away ;  tKis  is  called  a  bunko*,  and  by  the  Portugals 
a  Cheroota*. 

Theire  food  in  Generall  consists  of  very  little  more 
then  very  coarse  rice  and  Water,  and  Sometimes  a  little 
dryed  fish  to  relish  it. 

Theire  habit  is  noe  more  then  a  Small  Clout  just  to 
cover  theire  privities,  wherewith  they  Seemingly  live  very 
contentedly,  much  better  then  many  that  pamper  up  them- 
selves with  plenty  of  Varieties,  and  have  plenty  of  Children, 
and  in  generall  as  chearefull  in  poverty  as  any  mortals  can 


^  See  note  on  p.  30.  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  i.  p.  318  f.,  and 
Schouten^  vol.  i.  p.  292  f. 

2  See  note  on  p.  30. 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Hubble-bubble.  Compare  Fryer,  P-  3i> 
"The  Moors  are  very  grave  and  haughty  in  their  demeanor,  not 
vouchsafing  to  return  an  Answer  by  a  Slave,  but  by  a  Deubash,  who 
is  the  Interpreter.  Their  chiefest  Delight  and  Pride  is  to  be  seen 
smoking  Tobacco  cross-legged  in  a  great  Chair  at  their  doors,  out 
of  a  long  Brass  Pipe  adapted  to  a  large  Crystal  Hubble-bubble, 
fixed  in  a  Brass  Frame,  their  Menial  Servants  surrounding  them." 
Compare  also  the  following  from  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  i, 
under  date  19th  July,  1678,  "They  [the  factors  at  Dacca]  writ  for 
6  large  Maldiva  Atcheene  Coconutts  and  nuts  for  hubble-bubbles  for 
the  Prince." 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Buncus.  The  above  is  the  earliest 
quoted  instance  of  the  word,  and  is  given  in  Murray,  Oxford  English 
Diet,  s.v.  Cheroot.  In  his  Malay  Diet.  T.  B.  gives  Booncoos,  a 
Fardle,  a  parcel.  Fryer,  p.  52,  under  the  "Wares"  of  the  Malabar 
coast,  has.  "Bunco,  i.e.  Tobacco,  and  Hubble-bubble  Canes,  the 
Product  of  this  Coast." 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Cheroot.  Like  bunko,  the  above  is  the 
earliest  known  quotation  of  the  word. 

T.  7 


98  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

be  that  enjoy  the  riches  and  fatt  of  the  Land  ;  they  dance 
and  Singe  very  frequently,  Even  as  men  Secured  from  all 
Cares  and  fears  that  doe  accompanie  the  Wealth  of  the 
Universe. 

Narsapore*  is  the  lowest'^  towne  of  any  Upon  this  Coast. 


^  Morris,  Godavery  District^  gives  the  following  information  about 
Narsapur:  "Nursapore  (Narsapuram)  is  situated  in  latitude  iG*  26'  N., 
and  in  longitude  81*  41'  49"  E.,  on  the  western  bank  of  the  Vasishta 
or  the  most  southern  branch  of  the  Godavery.  It  is  about  six  miles 
from  the  sea.  Its  northern  suburb  is  Madapollam....The  trade  of  the 
town  has  steadily  declined  since  the  abolition  of  the  Company's  factory 
in  1827,  and  the  abandonment  of  the  Company's  *  investments.'  The 
sites  of  the  old  buildings  have  been  carried  away  by  successive 
encroachments  of  the  river,  which  makes  a  very  considerable  bend 
opposite  the  town  (p.  39).  In  January,  161 1,  Captain  Hippon  was 
despatched  by  the  Directors  of  the  East  India  Company  in  the  ship 
*  Globe'  to  open  a  trade  with  the  people  on  the  Coromandel  coast. 
A  Dutchman,  named  Peter  Williamson  Floris,  who  was  in  the  English 
Company's  employ,  accompanied  him  in  the  capacity  of  factor,  with 
authority  to  conduct  all  commercial  transactions.... Floris  has  left  an 
interesting  account  of  these  voyages....' On  the  i8th  [Feb.  161 3] 
Mr.  Floris  went  to  Narsapur  Peta,  and  the  19th  the  ship  was  brought 
into  the  River,  drawing  9I  feet,  and  having  loj,  contrary  to  the 
Reports  of  some  who  wished  no  good  to  the  English.... In  August, 
there  happened  in  Narsapur  Peta,  and  thereabouts,  a  greater  Over- 
flowing than  had  been  seen  in  twenty-nine  Years.  The  whole  Salt 
Hills,  Towns,  and  Rice  were  drove  away,  and  many  thousand  Men 
and  Cattle  were  drowned ;  the  Water  rising  three  Yards  above  the 
High  way.'...  From  the  above  extract  it  will  be  observed  that  Nursapore, 
where,  if  the  obstruction  of  the  bar  across  the  entrance  of  the  river 
could  be  overcome,  there  is  an  excellent  harbour  for  ships  of  the 
largest  size,  was  well  known  more  than  two  centuries  ago  for  its  docks 
for  the  building  and  repair  of  large  vessels.  Being  situated  on  the 
bank  of  the  Godavery  it  has  always  been  exposed  to  inundations  during 
the  high  freshes  of  the  river  (pp.  177 — 179)."  In  1679  Streynsham 
Master  visited  Narsapur.  In  his  Memoriall,  quoted  by  Mackenzie, 
Kistna  District^  pp.  141  f.,  under  date  9th  and  i6th  April,  1679,  there 
is  the  following  description  of  the  place :  "  The  townes  of  Madapollam 
and  Narsapore  joyne  together,  the  Dutch  house  for  their  Iron  worke 
in  Narsapore  being  a  little  above  muskett  shott  from  the  English 
Factory  in  Madapollam,  Narsapore  lyes  below  Madapollam  downe 
the  River,  and  that  place  is  under  the  Govemour  of  Metchlepatam 
and  has  the  command  of  all  the  River  for  the  Customes  as  far  as 
Corango,  but  Madapollam,  Mellick,  Mahmudpet  and  Naurasporam, 
tho  they  all  joyne  near  together  to  Narsapore,  yet  they  have  every  one 
distinct  Havaldars  for  the  gathering  the  ground  rent  independent  from 
Narsapore  or  Metchlepatam  at  present.... We  went  to  view  the  Dutch 
house  and  compound  at  Narsapore  which  is  a  very  large  piece  of 
ground  divided  into  two  large  inclosed  quadrangles,  in  one  of  which 
is  as  many  forges  as  300  smiths  may  worke  in  them,  the  compound 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  99 

It  lieth  Some  40  or  45  miles  below^  Metchlipatam,  haveinge 
the  benefit  of  an  Excellent  River,  which  addeth  much  to 
the  benefit  of  the  place,  and  is  called  Narsapore  river*.  It 
runneth  close  to  the  towne  Side,  which  is  nearest  foure 
English  miles  above  the  barre  or  Entrance  thereof,  and  the 
River  Navigable  Severall  miles  above  the  towne.  There 
be  many  Other  Villages  neare  it,  Some  one,  2,  3,  4  or  5 
miles  distance,  but  this  is  the  Chiefe^  and  is  the  Seat  of 
the  Governour,  who  alsoe  is  a  Mahometan,  as  most  men 
of  Office  in  the  Kingdome  are.  He  goeth  in  pretty  large 
State,  but  not  like  to  him  of  Metchlipatam  ^  this  part  of 
the  Countrey  affordinge  the  Kinge  noe  great  Revenues; 
the  best  it  affordeth  is  it  aboundeth  well  in  timber,  and 
conveniencies  for  the  buildinge  and  repairinge  Ships^. 


reaches  downe  to  the  River  side  upon  the  sandy  banke  of  which  lyes 
many  vessells  which  are  imployed  in  that  great  Rice  trade  of  Gingerlee." 
Compare  also  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  371,  who,  how- 
ever, evidently  included  Madapollam  in  his  remarks  upon  Narsapur: 
"Next  to  Matchulipatam  is  Narsipore,  where  the  English  had  a  Factory 
for  long  Cloth,  for  the  Use  of  their  Factory  of  Matchulipatam,  when 
they  manufactured  Chintz  there.  It  also  affords  good  Teak  Timber 
for  building,  and  has  a  fine  deep  River,  but  a  dangerous  Bar,  which 
makes  it  little  frequented." 

2  i.e.  most  Northerly. 

3  i.e.  to  the  North. 

*  "  If  goodes  may  be  brought  from  Mesulapatam,  at  the  returne  of 
the  Monsoone,  and  that  the  ship  may  ride  in  security  at  the  Fort,  then 
let  her  remayne  there,  But  if  this  may  not  bee  done  with  security,  wee 
conceive  it  might  bee  safe  to  send  her  into  Nassapore  River  if  there 
shall  be  water  enough  for  her  over  the  Barr."  Letter  from  the  Court 
to  Fort  St  George,  28th  Dec.  1666,  Letter  Book^  No.  4.  From  the 
Diary  of  S trey ns ham  Master.,  under  date  17th  Aug.  1676,  p.  43,  we 
learn  that  the  Dutch  were  "  building  a  new  Factory  upon  Nasapore 
River  between  Madapollam  and  the  Rivers  mouth." 

*  See  ante  p.  98,  extract  from  Streynsham  Master's  Afetnoriall, 
where  four  villages  are  named. 

^  According  to  Streynsham  Master,  Narsapur  was  under  Masu- 
lipatam.  In  his  Memoriall.,  quoted  by  Mackenzie,  Kistna  District, 
under  date  2nd  April,  1679,  we  read,  "Aga  Telloll  [Jalal]  the  Governor 
of  Metchlepatam  having  been  toward  Narsapore  and  those  places 
under  his  Government  returned  to  Goodera  last  night."  See  also 
the  extract  from  the  Memoriall  on  the  9th  and  i6th  April  quoted 
above,  note  i,  p.  98. 

^  In  a  "Generall"  from  Balasor,  dated  i6th  Dec.  1670,  the  Factors 

7—2 


'•  •? 


#-#  —   ••  •• 


•  •• 


-  -  *  - !     ;  •  w 


lOO  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

The  English  East  India  Company  have  a  Very  good 
Factory    called    Madapollum\    from    the    name    of    the 


at  the  Bay  wrote  to  the  Court  {Factory  Records,  Misc.  No.  3)  that  they 
had  ordered  a  ship  to  be  built  at  "  Massapore "  in  place  of  the 
"  Madrass  Pinnace  " ;  they  added,  "  Wee  should  ourselves  have  built 
another  but  that  neither  Timber  nor  workmen  are  soe  good  as  at 
Massapore." 

^  Like  so  many  notices  in  this  MS.,  these  remarks  on  Madapollam 
are  valuable  as  showing  that  the  place  was  a  flourishing  ship-building 
and  manufacturing  station,  as  well  as  a  health  resort,  when  T.  B.  visited 
it.     See   Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.   Madapollam.     From   the  Letter  Books, 
Factory  Records,  O.  C,  Collection,  Coast  and  Bay  Abstracts^  Madras 
Press  List,  and  Mad.  Man.  Admn.,  the  following  interesting  parti- 
culars about  the  place  have  been   gleaned.     As   early  as   1662  an 
attempt  was  made  to  found  a  factory  at  Madapollam   (Madhavaya- 
palem),  but  it  was  not  till  some  years  later  that  it  was  in  full  swing  as 
a  "subordinate"  to  Fort  St  George.     In  Feb.  1662,  the  Court  ordered 
that  a  house  belonging  to  Sir  Edward  Winter  at  Madapollam  should 
be  retained  for  the  Company.     The  letter  expressed  the  wish  that  it 
"may  be  soe  commodious  and  fitting  for  our  use  and  benefitt,  that 
thereby  wee  may  bee  eased  of  continuing  a  factory  at  Verasheroone." 
Nicholas   Buckridge,  who  was   ordered  to  report  on   Madapollam, 
thought  the   house   unsuitable — "Madapollam    House   I   Vizitted   at 
the  same  time   [in    1664]   and  finde  it  was  builded   by  Sir   Edward 
Winter  for  his  Particular  occasions  on  a  peece  of  ground  formerly 
graunted  for  your  Use  by  the  King  of  Gulcondah,  on  the  river  side  for 
a  Wharfe  or  Bunder  convenient  for  building,  or  repairing  Shiping, 
and  as  now  it  is  repaired  at  your  cost  it  is  A  plesant   place,  but 
I  cannot  Imagine  it  were  necessary  or  that  you  will  allow  soe  costly 
A  [?  building]  maintained  at  soe  great  A  Charge,  only  for  the  delight 
and  convenience  of  your  Servants,  nor  can  I  beleive  that  Sir  Edward 
Winter  would   have  consented  to  it  had  it  not  been  his  owne  and 
much  out  of  repaire,  when  he  put  it  to  your  Account."     The  business 
done  at  Madapollam  did  not  satisfy  the  Directors  and,  in  July,  1669,' 
Foxcroft  received  orders  that  no  factory  was  to  be  settled  there.     In 
Sept.    he   gave   it   as   his  opinion,    in   which   he  was   supported   by 
Jearsey,    that  it  would  be   unwise   to  discontinue    the   Madapollam 
Factory.     In  Dec.  1669,  the  Court  wrote— "  Madapollam  hath  cost  us 
a  great  deale  of  Mony  and  is  a  place  of  little  use  to  us,  wee  would 
therefore  have  you  by   your  next,   to  advise  us  how  wee  may  best 
improve  or  dispose  thereof"     In  compliance  with  this  order,  Mohun, 
who  succeeded  Jearsey  as  Chief  at  Masulipatam,  enquired  into  "the 
state  of  Madapollam  Factory."     On  the  14th  July,  1670,  Mohun  wrote 
to  Fort  St   George,   "  Madapollam  wee  are  informed   is  a   Factory 
necessary  to  be  continued,   and  will   yearly  afford   you  greater  and 
greater  quantityes   of  Callicoes   if  Supplyed  with   Monies  and  that 
this    Factory   doth   much    depend    upon   it    for    Investments,   being 
cheaper  bought  there  then  here  [Masulipatam]   by  20  per  Cent  or 
more,  all  the  Country  neare  it  being  Weavers...."     In  spite  of  this 
encouraging    report,    the    Company    continued   averse    to   retaining 
Madapollam  except  at  a  small  expense.      In   Dec.  1671,  the  Court 
wrote  to  Fort  St  George  that  though  "our  House  at  Madapollam... 


■;/■ 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  lOI 

Villadge  adjoyninge  to  it.  It  is  accompted  a  most 
healthy  and  pleasant  place  and  not  a  whit  Unde- 
servedly, haveinge  the  benefit  of  Such  a  pleasant  River 
that  Cometh  up  even  to  one  of  [the]  Gates  thereof,  with 
very  pleasant  Gardens  almost  Surroundinge  it,  noe  way 
hindered  of  all  benefit  of  Sea  breezes,  for  which  reasons 
our  English  Chiefe  (and  most  Eminent  Factors  of  Metch- 
lipatam)  repaire  hither  and  Stay  2  or  3  months,  dureinge 
the  time  of  the  heats,  vizt.  April,  May  and  June. 


is  a  very  handsome  and  usefull  place,... yet  doubt  not  but  a  Lesse 
expensive  place,  either  there  or  at  Verasheroone  may  doe  as  well. 
Wee  therefore  desire  that  you... endeavour  to  sell  our  said  Howse  at 
Madapollam  upon  the  best  termes  you  can  for  our  most  advantage." 
This  order  was  evidently  disregarded.  Fryer,  writing  in  1673,  speaks 
of  Madapollam  as  a  sanatorium  for  the  factors  at  Masulipatam  and 
remarks  that  the  EngHsh  had  a  "  wholesome  Seat  there."  The 
healthiness  of  Madapollam  was  the  reason  of  its  popularity  with  the 
factors  on  the  Coromandel  Coast.  In  a  "Generall"  from  Masulipatam 
dated  25th  Aug.  1673,  ^^  ^^^  that  Madapollam  House  was  repaired 
and  enlarged  and  made  "  fitt  to  receive  the  whole  Factory,"  and  that 
Madapollam  was  *'  in  a  much  more  healthy  ayre  than  Metchle- 
patam."  The  Court,  however,  was  still  unsatisfied.  In  March,  1674, 
they  wrote  that  "The  4  Factoryes  of  Mesulapatam,  Madapollam, 
Verasheroone  and  Petti polee  are  not  worth  the  charge"  and  desired 
information  as  to  which  of  the  four  was  best  to  be  retained.  On  the 
9th  Oct.  Major  Puckle,  who  had  been  sent  on  a  visit  of  inspection  to 
all  the  "subordinates,"  wrote,  "  I  have  seen  the  Factorie  of  Madapollam, 
and  also  Verasharoon,  and  doe  find  they  are  both  of  use,  and  good 
investments  may  be  made  in  them."  At  this  time  Robert  Fleetwood 
was  "Chiefe"  at  Madapollam.  He  was  succeeded  by  Christopher 
Hatton  in  Sept.  1676,  who,  in  his  turn,  was  followed  by  John  Field 
and  Samuel  Wales.  In  April,  1679,  Streynsham  Master  spent  several 
days  at  Madapollam,  and  transacted  much  important  business  there, 
7/tde  his  Memoriall  as  quoted  by  Mackenzie,  Kistna  District^  pp.  141 — 
147.  In  1686  and  1687  there  was  much  correspondence  about  the 
dissolution  of  the  "Subordinate  Factoryes."  In  January,  1688,  the 
Court  wrote  ordering  them  all  to  be  withdrawn  except  Madapollam, 
it  "  alone  being  sufficient  for  our  business  on  that  Coast,  and  it  is  not 
so  far  from  Pettipollee  but  that  the  black  Merchants  there  may  carry 
their  Cloth  to  Madapollam."  However,  in  the  same  year,  this  factory 
too  was  withdrawn.  It  was  resettled  in  1698.  In  1705  the  Agent  and 
Council  wrote  from  Fort  St  George  that  they  intended  "  to  pull  down 
the  old  factory  at  Madapollam,"  but  in  1708  two  Factory  Houses,  old 
and  new,  were  in  existence.  Madapollam  was  captured  by  the  French 
in  1757,  ceded  to  the  English  in  1759,  and  confirmed  to  them  in  1765. 
The  place  gave  its  name  to  a  fine  kind  of  white  piece-goods  manu- 
factured there. 


I02  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

Many  English  Merchants  and  Others  have  yearely 
Ships  and  Vessels  built  here,  beinge  the  onely  Com- 
modious Port  on  this  or  the  next  Coast  adjoyneinge 
thereto,  vizt.  Gingalee^ 

Here  is  the  best  and  well  growne  timber  in  Sufficient 
plenty ;  the  best  Iron  upon  the  Coast  is  for  the  most  part 
Vended  here  and  att  reasonable  rates,  with  the  Workman- 
ship alsoe^;  any  Sort  of  Ironworke  is  here  ingenuously 
performed  by  the  Natives,  as  Speeks",  bolts.  Anchors,  &c. 

Very  Expert  Master  builders  there  are  Severall  here 
who  have  most  of  their  dependancie  Upon  the  English, 
and  indeed  learnt  theire  art  and  trade  from  some  of  them, 
by  diligently  Observeinge  the  ingenuitie  of  Some  that 
built  Ships  and  Sloops  here  for  the  Englfsh  East  India 
Company  and  theire  Agents,  Soe  that  they  build  very 
well  and  give  good  reasons  for  what  they  doe,  and  lanch 
with  as  much  discretion  as  I  have  Seen  in  any  part  of  the 
world,  which  I  will  by  and  by  relate ;  but  I  must  not  for- 
gett  theire  falseheartednesse  to  our  English  builders,  to 
whom  doth  Issue  forth  most  horrid  enviteracie  from  these 
Gentues  that  have  learned  of  them  what  doth  in  a  Measure 
Suffice.  They  Poyson  all  Ship  Carpenters  that  are  Em- 
ployed by  any,  Either  Moore,  Dutch,  nay,  of  the  English, 
Especially,  that  Undertake  the  buildinge  of  any  Ship,  as 
for  instance  I  have  knowne  2  or  3  very  ingenuous  Master 
builders,  (English  Men)  that  have  Staid  behind  the  Ships 
they  were  to  returne  to  theire  Native  Countrey  in,  on  pur- 
pose to  build  Ships  for  theire  Employers,  the  English 
Chiefs,  and  notwith  Standinge  they  very  circumspectly 
Shunned  conversation,  or  what  else,  with  these  Gentue 
Workmen,  yet  before  they  cold  finish  one  bottom,  they 


^  This  MS.  will,  later  on,  throw  much  light  on  this  obscure  word. 

2  For  a  mention  of  the  Dutch  iron  factory  in  this  district,  see  note 
on  p.  105. 

3  ?  Spikes. 


OF  CHOROMANDEL  I03 

have   by   one   Stratgem   or    Other    been    Sent    to    theire 
longe  homes^ 

As  I  said  before,  there  lanchinge  and  hallinge  Up  the 
Ships  is  after  a  most  Excellent  manner,  for  which  they  are 
highly  to  be  Commended. 

I  have  Seen  a  Ship,  (belongeinge  to  the  Kinge  of 
Golcondah)  a  Ship  of  great  burthen,  built  for  the  trade 
to  Mocho  in  the  Red  Sea^  and  after  2  Voyadges  thither, 
She  was  hailed  Upon  the  Westerne  Side  of  this  River 
a  little  above  the  towne,  to  the  intent  they  might  Sheath 
and  repaire  her.  She  cold  not  be  lesse  (in  my  judgement) 
then  1000  tunns  in  burthen,  and  they  hailed  her  up  by 
Strength  of  men  with  good  purchase  as  follows : — They 
prepared  2  very  Substantial  timbers,  of  20  foot  longe 
each,  and  20  or  24  inches  in  thicknesse,  upon  which  they 
Erected  a  Cradle  fittinge  for  the  bildge  of  her,  the  2  main 
timbers  beinge  placed  at  that  distance  that  the  Cradle 
beinge  put  Under  her,  the  foremost  was  8  or  10  foot 
abaft  the  Scarfe  of  her  Stemme,  the  Other  as  much 
before  the  heele  of  her  Sternepost,  with  girdlines  from  the 
said  cradle  to  her  ports  or  Scopeboards®;  to  the  dogs  were 
fitted  good  straps  and  fourefold  tackles,  the  falls  of  15  or 
16  inch  Coyre  Cable*,  the  which  are  brought  to  too  {j;ic) 


^  The  author  evidently  speaks  with  conviction.  He  had  ample 
opportunity  of  knowing  what  went  on  at  Madapollam,  for  he  paid 
several  visits  to,  and  spent  a  considerable  time  at,  that  place.  He  was 
there  in  1682  when  he  drew  his  map  of  "  Tanasarim,"  again  in  1683, 
and  in  1685  when  he  bought  the  "Conimeer  Sloop"  of  the  Company. 
Vide  Introduction. 

2  T.B.  is  careful  not  to  confuse  Mocha  in  Arabia  with  Moca  in 
Sumatra  (commonly  called  Moco  Moco).  Trade  was  carried  on  with 
both  places.  English  and  Dutch  factories  were  established  at  Mocha 
early  in  the  17th  century,  and,  from  that  time,  a  constant  interchange 
of  commerce  went  on  with  the  Indian  ports. 

3  i.e.  scuppers. 

*  See  note  on  p.  42.  Compare  Fryer,  p.  121,  "Cair  Yam  made  of 
the  Cocoe  for  Cordage."  Compare  also  Dam/fier,  vol.  i.  p.  294  f , 
"The  husk  of  the  Shell  [of  the  Coco-nut]  is  of  great  use  to  make 
Cables ;  for  the  dry  husk  is  full  of  small  strings  and  threads,  which 


I04  OF  CHOROMANDEL 

very  substantial!  Crabbs,  placed  a  little  above  the  height 
they  purpose  to  have  the  Ship  to,  and  heave  first  at  one 
end  then  at  the  Other  5  or  6  foot  at  a  time,  and  Soe  on 
Untill  She  is  high  Enough,  the  Doggs  runinge  Upon  good 
rowlers,  as  in  manner  followinge — 

A :  One  of  the  doggs,  vizt.  the  aftermost. 

B  :  The  Square  pins  (or  fids). 

C  :  The  Rowlers. 

D  :  The  Ships  Keele. 

E :  The  Cradle. 

F :  The  bedds  and  quoynes  to  Support  the  Cradle. 

G  :  The  Ships  bildge. 

H  :  The  Ends  of  the  yards  or  Powles  from  End  to  End. 

I :  Girdlines  from  the  Cradle  Upwards. 

K :  Great  Strapps  sweepinge  round  the  dogs. 

L  :  The  Great  blocks.  M  :    The  Tackle  falls. 

N  :  The  Crabbe.  O :     The  Barrs. 

The  Cables,  Strapps,  &c.  are  made  of  Cayre,  vizt.  the 
Rhine  of  Coco  nuts  very  fine  Spun,  the  best  Sort  of  which 
is  brought  from  the  Maldiva  Isles\     They  are  as  Stronge 


being  beaten,  become  soft,  and  thet  other  substance  which  was  mixt 
among  it  falls  away  like  Saw-dust,  leaving  only  the  strings.  These 
are  afterwards  spun  into  long  yams,  and  twisted  up  into  balls  for 
convenience ;  and  many  of  these  Rope-yams  joyned  together  make 
good  Cables.  This  Manufactory  is  chiefly  used  at  the  Maldive 
Islands,  and  the  threads  sent  in  balls  into  all  places  that  trade 
thither,  purposely  for  to  make  Cables.  I  made  a  Cable  at  Achin 
with  some  of  it.  These  are  called  Coire  Cables :  they  will  last  very 
well." 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Maldives.  The  principal  trade  of  these 
islands  was  in  cowries,  of  which  they  exported  a  large  quantity  to 
Bengal.  Compare  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  346,  "  the 
Maldiva  Islands... their  only  Product  is  Cocoa-nut... of  that  Tree  they 
build  vessels  of  20  or  30  Tuns,  Their  Hulls,  Masts,... Cables... are  all 
from  this  useful  tree."  See  also  Pringle,  Consultations  for  1684, 
p.  174,  note  46.  The  following  extract  from  a  letter,  dated  Hugli, 
15th  Feb.  1675,  to  Edward  Reade  at  Balasor,  is  interesting  in  this 
connection,  "  Incjuier  a  bout  the  Maldiva  Char  it  being  I4mds.  this 
weight  at  its  gomg  hence  and  Should  hould  more  with  you  unless 
there  was  any  part  of  it  used  for  the  Sloope  Ganges."  Factory  Records^ 
Hugli,  No.  4. 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  10$ 

as  any  hempen  Cables  whatever,  and  much  more  durable 
in  these  hott  climates,  with  this  provisor,  that  if  they 
chance  to  be  wet  with  fresh  water,  either  by  raine  or 
rideinge  in  a  fresh  River,  they  doe  not  let  them  drye 
before  they  wett  them  well  in  Salt  water,  which  doth 
much  preserve  them,  and  the  Other  as  much  rott  them. 
All  the  reason  I  can  give  for  it  is,  that  the  Cayre  of  the 
Maldiva  grows  Upon  a  very  brackish  Soyle. 

They  have  an  Excellent  way  of  makeinge  Shrowds, 
Stays,  or  any  Other  Rigginge  for  Ships.  They,  for  the 
most  part,  make  them  of  good  twine,  which  is  heare  as 
Cheape  as  course  hemp  Unspun  is  in  England,  and  when 
laid  with  Europe*  tarre  prove  most  Serviceable. 

The  Dutch  have  a  Factorie  4  English  miles  above  ours, 
and  is  called  Pollicull^  after  the  name  of  a  Villadge  there- 
unto adjoyneinge,  where  they  are  soe  ingenuous  to  keep 
Severall    ropemakers,    (men    of    theire    owne    Nation)   at 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Europe  for  European.  Compare  Wilson, 
Early  Annals,  vol.  i.  p.  394,  "the  books  kept  for  the  Account  Silk  of 
Europe  dye  shall  be  so  kept  no  longer."  A\  andE.  p.  6  for  23rd  Feb. 
1680,  has  "Ballast  for  our  Europe  ships." 

2  "  Palakollu  (Palkole)...5  miles  north  of  Narsapur  town... was  the 
first  settlement  of  the  Dutch  on  this  part  of  the  coast.  They  opened 
a  factory  here  in  1652,  and  for  a  long  time  it  was  their  head-quarters. 
In  the  churchyard,  Dutch  inscriptions  as  old  as  1662  are  still  legible. 
The  Dutch  founded  indigo  factories,  ironworks,  and  extensive  weaving 
industries,  and  planted  large  orange  and  shaddock  gardens."  Hunter, 
Imperial  Gazetteer  of  India,  s.v.  Palakollu.  Streynsham  Master 
mentions  "PollicuU"  in  1676  and  again  in  1679.  Under  date  17th  Aug. 
1676,  he  remarks,  "They  [the  Dutch]  rent  a  Towne  of  the  King  of 
Golcondah  called  PollicuU  where  they  make  store  of  ordinary  cloth, 
and  have  another  Factory  at  Naglewanch."  Diary  of  Streynsham 
Master,  p.  43.  On  the  14th  April,  1679,  "  The  Agent  &c.  went  to  visit  the 
Dutch  at  PollicuU  this  evening  which  is  about  7  miles  inland  from 
Madapollam.  There  the  Dutch  have  a  Factory  of  a  large  compound, 
where  they  dye  much  Blew  Cloth,  having  about  300  Jars  set  in  the 
ground  for  that  worke,  also  they  make  many  their  best  paintings  there, 
the  Towne  being  first  rented  by  them  at  2,000  old  Pagodas  per  annum 
is  now  given  them  free  by  the  king...."  Memoriall  of  Streynsham 
Master,  quoted  by  Mackenzie,  Kistna  District,  p.  143.  By  the 
treaty  of  Versailles  in  1783,  Palakollu  fell  to  the  English,  but  the 
Dutch  paid  a  small  quit- rent  for  the  place  up  to  1804.  In  18 18 
it  was  formally  restored  to  them,  but  was  again  ceded  to  Britain 
in  1824. 


I06  OF   CHOROMANDEL 

worke  all  the  yeare  rounde,  as  alsoe  Severall  black 
Smiths,  makeinge  all  Sorts  of  Iron  worke,  (necessarie  for 
Ships)  whereby  they  doe  Supply  most  of  theire  fleets 
with  Such  Necessaries. 

This  part  of  the  Countrey  affordeth  plenty  of  divers  Sorts 
of  Callicoes^  and  Paintings^  Lungees',  Pallampores^  &c., 
but  are  for  the  most  part  carried  to  Metchlipatam,  and  vended 
there,  that  beinge  a  great  market  place,  and  indeed,  the 
Great  Bazar*  of  these  parts  for  above  lOO  rtiiles  in  Circuit. 

The  Inhabitants  of  this  part  of  [the]  Countrey  are,  for 
the  most  part,  Gentues,  Save  in  Narsapore  there  are  many 
Moors,  beinge  the  Retinue  of  the  Governour. 

^  See  note  on  p.  5. 

2  i.e.  prints,  printed  calicoes.  See  note  on  p.  9.  Compare  the 
following  contemporary  extracts  :  **  Wee  have  sent  to  our  Factors  at 
Guinea  a  Small  fardle  of  fine  Paintings  made  in  your  parts."  Letter 
from  the  Court  to  Fort  St  George,  Aug.  1661,  Letter  Book,  No.  2. 
"Encoragc.the  making  of  all  Sorts  of  Callicoes  and  Paintings.'* 
Letter  from  the  Court  to  Fort  St  George,  26th  Oct.  1668,  Letter  Book, 
No.  4.  "Mr.  Hopkings...is  now  Second  of  Pettipolee  where  all  such 
things  as  gownes  and  Chinses  are  painted."  Letter  from  Masulipatam 
to  Balasor,  i6th  March,  1670,  0,C,  No.  3413.  "If  wee  should  keepe 
her  [the  European]  there  [at  Masulipatam]  till  Paintings  be  ready, 
she  might  endanger  the  loss  of  her  passage."  Letter  from  Fort 
St  George  to  the  Court,  14th  July,  167 1,  6^. C  No.  3575.  "  The  people 
of  the  place  [Edelumburoo]  are  cheifly  painters,  they  told  me  there 
was  not  fewer  of  them  than  200  familyes  in  that  Towne,  that  they 
understood  all  sorts  of  painting,  but  that  their  cheife  employment  at 
present  was  upon  course  goods."  Extract  from  Elihu  Yale's  Memorially 
Dec.  1 68 1,  0,C.  No.  4776.  "I  have  with  all  dilligence  encouraged 
the  painting  trade  and  have  been  at  some  Charge  to  doe  itt,  without 
any  manner  of  partiallity  I  think  wee  farr  out  doe  Metchlepatam  and 
hope  by  next  Ship  to  send  you  a  thousand  pieces  Such  as  never  were 
seen  in  the  world,  if  I  can  but  Keep  these  Cursed  fellows  from  mixing 
the  Southern  Chay  [red  madder]  with  the  Northern,  the  latter  being  the 
best  and  costs  much  more."  Pitt  in  a  letter  dated  nth  Feb.  1700,  in 
Hedges'  Diary,  vol.  iii.  p.  62  f.  See  also  Pringle,  Consultations  for  1683, 
p.  139,  note  65. 

3  See  note  on  p.  55. 

*  See  note  on  p.  71.  "Yours...!  Received... with  a  Pallampore, 
which  is  very  fitt  for  my  use... the  Pagoda  you  paid  for  said  Pal- 
lampore." Letter  from  Fort  St  George,  nth  Sept.  1678,  O,  C, 
No.  4491. 

^  Compare  Fryer,  p.  27,  "  For  places  of  resort  [at  Masulipatam] 
there  are  three  Buzzars,  or  market-places,  crowded  both  with  people 
and  Commodities." 


OF   CHOROMANDEL  IO7 

Noe  Commodities  this  countrey  affordeth  are  any  ways 
prohibited  to  be  Sold  to  men  of  any  Nation,  the  Seller 
thereof  Payinge  the  Kings  Duties,  which  is  about  4  per 
Cent.  Onely  tobacco  that  hath  its  growth  in  any  part 
of  this  Kingdome  is  not  admitted  to  be  Sold  to  any 
Save  to  the  Commissioners  that  have  farmed  it  from 
the  Kinge  for  more  then  100  miles  round  the  towne  of 
Metchlipatam,  and  what  Merchants  or  Others  doe  buy 
of  them  by  wholesale  may  then  with  freedome  goe  to 
any  Bazar  and  there  Vend  in  Publique^ 

They  are  Soe  Severe  in  it,  that  in  most  places  of  note 
in  the  Countrey  they  keep  waiters  to  Search  any  travailer, 
and  if  they  find  more  tobacco  then  what  they  judge  con- 
venient for  his  journey,  they  Seize  upon  it,  and  perhaps  he 
Escapes  not  Unpunished. 

The  Natives  in  Generall  Smoke  much  tobacco,  in  soe 
much  t[h]at  children  of  3  or  4  years  of  age  frequently 
take  it,  and  it  is  made  as  frequent  amongst  them  as  meat 
and  drinke. 

Now  before  I  leave  this  Coast,  I  shall  Speake  Some- 
thinge  of  the  Metropolitan  Citty. 


GOLCONDAH. 

These  beforementioned  places,  (with  many  more  I  have 
not  discoursed  of)  are  Scituate  Upon  the  Coast  of  Choro- 


^  I  can  find  no  contemporary  confirmation  that  tobacco  was  a 
government  monopoly  in  this  district.  In  Fort  St  George,  at  any  rate, 
in  Lockyer's  time,  the  tobacco  farm  was  in  the  hands  of  the  Company. 
Vide  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India,  p.  12.  However,  the  following  extract 
in  a  letter  from  the  "  Braminy  "  at  Golconda  to  Fort  St  George,  dated 
2ist  June,  16^0  {Factory  Records,  Fort  St  George,  No.  28),  seems  to 
support  T.B.'s  statement,  "  Futty  Cawn  hath  of  late  wrote  from  thence 
[Fort  St  George]  to  his  Excellency  the  Sharlaskar  [Governor  of  the 
Golconda  Coast]  that  Chinnapatnam  [Madras  town]  is  not  now  as 
formerly  but  is  mightily  encreased,  and  that  the  English  have  even 
£armed  Beetle  and  Tobacco,  and  that  they  were  encreasing  the  Fort.'' 


I08  GOLCONDAH 

mandell,  and  neare  to  the  Indian  Sea.  The  Kingdome  of 
Golcondah  doth  Extend  it  Selfe  Some  hundreds  of  miles 
to  the  North  Eastward  ^  even  to  the  black  Pagod^  Some 
20  miles  below*  the  Pagod  Jno.  Gernaet*,  but  many  of  the 
Gentues  and  Brachmans  hold  lands  there,  and  call  them- 
selves Radjas®,  accomptinge  Some  miles  thereabout  to  be 
Subject  to  noe  Mahometan  Kinge  whatever*;  ,but,  let  it  be 
how  it  will,  the  Golcondah  Kinge  reapeth  much  moneys 
thence,  both  by  Customes  and  Other  Acknowledgements. 

The  Faire  and  Beautifull  Citty  Golcondah  is  an  inland 
one  and  the  Metropolitan  of  the  Kingdome,  the  Residence 
of  the  Kinge  and  Queen,  and  many  Lords,  and  of  most  of 
the  forces  of  the  Whole  Kingdome.     It  is  a  Citty  of  very. 
Small  Antiquities  for  the   most    part   built  within  these 

^  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  93,  "  The  most  powerful  of  the 
Kings  of  Decan,  next  to  Viziapour,  is  the  King  of  Golconda.  His 
Kingdom  borders  on  the  East  side,  upon  the  Sea  of  Bengala ;  to  the 
North,  upon  the  Mountains  of  the  Countrey  of  Orixa ;  to  the  South, 
upon  many  Countries  of  Bisnagar,  or  Ancient  Narsingue,  which 
belongs  to  the  King  of  Viziapour ;  and  to  the  West,  upon  the 
Empire  of  the  Great  Mogul,  by  the  province  of  Balagate,  where 
the  Village  of  Calvar  is,  which  is  the  last  place  of  Mogolistan  on 
that  side." 

2  Sailors'  name  for  the  temple  at  Kanarak,  dating  from  about 
1250  A.D.  See  quotation  from  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  in 
note  on  p.  12.  See  also  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxx.  p.  348,  for  this  well-known 
mark  on  the  Orissa  Coast. 

3  Above  {i.e,  to  the  North),  as  we  should  say  nowadays. 
*  See  note  on  p.  12. 

^  See  note  on  p.  39.     T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has  "  Raja,  a  King." 

^  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  94,  "The  boundaries  of  Mogul- 
istan  and  Golconda  are  planted  about  a  League  and  a  half  from 
Calvar:  They  are  Trees  which  the[y]  call  Mahoua  [ma/iwd];  these 
mark  the  outmost  Land  of  the  Mogul,  and  immediately  after,  on  this 
side  of  a  Rivulet,  there  are  Cadjours  [^/tajur],  or  wild  [date]  Palm- 
trees,  planted  only  in  that  place,  to  denote  the  beginning  of  the 
Kingdom  of  Golconda,  wherem  the  insolence  of  collectors  is  far  more 
insupportable  than  in  the  confines  of  Mogolistan ;  for  the  duties  not 
being  exacted  there,  in  the  Name  of  the  King,  but  in  the  Name  of 
private  Lords,  to  whom  the  villages  have  been  given,  the  Collectors 
make  Travellers  pay  what  they  please." 

^  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii.  pp.  94  and  98,  **The  Capital  city  of 
this  Kingdom  [Golconda]  is  called  Bagnagar,  the  Persians  call  it 
Aider-abad...The  Castle  where  the  King  commonly  keeps  his  Court, 


GOLCONDAH  IO9 

100  years  past^  begun  when  the  Ancestors  of  the  familie 
of  this  present  Kinge  revolted  from  the  Mogoll*  and 
conquered  this  Kingdome,  then  called  by  the  name  of 
Bisnagar',  that  beinge  the  Metropolitan  and  Seat  of  a 
Viceroy ;  but,  Upon  the  Conquest  hereof,  they  did,  as 
the  Mahometan  Custome  hath  been  of  Antient  times,  in 
a  manner  demolish  the  Old  one  and  Erect  a  New  one 
giveinge  another  Name  thereto. 

So  that  now  the  Whole  is  called  the  Kingdome  of 
Golcondah,  but  what  they  tooke  from  the  Emperour,  and 
what  Soon  after  they  tooke  from  the  Hindoos,  or  Idolaters, 
and  what  by  their  Couradge,  and  more  Especially  the 
great  Masse  of  riches  these  lands  Enjoyed,  which  caused 
the  Christian  Nations  to  Settle  and  trade  here,  it  is  become 
a  Very  Glorious  and  Potent  Kingdome,  or  rather  Empire, 


is  two  Leagues  from  Bagnagar ;  it  is  called  Golconda,  and  the  King- 
dom bears  the  same  name.  Cotup-Sha  the  first,  gave  it  that  name, 
because  after  his  Usurpation  seeking  out  for  a  place  where  he  might 
build  a  strong  Castle,  the  place  where  the  Castle  stands  was  named 
to  him  by  a  Shepheard,  who  guided  him  through  a  Wood  to  the  Hill 
where  the  Palace  is  at  present ;  and  the  place  appearing  very  proper 
for  his  designe,  he  built  the  Castle  there,  and  called  it  Golconda, 
from  the  word  Golcar,  which  in  the  Telenghi  Language  signifies  a 
Shepheard  :  all  the  Fields  about  Golconda  were  then  but  a  Forest, 
which  were  cleared  by  little  and  little,  and  the  Wood  burnt.  This 
place  is  to  the  west  of  Bagnagar ;  the  plain  that  leads  to  it,  as  one 
goes  out  of  the  Suburbs,  affords  a  most  lovely  sight,  to  which  the 
prospect  of  the  Hill  that  rises  like  a  Sugar-loaf  in  the  middle  of  the 
Castle,  which  has  the  Kings  palace  all  round  upon  the  sides  of  it,  con- 
tributes much  by  its  natural  situation."  The  above  *'  derivation  "  for 
Golconda  is  quite  fanciful  as  most  old  Indian  derivations  are.  It  is 
quite  possible  that  the  writer  is  mixing  up  Bhagnagar,  now  Haidarabad, 
which  was  the  town,  and  Golconda,  which  was  the  fort.  Aurangzeb, 
"the  Great  Mogull,"  was  Viceroy  for  his  father  Shah  Jahan  in  the 
Deccan  from  1635  to  1642,  and  again  from  1652  to  1656. 

1  Historically  the  Qutb  Shah!  Dynasty  rose  out  of  the  dismember- 
ment of  the  Bahmani  Dynasty  of  Kulbarga  in  1489  and  took  the  royal 
style  at  Golconda  in  1512.  But  the  king,  who  chiefly  made  the 
territory  and  helped  to  destroy  Vijayanagar,  was  Ibrahim  Qutb  Shah, 
1549 — 1 581,  that  no  doubt  being  the  reference  in  the  text.  See 
Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  pp.  65 — 69  for  a  history  of  the  rise  of 
"  Abdoul-Coutou-Sha." 

2  i.e,  Akbar,  1556 — 1605. 

3  Vijayanagar. 


no  GOLCONDAH 

of  above  2000  English  miles  in  Circuit,  very  well  popu- 
lated and  replenished  with  all  things  Necessarie^  Save 
Some  Sorts  of  Mineralls,  haveinge  none  but  of  Iron, 
deficient  in  those  of  Silver  or  Gold,  but  yet  Enjoyeth  that 
which  purchaseth  it  from  all  or  most  parts  of  the  Universe, 
(namely  Diamonds,  of  which  in  Order). 

There  be  many  Stronge  holds  in  this  Kingdome,  but 
most  places  of  Eminencie  and  force,  but  the  Souldiery  as 
well  as  the  Governours  are  Mahometans. 

The  fort'*  t)f  this  Metropolitan  is  an  admirable  One, 
noe  lesse  then  5  English  miles  in  Circuit,  the  walls,  of 
Vast  height  and  Substance  proportionable  thereunto, 
gunned  all  round,  which  addeth  much  to  the  Excellencie 
of  this  Cittie,  which  is  alsoe  blessed  with  many  more 
conveniencies  that  adde  much  to  the  Strength  hereof,  the 
Soile  most  wholesom  and  fertile,  aboundinge  with  all 
Sorts  of  graine  and  in  great  Measure,  the  temperancie  of 
the  Aire,  and  famous  for  the  River  Kishna^  that  Spreadeth 
it  Sfelfe  into  many  branches  runninge  Up  neare  this  Citty* 
which  is  above  200  miles,  and  issueth  out  Upon  Point 
Due®,  the  Entrance  of  the  Roade  of  Metchlipatam.     All 


^  Compare  Tavernier,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  63,  "The  whole  Kingdom 
of  Golconda,  take  it  in  general,  is  a  good  Country,  abounding  in  Com, 
T^ice,  Cattel,  Sheep,  Poultry,  and  other  necessaries  for  human  life. 
In  regard  there  are  great  store  of  Lakes  in  it,  there  is  also  great  store 
of  Fish." 

2  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  98,  "This  Fort  is  of  a  large 
compass,  and  may  be  called  a  Town ;  The  Walls  of  it  are  built  of 
Stones  three  Foot  in  length,  and  as  much  in  breadth,  and  are  sur- 
rounded with  deep  Ditches,  divided  into  Tanquies,  which  are  full  of 
fair  and  good  Water.  But  after  all,  it  hath  no  works  of  Fortification 
but  five  round  Towers,  which  (as  well  as  the  Walls  of  the  place) 
have  a  great  many  Cannon  mounted  upon  them  for  their  defence." 

3  Kistna. 

*  Golconda  was  not  however  on  the  Kistna,  but  on  the  Musi,  a 
tributary  of  the  Kistna. 

^  Well  known  to  mariners  of  old  as  the  Southern  point  of  the 
Kistna  estuary.     See  note  on  p.  55. 


GOLCONDAH  III 

which  conveniences  cause  great  resort  of  Merchants*  and 
other  both  Natives  and  Forraigners. 

Many  Europeans,  Especially  of  our  English  Nation, 
are  here  become  inhabitants.  Entertained  in  the  King's 
Service^  and  are  for  the  most  part  in  One  Office  or  Other, 
accordinge  to  their  deserts,  as  Gunners,  Gunners  Mates, 
Armorers,  and  Some  Troopers',  and  have  very  considerable 
Sallary,  which  hath  Encouraged  many  English  Soldiers  of 
Fort  St.  Georg's  to  flee  theire  Colours,  and  hasten  thither, 
but  nowadays  are  but  Ordinarilie  respected  or  Entertained, 
by.  theire  debauched  and  Unchristian  like  behaviours,  in 
Soe  much  that  they  are  now  become  Odious  that  repaire 
thither  for  Succor,  and  that  come  Upon  Such  frivolous 
accompts,  without  Either  good  repute  or  habit. 

This  Kingdome  amongst  the  many  Merchandizes  it 
affordeth,  as  all  Sorts  of  Callicoes^  Saltpeeter,  paintings*. 
Carpets  of  all  Sorts,  raw  and  wrought  Silkes  &c.,  hath  the 
Enjoyment  of  the  most  plenty  of  rich  Diamonds  in  the 
Universe.      About  lOO  miles  from  Golcondah*'  the  Earth 


<i 


1  James  Horner,  the  "free  merchant"  mentioned  by  T.  B.  in  the 
Queda"  section,  resided   at  Golconda  from  1679 — 1681.     Compare 

Thevenoty  part  iii.  p.  97,  ** There  are... at  Bagnagar . . .  many  Rich 
Merchants,  Bankers  and  Jewellers... Besides  the  Indian  Merchants... 
there  are  many  Persians  and  Armenians... There  are  many  Franks 
also  in  the  Kingdome,  but  most  of  them  are  Portuguese,  who  have 
fled  thither  for  Crimes  they  have  committed  :  However  the  English 
and  Dutch  have  lately  setled  there...."  From  this  extract,  it  seems, 
as  stated  above,  p.  108,  note,  that  T.  B.  confused  the  town  of  Bhagna- 
gar  with  the  fort  of  Golconda. 

2  The  reference  is  to  Mir  Jumla's  Artillery.     See  Bermer,  p.  17. 

3  See  note  on  p.  5. 

*  See  note  on  p.  106. 

^  The  author  again  shows  his  accurate  personal  knowledge  of 
what  he  describes,  and  does  not  fall  into  the  common  error  of 
locating  the  mines  at  Golconda  itself  Mackenzie,  Kistna  District^ 
^  p.  244  f.  combats  this  error — "The  diamond  mines  in  the  Kistna 
District  were  under  the  control  of  the  Kings  of  Golconda  for  the  whole 
of  that  period  [circa  1500 — 1686].., Golconda  is  a  common  enough 
name  in  the  Telugu  country,... but  the  Golconda  which  gave  a  title  to 
the  Qutb  Shah  dynasty  is  a  hill  fortress  near  Haidarabad.  There  are 
no  diamonds  in  that  locality,  and   when  poets  wrote  of  Golconda's 


112  GOLCONDAH 

doth  most  abound  therewith,  where  any  Merchant  ad- 
venturer may  purchas  a  piece  of  land  of  halfe  an  Aker, 
a  whole  Aker  or  more,  but  at  deare  rates,  as  it  Sometimes 
fall  out.  The  Merchant  giveinge  8,  lo,  20  thousand 
Pagodes^  for  a  Small  Spot  of  land,  hath  the  liberty  to 
digge  soe  deep  as  he  pleaseth*,  and  wash  out  the  Earth 
Searchinge  for  what  hidden  treasure  he  may  happilie  find, 
but  severely  inspected  by  the  King's  Officers,  soe  that  if 
he  meet  with  a  rough  Diamond  that  weyeth  above  70  or 
72  Conderines^  the  Exact  weight  of  one  Royal  of  8*,  it 
must  be  for  the  King's  owne  Use,  he  payinge  or  causeinge 
to  be  paid  soe  much  moneys  for  it,  (but  little  more  then 
one  halfe  the  just  worth)  the  rest  of  Smaller  weight  and 
magnitude  are  att  the  Adventurers  owne  disposall,  and 
thus  Sometimes  they  reape  Vast  Estates  in  Short  time, 
and  Some  loose  them. 

Amongst  the  famous  buildings  of  Golcondah  may  well 
be  in  the  number  the  Mosquees*'  and  Tombs  of  the 
deceased  Kings  and  Queens,  Especially  that  of  the  last 
queen  Mother  that  deceased,  whose  Bones,  after  7  years 
interred  were  taken  Up  and  Sent  to  Mecha,  there  againe 


gems  and  Golconda's  mines  they  were  not  aware  that  Golconda  was 
only  the  residence  of  the  king,  where  were  displayed  the  diamonds 
collected  in  the  outlying  tracts  of  his  dominions."  Compare  also 
Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  pp.  134 — 138,  who  gives  the  earliest  reliable 
account  of  these  mines. 

^  See  note  on  p.  51. 

2  Compare  Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  135,  "They  [the  Merchants] 
pay  two  per  cent,  to  the  King  for  all  that  they  buy :  besides  that,  he 
has  also  a  duty  from  the  Merchants  for  leave  to  dig.... And  from  the 
day  that  they  begin  to  work,  to  the  day  that  they  end,  the  Merchants 
pay  to  the  King  two  Pagods  a  day ;  and  four  when  they  employ  an 
hunder'd  men." 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Candareen.  This  quotation  is  useful  for 
the  history  of  the  word.  See  Ind,  Ant,  vol.  xxvi.  p.  315  f.,  vol.  xxvii. 
pp.  ii  ff.,  91  f. 

*  i.e,  a  dollar. 

^  Masjids.     See  note  on  p.  11. 


GOLCONDAH  113 

interred  in  the  Land  of  their  Ungodlie  Patron*,  the  tombe 
of  her  first  buriall  haveinge  much  added  to  the  repaire 
thereof,  done  by  this  King's  father,  who  deceased  Soon 
after  he  had  finished  the  Worke,  Anno  1671^.  Hee  caused 
3  Globes  of  Massy  Gold  to  be  placed  on  the  topp  of  the 
Tombe  with  3  large  halfe  Moons  of  the  Same^  And 
caused  the  Said  Tombe  to  be  reverenced  as  a  most  Sacred 
Monument.  And  gave,  and  Confirmed  many  Strange 
Priviledges  Upon  it,  (one  for  instance).  If  any  Person 
have  Comitted  the  most  inhumane  Crime  of  theft,  Murther, 
or  what  else,  that  by  theire  Laws  deserve  a  most  horrid 


^  T.  B.  appears  to  have  confused  two  of  the  daughters  of  Ibrahim 
Quli  Qutb  Shah,  4th  king  of  the  Qutb  Shah!  line.  Haiyat  Bakhsh  Begam 
was  the  mother  of  Abdullah  Qutb  Shah  the  6th  king,  who  died  in 
1672.  She  was  buried  at  Golconda,  but  her  body  was  not  afterwards 
removed.  Among  the  "King's  Tombs"  described  in  vol.  ii.  p.  519  of 
the  Nizam^s  Dominions  by  Bilgrami  and  Wilmott,  mention  is  made  of 
that  of  "Haiyat  Baksh  Begam,  daughter  of  Ibrahim  Kuli  Kutub  Shah 
and  the  wife  of  Sultan  Mahomed  the  5th  king,  and  mother  of  Sultan 
Abdulla  Kutub  Shah,  6th  and  last  but  one  of  the  Kutub  Shahi  line. 
The  date  of  her  death  as  inscribed  on  the  tomb  is  H.  1047  (a.d.  161 7)." 
On  p.  486  of  the  same  vol.  it  is  stated  that  the  mother  of  Abdullah 
Qutb  Shah,  who  died  in  1672,  pre-deceased  her  son  by  only  2  years 
and  4  months.  As  Ibrahim  Quli  Qutb  Shah  died  in  1 580/1,  the  date 
of  his  daughter's  death  is  more  probably  161 7.  For  information  about 
the  other  daughter,  evidently  the  one  referred  to  by  T.  B.,  I  am 
indebted  to  Syed  Hossein  Bilgrami,  who  says — "The  only  court  lady 
whose  body  was  exhumed  after  seven  years  and  sent  to  Kerbela  (not 
Mecca)  for  burial  in  holy  ground  was  Khairat-un-Nissa  Begam,  a 
daughter  of  Ibrahim  Qutb  Shah.  She  was  buried  temporarily  under 
a  dome  erected  for  this  purpose  in  Khairatabad  not  far  from  a  mosque 
built  by  herself,  and  the  remains  were  removed  to  Kerbela  seven  years 
after.  The  empty  mausoleum  and  mosque  are  standing  to  this  day, 
but  there  are  no  inscriptions  on  either  of  them." 

2  Abdullah  Qutb  Shah,  1624/5— 1672.     T.  B.  is  a  year  out  in  the 
date  of  his  death. 

^  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  tomb  described  by  T.  B.  is  that  of 
Abdullah  Qutb  Shah.  Syed  Hossein  Bilgrami  informs  me  that  it  is 
\v  r?-^  inausoleum  in  the  district  with  three  domes,  and  that  Abdul- 
lah Qutb  Shah  is  buried  in  it  with  his  two  Hindu  queens,  Pema  Mathi 
and  Tara  Mathi.  In  the  Nizam's  Dominions,  vol.  ii.  p.  520,  the 
tomb  IS  thus  described,  "  Between  the  walled  enclosure  and  the  fort 
wails  IS  the  tomb  of  the  sixth  king.  Sultan  Abdulla  Kutub  Shah,  who 
iso  ^"  "•  '^3  (A.D.  1672)  after  a  reign  of  forty-eight  years.  This 
anS"^  •  ^  finest  tombs  here,  being  enriched  with  very  fine  carvings 
an<»  minarets  at  each  comer  of  the  platform...." 

^-  8 


114  GOLCONDAH 

death,  if  the  Party  before  apprehended  can  make  his 
Escape  into  the  Tombe,  he  not  only  Saveth  his  life,  but 
cannot  for  the  future  be  taken  out  by  Violence,  but  live 
theire  very  peaceably,  and  at  the  Kinge  (sic)  Charged 

Currant  Coynes  in  this  Kingdome\ 

Fort  St.  Georg's,  vizt. 

New  Pagods'  here  coyned  passe  all  the  King-     lb     s     d 

dome  over  att  the  Rate  of  oo  08  (X) 

Fanam*  of  gold  at  CO  GO  03 

Cash*  made  of  Coppar  80  make  one  fanam  00  00  03 

Royals"  of  8  are  worth  00  05  (X) 

Rupees^  are  worth  CO  02  03^ 

The  Abassin®  of  Persia  7  to  one  Pagod  or  00  08  cx) 

*  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  99  f.  "The  Sepulchres  of  the 
King  who  built  Golconda,  and  of  the  five  Princes  who  have  Reigned 
after  him  are  about  two  Musquet-shot  from  the  Castle.  They  take  up 
a  great  deal  of  ground  because  every  one  of  them  is  in  a  large  Garden. 
...The  Tombs  of  the  six  Kings  are  accompanied  with  those  of  their 
Relations,  their  Wives,  and  chief  Eunuchs... .AH  these  Sepulchres  are 
Sanctuaries,  and  how  criminal  soever  a  Man  may  be  that  can  get  into 
them,  he  is  secure." 

2  This  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  accounts  of  the  confusing  money 
of  the  time  in  existence.  See  article  on  Southern  Indian  weights  in 
Ind,  Ant.  vol.  xxvii.  p.  57f.  This  table  compares  fairly  well  with 
that  of  Fryer,  p.  208  f.  Compare  the  "Account  of  the  Money  of  Asia" 
in  Tavernter,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  pp.  2 — 6. 

3  See  note  on  p.  51.  See  also  Tavernier,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  ^,  who 
gives  illustrations  of  "the  Money  which  the  English  coin  in  their  Fort 
St.  George,  or  else  at  Madrespatam,  upon  the  Coast  of  Coromandel. 
They  call  them  Pagods,  as  those  of  the  Kings  and  Raja's  of  the 
Country  are  call'd.  They  are  of  the  same  weight,  the  same  goodness, 
and  pass  for  the  same  Value." 

*  A  small  gold  and  also  silver  coin  in  Southern  India.  This,  and 
the  three  references  which  follow,  are  valuable  for  values.  See 
Hobson-Jobsoii,  s.v.  Fanam. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Cash. 

^  Royal  of  eight,  (Span,  real),  i.e.  a  piece  of  eight  rentes,  or  a  dollar. 
Fryer,  p.  210,  gives  the  value  of  a  Royal  at  Bussorah  as  "3^  Abbassees." 
Taking  the  value  of  the  Abassi  at  about  is.  ^d.,  this  would  agree  with 
T.  B.'s  estimate. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Rupee.  The  quotation  above,  and  those 
later  on,  are  interesting  as  additional  evidence  that  the  form  "rupee" 
had  become  fixed  by  the  last  quarter  of  the  17th  century. 

®  The  table  here  must  be  read  with  some  care.     What  the  writer 


GOLCONDAH  -  US 

lb      s       d 

The  Mase^  of  Achin  S  fanams  20  cash  or  00  01  03^ 

Pullicatt 
The  Pagod  Valueth  00  08  06 

24  fanams  make  one  Pagod  or  00  08  06 

24  Coppar  Cash  make  one  fanam  or  cx)  00  04^ 

Golcondah 
The  Old  Pagod*  Valueth  00  12  00 

The  fanam  00  01  00 

Porto  Novo  and  Trincombar' 

The  Pagod  there  Coyned  Valueth  but  00  06  00 

Theire  Fanam  is  worth  cx)  00  04 

Metchlipatam 

The  forementioned  coynes  passe  as  per  Idem 

rates 
The  Syam  Ticull*  Values  one  rupee  ^  or  00  03  07 

means  is  that  the  abassin  of  Persia  are  7  to  the  pagoda  of  8j.,  or  is.  i^d, 
each.  In  1672  John  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations  on  East  India, 
says,  "  I  Abassee  weighs  iOf\  an.  Sicca,"  and  in  1679  we  have  the 
following  in  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  2,  under  date  25th  June, 
**  204  whole  Abassees  336  halfe  ditto  making  in  all  237  [should  be  372] 
abassees  at  8|  a.  per  abass."  These  values  tally  almost  exactly  with 
T.B.*s  statement,  taking  the  standard  anna  of  the  period  to  be  worth 
about  i^d,  and  the  sicca  anna  at  something  less.  Sir  Thos.  Herbert 
rates  the  abassi  at  sixteen  pence  in  1677,  Travels,  p.  314.  The  coin 
took  its  name  from  Shah  Abas  II. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.   Mace.     See  also  Ind.  Ant,  vol.  xxvii. 

p.  37  ff. 

*  See  Tavemier,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  4,  for  a  representation  of  "one 
of  the  ancient  Pagods.  They  are  as  heavy  as  the  new  ones ;  and 
though  they  be  no  better  Gold,  yet  some  years  since  they  went  at  20 
and  25  per  Cent,  more  than  the  new  ones;  the  reason  is,  for  that  the 
Bankers  being  all  Idolaters,  they  are  so  superstitious  as  to  believe, 
that  if  they  melt  down  that  Money,  some  Calamity  will  befall  their 
Country ;  and  they  hold  this  for  such  a  certain  truth.  That  for  fear  the 
King  of  Golconda  should  melt  it,  they  paid  him  for  certain  Years 
20000  Pagods.  But  you  must  observe,  that  these  old  Pagods  are 
nowhere  currant  but  in  the  Kingdom  of  Golconda,...." 

'  Tranquebar. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Tical.  See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxvi.  p.  253  ff. 
for  an  exhaustive  treatment  of  this  word,  weight  and  coin.  The  state- 
ment in  the  text  is  an  interesting  proof,  too,  of  the  vigorous  trade  at 

8—2 


Il6  GOLCONDAH 

lb      s      d 

Coppar  Cash  Value  each  cx)  CX)  oi 

Narsapore  and  Pettipolee. 

The  forementioned  moneys  passe  Currant,  but  in  Nar- 
sapore, and  the  Villadges  20  or  30  miles  off,  they  have 
a  Small  Sort  of  moneys  made  of  lead  like  Swan  Shot, 
and  are  called  Picans* ;  many  hundreds  of  them  passe 
for  One  Rupee. 

Theire  Weights,  vizt. 

The  Usuall  Weights  of  this  Coast  are  the 

CandiP,  the  Maund',  and  the  Veece*. 

A  Candil  Contains  500  pound  weight  Avordupois 

Or  twenty  Maunds 

A  Maund  Contains  8  Veece 

J,  or  025  Idem 

A  Veece  Contains  003  Idem 

Measures. 

All  Sorts  of  Graine  is  Sold  by  measure, 
as  alsoe  Oyle,  butter,  or  any  liquid  thinge. 
The  Para*  contains  Markalls* 

The  Markall  contains 

this  time  between  Masulipatam  and  Mergui,  then  belonging  to  Siam. 
Compare  De  la  Loublre^  p.  94,  "Anciently  this  service  [due  to  the 
King  of  Siam]  was  esteemed  at  a  Tical  a  month,  because  that  one 
Tical  is  sufficient  to  maintain  one  Man." 

^  This  word  is  not  to  be  found  in  Hobson-Jobson. 

2  See  Hobsonjobson^  s.v.  Candy.  For  the  value  of  this  form 
of  "Candy,"  see  Ind.  Ant  vol.  xxvi.  p.  245,  n,  40  and  p.  253,  «.  42. 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v,  Maund.  This  reference  and  those  in 
the  Bengal  Section  are  valuable  for  descriptions  and  weights  of  some 
of  the  old  varieties  of  the  maund. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobsojty  s.v.  Viss.  See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxvi.  p.  327, 
and  vol.  xxvii.  p.  58  ff.  It  is  the  well-known  South  Indian  and  Indo- 
Chinese  weight  about  3^  lbs. 

^  N.  and  E.^  p.  23,  for  3rd  June,  1680,  has  a  very  valuable  quotation, 
"Eight  small  measures  make  one  Tomb  [=Mercall],  Five  Tombs 
make  one  Parra,  Eighty  Parras  make  one  Garce."  It  is  a  pity  that 
the  text  has  a  blank  just  here.     See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxx.  p.  408. 

®  See  Hobson-JobsoUy  s.v.  Mercall.     It  is  tantalizing  that  the  text 


GOLCONDAH  1 17 

One  thinge  more  I  must  needs  Mention  for  the  honour 
and  Praise  all  travellers  ought  to  give  it,  (beinge  what  is 
it's  desert)  I  meane  the  Kingdome  in  General,  through 
out  which  great  care  is  taken  both  for  the  Safety  wee 
Enjoy,  and  for  relieve  all  travailers  may  have,  which  is 
first  it  is  blessed  with  good  and  cleane  Roades,  and  Upon 
Every  common  of  above  4  or  5  miles  in  length,  there  is 
built  a  Small  house  or  two  where,  if  the  travailer  is  thirsty, 
a  thinge  frequent  in  these  warme  climates,  he  may  have 
milke  or  Congy^,  which  is  water  boyled  very  well  with 
Some  rice  in  it,  at  the  King's  charge,  and  the  people 
demand  nothinge  for  it,  but  if  any  man  will  give  them 
a  penny  or  two,  they  have  the  wit  to  receive  it  very 
thankfully. 

Moreover,  att  Every  12  miles  End  a  house  or  two^, 
(accordinge  as  the  Roade  is  frequented)  are  built  and  kept 
in  repaire  (att  the  King's  charges)  for  the  conveniency 
of  lodgings,  for  any  comers  or  goers,  the  first  come  first 
Served,  without  any  respect  of  Persons,  which  are  fine 
conveniences  for  them,  more  Especially  for  that  the  Idola- 
trous people  who  inhabit  most  of  the  Countrey  Villadges 
dare  not  admit  of  any  of  another  Cast*  to  enter  theire  doors. 

Then  for  the  Safety  thus,  If  the  travailer  hath  goods 
or  moneys,  whereby  he  is  Suspicious  of  beinge  robbed, 

should  be  incomplete  here.  The  Mercall  as  a  Madras  measure  of 
capacity  varied  a  good  deal.  At  the  present  day,  in  modem  com- 
mercial parlance,  5  mercauls  make  i  parrah  in  measuring  grain,  the 
parrah  being  about  2J  cubic  ft.  The  mercaul  is  still  also  a  liquid 
measure. 

^  See  note  on  p.  29. 

2  i.e,  sarai.  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  248  f.,  "There  are  no 
inns  in  Bengal  nor  in  hardly  any  of  the  provinces  of  India  for  the 
convenience  of  travellers.  But  in  many  spots  are  to  be  found  tents, 
sheds,  and  stone  buildings  which  were  formerly  erected  by  pious  and 
charitable  people,  who  by  this  means  have  perpetuated  their  memories, 
and  a  traveller  may  pass  one  or  more  nights  in  them.  It  is  true  that 
one  is  not  very  comfortable  but  in  any  case  it  is  better  than  nothing. 
These  buildings  are  called  Sarais." 

3  See  note  on  p.  9. 


Il8  GOLCONDAH 

at  Every  Eminent  towne  (the  residence  of  a  Governour) 
he  is  Very  ready  to  give  his  Chopp^  which  is  Signet,  by 
Vertue  of  which  he  goeth  very  Safely  to  the  next  Gover- 
ment,  and  there  tendered  with  his  Chopp  and  soe  forward. 
It  is  a  Seale  put  upon  his  wrist  in  black,  which  gives 
a  durable  impression,  not  at  once  Easily  washed  off,  and 
if  in  case  it  soe  happens  that  he  is  robbed,  a  thinge  lesse 
common  in  this  Kingdome  then  any  Other,  He  hath. 
Upon  Shewinge  that  Signet  (in  the  Same  Goverment) 
restitution  made. 

In  the  Latter  End  of  February  they  have  one  re- 
markable day,  which  is  Annualy  Observed  with  great 
Mirth  and  Rejoyceinge.  They  Say  it  is  the  Very  day 
and  Month  theire  Forefather  Slew  a  most  terrible  and 
deformed  Giant,  which  if  ever  there  was  one  accordinge 
to  what  they  imitate,  he  was  Certainly  the  most  Devil 
like.     They  place  him   in  a  great  Chaire  made  for  the 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Chop.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has 
Chap  =  a  Printing  Iron.  Compare  the  following  contemporary  in- 
stances of  the  use  of  the  word: — "Wee  Received  your  2  Chops  for 
liberty  of  trade  to  Emoy  which  are  very  satisfactory,  but  wee  desire  to 
know  whether  it  be  necessary  to  have  them  yearly  renewed,  or  if  the 
same  will  serve."  Bantam  "Generall,"  22nd  Dec.  1675.  Factory 
Records,  Java,  No.  6. 

"The  Virtue  of  the  Chopp  or  passe  for  Amoy  is  that  noe  duties  are 
payable  there."     Bantam  "Generall,"  5th  June,  1676.    Ibid, 

"The  favour  the  Young  King  was  and  still  is  pleased  to  doe  him 
[the  Agent]  and  this  Factoty  [Bantam]  in  permitting  noe  one  to  come 
of  {sic)  his  message  without  his  ring  or  Chop,  and  whosoever  hath 
brought  it  yett  never  failed  to  obtein  his  desires."  Bantam  "Generall,** 
26th  June,  1678.    Ibid. 

"The  Persian  writeing  before  mentioned  is  drawne  up  here... 
and  you  are  to  get  the  Cogee  [?  khwajdjty  chief  merchant]  to  Chopp 
it."  Letter  from  Fort  St  George  to  Masulipatam,  14th  Feb.  1677/8. 
Factory  Records,  Masulipatam,  No.   10. 

"If  the  Vaqueel  \yaktl,  agent]  occasions  that  you  pay  anything 
more  then  what  is  usuall  for  the  Writing  Chauping  &ca.  Small  usual! 
Charges  he  is  severely  to  be  Checked  for  it.''  Letter  from  Hugli  to 
Dacca,  27th  Dec.  1678.    Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  5. 

"We  are  glad  the  Controversy  about  our  ground  is  decided,  it 
imports  you  now  to  gett  such  Authentique  Papers  Chauped  by  the 
Cozzee  \qazt,  judge]  as  may  Confirme  what  now  passed  in  the  niture 
and  stave  off  the  like  Claimes."  Letter  from  Hugli  to  Balasor,  loth 
May,  1679.    Ibid, 


GOLCONDAH  II9 

Same  purpose,  runninge  Upon  4  Wheels,  for  the  Easier 
drawinge  of  him  through  the  towne.  He  is  called  Jansa 
Bainsah^  made  of  pastboard,  leather,  &c.  Stuffed  with 
Straw  and  Other  Combustible  ingredients,  covered  with 
blew  cloth,  his  head  and  face  painted  with  Redd  and 
White,  Severall  Resbutes^  and  Others  danceinge  Round 
him  with  great  drawne  Swords,  after  the  manner  of  fence- 
inge,  callinge  Upon  him  by  his  Name,  with  many  torches, 
flaggs,  Pipes,  and  drums,  and  in  this  Posture,  he  is  drawne 
throught  the  Principall  Streets  of  the  towne.  They  burne 
him  to  dust  in  The  Open  Street  about  the  12th  houre 
in  the  night. 

They  Say  he  was  a  most  terrible  Giant,  a  great  De- 
stroyer of  man  and  beast,  and  was  at  last  destroyed  by 
a  Moore  (of  noe  Small  couradge),  for  which  they  Celebrate 
the  day  and  night  of  his  Destruction,  a  thinge  their 
Ancestors  Ordered,  that  their  Posteritie  may  not  bury  in 
Oblivion  Such  a  mighty  Restauration  of  their  Countrey 
from  Such  Destruction. 


*  One  is  tempted  to  refer  "Jansa  Bainsah"  to  our  old  friend 
Hobson-Jobson  in  yet  another  form,  especially  as  Valentyn  in  the 
paragraph  entitled  "Het  Feest  van  Hassan  en  Hossein,"  chap.  iv. 
p.  107  of  vol.  v.,  says  that  the  Dutch  call  the  cry  of  Shah  Hussain, 
"Jaksom  Baksom."  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Hobson-Jobson.  How- 
ever, Syed  Hossein  Bilgrami  has  given  me  the  followmg  explanation 
of  T.  B.'s  statement:  "It  is  said  that  the  country  about  Tuljapur  was 
at  one  time  infested  by  a  Rakshaso  of  the  name  of  Mahesha  Asura 
[whence  Mahecasura,  Maisur,  Mysore],  who  came  in  the  shape  of  a 
monstrous  bumilo,  ravaged  the  country  far  and  wide  and  destroyed 
everything  that  lay  on  his  way.  The  black  Bhavani  of  Tuljapur, 
however,  fought  with  and  destroyed  this  monster,  in  commemoration 
of  which  event  an  effigy  of  the  buffalo  called  Mahesha  Bhainsa  (cor- 
rupted into  Ainsa  Bhainsa)  is  made  every  year  and  carried  about  with 
every  mark  of  indignity  until  it  is  deposited  somewhere  to  be  brought 
out  again  at  the  next  anniversary.  The  ceremony  is  performed  by  the 
lower  castes  only  in  the  Deccan,  and  they  do  not  burn  the  effigy. 
Ainsa  Bhainsa,  in  my  opinion,  has  nothing  to  do  with  Hassan  Hossain 
or  the  Moharrum." 

2  See  notes  on  pp.  19  and  83. 


I20  THE   COAST   OF   GINGALEE 


THE   COAST   OF   GINGALEE. 

This  Coast  called  Gingalee^  is  Certainly  the  most 
pleasant  and  Commodious  Sea  Coast  that  India  affordeth, 
pleasant  in  many  respects,  beinge  a  most  delicate  Cham- 
pion' Land,  and  one  of  the  most  fertile  lands  in  the 
Universe,  and  Commodious  for  Navigation's  Sake,  enjoy- 
inge  many  pleasant  and  good  harbours,  very  well  popu- 
lated, and  of  a  reasonable  good  Extent. 

It  beginneth  at  Point  or  Cape  Goodawaree^  the  En- 
trance or  South  Side  of  the  bay  Corango*,  which  Cape 

^  Now  Golconda.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Gingerly;  the  note 
is,  however,  inadequate.  The  text  shows  clearly  that  the  term  meant 
the  Coast  between  the  "Coromandel"  and  "Orissa"  Coasts,  i.e.  be- 
tween the  Godavarl  estuary  and  Juggernaut  Pagoda.  It  was  more 
commonly  known  to  mariners  as  the  Golconda  Coast.  See  Pringle, 
Consultations  for  1682,  p.  lOQf.  note  41.  Compare  the  following 
contemporary  extracts  :  "This  place  [Balasor]  finding  a  small  vend 
[of  cloth]  by  the  Gentues  throughout  Orixa  and  part  of  Gingerley." 
Letter  from  Balasor  to  the  Court,  Jan.  1673,  Factory  Records^  Hugli, 
No.  4.  "The  business  toward  Corango  and  the  Coast  of  Ginglee  did 
not  goe  on  well  neither."  Letter  from  the  "Braminy"  at  Golconda 
to  Fort  St  George,  6th  Jan.  1680,  Factory  Records ^  Fort  St  George, 
No.  28.  "The  Avaldar  of  Metchlepatam... would  not  permitt  our 
people  to  send  Boats  to  the  Coast  of  Gingerlee."  Letter  from  Ditto  to 
Ditto,  14th  Jan.  1680,  Ibid,  "The  Sloop  Dispatch  was  cast  away 
very  near  Bengali  out  of  the  Gingerlee  Nabobs  government"  Letter 
from  Madapollam  to  Fort  St  George,  14th  Dec.  1680,  Ibid.  "At  this 
time  of  year  there  are  not  many  boats  to  be  had,  being  employed  to 
Gingerlee  for  Paddy.'*  Letter  from  Golconda  to  Fort  St  George, 
14th  Dec.  1680,  Ibid.     See  also  quotations  in  note  on  p.  4. 

^  i.e.  level,  open,  country.  Compare  the  following :  "We... travailed 
through  a  pleasant  Champion  Country,  which  brought  us  about 
12  a  clock  to  Utromeloor,  a  Garrison  pagodoe  in  the  Genau  Kings 
time."  Extract  from  Elihu  Yale's  Memoriall^  Dec.  168 1,  O.  C. 
No  4776.  "The  middle  Cluster  [of  the  Nicobars]  is  fine  champain 
Ground."  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  69.  Here  the 
writer  means  to  infer  "fine  open  country,"  for  none  of  the  islands  are 
level.  "The  Land  for  about  60  miles  up  in  the  Country  [Tonquin] 
is  still  very  low... with  some  gentle  risings  here  and  there,  that  make 
it  a  fine  pleasant  Champian ;  and  the  further  side  of  this  also  is  more 
level  than  the  Champian  Country  it  self...."    Dampier,  vol.  ii.  p.  19. 

3  Godavarl.     See  note  on  p.  3. 

*  Korangi,  nowadays  in  Anglo-Indian,  Coringa.  See  note  on  p.  3. 
Morris,    Godavery  District^   pp.   40  f.,  167,  gives  the  following  de- 


THE  COAST   OF  GINGALEE  121 

lyeth  in  Lattitude  ,  and  reacheth  or  Extendeth  it  Selfe 
Soe  farre  as  to  the  Great  Pagod  Jno.  Gernaet^  The 
Inland  is  very  Mountainous,  but  20,  30,  and  in  Some 
places  more  English  miles  from  the  Ocean,  very  delicate 
good  Land  affordinge  the  greatest  plenty  of  Graine,  vizt. 
Wheat,  Barley,  Rice',  Severall  Sorts  of  gramme',  with 
much  more  plenty  of  Cattle,  as  beefs,  Sheepe,  goats,  &c. 
then  any  part  (of  Asia)  besides  afifordeth. 

They  have  annually  3  crops,  each  yeildinge  great  En- 
crease,  and  notwithstandinge  the  Sea  Coast  as  also  the 
Inland  be  Extraordinary  populous,  yett  they  transport 
above  10000  Gorse*  of  graine  yearly,  with  great  quantities 

scription  :  "Coringa  (Korangi)  is  situated  nine  miles  south-west  of 
Cocanada.  It  is  situated  in  16°  49'  N.  lat.,  and  82*'  19' £1.  long.  It 
used  to  be  a  place  of  very  great  importance,  but  it  has  very  much 
fallen  off  during  the  present  century.  It  was  the  only  place  between 
Calcutta  and  Trincomalee  where  large  vessels  used  to  be  docked ;  but 
the  river  is  now  so  shallow,  and  the  approaches  to  it  so  difficult,  that 
only  small  craft  are  now  built  or  repaired  there.... Being  situated  on 
a  low  site  near  the  coast,  it  has  frequently  been  subjected  to  inunda- 
tions of  the  sea,  and  to  the  effects  of  hurricanes  and  storms." 

^  Juggernaut.     See  note  on  p.  12. 

2  Compare  the  Memoriall  of  Streynsham  Master  as  quoted  by 
Mackenzie,  Kistna  District^  p.  146,  i6th  April,  1679,  "the  Dutch... 
compound  at  Narsapore... reaches  downe  to  the  River  Side  upon  the 
sandy  banke  of  which  lyes  many  Vessells  which  are  imployed  in  that 
great  Rice  trade  of  Gingerlee." 

3  The  earliest  quotation  in  Hobson-Jobson  for  Gram  =  pulse,  chick- 
pea is  1702.  But  there  are  many  instances  of  the  use  of  the  word  in 
the  17th  century.  Compare  the  following:  "The  Gram  which  wee 
desired  seeing  you  could  not  doe  it  by  the  Blackmoor,  wee  must 
bee  content  to  waight  your  better  oppertunity."  Letter  from  Fort 
St  George  to  Masulipatam,  17th  June,  1669,  Factory  Records^  Fort 
St  George,  No.  16.  "150  parrahs  of  wheat  10  Garse  of  Gram  the 
Gunnys. . .  wee  likewise  recommend  as  allready  enordered."  Letter  from 
Fort  St  Georgie  to  Masulipatam,  24th  Aug.  1676,  Factory  Records, 
Masulipatam,  No.  10.  "The  Gram  is  ready  to  be  clapt  on  board  as 
soone  as  the  Boats  are  ready  to  saile."  Letter  from  Madapollam  to 
Masulipatam,  9th  Dec.  1677.  Ibid.  "There  is  neighther  Black  Gram 
nor  Red  Gram  yet  procurable."  Letter  from  Madapollam  to  Fort 
St  George,  14th  Feb.  1685,  Factory  Records,  Madapollam,  No.  3. 

*  A  large  grain  measure  in  the  Madras  Presidency:  anything  up. 
to  4  tons  and  more.     In  T.  B.'s  time  it  contained  86  parrahs.     See 
quotation  from  A'',  and  E.  in  note  5  on  p.  116.    Compare  also  A^.  and  E. 
p.  40,  for  2nd  Dec.  1680,  "Upon  application  from  Lingapa  for  a  garse 
of  wheat  upon  payment,  it  is  resolved  to  supply  it  gratis,"  and  the 


122  THE  COAST  OF  GINGALEE 

of  butter  and  Lacca^  And  great  Store  of  Calicos*  are  made 
here,  most  Especially  beteelis'  (which  wee  call  Muzlin*).  For 
the  better  transportinge  of  the  beforementioned  commodi- 
ties, Ships  and  Vessels  in  great  Numbers  resort  hither  att  all 
times  of  the  yeare,  beinge,a  Very  Secure  Coast  to  harbour  in, 

following  in  a  letter  from  the  "Braminy"  at  Golconda  to  Fort  St 
George,  25th  Dec.  1680,  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  28, 
p.  277,  "I  had  ileed  of  a  Garce  of  Wheeat."  In  Factory  Records^ 
Masulipatam,  No.  10,  there  ire  frequent  requisition^  from  Fort  St 
George  to  Masulipatam  for  "10  Garse  of  Gram."  Lockyer,  Trade 
in  India^  p.  9,  has  **  Liquid  and  Dry  Measure  [in  Fort  St  George]  viz. 
one  Measure  is  one  Pint  and  a  half.  Eight  Measures,  one  Mercall ; 
and  four  hundred  Mercalls  are  one  Garse." 

^  See  Hobson-Jobsorty  s.v.  Lac.  Wilson,  Early  Annals,  vol.  i. 
P-  379»  quoting  from  "Kenns  advices  about  Bengali  in  1661"  has, 
among  "Commodities  procurable  at  Patna,"  "Gumlack  or  Sticklack 
very  dear,  from  9  to  1 1  Rupees,"  and  on  p.  398,  under  "Exports  from 
Bengal,"  "Lack  worth  3  Tale  per  Bahar  when  plenty."  In  England, 
Pegu  Sticklack  was  the  kind  always  requisitioned  by  the  Court, 
"100  Tunns"  being  the  usual  order.  Thevenot,  part  iii.  p.  106, 
remarks,  "The  Traffick  of  those  parts  [Bimlipatam  and  its  neighbour- 
hood] consists  in  Rice,  fine  Cloaths,  Iron,  Wax  and  Lacre,  which  is  as 
good  as  at  Pegu."  In  this  connection,  it  may  be  noted  that  Crawfurd, 
Did.  of  the  Indian  Archipelago,  s.v.  Lacca,  says  the  term  is  used  for  a 
red-wood  used  in  dyeing. 

2  See  note  on  p.  5. 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Betteela.  This  material  (under  the  name 
of  Organdy  Muslin)  was  greatly  in  vogue  in  England  during  the  first 
half  of  the  19th  century  for  ladies'  dresses.  The  clearest  sort  was  used 
for  bonnets  and  veilings.  Compare  the  following  references  :  "  We 
shall  be  able  to  invest  all  our  Stocke...in  Long  Cloth,  Salempores, 
Morees,  Percalls,  Batilles,  but  as  for  the  Ginghams,  Alligese,  Onngall 
Batillas,...it  must  needes  rest  upon  you."  Letter  from  Fort  St  George 
to  Masulipatam,  17th  June,  1669,  Factory  Records,  Fort  St  George, 
No.  16,  p.  130.  "Wee  have... 1 5  Bales  Oringall  Beteelaes  three  quarters 
done,  but  cannot  gett  Packers  to  finish  them.''  Letter  from  Masuli- 
patam to  Fort  St  George,  17th  Jan.  1675,  Factory  Records,  Masuli- 
patam, No.  10. 

"Wee  finde  quantities  of  Betteleez  and  other  fine  Callicoes  sent 
home  yeerly  by  our  Factors  and  Servants  to  their  Freinds,  to  our 
great  prejudice.... The  Betteleez  per  the  Unity  No.  28  prove  very  bad 
and  worse  then  usuall...in  particular  provide  5000  Oringall  Betteleez 
and  8000  Allejaes  at  Metchlepatam."  Letter  from  the  Court  to 
Fort  St  George,  15th  December,  1676,  Letter  Book,  No.  5,  pp.  370, 

373  f- 

"Wee  approve  of  your  accepting  more  of  the  fine  Sallam pores  and 

Bettelees  then  wee  ordered."   Letter  from  the  Court  to  Fort  St  George, 

1 2th  December,  1677.     Ibid,  p.  497.     See  Pringle,  Consultations  for 

168 1,  p.  71,  note  103. 

*  See  note  on  p.  5. 


THE  COAST   OF   GINGALEE  1 23 

namely  in  Corango*,  Vizegapatam^  Bimlipatam*,  Wattara*, 

*  See  notes  on  pp.  3  and  120. 

*  Not  in  Hobson-Jobson,  but  should  be  as  it  turns  up  in  all  sorts 
of  queer  forms  in  the  old  books.  Seje  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxx.  pp.  357 
and  400,  where,  among  numerous  forms  the  following  are  noted, 
"Inzipatam,  Bizipatam,  Wisagapatam,  Vasingepatam."  As  to  the 
derivation  of  the  name,  Carmichael,  VizUgapatam  District^  pp.  21  and 
164,  says  that  the  term  Vizagapatam  is  properly  Visakha-pattanam,  the 
city  of  Visakha  or  Kartikeya,  the  Hindu  Mars,  to  whom  a  pagoda  was 
erected  in  the  14th  century.  He  adds  that,  owing  to  the  encroachments 
of  the  surf,  this  edifice  has  long  since  disappeared.  On  p.  164  he  says, 
"A  branch  of  the  English  East  India  Company  appears  to  have  settled 
at  Vizagapatam  about  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century.  In 
A.D.  1689  m  the  reign  of  Aurangzeb,  during  the  rupture  between  that 
monarch  and  the  company,  their  warehouses  here  were  seized,  and  all 
the  English  residents  put  to  the  sword."  Clement  Jordan,  T.  B.'s 
purser  on  the  Sancta  Cruz^  held  an  official  position  in  the  factory  at 
Vizagapatam  from  1682 — 1684. 

Prmgle,  Consu/Zations  for  1684,  p.  170,  suggests  that  Gingerlee  and 
Vizagapatam  are  identical.  In  support  of  this  theory,  it  is  urged 
that  a  factory  was  established  at  Vizagapatam  in  1668,  which  must 
have  been  abandoned  some  time  before  the  earliest  consultations 
extant,  but  had  a  factory  existed  in  T.  B.'s  time,  he  would  hardly  have 
failed  to  mention  it.  It  seems  in  fact  to  have  been  re-established 
a  little  later,  from  the  following  evidence.  In  Feb.  1682  the  Court 
wrote  to  Fort  St  George  that  an  interloper  was  designed  for  "Metchle- 
patam  or  Gyngerlee."  It  was  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  Council 
at  Fort  St  George  whether  or  not  to  make  part  of  their  Investment 
at  "Gyngerlee  or  thereabouts."  The  Company  could  not  decide  if 
it  would  be  advisable  to  settle  a  factory  at  "Gyngerlee"  subordinate 
to  Fort  St  George  {^Letter  Book^  No.  6).  On  the  28th  August  of 
the  same  year  the  Court  wrote,  "Wee  shall  be  very  Glad  to  heare  that 
in  persuance  of  our  former  order  you  have  found  such  incouragement 
to  settle  a  Factory  at  Gingerlee  as  at  Porto  Nova..."  {Letter  Book, 
No.  7).  On  the  ist  Aug.  1682  George  Ramsden  was  appointed  Chief 
at  Gingerly  and  Clement  du  Jardin  a  factor  there.  On  the  8th  Sept. 
there  is  a  note  of  Mr  Ramsden's  departure  to  Vizagapatam  and  his 
return  to  Masulipatam.  From  this  time  a  regular  official  correspond- 
ence was  interchanged  between  Vizagapatam  and  Fort  St  George,  and 
on  the  nth  Oct.  1682  there  is  a  note  as  to  the  building  of  a  factory  at 
Vizagapatam.  As  Ramsden  was  at  the  head  of  this  factory,  there 
seems  no  doubt  but  that  the  town  at  first  known  as  Gingerlee  was 
subsequently  called  by  the  native  name  of  Vizagapatam.  Alex. 
Hamilton,  East  Indies,  vol.  i.  p.  372,  described  Vizagapatam  as  he 
saw  it  some  years  later,  and  says  it  produced  the  "best  D ureas,  or 
stript  Muslins,  in  India." 

^  Of  Bimliapatam  Schouten  says,  vol.  i.  p.  493,  "Bemilipatnam 
is  barely  four  leagues  from  Visiagapatnam  in  18"  N.  Latitude.  A 
fairly  good  trade  is  carried  on,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  Dutch  have, 
for  a  long  time,  had  a  settlement  there."  Compare  the  Diary  of 
Streynsham  Master,  under  date  20th  Aug.  1676,  p.  44,  "Wee  Sailed  by 
Bimliapatam  where  the  Dutch  have  a  Factory,  and  there  was  two 
Ships  rideing."     See  Ind,  Ant,  vol.  xxx.  p.  348. 

*  In  a  protest  of  Callor  Vessina  against  Mr  Main  waring,  enclosed 


124  THE  COAST  OF  GINGALEE 

Pondy^  Manichapatam^.  There  be  many  Other  faire  towns 
alonge  this  Shore  but  noe  more  good  harbours,  Some  Fortifi- 
cations alsoe  but  all  Under  the  Goverment  of  the  Moors, 
Subject  to  the  Golcondah  Kinge,  Of  which  Chicacol'*  is  the 

in  a  letter  from  Masulipatam  to  Fort  St  George,  23rd  May,  1678, 
Factory  Records^  Masulipatam,  No.  10,  p.  44,  we  find  the  following  : 
"He  [Mr  Mainwaring]  told  them  all  [the  boatmen]  he  must  have  their 
Boats  to  fectch  (sic)  Paddy  from  the  Coast  to  Gingerlee,  at  a  place 
called  Wattarra."  Compare  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  372, 
"Coasting  along  the  Shore,  there  are  several  little  Ports  between 
Matchulipatam  and  Vizagapatam,  besides  Narsapore  and  Angerang, 
but  Watraw  is  the  most  noted,  for  it  produces  Rice  for  Exportation, 
besides  some  long  Cloth,  but  it  is  not  frequented  by  Europeans." 

Dunn,  East  Indies  Directory^  p.  150,  says,  "Point  Godvarin  and 
Vatare  (Watare  or  Watsare)  bear  off  each  other  north  and  south 
10  leagues....  Vatare  is  known  by  a  mosque  built  on  the  top  of  a  hill." 

^  Compare  Schouten,  vol.  i.  p.  58,  "We  passed  by  Visiagapatnam, 
Binnilipatnam,  Connare,  Sicocol,  Pondy,...." 

Compare  also  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies,  vol.  i.  p.  378,  "There 
are  several  other  Places... on  the  Coast,  that  drive  a  small  Trade  in 
Corn.  Pondee,  Callingapatam  and  Sunapore  are  the  most  noted,  but 
are  not  frequented  by  Europeans.''  See  Pringle,  Consultations  for 
1685,  p.  166  and  note.  Of  Pondy,  Dunn,  East  Indies  Directory,  says, 
"From  Caletaer  to  Pondy,  the  coast  trenches  N.E.  easterly,  distance 
5i  leagues.... Close  in  shore,  before  the  river  of  Pondy  are  10  or  12 
rocks,  and  within  land  some  high  rugged  mountains  which  thwart  the 
river."    See  Ind,  Ant.  vol.  xxx.  p.  356. 

2  Manikpatam.  Compare  Dunn,  East  Indies  Directory,  p.  153, 
"From  Karikpar  to  Manikpatnam  or  Manicapatnam,  the  bearing  is 
N.E.b.E.  J  E.  distance  9  leagues.... Off  Manikpatnam  a  bank  of  sand 
projects  2  miles....  Manikpatnam  maybe  seen  when  the  Mountain  of 
Karapar  bears  W.S.W.  7  or  8  leagues.  It  is  known  by  a  little  pagoda, 
encompassed  with  houses  and  other  buildings,  with  some  large  trees." 

3  The  name  of  this  place  appears  in  many  forms.  Schouten,  vol.  ii. 
p.  58,  has  "Sicocol."  "Tell  them  [th^  Cossids]  they  must  not  goe  in 
to  Chickrecole  by  the  Way  for  they  will  be  stoped  if  they  doe.'*  Letter 
from  Reade  at  Hugli  to  Edwards  at  Balasor,  3rd  April,  1678,  O.  C. 
No.  4392.  In  Madras  Press  Listior  nth  Oct.  1682  we  have  "Copy 
of  letter  from  the  Chief  &c.  at  Vizagapatam  to  the  Governor  and 
Council  of  Fort  St  George  relative  to  George  Ramsden's  departure  to 
Chickeracole  to  procure  a  cowle  from  the  Seir  Lascar.''  Under  date 
23rd  May  (Pringle,  Consultations  for  1683)  there  is  the  entry,  "Reed, 
a  Generall  from  Mr  George  Ramsden  and  Mr  Charles  Fleetwood  at 
ChecracoU  dated  the  5th  Instant."  On  this  Mr  Pringle  remarks,  note 
55«  P-  ^yj-f  "ChecracoU  (Srikakulam,  pop.  Chicacole).  A  town  on  the 
coast  of  the  modern  Ganjam  district,  situated  about  four  miles  from 
the  sea  on  the  Nagavali  river,  and  at  one  time  the  head  quarters  of  the 

faujddr  of  Golconda."  Compare  Thevenot,  part  iii.  p.  106,  "From 
Bimlipatam  to  Cicacola  it  is  fifteen  hours  travelling  by  Land,  and  this 
is  the  last  Town  of  the  Kingdom  of  Golconda,  on  the  side  of  Bengala." 
Alex.   Hamilton,  East  Indies,  vol.  i.  p.  371,  says,  "The  Nabob  or 


THE   COAST  OF  GINGALEE  12$ 

most  famous  for  large  and  stately  buildings,  the  richest 
Merchants,  the  rtiost  populated,  and  Especially  for  that  it  is 
the  residence  of  Sr.  Larskare*,  the  Kings  deputy  or  Viceroy, 
Who  bears  as  great  Sway  Over  this  Coast  in  Generall 
as  the  Kinge  his  Master  doth  in  Golcondah.  He  liveth 
in  great  State  and  Splendor,  and  hath  continually  a  great 
Retinue  of  Lifeguard  men  and  Soldiery,  being  for  the 
most  part  Moors  and  Persians.  Hee  keeps  many  Stately 
Elephants,  and  a  huge  number  of  Concubines,  which  are 
the  2  Chiefe  pieces  of  State  Esteemed  On  amonge  the 
Inhabitants  of  Asia. 

Having  this  Entire  Sea  Coast  Under  his  Command, 
and  power  Soe  great  Over  the  Inhabitants  hereof,  he  can 
in  one  day  raise  a  Very  Considerable  army  of  at  least 
ICO  thousand  fightinge  men. 

Vice-roy  of  Chormondel,  who  resides  at  Chickacul,  and  who  super- 
intends that  Country  for  the  Mogul...."  Pitt  in  a  letter  to  Fleetwood, 
Sept.  1699,  Hedged  Diary ^  vol.  iii.  p.  47,  writes,  "Wee  have  taken 
care  to  manage  the  affair  at  Siccacul  to  the  best  advantage...."  Dunn, 
East  Indies  Directory^  p.  151,  has,  "From  the  point  of  Conar  to 
Ticacoel  or  Chicacol,  the  coast  trenches  N.E.  J  E.  distance  34  miles.... 
Chicacol  is  by  a  river  near  which  are  3  or  4  great  trees,  and  some 
palm-trees.'* 

*  Sar-i-Lashkar,  Indice  Sarlashkar,  the  head  of  the  forces.  This 
Anglo-Indianism  is  not  in  Hobson-Jobson^  except  in  a  quotation  for 
1682  under  Lascar.  This  particular  official  is  constantly  mentioned  in 
the  records  of  the  period.  Compare  the  following:  *'The  Dutch  in 
persuance  of  their  demands  upon  the  Seer  Lascar  of  Gingerlee  upon 
his  refusall  of  coming  to  Agreement  with  them...."  29th  April,  1678, 
Factory  Records^  Masulipatam,  No.  2.  "They  told  us  that  one  who 
aforetime  was  King  of  Orixa  was  risen  with  a  great  army  of  35,000 
Horse  upon  your  coast  and  country  of  Gingerlee,  who  had  beseiged 
the  Seer  Lascar  or  Gratt  [Grail,  for  General]  of  the  King  of  Gulcondah 
in  a  Castle  and  had  taken  away  500  laest  of  Pady  of  the  Dutch 
Companys."  Memoriall  of  Streynsham  Master,  under  date  loth  April, 
1679,  quoted  by  Mackenzie,  Kistna  District^  p.  142.  "There  came 
one  Sheake  Ahmud  to  Town  with  letters  from... the  Ser  Laskar  Nabob 
Mahmud  Ibrahim."  25th  May,  1680,  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George, 
No.  2.  "The  pagodas  1200...  I  paid  the  same  day  unto  the  Sharlaskar. 
...The  Sarlaskar  having  considered  farther,  told  me...."  Letters  from 
the  "Braminy*'  at  Golconda  to  Fort  St  George,  21st  March  and  12th 
June,  1680,  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  28,  pp.  74  and  103. 
"Copy  of  Mr.  Jardin's  Cattapa  to  the  Sier  Lascar,  Sier  Lascar's 
Cowle  for  Vizagapatam  given  to  Mr.  Jardin."  15th  Oct.  1683.  Madras 
Press  List. 


126  THE   COAST   OF   GINGALEE 

The  Merchants,  as  alsoe  most  tradesmen,  are  of  the 
Gentue  Cast^  and  live  for  the  most  parrt  in  admirable 
Subjection  to  the  Moors^  payinge  the  King's  taxes  and 
duties  to  the  Uttermost  farthinge,  besides  many  Oppres- 
sions of  taxes  the  Governour  and  his  Mahometan  Councell 
lay  heavily  Upon  them,  and,  which  is  more  grievous,  they 
are  compelled  to  beare  it  with  the  largest  Extent  of 
Patience,  by  reason  little  or  noe  justice  is  to  be  acquired 
where  the  Mahometans  are  Lords  Over  them ;  for,  if 
complaint  be  made  to  the  high  Court  of  Justice,  the 
Mussleman',  as  they  call  themselves.  Shall  Certainly  carry 
it  (if  he  appeare  in  Person)  Onely  with  this  one  Saying, 
Ka  Mussleman  jute  bolta.  Will  a  true  believer  lye*? 

As  for  theire  Idolatrous  way  of  worship,  they  Enjoy 
it  as  fully  as  in  any  Other  place  in  the  Empire  of  the 
Grand  Mogoll'  (or  territories  of  Golcondah),  and  without 
doubt  pay  largely  for  it.  They  have  many  delicate  groves, 
tanks'  of  water,  and  large  Fabricks  of  Stone  called  Pa- 

^  See  note  on  p.  9.  Pringle,  Consultations  for  1681,  p.  64,  note  17, 
says,  "Gentoo — A  corruption  of  the  Portuguese  gentio  (heathen)  as 
opposed  to  moros  (the  Moors  or  Mussulmans).  It  was  suggested  in 
Hobson-Jobson  that  the  word  might  still  linger  at  Madras  in  the 
limited  sense  of  Telugu  Hindus.  This  is  the  case,  and  it  seems  to  be 
very  extensively  so  used  even  now  [1893].  With  the  singular  tendency, 
however,  of  obsolescent  words  to  pass  from  stage  to  stage  of  degra- 
dation, it  is,  at  this  date,  applied  to  the  talk  of  the  lowest  classes  of 
Telugus,  in  especial  to  that  of  sweepers.  Among  Europeans  it  has 
fallen  out  of  use." 

2  Muhammadans.  See  note  on  p.  10.  Pringle,  Consultations  for 
1 68 1,  p.  69,  note  78,  remarks  that  it  "is  much  to  be  regretted  that  we 
have  almost  lost  this  useful  word  for  Mussulmans  of  whatever  race." 

3  Muhammadan.  See  note  on  p.  76.  Compare  the  following  in  a 
letter  from  the  "Braminy"  at  Golconda  to  Fort  St  George,  21st  June, 
1680,  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  28,  p.  114,  "Verona  being 
a  Moor  man  yet  he  was  burnt,  which  [was]  a  great  dishonour  to  the 
Mussulman's  sect." 

*  This  expression  shows  that  the  writer  had  really  mastered  col- 
loquial Hindostani,  for  the  expression  would  run  correctly:  Kya? 
Musalman  jhut  bolta?    What?  the  Musalman  speak  a  lie? 

^  Aurangzeb.     See  note  on  p.  10. 

^  A  sheet  of  water.  See  note  on  p.  7.  See  also  Thevenot, 
part  iii.  p.  96,  for  a  description  of  a   "great  square  Reservatory  or 


THE   COAST   OF  GINGALEE  \2J 

gods*,  more  large  and  of  greater  Antiquie  {sic)  then  all 
the  land  of  the  Hindoos  beside  doth  afford.  And,  what 
maketh  this  Countrey  most  famous,  is  the  Scituation  of 
theire  most  holy  and  Esteemable  Pagod  J  no.  Gemaet^ 
Soe  much  resorted  to  by  both  the  rich  and  Poore  from 
thi£  Remotest  parts  of  India  and  Persia. 

Some  of  the  richest  Indian  Merchants  Inhabit  upon 
this  Coast;  but  many  of  them  dare  not  be  knowne  to  be 
soe,  for  feare  of  receiveinge  injurie  from  the  Mahometans, 
and  for  some  reasons  more,  the  Chiefe  of  which  is,  if  any 
of  them  die,  theire  Estates  in  full  falls  to  the  Kinge,  none 
of  his  Seed  dareinge  to  claime  any  of  it  by  right  or  title^ 
onely  lyeth  at  the  mercie  -and  benevolence  of  the  Kinge 
or  Emperour'. 

Theire  habit  is  generally  but  meane,  more  like  to 
Servants  then  Masters,  theire  houses  very  Ordinary  low 
and  for  the  most  part  thatched  over,  and  are  for  the 
foregoeinge  reasons  forced,  for  the  benefit  of  theire 
Posteritie,  to  bury  the  Major  part  of  their  treasure  in 
the  Earth. 

But  all  Forraigners,  more  Especially  the  English  and 
Dutch,  have  great  freedome  here,  the  Same  wee  have  in 
Other  parts  of  this  King's  Dominions,  and  live  Very 
pleasantly  Upon  the  fatt  of  the  land,  provisions  Vizt. 
Cows,  fowle.  Sheep,  goats,  fish,  and  all  Sorts  of  Venison 
beinge  to  be  had  in  great  abundance  and  incredibly  Cheap 


Tanquie"  at  Bhagnagar.  Compare  the  Memoriall  of  Streynsham 
Master  as  quoted  by  Mackenzie,  Kistna  District^  p.  150,  under  date 
25th  April,  1679,  "We  lodged  in  a  mangoe  garden  by  the  tanke  side,  a 
pleasant  green  place." 

1  See  note  on  p.  7. 

2  Jagannath,  Juggernaut.  See  note  on  p.  12.  Compare  the  fol- 
lowing in  a  letter  from  Hugli  to  Balasor,  i6th  May,  1678,  O.  C, 
No.  4416 — "Pray  write  to  the  Rajah  of  Jagrenaut  to  passe  our 
Cossids." 

3  The  dispute  about  the  creed  of  Cassa  Verona  (Kagi  Viranna) 
was  most  probably  on  account  of  his  wealth.     See  note  on  p.  95. 


128  THE   COAST   OF  GINGALEE 

and  good.  Theire  Cows  are  the  largest  and  fattest  I  have 
Seen  in  India.  They  have  Excellent  good  Pasture  ground, 
the  fields  and  trees  always  green,  theire  butter  and  rice 
and  Oyle  the  best  in  India.  Theire  Oyle  is  for  the  most 
part  made  of  Mustard  Seede,  and  is  Vendible  all  India 
and  South  Seas  over. 

In  fine,  it  is  a  most  delicate  countrey  for  the  Use  of 
man,  the  Aire  good  and  comfortable,  and  the  land 
aboundinge  with  all  Necessaries  for  the  Sustainance  of 
mankind. 


ORIXA\ 

This  Kindome  is  of  noe  great  Extent,  but  is  an  in- 
different pleasant  Countrey,  Subject  to  the  Great  MogolP 
for  the  most  part  but  not  altogeather,  by  reason  of  Severall 
Radjas*  who  (before  the  Mahometan  Conquest  of  the 
Hindoos*)  possessed  this  Kingdome,  some  of  which  are 
not  as  yet  Subdued  and  brought  Under  the  Moorish 
Yoke,  but  inhabit  the  Mountains  and  woods,  and  Some 
yea  a  Considerable  part  of  the  plaine  land,  more  Especi- 
ally neare  to  Point  Palmeris*^  the  Entrance  into  the  Bay 

^  See  note  on  p.  5.  Compare  Schouten,  vol.  ii.  p.  142,  "The 
4th  January,  1664... we  came  in  sight  of  the  low  coasts  of  Orixa." 
Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  67,  has  "Oulesser"  for  "Ouresser"  by  a  common 
mistake  of  /  for  r  in  Oriental  words. 

2  Aurangzeb.     See  note  on  p.  10. 

3  See  note  on  p.  39. 

*  See  note  on  p.  10. 

*  Palmyras.  See  Hobson-JobsoTiy  s.v.  Palmyras.  Compare  the 
Diary  of  S trey ns ham  Master^  under  date  22nd  August,  1676,  p.  44, 
"This  night  wee  lay  by,  driveing  in  the  Sea  off  point  Palmerasfrom  27 
to  34  fathome  water,  a  fresh  gale  at  Southwest."  Compare  also  Yule, 
Hedges'  Diary ^  vol.  i.  p.  30,  "About  2  in  the  afternoon  we  doubled  the 
point  of  Palmiras,  and  between  6  and  7  in  the  evening  we  came  to  an 
anchor  in  the  Bay."  Of  Point  Palmiras,  Horsburgh,  India  Directory, 
ed.  1855,  vol.  i.  p.  607,  says,  "Point  Palmiras  (called  by  the  natives 


ORIXA  129 

of  Bengala,  where,  for  above  lOO  miles,  the  land  is  divided 
by  Rivers  and  Rivolets  into  Islands,  and  thereby  become 
Invincible. 

Sea  Ports  this  Kingdome  affbrdetli  onely  one,  and  that 
none  to  be  admired,  affordinge  not  water  Enough  for 
a  Ship  of  200  tunns  in  burden  to  goe  into  the  River,  and 
to  ride  out  is  very  Unnecessary  and  dangerous,  by  reason 
it  is  noe  better  then  a  very  wild  Open  bay  that  Extendeth 
it  selfe  from  Point  Conjaguaree  to  Palmeris ;  the  River 
is  called  Haraspoore^     Here  are  considerable  quantities 

Mypurra,  from  the  contiguous  sandy  island  of  this  name)... bears  from 
the  False  Point  about  N.E.  by  N.  distant  8  leagues.... The  land  of 
Point  Palmeris  is  low,  and  clothed  with  Palmyra-trees,  having  on  each 
side  of  it,  at  a  small  distance  the  mouth  of  a  river ;  that  on  the  South 
side  is  navigable  by  boats  or  small  vessels.*' 

^  Haraspore,  Harssapore,  Arsipore,  &c.  is  first  mentioned  in  1633, 
when  Bruton  with  seven  other  Englishmen  (who  had  set  out  from 
Masulipatam  with  the  design  of  settling  a  factory  at  "Bengalla'O 
landed  there.  It  was  the  earliest  English  factory  in  the  Bay  of 
Bengal,  as  is  seen  by  the  statement  in  Walter  ClavelPs  "Accompt  of 
the  Trade  of  Ballasore"  {Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  p.  323)  "Harra- 
pore  where  our  first  Factory  was  settled."  Yule,  Hedges*  Diary ^  vol.  ii. 
p.  240  and  vol.  iii.  p.  176,  identifies  the  port  with  Hurrichpore  Gurh 
on  the  coast  of  the  Mahanadi  Delta.  Wilson,  Early  Annals^  vol.  i. 
p.  2,  gives  the  following  additional  information:  "On  reaching  Har- 
sapur  or  Hari9pur,  the  modern  Hari^pur  Gar,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Patua,  in  Orissa  they  [Bruton  and  party]  transferred  themselves  and 
their  merchandise  to  small  hoats,  and  so  ascended  the  river  some  eight 
miles,  as  far  as  Koslda."  In  a  note  on  Patua,  Wilson  says,  "This 
river  is  called  R.  Pa^ali  above,  and  R.  Patua  below,  Basanta-Patali, 
and  at  its  mouth  R.  Boita-kuliya,  ship-haven,  a  name  significant  of 
the  former  importance  of  the  now  sand-barred  harbour  of  Hari9pur.'' 
See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Factory,  where  the  place  is  given  as  Arzepore, 
and  its  existence  as  a  factory  is  queried.  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii. 
pp.  59  and  142,  "Afterwards  we  passed  by  the  Pagoda  of  Connercon, 
the  little  Pagoda  of  Arcsepour,  Casigere,  and  other  places... on  the 
4th  January,  1664... on  approaching  it  [the  low  coast  of  Orixa]  we  fell 
down  toward  Arsapouro." 

Compare  also  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  388,  "From 
the  dommions  of  Jagarynat  [Jagannath]  I  came  into  those  of  Arsepore. 
The  Town,  where  the  Raja  resided,  is  named  after  the  Province,  and 
there  is  a  fine  River  that  invites  Strangers  to  frequent  it  for  Cotton 
Cloth  and  Rice,  that  this  Country  affords  in  great  Plenty."  "  Harra- 
pore  Sannoes  \sanahsY  were  a  class  of  cotton  goods  in  great  repute  in 
T.  B.'s  time.  Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Hugli  to  Balasor, 
dated  13th  August,  1678,  (9.  C  No.  4480,  "Make  enquiry  among  the 
Merchants  whether... Sannoes  of  Mohunpore,  Harrapore,  and  Sura 
Sannos  may  not  bee  gotten  cheaper."    The  author's  "Point  Conja- 

T.  Q 


130  ORIXA 

of  Callicoes*  made  and  Sold  to  the  English  and  Dutch, 
but  are  first  brought  over  land  to  them  to  their  Factories 
in  Ballasore^  in  the  bay  of  Bengala. 

These  inhabitants  are  called  Ourias',  and  be  a  very 
poo  re  Idolatrous  people  S  poore  in  general  1  and  very  low 
Spirited,  Save  those  Radjas  and  their  armies  who  live  by 
the  Sword,  and  will  not  pay  homadge  to  any  Kinge  or 
Emperour  in  the  Universe. 

Citties  or  townes  of  Note   they  have  very  few,  Save 

guaree"  is  perhaps  False  Point,  which  is  so  called  by  the  English  because 
it  is  so  easily  mistaken  for  the  important  Point  Palmyras.  However, 
Horsburgh,  India  Directory^  ed.  1855,  vol.  i.  p.  606  says,  "Near  this 
place  [the  mouth  of  the  Gonga,  called  also  Cuttack  River]  other  small 
branches  of  the  Gonga  fall  into  the  sea,  forming  low  islets,  and  this 
elbow,  or  projecting  part  of  the  coast,  called  Cojung  Point,  has  some- 
times been  mistaken  for  the  False  Point,  as  the  shore  from  it  takes  a 
northerly  direction  i\  or  3  miles,  forming  a  small  concavity  in  the 
land,  nearly  midway  between  the  Black  Pagoda  and  False  Point, 
called  Cojung  Bay.... In  the  former  charts  of  this  coast,  a  bay,  3  leagues 
deep  and  5  leagues  wide,  was  erroneously  delineated  in  this  part." 
In  the  1809  edition  of  the  same  work,  vol.  i.  p.  353,  Cojung  appears  as 
Codgone,  and  there  is  the  remark,  "Codgone  Bay,  instead  of  being 
represented  as  a  small  concavity  in  the  coast,  about  half  way  between 
the  Black  Pagoda  and  False  Point,  is  placed  close  on  the  west  side 
of  this  point  m  the  charts,  and  delineated  about  3  leagues  deep,  and 
5  leagues  wide ;  the  land  from  the  bottom  of  it  being  made  to  stretch 
in  a  S.E.  and  southerly  direction  about  3J  leagues  to  False  Point, 
whereas  in  reality,  there  seems  to  be  only  a  very  small  concavity  on 
the  west  side  of  that  Point,  or  rather  an  inlet  to  the  river  Gonga." 
By  the  statement  "the  river  is  called  Haraspoore"  the  writer  seems  to 
refer  to  the  continuous  inland  channels  along  the  coast  from  the  Devi 
mouths  of  the  Mahanadi  to  the  Maipara  and  Dhamra  mouths  of 
the  Brahmanl.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  False  Point  I  find,  in  a 
collection  of  old  maps: — Arsepoor  and  Arsepore  in  1720:  Mirepour 
and  Irsepour  in  1705,  17 10,  1720  and  1781.  What  the  native  name 
for  False  Point  is  I  have  been  unable  to  ascertain.  However,  in  a 
map  of  that  neighbourhood  in  1687,  I  find  Segogora  and  Lonuary 
(  =  ?  Conjaguaree),  which  seem  to  explain  that  Barro's  Cabo  Segogora 
(1553),  quoted  in  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Palmyras,  is  still  another  cor- 
ruption of  the  old  native  name  for  False  Point,  whatever  that  was. 

^  See  note  on  p.  5. 

2  See  quotation  from  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies,  in  note  i  on 
p.  129. 

3  Inhabitants  of  Orissa.     See  Hobson-Jobsoji,  s.v.  Ooriya. 

*  Compare  Thevenoty  part  iii.  p.  67,  "The  Province  of  Oulesser,... 
which  the  Idolaters  name  Jaganat,  because  of  the  famous  Idol  of  the 
Pagod  of  Jaganat  which  is  there,  is  inhabited  by  Gentiles  no  less 
fanatical  in  point  of  Religion  than  those  of  Halabas." 


ORIXA  131 

what  are  inhabited  or  Governed  by  the  Moors,  and  it  is 
a  very  troublesome  Kingdome  for  travellers,  the  Kingdome 
not  beinge  Setled  Under  one  Goverment^  both  parties 
make  many  pretences  to  injure  the  poor  travailer.  Except 
he  goe  with  a  Competent  force  or  traine. 


//■ 


BENGALA^ 

It  is  one  of  the  largest  and  most  Potent  Kingdoms  of 
Hindostan»,  Containing  in  Circuit  noe  lesse  then  English 
miles,  blessed  with  many  fine  Rivers  that  Issue  out  into 
the  Sea  or  Gulph  of  Bengala*,  vizt.  between  Point  Pal- 
meris*  (the  Entrance  thereof)  and  the  Arackan*  Shore, 
the  whole  Extent  of  the  bay  beinge  about  300  English 
miles  Over,  Some  of  which  are  navigable  both  for  great 
and  Small  Ships,  togeather  with  many  Other  conveni- 
ences, this  Kingdome  is  now  become  most  famous  and 
Flourishinge'. 

*  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  68,  "The  Country  was  kept  in 
far  better  order  under  the  Patan  Kings,  (I  mean)  before  the  Maho- 
metans and  Moguls  were  Masters  of  it,  because  then  they  had 
Uniformity  in  Religion.  It  has  been  found  by  experience  that  disorder 
came  into  it  with  Mahometanism ;  and  that  diversity  of  Religions 
hath  there  caused  corruption  in  Manners." 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Bengal.  See  also  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxx. 
p.  347  f 

^  The  earliest  quotation  in  the  restricted  sense  of  the  text  given  in 
Hobson-Jobson^  s.7/.  Hindostan,  is  1803. 

*  This  quotation  is  valuable  as  showing  exactly  what  was  known 
in  the  17th  century  as  the  "Bay  of  Bengal,"  the  limits  being  so  very 
much  more  restricted  than  is  now  the  case. 

°  See  note  on  p.  128. 

®  See  Hobson-JobsoUy  s.v,  Arakan. 

^  Compare  SchouieUy  vol.  ii.  p.  153  f.  "Bengale  is  a  great  and 
powerful  country,  which  was  formerly  an  independent  kingdom.  At 
present  it  is  under  the  rule  of  the  Mogol...It  is  situated  in  and  beyond 
the  twenty-first  parallel  of  North  Latitude.  On  the  East  it  is  bounded 
by  the  Kingdoms  of  Aracan  and  Ava ;  on  the  North  by  the  provinces 
of  Mevat,  Patna  and  Narvat  which  are  part  of  the  same  Empire ;  on 
the  West  by  the  mountains  of  Ratipore  whose  vast  extent  separates 
Bengale  from  Gusaratte,  and  by  the  countries  of  Indostan,  Orixa,  and 
Golconda ;  on  the  South  by  the  gulf  of  Bengale.    Th^  G^.xv.^^'5»\x'aN^\'afc'b 


132  BENGALA 

First  for  the  great  River  of  Ganges*  and  the  many 
large  and  faire  arms  thereof,  Upon  the  banks  of  which 
are  Seated  many  faire  Villages,  delicate  Groves  and 
FruitefuU  lands,  affordinge  great  plenty  of  sugars*, 
Cottons',  Lacca^  honey,  beeswax*,  butter*,  Oyles,  Rice^, 

it  in  the  centre  from  North  to  South,  and  it  is  there,  so  it  is  said,  that 
Alexander  the  Great  ended  his  conquests." 

^  This  and  the  quotations  later  on  in  this  section  give  the  several 
uses  of  the  word  in  the  17th  century,  viz.^  for  the  Hugli  River,  any 
large  mouth  of  the  Ganges  in  the  Gangetic  Delta,  the  Ganges  Proper. 

2  Compare  Tavernier^  vol.  ii.  p.  140,  "Further,  it  [Bengale]  also 
abounds  m  Sugar,  so  that  it  furnishes  with  it  the  Kingdoms  of 
Golkonda  and  Karnates,  where  there  grows  but  very  little.  Arabia 
also  and  Mesopotamia  are  thence  provided  with  it,  by  the  way  of 
Moka  and  Bussora;  and  Persia  it  self,  by  Bander- Abassy." 

3  Compare  Tavernier^  vol.  ii.  p.  i4of.,  *'As  to  the  Commodities 
of  great  value,  and  which  draw  the  Commerce  of  Strangers  thither, 
[to  Bengale]  I  know  not,  whether  there  be  a  Country  in  the  World 
that  affords  more  and  greater  variety:  For,  besides  the  Sugar... there 
is  such  store  of  Cottons  and  Silks,  that  it  may  be  said  that  Bengale  is 
as  'twere  the  general  Magazine  thereof,  not  only  for  Indostan  or  the 
Empire  of  the  great  Mogol,  but  also  for  all  the  circumjacent  King- 
doms, and  for  Europe  it  self.  I  have  sometimes  stood  amazed  at  the 
vast  quantity  of  Cotton-Cloth  of  all  sorts,  fine  and  others,  tinged  and 
white,  which  the  Hollanders  alone  draw  from  thence  and  transport 
into  many  places,  especially  into  Japan  and  Europe,  not  to  mention 
what  the  English,  Portingal  and  Indian  Merchants  carry  away  from 
those  parts." 

*  See  note  on  p.  122.  Compare  Tavemier^  vol.  ii.  p.  141,  "'Tis 
Bengale,  whence  fhe  good  Lacca...do  come." 

^  Compare  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master  under  date  8th  Sept. 
1676,  p.  57,  "[We]  sailed  up  the  river  Ganges,  on  the  east  side  of  which 
most  part  of  the  great  quantity  of  beeswax  is  made,  which  is  the  King's 
comodity  and  none  suffered  to  deale  therein  but  for  his  account,  and 
Swarmes  of  Bees  flew  over  our  Vessell." 

^  Compare  Tavernier,  vol.  ii.  p.  141,  "Butter  is  to  be  had  there 
in  so  great  plenty,  that  though  it  be  a  gross  Commodity,  yet  notwith- 
standing 'tis  thence  transported  into  divers  places."  See  the  "Janse- 
lone"  section  of  the  MS.  where  the  writer  says,  "butter  and  Oyle  from 
Gingalee  or  Bengala  [to  Junkceylon]  tumeth  to  a  great  accompt."  By 
"butter"  the  old  travellers  must  have  meant  ^^f,  i.e,  butter  clarified  by 
boiling,  and  so  preserved  and  made  fit  for  transport. 

"^  See  the  "Janselone"  section,  "Commodities  brought  hither 
[Achin]...From  Bengala,  Rice,  wheat,  Oyle,  butter.  Sugar,  Sticklack...." 
Compare  also  Tavernier,  vol.  ii.  p.  140,  "It  [Bengale]  bears  Rice  in 
that  abundance,  that  it  not  only  furnishes  its  Neighbours,  but  many 
very  remote  parts.  'Tis  carried  up  the  River  Ganges  to  Patna ;  and 
'tis  transported  by  Sea  to  Maslipatan,  and  to  many  other  Ports  of  the 
Coast  of  Coromandel.  Besides,  'tis  sent  away  into  forrain  Kingdoms, 
and  principally  into  Ceilan  and  the  Maldives." 


"^^vsar.^  ^^  -fc  - 


BENGALA  1 33 

Gramme^  with  many  Other  beneficiall  Commodities  to 
Satisfie  this  and  many  Other  Kingdoms*. 

Many  both  great  and  Small  Ships,  both  English, 
Dutch,  and  Portugals  doe  annually  resort  to  lade  and 
transport  Sundry  Commodities  hence,  and  great  Commerce 
goeth  on  into  most  parts  of  accompt  in  India,  Persia, 
Arabia,  China  and  South  Seas. 

It  is  also  the  abode  and  Settlement  of  the  Major  part 
of  those  that  professe  and  Embrace  the  Doctrine  of  our 
Saviour  Jesus^ 

This  Kingdome  most  plentifully  doth  abound  with  the 
before  mentioned  commodities,  as  alsoe  Callicoes*  of 
Sundry  Sorts,  Rammals*,  raw  and  wrought  Silks',  Opium 


^  See  note  on  p.  121. 

2  Compare  Tavemier^  vol.  ii.  p.  140,  "In  a  word,  Bengale  is  a 
Country  abounding  in  all  things ;  and  'tis  for  this  very  reason  that  so 
many  Portugueses,  Mesticks,  and  other  Christians  are  fled  thither  from 
those  quarters,  which  the  Dutch  have  taken  from  them."  Compare  also 
Delestre^  p.  189  f.,  "The  country,  [Bengala]  which  is  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  in  the  world,  is  extremely  fertile;  there  are  a  number  of 
woods  and  forests  of  orange  and  lemon  trees.... Sugar  is  very  common 
there,  as  well  as  ginger  and  long  pepper,  which  is  preserved  when  it  is 
green.. ..The  pasturage  is  excellent,  and  it  produces  such  an  abundance 
of  milk,  that  an  enormous  (quantity  of  butter  and  cheese  is  exported  into 
all  the  adjacent  and  maritime  towns,  and  even  into  the  most  distant 
countries,  especially  Batavia."     See  also  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  1 54. 

3  Compare  Tavernier,  vol.  ii.  p.  140,  "The  Jesuits  and  Augusti- 
nians,  that  have  great  Churches  there,  wherein  they  exercise  their 
Religion  with  all  freedom,  did  assure  me,  that  in  Ogouli  alone  there 
were  no  less  than  eight  or  nine  thousand  Souls  of  Christians ;  and 
(which  I  will  easily  believe)  that  in  the  rest  of  that  Kingdom  (Bengale) 
there  were  above  twenty  five  thousands." 

*  See  note  on  p.  5.  Compare  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  i. 
P'  393>  "Their  Manufactories  [in  Bengal]  are  of  Cotton  in  Sannis, 
Cassas,  Demeties,  mulmuls.  Silk,  and  Silk  and  Cotton  Romals,  Gurrahs 
and  Lungies.*' 

^  RUmaly  kerchief.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Roomaul.  Compare 
the  following  : — In  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  under  date 
31st  Aug.  1676,  p.  52,  we  have  "The  twelve  thousand  single  peices  of 
silke  Romalls  they  offered  to  furnish  at  3^  Rups.  the  single  peece  [in 
Balasor]."  Again,  in  a  letter  from  Hugli,  12th  Sept  1677,  Factory 
Records^  Hugli,  No.  4,  there  is  another  spelling,  "Rohamalls  we  have 
provided  here";  and  in  O.  C,  No.  4612,  letter  from  Fort  St  George  to 
Balasor,  23rd  May,  1679,  we  have  "the  investment...!  now  desire  may 
be  half  in  Rummauls  of  an  old  cheap  sort." 

®  Compare  Tavemier,  vol.  ii.  p.  141,  "One  would  not  imagine  the 


134  BENGALA 

(the  best  in  Indla)^  Muske  in  Codd  and  out  of  it*,  Long 
Pepper',  and  Severall  Sorts  of  druggs,  which  causeth  it 
to  be  soe  admirable  well  populated  and  Effected  by  the 
best  European  travellers*. 

quantity  [of  Silks  and  Silk-Stuffs]  that  is  hence  [Bengal]  transported 
every  year;  for  this  Country  furnishes  generally  all  this  great  Empire 
of  Mogol  as  far  as  Lahor  and  Caboul,  and  most  of  the  other  forrain 
parts,  whither  Cotton-Cloth  is  carried.... The  Hollanders  alone  have 
sometimes  seven  hundred  or  eight  hundred  men  of  the  Natives  at 
work  in  their  Factory  of  Kassem-Bazar;  as  the  English  and  other 
Merchants  have  theirs  in  proportion.'*  Compare  also  Mandelslo^ 
p.  94,  "They  drive  here  [Bengal]  a  great  trade  in... Silks,  whivJi  are 
esteem'd  the  best  in  all  the  Indies." 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Opium.  Compare  Tavemier^  vol.  ii. 
p.  141,  "Tis  Bengale,  whence  the  good  Lacca,  Opium,  Wax,... do 
come."  Marshall,  in  his  MS.  Notes  and  Observations  of  East  India  has, 
p.  35,  "Best  Ophium  comes  from  near  Pattana,  and  that  from  Mungeer 
IS  not  nigh  so  good."  Among  "Goods  from  Bengali  proper  for  the 
Coast  of  Cormandell,"  Add.  ^^6*.  34,123,  quoted  by  Wilson,  Early 
Annals^  vol.  i.  p.  398,  is  "Anno  1684.  Ophium  Cost  80  Rs.  per  md.... 
Ophium,  when  no  ships  go  from  Bengali  to  Malacca,  Sells  well." 
Milbum,  Oriental  Commerce^  vol.  ii.  p.  219,  says,  "The  monopoly 
in  the  trade  of  opium,  or  the  cultivation  of  the  poppy,  may  be  traced 
at  least  as  far  back  as  the  commencement  of  the  British  influence  in 
Bengal." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Musk.  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observa- 
tions^ has,  p.  17,  "From  Neopall  comes  Muske  which  at  Pattana  is 
sold  for  49  r.  per  Seere  being  16  Pice  to  the  Seere  40  of  which  pice 
make  a  great  seere  of  about  31  oz."  Wilson,  Early  Annals^  vol.  i. 
P-  378,  quotes  from  Add.  MSS.  34,123,  "Patna.  Commodities  pro- 
curable.... Musk — the  greatest  quantity  is  bought  in  the  codd,  some  out, 
but  that  not  considerable... the  price  usually  from  rupees  35  to  40  the 
Seer... Musk  out  of  the  Codd  sold  by  the  Tola  from  rupees  3  to  6  if 
high  price,  then  its  all  in  small  hard  Knobs  round,  if  about  3  then  dust 
without  them."  See  also  Tavemier^  \o\.  i.  part  ii.  p.  153.  Compare 
the  following  from  the  "Chief  and  Mr  Clavell's  reply  to  the  Auditor's 
Remonstrance,"  29th  July,  1670,  Factory  Records,  Miscellaneous, 
No.  3,  p.  72,  "That  the  Sear  of  Muske  holds  out  30  oz.  is  a  mistake: 
for  the  weight  by  which  muske  is  sold  differs  from  all  other :  it  being 
but  16  pice  weight  to  the  Scare,  where  as  the  Seare  for  grosse  goods 
is  40  pice  weight ;  and  this  muske  Seare  weighs  nearest  16^  oz.  troy... 
it  [muske]  being  to  be  bought  att  Pattana  from  October  to  Febniary.'' 

3  Compare  Schouten,  vol.  ii.  p.  356,  "Bengale,  Malabar,  and  a  few 
other  countries  of  Asia  produce  long  pepper  which  is  used  more  for 
medicine  than  for  ordinary  food."  Compare  also  Tavernier,  vol.  ii. 
p.  141,  "Tis  Bengale,  whence  the  good. ..Civet,  long  Pepper  do  come." 
Wilson,  Early  Annals,  vol.  i.  p.  380,  quotes  from  Add  MSS.  34,123, 
"Hugly...Long  Pepper  to  be  bought  at  said  time  [December],  it 
grows  about  16  course  [kos"]  thence,  it  may  be  had  at  4  to  5  Rupees 
per  maund,  and  in  the  shipping  it  is  usually  worth  9  to  10  Rupees,  but 
much  of  it  must  not  be  bought  because  Bulkey,  and  will  not  vend." 

*  Compare  Tavernier,  vol.  ii.  p.  i4of.  and  the  extracts  given  above. 


BENGALA  1 35 

Anno  Domini  1653  and  Even  to  1660: 
Vide  Chron :   of  Hindostan  and  Monseur 
Bernier  Historia  de  Mogol  in  Octavo:^ 

This  Kingdome  was  Governed  by  an  Absolute  and 
lawfull  Prince  (by  name)  Sultan  Sujah*,  One  of  the  Sons 
of  Chah  Jehan^  (then  Emperour  of  Hindostan)  but  was 
from  this  Kingdome  defeated  as  followeth : — 

The  Great  Emperour  of  Hindostan  had  4  Sons  who 
were  growne  Up  to  man's  Estate,  and  then  did  begin  to 
Contend  who  Shold  Succeed  theire  Father  in  the  Throne 
of  the  Vast  Empire  (of  Hindostan).  Whereupon,  theire 
Father,  Chah  Jehan,  was  not  a  little  grieved,  but,  after 
Serious  Considerations,  concludes  to  Seperate  them,  by 
Settlinge  them  in  good  Goverments,  to  avoide  all  such 
Contentions,  most  Especially  before  his  face,  and  thereby 
to  remove  the  jealousie  they  had  of  Each  Other  findinge 
himselfe  overcharged  with  all  4  of  them,  all  beinge  at 
age,  all  married,  all  pretendinge  to  the  Crowne,  Enemies 
to  one  another. 

Hee  Sent  Sultan  Sujah  his  Secound  Son  into  Bengala, 
his  third  Son  Aureng-Zebe*  into  Decan*,  and  his  youngest 

1  From  this  point  to  the  account  of  Mir  Jumla's  death  the 
writer  has  followed  the  translation  of  Bernier  which  was  published 
in  London  in  1671,  and  has  made  extracts  therefrom  more  or  less 
accurately.  Vide  Constable's  edition  oi  Bernier^  p.  xxvii.  and  pp.  14 — 
115.  For  other  early  accounts  of  this  revolution,  compare  Schoutetty 
vol.  i.  pp.  194 — 238,  and  Tavernier^  vol.  ii.  pp.  i — 36. 

'^  Shah  Shuja*. 

3  Shah  Jahan.  The  French  spelling  Chah  betrays  the  origin  of 
this  Account. 

*  Aurangzeb. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Deccan.  Compare  Thevenot,  part  iii. 
p.  87,  "  Decan  was  heretofore  a  most  powerful  Kingdom,  if  one  may 
believe  the  Indians ;  it  consisted  of  all  the  Countries  that  are  in  that 
great  Tongue  of  Land,  which  is  betwixt  the  Gulfs  of  Cambaye  and 
Bengala,  all  obeyed  the  same  King ;  nay,  and  the  Provinces  of  Bala- 
gate,  Telenga  and  Baglana,  which  are  towards  the  North,  were 
comprehended  within  it,  so  that  it  may  be  said  that  at  that  time  there 
was  no  King  in  the  Indies  more  powerful  than  the  King  of  Decan ; 
but  that  Kingdom  in  process  of  time  hath  been  often  dismembred ; 


\ 


136  BENGALA 

Son   Morat   Bakche^  into  Guzaratt*;    and  to  the  Eldest 
Dara  he  gave  CabuP  and  Multan*. 

The  3  first  went  away  Seemingly  contented,  and  acted 
there  as  Soveraigne  Lords  and  Kings,  and  wholly  retained 
to  themselves  the  Revenues  of  the  Said  Kingdoms.  But 
Dara  Stirred  not  from  his  Father's  Court,  for  as  he  was 
Eldest,  soe  he  Expected  the  Crowne,  which  Soon  after 
caused  bloody  Civil  warrs  in  Hindostan.  Yett  Aurenge- 
Zebe,  the  Emperour's  3d.  Son,  haveinge  the  best  Friends 


and  in  the  beginning  of  the  last  Age,  (when  the  Portuguese  made 

Conq^uests  therein)   it  was  divided   into  many  Provinces,... and   the 

i^^  Dommions  of  him  (who  was  called  King  of  Decan)  reached  no  further 

than  from  the  limits  of  the  Kingdom  of  Cambaye  or  Guzerat,  to  the 
borders  of  the  principality  of  Goa,  which  did  not  belong  to  him  neither." 

^  Murad  Bakhsh.    The  spelling  Bakche  again  betrays  the  French 
/  origin  of  the  statement. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v,  Goozerat.  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii. 
p.  6,  "The  Province  of  Guzerat,  which  was  heretofore  a  Kingdom,  fell 
mto  the  Possession  of  the  Great  Mogul  Ecbar,  about.the  year  1565.... 
This  is  the  pleasantest  Province  of  Indostan,  though  it  be  not  the 
largest.  The  Nardaba,  Tapty,  and  many  other  Rivers  that  water  it, 
render  it  very  fertile,  and  the  Fields  of  Guzerat  look  green  in  all  the 
seasons  of  the  Year,  because  of  the  Corn  and  Rice  that  cover  them, 
and  the  various  kinds  of  Trees,  which  continually  bear  Fruit.  The 
most  considerable  part  of  Guzerat  is  towards  the  Sea,  on  which  the 
Towns  of  Surrat  and  Cambaye  stand,  whose  Ports  are  the  best  in 
all  Mogulistan." 

y  3  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v,  Cabul.    The  quotation  is  useful  for  the 

'  history  of  the  word.     Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  57,  "The  Pro- 

vince of  Caboul  or  Caboulistan  is  limited  to  the  North  by  Tartary, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  Mount  Caucasus,  which  the  Orientals 
call  Caf-Dagai.  Cachmire  lies  to  the  East  of  it :  It  hath  to  the  West 
Zabulistan,  and  part  of  Candahar ;  and  to  the  South  the  Countrey  of 
Multan.  Two  of  the  Rivers  that  run  into  the  Indus  have  their  source 
in  the  Mountains  thereof,  from  whence  they  water  the  Province,  and 
for  all  that,  render  it  nothing  the  more  fruitful ;  for  the  Countrey  being 
very  cold,  is  not  fertile,  unless  in  those  places  that  are  sheltered 
by  Mountains  :  Nevertheless  it  is  very  rich,  because  it  hath  a  very 
great  Trade  with  Tartary,  the  Countrey  of  the  Usbecs,  Persia,  and  the 
Indies." 

*  This  passage  is  quoted  almost  direct  from  Bernier.     See  Con- 
stable's edition,  p.  15.     Compare  Thevenot^  ^2lxX.  iii.  p.  55,  "Multan, 
^  which  comprehends  Bucor  [Bukkur],  has  to  the  South  the  Province 

of  Sinde,  and  to  the  North  the  Province  of  Caboul ;  as  it  hath  Persia 
to  the  West,  and  the  Province  of  Labors  to  the  East.  It  is  watered 
with  many  Rivers  that  make  it  Fertile... the  Province  yields  plenty  of 
Cotton... Sugar,  Opium,  Brimstone,  Galls,  and  Store  of  Camels." 


BENGALA  1 37 

att  Court,  namely  of  the  Omrahs^  and  Emperours  Coun- 
cell,  from  whom  he  had  immediate  Notice  of  all  trans- 
actions touchinge  Soe  weighty  an  Affaire,  most  Especially 
of  Dara's  proceedings,  Soe  that  Dara  noe  Sooner  had  an 
Army  in  field,  but  Aurenge  Zebe  was  in  readinesse  alsoe, 
and  Upon  his  march  towards  Agra,  the  Metropolitan  of 
the  Empire*,  and  which  added  more  to  his  Strength  he 
now  Enjoys  the  Assistance  of  that  great  and  Politick 
Warriour  Emir  Jemla^  Sometime  Generall  of  the  Gol- 
condah  forces*.  Dara  meeteth  him  with  a  Very  Potent 
army,  and  noe  Sooner  mett  but  a  most  bloody  battle  was 
fought,  and  Aurenge-Zebe  proved  the  Conquerour.  Dara 
fled,  and  was  pursued  soe.  close  that  he  was  Slaine  some 
few  days  after*.  Whereupon  Aurenge-Zebe  now  marched 
into  Agra,  the  Citty  of  his  Father's  Residence,  Seizeth 
old  Chah  Jehan  and  imprisoneth  him.  Then,  by  advice 
of  that  Politician  Emir  Jemla,  he  dissemblingly  Submits 
to  his  Brother  Morat  Backe,  declareinge  that  he  was  the 
Onely  Emperour  both  by  gift  of  his  Father  and  consent 
of  the  Lords  and  Commons  throughout  the  whole  Empire, 
and  that  what  he  had  done  was  Onely  to  Establish  him  in 
the  Throne,  by  which  policie  he  Overcame  him,  and  they 
joyned  forres  togeather.  Soe  that  Now  Aurenge-Zebe  getts 
faire  Opportunitie  to  cutt  his  Brother's  head  off,  and  made 
Use  of  itt  as  an  advantage. 

1  See  note  on  p.  39. 

2  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  163,  "Agra  is  the  capital  of  this 
Empire.  The  fortress  is  situated  in  thirty-eight  degrees  North  lati- 
tude, on  the  banks  of  the  river  Jemini,  which  flows  into  the  Ganges. 
The  surrounding  country  is  very  agreeable,  and  is  adorned  with  trees 
that  are  always  green.  The  town  is  very  large,  beautiful,  and  thickly 
populated  with  Maures,  Persians,  Idolaters."  See  also  Tavernier, 
vol.  i.  part  ii.  pp.  48 — 50,  and  Bernier^  p.  284  f. 

3  Mir  Jumla.  In  the  MS.  records  ((?.  C  Collection)  for  1659,  he 
appears  as  "  Merjum below,  Meerejumbler,  Jumbler"! 

*  See  Bernier^  pp.  16 — 2a 

^  Bernier^s  account  (pp.  97 — 103)  of  Dara's  end  is  somewhat 
different,  as  is  also  Schouten^s,  They  both  describe  the  wanderings  of 
the  unfortunate  Prince  before  he  was  taken  prisoner. 


138  BENGAL A 

Now  hath  he  none  to  Conquer  Save  Sultan  Sujah  (the 
Prince  of  Bengala),  who  indeed  was  Enough  for  him  to 
doe,  the  Sultan  haveing  a  most  invincible  Army,  and  most 
of  the,  best  Military  Commanders  of  Asia  to  assist  him, 
himselfe  alsoe  beinge  a  very  discreet  and  absolute  Soldier, 
and  Certainly  had  not  failed  to  Overcome  Aurenge-Zebe 
to  have  been  absolute  Conquerour  of  him  and  Emperour 
of  Hindostan,  had  he  not  been  falsely  and  treacherously 
betrayed,  as  foUoweth  : — 

One  of  Sultan  Sujah's  Persian  Commanders  of  the 
horse,  called  Allah  VerdikanS  who  doubtlesse  was  gained 
by  gifts  and  large  promises  of  honour  to  worke  the  plott, 
Upon  the  Very  Pitch  of  the  battle,  Seeinge  the  whole 
Army  of  Aurenge-Zebe  and  Emir  Jemla  to  be  much 
disordered  and  in  great  Perill,  hastened  Upon  a  Persian 
horse  toward  the  Sultan,  and  called  aloud  to  him  in 
these  words : 

Moh-barock-bad,  Hazarot,  Salamet, 
El-hamd-ul-ellah*.     vizt. 

God  Save  your  Majestie,  you  have  Obtained  the  Victorie, 
why  Stay  you  longer  Upon  your  Elephant,  in  the  name 
of  God  come  downe,  he  hath  made  you  the  great  Kinge 
of  Hindostan ^ 

Sultan  Sujah  (In  the  highest  measure  of  Comfort  to 
See  his  Enemies  flee,  and  as  it  were  Utterly  rowted,  cold 
not  then  Suspect  any  thinge  of  Victorie)  confided  in  this 
perfidious  man,  and  consideringe  not  or  haveinge  the  least 
Suspicion  of  treason,  lighted  off  his  Elephant,  which 
wrought  his  owne  destruction  with  many  Others  of  his 
loyall  Subjects,  his  owne  Army  thereat  beinge  much  dis- 

1  *AlT  VardI  Khan  (Alahwirdl  Khan,  Ilahwirdl  Khan). 

2  Quoted  direct  from  Bernier,     See  Constable's  edition,  p.  53. 

3  T.  B.  refers  the  story  to  Shah  Shuja'  in  place  of  Dara.  See 
Bernier^  p.  53,  and  p.  Tj^  where  he  credits  *AlI  Vardi  Khan  with 
employing  a  similar  trick  to  procure  the  discomfiture  of  Shah  Shuja'. 


\ 


r 


BENGALA  139 

comfited,  for  they  Suddenly  missinge  him,  concluded  he  ^ 

was   Either   taken   or   killed,  at  which  instance  of  time 

Aurenge-Zebe's    army   Suddenly   advanced,   and  put  the 

Sultan's  army  to  a  great  Confusion,  and  with  much  facilitie 

rowted  them.     Most  of  them,  without  resistance,  left  off 

and  Fled,  perceiveinge  their  Prince  they  fought  for  noe 

more    in    beinge,   in    Soe   much   that    Sultan    Sujah  was 

(in  a   moment   of   time)   from   a   great   Conquerour,  and 

the  greatest  of  Emperours,  Reduced  to  a  Sudden  change, 

brought  to  a  Vaste  Straight  to  flee  for  his  life  and  libertie, 

with  a  Small  retinue  (not  Exceedinge  500  persons).     Hee 

fled  to  a  Small  Villadge  Seated  upon  the  banks  of  Ganges', 

and  thence  to  Dacca*  the  Metropolitan  of  this  Kingdome, 

where  in  a  Small  time  he  got  recruite,  but  not  Sufficient 

to  keep  him  longe  there,  or  of  hopes  to  keep  his  countrey, 

for  moneys  and  Other  large  promises  from  his  adversaries 

had  soe  corrupted  the  most  potent  men  in  the  Kingdome 

and  Court,  that  it  was  now  impossible  for  him  to  be  Safe 

in    his   own    Pallace,  the    Goverment   of    which,  and    the 

Goverment  of  the  3  kingdoms  (namely,  Orixa,  Bengala, 

and    Pattana®)   was    Established    Upon    Emir  Jemla   by 

Aurenge-Zebe  (now  absolute  Emperour)  for  the  terme  of 

his   life  and  of  his  Eldest   Son,  In  Consideration  of  his 

great  fidelitie  and  Conduct  in  these  great  Warrs. 

Sultan  Sujah  (now  in  adversitie),  destitute  of  Ships* 
whereby  to  transport  himselfe,  his  case  beinge  most  de- 
sperate, not  knowinge  which  way  lyeth  his  Safety,  he 
sendeth    to    the    Kinge    of    Arackan*,    (a    neighbouringe 

1  Monghyr.     See  Bemier^  p.  80. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v,  Dacca. 
^  i.e.  Patna. 

*  See  Bernier^  p.  109. 

^  Compare  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  27,  "Arackan  is 
the  next  maritim  Country  to  the  Southward  of  Bengal,  and  in  former 
Times  made  some  Figure  in  Trade.  It  was  into  this  Country  that  the 
unfortunate  Sultan   Sujah  came  a  Supplicant  for  Protection,  when 


140  BENGALA 

Kingdome)  craveinge  his  Assistance  and  Entertainment 
there,  which  was  readily  granted,  and  not  more  readily 
then  accepted  \  The  Arackan  Kinge  Sends  a  parcell  of 
Gylyars^  vizt.  Gallys,  well  fitted  and  manned  with  Arac- 
kaners'  and  Frangues*,  who  came  through  the  Rivers  to 

Emirjemal  chased  him  out  of  Bengal.  He  carried  his  Wives  and 
Children  with  him,  and  about  Two  hundred  of  his  Retinue,  who  were 
rfesolved  to  follow  his  Fortune,  and  he  carried  six  or  eight  Camels 
Load  of  Gold  and  Jewels  which  proved  his  Ruin,  and  in  the  End,  the 
Ruin  of  the  Kingdom  of  Arackan." 

^  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  i.  p.  219  f. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobsotty  s,v.  Gallevat.  See  also  Ind.  Ant.^  vol.  xxix. 
p.  408.  The  text  is  exceedingly  interesting  for  the  history  of  the 
word  and  proves  its  identity  with  the  galley,  and  also  with  the  Bengali 
iormjaiid.  Compare  Bernier^  pp.  109,  175,  179,  181,  "Sultan  Banque 
returned  to  Dake  with  a  large  number  of  galeasses  (as  they  call  the 
half  galleys  of  this  King).... They  scoured  the  neighbouring  seas  in 
light  galleys,  called  galleasses... These  also  are  the  identical  free- 
booters who... repaired  in  their  galleasses  to  Daka,... these  unworthy 
Portuguese  were  one  day  seized  with  so  strange  a  panic  as  to  embark 
in  forty  or  fifty  galleasses  and  sail  over  to  Bengale,...."  Yule,  Hedged 
Diary ^  voL  ii.  p.  184,  quotes  a  letter  from  Richard  Keigwin,  under 
date  1 8th  October,  1679,  O,  C.  No.  4665,  in  which  the  following 
passage  occurs,  **  the  Enemy  thinking  we  were  as  easily  swallow'd  as 
the  other,  came  up  our  steme,  with  24  Grobs  [see  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v. 
Grab],  I  know  not  how  many  Galwets...."  Compare  also  the  following : 
"At  the  retume  of  the  Surviving  lascars  with  some  Arracan  people  and 
Gelliays  Mr  Everard  was  buried  ashoare."  Sloop  Princess  driven 
ashore  on  the  Aracan  coast  25th  Dec.  1680.  [I  have  unfortunately 
lost  the  location  of  this  extract.]  "The  Govemours  Juliars  mett  with 
William  Haggs  who  left  the  Ship  Degrave  some  days  agoe."  Letter 
iroin  John  Pitt  at  Masulipatam  to  Capt.  Young,  14th  Aug.  1699,  O.  C. 
No.  6703.  Tavernier^  vol.  ii.  last  section,  p.  49,  says,  "1  took  one  [of 
these  barks]  with  four  and  twenty  men.... These  Barks  are  little  Galliots, 
which  will  undertake  to  carry  you  to  your  journey's  end,  and  name 
your  own  day...l  never  made  so  pleasant  a  Voyage  in  my  life,  nor  with 
less  trouble.  For  in  these  Barks  there  is  a  Room  where  the  Sun  cannot 
come  in,  where  you  may  repose  in  the  day  time,  and  sit  in  the  cool  Air 
on  that  side  from  whence  the  Breez  comes."  Schouten  has  also  several 
mentions  of  the  "  Jelyasses  "  of  Aracan.  "  Hardly  had  the  sun  risen  when 
we  descried  the  Jelyasses  or  oared-galleys  of  the  King  [of  Aracan]." 
Vol.  i.  p.  166.  "A  little  while  after  this  storm,... twelve  jeliasses  of 
Aracan... anchored  at  Pipely."  Vol.  ii.  p.  63.  "Jeliasses  are  very 
long  and  narrow  boats,  apparently  constructed  principally  with  a 
view  to  swiftness.  Indeed  they  cover  long  distances  on  the  rivers. 
They  carry  no  sails,  but  they  have  as  many  as  thirty-eight  or  forty 
oars."    Vol.  ii.  p.  66. 

3  The  pirates  of  Aracan,  of  whom  the  writer  speaks  more  fully 
later  on. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobsofty  s.v,  Firinghee.    Fryer^  Index,  has  "  Fringi, 


BENGALA  I4I 

Dacca,  where  they  received  the  Sultan,  his  Wifes  and 
Children,  &c.  necessaries,  with  about  200  of  his  Atten- 
dants, great  Store  of  treasure,  vizt.  Gold  and  Silver  Rupees, 
vast  riches  in  Jewels,  namely  Diamonds,  Rubies,  and 
Pearle,  which  caused  a  kinder  reception  then  he  Expected, 
and  Soon  after  Destruction,  Fore  one  yeare  was  scarse 
Expired,  but  the  Overthrow  of  the  Prince  (and  most  of 
his  retinue)  was  brought  to  Effect. 

I  have  heard  it  Related  2  ways*,  (as  followeth),  and 
I  doe  believe  they  were  both  put  in  Execution.  The 
Kinge  of  this  Countrey,  now  Seemingly  the  Protector  of 
the  distressed  Prince  Sujah,  is  an  Idolater,  and  doth  re- 
quest the  Sultan's  Eldest  daughter  to  wife*.  The  Sultan 
layeth  the  thinge  plainely  downe  to  him  that  it  is  against 
the  laws  of  God  and  his  Prophet  Mahomet,  he  not  beinge 
a  Mussleman*,  ergo  begged  of  him  to  desist  such  his 
desires ;  at  which  the  Kinge  was  Sorely  displeased,  and 
cold  not  be  pacified,  but  Sought  the  totall  destruction  of 
the  Sultan  and  all  that  appertained  to  him,  and  to  bringe 
this  his  malice  to  perfection,  himselfe  ordered  one  part 
of  his  owne  pallace  to  be  Set  on  fire  in  the  night,  and, 

an  European,"  and  p.  113,  "These  [Diamonds  cut  with  a  mill]  are 
sold  most  in  the  Country,  they  coming  short  of  the  Fringies  in  Fancy." 
Compare  the  Memoriall  of  Streynsham  Master  under  date  19th 
March,  1679,  quoted  by  Mackenzie,  Kistna* District,  p.  130,  "  Between 
3  and  4  in  the  morning  we  sett  out  and  about  9  with  easy  travailing 
came  to  Yentapollam,  in  the  way  we  passed  over  a  place  which  have 
formerly  been  inhabited  by  Portuguese  called  Fringe  Burane :  some 
stones  with  inscriptions  lay  in  the  way."  Compare  also  p.  206  of  the 
same  book,  "  Near  the  line  of  the  old  Madras  road  is  the  spot  known  as 
Feringhi  or  Frangula  Dibba,  the  mound  of  the  foreigners,  where  there 
was  once  a  Portuguese  settlement."  See  also  Pringle,  Consultations 
for  1684,  p.  189,  where,  in  a  note  on  "Castez  and  Mustez"  he  quotes 
the  following,  "the  Portuguese,  whether  of  Europe  or  Brazil,  are  at 
Goa  called  indifferently  Frangues  or  Fringuins  or  Reinoes."  Tavernier, 
vol.  ii.  p.  53,  has,  "there  have  always  been  in  the  Kingdom  of  Rakan 
or  Moy,  some  Portugueses... and  other  Franguis,  gather'd  from  all 
parts." 

^  Copied  from  Bernier,  see  p.  Ii2f. 

2  See  Bemier,  p.  iiof. 

'  See  note  on  p.  76. 


>r 


142  BENGALA 

at  the  Uproar  thereof,  gave  it  out  that  Sultan  Sujah  and 
his.  Retinue  had  done  the  Fact,  thereby  to  accomplish 
some  great  desine  he  had  in  Swayinge  the  Scepter  of  this 
Kingdome,  which  soe  incensed  the  Guards  and  Soldiery 
of  the  Citty  that  next  to  squenchinge  the  fire  they  En- 
deavour to  Squench  theire  thirst  with  the  blood  of  the 
Sultan  and  those  that  appertained  to  him.  The  Sultan 
fled  towards  the  Mountains,  and  his  Small  traine  with  him, 
but  were  soe  Severely  pursued  that  the  Woody  Mountains 
Sbecame  theire  Sepulchres. 

Much  flyinge  News  arrived  att  Agra  and  DellyS  and 
most  Eminent  places  in  the  Empi/e  conceminge  Sultan 
Sujah,  that  it  was  affirmed  2  or  3  years  after  his  death 
that  he  was  alive,  and  wold  by  the  helpe  of  God  and 
his  Prophet,  Seeke  revenge  off  his  Brother,  Aurenge- 
Zebe. 

But,  Since  it  was  truely  made  to  appeare  that  he  was 
soe  basely  Murthered  in  Arackan,  Aurenge-Zebe,  now  the 
present  Emperour,  and  once  the  Sultan's  greatest  Enemie, 
Seeketh  revenge  for  that  innocent  blood,  and  will  never, 
(as  himself  hath  often  Sworne)  be  at  amitie  with  the  Kinge 
or  Kingdome  of  Arackan. 

Emir  Jemla  hath  now  the  Goverment  of  Bengala, 
Orixa,  and  Pattana,  firmly  by  Phyrmand'  Setled  Upon 
him  with  an  absolute  Power  and  title  of  Nabobs     Hee 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Delhi.  It  is  a  pity  that  Yule  did  not  trace 
the  rise  of  the  wrong  transposed  h  in  the  modem  word  "Delhi,"  as  it  does 
not  represent  any  vernacular  form  and  is  not  found,  so  far  as  I  know, 
in  any  of  the  old  17th  century  writers.  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii. 
p.  40,  who  gives  the  h  of  the  Indo-Persian  form  Dehli  in  its  right  place, 
"The  Province  of  Dehly  bounds  that  of  Agra  to  the  North,  and  at 
present  the  Great  Mogul  Auran-zeb  keeps  his  Court  in  the  chief  City 
of  it,  which  is  about  fourty  five  Leagues  distant  from  Agra.  In  Indo- 
stan  it  is  called  Gehan-abad,  and  elsewhere  Dehly."  The  Hindi  form 
is  Dilli. 

2  i.e.  firman.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Firmaun.  This  and  the  quo- 
tations later  on  are  valuable  as  showing  the  use  of  the  word  for  Royal 
Letters-Patent  or  Charters. 

3  Nawdb,  a  Muhammadan  Viceroy.    See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Nabob. 


■i^S5 


sass! 


BENGALA  I43 

makes  Dacca  ^  the  Metropolitan,  beinge  a  fairer  and 
Stronger  Citty  then  Radja  Mehal^  the  antient  Metro- 
polis, the  Kingdoms  wholy  Submittinge  to  him,  Save  the 
Radjas  of  Orixa,  Scarce  worth  his  while  to  Send  an  army 
against,  haveinge  greater  and  more  Noble  designes  in  his 
head,  and  now  he  is  noe  Sooner  Setled  in  this  Kingdome, 
but  begins  a  warre  with  the  Radja  of  Acham^  a  Stronge 
and  Potent  Neighbouringe  Prince.  Makeinge  Use  of  the 
best  of  time,  his  army  beinge  now  well  Seasoned  to  warre 
and  Martiall  Discipline,  he  makes  hay  while  the  Sun 
Shines,  and  with  all  speed  marcheth  into  the  Countrey, 
ransacks  and  Subdues  all  before  him,  fortifieth  many 
stronge  holds,  and  in  a  Small  time  brought  the  Kinge  of 
that  Countrey  to  such  a  Straite  that  he  was  forced  to  flee, 
and  leave  it  to  the  mercy  of  this  great  Heroe*,  who  next 
purposed  to  adventure  both  life  and  fortune  against  South 


^  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  68,  "Daca,  or  Daac,  is  properly 
the  capital  City  of  Bengala ;  it  lies  upon  the  banck  of  the  Ganges,  and 
is  very  narrow,  because  it  stretches  out  near  a  League  and  a  half  in 
length,  along  the  side  of  that  River.  Most  of  the  Houses  are  only 
built  of  canes,  covered  with  Earth  :  The  English  and  Dutch  Houses 
are  more  solid,  because  they  have  spared  no  cost  for  the  security  of 
their  Goods  :  The  Augustines  have  a  Monastery  there  also.  The  Tide 
comes  up  as  far  as  Daca,  so  that  the  Galleys  which  are  built  there 
may  easily  Trade  in  the  gulf  of  Bengala;  and  the  Dutch  make  good 
use  of  theirs  for  their  Commerce." 

2  Rajmahal,  once  a  place  of  great  importance  in  Bengal.  Com- 
pare Tavernier,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  54,  "Rage-Mehale  is  a  City  upon  the 
right  hand  of  Ganges;  and  if  you  go  by  Land,  you  shall  find  the 
high-way,  for  a  League  or  two,  pav'd  with  Brick  to  the  Town. 
Formerly  the  Governors  of  Bengala  resided  here  ;  it  being  an  excellent 
Country  for  hunting,  besides  that  it  was  a  place  of  great  Trade.  But 
now  the  River  having  taken  another  course,  above  a  good  half  League 
from  the  City,  as  well  for  that  reason,  as  to  keep  in  awe  the  King  of 
Aracan,  and  several  Portuguese  Banditti,  who  are  retir'd  to  the 
mouths  of  Ganges,  and  made  excursions  even  as  far  as  Daca  it  self ; 
both  the  Govemour  and  the  Merchants  have  remov'd  themselves  to 
Daca,  which  is  at  present  a  large  City,  and  a  Town  of  great  Trade." 

2  Assam.  The  spelling  Acham  does  not  occur  among  the  quo- 
tations given  in  Hobson-Jobsotiy  s.v.  Assam. 

*  The  author  says  nothing  of  Mir  Jumla's  enforced  detention 
during  the  rainy  season,  nor  of  his  costly  retreat.  See  Bernier^ 
p.  172  f. 


144  BENGALA 

\  Tartarian ;  but  Death,  the  Certaine  call  of  all  Mortals,  now 

takes  away  the  famous  Emir  Jemla^  to  the  great  griefe 

J  of  all  wise  and  Eminent  Persons  in  these  kingdoms,  not 

a  little  dolefull  to  the  poore,  and  the  great  losse  these 
Kingdoms   Sustained   is   Unmeasurable.      They  lost  the 

/  best  of  Nabobs^  the  Kingdome  of  Acham^  and,  by  con- 

sequence, many  large  priviledges. 

The  Europeans  (Especially  the  English  here  resideinge) 
had  great  cause  to  Lament  his  death.  He  was  an  absolute 
lover  and  a  most  Indulgent  Prince  to  all  Ingenuous  men, 
very  charitable,  and  a  real  lover  of  the  English  Nation, 
all  in  generall  (that  Ever  knew  him)  were  Enamoured 
with  his  perfections,,  and  a  great  many  admired  him  in 
a  great  measure,  Esteeminge  him  as  the  glorious  mirror 
of  all  Princely  Graces*. 

Aurenge-Zebe  was  Seemingly  grieved  to  heare  of  his 
Death,  although  he  not  longe  before  repented  himselfe 
that  Emir  Jembla  had  such  an  Invincible  Power  conferred 
Upon  him,  insomuch  that,  for  Some  years  before,  Aurenge- 
Zebe  cold  scarse  heare  of  his  name,  or  have  the  least 
cogitations  of  him,  but  wold  Shake  his  head,  haveinge 
noe  power  to  retaine  his  griefe,  or  Ever  thought  of  the 

1  The  authority  for  this  statement  is  to  be  found  in  Bemier^ 
p.  171. 

2  The  date  of  his  death  was  the  31st  March,  1663. 

3  See  note  on  p.  142.  For  an  account  of  the  exact  extent  of 
power  enjoyed  by  a  nawdb,  see  Dow,  History  of  Hindostan,  vol.  iii. 
p.  Iii. 

*  For  a  further  account  of  the  Assam  campaign,  see  Tavermer, 
vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  178,  and  vol.  ii.  p.  52  f.  In  vol.  i.  Mir  Jumla  appears 
as  Mirgimola. 

^  T.  B.  could  hardly  have  obtained  this  impression  of  Mir  Jumla 
from  the  English  themselves.  The  records  of  the  time  are  full  of 
complaints  of  the  exactions  of  the  Nabob.  In  1659,  he  stopped  the 
saltpetre  boats  on  their  way  down  from  Patna,  and  hampered  the  trade 
of  the  English  in  every  way,  besides  exacting  an  annual  offering  of 
three  thousand  rupees.  See  Wilson,  Early  Annals,  vol.  i.  p.  34  f. 
However,  Stewart,  History  of  Bengal,  p.  295,  says,  **  His  death  was 
even  regretted  by  the  Europeans,  who  had  formerly  complained  of 
his  exactions." 


npMvpwvaaaw 


BENGALA  14^ 

flourishinge  State  of  Emir  Jemla,  but  looked  Upon  it  as 
the  dismall  Coffin  in  which  he  himselfe  was  buried  alive. 

Beinge  timorous  that  Emir  Jemla's  growinge  greatnesse 
wold  at  length  tend  to  his  owne  prejudice  if  he  shold 
once  aime  at  the  Empire,  which  caused  the  Emperour  at 
the  news  of  his  Death  (although  he  Sighed)  yet  Uttered 
these  words,  "  Now  am  I  absolute  Emperor  of  India"^ 

Emir  Jemla's  Son  Succeeded  not  his  Father  (accord- 
inge  to  Phyrmane);  however,  the  Mogoll  was  Extra- 
ordinary kind  to  him  in  all  Other  respects,  passinge  the 
Custome  of  this  Empire,  more  Especially  after  the  death 
of  his  Father.  He  kept  him  at  his  owne  Court,  made  him 
one  of  his  Chiefest  Omrahs^  and  associates,  and  freely 
gave  him  all  his  Fathers  Estate  and  riches  into  his  own 
possession,  and  to  be  wholly  at  his  owne  disposal^. 

Nabob  Shah-hest-Kan*  (Soon  after  the  death  of  the 
Emir)  had  the  goverment  of  these  3  Kingdoms  tranferred 
Upon  him**  dureinge  the  Emperour^s  pleasure,  who  thought 
to  himselfe  that  he  had  now  put  in  one  who  wold  in  all 
respects  be  very  Obedient,  meerly  out  of  beinge  soe  neare 
of  blood  and  an  antient  man,  vizt.  his  owne  Uncle®.  But 
he,  findinge  his  Revenues  to  be  very  great,  altogeather 
as  much  if  not  Exceedinge  the  Emperours  revenues,  that 
he  Soone  grew  insolent,  and  denied  any  tribute  to  Aureng- 

1  See  Bernier,  p.  173,  where,  however,  the  remark  is  not  attributed 
to  the  Emperor  himself.  See  also  Tavernier^  vol.  ii.  p.  53,  who  tells 
the  same  story. 

2  Umara^  Ar.  plu.  of  amtr^  noble.  See  note  on  p.  39.  Compare 
also  Fryer,  p.  195,  on  "  Ombrahs." 

3  Here  the  writer  again  follows  Bernier,  p.  173. 

*  Shayista  Khan.  Chah-hestkan  is  Bernier's  spelling  throughout. 
See  pp.  174  fF. 

^  In  1664.  See  Hunter,  History  of  British  India,  vol.  ii.  p.  238  f. 
According  to  Bernier,  p.  174  (Constable's  note)  it  was  in  1666 
that  Shayista  Khan  became  Viceroy  of  Bengal.  Stewart,  however, 
gives  1664. 

^  His  maternal  uncle.  Shayista  Khan  was  a  son  of  the  Vizier 
Asaf  Khan,  and  brother  of  Shah  Jahan's  favourite  wife,  Mumtaz  Mahal, 
the  eponym  of  the  Taj  at  Agra. 

T.  ^^ 


MHHiMaMM|i 


146  BENGALA 

Zebe,  to  whome  it  was  due^  By  sufficient  testimonie,  his 
revenue  came  to  a  lack  vizt.  1 00000  rupees  per  diem, 
which  is  12  thousand  500  pounds  Sterlingel  The  first 
yeare  I  arrived  in  India^  he  Sent  the  Emperour  80  lacks 
of  rupees,  but  the  Ensueinge  yeare,  and  soe  forwards,  he 
Seemed  to  be  very  Unwillinge  to  send  him  any,  and  re- 
tained the  whole  revenues  to  himselfe;  soe  that  now  all 
the  tribute  this  great  Coesar  cold  get  hence  was  a  Short 
answer  that  the  treasure  was  as  safe  in  Dacca  as  in  his 
owne  Exchequer  in  Agra  or  Delly^ 


^  The  writer  can  now  no  longer  follow  Bernier^  but  writes  from  his 
own  experience  or  from  stories  current  in  his  time.  There  is  no  con- 
firmation in  either  Elliot's  or  Stewart's  history  for  the  statement  that 
Shayista  Khan  failed  to  give  the  Emperor  his  due,  at  any  rate  during 
the  early  years  of  his  rule  in  Bengal. 

2  i.e.  placing  the  rupee  at  2s.  6d.  at  the  time  of  the  author.  On  the 
28th  October,  1676,  Streynsham  Master  wrote  from  Kasimbazar  to  the 
Court  {Diary  0/ Streynsham  Master^  p.  221),  "This  Person  [* Shasta 
Chaun']  hath  binn  Nabob  or  GoveYnour  of  Bengala  15  yeares,  and 
hath  got  so  great  a  treasure  together  as  the  like  is  seldome  Heard  of 
now  a  dayes  in  the  world,  being  computed  by  knowing  Persons  at 
38  Curore  of  rupees,  each  Currore  is  a  Million  sterling  at  2^.  6d. 
Rupee  so  his  treasure  is  above  40  millions  Sterling  and  his  income 
dayly  2  Lack  or  200000  Rupees  which  is  above  20000  lb.  Sterling  of 
which  his  expence  is  above  the  one  halfe,  and  yett  he  is  every  day 
more  coveteous  then  other...." 

3  1669. 

*  Here  again  the  writer  seems  to  be  repeating  the  stories  afloat 
soon  after  his  arrival  in  India.  Of  the  covetousness  of  Shayista  Khan, 
there  were  bitter  complaints  by  the  English  during  the  whole  of  his 
rule.  As  early  as  1665,  the  Factors  at  Hugh  wrote  {Factory  Records^ 
Miscellaneous,  No.  3),  "  Dacca  could  take  a  large  quantity  of  Europe 
goods  if  it  were  under  another  Nabob,  the  present  being  most 
covetous."  Compare  also  another  paragraph  in  the  letter  from  Streyn- 
sham Master  quoted  above  {Diary  0/  Streynsham  Master,  p.  221), 
"he  is  every  day  more  covetous  then  other,  soe  that  to  relate  to  you 
the  many  wayes  that  are  continually  invented  by  his  Duan  (one  of  the 
Craftiest  men  in  the  Kingdome)  and  his  Governrs.  to  bring  money  in 
to  his  Coffers  wold  be  as  endless  as  admirable,  both  for  their  witt  and 
Cruelty...."  In  the  "Accompt  of  the  Trade  of  Hugly"  by  Walter 
Clavell,  among  the  papers  forming  the  appendix  to  the  Diary  of 
Streynsham  Master,  pp.  317 — 322,  there  is  the  following  detailed 
account  of  the  exactions  of  Shayista  Khan:  "But  since  the  yeare 
1663  or  thereabouts,  that  Nabob  Shasti  Chaun  the  present  Kings 
Uncle  became  Suba  or  Vice  Roy  of  Bengali,  and  obtained  Hugly  as 
part  of  his  Jaggere  (or  lands  assigned  him  for  his  Person)  his  Servants 
being  made  soe  far  Governours  as  to  receive  all  the  rents,  profitts, 


BENGALA  I47 

For  now  this  Shah-hest-Kan  hath  Entertained  such 
false  principles  to  accomodate  his  haughty  humour,  that 
he  makes  no  question  but  it  is  his  right  not  to  obey  any 
longer  then  till  he  cold  get  power  to  Command,  and 
concluded  that  noe  method  was  Unlawfull  by  which  he 
cold  make  himselfe  Supremd.  Where  upon  Aurenge-Zebe 
weighed  his  Uncles  most  Unpleasinge  actions  with  most 
serious  consideration. 

And,  in  the  yeare  1678,  the  Emperour's  Son  beinge 
at  age,  a  fitt  and  most  palpable  Opportunity  for  him  to 
reduce  this  Goverment  to  a  better  State,  he  sends  him 
into  the  Kingdome  of  Pattana,  with  proclamations  fore- 
runninge,  proclaiminge  him  the  true  and  lawfull  Prince 
of  Bengala  &c.,  beinge  well  Satisfied  that  the  Nobilite, 
more  Especially  the  Commonalty,  wold  be  very  ready  and 
joy  full  to  reverence  him  their  lawfull  Prince  and  Issue  of 
their  great  Emperor. 

Many  of  the  Grandees  of  these  3  Kingdomes  mett 
their  Prince  at  Pattana,  and  the  rest  at  Radja  MehaP, 
who,  by  behaveinge  himselfe  courteously  towards  them, 
soon  winne  their  hearts,  soe  that  now  by  Joint  consent 
they  Send  to  Nabob  Shah-hest-Kan  to  prepare  himselfe 
for  his  Journey  to  Agra.  Hee  now  beinge  Sensible  there 
is  noe  Safety  for  him,  Unlesse  he  can  procure  the 
Emperour's  favour,  hasteneth  with  all  Speed,  Openeth 
his  (laden)  Exchequers  of  Gold  and  Silver,  and  was  Soone 
in  readinesse  for  his  Journey,  soe  that  he  left  Dacca  before 

Perquisites,  fines,  Customes  &ca  of  the  place,  the  Kings  Governours 
hath  little  more  than  the  name  and  for  the  most  part  sits  Still  whilst 
the  Nabobs  Officers  oppress  the  people,  monopolize  most  Commodityes 
even  as  low  as  grass  for  Beasts,  canes,  firewood,  thatch  &ca  nor  doe 
they  want  wayes  to  oppress  those  people  of  all  sorts  who  trade,  whether 
Natives  or  Strangers,  since  what  ever  they  doe,  when  complained  of  to 

•  Dacca,  is  palliated  under  the  name  and  Colour  of  the  Nabobs  interest...." 
See  Hunter,  History  of  British  India^  p.  238  f.  who  says  that  all  infidels 
suffered  alike  under  the  rapacious  rule  of  **  Shaista  Khan,"  the  English 

,  neither  more  nor  less  than  others. 

*  See  note  on  p.  143. 

10 — 2 


\ 
\ 


148  BENGALA 

the  Prince  came  from  Radja  Mehall.  His  treasure  was 
now  growne  to  an  Incredible  height^  He  laded  60  Pa- 
tellas*  with  Silver,  and,  by  credible  report,  tenne  with 
Gold  Moors^  each  Patella  not  carryinge  lesse  one  with 
another  (besides  his  lumber  of  travailinge  Necessaries, 
vizt  Tents,  Palanchinoes*,  Servants,  Souldiery,  &c.)  then 
25  or  30  tunns  of.  Plate.  And  Now  Shah-hest-Kan  is 
gone  in  peace  towards  Agra,  and  noe  question  but  may 
Easily  make  up  his  peace  at  Court,  carryinge  more  riches 
with  him  to  present  the  Emperor  with  then  Ever  his 
Forefathers  or  himselfe  Enjoyed  att  once**. 

^ 

^  See  note  on  p.  146. 

2  Large  flat-bottomed  boats. 

3  Mohurs.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Mohur.  Compare  the  follow- 
ing in  a  letter  from  Hugli  to  Balasor,  14th  Oct.  1678,  O.  C.  No.  4502, 
"One  John  Vander  Vail... finding  kind  entertainment  in  the  Factory 
[at  Dacca]  in  the  night  opened  a  scrittore  of  Mr.  Nedhams  and  stole 
out  25  or  26  gold  Mohurs."  See  Bernier^  p.  60  and  Constable's  note, 
also  p.  476  f.  ibid. 

*  See  note  on  p.  19. 

^  From  contemporary  records,  we  get  the  following  accounts, 
from  the  English  point  of  view,  of  Shayista  Khan  and  his  recall. 
In  Oct.  1677,  there  is  the  first  mention  of  "Shasty  Cawhns"  recall. 
According  to  rumour,  he  was  summoned  to  "  Dilly  "  to  quiet  a  disorder 
caused  by  the  "killing  of  a  sonne  of  a  great  Rajahpoot."  '  Later  in  the 
month  a  report  was  current  that  the  "  Nabob"  by  the  "intercession  of 
his  old  Begum"  had  obtained  leave  to  remain  "Subah  of  Bengali"  at 
the  cost  of  a  present  to  the  King  of  "3  Croer"  of  Rupees.  In  Nov. 
the  factors  at  Hugli  "had  advice  from  the  Dutch  that  Shausteh  Caun 
Nabob  of  Bengali  was  turned  out  and  that  Feddei  Caun  was  appointed 
to  come  in  his  place  but  we  can  give  but  little  creditt  to  it  as  to  all 
news  of  this  nature."  Four  days  later  there  is  the  record  {Factory 
Records^  Hugh,  No.  i],  "By  advices  this  day  from  Decca  are  given 
to  understand  that  Nabob  Shausteh  Caun  is  called  away  from  the 
Government  of  Bengali  and  that  another  Nobleman  named  Aazzum 
Caun  is  deputed  and  sent  by  the  Emperour  in  his  place,  this  day  write 
to  Pattana  concerning  it  ordered  them  to  vissit  this  new  Nabob  in  his 
way  hither  and  to  learne  what  they  could  about  our  Businesse  of 
paying  custome  in  those  parts  and  to  give  us  punctuall  advice."  Again, 
four  days  later,  there  is  the  entry,  "  This  day  received  advices  from 
Cassimbuzar  treating  of  the  great  difficulty  they  found  to  gett  our 
Masters  peter  boats  cleered  at  Meirdadpoore  where  they  have  been 
detained  ever  since  the  13th  current  by  Nabob  Shausteh  Cauns  people 
to  carry  up  his  luggage  to  Pattana."  In  Dec.  1677  "Auzum  Cawne'* 
formerly  "  Phuddy  Cawne  "  the  new  Suba  of  Bengal  arrived  at  Hugli. 
In  Feb.  1678  "Shaste  Cawne"  arrived  at  "Pattana'' and  visited  the 
Prince  and  "  departed  the  next  day  for  Dilly."    In  April  the  following 


\ 


BENGAL A  I 49 

And  Now  the  Prince  is  Entertained  with  great  Solem- 
nitie  and  Splendour  att  his  Royal  pallace  in  Dacca. 

The  Citty  Dacca*  is  a  Very  large  spacious  one,  but 

report  was  current  {O.  C.  No.  4394)  "Nabob  Shausteh  Caun...is  now  in 
great  disgrace  at  Dacca... how  he  will  come  off  we  cannot  tell."  On 
the  26th  June  the  factors  at  Hugli  wrote  to  Balasor  (O.C.  No.  4444) 
confirming  "the  Princes  having  the  Government  of  Bengali  bestowed 
upon  him  and  of  his  entrance  into  Rajamaull,  we  have  advices  that  he 
is  proceeded  thence  to  Dacca."  In  June,  1678,  news  reached  Hugli 
"that  the  king  had  been  to  Vizit  our  old  Nabob  Shaster  Caun  where 
he  presented  him  with  incredable  sums,  whereupon  he  had  given  him 
Agra  and  Elohebaud  for  his  Jaggeer  or  rents,  and  he  is  appointed  to 
keepe  neare  the  king  but  is  not  by  reason  of  his  great  age  made  Vizier 
as  formerly  reported."  [Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  i.J  From  these 
extracts  it  will  be  seen  that  gossip  was  very  busy  as  to  the  reason  of 
the  recall  of  the  nawab.  From  Stewart,  History  of  bengal,  pp.  300 — 
307,  we  get  a  clear  account  of  Shayista  Khan's  recall,  of  his  two 
successors,  and  of  his  re-instatement  in  1679/80.  He  says,  "Shaista 
Khan  governed  Bengal,  with  great  prudence  and  vigour,  till  the  end  of 
the  year  1087  [1677J;  when,  at  his  own  request,  he  was  recalled  to 
Court.  On  his  arrival,  he  presented  the  Emperor  with  thirty  lacs  of 
rupees  (nearly  350,000/.)  in  specie,  some  elephants,  and  a  number  of 
curiosities.  He  was  most  graciously  received,  and  soon  after  ap- 
pointed Governor  of  the  province  of  Agra."  See  also  Taylor,  7^?/^- 
graphy  of  Dacca^  p.  TJ.  On  the  return  of  "Shasteh  Caun"  orders 
were  given  at  Hugli  for  him  "to  be  presented  with  2  Persian  Horses, 
less  can't  be  given  him  as  he  will  be  absolute  Govemour  having  paid 
30000000  rs.  for  it."  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  2,  under  date  26th 
Jan.  1680.  Shayista  Khan  resigned  the  government  of  Bengal  in 
1689  and  died  at  Agra  in  1694,  aged  93  lunar  years. 

^  Compare  the  description  of  Dacca  by  Tavernier,  vol.  i.  part  ii. 
p.  55,  "  Daca  is  a  great  Town,  that  extends  it  self  only  in  length  ; 
every  one  coveting  to  have  an  house  by  the  Ganges-side.  The  length 
of  this  Town  is  above  two  leagues.  And  indeed  from  the  last  Brick- 
Bridge  which  1  mention'd  to  Daca,  there  is  but  one  continued  row  of 
Houses  separated  one  from  the  other;  inhabited  for  the  most  part  by 
Carpenters  that  build  Galleys  and  other  small  Vessels.  These  Houses 
are  properly  no  more  than  paltry  Huts  built  up  with  Bambouc's,  and 
daub'd  over  with  fat  Earth.  Those  of  Daca  are  not  much  better 
built :  The  Govemours  Palace  is  a  place  enclos'd  with  high  Walls,  in 
che  midst  whereof  is  a  pitiful  House,  built  only  of  Wood.  He  generally 
lodges  in  Tents,  which  he  causes  to  be  set  up  in  a  great  Court  of  that 
Enclosure.  The  Hollanders  finding  that  their  Goods  were  not  safe  in 
the  ordinary  Houses  of  Daca,  have  built  them  a  very  fair  House ; 
and  the  English  have  another,  which  is  reasonably  handsom.  The 
Church  of  the  Austin- Friers  is  all  of  Brick,  and  is  a  very  comely  Pile." 
See  Thevenofs  description  quoted  on  p.  143.  Compare  also  Alex. 
Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  23,  "[...must  visit  Dacca,  which  lies 
under  the  Tropick  of  Cancer,  on  the  broadest  and  eastermost  Branch 
of  Ganges.  The  City  is  the  largest  in  Bengal,  and  it  manufactures 
Cotton  and  Silk  the  best  and  cheapest.  The  Plenty  and  Cheapness 
of  Provisions  are  incredible,  and  the  Country  is  full  of  Inhabitants...." 


ISO  BENGALA 

standeth  Upon  low  marshy  Swampy  ground,  and  the 
water  thereof  Very  brackish,  which  is  the  onely  incon- 
venience it  hath,  but  it  hath  some  very  fine  conveniencies 
that  maketh  amends,  haveinge  a  fine  and  large  River  that 
runneth  close  by  the  walls  thereof,  navigable  for  Ships  of 
5  or  600  tunns  in  burthen,  and  the  water  of  the  River 
beinge  an  arme  of  the  Ganges  is  Extraordinary  good,  but 
it  is  a  great  way  to  be  fetched  by  Some  of  this  Citty,  for 
it  is  not  lesse  in  Circuit  then  40  English  miles. 

An  admirable  Citty  for  it's  greatnesse,  for  it's  magni- 
ficent buildings ^  and  multitude  of  Inhabitants.  A  very 
great  and  Potent  army  is  here  in  constant  Sallary  and 
readinesse,  as  alsoe  many  large,  Stronge,  and  Stately 
Elephants,  trained  Up  for  a  Warlike  Service,  which  are 
kept  continually  neare  to  the  Pallace. 

Many  Elephants,  both  for  Warre  and  State,  are  here 
kept  by  Severall  rich  m^n,  and  therefore  by  consequence 
a  Very  great  Soldiery,  for  noe  man  in  the  Kingdome  is 
admitted  to  ride  an  Elephant  in  State,  Unlesse  he  Con- 
tinually keep  500  horse  to  be  ready  at  the  Princes  Service. 

The  English  and  Dutch  have  each  of  them  a  Factorie 
in  the  Citty  of  Dacca*;   yet  theire  investments  are  but 

^  Both  Mir  Jumla  and  Shayista  Khan  were  great  builders.  Taylor, 
Topography  of  Dacca^  p.  78,  says,  "A  considerable  number  of  public 
buildings  as  mosques,  alms-houses  &c.  were  raised  by  Shaista  Khan, 
and  judging'from  the  prevalence  of  the  style  of  building  which  is  here 
[Dacca]  called  *  Shaista  Khany,*  a  great  portion  of  the  large  bricks 
built  houses  of  the  town  appear  to  have  been  erected  in  his  time.**  On 
p.  95  of  the  same  book,  we  read,  "The  palace  of  the  Lall  Baug  was 
commenced  in  1678  by  Sultan  Mohammed  Azim,  the  third  son  of  the 
Emperor  Aurengzebe,  and  was  left  by  him  in  an  unfinished  state  to 
Ameer  Al  Omrah  Shaista  Khan  his  successor  in  the  government.... 
Shaista  Khan  appears  never  to  have  completed  this  structure... the 
little  Kuttra...was  erected  by  Shaista  Khan  in  1663,  and  is  still  the 
property  of  his  descendants." 

^  The  English  Factory  was  started  about  the  year  1666.  In  a 
letter  to  Hugli  dated  24th  Jan.  1668,  the  Court  comment  on  infor- 
mation received  in  the  previous  year  that  "Decca  is  a  place  that  will 
vend  much  Europe  goods,  arid  that  the  best  Cossaes,  Mullmuls  &c. 
may  there  be  procured.*'  If  the  factors  at  Hugli  were  of  opinion  that 
the  settling  a  Factory  at  Dacca  would  result  in  a  large  sale  of  broad 


s 

\ 


BENGALA  IS  I 

Small,  on  each  Side  beinge  very  Inconsiderable,  and  yet 
are  of  great  consequence  in  Some  Other  and  weightier 
concerns,  for  here  they  are  neare  the  Prince  and  Court, 
Under  whom  all  our  Factories  in  Bengala  and  Pattana 
hold  their  Phirmane^  soe  that  if  wee  receive  any  wronge 
or  prejudice  from  a  Governour,  or  Merchant,  or  Others 
of  this  Countrey,  or  any  Other  Under  his  precinct,  wee 
are  heare  ready  to  demand  Justice. 

The  Secound  best  Citty  that  is  in  this  Kingdome*  is 
called  Cattack",  a  very  decent  and  more  comely  Citty  then 

cloth,  they  had  liberty  given  them  "  to  send  2  or  3  fitt  persons  thither 
to  reside."  Letter  Booky  No.  4.  From  this  it  appears  that  the  Dacca 
Factory  did  not  receive  official  sanction  until  1668.  In  1670  it  was  in 
full  swing  with  John  Smith  as  chief.  During  the  time  comprised  in 
T.  B.'s  "Account"  there  were  two  other  chiefs,  viz.  Robert  Elwes  who 
died  there  in  1675,  and  Samuel  Hervy  who,  was  assisted  by  Fytche 
Nedham.  In  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master  under  date  23rd  Nov. 
1676,  p.  269 f,  we  find  that  "Mr  Walter  Clavell  was  desired  to  draw 
up  Instructions  to  Mr  Hervy  and  Mr  Nedham  for  the  management  of 
the  Honble.  Company's  business  at  Dacca. ..Mr  Hervy  representing 
to  the  Councell  that  the  Companys  house  in  Dacca  is  very  streight  and 
not  capable  to  receive  and  secure  the  Honble.  Companyes  goods  by 
reason  of  severall  thatcht  hovells  within  and  round  about  the  com- 
pound which  are  very  dangerous  in  respect  of  fire  which  often  happens 
m  Dacca.  The  Councell  did  therefore  order  that  brick  buildings  be 
forthwith  erected  to  secure  the  Companys  Goods  not  exceeding  one 
thousand  rupees  for  this  yeare...,"  Taylor,  Topography  of  Dacca, 
p.  97,  says  that  the  only  portion  of  the  English  Factory  now  remain- 
mg  is  the  outer  wall,  and  that  of  the  Dutch  Factory  no  trace  exists 
except  the  walled  terrace  on  which  it  stood. 

^  See  note  on  p.  142. 

2  Orixa,  Pattana,  and  Bengala  collectively  formed  the  Muhamma- 
dan  Kingdom  or  Province  of  Behar. 

3  See  Hobson-fobson^  s.v.  Cuttack.  Compare  the  following  from 
the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  28th  Aug.  1676,  p.  45,  "Mirza 
Wooly  the  (iovernour  of  this  Towne  [Balasor],  and  yesterday  the 
Duan  went  hence  to  Cateck  the  Capitoll  citty  of  Orixa  to  meet  the 
new  Governour  of  that  Province  one  of  Shatta  Cawnes  Sonnes." 
Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  390  f.  thus  describes  Cuttack — 
"  Cattack  is  still  a  large  City,  walled  round,  and  a  good  many  Cannon 
planted  on  its  Walls,  but  neither  the  Wall  nor  Artillery  are  kept  in  good 
Order.  The  Town  is  not  one  Quarter  Part  inhabited  ;  but  the  Ruins 
of  many  large  Buildings  shew  sufficiently  its  ancient  Grandeur,  when 
Kings  kept  their  Courts  there.  Its  Figure  is  an  Oblong  for  a  League 
long,  and  a  Mile  broad.  It  is  garrisoned  with  5000  Foot,  and  500 
Horse.  The  English  Company  had  once  a  fine  Factory  in  Cattack. 
Most  of  its  Walls  were  standing  in  ^'^^a  1708  and  a  Garden  that 
belonged  to  the  Factory  was  then  -*  ^^^  1687.     ^.  » 


152  BENGALA 

Dacca,  but  not  one  halfe  soe  large,  but  much  more  beauti- 
full,  although  an  Inland  one,  five  days  Journey  from 
Ballasore,  adorned  with  goode  and  Sumpteous  buildings, 
broad  Streets,  surrounded  with  Excellent  Ponds  and  Water 
Springs,  delicate  Groves  of  Mango\  tamarind  Palmito^ 
Palmero^  and  Coconutt  trees  all  very  much  adorninge. 

The  Governour  hereof  hath  a  very  large  traine,  a  very 
Potent  army,  and  liveth  Prince  like,  and  is  the  next  in 
place  to  the  Prince  himselfe,  and  hath  the  title  of  Nabob. 

Hee  is  put  into  place  by  the  Prince  of  Bengala  and 
his  councell.  Dureinge  theire  pleasure  he  continueth  in  it, 
but  noe  longer,  which  Seldome  Exceedeth  3  or  4  years^, 
for  feare  of  his  growinge  overrich  and  Powerfull.  The 
Revenues  and  Exactions  of  this  Nabob  beinge  very  in- 
credible, (yet  in  one  respect  not^)  consideringe  the  power 
he  doth  and  may  take  over  the  richest  of  Gentues  and 
Banjan  Merchants,  of  which  this  Part  of  the  Kingdom  hath 
great  Numbers. 

I  Remember,  in  the  yeare  1674,  when  I  lived  in  the 
towne  of  Ballasore,  (the  onely  Sea  Port  in  the  Bay  of 
Bengala),  a  new  Nabob  was  Sent  from  Dacca  to  Settle 
in  Cattack,  the  Old  one  beinge  first  sent  for  to  avoide 
contention    betweene    them*.      The    new    Nabob    in    his 


1  See  notes  on  pp.  48,  22,  46  and  24. 

2  There  were  five  nawdbs  in  the  ten  years  1669 — 1679. 

3  The  writer  does  not  explain  this  reservation. 

*  The  "  new  Nabob "  was  "  Ruzzeed  Chaan "  [Rashid  Khan]  who 

succeeded  "Suph  Secund  Chaan "  [Safshikan  Khan]  in  1674.     From 

the  Factory  Records    and   O.   C.   Collection,   we  get   the  following 

particulars  about  the  nawdbs  of  Orixa  at  this  period  :  In  March,  1673, 

"Advises''  were  received  at  Hugli  "from  Cateck  that  Nabob  Zoflfy 

Chaan  [SafI  Khan]  is  come  to  Pattana  in  the  place  of  Ibrahim  Chaan'* 

who  was  " jaggered "  [granted  an  estate  {jdgir\  pensioned].     A  few 

months   later  "  Softy  Chaan  Jaggeer'd  and   Saph  Secund  chaan  to 

succeed  him  in  his  place."     In  Dec.  1674,  Walter  Clavell,  chief  at  the 

Bay,  wrote  from  Balasor,  "  To  Cateck  wee  have  lately  a  nother  Nabob 

arrived  of  the  Pattana  Cast  in  place  of  Suph  Secund  Chaan  who  is 

caled  to  Court  and  there  advanced  to  be  droga  of  the  Topecanna 

which  Answers  to  ou-  *\  t-^^  ***",  ance  :  he  was  called  hence  in'  hast 

tory  at  Dacca  wouki 

\ 

I 

I 

\ 


BENGALA  153 

Journey  tooke  all  Opportunities  to  get  moneys,  in  soe 
much  that  he  lett  Slipp  none  whereby  he  might  Enrich 
him  selfe  Either  by  legal  or  Illegal  means.  He  came 
neare  to  Ballasore,  Vizt.  within  one  mile  and  J  of  it,  where 
he  sent  for  most  rich  Merchants  of  Gentues^  and  Banjans*, 
commandinge  theire  Estates,  or  considerable  portions  of 
them,  att  his  owne  pleasure.  His  demands  off  Some  were 
ID,  20,  30,  40,  50  thousand  rupees,  and  of  Some  more, 
accordinge  as  they  were  of  abilitie,  (haveinge  Subtle  fellows 
near  him  that  had  first  pryed  into  their  Estates). 

And  for  noe  Other  law  or  reason,  but  that  he  told  them 
he  wanted  a  great  Summ  of  moneys  to  welcome  him  into 
the  Place,  and  (in  Short)  that  he  wold  have  it  by  one  means 
or  Other.  In  soe  much  that  the  Merchants  can  now  plead 
nothinge  but  Poverty,  whereby  to  come  off  the  Cheaper, 
and  yet  deare  Enough  too,  as  for  Example — 

One  day  I  was  close  by  his  Tent  in  Company  with  an 
acquaintance  of  mine  (a  Dutch  Doctor'  then  belonginge  to 


Personally  to  attend  the  King  in  his  advance  against  the  Pattans  who 
had  made  great  Incead  [?  inroad]  into  Indostan,  this  Alteration  of 
Nabobs  and  Govemours  doth  Continually  Augment  your  Charges  and 
yet  Such  is  the  Persimonious  Nature  as  well  of  those  who  are 
Advanced  as  those  that  are  removed  if  they  do  not  proportion  their 
expences  to  their  Incommodities  as  the  Prince  (Shah)  Sujah  and  after 
him  Mierjumlah  did  :  nor  is  it  to  be  hoped  that  broad  Cloath  and 
other  wolen  goods  will  find  any  Saile  in  these  parts  unless  Some 
young  Nabob  or  a  Son  of  the  Kings  come  to  succeed  the  Nabob  of 
Decca/'  Of  the  "  new  Nabob "  we  have  the  following  accounts  : 
"  Ruzzeed  Caan  is  a  man  of  so  bad  a  temper  that  wee  have  no 
hopes  of  sending  by  Narragur  [from  Kasimbazar]  without  having  greate 
trouble  and  charge  in  presents."  "We  have  notice  [in  1675]  of  "ot  a 
worse  Nabob  come  to  Orissa  then  the  present  Ruzzard  Chaan  who 
robs  the  hole  Country  in  and  a  bout  Cateck."  "  Ruzzeed  Chaan " 
probably  assumed  office  in  May  or  June,  1674,  for  in  the  O,  C. 
Collection  there  is  a  document  in  Persian  endorsed  "  Nabob  Ruzzeed 
Chaans  Phirwanna  procured  in  Ballasore  in  June,  1674."  In  Nov. 
1677  "Azzum  Caun  his  Son  is  to  be  Nabob  of  Orixa."  The  "Nabob 
of  Orixa"  in  Dec.  1678  was  "Nouralla  Caun"  [Nuru'llah  Khan]. 

^  See  note  on  p.  6. 

2  See  note  on  p.  24. 

^  Perhaps  De  Graaf,  the  Dutch  Surgeon  who  made  six  voyages 
to  the  East  Indies  between  1640  and  1687.     See  Orme,  Historical 


154  BENGALA 

the  Campe),  att  which  Juncture  of  time  a  great  Banjan 
Merchant  called  Chim  Cham\  great  broker  to  the  English 


Fragments^  vol.  ii.  pp.  xiv.  and  xlvii.  f.,  and  Voyages  de  Nicolas  de  Graaf 
aux  Indes  Orientales,  from  which  several  extracts  will  be  found  later 
on  in  the  notes. 

1  "Chimcham  and  Chintamund"  (Khemchand  and  Chintaman) 
were  brokers  to  the  English  at  Balasor  for  many  years,  aitd  of  the 
former  especially  there  are  many  notices  in  the  contemporary  records. 
The  following  mentions  of  the  firm,  extracted  from  Factory  Records 
and  the  O.  C.  Collection,  give  a  fair  idea  of  the  position  held  by  these 
two  Hindu  traders,  and  of  the  important  part  they  often  played  at  this 
period.  In  1669,  "Chim  Cham"  contracted  to  supply  goods  to  the 
English  at  Balasor.  In  June  of  the  same  year,  the  evidence  of  "  Chim 
Cham  Cheife  Merchant  of  Ballasore  "  is  quoted  with  regard  to  affairs 
in  1663.  In  Oct.  1670,  the  factors  at  Hugh  wrote  to  the  Court,  "The 
Cotton  Yame  and  Ginghams... wee  have  endeavoured  this  year  to 
redress  by  drawing  their  provision  out  of  Chim  Chams  hands  whome 
wee  find  not  fitting  to  bee  much  longer  employed  in  your  business, 
haveing  bin  so  much  exalted  by  former  Cheifes  who  were  partakers 
with  him."  However,  in  1672,  Chim  Cham  was  still  the  "cheife 
Merchant  at  Ballasore,"  In  that  year  he  was  mulcted  of  some  of  his 
wealth  by  the  faujddr  of  Cuttack.  "  Henry  Charnock  returned  from 
Cateck  with  the  new  Phirwanna  bringing  a  letter  from  Burmull  in 
answer  to  that  I  sent  he  staying  there  with  Chimcham  and  Jurradge- 
shaw...the  Fousdar  detains  Chimcham  Prisoner  att  Cateck  and  his 
Enlargement  cannot  be  purchased  for  less  than  30,000  rupees  which 
please  to  consider  and  the  consequence... these  last  doings  have 
occasioned  every  house  of  any  Esteeme  to  Entertain  many  peons, 
Chimchams  house  50... Chimcham  returned  from  Cateck  by  complying 
and  Giving  Security  to  pay  rupees  10,000  in  17  days  and  20,000  rupees 
in  3  months  the  which  with  the  Cowries  he  mentioned  to  you... will 
rise  high... Chimcham... notwithstanding  his  present  troubles  he  hath 
'estate  Sufficient  to  Indemnify  our  masters  and  all  others  which  is 
sufficient  for  our  proceeding  in  delivering  him  this  day  his  share  of  the 
25000  rupees  being  rupees  7500."  In  1673  trade  was  1^^^  ^^  Balasor; 
"  Chim  Cham  keepes  aloofe  oflfand  seeing  wee  have  no  money  to  advance 
here  is  unwilling  to  take  off  our  goods.... Broad  Cloth  will  not  sell. 
Chim  Cham  alone  hath  remaining  on  his  hands... Rupees  30000  of 
that  Commodity  and  yet  hath  not  taken  off  all  the  last  yeare."  In  the 
Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  30th  Aug.  1676,  there  is  an  allusion  to 
the  great  Balasor  merchant :  "  This  forenoon  the  merchants  were  sent 
for  and  treated  with... about  the  investment  to  be  made  here  this  yeare, 
and  Chim  Cham  the  Cheife  of  them  was  very  high  and  indifferent 
whether  he  dealt  with  the  Company  or  not."  Terms  were  made  with 
the  merchants  and  Chim  Cham  was  ordered  to  be  security  for  three 
whose  credit  appeared  to  be  "faileing."  In  16.78,  the  rich  merchant's 
goods  were  agam  seized  by  a  native  officer :  "  This  evening  Chym 
Cham  in  his  return  from  Decca  came  to  our  Factory... Chim  chams 
boate  necessaryes  being  stoped  by  the  Meirbar  he  sent  to  have  it 
cleered,  and  the  new  Muzzareefe  demanded  what  it  was,  Chim  Cham 
replyed,  there  was  nothing  but  his  beding  and  wareing  clothes,  the 
Muzzareefe  caused  it  to  be  searched  and  some  new  pieces  of  cloth  and 


BENGALA  155 

East  India  Company,  came  out  of  the  Countrey  to  crosse 
the  River  about  J  of  a  mile  from  the  Campe.  The  hungry 
Nabob  immediately  Enquired  who  that  was  goinge  by  with 


stuff  being  found  amongst  it  (being  only  what  was  intended  for  cloths 
and  to  carry  for  his  house  use)  the  Muzzareefe  caused  it  to  be  all 
carryed  to  the  casharee  [Kachahri,  Kutcherry,  Court-house]  as  forfited 
and  would  not  let  them  goe...."  In  Nov.  1678  Chim  Cham  and  his 
fellow  merchants  obtained  leave  to  build  a  warehouse  in  the  Factory 
at  Balasor  "at  their  own  charge '*  the  said  warehouse  to  be  used 
solely  for  the  Company's  goods,  "  except  in  case  of  very  great  exigency 
and  then  to  advise  and  have  licence  from  Hugly  for  their  soe  doing." 
In  1679  Chim  Cham's  influence  as  a  merchant  was  still  very  great : 
In  regard  to  a  dispute  about  a  house  and  piece  of  ground  in  Balasor, 
claimed  by  the  Dutch,  Mr  Edwards  was  directed  to  "gett  the 
Congoes  [kdnidngo's]  Chaup  if  necessary  by  meanes  of  Chimcham 
or  Cullean  [Kalyan]  Ray."  In  the  same  year  Chimcham's  partner 
is  mentioned :  "  Wee  admire  Chimcham  and  Chintamund  should 
refuse  to  be  Security  for  those  persons  who  provide  goods  of  the 
Investment  enordered  with  you."  In  March,  1680,  "Arrived  a  ship 
belonging  to  Chimcham  from  Tenasseree  with  Elephants."  In  July 
of  the  same  year  "  Chintamundsaw "  received  a  severe  reprimand 
from  Hugli  for  "Boggling"  about  a  debt  he  owed  the  Company. 
In  1681  tjhe  Council  at  Hugli  refused  to  allow  Chintamundsaw  any 
share  in  the  Investment  "in  regard  of  his  being  engaged  to  Nabob 
Russeed  Cawne... Chimcham  in  the  meane  time  being  Content  to 
Supply  him  with  soe  much  monyes  as  Comes  to  his  Shaire  in 
hopes  the  Chiefe  and  Councell  upon  his  Submission  and  promise 
will  Receive  him  into  favour  and  Continue  him  in  his  Employment 
as  formerly."  In  1682  Chimcham  was  still  able  to  dictate  his  own 
terms  to  the  Company  :  "  We  understand  Chimcham  is  mighty  hasty 
and  declares  if  he  may  not  receive  imprest  in  proportion  to  his  late 
title  of  cheife  Merchant  that  he  will  none."  In  1684  news  reached 
Hugli  that  a  "  Gomasta"  in  Chintamund's  service  had  purchased  large 
quantities  of  "Cosses**  at  Dacca  "to  the  great  prejudice  of  the 
Companys  affaires  there."  The  agent  at  Balasor  was  ordered  not 
to  "  Incourage  Such  villians  in  makeing  preparations  for  Interlopers 
they  haveing  ingaged  by  promise  and  bond  to  the  contrary."  In  April, 
1685,  "  Chimcham  and  Chintemanshaw  Our  merchants"  were  employed 
to  "cleere"  an  "affaire  with  the  goverment  for  pease  sake,.. .as  being 
company  marchants."  This  seems  to  show  that  Chintaman  was 
restored  to  favour.  But  in  the  following  year  there  was  again  a  doubt 
as  to  his  solvency — "  Chintamund  Saw  being  considerably  Indepted  to 
the  Right  Honble.  Company  and  there  being  but  little  likelyhood  of 
Recovering  said  Debt,  without  wee  attach  and  Seize  what  Shipps  hee 
has  at  Sea  and  a  Shipp  being  arrived  in  which  hee  is  part  Owner,  wee 
judge  it  best... to  Seize  on  Said  Shipp  to  Secure  part  of  his  debt... 
Capt.  John  Nicholson  arrived  in  this  Road  this  morning  tooke  the 
Ship  belonging  to  Chintmund  and  Chintamunsaw  and  came  ashore  at 
12  at  night  [i6th  Nov.  1686J."  Chim  Cham  disappears  from  the 
records  about  this  time.  His  death  would  explain  the  summary 
procedure  towards  his  poorer  partner.  There  is  a  reference  to 
Chintamunsaw  and  his  debt  to  the  Company  as  late  as  1695. 


156  BENGALA 

Such  a  traine.  It  was  answered,  Chim  Cham  the  Banjan 
Merchant.  The  Nabob,  like  a  ravenous  Wolfe.,  caused  him 
immediately  to  be  brought  before  him,  which  was  accord- 
ingly done ;  but  (e're  that)  he  had  pulled  of  his  gold 
Turbant*  and  Jewels  and  rings  and  put  on  very  mean 
cloths,  thereby  to  plead  povertie.  When  he  was  brought 
to  the  Nabobs  tent  dore,  he  passed  the  Usual  Ceremonie, 
holding  Up  both  hand  and  downe  Upon  his  heels,  Sayinge 
Nabob  Salamat,  vizt.  "  Live  O  Prince  ! " 

The  Nabob  (Smileinge  Upon  him)  demandeth  with  all 
Speed  one  lack  of  rupees,  i.e.  1 00000.  Chim  Cham  Seemed 
Melancholy,  as  great  reason  he  had  to  part  with  Such  a 
Summ  where  it  was  not  at  all  due,  and  thereupon  begins 
to  bemoane  his  sad  accident  and  losse  he  had  lately 
received,  for  he  was  robbed  of  1500000  rupees  in  this 
his  Journey  into  the  Countrey  on  purpose  to  marry  his 
Daughter  to  one  of  his  owne  Cast^  which  was  really  soe ; 
but  the  relation  of  that  added  but  more  Flames  to  the  fire, 
although  he  pretended  it  was  the  most  part  of  what  he  had 
in  the  World. 

"  Nay,  Chim  Cham,"  Said  the  Nabob,  "  I  am  now  well 
satisfied  as  to  the  report  I  heard  of  you  Since  you  can 
afford  soe  much  to  the  marriadge  of  one  daughter,  and 
have  Severall  Children  alive. 

"Now  make  hast  home  and  Send  me  the  moneys 
I  demand  towards  my  marriadge  to  this  part  of  the 
Kingdome,  who  am  now  come  to  be  husband  to  you  all." 
He  made  many  Apologies,  and  feed  Some  of  the  Nabob's 
councell,  whereby  he  got  off  for  50000  Rupees^ 

The  Nabob  had  now  learned  the  lessons  ready  off  his 


^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Turban. 

2  See  note  on  p.  9,  also  p.  31  and  note. 

2  There  is  no  confirmation  of  this  story  in  the  contemporary 
records,  but  see  above,  note  on  p.  154,  for  two  occasions  on  which 
Chim  Cham  was  mulcted  by  the  Native  Governors. 


BENGALA  1 57 

Master  Shah-hest-Kan*,  who  always  kept  in  his  Court 
Sharpe  witted  fellows  that  made  it  theire  businesse  to 
prye  into  the  Estates  of  the  Hindoo  Merchants,  which 
fellows  he  generally  preferred  for  his  owne  Interests  Sake, 
beinge  himselfe  soe  great  an  Adorer  of  the  riches  of  this 
World. 

Another  transaction,  but  more  worthy  of  Observation, 

1  was  Spectator  to  the  next  day,  as  follows : — The  Old 
Nabob  of  Cattack*,  beinge  Sent  for  to  the  Court  at  Dacca, 
had  left  his  Chiefe  Lady  to  follow  with  what  leisure  She 
thought  convenient.  Her  guard  and  attendants  were  about 
looo  men,  with  about  lOO  Women  and  Eunuchs,  who  at 
this  time  had  pitched  her  tents  within  one  mile  of  the 
New  Nabob,  whoe  now  thought  he  had  another  Oppor- 
tunitie  fallen  into  his  hand  of  acquireinge  one  lack  or  two 
of  rupees.  Whereupon  he  Sent  the  Lady  an  accompt  of 
his  beinge  Soe  neare  her,  and  demanded  noe  lesse  then 

2  lack  of  Rupees  as  a  present.  She,  a  most  mannish 
woman  of  these  ages,  couragiously  sends  him  word  she 
owed  him  nothinge,  nor  had  she  Ever  received  any 
Piscash'  from  him,  whereby  to  make  any  retalliation. 
He,  out  of  bravado,  Sendeth  to  her  againe  to  let  her  know 
she  or  any  that  belonged  to  her  Shold  [not]  passe  his 
countrey  without  Sufficient  acknowledgement  to  him  their 
Nabob. 

But  she,  beinge  a  most  Undaunted  couragious  Lady, 
Alarams  all  her  foot  and  horse,  set  them  in  battail  array, 
mounted  one  of  her  husbands  warre  Elephants  and  Sends 
him  word  She  wold  one  houre  hence  come  close  by  his 
owne  tents,  and  if  he  wanted  any  of  her  moneys  it  were 
his  best  way  to  demand   it   then,  for   She  had  a  great 

1  Shayista  Khan. 

2  See  note  on  p.  152. 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v,  Peshcush.    An  obligatory  gift  to  a  high 
official. 


IS8  BENGALA 

treasure  with  her,  and  wold  adventure  not  onely  that, 
but  her  life  and  Fortune  she  wold  Expose  to  the  greatest 
of  dangers,  for  the  maintainance  of  the  honour  of  her 
Husband. 

With  which  Sharpe  answer  of  this  Lady's  resolution  and 
couradge,  the  Nabob  was  soe  abashed,  that  immediately  he 
removed  his  whole  Campe  neare  on[e]  mile,  Pitchinge  it  on 
this  Side  the  River,  within  J  a  mile  of  the  towne  Ballasore, 
where  now  he  is  in  hopes  of  the  English  and  Dutch  to  Visit 
him,  and  not  Empty  handed \ 

Accordinge  to  his  Expectation,  the  English  and  Dutch 
Agents  and  theire  councels  went  out  in  State  to  waite 
upon  him,  carryinge  considerable  Piscashes^  with  them  to 
present  him  with.  But  the  Dutch,  that  Study  to  out  doe 
us  in  all  transactions  in  India,  now  made  greater  haste  to 
come  to  the  Speech  of  him  then  Mr.  Walter  Clavell  (our 
English  Chiefe*)  did,  and  made  their  present  3  or  4  times 


1  The  records  of  the  time  are  unfortunately  very  incomplete  for  the 
year  1674,  and  I  have  been  unsuccessful  in  finding  any  trace  of  this 
story. 

2  See  note  on  p.  1 57. 

3  Walter  Clavell,  the  younger  son  of  an  old  Dorsetshire  family,  was 
a  somewhat  important  personage  in  Bengal  when  T.  B.  came  in  contact 
with  him.  In  1667,  when  28  years  of  age,  he  was  sent  out  by  the 
Court  to  Fort  St  George  to  assist  in  reinstating  the  imprisoned 
Governor,  George  Foxcroft.  Owing  to  an  unusually  long  voyage  and 
a  severe  illness  on  his  way  overland  from  Surat,  Clavell  did  not  reach 
Fort  St  George  until  Jan.  1669  when  he  found  his  mission  was  already 
accomplished.  He  petitioned  to  go  to  the  "Bay"  where  he  was 
appointed  "  Second,"  and,  on  the  departure  of  Shem  Bridges  for 
England,  became  acting  "  Chief,"  a  post  in  which  he  was  confirmed 
by  orders  from  Court  in  Dec.  1672.  In  June,  1672,  Walter  Clavell 
procured  a  "  Phirwanna "  from  "  Shaster  Caun  '^  a  copy  of  which, 
together  with  the  "  Nabobs  Letter"  is  to  be  found  in  Factory  Records^ 
Miscellaneous,  No.  3.  Another  version  of  this  "Phirwanna"  referred 
to  by  Yule  in  Hedges^  Diary ^  vol.  iii.  p.  190,  is  entered  at  the  end  of  the 
Diary  of  Streynsha?n  Master.  The  parwana  had  little  effect  in 
stopping  the  exactions  of  Shayista  Khan  to  whose  oppressions  and  the 
exactions  of  Malik  Qasim,  Governor  of  Hugli,  there  are  frequent 
allusions  in  the  letters  of  Clavell  to  the  Court  in  London,  and  to  the 
Council  at  Fort  St  George. 

From  1672  to  1676  Clavell  was  quarrelling  with  Joseph  Hall, 
factor  at  Kasimbazar,  who,  if  half  his  accusations  were  true,  must  have 


BENGALA  159 

suffered  much  at  the  hands  of  the  Chief  and  the  Second  (Matthias 
Vincent)  at  the  Bay.  Hall  was  very  bitter  in  his  attacks,  and  wrote 
long  letters  of  complaint  both  to  Fort  St  George  and  to  certain  of  the 
Directors  in  London.  He  accused  Clavell  of  appropriating  the  effects 
of  Mr  Marsh,  the  Company's  servant  who  died  in  Balasor,  declared 
that  the  Governor  of  Hugli  was  disgusted  at  his  non -residence  in  that 
place,  and  further,  that  neither  of  the  clergy  would  administer  the 
Sacrament  to  Clavell  and  his  friends,  who  had  "  desired  it  rather  for  a 
cloak  to  their  knavery  then  for  the  Good  of  their  Soules."  Other 
charges  against  Clavell  were,  that  he  had  ordered  "  a  Pallace "  to  be 
built  for  himself  at  Balasor,  and  that,  in  1675,  he  was  in  that  town  for 
17  days  "  Leaving  his  Wife  to  bee  Goverhesse  at  Hugly."  Both  Hall 
and  Heme,  another  aggrieved  factor,  declared  that  Clavell  "Sided 
with  the  Dutch  Directore"  in  1672,  and,  by  omitting  to  visit  the 
Governor  of  Balasor,  cost  the  Company  4000  rupees.  In  Feb.  1676, 
in  the  Memorandum  given  to  Major  Puckle,  who  was  authorised  to 
inspect  all  the  subordinate  factories  and  redress  any  grievances,  we 
find :  "  Mr.  Clavell  (now  Chief  at  the  Bay)  for  overrateing  the 
Companys  Goods  40  per  Cent,  great  private  Tradeing,  &c.  and 
keeping  the  Generall  Books  himself  contrary  to  the  Companys  Order." 
Clavell  was  at  Fort  St  George  at  the  time,  and  apparently  managed 
to  make  out  a  good  case  for  himself,  for  we  hear  no  more  of  the 
enquiry.  In  a  complaint  brought  by  Valentine  Nurse,  another  mal- 
content, against  Clavell,  Major  Puckle  decided  in  the  latter^s  favour. 
No  doubt  these  various  charges  were  somewhat  exaggerated,  and 
Clavell's  position  never  seems  to  have  been  seriously  imperilled  by 
them.  Probably  his  sudden  death  saved  him  from  falling  into  disgrace 
with  the  Directors,  for,  in  Dec.  1676,  they  wrote  to  Fort  St  George 
that  they  were  "sensible  enough  .that  by  divisions  in  the  Bay  our 
Business  hath  been  much  Impeded  for  severall  years"  and  also,  in 
the  same  letter,  "wee  note... that  Mr.  Clavell  and  Mr.  Vincent  doe 
laugh  and  despise  at  our  Agency  at  the  Fort,  and  doe  expect  that  you 
have  called  Mr.  Clavell  to  an  account  for  it." 

In  the  O.  C.  Collection,  there  are  two  letters  from  Walter  Clavell 
to  Richard  Edwards  "Merchant  in  Cassimbazar."  These  are  dated 
from  Balasor  the  3rd  and  17th  of  June,  1673,  ^^^^  ^^  very  quaintly 
worded.  The  first  runs  as  follows :  "  Esteemed  Friend  I  have 
received  yours  of  the  3d  May  with  two  paire  of  Slippers  doe  exceed 
the  measure  of  my  foot  a  Little  however  rather  than  faile  they  will  fit 
my  foot  most  rarely,  therefore  pray  goe  on  with  the  Investment  and 
when  you  have  shod  mee  so  long  till  you  find  I  am  overbooted  charge 
me  with  a  bill  and  I  shall  pay  it  at  sight,  if  as  you  say  you  have  met 
with  a  shoemaker  that  keepes  his  word  you  are  a  happy  man  you  were 
best  make  much  of  him  you  will  hardly  find  his  fellow  in  all  this 
Countrey,  if  you  can  you  have  better  skill  at  finding  then  the  rest 
of  your  neighbours,  wee  have  no  news  my  hearty  respects  tendred  to 
you  I  Rest  Your  Assured  friend  Walter  Clavell.  Pray  send  me  a 
bottle  of  Ink.     W.  C." 

In  1676  Clavell- returned  from  Fort  St  George  to  his  post  at  Hugli, 
in  company  with  Streynsham  Masterj  who  had  been  appointed 
Supervisor  of  the  dependent  factories.  At  Master's  request,  Clavell 
wrote  an  "  Accompt  of  the  Trade  of  Hugly  and  Ballasore  "  which  is 
very  fully  quoted  by  Yule  in  Hedges^  Diary ^  vol.  ii.  pp.  238 — 240. 
During  the  first  six  months  of  1677,  Clavell  was  constantly  urged  by 
the  Council  at  the  "Fort"  to  use  all  possible  means  to  obtain  a 
farmdn  for  free  trade  in  the  "  Bay."     But  on  the  recall  of  Shayista 


l6o  BENGALA 

as  large,  and  had  present  admittance.  But  before  they 
got  their  Phyrmane^  renewed  and  Signed,  the  English 
Merchants  came  very  mildly  and  requested  admittance 
into  his  tent,  which  was  granted,  and  they  were  placed 
above  the  Dutch.  The  English  Agent,  after  complementall 
Ceremonies  Ended,  gave  in  his  Phyrmane  to  be  renewed, 
which  was  soe  kindly  taken  from  the  Nabob  and  his 
Associates,  that  it  was  immediately  done  and  delivered  to 
Mr.  ClaveP,  where  Upon  he  gave  in  his  present  of  fine 
Scarlet^  lookeinge  glasses,  Sword  blades,  fine  pictures,  and 
Some  Gold   Moors*,  without   boastinge  or   commendinge 


Khan,  the  gentlemen  at  Fort  St  George  refused  to  accept  the 
responsibility  of  approaching  the  new  nawab  on  the  subject.  Clavell 
does  not  appear  to  have  made  much  effort  to  obtain  the  farman. 
He  resented  a  proposal  that  the  Council  at  the  "  Bay ''  should  meet 
at  Hugli  to  discuss  the  matter,  and  insisted  on  remaining  at  Balasor. 
On  the  3rd  August,  1677,  a  Council  was  held  at  his  house  there  "he 
being  very  sick."  On  the  following  day  Walter  Clavell  died  of  a  fever. 
His  wife  and  "little  infant"  died  the  next  day.  Mrs  Clavell  is  said  to 
have  succumbed  to  a  "fever  caused  by  excess  of  grief"  for  her 
husband's  death.  On  the  nth  August  Messrs  Reade  and  Byam 
at  Hugli  wrote  to  Matthias  Vincent  at  Kasimbazar :  "  This  evening 
wee  have  the  Unwellcome  news  of  Mr.  Walter  Clavells  and  his  Ladies 
decease  by  Violent  feavours  Some  other  English  Dead  there  allsoe 
and  9  or  ten  more  desperate  ill  of  the  Same  distemper  God  Almighty 
Graunt  wee  may  make  good  use  of  those  Examples  and  prepare  us  for 
our  owne  chainge  when  he  shall  think  fitt  to  make  it." 

W^alter  Clavell  was  twice  married.  By  his  first  wife  Prudence  he 
had  a  son  William,  who  died  in  1680,  and  another  child  who  died 
young.  By  his  second  wife  Martha  Woodruffe,  sister  to  the  wife  of 
Sir  Edward  Littleton,  he  had  two  sons,  Edward  and  Walter.  The 
younger  son  was  baptized  at  Kasimbazar  on  the  29th  Sept.  1678  by 
"Mr.  Samuell  Epes  minister  of  Ship  Society.''^  In  January,  1681,  the 
two  children  were  sent  to  England  on  the  ship  President,  Edward 
Clavell  was  Sheriff  of  Dorset  in  1702.  He  died  in  1738,  leaving  a  son 
George,  at  whose  death,  in  1773,  the  Clavell  family  became  extinct. 
(See  Hutchins'  History  of  Dorset^  s.v.  Clavell.)  Walter  ClavelPs  will 
is  in  existence  at  Somerset  House,  and  is  a  long  and  interesting 
document.  From  its  contents  it  is  evident  that  he  was  a  man  of 
considerable  means. 

1  See  note  on  p.  142. 

2  I  can  find  no  mention  in  the  records  of  this  visit  of  Walter 
Clavell  to  the  "  new  Nabob  of  Cuttack." 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Scarlet  and  Suclat.  "Scarlet''  in  old 
English  was  "  broadcloth "  of  any  colour. 

*  See  note  on  p.  148. 


BENGALA  l6l 

any  thinge  in  it,  (a  custome  the  Dutch  are  much  inclined 
too  in  India),  and  soe  tooke  leave  of  him  gratifieinge  his 
guards  and  attendants  reasonable  well. 

Soe  that  now  the  Dutch  are  left  to  boast  of  their 
Countrie  or  what  else,  which  they  in  Such  Cases  faile  not 
to  doe,  although  Credited  by  none  but  the  Ignorant.  But 
now,  findinge  the  day  well  neare  Spent,  they  request  theire 
Phyrmane,  but  were  Sharply  answered  by  the  Nabob,  whoe 
told  them,  Since  theire  owne  words  made  it  Evidently 
appeare  that  they  had  soe  Enriched  theire  Countrey  and 
State  by  an  East  India  trade,  that  he  was  now  one  of  the 
Easterne  Lords,  and  wold  have  a  Considerable  reward  in 
ready  Cash  before  he  wold  renew  theire  Old  Phyrmane, 
which  if  it  did  displease  them,  they  might  begone,  and 
pay  the  whole  duty  of  all  their  goods  Exported  the 
Kingdome. 

Soe  that  now  their  great  boastings  cost  them  5  or  6 
thousand  pounds,  and  the  Charge  and  trouble  of  wai tinge 
Upon  him  and  his  Attendants  3  or  4  days  followinge. 
Some  few  days  afterwards,  the  Nabob  rode  through  the 
towne  of  Ballasore  in  his  greatest  State,  mounted  upon 
a  Very  large  Elephant,  and  thus  proceeded  towards  the 
Citty  Cattack^ 

Strange  kind  of  Oppressions  are  laid  Upon  the  Mer- 
chants of  these  Kingdoms,  more  Especially  the  most  Vaine 
and  Idle  of  which  were  annually  put  Upon  them  by  the 
Old  Nabob  Shah-hest-Kan^  who  wold  not  be  Satisfied 
that  all  both  rich  and  poor  Shold  bow  to  him,  but  the 
Ships  upon  the  Water  shold  doe  the  like,  for  the  perform- 
ance of  which  he  wold  Every  yeare  Send  downe  to  the 


1  T.  B.  is  no  doubt  relating  what  actually  occurred  during  his 
stay  in  Balasor,  but  it  is  very  tantalising  that  the  records  for  the 
year  1674  should  be  so  scanty  as  to  throw  no  light  on  these 
events. 

2  Shayista  Khan. 

T.  II 


l62  BENGALA 

■ 

Merchants  in  Hugly,  Jessore^  Piplo^  Ballasore'  for  a  Ship 

^  A  town  in  Lower  Bengal,  still  known  under  the  same  name  and 
spelling. 

2  Gabriel  Boughton  (see  Stewart,  History  of  Bengal^  p.  251  f.) 
obtained  permission  from  Shah  Shuja'  to  establish  a  Factory  at  Pipli 
in  1634,  but  there  is  no  evidence  that  the  privilege  was  made  use  of. 
On  this,  see  Yule,  Hedged  Diary ^  voL  iii.  p.  181.  Compare  the  descrip- 
tion of  Pipli  harbour  and  town  by  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  pp.  59  and  1 58  : 
"  We  came  to  Pipley  road,  two  leagues  from  the  river  and  from  the 
coast,  where  we  were  as  much  exposed  as  if  we  had  been  in  the  open 
sea  ;  and  as  there  was  very  little  depth  there,  we  anchored  in  order  to 
protect  ourselves  from  the  violence  of  the  tempests... The  town  of 
Pipley  lies  four  or  five  leagues  beyond  the  mouth  of  the  river.  It  is 
of  a  medium  size  and  fairly  well  populated ;  but  it  is  not  walled.  The 
chief  houses.  Pagodas,  and  other  large  buildings  are  surrounded  by 
open  spaces,  gardens,  squares  of  turf,  orchards.'*  Compare  also  John 
Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations^  p.  16  (reverse),  "At  4  clock  [31st 
Dec.  1670]  came  to  Pipley  where  the  Dutch  have  a  hansome  Factory." 
Of  this  Dutch  factory  Streynsham  Master  wrote  (Diary  of  Streynsham 
Master^  20th  Dec.  1676,  p.  290),  "  The  Dutch  have  left  their  Factory 
of  Pipley,  pulled  down  their  house  there,  and  built  a  new  one  at 
Ballasore."  If  Alex.  Hamilton  {East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  3)  is  to  be 
believed,  a  factory  was  at  one  time  in  existence  at  Pipli :  '*  Piply  lies 
on  the  Banks  of  a  River  supposed  to  be  a  Branch  of  the  Ganges, 
about  5  Leagues  from  that  of  Ballasore,  formerly  it  was  a  Place  of 
Trade,  and  was  honoured  with  English  and  Dutch  Factories.  The 
Country  produces  the  same  Commodities  that  Ballasore  does,  at 
present  it  is  reduced  to  Beggary  by  the  Factory's  Removal  to  Hughly 
and  Calcutta,  the  Merchants  being  all  gone.  It  is  now  inhabited 
by  Fishers...."  ' 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v,  Ballasore.  Compare  Schouten^s  descrip- 
tion, vol.  ii.  p.  159  f.,  "  Bellesoor  is  five  leagues  to  the  west  of  the  river 
of  Pipely.  Most  of  the  English  ships  come  to  anchor  here,  where 
there  is  a  fine  factory.... The  harbour  is  an  admirable  one  the  Cape  of 
Palmeris  protecting  it  from  the  boisterous  southern  winds  and  con- 
sequent tempests.  When  the  weather  is  clear,  the  English  vessels  at 
anchor  in  this  harbour  and  ours  [the  Dutch]  in  Pipely  harbour  can  see 
each  other."  Compare  also  John  Marshall's  account  of  Balasor,  Notes 
and  Observations^  p.  8  and  p.  5  (reverse),  "Ballasore  was  formerly 
called  Bahagur.... Ballasore,  where  the  English  Have  a  Factory  a  little 
way  from  the  River  side  this  in  the  Rain  times  is  very  dirty  vizt  from 
May  to  October... but  after  is  very  pleasant  having  about  a  mile  from 
the  Towne  severall  very  hansome  Mango  gardens... Ballasore  is  a 
very  great  Stragling  towne  but  scarce  a  house  in  it  but  dirt  and  thatcht 
ones."  In  the  "Accompt  of  the  Trade  of  Ballasore"  by  Walter 
Clavell,  to  be  found  at  the  end  of  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^ 
pp.  322 — 325,  there  are  some  interesting  remarks  on  the  place ; 
"  Ballasore  begunn  to  be  a  noted  place  when  the  Portuguez  were 
beaten  out  of  Angelin  [Hijili]  by  the  moores  about  the  yeare  1636  : 
at  which  time  the  trade  begun  to  decay  at  Piply  and  to  have  a 
diminution  in  other  places  of  these  parts  and  the  Barr  opening  and 
the  river  appearing  better  then  was  imagined.  The  English  and 
the   Danes   indeavoured   to  settle  Factoryes  here,  to  be  out  of  the 


BENGALA  163 

or  two  in  each  respective  place  of  4,  5,  or  600  tunns,  to  be 
very  well  built  and  fitted,  even  as  if  they  were  to  Voyadge 
to  Sea,  as  alsoe  10,  20,  or  30  gallys  for  to  attend  them, 
the  Moors  Governours  haveinge  Strict  Orders  to  see  them 
finished  with  all  Speed,  and  gunned  and  well  manned,  and 
Sent  up  the  River  of  Ganges  as  high  as  Dacca,  where 
(at  their  arrival!)  they  come  abrest  of  the  Nabob's  pallace, 
Strike  their  topsailes  and  hall  up  theire  Other  Sailes,  with 
many  flaggs  and  Pendants  flyinge,  fire  many  Gunns,  all  or 
most  part  of  the  whole  day.  And  then  they  have  done 
theire  duty;  and  this  he  accompted  a  Salam^;  and  they 
are  Soone  after  hailed  on  Shore,  and  there  ly  and  rott, 
which  is  all  done  at  the  proper  Co3t  and  charges  of  the 
Banjan  and  Gentue  Merchants*. 


troubles  the  Portuguez  gave  to  other  nations  and  had  themselves,  the 
rather  because  the  Cloth  of  Harrapore  where  our  first  Factory  was 
settled  was  without  much  difficulty  to  be  brought  hither  by  land,  and 
the  river  where  our  Vessells  usually  had  laine  at,  being  stop't  up,  it 
was  noe  easy  matter  to  bring  the  Cloth  by  sea,  nor  soe  safe  to  have 
Vessells  ride  before  that  place  as  here  in  the  roade  of  Ballasore. 
And  the  Raja  of  Tillbichrumbung  his  countrey  lyeing  neare  this 
place  where  the  greatest  quantity  of  Tester  or  herba  [see  Ind.  Ant 
vol.  xxix.  p.  339  fj  is  procurable,  a  Settlement  was  thought  the  more 
Convenient,  because  Ginghams,  Herba  Taffatyes,  Herba  Lungees 
and  other  sorts  of  herba  goods  might  be  made  neare  and  brought 
hither,  and  noe  where  so  good  herba  goods  procurable.  The  waters 
of  Casharry  giveing  the  most  lasting  dye  to  them,  and  within  two 
dayes  journey  of  this  place...."  In  the  Diary  itself  under  date 
15th  Dec.  1676,  p.  285,  there  is  an  account  of  the  renting  of  part 
of  the  town  of  Balasor  for  the  Company :  "  This  part  of  the  Towne 
wherein  the  Honble.  Companys  Factory,  The  Dutch  Factory,  the 
English  Dutch  and  most  part  of  the  Portuguez  houses  standes,  called 
Dummadapore  haveing  binn  many  yeares  rented  by  Mr.  Clavell  and 
now  lately  by  Mr.  Bugden  by  the  Councells  advice,  to  prevent  the 
Dutch  who  were  about  to  take  the  Farme  of  it.  The  Councell  con- 
sidering the  Conveniency  thereof  by  haveing  the  sole  Command  of  all 
the  People,  and  that  it  is  a  small  rent  of  about  350  rups.  per  annum 
with  charges,  and  nothing  lost  thereby,  thought  fitt  that  the  said 
Farme  of  Dummadapore  be  taken  for  the  Honble.  Companys  account." 
See  also  the  description  of  Balasor  by  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^ 
vol.  i.  p.  393  f. 

*  See  note  on  p.  38. 

2  It  is  quite  possible  that  T.  B.  is  here  describing  what  was  meant 
to  be  a  contribution  on  the  part  of  the  mercantile  community  towards 
the  naval  defence  or  power  of  the  country. 

II — 2 


1 64  BENGALA 

The  English  and  Dutch  had  many  abuses  put  Upon 
them  duringe  the  time  Shah -hest- Kan  retained  the 
Goverment,  and  often  had  theire  Salt  peeter*  and  Other 
Commodities  Stopped  both  by  land  and  comeinge  downe 
the  Rivers,  when  they  knew  the  Ships  in  the  Roade  of 
Ballasore  stayed  onely  to  lade  those  goods,  soe  that  they 
were  forced  to  Piscash  them  accordinge  to  theire  owne 
demands;  but  such  grosse  Enormities  are  Since  much 
amended,  for  the  New  Prince*  is  not  such  a  miser,  nor 
of  Such  a  base  Spirit  to  contradict  what  his  Ancestors 
freely  gave  by  Phyrmane,  but  hath  Ordered  a  better  and 
more  legall  Goverment  &c.  He  hath  turned  out  of  Office 
all  the  Governours  &c.  that  the  English  and  Dutch  made 
complaint  against,  and.  not  onely  soe,  but  punished  Some 
of  them  Severely  to  their  perpetuall  ignominie.  And  hath 
given  the  English  and  Dutch  large  Phyrmanes,  and  more 
Especially  to  the  English  Nation,  whose  Chi[e]fe  here',  by 
name  Mr.  Matthew  Vincent*,  went  up  to   Radja   Mehal 


1  Saltpetre  was  one  of  the  chief  articles  of  export  from  Bengal. 
As  early  as  December,  1662,  the  Court  ordered  the  "Bay  Factors  to 
yearly  get  in  readiness  for  the  Ships  500  or  600  tons  of  Saltpetre." 
Letter  Book^  No.  2.  For  the  stoppage  of  the  Company's  saltpetre 
boats  during  the  rule  of  Shayista  Khan,  see  Hunter,  History  of  British 
India,  vol.  ii.  p.  238,  and  ante^  note  on  p.  148. 

2  Muhammad  A'zim.  The  writer  makes  no  allusion  to  the  short 
rule  of  Phiddy  Cawn  (Fidal  Khan)  who  was  the  immediate  successor 
of  Shayista  Khan,  and  whose  tenure  of  office  was  marked  by  much 
injustice.  Stewart,  History  of  Bengal,  p.  302  f.,  says  that  Fidal  Khan 
was  only  saved  from  disgrace  by  his  death  in  May,  1678.  His  successor^ 
Muhammad  A'zim,  was  the  third  son  of  Aurangzeb. 

3  i,e.  at  Hugli,  the  head-quarters  of  the  Council  at  "the  Bay." 

*  Matthias  Vincent,  "Chief  at  the  Bay"  from  1677  to  1682,  entered 
the  Company's  service  as  a  factor  at  ;^20  per  annum  in  1662.  In  1667 
he  was  appointed  one  of  the  Council  at  Hugli,  whither  he  went  from 
Fort  St  George.  In  1669  he  became  **  3rd  at  the  Bay,"  and,  in  the 
same  year,  "  Mrs.  Woodroffe  who  is  intended  to  be  a  wife  for 
Mr.  Matthias  Vincent"  left  England  for  Bengal.  On  the  death  of 
John  Marsh,  Vincent  became  Chief  at  Kasimbazar.  Joseph  Hall, 
who  considered  himself  superseded,  was  loud  in  his  complaints  against 
Vincent  and  his  friend,  Walter  Clavell.  Hall  declared  that  Vincent's 
"  Actions  will  not  admitt  of  the  Light,  being  works  of  Darkness's  and 
therefore  all  he  doth  in  the  Companys  Affaires  must  be  in  hugger 


BENGALA  l6S 

before  he  arrived  at  Dacca,  to  congratulate  his  comeinge 
into  these  Kingdoms^  which  was  soe  kindly  taken,  that  he 
gave  our  Nation  more  Priviledges  then  cold  in  reason  be 
requested  ^ 

This  Kingdome  of  Bengala  (as  I  said  before)  is  re- 
plenished with  many  faire  and  pleasant  Rivers,  the  most 
famous  and  much  admired  of  which  is  the  great   River 


muggur."  Hall  further  said  that  Vincent  was  more  than  a  month  in 
getting  from  Hugli  to  Kasimbazar,  "soe  long  he  was  in  bringing  his 
family  Consisting  of  about  20  fringeys  and  Portugueese  and  when  was 
come  then  No  roome  for  the  Honble.  Companys  Servants  all  being 
taken  up  by  his  trayne,  and  his  Wifes  so  that  the  Servants  were 
Lodged  out  of  the  Factory,  to  make  roome  for  a  Sort  of  People, 
whome  I  have  reason  to  think  were  not  much  for  your  Worships 
interest."  It  was  during  his  residence  at  Kasimbazar  that  Vincent 
was  accused  of  causing  the  death  of  Rugo  Podar  [Raghu,  the  podii^dr]. 
After  an  exhaustive  enquiry  into  the  matter,  held  under  the  superinten- 
dence of  Streynsham  Master  in  1676,  Vincent  was  exonerated  from 
blame,  though,  from  the  evidence  extant,  the  verdict  is  not  in  accord- 
ance with  modern  ideas  of  justice.  Before  the  enquiry,  the  Court  had 
written,  in  Dec.  1675  {Letter  Book^  No.  5),  "We  are  informed  that 
Our  Factory  at  Cassambazar  is  frequently  visited  by  Jesuits  and 
Romish  Priests  that  goe  up  and  downe  to  Mr.  Vincents  wife  and 
family.  Which  We  require  to  bee  wholly  refrayned  if  he  stay 
and  remaine  in  Our  Service.  But  if  Mr.  Vincent  shall  be  found  to 
have  had  any  hand  in  the  Death  of  Rugo  Podar,  or  accessary 
thereunto,  or  hath  bin  UnfaithfuU  in  discharge  of  his  trust,  that  then 
he  be  discharged  of  Our  Imployment."  In  August,  1677,  on  the  death 
of  Waller  Clavell,  Vincent  became  Chief  at  the  Bay.  In  1680,  he 
became  associated  with  Thomas  Pitt,  and  thenceforth  grew  into 
disrepute  with  the  authorities  at  home.  For  his  interloping  dealings, 
and  alleged  practice  of  witchcraft,  see  Yule,  Hedged  Diary^  vol.  ii. 
pp.  13 — 18,  284 — 291.  Vincent  was  dismissed  the  Company's  service, 
and  sent  to  England  in  1683.  His  wealth  and  influential  friends  were 
probably  strong  factors  in  his  defence.  At  any  rate  his  unfaithful 
conduct  received  but  slight  punishment.  Two  years  later,  in  1685, 
he  was  knighted.     He  died  m  1688. 

*  It  was  in  July,  1678,  that  Vincent  set  out  from  Kasimbazar  to  meet 
the  Prince,  in  order  to  procure  a  "  Neshaun  for  free  trade." 

2  In  Factory  Records^  Kasimbazar,  No.  i,  under  date  6th  Oct. 
1678,  there  is  the  following  reference  to  Vincent's  mission:  "This 
morning  Mr.  Matthias  Vmcent  Cheife  of  Bengali  arrived  with  us  at 
Colcepore  bringing  with  him  the  Princes  Neshaan  obtained  for  the 
Honble.  Companys  free  trade  in  Bengali  and  grounded  not  only  on 
our  former  Customes  and  Phirwannas  &ca  but  on  the  Phirmaund  of 
Sha  Jehaan  and  the  present  Emperor  Orim  Zeeb  [Aurangzeb]  and 
so  well  penned  that  there  is  now  a  more  Solid  ground  for  our  trade  in 
Bengali  then  heretofore  and  well  worth  the  charge  and  exceeding 
paines  taken  by  the  Cheife  in  obtaining  the  same." 


1 66  BENGALA 

Ganges,  one  of  the  foure  principall  rivers  in  the  world,  and 
is  Supposed  to  runne  up  Paradise  or  the  garden  of  Eden. 
The  Other  brave  and  Navigable  Rivers  are  for  the  most 
part  onely  branches  of  this\ 

One  of  the  most  admirable  of  which  arms  is  Hugly 
river.  Up  and  downe  the  Same  a  very  Considerable 
Merchandize  is  drove^  and  very  beneficiall,  Especially  to 
the  English  and  Dutch  Nations,  haveinge  Excellent  con- 
veniences for  carryinge  theire  European  Commodities  up 
into  the  inland  towns  and  Citties,  and  the  like  for  bringinge 

^  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  i6o  :  "The  celebrated  Ganges  river 
separates  the  Western  part  of  the  Indies  from  the  Eastern,  and 
divides  them  thus  into  two  parts.  Several  interpreters  of  the  Holy 
Scriptures  believe  that  this  is  the  river  which  is  called  Pison,  which 
came  from  the  Garden  of  Eden,  and  which  surrounded  the  whole  land 
of  Havila  where  there  is  gold,  and  which  apparently  is  identical  with 
the  Indies.  At  any  rate  it  is  certain  that  this  great  river  is  one  of  the 
most  renowned  in  the  world  ;  that  it  was  as  well  known  in  former 
times  as  it  is  to-day  ;  and  that  it  takes  its  rise  in  the  mountains 
situated  in  the  most  northern  part  of  the  Indies.  Some  have  stated 
that  it  rises  in  Mount  Caucasus,  and  others  that  it  rises  in  the  high 
mountains  of  Thebet,  which  are  alway  covered  with  snow...." 

2  As  the  writer  remarks,  a  brisk  trade  was  carried  on  up  and  down 
the  Hugli  river  in  his  day,  but  it  was  almost  entirely  limited  to  small 
native  vessels.  For  years  the  Court  had  been  urging  the  navigation 
of  the  Hugli  in  order  to  spare  the  expense  entailed  by  trans-shipping 
the  Company's  goods  in  Balasor  Road.  In  1669,  the  year  th^t  T.  B. 
arrived  in  India,  there  also  arrived  seven  men,  the  pioneers  of  the 
Bengal  Pilot  Service,  the  only  one  of  whom  to  attain  to  note  was 
George  Heron,  the  pilot  mentioned  by  T.  B.  on  p.  176.  See  Yule, 
Hedges'  Diary ^  vol.  iii.  pp.  197  flf.  In  Nov.  1669  Walter  Clavell 
wrote  from  Balasor  to  the  Court  {Factory  Records^  Miscellaneous, 
No.  3),  "Till  the  River  of  Hughli  be  soe  discovered  that  the  Com- 
manders will  adventure  their  Shipps  therein  to  Lade,  We  shall  not 
be  able  Annually  to  send  the  first  shipp  away  before  the  Latter  End  of 
November,"  and  in  October,  1679,  "  In  expectation  that  your  worships 
would  positively  have  obliged  the  ships  to  come  into  this  River,  wee 
had  Severall  times  employed  the  Dilligence  and  Madrass  pinnace  to 
discover  the  Channels,  which  had  rendred  a  couple  of  the  pilots 
William  Waters  and  William  Bramston,  who  Since  are  both  deceased 
this  and  last  month.  Sufficiently  Capable  to  have  brought  up  any  of 
the  Ships  this  yeare  through  the  midle  Channell...."  In  1672  Captain 
James  brought  the  Rebecca  up  to  Hugli  with  the  aid  of  a  pilot,  and 
earned  the  extra  20/8  per  ton  promised  by  the  Court.  The  lack  of 
pilots  was  the  great  difficulty,  and  it  was  not  until  after  1679,  when 
Captain  Stafford  brought  the  Falcon  up  the  Hugli,  that  it  became 
general  for  the  Company's  ships  to  unlade  at  Hijili  instead  of  at 
Balasor. 


BENGALA  1 67 

downe  the  commodities  purchased  in  this  or  some  Other 
Kingdoms. 

This  River  is  soe  named  from  the  great  towne  of  Hugly 
Scituated  Upon  the  banks  of  it,  neare  1 50  miles  up  from 
the  Braces*  or  Shoals  that  lye  at  the  Entrance  thereof. 
The  towne  or  Citty  of  Hugly  is  a  famous  and  Sumptuous 
place,  adorned  with  many  fine  Structures,  and  very  populous, 
and  what  addeth  to  the  beauty  hereof,  it  is  well  furnished 
with  gardens,  fine  groves,  a  very  large  Bazar  or  markett 
place,  one  of  the  finest  Chowlteries'  (or  free  lodgeinge 
houses  for  all  travellers)  that  is  contained  in  this  King- 
dome,  and,  more  Especially,  the  2  fine  European  Factories, 
namely  the  English  and  Dutch*.  But  I  must  needs  confesse 
the  Dutch  building  here  farre  doth  Exceed  ours,  although 


^  Not  in  Hobson-Jobson.  See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxx.  p.  352.  Com- 
pare the  following  contemporary  references  :  **  This  night  wee  sailed 
over  the  sands  called  the  braces,  haveing  never  lesse  then  three 
Fathome  water  and  a  Swelling  Sea."  Dkiry  of  Streynsham  Master, 
5th  September,  1676.  "They  [the  crew  of  the  Falcon]  had  very 
bad  weather  in  the  Road  of  Ballasour  and  worse  comeing  over  the 
Braces  and  were  forced  to  ride  betweene  the  Braces  2  days  where 
they  lost  an  Anchor."  Letter  from  Hugh  to  Balasor,  3rd  Aug.  1678; 
O,  C.  No.  4466.  "Mr.  Byam  arrived  there  [Balasor]  the  13th  Currt. 
by  way  of  Kendoa  the  winds  being  so  strong  and  contrary  that  the 
sloop  was  forced  in  from  the  braces  to  Kedgaree  and  thence  Mr.  Byam 
went  to  Kendoa  and. from  thence  to  Ballasore."  26th  April,  1679, 
Factory  Records,  Hugh,  No.  2.  "  It  pleased  God  to  Arrive  us  in 
Safety  at  this  place  the  16  Instant  notwithstanding  the  Danger  we 
were  in  by  encountring  with  a  Storme  of  Raine  and  wind  at  East  when 
we  were  neare  halfe  way  over  the  first  flatt  of  the  Braces,..,"  Letter 
from  Streynsham  Master  &c.  at  Hugli  to  Balasor,  19th  Sept.  1679, 
Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  5.  "This  night  about  9  o'Clock  we 
anchored  in  the  Braces."  21st  July,  1682 ;  Yule,  Hedges!*  Diary,  vol.  i. 
p.  31- 

*  This  is  one  of  the  earliest  forms  of  this  Madras  Anglo-Indian 
word  yet  quoted,  but  it  gives  no  help  towards  the  derivation.  See 
Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Choultry.  In  the  Fort  St  George  records,  there 
are  frequent  references  to  Choultry  in  its  sense  of  Court-house. 
Carrying  this  essentially  Madrasi  word  to  Bengal  in  the  text  is 
curious. 

3  Compare  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations,  p.  6  (reverse), 
"  Hugly  is  a  very  great  Towne... great  part  of  the  Towne  was  formerly 
called  Satagam,  the  English  and  Dutch  have  each  of  them  a  stately 
Factory  scituate  by  the  River  which  is  a  Branch  of  the  River 
Ganges." 


l68  BENGALA 

theire  priviledges  and  good  name  by  the  Inhabitants  in 
generall  cometh  farre  Shorts 

The  towne  is  not  very  Uniforme,  but  is  a  very  good 
and  pleasant  place,  inhabited  with  Some  of  the  richest 
Merchants  of  the  Kingdome*;  and  all  Sorts  of  Commodities 
that  Orixa,  Bengala,  and  Pattana  doe  afford  are  here  dayly 
to  be  bought  and  Sold  in  the  publicke  Bazar^  commonly 
called  the  great  vBazar,  by  reason  there  are  many  where 
onely  Cotton,  course  Callicoes,  provisions,  &c.  are  to  be 
Sold. 

The  English  Factory  here  in   Hugly*  is  the  head  or 


^  Compare  Streynsham  Master's  description  of  the  Dutch  factory 
at  Hugli  {Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  under  date  13th  Sept.  1676, 
p.  60),  "And  lesse  then  2  miles  short  of  Hugly  wee  passed  by  the 
Dutch  garden,... then  wee  came  by  the  Dutch  Factory,  which  is  a  large 
well  built  house,  standing  by  it  selfe,  much  like  to  a  Country  Seat  in 
England.... That  part  of  the  Towne  which  wee  passed  by  was  all 
built  of  thatcht  Hovells." 

2  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  155,  "Ougli  is  fairly  large.  Its 
length  renders  it  pleasant  because  it  is  built  on  the  bank  of  the 
Ganges.  The  streets  are  wide :  they  are  not  paved.  There  are 
pretty  walks  ;  fine  buildings  after  the  fashion  of  the  country  ;  well- 
stocked  shops ;  convenient  houses ;  depots  for  all  kinds  of  merchandise, 
particularly  silks;  fine  linens,  and  other  materials  from  all  the 
provinces  in  India.  There  are  many  Moor  merchants  there  who 
carry  on  a  great  trade.  There  are  also  a  great  number  of  Idolaters, 
Benjanes  and  Gentives,  who  live  peaceably  under  the  government 
of  the  Moors." 

3  See  note  on  p.  106.  Compare  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^ 
vol.  ii.  p.  20 f.  for  the  extent  of  trade  at  Hugli:  "This  Town  of 
Hughly  drives  a  great  Trade,  because  all  foreign  Goods  are  brought 
thither  for  Import,  and  all  Goods  of  the  Product  of  Bengal  are  brought 
hither  for  Exportation.  And  the  Mogul's  Furza  or  Custom-house 
is  at  this  Place.  It  affords  rich  Cargoes  for  fifty  or  sixty  Ships 
yearly,  besides  what  is  carried  to  neighbouring  Countries  in  small 
Vessels ;... To  mention  all  the  particular  Species  of  Goods  that  this 
rich  Country  produces,  is  far  beyond  my  skill...." 

*  The  factory  at  Hugli  was  established  in  1650  under  the/arfndn  said 
to  have  been  obtained  by  Gabriel  Boughton.  In  1657,  Hugli  was  made 
the  head  factory  in  the  Bay,  the  factory  of  Balasor  being  subordinate. 
The  Factory  House  in  T.  B.'s  time  must  have  been  the  one  which  was 
in  process  of  building  in  1665  as  described  by  SchouteUy  vol.  ii.  p.  157, 
"When  we  were  there  [in  Hugli]  the  English  were  building  a  new 
factory,  because  the  inundations  of  the  Ganges  had  by  degrees  mined 
the  walls  of  their  old  edifice  which  threatened  to  fall.*'  Delestre^  p.  188, 
says, "  A  league  distant  from  the  Dutch  factory  [at  *Ougly*]  the  English 


BENGALA  I 69 

Chiefe  Factory  in  the  3  beforementioned  Kingdoms,  and 
residence  of  the  Chiefe  in  Place. 

The  Dutch  Factorie  is  also  Scituate  upon  the  banks 
of  the  River,  about  one  English  mile  from  ours,  lower 
downe  the  River,  on  a  most  delicate  and  Even  piece  of 
ground,  which  is  comely  Enough  to  be  admired,  and  theire 
buildings  noe  lesse,  beinge  a  most  compact  and  very  decent 
Structure,  carryinge  the  name  of  the  largest  and  compleatest 
Factorie  in  Asia,  and  noe  more  then  in  my  Judgement  it 
deserveth*. 


have  one,  on  the  same  side  of  the  river,  the  left  going  up."  In  1676, 
the  English  factory  at  Hugli  was  enlarged  and  repaired  by  Streynsham 
Masters  orders.  In  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  under  date 
25th  Nov.  1676,  we  read,  p.  272:  "By  reason  that  the  Cheife  and 
councell  in  the  Bay  will  from  hence  forward  reside  in  this  Factory  of 
Hugly  where  there  is  a  want  of  accomodations  and  necessary  apart- 
ments for  soe  many  married  persons,  upon  a  Surveigh  of  the  buildings 
it  was  judged  necessary  to  remove  the  cook  roome  it  standing  incon- 
venient and  being  covered  with  thatch  was  alsoe  dangerous,  and  to 
build  an  other  with  brick  to  secure  the  whole,  and  to  sett  up  necessary 
apartments  to  make  the  Factory  capable  of  accomodating  four  marryed 
persons  of  the  Councell,  and  also  to  make  a  Penthouse  to  preserve  the 
house  to  the  Southward  ;  and  which  are  wanting  the  most  necessary, 
an  office,  a  Councell  chamber  and  a  place  for  the  registers  to  be  kept 
in,  out  of  the  five  upper  roomes,  all  which  the  Councell  thought  fitt  to 
be  done  out  of  hand  and  that  it  be  managed  with  all  frugallity,  at 
present  judging  it  may  not  exceed  1200  rups.  besides  the  usuall  and 
necessary  repairations  of  the  Factory  which  the  late  storme  hath  much 
dammaged  by  blowing  the  thatch  of  the  walls.  And  there  being 
many  trees  about  the  house  which  shaded  the  ground  and  kept  it 
moist  and  besides  have  harboured  Vermine  they  were  ordered  to  be 
cut  downe  that  the  aire  might  have  freer  passage  and  the  heat  of  the 
sunne  keep  the  earth  dry." 

^  Schoutetty  vol.  ii.  p.  156,  dilates  on  the  grandeur  of  the  Dutch 
Factory  at  Hugli :  "  But  there  is  nothing  in  it  [Hugli]  more  magni- 
ficent than  the  Dutch  factory.  It  was  built  on  a  great  space  at  the 
distance  of  a  musket  shot  from  the  Ganges-,  for  fear  that,  if  it  were 
nearer,  some  inundation  of  the  waters  of  this  river  might  endanger  it, 
or  cause  it  to  fall.  It  has  indeed,  more  the  appearance  of  a  large 
castle  than  of  a  factory  of  merchants.  The  walls  are  high  and  built  of 
stone,  and  the  fortifications  are  also  covered  with  stone.  They  are 
furnished  with  cannon,  and  the  factory  is  surrounded  by  ditches  full 
of  water.  It  is  large  and  spacious.  There  are  many  rooms  to 
accommodate  the  Director,  the  other  officers  who  compose  the 
Council,  and  all  the  people  of  the  Company.  There  are  large  shops 
built  of  stone,  where  goods  that  are  bought  in  the  country  and  those 
that  our  vessels  bring  there  are  placed."  Compare  also  Delesire, 
p.  188:   "We  arrived  at  Bengala  where  the  Dutch  have  a  very  fine 


I70  BENGALA 

Soe  that  now  they  may,  and  doe  largely  boast  of  this 
new  and  comely  buildinge ;  but  not  a  word  is  heard  from 
them  concerninge  the  Old  Factory  that  adjoyned  to  that 
of  the  English,  much  about  the  time  of  the  horrid  Massacre 
of  the  English  at  Amboyna*. 

Those  2  Factories,  then  dore  neighbours,  Stood  within 
20  paces  of  the  River  Side,  on  which  side  the  river  gained 
much  upon  the  dry  land,  vizt.  upon  the  Larboard  Side 
goeinge  up,  in  soe  much  that  a  Stronge  fresh,  caused  by 
the  great  raines  that  fall  here  Sometime  before  the  breake- 
inge  up  of  the  Monzoone',  came  down  the  River  with  Such 
Violence  that  it  Seemed  to  be  displeased  with  all  that 
were  here,  more  Especially  the  Dutch,  and  Shewed  them 
displeasure  at  once,  takeinge  away  all  theire  whole  Factory, 
Storehouses  &c.,  and  hurried  them  into  the  River,  and 
a  great  depth  too,  for  in  the  very  place  where  the  Dutch 
Factory  stood,  wee  ride  with  our  Ships  and  Vessels  in 
noe  lesse  then  depth  16  fathoms,  and  it  is  called  Hugly 
hole*. 


and  very  rich  factory  in  a  place  called  Ougly,  where  linen  is  most 
beautifully  woven."  Compare  also  the  description  of  the  Dutch 
factory  in  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  under  date  21st  Nov. 
1676,  p.  263,  "This  aftemoone  Mr.  Clavell  with  my  selfe  and  others 
visitted  the  Dutch  at  their  Factory  which  is  very  large  and  well  built, 
with  two  Quadrangles,  The  Directore  was  very  obligeing  and  shewed 
us  the  new  built  warehouses  which  are  three  very  large,  that  make  one 
side  of  one  of  the  Quadrangles  next  to  the  River  side  They  are 
excellently  well  timbred  which  was  all  brought  from  the  Coast,  alsoe 
he  shewed  us  other  accomodations  of  their  Factory,  their  Gardens 
which  are  very  spatious,  well  kept  with  Tarrass  walks  and  full  [of] 
Lettice  and  good  herbage  and  adjoyneing  to  their  Factory  they  have 
offices  for  all  things  needfuU  to  them,  as  a  Carpenters  Yard  with 
stores  of  good  Timber  brought  from  Batavia,  a  Coopers  yard  where 
they  make  many  cask  for  the  Pork  which  they  kill  and  salt  up  downe 
the  river,  a  Smiths  forge,  a  Grannary  and  apartment  for  a  great  many 
weavers  where  they  have  sett  up  Loomes  for  the  weaving  of  saile  cloth, 
and  a  foild  to  make  ropes  in...." 

1  Le.  27th  Feb.  1623. 

2  See  note  on  p.  5 1.    T.  B.,  in  his  Malay  Dictionary y  has,  *'  Moosim, 
a  Season  of  the  year." 

3  At  a  Consultation  at  Hugli  during  the  second  visit  of  Agent 
Master,   20th   Oct.    1679  {Factory  Records,   Hugli,   No.   2),  it  was 


;v:   •:.  :  :  : 
•     •  •••  •.  / 


BENGALA  17 1 

The  English  Factorie  (adjoyneinge  to  that  of  the 
Dutch)  was  by  the  computation  of  men  very  likely 
tsuddenly  to  follow  it,  but  the  Fresh  abated  and  it  standeth 
to  this  day  with  all  Store  houses  and  walls  that  surround 
it\ 

Rut  for  feare  Such  another  or  worse  fresh  Shold  happen 
and  take  them  Unprovided  with  necessaries,  and  time 
whereby  to  remove  the  Companies  goods  &c.,  they  have 
by  Order  of  the  said  Company,  built  a  very  fine  new 
Factory*  about,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  higher  (from  the  River 
Side),  where  now  the  Chiefe  and  Councill  &c.  Factors 
of  Hugly  reside,  and  the  Old  one  is  not  as  yett  become 
Unserviceable*. 

The  freshes*  are  wholy  caused  by  the  great  rains  that 


"Ordered... that  there  be  a  large  Warehouse  built  for  the  Saltpeter 
upon  the  old  Factory  ground  as  far  from  the  River  as  it  can  con- 
veniently stand,  and  a  house  to  keep  the  Sloopes  Stores  in  near  the 
hole  where  they  Ride  between  the  old  Factory  and  the  new."  In  a 
letter  from  the  Council  at  Hugli  to  Surat,  dated  24th  Nov.  1686,  there 
is  the  following  reference  to  Hugli  Hole:  "At  the  same  time  they 
began  to  display  their  great  gunns  from  a  battery  consisting  of  Eleven 
Gunns  that  they  had  lately  raised  to  command  our  Shipps  in  the 
Hole." 

^  This  building  was  known  as  the  "  Old  Factory"  in  T.  B.'s  time. 
Compare  the  following  reference  which  occurs  in  Factory  Records^ 
Hugli,  No.  3,  under  date  29th  Sept.  1681 :  "The  way  between  the 
New  Factory  and  the  Old  (which  is  the  Generall  Warehouse  and 
landing  place  of  all  our  goods)  being  broken  down  by  the  falling 
of  a  great  tanck  of  water  into  the  river  running  the  bank  down  in 
the  way  thither  so  that  in  the  time  of  the  raines  the  principall  time  of 
receiving  goods  and  transmitting  them  to  the  Sub-Factories  &ca  we 
find  that  there  is  no  passing  without  great  danger  between  one  place 
and  the  other  which  yett  the  Warehouse  keeper  or  his  Assistants  are 
obliged  dayly  to  doe,  we  agreed  therefore  that  a  small  bridge  might  be 
built  over  the  said  place  of  brick " 

2  In  1664;  see  note  on  p.  168. 

3  See  supra^  note  i,  for  the  use  made  of  the  Old  Factory.  See  also 
the  passage  quoted  below,  note  4. 

*  Compare  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  Consultation  at 
Hugli,  25th  November,  1676,  p.  272:  "The  old  Factory  lying  by 
the  River  side  being  a  very  convenient  place  for  the  reception  of  the 
Honble.  Companyes  Saltpeter,  lead  and  other  gross  and  bulky 
Comodityes,  That  it  is  the  Honble.  Companyes  Interest  and  advantage 
to  keep  it  in  repaire  and  the  banck  well  fenc't  from  the  encroachments 


172  BENGALA 

fall  at  Such  and  such  Seasons  of  the  yeare,  not  with  what 
fall  here  nor  a  considerable  way  further  Up,  but  a  great 
way  Up  as  high  as  Pattana,  yea  as  high  as  South  Tartarian 
which  is  mountanious,  and  raineth  there  for  a  quarter  of  a 
yeare  togeather,  and  rusheth  downe  the  Ganges  and  arms 
thereof  with  Such  Violence  that  all  these  rivers  afford  not 
issue  for  it,  unto  the  Sea,  untill  a  considerable  time  be 
spent  and  an  abatement  made;  but,  like  Unto  the  great 
River  Nilus,  overflowinge  its  banks  in  many  places  for 
some  miles  Compasse.  These  waters  are  at  their  full 
height  generally  in  the  Month  September. 

Anno  Domini  1676,  in  the  aforesaid  Month,  I  was 
comeinge  down  Hugly  River ^  in  a  Ship  called  the  Sancta 
Crux*,  whereof  Under  God  I  was  Commander,  and  driveinge 

of  the  Freshes  and  there  to  build  some  convenient  place  to  lay  up 
stores  belonging  to  the  Sloopes  and  Vessells,  wherefore  it  was  thought 
fitt  that  the  said  repairs  be  put  in  execution  before  the  next  raines  the 
last  Freshes  having  taken  away  great  part  of  the  Banck  and  the 
building  of  a  new  warehouse  (if  this  should  wash  down)  would  be  of 
great  expence." 

^  Apparently  a  vague  reference  to  Central  Asia  including  the 
Himalayas.  T.  B.  is  probably  here  recording  what  he  recollected 
of  Native  accounts  of  the  Eastern  and  Central  Himalayas  and  their 
heavy  rainfall. 

2  In  connection  with  T.  B.'s  chart  of  the  Hugli,  reproduced  here, 
it  may  be  noted  that  there  exists  at  the  Horse  Guards  a  map,  no.  Z 
30/43,  entitled  "  The  Mouth  of  the  River  Ganges."  It  shows  much 
the  same  conditions  as  Bowrey's  map.  Its  date  is  1694,  and  it  was 
made  by  the  pilot  Davenport  for  Captain  William  Gifford  of  the 
Seymour.  With  the  map  are  some  interesting  sailing  directions  for 
getting  out  of  the  Hugli,  initialled  by  Davenport. 

Among  the  places  marked  on  the  right  bank  in  Bowrey's  chart, 
Degoon,  Wolleberry,  and  Casuree  represent  the  modem  Digano, 
Uluberria  and  Cajori  [Khajurl].  Bowrey's  map  extends  farther  up 
the  river  than  Davenport's  and  contains  many  more  names. 

3  In  1676,  when  T.  B.  was  navigating  the  Sancta  Cruz,  she 
belonged  to  Portuguese  traders.  On  the  3rd  January,  1677,  Streyn- 
sham  Master  found  the  ship  in  the  Madras  Road  :  "  In  the  roade  [of 
Madras]  there  was  rideing  the  Triplicane  and  the  Sancta  Cruz 
belonging  to  A  Portugueez,...."  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master,  p.  311. 
On  the  27th  Jan.  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George  wrote  as  follows  to 
Arnold  White  at  Bantam  {Factory  Records,  Fort  St  George,  No.  18): 
"We  have  yours  2d  November  and  13th  October  [i676j...we  received 
the  former  by  the  Sancta  Cruz  which  Ship  has  been  attended  with 
many  misfortunes  in  them  concerned,  her  Commander  as  you  advised 


BENGALA  173 

downe  at  a  most  Swift  and  violent  rate,  beinge  timerous  of 
driveinge  too  farre  down,  vizt.  upon  the  Shoals  of  the 
River  Tombolee^  (where  the  River  is  most  crooked). 
Now,  beinge  got  into  the  reach  called  Jno.  Perdo*,  where 


deceased  with  you,  and  his  Successor  hardly  recovering,  her  Cheif 
Owner  Domingos  Perez  Banhos  dead  here  suddenly,  and  the  other 
afflicted  with  a  Murder  in  his  family  committed  by  his  Sonn  in  Law 
who  lyes  here  in  Irons  untill  Sufficient  power  from  England  to  proceed 
against  him,  however  the  Surviving  Owner  Cosmo  Lorenzo  de 
Madera,  desires  his  humble  thanks  to  be  returned  for  your  protection 
and  kindness  Shewed."  From  this  letter  it  appears  that  when  T.  B. 
was  caught  in  the  eddy  in  Sept.  1676,  as  described  in  the  text,  he  was 
taking  the  Sancta  Cruz  from  Hugli  to  Bantam.  There  is  no  evidence 
to  show  whether  he  put  in  at  Fort  St  George  and  there  relinquished 
charge  of  the  vessel.  At  any  rate,  his  connection  with  her  must  have 
ceased  in  Oct.  1676,  since  her  Commander,  as  the  letter  states,  died 
about  that  time.  T.  B.  was  probably  only  an  interim  commander  of 
the  Sancta  Cruz  for  the  one  voyage.  The  subsequent  career  of  the 
vessel  seems  to  be  forthcoming  in  that  of  the  Sancta  Cruz^  belonging 
to  Joseph,  brother  of  the  rich  Armenian  John  Demarcora.  This  ship 
was  taken  as  a  prize  by  the  Siamese  Government  during  the  war 
between  Siam  and  Golconda,  apparently  about  March,  1685.  Some 
months  later  the  Sancta  Cruz  was  rechristened  the  St  George^  and 
sent  on  a  voyage  to  Mocha  [?  Moco  Moco  in  Sumatra]  as  one  of  the 
King  of  Siam's  ships.  See  Anderson,  Siam,  p.  271  f.  There  is  reason 
to  think  that  the  ship  was  recaptured,  and  her  original  title  restored 
to  her,  for,  in  May,  1687,  we  find  {Factory  Records,  Fort  St  George, 
No.  4):  "Ship  Santa  Cruise  Augustine  de  Carvalia  Master  arrived 
at  Fort  St  George  from  Goa"  and  "sailed  for  Bengali"  in  June.  In 
Feb.  1697,  there  was  a  Sancta  Cruze  at  Calcutta.  In  Factory  Records, 
Calcutta,  No.  2,  there  are  the  entries  :  "Wrote  a  letter  to  the  Lieut. 
Generall  and  Councill  of  Fort  St  George  by  Ship  Sancta  Cruze.., The 
Ship  Sancta  Cruze  Saild  for  Fort  St  George."  Again,  in  1702,  there 
is  the  entry  {idid.  No.  3)  "Ship  Santa  Cruce  David  Marcus  Com- 
mander arrived  from  Manilha."  Lastly,  in  the  Account  of  Tonnage  and 
Pass  Money  for  ships  at  Bengal  in  17 18  {Bengal  Public  Consultations, 
20th  April,  1 7 19)  payment  is  made  by  the  owner  of  a  Sancta  Cruze. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Tumlook.  Now  the  Rupnarain  running 
into  the  Hugli  at  the  "James  and  Mary"  Shoal.  Compare  the  Diary 
of  Streynsham  Master  under  date  nth  Sept.  1676:  "The... Dutch 
Skipper  told  us  that  his  shipp  was  shott  by  the  mouth  of  this  river 
leading  to  Hugly  into  that  river  we  call  Tumberleen...."  Compare 
also  the  following  from  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  3,  under  date 
nth  Sept.  1681  :  **Mr  Stanley  and  Mr  Prickman  arrived  hither 
[Hiigli]  comeing  as  far  as  Tumberlee  in  a  small  vessel  called  the 
Margery  belonging  to  Mr  Clement  Jordan  of  Madras." 

2  The  island  Jan  Perdo  in  the  Hugli  River  has  now  disappeared. 
Compare  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master,  nth  Sept.  1676: 
"  There  being  noe  hope  of  getting  the  Sloopes  up  higher  then  they 
were  which  is  neare  the  island  Janperdo,  by  reason  of  the  strength  of 
the  Freshes,...."     Compare  also  the  following  from  Factory  Records, 


174  BENGALA 

I  found  the  Streame  of  lesse  force  then  before,  I  lett  dropp 
our  best  bore  anchor,  and  veered  40  fathoms  of  Cable  out; 
I  gave  the  Ship  one  Sheere,  and  let  fall  our  Sheet  anchor, 
and  veered  out  a  considerable  length  or  Scope  of  each, 
which  brought  her  up  (beinge  but  in  depth  8  fathoms). 
It  happened  at  that  time  for  the  Space  of  J  an  houre  to 
be  Slack  water,  but  then  the  fresh  came  down  like  a  boore, 
and  hurried  us  away  into  a  most  impetuous  Eddy,  where, 
in  a  moment,  our  Ship  turned  round  soe  often  and  quick 
withall  that  not  one  of  us  cold  Stand  to  doe  any  thinge  \ 
One  cable  broke,  and  the  Other  Swum  like  to  a  piece 
of  wood.  In  the  midst  of  this  Extremity,  when  I  thought 
our  Ship  wold  oversett  with  each  Sally  She  tooke,  it 
pleased  God  a  very  fresh  gale  Sprange  Up,  filled  our 
Sailes  (that  hanged  loose  in  the  brailes),  and  runne  her 
out  of  that  Eddy,  and  by  cuttinge  away  our  Other  Anchor 
and  Cable,  got  Soon  over  to  the  Other  Side,  where  I 
runne  her  into  a  Small  Creeke,  and  stayed  untill  the  fresh 
abated,  which  was  14  days*. 


Hugli,  No.  I,  under  date  i8th  Aug.  1677:  "Wee  had  notice  of  the 
Sloopes  Arrival 2Ln6.  Ganges  being  arrived  at  Janipardo."  The  following 
curious  spellings  occur  m  the  Hugli  Diary  for  28th  Aug.  and  14th 
Sept.  1678,  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  2,  "This  morning  wee  had 
notice  of  the  Catch  Arrivall  being  come  up  to  Jarpardorc.At  noone 
wee  had  advise  of  the  Sloope  Arrivall  being  come  to  Jampadore." 
For  the  creek  and  Island  of  Jan  Perdo,  see  Yule,  Hedges  Diary ^ 
vol.  iii.  p.  213.  T.  B.,  in  his  Chart  of  the  River  Hugli,  marks  them  as 
"  Ri.  John  Pardo,  He  John  Pardo." 

^  Compare  the  following  from  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^ 
8th  Sept.  1676,  p.  57:  "This  eveping  with  the  tide  of  flood  wee  gott 
into  that  part  of  the  river  Ganges  that  comes  from  Hugly  at  the  mouth 
of  the  said  River  there's  eighteen  or  nineteen  fathome  water  without, 
and  but  eight  or  nine  fathome  within  but  it  sholds  gradually  shelving 
wise  yett  causes  a  great  whirling  of  the  water  soe  that  often  times 
Ships  and  Vessells  are  turned  or  winded  round  by  it  for  a  good  space 
of  time  but  seldome  receive  dammage  thereby  (as  afterward  I  saw  one 
farther  up  the  river  soe  winded)  but  wee  comeing  neare  upon  a  high 
water  gott  in  without  any  such  winding  and  they  happen  at  the  first  of 
the  Flood  and  last  of  the  Ebb." 

2  In  other  words  the  writer  was  caught  in  an  eddy  off  the  still 
dreaded  shoal  at  the  junction  of  the  Hugli  and  Rupnarain  Rivers, 
now  called  the  "James  and  Mary." 


BENGALA  175 

But  most  of  this  trouble  might  Easily  have  been 
avoided  if  our  Ganges  Pilot  ^  had  been  any  way  ingenuous, 
for  this  River  hath  many  good  and  Smooth  Places  for 
Ships  and  Vessels  to  ride,  in,  out  of  the  way  of  Streams 
or  Eddies,  as  I  have  Some  time  Since  found  by 
Experience  *. 

Another  but  more  Sad  accident  happened  on  that  day, 
being  the  27th  of  September*  1676.  The  honourable 
Company's  two  Ketches  *,  bound  up,  came  to  an  anchor  in 
the  reach  that  I  did,  but  in  a  better  place  to  ride  out  the 
fresh  \  Agent  Masters  was  then  On  board  the  biggest  of 
them^  and  Some  Younge  Gentlemen  Factors  on  board 
the    Other  ^  one   by  name   Mr.  Callaway®  (a   very   good 


^  The  only  two  experienced  "  Ganges  Pilots "  at  this  time  were 
George  Heron  and  Samuel  Sherman.  The  former  was  with  Agent 
Master,  and  T.  B.  was  probably  in  the  hands  of  a  pilot  whose  know- 
ledge of  the  river  was  but  slight.  The  lack  of  efficient  pilots  was 
a  subject  of  constant  complaint  at  this  period.  Walter  Clavell  in  his 
"  Accompt  of  the  Trade  of  Hugly"  to  be  found  at  the  end  of  the  Diary 
of  Streynshain  Master^  p.  320,  remarks  :  "  Our  Ships  if  wee  had 
more  Pilotts  whome  wee  could  oblige  to  stay  after  they  had  obtained 
some  experience  either  by  ingageing  them  in  familyes,  or  by  giveing 
them  good  wages  might  with  much  more  ease  goe  over  the  braces  and 
come  up  Hugly  River,  then  they  can  goe  out  of  the  Downes  into  the 
River  of  London,  and  one  maine  incouragement  would  be  that  the 
ships  should  sett  out  of  England  soe  as  to  be  here  the  begining  of 
June,  by  which  meanes  they  will  have  true  tides  to  carry  them  up  and 
avoid  the  freshes,  they  may  alsoe  goe  up  if  they  come  the  last  of  the 
moonzon  comeing  from  the  Coast  to  the  Bay  in  September  after  the 
freshes  are  abated...." 

2  T.  B.  took  the  Borneo  Merchant  up  the  Hugli  to  Calcutta  in 
Aug.  1687  and  the  Frances  in  1688,  apparently  without  the  assistance 
of  a  pilot.     Vide  Introduction. 

3  According  to  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  p.  59,  the  accident 
happened  on  the  nth  of  Sept.  1676. 

*  The  Arrival  I  and  the  Ganges, 

^  See  note  on  p.  171. 

^  i,e.  the  ArrivalL 

^  i.e.  the  Ganges, 

®  William  Callaway  was  entertained  by  the  Court  as  a  Writer  for 
Fort  St  George,  on  the  13th  Dec.  1672.  He  arrived  at  the  Fort  in 
1673.  He  was  appointed  special  assistant  to  Streynsham  Master  in 
the  tour  of  inspection  in  1676,  and  accompanied  the  Agent  to  Masuli- 
patam  and  Balasor.     On  the  way  to  Hugli  he  was  seized  with  the 


176  BENGALA 

Friend  of  mine),  beinge  then  Sore  Visited  with  Sicknesse, 
and  beinge  one  that  Agent  Masters  had  great  respect  for, 
he  Sent  Mr.  Herrin^,  the  master  of  the  Ketch,  and  the 

fever  to  which  he  succumbed.  He  left  instructions  as  to  his  effects 
with  Mr  Douglas,  Surgeon  of  the  Eagle^  who  had  attended  him  in  his 
last  illness.  The  goods  were  sold  at  an  "outcry"  at  Hugli  on  the 
I  ith  Nov.  1676,  and  the  proceeds  sent  home  to  his  father.  A  detailed 
list  of  Callaway's  effects  is  to  be  found  at  the  end  of  the  Diary  0/ 
Streynsham  Master^  pp.  358 — 361.  The  list  includes  ''^'jj  gold  coate 
buttons,  2  pair  of  gold  buttons  for  wrists,  i  pair  of  silver  buckles, 
I  Silver  Snuff  box,  i  Silver  Meddall  Oliver  Cromwell,  6  Coates, 
4  paires  of  Breches,  i  China  Escretore,  i  China  Standish,  2  pair  of 
Golcondah  Slippers,  16  Hatts";  among  these  are  "2  Castor  Hatts, 
I  Felt  Hatt  and  his  weareing  Hatt."  There  is  also  a  note  "One 
Hatt  Stolen  from  aboard  the  Arrivall  Sloope,"  a  large  number  of 
pieces  of  "  Chint,"  a  great  many  Girdles,  &c.,  &c. 

^  There  is  a  short  notice  of  Heron  in  Yule,  Hedgei  Diary,  vol.  ii. 
p.  199.  The  connecting  link  between  the  forms  Heron  and  Hering  of 
this  worthy's  variously  spelt  surname  is  supplied  in  the  text.  In  1668 
George  Heron  is  named  as  the  senior  of  the  first  batch  of  apprentice 
pilots  sent  to  the  Hugli,  under  a  seven  years'  indenture.  In  1672 
{Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  4)  George  *Hearon'  was  commanding 
the  Madrasse  Pinnace.  In  July  of  the  same  year  {ibid,)  we  read, 
"  For  the  better  security  of  the  Companys  Factory  you  may  appoint 
to  William  Lux  George  Heron  and  their  Families  roomes  apart  where 
they  may  sometimes  bee,  or  as  often  as  they  see  occasion."  In 
November,  1674  {ibid.)  George  Herron  and  Thomas  Bateman  on  the 
Arrivall  were  to  receive  "Advice"  from  John  Nicholson  as  to  the 
navigation  of  the  Hugli.  In  March,  1676,  "George  Herring"  took 
Mr  Clavell  to  Fort  St  George.  In  October,  1677,  "George  Herron 
our  chief  Pilot"  was  ordered  to  attend  Captain  Erwin  "on  board 
Sloope  Sally  ^^  and  to  assist  him  in  his  survey  of  the  "Sands  and  Chan- 
nell"  of  the  Hugli.  In  1678,  George  Herring,  then  commanding  the 
Arrivall,  piloted  the  Falcon  from  Bamagur  into  Balasor  Road.  In 
1679,  we  find  Heron  frightening  the  somewhat  disreputable  chaplain 
John  Evans  (a  notorious  trader  and  friend  of  interlopers)  from  going 
down  the  river  from  Hugli  to  Balasor  in  a  native  boat  (Yule,  Hedges' 
Diary,  vol.  ii.  p.  131).  In  February  of  this  year.  Heron  and  the  other 
pilots  were  sent  "to  survey  the  several  depths  and  Channels  of  the 
river  and  over  the  Braces  into  Ballasore  Roade  in  reference  to 
enabling  your  Selfes  to  bring  the  English  Ships  which  God  willing 
may  arrive  Soe  appointed  this  ensueing  yeare."  In  1680  Herron  (the 
name  is  also  given  as  Hearine  and  Herrin)  with  the  Arrivall  went  to 
Fort  St  George,  and  in  November  advised  of  his  being  at  "  Carango  " 
and  that  his  vessel  was  "very  leaky."  In  1683  Heron  was  command- 
ing first  the  Thomas,  and  then  the  Good  Hope  (Yule,  Hedged  Diary, 
vol.  i.  pp.  74,  78).  In  1684  the  quarrels  between  Hedges  and  Job 
Chamock  began,  and  in  these  Heron  was  mixed  up  (Yule,  Hedges^ 
Diary,  vol.  i.  p.  78  f ),  as  he  was  also  in  the  quarrel  between  Hedges 
and  Trenchfield  {ibid,  p.  148).  In  1685  Heron  does  not  appear  to 
much  advantage  after  Hedges'  fall  and  dismissal  {ibid,,  p.  176).  In 
1686  we  find  him  much  more  worthily  employed  in  compiling  the 


BENGALA  177 

Minister^  to  pray  by  him,  and  a  younge  man ',  if  in  case 
they  found  him  in  a  desperate  condicion,  to  Seale  Up 
his  trunks  and  boxes,  which  was  accordingly  done.     But 


earliest  known  sailing  directions  for  the  Hugli  (/^/V/.,  vol.  iii.  pp.  201, 
204)  and  thus  laying  the  foundation  for  the  pilotage  and  topography  of 
that  river.  In  1687  *' George  Herron  was  cruiseing  in  the  River  Alley 
betwixt  that  and  Kedgerry^'  and  wrote  to  Sutanuti  from  "the  River 
Sautguary."  It  was  at  this  time  that  Heron's  brother  Samuel,  also  a 
pilot  in  the  Company's  service,  was  seized  by  his  mutinous  crew, 
turned  adrift  in  an  open  boat  on  the  coast  of  Sumatra,  and  rescued  by 
our  author  {vide  Introduction).  In  1688  George  Heron  appears  as  a 
somewhat  important  personage  during  William  Heath's  fatuous  pro- 
ceedings at  Chittag^ong  when  he  gave  some  sound  advice  at  a  "  Con- 
sultation Extraordinary."  (Yule,  Hedged  Diary ^  vol.  ii.  pp.  83,  85.) 
About  this  time  Heron  ceased  to  be  a  servant  of  the  Company,  and 
henceforth  we  find  him  engaged  in  trading  voyages  on  his  own 
account.  In  1691  he  was  commanding  his  own  vessel  "laden  with 
Armenians  &ca.  Merchants  Goods."  He  arrived  at  Sutanuti  in  Oct. 
1 691  "having  been  several  months  at  Chattigaum."  In  1702  George 
Heron's  name  occurs  in  a  "List  of  Freemen  Inhabitants  in  Fort 
St.  George  "  with  the  note,  "  marry'd  a  Georgian  [Armenian]."  In  the 
same  year  he  signed  a  petition  begging  for  letters  of  reprisal  on 
Arabs  who  had  seized  ships  in  which  he  was  concerned.  From  this 
time  until  his  death  Heron  seems  to  have  lived  at  Fort  St  George. 
He  died  on  the  2nd  May,  1727,  aged  81,  and  was  buried  in  the  old 
cemetery,  where  his  monument  still  stands.  {See  Mrs  Penny,  Fort 
St  George,  pp.  54,  195.) 

^  The  "Minister"  was  the  Revd.  Josiah  Darley  who  was  "enter- 
tained as  Chaplain  in  the  Bay  at  ;^5o  per  annum  and  £^0  gratuity  "  in 
March,  1674  (Letter  from  the  Court  to  Hugli,  13th  March,  1674,  Letter 
Book,  No.  5).  On  the  20th  Nov.  1674,  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George 
wrote  to  the  Directors  (Fort  St  George  "  Generall,"  O.  C.  No.  4044) 
"  Mr.  Darley  proceeded  for  the  Bay  by  shipp  Lancaster  where  he  was 
much  wanted,  and  appearing  to  be  a  very  discreet  and  learned  man, 
will  with  Gods  blessing  be  a  meanes  of  much  good  there  ;  your  agent 
having  desired  him  to  do  his  endeavour  to  quiet  the  differences 
amongst  them."  On  the  29th  of  August,  1676,  while  at  Balasor, 
Streynsham  Master  and  Mr.  Darley  agreed  to  alter  the  hours  for  daily 
prayer  {Diary  of  Streynsham  Master,  p.  48),  "Mr.  Darley  the  Chap- 
laine  and  my  selfe  agreed  that  the  most  convenient  houres  for  prayer 
would  be  at  7  a  Clock  in  the  morneing  and  at  8  at  night,  the  former 
custome  being  the  same  time  in  the  morneinge  and  4  a  clock  in  the 
aftemoone  which  being  found  inconvenient  was  now  altered."  Streyn- 
sham Master's  account  of  the  accident  which  caused  Mr.  Darley's 
death  is  quoted  in  note  3  on  p.  178  below. 

2  The  "younge  man"  was  Nathaniel  Whetham,  entertained  by 
the  Court  as  a  writer,  and  specially  appointed  to  assist  the  Agent, 
Streynsham  Master  {Court  Book,  1675).  Whetham's  goods  were  sold 
at  "Outcry"  in  Hugli  on  the  13th  Nov.  1676.  A  detailed  list,  with 
the  amounts  realized,  is  to  be  found  at  the  end  of  the  Diary  of  Streyn- 
sham  Master,  pp.  362 — 364. 

T.  12 


178  BENGALA 

they  hallinge  on  board  theire  own  Ketch  againe,  did  over- 
set the  boat,  and  the  minister  and  the  younge  man  were 
drowned.  The  rest  drove  away  on  the  bottom  of  the  boat. 
My  Purser,  Mr.  Clement  Jordan^,  was  just  then  come  downe 
with  a  Small  Olocko^;  wee  Sent  her  away  and  looke  them 
Up,  beinge  5  in  number,  the  Master  and  4  Seamen  I 

^  Clement  Jordan,  afterwards  known  as  Clement  du  Jardin,  was, 
like  T.  B.,  a  "freeman"  trading  on  '* country"  vessels  at  this  time. 
He  may  possibly  have  come  to  India  at  the  same  time  as  our  author. 
Later,  Jordan  entered  the  Company's  service.  The  following  is  a 
brief  account  of  his  career  in  India,  as  gathered  from  the  MS.  records 
at  the  India  Office.  In  1674  Mr  "Jourden"  went  from  Balasor  to 
Hugh.  In  1676  he  was  with  T.  B.  on  the  Sancta  Cruz  as  described 
in  the  text.  In  1678,  and  early  in  1679,  Clement  Jordan  was  at 
Balasor  settling  his  account  with  Rogiram  [RajaramJ.  In  1679  he 
went  on  a  trading  voyage  to  Kedah  and  Achin  with  John  Bugden, 
brother  of  Edmund  Bugden,  the  Company's  servant  at  Balasor.  They 
sold  the  ship  at  Kedah  and  embarked  with  Mr  John  Smith  in  his  ketch. 
Smith  sailed  to  the  "South  Seas"  and  was  murdered  by  his  men. 
Jordan  and  Bugden  were  called  upon  to  give  an  account  of  the  murder 
and  were  acquitted  of  any  complicity  in  it.  In  1680  Clement  Jordan 
was  living  as  a  freeman  in  Fort  St  George.  In  the  same  year  he 
went  to  Hugh,  Kasimbazar,  and  Malda.  In  1681  he  was  in  the  "  Bay" 
with  his  ship  Margery.  In  1682  he  is  styled  Clement  du  Jardin,  and 
is  mentioned  as  visiting  Masulipatam  and  Madapollam  in  his  own 
vessel.  In  the  same  year  Jordan  entered  the  Company's  service,  and 
was  entertained  as  a  factor.  In  1683  he  was  sent  to  Vizagapatam, 
apparently  as  second  of  the  factory.  (See  p.  123,  note  2.)  He  dis- 
agreed with  George  Ramsden  the  Chief,  and  in  1683  was  recalled  to 
the  Fort,  where  he  arrived  in  March,  1684.  In  Sept.  he  was  sent  on 
the  Amoy  Merchant  on  a  voyage  to  Sillebar  whence  he  returned 
in  1685.  Meanwhile  his  conduct  at  Vizagapatam  had  incurred  the 
censure  of  the  Court  and  he  was  dismissed  the  service  in  1686.  The 
Council  at  Fort  St  George,  however,  appear  to  have  had  a  great 
regard  for  du  Jardin,  and  as  had  previously  happened  in  the  case  of 
William  Jearsey,  the  orders  from  Court  were  evaded.  Du  Jardin  was 
sent  to  Indrapoora  and  the  West  Coast,  and  his  conduct  while  there 
was  favourably  reported  on.  The  Court  refused  to  be  influenced  in 
du  Jardin's  favour.  They  wrote,  "Mr.  Du  Jardin  is  a  huffing,  swag- 
gering, ignorant,  avaritious  prodigall  Person,  and  we  are  sorry  to  see 
such  men  so  much  in  your  favour... he  is  not  a  man  to  be  trusted  with 
mony,  nor  with  the  Conduct  of  any  ship  or  Sloope."  In  1687  du 
Jardin  died  at  Indrapoora  and  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George  ex- 
pressed their  regret  for  his  loss,  "being  a  fitting  active  man  among 
those  people."  He  left  a  widow  who,  at  the  time  of  his  death,  was  at 
Fort  St  George. 

2  i.e.  ulak^  a  cargo-boat.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Woolock.  Com- 
pare the  following :  "  It  being  a  quick  Oolauck  you  are  upon." 
Letter  from  Kasimbazar  to  Patna,  5th  November,  1675,  ^•^'  No.  4126. 

2  The  following  is  the  account  of  the  accident  as  given  in  the 


BENGALA  1 79 

The  Nabob  and  Some  Merchants  here  and  in  Ballasore 
and  Piplo  have  about  20  Saile  of  Ships  of  considerable 
burthen,  that  annually  trade  to  Sea,  Some  to  Ceylone,  Some 
to  Tanassaree*.  Those  fetch  Elephants,  and  the  rest,  6  or  7 
yearly,  goe  to  the  12000  Islands  called  Maldiva*  to  fetch 

Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  under  date  nth  Sept.  1676,  p.  59 : 
"This  afternoone  Mr.  Douglas  the  Chyrrugeone  of  the  Eagle  who 
looked  to  Wm.  Callaway  very  sick  on  board  the  Ganges  sent  to 
Mr.  Darley  to  come  to  him  beleiving  he  was  neare  his  end,  whereupon 
Mr.  Darley  very  willingly  went  accompanyed  with  Mr.  Bonnell  Robt. 
Littleton  and  Nathll.  Whetham  and  George  Heron  the  master  of  the 
Arrival!^  the  boate  they  went  in  being  veered  a  Sterne  by  a  rope  from 
the  Arrivall  to  the  Ganges^  after  they  had  binn  there  a  small  time 
Mr.  Darley  ha veing  performed  the  last  office  for  Mr.  Calloway  he  dyed, 
and  then  the  partyes  before  mentioned  with  Mr.  Dbuglas  and  Thomas 
Read  the  Dyer  went  into  the  boate  to  retume  againe  aboard  the 
Arrivall^  and  as  they  were  putting  off  from  the  Vessell,  by  some 
unhappy  accident  the  boate  cast  thwart  the  Streame  (which  runn 
very  Swift)  and  filled  with  water,  the  Ganges  boate  being  fast  to  her 
Sheered  up  into  the  other  boate,  and  beate  the  men  into  the  water,  In 
which  sad  mischance,  Mr.  Darley  and  Nathll.  Whetham  were  drowned, 
all  the  rest  it  pleased  God  were  saved  and  also  the  boates,  the 
Arrivalls  boate  breaking  loose  Swam  with  her  Keel  upward  and  the 
Lascarrs  upon  it,  which  George  Heron  followed  with  the  Ganges  boate 
some  miles  downe  the  river,  till  they  came  to  the  Dutch  Flyboate, 
where  they  were  refreshed  with  meate  and  Drinck  and  clothes  and 
there  saved  the  boate  and  brought  them  both  aboard  againe  this 
night."  The  "  Dutch  Flyboate"  here  mentioned  must  have  been  the 
Sancta  Cruz.  Either  Master  must  have  been  mistaken  as  to  her 
nationality,  or  else  she  must  have  been  sailing  under  Dutch  colours 
for  the  purpose  of  trading  to  some  Dutch  factory.  Master  seems  to 
be  a  little  confused  in  his  account.  On  the  6th  Sept.  (p.  57)  he  says 
he  overtook  a  "  Dutch  Flyboate,"  which  must  therefore  have  been  going 
up  the  river.  On  the  i  ith  Sept.  (p.  58)  he  says  that  the  skipper  of  the 
"Dutch  Flyboate  we  overtooke"  came  to  him  with  a  request.  He  then 
goes  on  to  relate  a  story  that  exactly  fits  in  with  T.  B.'s  adventure 
described  above  :  "The  said  Dutch  Skipper  sayd  he  was  a  Yorkshire 
man,  he  told  us  that  his  shipp  was  shott  by  the  mouth  of  this  river 
leading  to  Hugly  into  that  river  we  call  Tumberleen  and  that  he  had 
lost  an  anchor  two  kedg  anchors  and  200  fathome  of  Hawser  but  there 
was  noe  want  of  such  things  up  at  their  Factory."  Then,  in  the  account 
of  the  accident,  Master  says  that  his  men  were  rescued  by  "the  Dutch 
Flyboate"  evidently  alluding  to  the  same  vessel  he  had  mentioned 
before.  The  explanation  seems  to  be  that  Master  met  T.  B.  on  his 
voyage  down  the  river,  possibly  under  Dutch  colours,  and  that  he  also 
overtook  a  Dutch  Flyboat  going  up  the  river  and,  in  his  account  of 
the  accident,  he  confused  the  two  vessels.  It  is  at  any  rate  clear  that 
the  survivors  of  the  overturned  boat  were  rescued  by  T.  B.'s  men  and 
taken  on  board  the  Sancta  Cruz, 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v,  Tenasserim. 

^  See  note  on  p.  104. 

12 — 2 


l8o  BEN  GALA 

cowries^  and  Cayre*,  and  most  commonly  doe  make  very 
profitable  Voyages. 

The  Prince'  now  (neither  did  the  Nabob  before  him) 
not  in  the  least  concerne  themselves  with  their  Ships,  onely 
acquaints  the  Governour  of  Each  respective  Sea  Port  that 
they  will  have  Soe  many  Elephants  of  such  a  comelinesse 
and  Stature  brought  them  that  yeare,  and  for  the  rest  it  is 
wholy  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  Governour. 

The  Elephants  of  Ceylone  *  are  best  Esteemed  of  here 
and  all  Hindostan  over;  they  are  generally  large  and  well 
Sett,  of  a  most  hardy  constitution,  and  Endowed  with  more 
Sence  and  reason  then  those  of  Tanassaree,  Queda,  or  Syam^ 

They  are  bought  from  the  Dutch  (who  have  in  a 
manner   fortified    the    Island    Ceylone    quite   round®)   in 


^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Cowry.  Compare  Alex.  Hamilton,  East 
Indies^  vol.  i.  p.  347,  for  the  "  catching  of  Couries." 

2  See  note  on  p.  42.  Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Hugli  to 
Balasor,  3rd  April,  1678,  O.  C.  No.  4392  :  "I  give  you  thanks  also 
for  endeavouring  to  get  some  Coro  Maldiva  and  if  you  had  payd 
10  rupees  for  one  Tola  should  have  bin  content." 

2  Muhammad  'Azim. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Ceylon. 

^  For  the  superiority  of  Ceylon  elephants,  compare  Schouteriy 
vol.  ii.  p.  31 :  "They  are  looked  upon  as  the  finest  and  most  intelli- 
gent [animals]  in  the  world.... it  is  said  that  the  elephants  of  other 
countries  recognize  them,  and  that,  as  a  mark  of  respect,  they  fall  on 
their  knees  before  them." 

®  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  5  :  "  Before  the  Portuguese,  who 
were  the  first  among  the  Christians  to  navigate  the  Indies,  had  dis- 
covered it  [Ceylon],  the  Sarrasins,  the  Turks,  and  the  Ethiopians 
traded  thither,  and  got  from  it  pearls,  precious  stones,  and  above  all  a 
quantity  of  cinnamon.  After  them  the  Portuguese  made  settlements 
there  ;  and,  finally,  the  Dutch  have  made  themselves  masters  of  it. 
At  least,  all  the  commerce  is  in  their  hands*,  and  they  possess  the  sea 
ports  with  the  greater  part  of  the  towns  and  fortresses."  Compare 
also  Delestre^  p.  126 :  "The  hatred  of  this  King  [of  Candy]  towards 
the  Dutch  is  well-grounded,  not  only  because  they  have  established 
themselves  in  his  country  against  his  will,  and  because  they  have  built 
fortresses,  the  most  considerable  of  which  is  four  leagues  from  the  Bay 
of  Trinquemale,  but  because  of  their  usurpations  over  his  subjects...." 
The  Dutch  had  been  invited  by  the  King  of  Candy  to  assist  in  the 
expulsion  of  the  Portuguese.  In  1658  they  became  masters  of  the 
island  and  retained  possession  of  it  until  1796,  when  it  was  taken  by 
the  English. 


.*«? 


BENGALA  l8l 

GalaS  or  Colomba^  or  Japhnapatam^  The  Dutch  take 
them  in  the  Woods*  and  tame  them,  and  dispose  of 
them  to  the  merchants  of  Bengala  in  Exchange  for 
Rice,  butter*',  wheat,  Opium  ®,  raw  and  wrought  Silks  or 
Callicos  ^  that  they  bringe  yearly  hither ;  and  these  huge 
Annimals  are  delivered  them  at  theire  Ship  Sides  in  the 
Roade,  brought  hither  in  great  broad  lighters  that  are 
built  for  the  Same  purpose,  where  they  are  hove  On  board 
with  good  Capstants,  runners  and  tackles,  and  Secured  in 
hold  as  beforementioned  fol.  38,  39^ 

The  Kingdome  of  Bengala  hath  had  a  longe  and 
tedious  warre  with  the  Danes,  who  might  have  ruined 
all  theire  Forraigne  Commerce  with  their  owne  Ships  or 
Junks*,  had  they  Either  been   ingenuous  or   Industrious, 

^  See  note  on  p.  75.  On  the  19th  April,  1676,  the  Council  at  Fort 
St  George  wrote  to  Hugli  that  the  Dutch  complained  of  a  "  Ship  with 
English  Collours  abusing... a  Mores  Ship  of  Bengala  off  of  Punto  De 
Gali."  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  18.  Compare  Milburn, 
Oriental  Commerce^  vol.  i.  p.  350:  "Point  de  Galle  ranks  next  to 
Colombo  in  point  of  trade.  It  was  here  that  the  Dutch  used  to  ship 
the  cinnamon  and  other  produce  of  the  Island  for  Europe." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v,  Colombo.  The  transition  spelling  in  the 
text  is  valuable. 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v,  Jafna.  Compare  SchotUen^  vol.  ii.  p.  9 : 
"The  town  and  celebrated  fortress  of  this  island  of  Jaffanapatnam, 
which  lies  forty-eight  leagues  from  Colombo,  on  the  East,  are  situated 
in  a  fertile  and  agreeable  country.  Both  were  brought  into  sub- 
mission to  the  Company  [of  Holland]  in  June  1658  by  the  arms  of 
General  van  Goens."  N,  and E,  in  a  list  of  passes  granted  to  ships  in 
1680,  p.  47,  has  "  Japnapatam." 

*  See  Schouten,  vol.  ii.  p.  33,  for  a  description  of  capturing 
elephants  by  the  Dutch  in  Ceylon. 

^  i.e.  ghi.     See  note  on  p.  1 32. 

*  See  note  on  p.  134. 

'^  See  note  on  p.  5. 

8  These  figures  refer  to  the  pages  in  the  MS.  The  passage  alluded 
to  will  be  found  on  pp.  73,  74  of  the  text. 

®  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Junk,  where  Yule  says,  "1673.  Fryer 
also  speaks  of  *  Portugal  Junks.*  The  word  had  thus  come  to  mean 
any  large  vessel  in  the  Indian  Seas."  Here  we  have  Danish  "Junks," 
evidently  in  the  same  sense.  Compare  the  following  in  Fort  St  George 
" Generall "  to  the  Court,  12th  Nov.  1668,  O.  C.  No.  3238,  "Mr.  Jear- 
sey  and  Council  in  Mechlepatam...have  ordered  the  cheife  and  Factors 
in  the  Bay  to  send  upon  Juncks...at  least  800  tons  of  Salt  peter."     In 


1 82  BENGALA 

but  for  want  of  knowinge  men  in  theire  Service,  the  trade 
[of]  the  Moors  of  Bengala  hath  very  much  encreased. 
An  accompt  of  all  theire^  losses  were  Summed  Up  in  the 
yeare  1674,  and  then  they  had  lost  but  30  Saile  of  Ships 
and  Vessels  in  32  years  warre. 

That  very  yeare  the  Danes  came  from  Trincombar* 
(a  fine  Garrison  of  the  Kinge  of  Denmarks),  the  onely  place 
they  have  in  Asia,  40  English  leagues  to  the  Southward  of 
Fqrt  St  George's.     They  came  Upon  a  treaty  of  peace  ^ 

letters  from  the  Court  to  Fort  St  George,  13th  Dec.  1672  and  29th 
Feb.  1684,  Letter  Books  5  and  7,  there  are  the  following  allusions  to 
"Junks";  "Buy  a  Couple  or  Three  Small  Jouncks  that  are  good 
sailers  [for  fire  ships]."  "Any  Junck  that  goes  to  Zeilon  for  Beetle 
Nutts  may  bring  you  Plants  and  seeds  of  the  Cinnamon  Tree,  as  well 
as  pepper  plants." 

^  "  Theire  "  refers  to  the  Moors. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Tranquebar.  The  Danes  settled  here  in 
1620.  Compare  the  following  accounts  :  Schouten^  who  visited  the 
place  in  1660,  thus  describes  it  (vol.  i.  p.  486)  "Tranckebare  is  two 
and  a  half  leagues  to  the  North'of  Carcal.  It  has  a  fine  appearance 
from  the  sea  shore  whence  is  seen  the  Danish  fort,  the  walls  of  which 
are  built  of  very  white  stone,  and  which  has  four  bastions.  This  is  the 
chief  of  the  places  in  which  the  Danes  have  established  their  trade. 
They  built  this  fort  a  long  time  ago.  However,  vessels  of  their 
nation  are  very  rarely  seen  in  the  other  ports  of  India... The  fort  is 
inhabited  by  more  people  of  the  countVy  than  by  Danes... their  trade 
in  this  place  as-  in  other  parts  of  India  is  of  little  consequence,  and 
very  much  impeded  by  the  Moors  their  enemies,  with  whom  they  have 
ancient  quarrels  that  cannot  be  made  up."  Delestre,  p.  105  f.  describes 
the  place  twelve  years  later :  "  This  town  [Tranquebar]  is  a  very 
pleasant  one,  situated  on  the  sea  shore,  and  belongs  to  the  Danes. 
The  natives  completely  sacked  it  a  few  years  ago  which  is  the  reason 
that  merchants  have  not  yet  firmly  re-established  themselves  there. 
The  town  is  watered  by  a  fine  river.  When  I  was  there  [in  1672]  it 
was  not  entirely  walled  in,  but  by  this  time  the  work  must  be  completed 
as  over  1000  blacks  were  employed  in  it.. .The  garrison  consists  of  200 
Danes  without  reckoning  the  blacks  who  mount  guard  day  and  night." 
In  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  under  date  3rd  July,  1676,  there 
is  a  reference  to  the  Danish  fort:  "In  the  morning  we  saw  the 
Danes  Fort  at  Trincambarr,  and  severall  ships  along  the  shoare." 

3  There  is  but  scanty  mention  of  the  Danes  and  their  affairs  in  the 
contemporary  MS.  records  at  the  India  Office,  but  the  following 
extracts  taken  from  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  4,  seem  to  show  that 
negotiations  for  peace  began  in  1673.  On  the  loth  June,  1673, 
Walter  Clavell  wrote  from  Balasor,  "The  Danes  as  yet  have  not  made 
a  pea<!:e  having  demanded  their  Prisoners  they  have  here  to  bee  set  at 
liberty,  till  that  is  graunted  they  will  treat  no  further,  this  the  Moors 
cannot  consent  unto  without  the  licence  of   Nabob    Zoffy   Chaan 


BENGALA  I 83 

(which  if  they  had  good  Successe  in,  they  resolved  to  Settle 
Factories  in  this  Kingdome),  in  hopes  also  of  acquiringe 
Some  Satisfaction  for  the  unsufferable  wrongs  theire 
Nation  received  off  Meleck  Beaked  Father  to  this  Melecjc 
Cossum*,  who  is  the  present  Governor  of  Hugly. 

The  Danish  Nation  were  formerly  well  Setled  in  this 
Kingdome,  theire  Chiefe  Factory  in  Ballasore',  and  had 
yearely  Ships  of  very  considerable  burthen  arrived  from 
Europe,  untill  Some  Unhappy  troubles  arose  at  home, 
which  constrained  the  Kinge  of  Denmarke  to  keep  his 
Ships  and  men  at  home,  which  animated  the  Said  Meleck 
Beake  to  injure  the  resideinge  people  here,  the  which  he 
did  in  the  basest  degree  of  Nature. 


[Nawab  Sufi  Khan]  on  whose  account  they  were  taken.''  On  the  27th 
of  June  in  the  same  year  Walter  Clavell  writes,  "A  Guzerat  Ship  was 
surprized  in  the  Roade  [of  Balasor]  by  two  Danes  Vessells  who  came 
hither  with  intentions  to  make  peace  but  as  yet  nothing  is  effected  nor 
is  likely  to  bee,  the  Moores  having  detained  three  of  their  people 
prisoners  who  were  forced  ashore  the  last  yeare  by  a  storme  on  the 
Coast  of  Gingerlee  where  they  were  seized  on  by  Nabob  Zoffy  Chaan's 
people  being  then  Nabob  of  Kateck  and  secured  untill  they  had  made 
satisfaction  for  a  vessell  the  Danes  tooke  of  his,  and  the  Moores 
pretend  they  cannot  surrender  these  Prisoners  without  the  order  of 
the  Nabob." 

^  Malik  Beg  was  Governor  of  Hugli  for  twenty  years  or  more.  He 
is  first  mentioned  in  the  records  in  1647,  and  appears  to  have  still  held 
his  post  as  late  as  1667-8,  though  the  last  direct  reference  to  him,  in 
his  official  capacity,  is  in  1665.  The  name  is  variously  given  as 
"Malybeeg,  Malla  beeg,  Meirza  Mallibeague,  Merza  Maleeck  beeg, 
Malick  Beake."  He  was  apparently  more  favourable  to  the  English 
than  was  his  son  and  successor,  Malik  Qasim.  Malik  Beg  took  the 
part  of  the  English  against  the  Dutch,  and  settled  the  differences 
between  the  two  nations  in  favour  of  the  former  (O.  C  Nos.  3071, 
3095,  3096). 

2  Malik  Qasim  was  Governor  of  Hugli  from  about  1668  until  the 
end  of  the  year  1672,  when  he  lost  his  post.  However,  by  means  of 
the  payment  of  a  heavy  bribe,  he  procured  the  government  of  Balasor, 
which  he  held  for  two  years,  and  then  re-obtained  the  government  of 
Hugli,  an  appointment  which  he  retained  until  1681. 

3  Walter  Clavell,  in  his  "Accompt  of  the  Trade  of  Ballasore"  at 
the  end  of  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  p.  322,  says,  "  Ballasore 
begunn  to  be  a  noted  place  when  the  Portuguez  were  bekten  out 
of  Angelin  [Hijili]  by  the  Moores  about  the  year  1636  :  at  which 
time.. .the  English  and  the  Danes  endeavoured  to  settle  Factoryes 
here..." 


1 84  BENGALA 

They  had  a  great  quantitie  of  goods  and  moneys  by 
them,  which  the  Villaine  coveted,  and,  in  fine,  brought 
his  most  diabolicall  purposes  to  passe.  He  Poysoned  all, 
bQth  younge  and  Old,  that  belonged  to  the  Affaires  of 
Denmarke,  and  they  were  near  40  in  number  of  the  Danish 
Nation,  Seized  upon  all  their  goods,  and  demolished  the 
Factory,  soe  that  when  the  next  Shippinge  arrived  from 
Denmarke,  they  found  but  course  Entertainment  in 
Bengala,  nor  any  Satisfaction,  which  forced  them  to 
warre,  and  with  a  just  cause,  which  might  have  tended 
to  the  great  Enrichinge  of  Denmarke  had  it  been  well 
prosecuted  \ 

The  Danes,  findinge  Small  gaines  to  Issue  from  this 
warre,  did.  Anno  Domini  1674,  come  downe  from  their 
Castle  of  Trincombar  (with  one  Shipp  of  16  gunns  and 
a  Sloope)  into  the  bay  of  Bengala,  upon  a  treaty  for 
peace,  thereby  to  Settle  a  trade,  as  the  English  and  Dutch 
have  in  Bengala  and  Pattana. 

Now,  beinge  Assured  in  themselves  of  Obtaininge  a 
Very   honourable    peace,   with    this    Nation    (who    they 

• 

^  No  details  of  this  massacre  have  come  to  light  among  the 
contemporary  records  at  the  India  Office,  but  that  the  Danes  were 
in  conflict  with  Malik  Beg,  the  following  extract  from  A  Short 
Declaration  of  sevrall  passages  in  Bengalla  by  Richard  Hudson 
in  Dec.  1647,  O.  C  No.  2056,  clearly  shows:  "Att  our  first  arrivall 
at  Ballasara  we  were  to  appearance  kindly  wellcome  till  newes 
of  the  Danes  arrivall  who  were  come  to  force  satisfaction  of  wrongs 
formerly  sustained,  when  Zoe  Millick  Beague  prohibits  our  [word 
illegible]  the  howse,  some  few  dayes  after  the  Danes  came  into 
the  Roade,  and  seizeth  one  of  the  Moores  shipps  with  8  Ellephants, 
whereupon  hee  Millick  Beague  sends  the  Sheckdarr  [shiqdar^  revenue- 
officer]  with  all  the  Merchants  to  intreat  us  to  Vissitt  him,  some  time 
was  spent  and  with  much  intreaty  after  we  had  made  them  eate  their 
words,  we  condiscended  and  went  to  Beagues  howse,  some  daies  after 
he  gave  us  a  Vissitt,  and  the  morrow  following  desires  us  to  come  to 
his  howse  where  meeteing  he  brought  us  to  intercede  with  the  Danes 
for  release  of  the  Elliphants  and  Jounck,  we  went  on  board  and  dis- 
charged our  parts  very  honestly,  but  to  no  purpose  the  Danes  replying 
they  came  not  hither  with  five  Vessells  to  quit  what  they  seized  for  faire 
words,  a  second  time  we  went  to  as  much  purpose  as  first,  Beague  and 
the  rest  seeing  our  words  prevaild  no  more  they  tell  us  then  that  sith 
we  are  Christians,  and  the  Danes  the  same,  you  shall  Sattisfie  the 
Damage  wee  susteine  with  many  words  pro  and  con...." 


BENGALA  I 85 

thought  did  not  a  little  dread  them)  were  very  much 
mistaken,  for  the  Cunninge  and  Subtile  Meleck  Cossum^ 
did  first  out  witt  them,  and  Soon  after  laughed  at  them, 


^  The  records  of  the  time  shew  the  character  of  Malik  Qasim  in  a 
most  unfavourable  light.     In  Dec.  1672  (^Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  4) 
in  a  "General!''  from  the  Bay  to  the  Court,  we  have  the  following: 
"The  troubles  wee  have  met  with  from  Mellick  Cossum  the  Governour 
of  Hugly  wee  have  yearely  given  you  advice  off  in  denying  distucks 
\dastaksy  signed  documents]  when  and  as  often  as  we  complyed  not  with 
his  greedy  and  petulant  desires  in  giving  him  presents  m  selling  him 
your  goods  at  his  owne  rates  Transporting  his  goods  betweene  Hugly 
and  Ballasore  in  your  vessells  and  pilating  his  Vessells  in  and  out  the 
River  Ganges  in  all  these  as  farr  as  we  found  reasonable  wee  did  gratifie 
his  requests  but  could  not  without  an  extraordinary  Charge  comply  in  all, 
nor  prodigally  lavish  your  estates  to  make  presents  &ca  Charges  to 
equalize  the  Dutche's  though  by  the  Government  expected... Mellick 
Cossum  is  turned  out  of  his  government  of  Hugli... Mellick  Cossum 
hath  with  the  expences  of  threescore  thousand  rupees  procured  the 
Government  of  Ballasore...."     On  the  31st  of  March  they  wrote  from 
the  Bay  (ibid.\  "  Mellick  Cossum  is  lately  arrived  here  and  pretended 
Friendship  for  us  what  it  is  wee  have  already  experienced  and  feare 
all  his  actions  here  will  bare  some  proportion  with  what  hee  did  in 
Hugly."     In  Sept.  1673  i}bid.)  Mr  Elwes  at  Dacca  was  ordered  to 
acquaint  the  diwan  "that  the  Towne  [of  Balasor]  is  likely  in  short 
time  to  be  ruined  ;  but  two  Vessells  come  here  this  yeare  belonging  to 
Strangers... that  their  usage  hath  been  such  they  intend  never  to  come 
here  againe...and  that  as  long  as  hee  [Malik  Qasim]  is  here  wee  nor 
no  Strangers  can  hope  for  any  safety  for  our  Ships,  that  wee  have 
forborne  all  manner  of  Trade  in  this  place  this  yeare,  and  shall  as  long 
as  this  man  stayes  here  and  it  may  bee  bee  forced  to  leave  this  place." 
In  Dec.  1674,  the  factors  at  the  Bay  wrote  to  the  Court  {ibid.\  "Mellick 
Cossum  Governour  of  Ballasore... hath  in  a  little  time  after  his  removall 
re  obtained  the  Government  of  Hugly  in  his  Sons  name  and  the  com- 
mand of  the  Kings  forces  there  abouts  in  his  owne  so  that  he  is  now 
become  one  of  a  more  absolute  command  then  ever  in  these  parts,  and 
may  if  the  Nabob  live  in  few  years  geet  up  all  his  former  losses,  there 
being  little  expectation  that  the  Nabob  will  be  removed  as  long  as  he 
lives...."     In  1678  Malik  Qasim  was  in  less  favour  at  Court,  for,  in 
a  letter  from   Hugli  to   Balasor  ((9.  C.   No.  4403),  we   read,  "The 
Nabob  is  deadly  sick  at  Dacca  some  say  irrecoverable  soe  that  tis 
uncertain  whether  Mellick  Cossim  (who  now  is  certainly  in  a  low 
condition  and  in  great  disgrace  at  Dacca)  will  be  jaggeered  from 
Ballasore  as  he  is  from  hence  [Hugli]."     However,  it  was  three  years 
later  before  the  English  finally  got  rid  of  Malik  Qasim.    In  November, 
1 68 1,  they  wrote  from    Balasor  {Factory  Records ^    Balasor,   No.   i) 
"This  day  Mellick  Cossim  who  was  lately  Jageerd  came  to  vissitt  us 
before  his  goeing  to  Decca."     In  a  Dutch  map  of  Hugli  dated  1679 
(Map  No.  1 102  Leupe's  Catalogue,  in  the  Map  Room  at  the  India 
Office),  there  is  marked  just  outside  the  town  "Garden  of  Melkassum 
[Malik    Qasim]    formerly    also    fausdar   [faujddr^    or    Governor    of 
Hoogly." 


1 86  BENGALA 

All  through  the  Simplicitie  of  a  Mechanick^  fellow  that 
the  Danes  Entitled  theire  Comadore,  who  rendred  him- 
selfe,  as  he  was  really,  a  most  ridiculous  man,  to  the 
mightie  disgrace  of  there  whole  Nation  and  Fortification 
of  Trincombarre. 

This  Commadore,  as  they  called  him,  at  his  arrivall 
in  the  Roade  of  Ballasore,  to  our  Judgements,  seemed  to 
be  blest  with  a  great  Share  of  good  Fortune,  but  let  it  Slip 
for  want  of  discretion  or  couradge,  the  latter  of  which  it 
cold  not  well  be,  for  a  vessell  with  2  or  3  gunns,  and  onely 
8  or  10  men  might  have  acted  more  in  that  respect  then 
there  was  any  occasion  for. 

Hee  found  5  Saile  of  Bengala  Ships  in  the  roade, 
newly  arrived  from  Ceylone  and  Maldivae  Insulae*,  whose 
Cargoes  were  very  Considerable.  The  Moors  that  be- 
longed to  them  tooke  to  theire  boats  ^d  runne  into  the 
River,  leaveinge  Ships  and  goods  for  a  Prey  to  the  Danes; 
but  they  cold  not  perswade  theire  Commadore  to  make 
Seizure  of  them,  which,  had  he  done,  it  wold  have  been  a 
great  inducement  to  the  Moors  to  have  granted  to  them 
a  most  Noble  pe^ce;  but  if,  on  the  Contrary,  they  might 
have  carried  away  their  prises,  a  greater  enrichinge  to  them 
then  any  Factories  they  may  have  in  this  Kingdome  will 
afford  in  their  Small  trade  for  many  years  to  come. 

And,  which  added  more  disgrace  to  them,  Meleck 
Cossum,  by  advice  of  the  Merchants,  meerly  out  of  feare 
of  looseinge  those  5  Saile  and  6  or  7  more  dayly  Expected, 
sent  a  Very  noble  peace  off  to  him,  which  he  refused. 
The  Articles  of  agreement  tendred  to  the  Danes  were  but 
few,  but  contained  great  freedom  to  them,  vizt. — 

Art.  I.  That  the  Danish  Nation  Shold  henceforward 
Enjoy  the  Same  liberty  of  traffick  and  commerce  in 
Bengala  and  Pattana  as  the  English  Nation  doth. 


^  i.e.  vulgar.  ^  See  note  on  p.  104. 


BENGALA  I 87 

Art.  2.  That  the  Moors  wold  build  them  a  Factory  in 
Ballasore  as  large  as  they  please,  and  where. 

Art.  3.  That  Meleck  Cossum  wold  give  to  the  Danes 
5  or  6000  Rupees  towards  bearinge  theire  Expences  Untill 
they  were  well  Setled. 

Meleck  Cossum  Sent  a  very  Eminent  man  (one  of  his 
owne  councell)  on  board  the  Danes  Ship  (then  rideinge 
with  a  flagge  of  truce),  and  gave  him  many  faire  Sentences 
to  deliver  by  word  of  mouth,  as  alsoe  very  complementall 
letters  Signed  and  Sealed  by  him  and  his  Councell,  all 
which  instanced  nothinge  but  great  Friendship,  protest- 
inge  what  he  meant  not  to  doe,  that  he  wold  assist  them 
in  all  that  lay  in  his  power,  and  that  they  were  in  his 
breast  the  most  welcome  of  all  Europeans  that  Ever  came 
into  Bengala,  and  that  Ever  Since  he  arrived  to  the  height 
of  this  present  Government,  he  coveted  nothinge  more 
then  the  Society  of  the  Danish  Merchants  or  Factors ;  and 
thus,  with  many  faire  wheedles,  and  comeinge  downe  in 
person  to  the  barre,  with  Store  of  Elephants,  Palanchinoes^ 
&c.,  pretendinge  to  waite  for  kissinge  of  the  Commadore's 
hand,  he  deluded  him  on  Shore,  where  he  thought  him- 
selfe  Sure  of  the  beforementioned  peace,  with  an  addition 
of  1 00000  rupees  towards  Satisfaction  for  theire  great 
injuries  received  at  the  hands  of  this  Governour's  Father^ 

This  Worthy  Commadore  (a  Taylor  by  trade)  did  now 
display  himselfe  in  his  owne  colours.  He  went  on  Shore, 
but  Sorely  neglected  to  Stitch  up  the  Peace,  when  all  the 
necessaries  were  brought  to  him  Upon  his  own  Shop- 
board.  He  was  Seemingely  courteously  received  by  Meleck 
Cossum  and  his  hypocriticall  Crew,  by  whom  he  was 
conducted  to  his  house,  and  theire,  after  Some  wilfull 
Silly  questions  asked  concerninge  Denmafke,  England, 
Holland,  &c..  The  Commadore  mentioned   the  treaty  of 

^  See  note  on  p.  19.  ^  ue.  Malik  Beg. 


I 88  BENGALA 

Peace,  att  which  the  Moor's  Governour  Seemed  to  be 
Struck  with  an  admiration,  and  told  him  he  knew  of  noe 
warre ;  but  one  discourse  bringinge  on  another,  the 
Governour  now  began  to  Speake  a  little  Sharply  to  him 
and  his  Companions  that  accompanied  him  On  Shore,  and 
demanded  Satisfaction  for  the  30  Saile  of  Ships  they  had 
taken  duringe  the  warre,  rateinge  each  Ship  and  Cargo  at 
noe  lesse  then  10  thousand  pounds  Sterlinge,  soe  that  the 
whole  amounted  to  more  then  Ever  the  Danes  had,  or 
(in  my  Opinion)  will  have  in  all  the  East  Indies  or 
South  Seas^ 

The  Commadore  and  his  associates  began  now  to 
consider  theire  Errour  in  Comeinge  On  Shore,  findinge 
themselvs  in  noe  better  condition  then  at  the  mercy  of 
Meleck  Cossum,  the  Issue  of  him  that  had  noe  mercy  on 
the  Danish  Nation,  in  soe  much  that  now  they  are  forced 
to  give  faire  Speeches,  and  condescend  to  anythinge,  for 
feare  of  Sufferinge  imprisonment  or  death. 

And  now  the  Moors  come  Upon  them  for  Satisfaction 
for  a  great  Number  of  Musslemen^  they  had  killed  and 
taken  Prisoners,  declareinge  they  had  lost  tenn  times  soe 
many  as  the  Danes  lost  in  Bengala — a  very  Slender  piece 
of  Satisfaction. 


^  i.e.  the  trading  places  in  the  southern  part  of  the  Indian  Ocean, 
e.g.  the  Malay  Peninsula,  Sumatra,  &c.  Compare  the  following : 
"Use  all  diligence... to  putt  in  as  much  Saltpeeter  as  you  can  in  all 
Ships  that  as  need  requires  wee  may  take  out  of  them  at  their  retume 
to  the  Fort  to  make  provision  for  the  South  Seas.... Prepare  and 
provide  what  goods  you  can  fitting  for  the  South  Sea  trade."  Factory 
Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  16,  26th  Aug.  1668  and  19th  Sept.  1669. 

2  An  interesting  early  example  of  a  mistake  still  sometimes  made. 
Compare  Fryer^  P-  9I)  who  has  a  similar  error :  "  Here  [Surat]  are  a 
sort  of  bold,  lusty,  and  most  an  end,  drunken  Beggars,  of  the  Mussle- 
men  Cast,"  and  the  following  from  the  Hugh  Diary  of  25th  May,  1677 
(Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  i)  "This  morning  wee  sent  our  Mahazor 
[mahzar^  application]  to  Dacca  signed  only  by  4  MoguU  and  Mus- 
sullmen  and  6  Hindoes."  The  author,  in  his  Malay  Dictionary^  ha^, 
"  Moosulmawn,  a  Mahometan,  or  true  Believer  as  esteemed  by  the 
Mahometans."     See  also  notes  on  pp.  76  and  126. 


BENGALA  1 89 

And  with  all  told  them  in  good  Earnest,  that  if  they 
wold  or  did  Expect  any  favour  in  these  Kingdomes,  they 
must  goe  up  to  Dacca  to  Nabob  Shah-hest-Kan  ^  and 
treat  with  him  concerneinge  theire  affaires. 

Meleck  Cossum  knew  well  Enough  they  wanted 
moneys  whereby  to  make  theire  addresses  to  Such  a  great 
person,  who  made  noe  body  welcome  without  it;  therefore 
that  piece  of  advice  was  onely  to  Jeere  them. 

TheDanishCommadoreExcused  himselfe  from  that,  and 
by  great  Submission  to  the  Governour  here,  obtained  the 
Liberty  to  take  a  house  to  live  in,  vizt.  for  him  and  his  people, 
untill  they  heard  Farther  from  the  Castle  of  Trincombar. 

The  which  was  noe  Sooner  requested,  but  immediately 
granted,  and  a  promise  made  to  them  that  they  shold  not 
be  treated  like  Enemies,  but  Shold  be  free  to  buy  and  Sell 
and  bringe  theire  Ship  up  to  the  towne  Side  and  Stay  Six 
months  with  great  freedom,  and  then  (the  Monsoone" 
beinge  shifted)  to  goe  away  with  theire  Ship  and  Sloope 
where  they  pleased,  but  that  the  Commadore  and  4  or  5 
Factors  shold  reside  in  Ballasore  until  a  better  Under- 
standinge  was  made  betweene  the  Kinge  of  Denmarke  and 
theire  Nabobs 

1  Shayista  Khan. 

2  See  notes  on  pp.  51  and  T},,  Compare  the  following  curious 
spelling  in  a  letter  from  Balasor,  25th  Jan.  1675,  Factory  Records^ 
Hugli,  No.  4,  "  The  Mounsoon  drawing  neere  to  an  end." 

3  The  only  allusion  to  this  episode,  so  fully  described  by  T.  B., 
that  has  come  to  light  among  the  India  Office  Records,  is  the  following 
extract  from  a  letter  to  the  Court  written  by  Walter  Clavell  at  the  Bay 
on  the  28th  Dec.  1674,  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  4:  "The  Deanes 
have  for  borne  to  trade  in  these  parts  and  had  Warr  from  1640  to  this 
present  year  now  they  are  come  two  new  termes  and  are  like  to  have  a 
little  interest  here  on  the  Condition  that  all  pretence  of  dammage  shall 
be  lade  by  on  all  Sides  that  the  Deanes  shall  be  free  of  custom  as  wee 
are,  and  that  they  shall  have  a  place  alloted  them  to  build  a  Factory 
on,  and  have  Rupees  3000  Allowed  them  towards  the  Building  thereof, 
hether  two  these  particulars  are  but  Slenderly  performed  there  being 
nothing  advanced  towards  the  erecting  there  Factory  nor  have  they 
though  they  have  long  Since  Chosen  a  plot  of  ground  proceeded  to 
erect  any  wall  or  to  lay  a  foundation,  the  Deanes  seeme  not  to  be  con- 
tented with  there  Setlement  here  nor  the  mores  to  pay  any  part  of 


I90  BENGALA 

Againe,  in  the  yeare  1676,  they  Sent  downe  the  Same 
Ship  and  a  brave  new  Sloope  upon  the  Same  Errand; 
but  now  they  durst  not  meddle  with  any  Moors  Ships,  by 
reason  of  their  men  that  were  On  Shore  under  the  Moors 
Government.  They  went  up  to  Ballasore  with  their  Ship, 
and  theire  New  Commadore,  Captain  Wilkins^  came  Up  to 
Hugly  in  the  Sloope,  thence  tooke  Budgaroe  *  for  Dacca, 
carryinge  a  present  to  the  Nabob.  This  Wilkins  beinge 
a  very  talkative  man,  and  his  present  not  soe  great  as 
Expected,  the  Nabob  did  but  meerly  Scoffe  at  him, 
Especially  when  he  demanded  the  Same  priviledge  the 
English  Nation  Enjoyed,  and  asked  if  the  like  the  Dutch 
had  wold  not  Serve.  He  answered  noe,  but  was  forced 
to  accept  of  lesse,  and  I  question  not  but  they  purposed 
to  take  Opportunity  to  depart  this  Kingdome,  and  begin 
the  warre  afresh  \ 

the  promissed  mony,  unless  they  can  perswade  any  towne  Merchant 
whose  perticular  benefit  the  Governor  pretended  it  will  be  to  advance 
the  mony,  however  the  name  of  peace  being  now  spred  here  and  no 
warr  thought  of  with  any  people  who  trade  at  Sea,  the  owners  of 
Shipping  doe  begin  to  leave  of  to  by  any  Ordinance  but  Seeke  to  finde 
ameanes  to  Settle  Some  of  what  they  have  in  the  Country.''  In  answer 
to  this  letter,  the  Court  wrote,  24th  December,  1675,  Letter  Book^^o.  5, 
"  We  observe  what  you  say  about  the  settling  of  the  Danes  in  the  Bay, 
you  ought  to  have  opposed  that  so  far  as  it  might  have  been  done 
without  our  Prejudice." 

^  Streynsham  Master  calls  him  Wilk  Wygbert.  "The  Danes 
Cheife  by  name  Wilk  Wygbert  gave  mee  a  vissit."  Diary  of  Streyn- 
sham Master^  under  date  30th  Aug.  1676.  In  Factory  Records^  Siam, 
No.  I,  there  is  a  reference  on  the  8th  May,  1679,  to  "Captain  Wilkin 
Wigbers  lately  in  the  Danes  service  bearer  of  a  letter  [from  Fort 
St  George  to  Siam]." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Budgerow.  See  the  end  of  the  section 
on  "  Bengala "  for  a  description  of  this  kind  of  boat.  Compare  the 
following :  "  I  got  up  to  Bamnegur  wheare  I  mett  Mr.  Vincent  coming 
downe  the  river  in  his  Buggera."  Letter  from  Hugh  to  Balasor, 
6th  Feb.  1679,  (9.  C.  No.  4573. 

3  It  was  at  this  time,  about  1676,  that  the  Danes  established  them- 
selves at  Serampore  near  Hugli.  To  this  second  treaty,  as  described 
by  T.  B.,  there  are  the  following  references  in  the  contemporary  MS. 
records  :  "  The  Danes  by  plying  up  and  down  only  with  their  small 
vessells  half  man'd  with  Blacks  and  sometimes  catching  a  few  of  their 
[the  "Bramanys"]  ships  and  Boates  alongst  the  Coast  of  Gingerlee, 
have  brought  them  as  well  as  the  Bengallers  to  as  good  complyance 


BEN  GALA  IQI 

A  great  Multitude  of  Portugals^  inhabit  the  Kingdome 
of  Bengala,  Especially  in  Hugly  and  Some  Other  Creeks 
or  Rivolets  of  the  River  thereof.  Many  of  them  are  filias 
d^  Lisboa  (as  they  call  them  selvs),  vizt.  Europeans  borne, 
but  many  more  of  them  are  filias  de  Indies.  They  have 
a  very  large  towne,  about  one  English  mile  above  the 
English  Factory;  it  is  called  the  Bandell*.     I  judge  it  is 

as  they  can  desire."  Fort  St  George  "Generall,"  23rd  July,  1676, 
O.  C.  No.  4215.  **This  evening  I  visited  the  Cheife  of  the  Danes 
Wilke-Wygbert  at  their  factory,  by  whome  I  was  informed  that  he 
had  formerly  binn  a  Skipper  in  the  Dutch  Companys  service,  in  their 
great  ships  out  and  home,  and  lost  his  legg  at  Macasser,  afterward, 
upon  discontent  of  some  ill  usage  left  their  service  in  Holland,  and  in 
the  yeare  1670  came  out  in  the  King  of  Denmarkes  service  to  make 
purchase  upon  the  People  of  Bengala,  but  after  him  came  out  other 
persons  of  Quallity  who  had  concluded  a  peace  with  these  people 
which  he  did  not  esteeme  soe  advantageous  as  the  other  way,  the 
tearmes  where  these,  this  their  Factory  and  the  ground  and  houses 
about  it  (which  is  a  good  Compass^  and  a  handsome  spott)  was  given 
them  free  and  three  thousand  Rupees  in  mbney  to  repaire  and  build  a 
house,  all  which  the  merchants  of  this  towne  Contributed  Alsoe  he 
acquainted  me  that  at  Dacca  from  whence  he  was  lately  returned  he 
had  procured  the  Nabob  Shaster  cawne's  Phyrwanna  \J>arwdnd\  for 
the  Danes  nation  to  trade  free  of  custome  in  Bengala  and  Orixa,  and 
the  Merchants  alsoe  that  buy  their  goods  and  that  his  charges  in 
procuring  the  same  stood  them  in  between  4  and  5  thousand  rupees.... 
The  Danes  are  granted  a  Phyrwand  In  every  perticuler  like  as  ours,  it 
is  now  in  the  Rayes  [rajahs]  hands  who  will  not  deliver  it  without  a 
present."  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master  under  date  2nd  Sept.  and 
1 8th  Dec.  1676. 

On  the  7th  May,  1677,  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George  wrote  to  the 
Bay  {Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  18),  "We  have  now  yours 
15  February... whose  contents  observe  and  therein  the  continuing 
Severitys  of  the  great  men.. .and  all  seeming  to  be  occasioned  by  the 
Danes  Suing  for  a  Phirmaund  \Jarmdn\  like  ours,  and  that  eluded  by 
the  Crafty  Mores  alledging  the  Honble.  Companys  paying  of  2  per  100 
at  Surratt,  and  prosecuting  the  instance  against  them  in  Bengala  allsoe 
2  birds  with  one  Stone." 

In  Hague  Transcripts^  No.  2,  under  date  i8th  Oct.  1677,  we  find, 
"The  Danes  have  been  very  clever  in  obtaining  permission  to  trade 
over  the  whole  district  of  Bengal,  but  we  do  not  think  they  will  find 
it  very  profitable,  as  we  are  informed,  that  since  the  foundering  of 
their  East  Indiaman,  the  Company  have  neither  men  nor  money  for 
equipping  another  vessel,  neither  have  they  any  credit  and  the  Share- 
holders refuse  to  put  in  further  capital." 

^  See  note  on  p.  3.  Compare  John  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observa- 
tions^ p.  6  (reverse),  "  Hugly  is  a  very  great  Towne  in  which  live  very 
many  Portuguese." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Bandel.  Bandel  =  ^<««^<«r,  i.e.  the  port. 
Wilson,  Early  Annals^  vol.  i.  p.  62,  in  his  description  of  Hugli  circ. 


/ 


192  BENGALA 

2  English  miles  in  circuit,  very  populous  of  men,  women 
and  children.  They  are  for  the  most  part  very  poore^ 
but  are  much  to  be  commended  for  their  Industrie,  in 
acquireinge  a  livelyhood  by  honest  means,  much  more 
commendable  and  honourable  then  for  Christians  to  begge 
in  a  heathen  Country. 

They  knitt  Stockins  of  silke  and  Cotton,^  they  bake 
bread  for  the  English  and  Dutch  Factories  and  particular 
dwellinge  houses,  and  for  theire  Ships  and  Vessels;  they 
make  many  Sorts  of  Sweetmeats,  vizt.  Mangoe',  Orange, 
Lemon,  Ginger,  Mirabolins*,  Ringo  Roots*,  &c.     Severall 


1679,  says,  "North  of  it  was  Bandel  the  ill-fated  colony  of  the  Portu- 
guese." Compare  also  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  20  f. : 
"  Hughly  is  a  Town  of  a  large  Extent,  but  ill  built.  It  reaches  about 
2  Miles  along  the  River's  Side,  from  the  Chinchura  before  mentioned  to 
the  Bandel,  a  Colony  formerly  settled  by  the  Portugueze...The  Bandel 
at  present,  deals  in  no  Sort  of  Commodities." 

^  Compare  the  following  from  Walter  Clavell's  "Accompt  of  the 
Trade  of  Hugly,"  at  the  end  of  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^ 
p.  322  :  "  The  Portuguez,  though  numerous  in  Hugly,  yett  are  reduced 
to  a  very  low  and  meane  Condition,  their  trade  not  worth  mentioning, 
their  Subsistance  being  to  be  entertained  in  the  Mogulls  pay  as 
Souldiers." 

2  See  note  on  p.  48. 

3  See  Hobson-Jobsotiy  s.v.  Myrobalan.  A  variously  spelt  and  pro- 
nounced term  for  astringent  dried  fruits  of  several  species. 

*  Apparently  for  "dringo  root."  Craufurd,  Malay  Dict.y  has 
^^  daringgu  (Jav.  dringo\  name  of  a  plant,  Acorus  terrestrisJ^  And 
T.  B.,  in  his  Malay  Diet,  gives  "  Dirringo,  Calamus  aramaticus,  or  a 
Sweet  smelling  reed  in  India."  See  also  Valentyn^  vol.  iii.  p.  246, 
who  says,  "  The  Deringo^  or  Acorus,  otherwise  called  Calmus,  but  by 
no  means  the  same  as  Calamus  Aromaticus,  is  found  here  also  [in 
Amboyna],  being  one  long  creeping  root,  which  is  scarcely  a  finger 
thick."  Rumphius,  Herbarium  Amboinense^  vol.  v.  pp.  178 — 180,  has 
a  chapter  on  "Acorum.  Deryngo."  From  this  I  have  extracted  the 
followmg  as  to  the  designation,  habitat,  and  use  of  the  plant :  ^^ Nomen, 
Latine  Acorum  et  Acorus... In  Bengala  Boos,  in  regionibus  Malaien- 
sibus  Deryngo,  quod  Portugalli  Diringo  scribunt...  Loeus.  In  India 
Orientali  copiosissime  et  elegantissime  crescit  in  aquosa  regione 
Bengalae  inferioris...  Usus.  Quum  Acorum  in  hisce  fervidis  pro- 
veniens  regionibus  ingratum  magis  et  acorem  habeat  saporem,  q^uam 
quod  in  frigidis  crescit  locis,  hinc  non  ita  aptum  est,  ut  condiatur 
quam  istud.  Recentes  jussi  radices  primo  rite  decorticare  et  depurare, 
per  tres  dies  primum  in  aqua,  ac  dein  per  tres  alios  dies  in  aqua 
saccharata  maceravi,  ac  tum  cum  saccharo  excoxi,  saporem  tamen 
servabat  austerum,  comperi  autem  post  annum  elapsum  melioris  esse 


\ 


BENGALA  I 93 

Sorts  of  Achar\  as  Mangoe,  Bamboo,  Lemon,  &c.  very 
good  and  Cheape^.  Many  of  the  men  Use  the  Sea  in 
English  or  Moors  Ships  and  Vessels",  soe  that  these 
people  live  very  happily,  better  then  in  most  places  in 
Asia,  all  Sorts  of  provisions  beinge  here  very  Cheape. 
A  Very  good  Cow  is  Sold  for  foure  Shillings  Six  Pence, 

notae.  Salubris  sunt  hae  radices  mensibus  pluviosis..."  Stevens, 
Guide  to  East  India  Trade^  p.  146,  has  "Rangoes"  among  a  list  of 
goods  brought  from  the  East  Indies,  and  in  a  list  of  "manufactured" 
goods,  p.  144  (among  which  is  "Bamboe  Atchar")  he  has  "Arrangoes." 
These  "  Rangoes  "  may  refer  to  the  same  product  as  that  mentioned 
by  T.  B.  Indeed,  it  is  not  at  all  unlikely  that  a  product  jointly  of 
Bengal  and  the  islands  of  the  Malay  Archipelago  had  a  Malay 
commercial  name,  just  as  Rangoon  oil  nowadays  comes  from  America ! 
See  Watts,  Diet,  of  Economic  Products  of  India^  s.v,  Acorus.  Godhino 
de  Eredia  in  his  Malaca^  has  a  chapter,  p.  39  f.,  on  the  medicaments 
of  the  Malays.  He  says,  "The  plants  and  herbs  most  generally 
used  are  the  following:  nutmeg,  cinnamon... dringo...''  Premier 
Livre  de  PHistoire  de  la  Navigation  aux  Indes  Orientates  par  les 
Hollandois^  1609,  gives  on  fol.  41,  in  describing  the  voyage  of  1595, 
an  excellent  plate  of  the  "Calamus  Aromaticus  en  Malaique  dit 
Diringuo"  making  it  look  like  ginger.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr  Donald 
Ferguson  for  putting  me  on  the  right  track  for  hunting  down  the 
term  "dringo." 

^  A  char  is  the  ordinary  vernacular  for  pickle.  The  Premier 
Livre ^  etc.,  quoted  in  the  preceding  note,  says,  fol.  yj^  that  "  Mangas 
d'Achar"  was  used  in  place  of  olives.  Dampier^  vol.  i.  p.  391,  calls 
dchar  a  "sawce"  from  its  use  as  a  digestive  or  stomachic.  See 
Hobson-fobson^  s.v.  Achar.  Compare  the  following :  "  If  you  can 
meet  any  Jarres  of  Pegue  buy  mee  some  of  that  sort  which  usually  are 
for  Mangoe  Achar."  Letter  to  Balasor,  13th  May,  1678 ;  O.  C. 
No.  4414.  "  Four  jarrs  which  I  send  downe  to  you... to  be  filled  with 
mangoe  Attchar.'*  Letter  to  Balasor,  12th  August,  1678 ;  O.  C, 
No.  4473. 

"  Achar  Wee  would  have  you  to  provide  for  us  every  Year  \o  Jarrs 
of  Acharr  Vizt.  3  of  your  best  Mango  Pacherees,  3  of  Radish.  ..the  other 
Four  in  Lime  [fruit]  Acharr,  We  would  not  have  you  to  Chinamb 
\chunam^  plaster  with  lime]  the  top  of  them  over."  Letter  from  the 
Court  to  Fort  St  George,  loth  March,  1682;  Letter  Book^  No.  6. 
Hugh  was  written  to  on  the  same  date  to  provide  20  small  Jars  of 
"Acharr"  yearly,  "  10  of  best  Mangoe  6  of  Lyme  [fruit]  and  the  other  4 
of  [edible]  Bambo." 

2  Compare  Bemier^  p.  437  f. :  "Bengale...is  celebrated  for  its 
sweetmeats,  especially  in  places  inhabited  by  Portuguese,  who  are 
skilful  in  the  art  of  preparing  them... Among  other  fruits,  they  preserve 
large  citrons,  such  as  we  have  in  Europe,  a  certain  delicate  root 
[?  dringo]  about  the  length  of  a  Sarsaparilla,  that  common  fruit  of 
the  Indies  called  amba  [mangoe],  another  called  ananas  [pine-apple], 
small  mirobolans,  which  are  excellent,  limes  and  ginger." 

3  e.g,  Petro  Loveyro,  the  "  antient  Portugueze"  mentioned  on  p.  75. 
T.  13 


194  BENGALA 

vizt.  2  rupees,  a  good  hogg  for  |  of  a  Rupee,  45  or  50 
fowls  for  one  Rupee,  fish  alsoe  in  great  plenty,  by  reason 
of  which  plenty  of  all  Sorts  of  belly  timber*  and  cloths 
fittinge  for  the  Climate  very  Cheape  alsoe,  this  Kingdome 
is  soe  well  inhabited  Especially  by  Foraigners^  which 
maketh  Bernyer's  Opinion  of  it  to  be  to  the  purpose — 
That  the  Kingdome  of  Bengala  hath  many  dores  into  it, 
and  but  one  out  of  it^  which  is  very  true,  For  thousands 
that  were  borne  in  Other  Countries  doe  live  and  Ends 
theire  days  with  Old  age  in  Bengala. 

The  Portugals  are  admitted  to  live  in  any  part  of  the 
Kingdome  with  freedome  Enough,  but  not  soe  much  as 
Some  of  their  richest  men,  Fidalgas  as  they  call  them, 
vizt.  Gentlemen,  doe  Expect,  for  they  doe  and  must  pay 
custome  and  Other  duties,  the  Same  the  Merchants  of  the 
countrey  doe,  and  great  respect  to  the  Mahometan 
Governours  alsoe;  but  againe  they  are  free  from  any 
absurd  Exactions,  such  as  are  laid  heavily  Upon  the 
Gentue  and  Banjan  Merchants. 

Nevertheless,  the  Moors  doe  take  all  advantages  to 
Screw  moneys  out  of  them,  as  for  instance,  Anno  Domini 
1676,  the  Portugueeses  haveinge  collected  a  good  Summ 
of  moneys  to  the  End  they  might  build  a  very  large  and 
decent  Church,  they  now  make  preparation  to  begin  the 
worke.  Haveinge  provided  Stone,  brick,  lime,  timber,  they 
pull  downe  the  Old  one,  and  begin  the  new  foundation, 

^  i.e.  Provisions.  Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Hugli  to 
Fort  St  George,  17th  April,  1682,  "Surratt,  a  place  fam'd  for  its 
frugallity  or  rather  pinchingness  in  belly  Timber." 

2  Compare  Bernier^  p.  438  f. :  "  Pigs  are  obtained  at  so  low  a  price 
that  the  Portuguese,  settled  in  the  country,  live  almost  entirely  upon 
pork.... Fish  of  every  species,  whether  fresh  or  salt,  is  in  the  same  pro- 
fusion. In  a  word,  Bengale  abounds  with  every  necessary  of  life ;  and 
it  is  this  abundance  that  has  induced  so  many  Portuguese,  Half- 
castes,  and  other  Christians,  driven  from  their  different  settlements  by 
the  Dutch,  to  seek  an  asylum  in  this  fertile  kingdom." 

2  "  The  Kingdom  of  Bengale  has  a  hundred  gates  open  for  entrance, 
but  not  one  for  departure."     Bernier^  p.  439. 


BENGALA  I 95 

but  ere  one  fourth  finished  the  Moors,  by  Order  of  theire 
Governour  stopped  the  worke,  commandinge  the  workmen 
Upon  paine  of  imprisonment  not  to  proceeded  to  the 
great  griefe  of  the  Fathers*,  and  alias.  The  Mahometans 
did  it  not  for  Religions  Sake,  but  for  lucre  of  moneys,  for 
I  GOG  pound  Sterlinge  will  admitt  of  2  or  3  churches  in 
most  places  in  the  Kingdome  or  Empire'. 

I  judge,  and  am  well  Satisfied  in  it,  that  there  are  noe 
lesse  then  200CX)  Frangues  *  of  all  Sorts  in  the  Kingdom 
of  Bengala,  and  above  ^  of  them  inhabit  near  Hugly 
River^ 

The  Way  that  is  most  used  by  the  Moors  for  the  Exact 
accompt  how  the  day  and  night  passeth  away  is  very 
remarkable,  beinge  soe  different  from  any  in  Europe. 
They  use  noe  ©  dialls  *,  clocks,  or  watches,  nor  glasses,  for 
indeed  I  thinke  they  are  not  soe  ingenuous  to  make  them, 
but  consideringe  that,  they  have  invented  a  very  good 
method  for  the  certaine  noteinge  how  that  precious  Jewell, 
time,  hasteth  away. 

They  fill  a  great  bowle  or  bason  with  very  cleare  water, 
and  a  Small  Coppar  dish  that  will  hold  between  ^  a  pint 
and  a  pint,  made  very  thinne  and  a  Small  round  hole 
drilled  through  the  bottom,  the  which  Set  Empty  (Swim- 
inge  on  the  great  bowle  of  water)  very  boyant,  which 
gradually  filleth  and  then  doth  immediately  Sinke.  The 
tender  thereof,  for  there  must  be  continually  one  to  Sit 


^  I  have  been  unable  to  find  any  confirmation  of  this  story  in  either 
printed  or  MS.  records  of  the  period  available. 

2  i.e.  Padres,  priests. 

3  See  note  on  p.  11.  *  See  note  on  p.  140. 

^  Compare  Bernier^  p.  439:  "The  Jesuits  and  Augustins,  who 
have  large  churches  and  are  permitted  the  free  and  unmolested 
exercise  of  their  religion,  assured  me  that  Ogouli  alone  contains  from 
eight  to  nine  thousand  Christians,  and  that  in  other  parts  of  the 
kingdom  their  number  exceeded  five-and-twenty  thousand." 

^  Sun-dials.     See  note  on  p.  85. 

13—2 


vAjL.:3M^t.> 


196  BENGALA 

by  it,  immediately  taketh  it  up  and   Setteth    it   floating- 
(as   before),   and    Striketh — One,   and   when    [it]  Sinketh 
againe,  he  Striketh — two,  and  soe  on  to  3,  4,  5,  6,  7.     And 
When  he  hath   Strucken  Seven,  he  then  Striketh  i,  vizt. 
One  PoreS  and  when  [it]  Sinketh  againe,  he  Striketh   i, 
Vizt.  One  gree*;  and  soe  Onward,  2,  vizt.  2  gree  and  then 
one,  vizt.  one  Pore;  then  3,  vizt.  3  gree  and  i,  vizt.  i  Pore; 
and  Soe  to  7 ;  and  then  Striketh  2,  vizt.  2  Pore,  vizt.  mid- 
day, or  midnight;   as  9  in  the  morneinge  Is  one  Pore,   12 
att  Noone  2  Pore,  3  in  the  afternoone  3  Pore,  ©  Settinge* 
4  Pore,  and  soe  of  the  night.     They  Strike  not  with  or 
Upon  a  bell,  for  the  Mahometans  Use  none,  but  it  is  a 
round   flatt   of  one   foot  and    a  halfe,  or  two  foot  Over, 
(Some  are  very  much  larger)  made  of  fine  Gans  of  Pegu  *, 
vizt.  a  very  good  Sort  of  bell  mettle.     It  is  hunge  up  by  a 
Stringe  through  a  hole  on  one  Side  thereof,  Soe  as  to  take 
it's  free  Swinge,  and  is  called  a   Gonge*.     They    Strike 
thereon  with  a  Small  Mallat  of  wood,  and  yieldeth  a  most 
Excellent  Sound    and    Echo.     Most    Mahometans  &c.  of 
accompt  in   Hindostan  Use  them  at  theire  doors  in  the 
Street   where   they   have   generally  a    Porch  built,  when 
2  men  are  continually  kept  to  attend  it,  one  Sleepeth  while 
the  Other  waketh  and  tendeth  the  Gree.    The  English  and 
Dutch  have  them  at  the  Gates  of  all  there  inland  Factories 


^  Pahr.  2  Chart.  ^  Sunset. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobsofiy  s.v,  Ganza  =  bell-metal.  Compare  the  fol- 
lowing: "Tell  him  [my  Cousin  Greenhill]  I  will  make  good  7  cwt. 
10  lbs.  received  of  the  Porgo  man  account  his  gance."  Letter  from 
Hugli  to  Balasor,  7th  April,  1678,  O,  C.  No.  4395.  "The  Longpepper 
and  Gance...!  would  have  them  disposed  of  being  the  one  is  perish- 
able and  of  the  other  sort  more  may  come  from  the  fort  or  Metchle- 
patam  shortly."  Letter  from  Hugli  to  Balasor,  28th  May,  1678,  O,  C. 
No.  4430.  "  I  have  desired  Mr.  John  Heathfield  in  Metchlepatam  to 
lade  on  the  first  Vessaile  bound  thence  for  your  Port  a  Parcell  of  Pegu 
Gance... being  about  30  candyes."  Letter  from  Fort  St  George  to 
Balasor,  21st  Feb.  1679,  O,  C.  No.  4580. 

^  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Dictionary  has  "Goong,  a  Goong  or  China 
Bell." 


BENGALA  I97 

in  this  Kingdome  or  Others  in  Hindostan,  Verifieinge  the 
Old  Proverbe,  Cum  fueris  Romae,  &c.  * 

The  Bengalas  (vizt.  the  Idolatrous  people  of  the 
Countrey)  have  very  Strange  ways  of  worshippinge  their 
Gods,  (or  rather  Devils)  they  Set  up  in  their  Pagods,  as 
alsoe  in  theire  owne  houses,  which  images  are  of  a  most 
hideous  Shape,  that  these  poore  Ignorant  Souls  doe  soe 
much  deifie,  and  torture  theire  owne  persons  for  the  Silly 
humors  they  hold  of  adoreinge  them,  one  of  which  as 
followeth : — 

In  the  Month  February,  they  publickely  Shew  theire 
Earnest  devotions,  and  what  they  will  Suffer  for  the  Sake 
of  their  Irreligious  Molten  Gods.  They  Place  a  great 
Powle  in  the  Earth,  not  unlike  to  a  maypowle,  on  the  top 
of  which  is  placed  another  Very  longe  powle,  which  is  soe 
fixed  upon  a  Speendle  as  to  runne  round  (with  great 
facilitie)  at  each  end  of  which  is  fastened  a  3  inch  rope,  att 
the  lowermost  end  for  the  multitude  of  Idolaters  to  lay 
hold  on  and  runne  the  powle  round;  that  at  the  Upper- 


^  The  author  is  here  endeavouring  to  describe  the  Indian  clepsydra 
or  water-clock,  and  the  accompanying  bell  for  striking  the  time  indi- 
cated by  the  clock.  There  are  many  contemporary  accounts  of  this 
prominent  instrument.  Indian  time  reckoned  60  hours  {ghari^  gree) 
of  24  minutes  to  the  full  day  instead  of  our  24  hours  of  60  minutes. 
There  were  nominally  8  gharfs  to  the  watch  {pahr^  pore),  the  watch 
being  a  fourth  part  of  the  night.  But  strictly  the  right  relation  between 
ghari  and  pahr  never  worked  out,  and  one  of  the  night  watches  was 
made  to  consist  of  9  or  7  gharis  according  to  the  season.  The  instru- 
ment struck  was  called  a  gharidl  or  ghantd  (bell)  and  by  Europeans 
a  gong,  itself  an  Oriental  word.  The  water-clock  was  also  called  a 
ghari. 

See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Ghurry,  Puhur  and  Gong.  Compare 
Fryer^  p.  186,  and  the  following  description  by  Thevenot^  part  iii. 
p.  100,  "That  Gary  is  pretty  pleasant,  though  it  be  only  rung  with  a 
stick,  striking  upon  a  large  Plate  of  Copper  that  is  held  in  the  Air; 
but  the  Ringer  strikes  artfully  and  makes  Harmony  with  it ;  the  Gary 
serves  to  distinguish  time.  In  the  Indies  the  natural  day  is  divided 
into  two  parts,  the  one  begins  at  break  of  day,  and  the  other  at  the 
beginning  of  the  night,  and  each  of  these  parts  is  divided  into  four 
Quarters,  and  each  Quarter  into  eight  Parts,  which  they  call  Gary.*' 
John  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations^  p.  13,  has  a  long  paragraph 
on  "Gurries." 


198  BENGALA 

most  end  hath  a  Steele  hooke  fastened  to  it  of  good 
Substance.  The  bewitchinge  Brachmans,  haveinge  intoxi- 
cated severall  people,  they  Voluntarily  come  and  desire 
to  be  hooked  and  Swunge^  round  to  the  publick  View 
of  many  hundred  Spectators,  which  is  immediately  done, 
and  they  are  Swunge  round  with  great  rejoyceinge  to  the 
Gentues'  that  behold  as  alsoe  to  the  parties  themselves 
Seemingly,  for  they  laugh  and  through  flowers  downe  to 
the  people,  notwithstandinge  the  hooke  is  runne  through 
their  flesh,  by  which  all  the  rest  of  the  body  doth 
hange,  Some  by  the  Sholder,  some  by  the  Small  of 
the  back,  and  Some  by  the  buttock,  as  here  described. 
[Plate  XI.] 

The  Actors  and  Promoters  of  this  Sort  of  Cruell 
Penants  accompt  themselves  most  religious.  The  Pro- 
moters are  the  wicked  Brachmans  ^  the  Sufferers  the 
Ignorant  Gentues  and  Orixas*,  who  thinke  it  meritorious, 
and  a  winninge  of  the  favour  of  God  and  man,  a  poore 


^  In  "Extracts  from  the  Agent's  Journey  to  Masulipatam  by  Land," 
given  in  N.  and  E,  for  1679-80,  p.  33,  we  find,  "14th  April  [1679] 
PollicuU.  Description  of  a  great  Pagoda  there  and  of  the  Swinging 
Festival ;  some  of  the  Agent's  people  went  and  saw  20  people  hung  up 
by  the  back  by  the  skin  with  Iron  Hooks  attached  to  the  end  of 
a  long  pole." 

Compare  also  the  description  by  Tavernier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  181, 
"The  eighth  of  April,  being  in  a  City  of  Bengala  called  Malde,  the 
Idolaters  made  a  great  Feast,  according  to  the  particular  Custom  of 
that  place ;  they  all  go  out  of  the  City,  and  fasten  Iron  hooks  to  the 
boughs  of  several  Trees,  then  come  a  great  number  of  poor  people 
and  hang  themselves,  some  by  the  sides,  some  by  the  brawn  of  their 
backs,  upon  those  hooks,  till  the  weight  of  their  body  tearing  away  the 
flesh,  they  fall  of  themselves.  Tis  a  wonderful  thing  to  see  that  not 
so  much  as  one  drop  of  blood  should  issue  from  the  wounded  flesh, 
nor  that  any  of  the  flesh  should  be  left  upon  the  hook ;  besides,  that  in 
two  days  they  are  perfectly  cur'd  by  such  Plaisters  as  their  Bramins 
give  them."  John  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations^  is  very  full  on 
this  swinging  festival,  which  he  saw  at  Patna  on  the  29th  March, 
167 1,  "a  great  day  of  penance  amongst  the  Hindoos."  See  also 
Dubois  and  Beauchamp,  Hindu  Manners^  Customs  and  Ceremonies^  on 
"  Hook-swinging,"  p.  605. 

2  See  note  on  p.  23. 

3  See  pp.  13  and  23.  *  See  note  on  p.  130. 


BENGALA  1 99 

ignorant  people  that  know  noe  better.  And  of  all 
Idolaters  in  India  the  Orixas  are  most  ignorant,  and  are 
held  by  the  rest  to  be  of  a  lower  Cast  then  they,  in  soe 
much  that  the  Others,  namely  the  Gentues  and  Banjans, 
will  scarsely  live  neare  any  of  them\  soe  that  they 
are,  as  it  were,  Seperated  from  any  towns  or  Pagods  of 
Note.  They  doe,  for  the  most  part,  live  in  Small  Cottages 
that  adjoyne  to  the  Sea  or  Rivers,  gettinge  theire  lively- 
hood  by  fishinge  or  makeinge  Salt^.  Many  of  them  resort 
to  the  creeks  and  Rivolets  at  or  about  the  Entrance  into 
the  Ganges,  to  make  Salt  att  the  dry  Season  of  the  yeare, 
vizt.  May,  June,  July,  August,  where  they  make  there 
abode  soe  longe,  and  then  remove  to  theire  old  Stations, 
the  ground  here  beinge  lovy  and  Swampy,  and  much  fre- 
quented with  wilde  beasts,  vizt.  Tygers,  Bears,  Rhinocerots, 
&c.,  which  alsoe  dreadeth  the  poore  Orixas,  whoe  Indeed 
I  may  well  call  poore  (and  ignorant  too).  I  have  often 
been  in  theire  Villages,  and  where  there  have  been  more 
then  20  families  of  them,  they  cold  not  all  change  one 
Rupee  into  Cowries,  whereby  to  be  paid  for  a  little  milke 
or  fish  (or  what  else  wee  had  of  them)  in  the  currant  moneys 
of  this  Kingdome  and  Orixa  and  Arackan,  and  withall  soe 
ignorant  that  they  know  not  Silver  from  Tootanagga^ 

^  See  p.  41  for  similar  caste  distinctions. 

2  Compare  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  under  date  8th 
September,  1676,  p.  57,  "This  day  wee  passed  by.. .the  river  of  Rogues 
[running  into  the  lower  Hugli]...we  alsoe  passed  by  great  numbers  of 
salt  pitts,  and  places  to  boile  salt." 

^  i.e.  spelter.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Tootnague.  The  "white 
copper"  of  China  is  meant  in  the  text.  The  same  trick  as  that  hinted 
at  by  T.  B.  is  still  played  upon  the  Nicobarese,  who  cannot  usually  dis- 
tinguish between  silver  and  tootnague,  i.e.  German  silver.  See  also 
Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxvi.  p.  222  f.,  for  a  similar  trick  on  Java  by  the  Chinese 
in  the  17th  century.  Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Hugli  to 
Balasor,  20th  April,  1678,  O.  C.  No.  4401,  "I  request  you  to  get  made 
for  mee  a  handsome  midle  sized  Aftaw  and  Chillumchee  [ewer  and 
basin]  of  Tetanague  well  set  out  with  brass  about  the  Edges."  Writing 
to  Balasor  on  the  12th  August,  1678,  O.  C.  No.  4476,  the  Council  at 
Fort  St  George  request  "  30  Candy  of  Tuttenag  in  644  slabbs."  T.  B. 
in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "  Tootanag  or  the  China  pewter." 


2CX)  BENGALA 

Cowries^  (all  the  moneys  knowne  to  the  ignorant 
Ourias)  are  Small  Shells,  brought  from  the  Islands  of 
Malldiva^.  A  great  quantitie  passe  for  one  Rupee,  not 
lesse  then  3200,  as  shall  be  shewed  more  largely  in  the 
moneys  of  this  Kingdome. 

The  Ourias '  are  a  Very  Strange  Sort  of  Phisicians  to 
theire  Sick  people,  to  Father,  Mother,  Wife,  children,  or 
any  Others,  in  soe  much  that  theire  Medicines  are  almost, 
if  not  altogeather  incredible,  to  any  man  that  hath  not 
Seen  theire  Actions. 

When  any  Party  (man  or  woman)  is  visited  with  Sick- 
nesse,  which  brings  them  soe  low  that  they  cannot  Eat  in 
2  days  time,  they  are  then  in  a  manner  given  over  for 
dead,  as  very  well  they  may,  consideringe  how  roughly 
they  are  dealt  with,  enough  to  kill  a  Sound  person,  as 
follbweth : — 

The  Sick  party  is  carried  downe  to  the  River  Side  in 
a  hammaker,  or  course  piece  of  Dungaree  Cloth  *,  where  he 


^  See  note  on  p.  180.  See  also  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxvi.  p.  290  ff. ; 
vol.  xxviii.  p.  i7off. ;  vol.  xxix.  pp.  38,  41.  Compare  the  following 
reference  in  Delestre^  p.  195,  "They  [the  inhabitants  of  Bengala]  have 
a  particular  kind  of  money  that  they  call  caulis  which  are  little  shells  ; 
they  give  you  eighty-four  for  a  fanoux  \fulus\  \|prth  five  sols."  Com- 
pare also  the  following  in  a  General  letter  from  the  Court  to  Fort  St 
George,  dated  22nd  February,  1660,  "  Bowgees  or  Cowries,  being  here 
in  some  request,  wee  desire  you  to  lade  on  board  the  Smirna  mer- 
chanty  to  the  quantity  of  about  20  tonns." 

2  See  note  on  p.  104.  Compare  the  following  extract  from  "A  de- 
scription of  the  Maldivas,  1683,"  O,  C.  No.  4916, "  The  Maldive  Islands 
are  said  to  contain  12000  Islands  that  are  above  Water,  with  many 
Shoals  and  banks  whereon  they  take  their  Cowries  having  on  them  2, 
3  or  4  foot  Water... .Cowries  are  to  be  had  at  any  time  of  the  year,  but 
in  November  and  December  most,  by  reason  they  are  brought  to  the 
Kings  Island  to  Lade  the  Bengali  Shipping...." 

3  See  note  on  p.  130. 

*  i.e.  coarse  cotton.  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Dungaree.  On  the 
17th  Nov.  1675,  Messrs  Fleetwood  and  Hatton  wrote  from  Nouraspo- 
ram  (Factory  Records^  Masulipatam,  No.  10),  that  they  had  received 
"311  ps.  of  Dengarees,"  and  on  the  8th  Aug.  1678  the  Council  at  Fort 
St  George  wrote  to  Masulipatam  {ibid.)  that  "The  Honble.  Company 
had  required  12000  Peeces  Dungarees...  1200  Peeces  is  but  a  very 
Small  quantity  of  such  cours  goods...."  N.  and  E.  p.  22  for  3rd  June, 
1680  has,  "  Dungarees  and  Market  Clouts  every  16  patch  pay  i  fanam." 


BENGALA  201 

is  laide  upon  the  ground  Even  at  the  brinke  of  the  water. 
They  lift  up  his  head  and  back,  and  keep  poureinge  River 
water  down  his  throat,  untill  they  make  his  belly  Swell 
by  fillinge  him  soe  full  of  that  Element,  a  great  quantitie 
of  the  Sick  parties  kindred  and  Friends  sittinge  by  howl- 
inge  and  cryinge.  Even  as  the  wild  Irish  Used  to  doe  for 
theire  parents  deceased. 

They  then  carry  the  Sick  man  up  to  highwater  marke, 
and  there  he  is  accompanied  with  his  nearest '  relations. 
The  next  day  (if  not  dead)  he  is  Served  soe  againe, 
and  Soe,  day  after  day,  untill  Either  dead  or  they 
See  some  palpable  Signes  of  recovery;  but  I  thinke  they 
Seldome  Obtaine  the  latter.  When  dead  theire  Carcasses 
are  throwne  into  the  River\ 

Dureinge  the  tinxe  of  Sicknesse,  the  Brachmans,  some 
of  them,  are  very  diligent  to  sitt  by  them  and  pray, 
Seldome  leavinge  off  Untill  the  Party  be  quite  dead, 
Especially  to  put  the  party  in  mind  of  the  Pagod,  to  leave 
to  it  accordinge  to  his  abilitie ;  and  thus  all  the  Ouria 
Sicke  folke  are  Served. 

^  Compare  Schouteriy  vol.  ii.  p.  i6i,  "They  even  carry  sick  folk  to  it 
[the  Ganges],  and  they  water  them  also,  or  rather  they  place  a  portion 
of  their  bodies  in  the  water,  in  order  that  their  health  may  be  re- 
established. If  any  of  them  chance  to  die  during  this  operation,  or  a 
short  time  after,  they  have  no  doubt  as  to  their  salvation.  Further,  they 
even  carry  the  water  of  the  Ganges  to  be  made  use  of  by  the  sick 
who  cannot  be  brought  to  the  river,  and  they  attribute  no  less  virtue 
to  it  than  do  the  Romish  Christians  to  their  most  precious  relics." 
Compare  also  Yule,  Hedged  Diary ^  vol.  i.  p.  86 f.,  "This  evening 
[loth  May,  1683]  I  left  Muxadavad,  and  just  as  I  passed  by  Ray 
Nundeloll's  Tent,  I  saw  him  lye  halfe  way  in  the  Water,  and  that 
very  moment  he  died.  Order  was  immediately  given  to  make  prepa- 
ration for  his  being  burnt,  and  about  2  houres  after  we  saw  a  great 
fire  at  Muxadavad,  which  we  concluded  to  be  his  burning."  Compare 
also  Dow,  History  of  Hindostan^  vol.  i.  p.  xxxv.,  "People  of  rank  and 
those  of  the  higher  casts  burn  their  dead  and  throw  some  incense  into 
the  pile.  Some  throw  the  bodies  of  their  friends  into  the  Ganges, 
while  others  expose  them  on  the  high  ways,  as  a  prey  to  vultures  and 
wild  beasts.  There  is  one  cast  in  the  kingdom  of  Bengal  who  bar- 
barously expose  their  sick  by  the  river's  side  to  die  there.  They  even 
sometimes  choak  them  with  mud  when  they  think  them  past  hopes  of 
recovery.  They  defend  this  inhuman  custom  by  saying,  that  life  is 
not  an  adequate  recompence  for  the  tortures  of  a  lingering  disease." 


202  BENGALA 

Theire  foolish  fancie  in  it  is  thus,  that  all  Shall  be 
assuredly  Saved,  vizt.  theire  Souls  Shall  Enter  into  the 
bodies  of  good  creatures  (in  Paradise)  that  dye  with  theire 
bodies  well  filled  with  the  holy  water  of  the  Ganges^  or 
any  of  the  arms  thereof,  or  that  dye  upon  the  banks 
thereof;  for  they  accompt  the  mudde  to  be  Sanctified  as 
well  as  the  Water:  Ergo,  the  Orixas  bury  not  theire  dead, 
nor  burne  them  as  the  Gentues  doe,  but  heave  them  naked 
into  the  Rivers,  where  they  Serve  for  a  Prey  to  the  ravenous 
Alligator  ^ 

The  River  Ganges  and  it's  branches  is  held  in  soe 
great  adoration  by  these  ignorant  heathens^,  that  they 
make  many  Sacrifices  thereto,  and  one  Extraordinary  and 
generall  feast  per  annum,  to  which  doe  resort  many 
thousands  of  men  Women  and  Children,  where  att  the 
houre  appointed  by  the  Brachmans,  they  all  throw  them- 
selves into  the  River,  some  carryinge  flowers  of  divers 
colours,  pots  of  rice,  butter,  Oyle,  &c.  and  sett  them  float- 

1  Compare  Sonnerat,  Voyages  to  the  East  Indies  and  China^  1774 — 
1 78 1,  vol.  i.  p.  199 f.,  "It  is  universally  known  that  this  river  (the 
Ganges)  is  held  in  great  veneration  throughout  India:  the  Gentoos 
believe  that  it  proceeds  directly  from  the  feet  of  Brouma.  This  sacred 
origin  gives  it  great  privileges.  Those  who  die  on  the  banks  of  the 
Ganges,  in  drinking  its  salutary  waters  are  exempted  from  the  painful 
task  of  returning  to  this  world,  and  retaking  a  new  existence;  for 
which  reason  as  soon  as  an  Indian  is  given  over  by  the  physicians, 
they  hurry  him  down  to  the  banks  of  the  river,  where  his  relations 
make  him  drink  repeated  draughts.  They  even  force  the  mud  into 
his  mouth,  and  the  unfortunate  person  is  choaked  by  the  religious 
operation.  Sometimes  the  body  is  entirely  plunged  into  the  river; 
which  becomes  its  grave." 

2  Compare  the  following  from  the  Diary  of  Streytisham  M aster y 
on  his  way  from  Hugli  to  Kasimbazar,  under  date  21st  Sept.  1676, 
p.  63,  "  This  night  wee  Sup't  and  lay  at  Biggehaut  a  place  where  the 
river  is  low,  where  there  lyes  some  hundreds  of  dead  bodies  that  have 
been  thrown  into  the  river  and  the  Doggs,  Jackalls  and  Vultures,  and 
other  birds  of  prey  come  and  feed  upon  them." 

3  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  161,  "Those  who  live  on  the  shores 
of  it  [the  Ganges]  attribute  so  much  sanctity  to  it  that  they  call  it 
celestial,  as  much  as  to  say  that  it  comes  from  heaven.  There  are 
thousands  of  idolaters  who  make  pilgrimages  to  it,  imagining  that 
when  they  have  bathed  in  it,  all  their  sins  will  be  effaced."  See  also 
Deles tre^  p.  194. 


BENGALA  203 

inge  on  the  river  for  a  Sacrifice.  This  is  done  some 
2  miles  above  Hugly,  where  they  thronge  into  the  River 
in  Such  numbers,  that  they  Spread  a  mile  or  two,  and  soe 
thick  that  many  of  them  that  hy  beinge  longer  in  the 
water  then  they  can  Endure,  that  they  are  forced  to  Stay  a 
great  deale  longer,  for  by  beinge  wearied,  and  one  pullinge 
another  Striveinge  to  get  to  land,  many  are  drowned,  and 
when  soe  they  are  not  att  all  lamented  for,  but  theire 
relations  are  mightilie  Encouraged  by  the  Seduceinge 
Brachmans,  who  confidently  assure  them  they  are  most 
happy  that  departed  this  life  in  that  most  Sacred  Element*. 

Before  they  Enter  the  River  att  this  washinge  Festivall, 
they  prostrate  themselves  on  the  banks  thereof  with  great 
devotion  and  many  bows  to  the  Water,  mutteringe  words 
to  themselves,  not  much  unlike  to  the  Mahometan  Custome 
when  they  pray  to  the  Sun  \  The  Gentues  of  this  King- 
dome  doe  burne  the  Carcasses  of  theire  dead  people,  and 
the  Wifes  and  Concubines  with  the  deceased  husband, 
Even  as  they  doe  upon  the  Coasts  of  Choromandell  ^  and 
Gingalee,  onely  this  one  Ceremonie  added  thereto,  vizt. 
their  Ashes  are  throwne  into  the  River*. 

Yett  Some  of  these  Brachmans  are   more  cruell  then 


^  The  festival  here  described  is  the  "Mela  at  Saugor"  which  is  still 
held  annually  in  the  month  of  January.  See  H.  H.  Wilson,  Essays 
on  the  Religion  of  the  Hindus^  vol.  ii.  pp.  164 — 167,  for  a  full  account 
of  the  ceremonies  connected  with  it.  John  Marshall,  Notes  and 
Observations^  p.  15,  thus  describes  the  festival,  circ.  1669.  "At  this 
place  [Ganga  Saugor],  when  Hindoos  come  to  wash  which  is  about 
November  they  all  carry  away  some  water  in  potts  out  of  the  River 
Ganges  to  their  friends  though  4  or  500  Course  \kds'\  or  1000  miles, 
and  with  that  water  wash  their  parents  who  are  old... At  this  meeting 
of  such  a  great  concourse  of  people  and  all  washing  in  one  morning 
and  endeavouring  to  wash  as  neare  as  they  can  in  the  place  where 
these  two  Rivers  meete,  severall  are  yearly  crowded  to  death."  See 
also  Schouteny  vol.  ii.  p.  241. 

2  Muhammadans,  of  course,  never  pray  to  the  sun.  The  remark 
has  its  rise  in  their  being  observed,  in  India,  to  turn  to  the  West, 
i.e.  towards  Mecca,  at  evening  prayer.  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  149 
for  the  conduct  of  the  "Gentives"  after  bathing  in  the  Ganges,  "After 
having  bathed  and  cleansed  themselves  they  turn  towards  the  rising  sun, 
and  adore  it,  with  bows,  contortions,  and  other  strange  ceremonies." 

^  See  pp.  14,  35 — 40.  *  See  note  on  p.  35. 


204  BENGALA 

those,  as  for  instance  Some  that  I  beheld.  A  Gentue 
in  Hugly  died,  and  was  brought  downe  to  the  River  Side. 
His  Widdow  was  brought  downe  in  a  Palanchino,  with 
very  great  attendance  after  their  manner.  Att  the  brinke 
of  the  River,  where  Store  of  combustible  Stuffe  lay  pre- 
pared, they  laid  the  dead  Corps  in  the  midst  thereof,  and, 
before  they  put  any  fire  thereunto,  these  wretched  Villains 
laid  the  woman  upon  her  dead  husband.  She,  dreadinge 
the  fire  that  might  soe  gradually  torment  her,  Strugled, 
and  refused  to  be  burnt ;  but  they  laid  violent  hands  upon 
her,  pressed  her  down,  and  laid  a  large  heavy  powle  Upon 
her,  where  they  held  her  downe  untill  they  had  Set  fire  on 
theire  ingredients  and  they  burnt  soe  farre  as  to  disable 
her  comeinge  forth,  where  the  poore  Creature  perished  in 
a  most  lamentable  manner. 

Some  few  months  afterwards  I  saw  another  Gentue 
woman  burnt  about  6  miles  above  Hugly,  which  was  the 
pleasantest  1  ever  Saw.  The  Woman  wold  not  at  all  deny 
to  burne,  knowinge  any  deniall  to  be  of  noe  Effect,  and 
although  She  was  unwillinge  thereto,  yet  She  knew  it  now 
fell  to  her  lot,  therefore  bore  it  patiently,  and  Stood  very 
couragiously  neare  the  place  of  torment  (the  fiery  flames); 
whereupon  the  Brachmans  gave  Order  for  the  fire  to  burne 
very  furiously  that  the  Sooner  she  might  be  dispatched, 
and  they  were  very  Joy  full  to  See  the  woman  Undaunted ; 
biit  when  she  was,  accordinge  to  theire  Expection,  to 
have  leaped  into  the  fire,  she  refused  it.  Whereupon  the 
Brachmans  were  very  yeare^  to  take  hold  of  her;  but  the 
first  that  laid  hands  on  her.  She  laid  as  Sure  hands  upon 
him,  and  threw  herselfe  headlonge  into  the  fire  and  the 
Brachman  with  her,  where  they  both  perished  in  a  moment. 
Thus  one  of  those  Diabolicall  Priests  perished  in  the  Pitt 
he  had  digged  for  another*. 

^  ?  desirous.    Apparently  connected  etymologically  with  "yearn." 

2  These  frequent  notices  of  saft{see  pp.  35 — 40)  seem  to  be  genuine, 
and  are  valuable  therefore  as  evidence. 


BENGALA  205 

The  Brachmans  of  this  Kingdome  are  great  Students 
in  the  Magick  art  ^  and  make  theire  Sorceries  more  appa- 
rent then  they  of  any  Other  Kingdome  in  Asia. 

They  are  a  people  very  much  dreaded  by  the  Moors 
as  well  as  the  Idolaters.  They  infinitely  inhabit  this 
Kingdome,  but  most  Especially  on  the  back  Side  thereof, 
vizt.  towards  Arackan,  where  they  Enjoy  a  great  part  of 
the  Countrey  with  great  freedom,  none  dareinge  to  molest 
them.  I  have  heard  of  Some  Mahometans  and  Persians, 
resolute  fellows,  that  have  attempted  to  goe  amongst  them 
on  purpose  to  Molest  them  by  force  of  arms,  but  when  they 
have  come  thither  neare  theire  very  houses  and  Pagods, 
they  have  Stood  like  to  as  many  Naturalls  gazeinge  one 
Upon  another,  many  of  them  dyinge  very  Suddenly,  and 
those  that  returned  never  came  to  be  well  in  theire  Senses, 
nor  indeed  lived  above  one  yeare  after,  lingringe  away 
most  lamentably. 

They  are  Reputed  to  be  very  wise  Philosophers*,  and 
doe  really  and  with  great  Zeale  Study  the  Pithagorean 
Philosophy.  They  are  alsoe  great  Students  in  the  art  of 
Poyson  soe  much  in  Esteeme  amonge  the  Eastern  in- 
habitants. In  fine,  they  are  reverenced  by  the  common 
Natives  more  like  Gods  then  men*.     And  by  the  wisest 


^  Compare  Tavemier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  pp.  i6i,  179,  "The  Bramins 
...are  the  Successors  of  the  ancient  Brachmans,  or  Indian  Philosophers, 
that  stud/d  Astrology.  You  may  also  meet  with  some  of  their  Ancient 
Books,  in  reading  whereof  the  Brammins  spend  all  their  time  ;  and 
are  so  vers'd  in  their  observations,  that  they  never  fail  a  minute  in  the 
Eclipses  of  the  Sun  and  Moon... Every  Bramin  has  his  Magick  Book, 
wherein  are  abundance  of  Circles  and  Semicircles,  Squares,  Triangles, 
and  several  sorts  of  Cifers." 

2  See  p.  28.  Compare  Fryer^  pp.  33  and  191,  "Their  Doctors  of 
Divinity  are  the  Brachmins,  who  instruct  them  in  their  Law,  to  preserve 
all  Creatures  that  are  beneficial,  and  teach  them  the  old  Pythagorean 
Metempsychosis,  Transmigration  of  Souls,  out  of  one  body  into 
another... Sciences  in  esteem  among  them  are  principally  Magick  and 
Judicial  Astrology,  one  of  the  Sectators  of  which  on  all  accounts  are 
consulted,  as  well  by  Moors  as  Gentues." 

3  See  p.  23. 


206  BENGALA 

Europeans  that  Sometime  doe  converse  with  them  with 
great  freedom,  they  are  said  to  be  great  Astronomers  and 
Philosophers,  as  before  mentioned,  and  are  called  (very 
properly)  Gimnosophists  \ 

I  Commend  them  not  at  all  for  theire  Sorceries,  nor 
Enchantments,  nor  Others  theire  Devilish  inventions,  but 
for  theire  ready  and  admirable  discourse  and  civilities  to 
all  Europeans  and  Christians  in  generalP,  for  they  will 
Scorne  to  doe  any  of  us  the  least  Injurie  in  word  or  deed, 
if  wee  doe  not  first  put  Some  grosse  affront  upon  them. 

Many  of  these  Gymnosophists  are  dispersed  into  most 
Villages  in  the  kingdome,  and  have  the  tuition  both  of  the 
Gentues  and  Orixas,  both  being  an  Idolatrous  people. 
What  differences  are  betweene  them  is  chiefely  in  theire 
funeralls  as  beforementioned.  In  most  Other  Idolatrous 
Ceremonies  they  agree,  in  Worshippinge  Gods  of  Sundry 
Shapes  and  Mettles ^  much  adoreinge  their  Brachmans, 
Owneinge  the  Transmigration  of  Souls,  and  doe  in  general! 
Worship  the  Cow  with  great  reverence  *. 

Now  a  word  or  two  of  theire  Women.  Moneys  is  now- 
adays soe  much  coveted,  that  by  many  people  it  is  not 
much  prick  of  conscience  how  it  is  acquired,  and  hath  soe 
corrupted  good  laws  that  most  Governours  in  Asia  (for 
theire  owne  interest's  sake)  doe  allow  that  any  woman 
(Moore,  Gentue,  or  Ouria)  unmarried  may  lawfully  turne 
common  Whore,  and  leave  her  relations,  and  take  her 
habitation  amonge  Other  Whores  in  Small  Villages  Separ- 
ated from  any  married  folkes  houses,  payinge  soe  much  per 
mensem  to  the  Governour  of  that  part  of  the  Countrie,  and 


^  The  old  term  for  the  Indian  philosophers  because  of  their  scanty 
clothing. 

^  See  p.  32.  3  See  pp.  6  and  15. 

*  See  p.  8  and  note.  Compare  Fryer^  p.  33,  "The  Soul  of  a  Good 
Man  is  believed  to  depart  into  a  Cow,  wherefore  'tis  Sacrilege  with 
them  to  kill  a  Cow  or  a  Calf." 


BENGALA  20/ 

Every  thursday  night  repaire  to  the  Governours  and  Catt- 
walls^  I.e.  the  Justice  of  peace  his  house,  before  whom  they 
doe  and  must  dance  and  Singe,  and  make  many  Salams^. 
Then  the  handsomest  of  them  must  Stay  all  night  to  Sup- 
presse  the  Leachery  of  him  and  his  Punes^  a  very  hand- 
some preparative  for  the  next  day  which  is  theire  Sabbath*. 
Yet,  if  a  married  Woman  commit  the  fact  of  Adultery,  She 
is  punished  with  death. 

Neither  the  Moors  nor  Gentues  of  accompt  ad  mitt  theire 
Wifes  or  Concubines  to  gad  abroad,  but  keep  them  within 
doors,  attended  with  Eunuchs  and  younge  Girles^  They 
adorne  them  with  rich  Jewels  and  attire,  haveing  great 
Sheckles  of  Gold  upon  theire  leggs  and  wrists,  Chaines  of 
Gold  and  necklaces  of  pearle  about  their  necks,  rich  and 
very  costly  pendants  of  Gold  sett  with  Diamonds  or  Pearle 
in  theire  Ears ;  some  have  rings  quite  round  the  Eare  &c.* 


^  See  Hobsoti'Jobson^  s.v.  Cotwal.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has, 
"Catawal,  a  Marshall,  or  chief  Officer  of  a  City  under  the  Govemour, 
to  keep  the  Peace."  Sckouten,  vol.  i.  p.  421,  has,  "The  Catoal  who 
was  the  civil  Judge."  Compare  Fryer,  p.  97,  "delivered  to  the  Catwal, 
or  Sheriffs  Men,"  and  the  following  from  the  Hugh  Diary  of  the 
19th  August,  1678  {Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  i),  "The  new  Catwall 
sent  to  us  to  buy  a  quarter  of  a  yard  of  Scarlet  which  we  gave  him 
because  he  has  had  no  present  since  the  Droga  put  him  in";  also  the 
following  from  the  Diary  and  Consultation  Book  of  Fort  William  for 
23rd  Feb.  1705,  quotedby  Wilson,  ^r?r/>/.<4««^/f,  vol.  i.  p.  266,  "There 
having  been  several  robberies  committed  in  the  Black  Town,  ordered 
that  a  corporal  and  six  soldiers  be  sent  to  lodge  in  the  Catwall's  house, 
to  be  upon  call  to  prevent  the  like  in  future." 

2  See  note  on  p.  38.  Compare  Schouten,  vol.  ii.  p.  193,  "The 
salutation  which  they  [the  natives  of  Hugli]  make,  when  they  meet 
each  other,  is  called  Salamma." 

^  See  note  on  p.  83.  *  See  Sckouten,  vol.  ii.  p.  196. 

^  Compare  Fryer,  p.  31,  "The  Moors  are  by  Nature  plagued  with 
Jealousy,  cloistering  their  Wives  up,  and  sequestring  them  the  sight  of 
any  besides  the  Tapon  [Capon,  i.e.  eunuch]  that  watches  them." 

*  Compare -Fr^^r,  p.  31,  "Their  [the  Gentue]  Women  are  manacled 
with  Chains  of  Silver  (or  Fetters  rather)  and  hung  with  Ear-rings  of 
Gold  and  jewels,  their  Noses  stretch'd  with  weighty  Jewels,  on  their 
Toes  Rings  of  Gold,  about  their  Waste  a  painted  Clout,  over  their 
Shoulders  they  cast  a  Mantle;  their  Hair  tied  behind  their  Head 
(which  both  in  men  and  women  is  naturally  very  long) :  a-top  a  Coronet 
of  Gold  beset  with  Stones." 


208  BENGALA 

The  Ourias  (as  I  said  before)^  are  very  poore,  weare 
noe  better  habit  then  a  Lungee^  or  a  white  cloth  made 
fast  about  theire  waste,  with  great  brasse  Sheckels  upon 
theire  arms  and  leggs,  and  great  brasse  rings  Upon 
theire  tows  I  Many  of  them  have  the  Shackles  on  theire 
arms  made  of  Chanke*,  a  great  Shell  brought  from  Tuta- 
cree  (a  Dutch  Factorie  neare  the  Cape  Comorin)*.     The 


^  See  p.  199. 

2  See  note  on  p.  56.  3  See  p.  35. 

*  This  is  an  early  instance  of  the  European  corruption  of  sankha^ 
the  vernacular  name  for  the  conch  shell.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v, 
Chank.  Compare  the  following  contemporary  references:  "Your 
Chancke  as  I  have  formerly  advized  cannot  for  the  present  yeild  any 
good  price  here,  [Dacca]  till  the  Contract  made  amonge  the  Chanck 
men  expire."  Letter  to  Balasor,  26th  June,  1673,  ^-  ^'  No.  3805. 
"The  Dutch  have... had  another  [ship]  from  Zeylone  laden  with  Beetle 
nuts  and  Chank."  Letter  from  Hugli,  31st  March,  1674,  Factory 
Records,  Hugli,  No.  4.  "In  the  after  noone  George  Herron  came  to 
the  Factory  adviseing  the  Sloope  Arrivall  was  at  Tannah...haveing  a 
load  of  Chanck  upon  fraught."  Edward  Reade's  Diary  at  Hugli, 
8th  April,  1677,  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  i.  "A  Dutch  ship  Arrived 
from  Zielon  with  Beeteell  nutts  Chank  &c."  Hugli  Diary,  12th  March, 
1680,  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  2.  "On  yesterday  arrived  in  the 
Roade  a  small  ship  of  Chimchams  and  Chintemanshaw  coming  last 
from  Concherina  \1  copyist's  error  for  Cochin  China]  with  5  Eliphants 
some  shanck  and  a  few  cloves."  Balasor  Diary,  ist  April,  1684, 
Factory  Records,  Balasor,  No.   i. 

^  The  Chank  or  Chunk  {i.e.  Conch-shell)  Fishery  still  has  its  head- 
quarters at  Tuticorin  (Tuttukkudi),  which  was  a  Dutch  Factory  from 
1658  off  and  on  to  1825.  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Tuticorin.  It  was 
the  last  possession  of  the  Portuguese  on  the  Coromandel  Coast. 
Compare  Schouten,  vol.  i.  pp.  311,  312,  314,  "The  next  day  [20th 
November,  1661]  about  noon,  we  passed  by  the  little  town  of  Tutocorin, 
celebrated  for  the  pearl-fishery,  in  which  there  are  only  two  other 
places  which  can  compare  with  it,  namely  Ormus...and  Aynan  on  the 
coast  of  China... the  Portuguese  formerly  made  great  profit  from  the 
fishery  at  Tutocorin... Tutocorin  is  quite  open,  having  neither  walls 
nor  ramparts,  so  that  it  was  not  difficult  for  the  Dutch  to  obtain 
possession  of  it  when  they  attacked  it  in  the  year  1658.''  The  English 
chiefly  valued  Tuticorin  on  account  of  the  pepper  it  produced,  but 
their  factory  there  was  not  a  success.  In  1664  a  ship  was  sent  from 
Fort  St  George  to  fetch  away  the  "remaynes"  {^Letter  Book,  No.  3, 
p.  448)  and  it  was  decided  to  leave  only  one  or  two  young  factors  in 
the  place  to  prevent  the  Dutch  from  taking  possession  of  it.  In  Jan. 
1665  {O.  C.  No.  3037 -hi)  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George  wrote  to 
England,  "A  Factory  at  Tutacorey  may  be  advantagious."  No  steps 
however  appear  to  have  been  taken  to  settle  the  place.  In  Aug.  1668 
{Letter  Book,  No.  4)  the  Court  ordered  the  Factors  at  Fort  St  George 


\ 


BENGALA  2O9 

Shell  is  as  bigge  or  bigger  then  a  man's  fist,  hollow,  and 
are  Sawed  into  rings,  and  soe  worne  by  the  people  of 
Orixa  and  Bengala.  Some  weare  them  white  (theire 
Naturall  colour),  and  Others  will  have  them  painted  redd, 
but  both  are  esteemed  highly  as  a  rich  Ornament. 

The  River  of  Ganges  is  of  large  and  wonderful!  Extents 
Once  I  went  through  a  Small  rivolet  of  it  called  Dobra 
within  the  Isle  of  Cocks,  and  came  into  the  great  River, 
which  rather  deserves  to  be  called  the  Sea  of  Ganges.  The 
breadth  of  it  there  I  cannot  certainely  affirme,  but  judge 
it  is  not  less  then  10  English  leags  broad,  which  is  about 
40  miles  within  Ganga  Sagar,  or  the  mouth  of  it^     Many 


"to  procure  what  Pepper  possible  from  Tutticorie"  but  gave  no 
further  directions  as  to  the  re-establishment  of  a  Factory.  Compare  the 
following  curious  contemporary  spellings  of  the  name  of  the  place : 
"October  the  9th  [1673]  We  fell  In  with  the  Land  of  Tutucroyn.*' 
Journal  of  CapU  Wm.  Basse,  O.  C  No.  3983.  "Tentecorrey  where  the 
Dutch  have  a  small  Fort."  Letter  from  Calicut  to  Suratin  1678,  O.  C. 
No.  4389.     See  also  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  iri.  p.  334. 

^  See  note  on  p.  166. 

2  By  the  Ganges  the  writer  means  the  Hu^^li,  the  westernmost 
mouth  of  the  great  river,  but  his  remarks  show  his  personal  acquaint- 
ance with  the  Hugh  estuary.  In  the  very  many  changes  that  have 
taken  place  since  his  day  the  "Isle  of  Cocks"  has  merged,  with  the 
Isle  of  Dogs,  into  Saugor  Island.  Saugor  is  properly  called  Ganga 
Sagar,  so  that  our  author  not  only  knew  the  proper  name  but  by  an 
accident  spelt  it  as  it  would  be  transliterated  at  the  present  day.  For 
Cock  Island,  Cock's  Island,  Coxe's  Island,  with  translations  I.  de  Gale, 
Island  de  Gallo,  I.  de  Galinha,  see  Yule,  Hedged  Diary^  vol.  ii.  p.  207. 
To  the  information  there  given  I  would  add  that  I.  de  Galfe  occurs  in 
two  maps  circ.  1720  and  again  in  1745  and  1785.  In  a  French  map  by 
Pierre  Mortier  of  Amsterdam  circ,  1720  it  occurs  as  Igale,  and  m  a 
map  by  Rennell,  1 781,  as  Coxes's  I.  I  would  further  remark  for  the 
history  of  the  word  that  Valentyn  (1660),  vol.  v.  p.  152  ff.  has  "Ilha  de 
Gala  which  is  one  mile  in  circumference... and  Sagor,"  and  further, 
p.  159,  he  has  "Sagor  or  Ilha  da  Galinha."  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  I42f. 
has  (Jan.  1664)  "We  saw... the  isles  of  Gale  and  of  Lagor  [probably  a 
misprint  for  Sagor]."  About  1668,  Bernier^  p.  176,  has  "island  of 
Galles  near  Cape  das  Palmas,"  but  meaning  the  Isle  of  Cocks.  De 
Graafy  the  Dutch  surgeon,  has  ( Voyages  aux  Indes  Orientales,  p.  43, 
Oct.  1669)  "Near  the  Ilho  de  Gale  we  went  up  the  Ganges."  In  the 
Diary  of  Streynsham  Master  under  dates  7th  Sept.  and  2nd  Dec.  1676, 
pp.  57  and  275,  we  find,  "This  morning  wee  came  faire  by  the  Arracan 
Shoare  and  by  the  Dutch  boyes,  and  came  to  an  anchor  at  the  mouth 
of  the  River  neare  the  ile  of  Coxes... We  sailed  by  Kedgeree  and  the 
Island  of  Ingerley  leaving  the  ile  of  Cockes  and  the  Arracan  shoare 

T.  14 


2IO  BENGALA 

incredible  reports  I  have  heard  concerninge  this  River,  which 
are  not  now  incredible  to  me,  since  I  have  Seen  much  of  it 
my  Selfe.  Certain  it  is  that  this  is  the  great  River  Ganges 
that  Alexander  the  great  Sailed  downe  in  time  of  his  great 
conquests  in  Asia,  &c.^     It  disperseth  its  Streams  through 

on  our  Larboard  side  to  the  East."  In  a  letter  from  Hugli  to  Balasor, 
4th  Jan.  1679,  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  5,  we  have,  "Wee  admire 
the  Falcon  was  not  arrived  with  us... She  being  seen  by  the  Ganges 
then  Comeing  hither  off  the  Isle  of  Cocks" ;  and  in  another  letter  from 
Hugli,  19th  June,  1680  {^Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  28)  "Had 
she  [the  Bengali  Merchant^  gone  as  intended  through  the  great 
Channell  by  the  Isle  of  Cocks,  she  might  have  obtained  the  Freight 
ere  the  Europe  ships  had  departed  thence  for  England."  Our  author 
in  his  chart  of  the  "River  of  Hugly,"  made  in  1687,  has,  on  the  left 
bank,  "Sagor,  Cox's  lid.,  Rogues,  River  of  Rogues."  Sir  Edward 
Littleton  in  1704,  called  the  place  Isle  of  Coxe's,  see  Yule,  Hedged 
Diary ^  vol.  ii.  p.  204.  In  the  Log  of  the  King  George^  Marine 
Records^  No.  402  B,  under  dates  27th  Dec.  1718  and  6th  Jan.  17 19,  we 
have,  "This  day  having  Received  an  Order  of  the  Govr.  and  Councill 
of  a  Pilott  to  Carry  me  from  Rogues  River  to  Cox's  I  took  my  Leave 
of  Calcutta... Att  \  past  3  Anchored  at  Coxs's  in  6  Fathoms,  Langtialu 
creek  East  and  the  West  end  of  Sago  S  b  E  ^  East."  Alex.  Hamilton, 
East  Indies^' wo\.  ii.  p.  4,  says  that  "Coxes  and  Sagor  Islands"  are 
more  remarkable  than  the  rest.  Compare  Horsburgh,  India  Directory^ 
ed.  1809,  p.  360,  "Sagor  or  Sanger  Island... bounds  the  great  en- 
trance of  the  river  Hoogly  on  the  east  side,  being  7  or  8  miles  in 
length,  and  about  half  that  in  breadth... The  Brahmins  call  the  island 
Gongo-Sagor,  but  the  natives  generally  understand  Gongo-Sagor  to 
be  the  whole  of  the  land  that  separates  Channel  Creek  from  the] 
western  branch  of  Hoogly  River,  except  the  small  island  contiguous! 
to  the  north  end  of  Sagor,  called  Coxe's  Island,  which  is  near  a  league; 
in  lengthj  and  two  miles  broad,  and  bounds  the  N.E.  side  of  Sagor 
Road."  { 

I  gather  that  the  Dobra  "ri volet"  is  the  narrow  stream  shown  '\r^ 
the  1703  "Pilot"  map  behind  Cocks  Island.  In  Mortier's  map  abov^ 
mentioned  occurs  Dbril  in  the  same  situation,  but  as  an  Island.  \t\ 
Rennell's  map,  1781,  occurs  in  the  neighbourhood  the  "Doo-Agra  R.i 
the  passage  through  to  the  Sunderbunds."  The  creek  East  of  Cock 
Island  is  called  by  Hedges  the  "Oyster  River,"  see  Yule,  Hedged 
Diary,  vol.  i.  p.  68,  where  we  find  "This  afternoon  [nth  March,  1683] 
we  stood  off  towards  Sagor,  and  anchored  between  Cock  Island  and 
the  Oyster  River." 

May  not  the  terms  Galinha,  Gallo,  Galle,  Cock,  however,  refer  to 
the  Portuguese  themselves,  considering  the  neighbourhood  and  the 
depredations  therein  by  Magh  and  Portuguese  half-castes?  In  Terry's 
Voyage  to  East  India,  1655,  we  find,  p.  153,  "The  truth  is  that  the 
Portugals,  especially  those  which  are  bom  in  those  Indian  Colonys 
most  of  them  a  mix'd  seed  begotten  upon  those  Natives  are  a  very 
low  poor-spirited  people,  called  therefore  Galiinas  dell  Mar,  the  Hens 
of  the  Sea." 

^  Compare  Schouten^  vol.   ii.  p.  145,  "The  next  day  [17th  Jan. 


BENGALA  211 

many  Spacious  deserts  and  multitudes  of  Kingdoms,  and  is 
knowne  to  be  of  greater  breadth  in  many  places  Up  in  the 
Countreys  of  Pattana^  and  South  Tartarian 

Formerly,  yea  not  many  years  agoe,  the  Inhabitants  on 
the  Northerne  parts  of  Bengala  trained  up  their  Children 
(from  theire  infancie)  to  Eeat  raw  fish  and  flesh,  and  when 
growne  Up  Sent  them  upon  travaile  to  discover  the  great 
Ganges,  to  find  out  the  garden  of  Eden  (by  Order  of  theire 
Kings),  but  few  or  none  Ever  made  returne,  ergo  now  quite 
left  off  as  a  thinge  Impossible  to  be  accomplished. 

Many  Isles  there  be  in  the  mouth  of  the  Ganges,  not 
inhabited  more  then  with  wild  beasts*,  the  Natives  much 


1664]  we  again  set  sail,  and  we  passed  the  wood  called  Sandri,  where 
it  is  said  that  Alexander  the  Great  formerly  stopped,  on  seeing  the 
great  and  dangerous  rivers  that  he  had  to  pass  in  order  to  get  to  a 
country  which  was  unknown  to  him;  so  that  he  thought  it  best  to 
limit  his  conquests,  and  he  went  back  to  Macedonia.  It  is  held  to  be 
a  fact  in  these  countries  that  he  had  conquered  India  as  far  as  this 
famous  river  of  the  Ganges,  and  that  he  reached  as  far  as  this  wood." 

^  John  Marshall,  the  Company's  Factor  at  Balasor,  who  died  in 
1677,  in  his  Notes  and  Observations  of  East  India^  1668 — 1672, 
Harleian  MS,^  British  Museum,  No.  4254,  differs  from  T.  B.  in  his 
estimate  of  the  width  and  grandeur  of  the  Ganges.  He  says,  "  The 
Ganges  river  is  in  some  places  about  a  mile  broad,  and  in  many  not 
halfe  a  mile,  and  in  some  not  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  and  in  two  or  one 
places  about  \  of  mile  broad  when  the  water  is  low  as  in  Aprill  when 
the  river  is  almost  dry  in  many  places  from  one  side  of  it  to  the  other, 
and  very  Shallow  in  many  places  not  3  foot  deep,  soe  that  boats  have 
much  to  doe  to  pass,  however  without  great  trouble  not  knowing 
where  is  deepe  where  is  shallow,  but  when  the  water  is  at  its  height 
which  is  about  middle  September,  then  it  is  very  broad  and  deep.  In 
this  River  untill  come  about  Rojimall  [RajmahalJ  are  many  Alligators, 
and  as  far  as  Pattana,  very  many  Porpoises,  also  towards  Pattana  very 
many  Pellicans  and  other  great  birds." 

?  See  note  on  p.  172. 

^  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  143,  "The  sixteenth  of  January 
[1664]  we  passed  by  the  river  of  Jillisar,  which  was  on  our  left.  Here 
the  shores  of  .the  Ganges  are  covered  with  bushes,  thickets,  and  little 
woods,  which  extend  some  distance  inland  and  in  which  there  are 
many  serpents,  rhinoceroses,  wild  buffaloes,  and  especially  tigers. 
For  this  reason  the  people  of  Bengala  do  not  dare  to  dwell  in  those 
parts  of  their  country  nearest  to  the  sea.  Therefore,  on  our  way  we 
only  saw  one  little  clay  fort,  where  some  negroes  were  existing  wretch- 
edly enough."  Compare  also  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii. 
p.  4f.,  "There  are  no  Inhabitants  on  those  Islands  [at  the  mouth  of 

14 — 2 


/ 


212  BENGALA 

dreadinge  to  dwell  there,  beinge  timerous  of  the  Arack- 
aners  with  theire  Gylyars^  who  many  times  have  come 
through  the  Rivers  and  carried  away  Captive  many  poore 
families  of  the  Orixa  folke^ 

Some  20  leags  from  the  Sea  and  Soe  Upwards  this 
Countrey  is  blessed  with  many  faire  Villages  and  Markett 
towns,  fine  green  banks,  and  delicate  Groves,  with  Store  of 
brave  fish  ponds,  good  Store  of  Venison  and  wilde  fowle. 


the  Ganges]  for  they  are  so  pestered  with  Tigers,  that  there  could  be 
no  Security  for  human  Creatures  to  dwell  on  them ;  nay,  it  is  even 
dangerous  to  land  on  them,  or  for  Boats  to  anchor  near  them,  for  in 
the  Night  they  have  swimmed  to  Boats  at  Anchor,  and  carried  Men 
out  of  them,  yet  among  the  Pagans,  the  Island  3agor  is  accounted 
holy,  and  great  Numbers  of  Jougies  go  yearly  thither  in  the  Months 
of  November  and  December  to  worship  and  wash  in  Salt-water,  tho' 
many  of  them  fall  Sacrifices  to  the  hungry  Tigers."  See  also  Bernier^ 
p.  442  f. 

^  For  many  forms  of  the  word  Gylyar  {jalid\  war-boat,  see  note 
on  p.  140. 

2  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  143,  **We  saw  on  our  right  another 
large  river... which  came  from  the  Kingdom  of  Aracan.  We  there 
espied  some  jeliasses  of  that  country,  which  were  in  that  region  in 
order  to  make  seizures.'* 

In  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master^  pp.  1 15  and  275,  there  are 
two  allusions  to  the  "Arackaners":  "This  day  [8th  Sept.  1676]  wee 
passed  by  the  river  which  goes  to  Chittygom  and  Dacca  which  the 
English  call  the  river  of  Rogues  by  reason  the  Arracaners  used  to 

come  out  thence  to  Rob Tannay  is   distant  from    Hugly  about 

40  miles  by  water  and  twenty  miles  by  land,  there  stands  an  old  Fort 
of  mud  walls  which  was  built  to  prevent  the  incursions  of  the 
Arracaners,  for  it  seemes  about  ten  or  twelve  yeares  since  they  were 
soe  bold  that  none  durst  inhabit  lower  down  the  river  then  this  place, 
the  Arracanners  usually  takeing  the  People  off  the  shoare  to  sell 
them  at  Pipley."  Compare  also  the  following:  "This  day  [24th  Dec. 
1678]  came  a  general!  Letter  from  Dacca  dated  the  i6th  Current 
ad  vising...  That  the  Arracaners  had  taken  14  boates  about  Chata- 
gaum."  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  2.  In  a  letter  from  Hugh  to 
Dacca,  nth  May,  1679,  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  5,  the  Council 
at  Hugli  objected  to  lend  the  Compan/s  sloops  "on  all  Occations  to 
fight  against  the  Aracanners  till  they  are  Conquerd  which  according 
to  all  likelihood  will  never  be."  On  the  28th  Sept.  1687,  Letter  Book^ 
No.  8,  the  Court  wrote  to  Bengal,  "We  are  not  affraid...of  the  worst 
the  Mogull  can  do  against  us  there  [at  Chittagong]  while  we  have  the 
Raccaners  to  friend  and  can  let  their  War  Boats  loose  to  prey  upon 
the  Moors  in  all  parts  of  the  Ganges." 


BENGALA  21 3 

COSSUMBAZAR. 

A  Very  famous  and  pleasant  towne,  famous  in  many 
respects,  first  and  Chiefely  for  its  great  commerce  and 
plenty  of  very  rich  Merchants,  the  onely  market  place  in 
this  Kingdome  for  all  Commodities  made  and  vended 
therein,  whence  it  received  this  name,  Cossum  signifieinge 
the  husband  or  Chiefe,  and  Bazar  a  markett\ 

The  English  and  Dutch  Companies  have  each  a  very 
Stately  Factorie  here,  but  the  English  out  doe  them  here 
both  in  trade  and  alsoe  in  theire  Factorie  and  Factors  too 2. 


^  Kasim  is,  however,  a  common  Muhammadan  proper  name,  and 
the  town  had  its  name  no  doubt  from  some  eponymous  Kasim  Khan. 
See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v,  Cossumbazar.  See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxviii. 
p.  294. 

2  The  English  Factory  at  Kasimbazar  was  established  in  1658  with 
John  Ken  as  Chief.  Compare  Tavernier^  vol.  ii.  (last  chapter),  on  The 
Commodities  brought  out  of  the  Dominions  of  the  Great  Mogul: 
"Kasembasar,  a  Village  in  the  Kingdom  of  Bengala,  sends  abroad 
every  year  two  and  twenty  thousand  Bales  of  Silk ;  every  Bale  weigh- 
ing a  hunder'd  pound.. .The  Hollanders  usually  carry  away  six  or 
seven  thousand  Bales."  In  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master  there 
are  references  to  Kasimbazar  on  the  23rd  Sept.  and  8th  Nov.  1676, 
pp.  63  and  259,  *'Att  nine  a  Clock  wee  sett  forward  and  at  noone  mett 
Senr.  Verburg  the  Cheife  of  the  Dutch  at  Cassambazar  and  three 
others  with  him.  By  the  river  side  about  the  middle  of  the  Towne  wee 
passed  by  the  spot  of  ground  aloted  to  the  French.  Att  three  a  Clock 
m  the  afternoone  God  be  praised  wee  arrived  safe  at  the  Honble. 
Company s  Factory  at  the  farther  end  of  the  Towne  of  Cassambazar... 
Whilst  I  was  at  Cassambazar  which  was  about  six  weekes  time  the 
water  did  fall  in  the  river  about  five  fathome  right  up  and  down.  All 
the  Country  or  great  part  thereof  about  Cassambazar  is  planted  or 
sett  with  Mullberry  trees  the  leaves  of  which  are  gathered  young  to 
feed  the  wormes  with  and  make  the  silk  fine,  and  therefore  the  trees 
are  planted  every  yeare...The  Towne  of  Cassambazar  is  about  two 
miles  long  and  in  some  places  the  streets  where  the  marketts  are  kept 
are  soe  narrow  that  a  Pallanqueen  can  but  just  passe  in  them."  Of 
Kasimbazar,  Alex.  Hamilton, -fe^j/ /«^/>j,  vol.  ii.  p.  21,  says,  **Cassem- 
bazaar,  about  200  Miles  above  Hughly,  where  the  English  and  Dutch 
have  their  respective  Factories... The  Town  is  large,  and  much  fre- 
quented by  Merchants,  which  never  fails  of  making  a  Place  rich.  The 
Country  about  it  is  very  healthful  and  fruitful,  and  produces  industrious 
People,  who  cultivate  many  valuable  Manufactories." 

John  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations^  p.  20  (reverse)  says  of  the 
Dutch  Factory  at  Kasimbazar,  "[It]  is  made  of  brick,  very  large  and 
hath  handsome  gardens  belong[ingJ  to  it,  it  is  about  a  mile  from  the 
English  Factory." 


214  BENGALA 

Our  Honourable  East  India  Company  hath  a  very 
Considerable  investment  annually  in  this  place,  more 
then  in  all  the  Kingdome  besides.  The  Chiefe  here 
is  Secound  to  all  their  Affaires  in  Orixa,  Bengala,  and 
Pattana\  Hee  keepeth  many  tradesmen  att  worke  here 
by  Order  of  the  Company,  as  dyers,  Weavers,  throw- 
sters, &c.  beinge  English  men  sent  on  purpose  for  the 
Orderinge  theire  Silks  after  the  English  Custome*,  and 

^  Compare  Alex.  lia.m\lton,  East IndieSy  vol.  ii.  p.  21,  "The  English 
and  Dutch  have  their  respective  Factories  [at  Kasimbazar] ;  and,  by 
their  Companies  Orders,  the  Seconds  of  Council  ought  to  be  Chiefs  of 
those  Factories."  The  Chiefs  at  Kasimbazar  during  the  10  years 
comprised  in  T.  B.'s  "Account"  were  John  Marsh,  Matthias  Vincent, 
and  Sir  Edward  Littleton. 

2  At  the  end  of  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  M aster ^  pp.  326 — 330, 
there  is  an  account,  by  Matthias  Vincent,  of  "The  manner  of  the  Silk 
and  TafFaty  Investments  in  Cassambazar."  He  says.  Para.  7,  "In 
dyeing  the  silk  black  looses  about  \  and  the  Colours  \  of  what  it 
weighed  when  delivered  the  Dyer,  when  the  silk  comes  from  the  Dyer 
it  is  charged  with  the  same  value  it  was  in  the  whole,  when  put  downe 
to  be  dyed,  the  dyed  Silk  both  Orgazine  and  tram  are  delivered  as 
they  come  from  the  Dyer  to  the  weaver,  who  winds  and  warps  them 
and  fits  the  same  himselfe  for  his  worke... for  his  whole  workmanship 
he  receives  one  rupee  twelve  annaes  per  peece  of  20  Covids  longi 
whether  \\  or  2  Covids  wide...."  There  are  frequent  references  to 
the  "diers  and  Throwsters"  at  Kasimbazar  in  the  contemporary  re- 
cords. In  1668  Roger  Fowler  was  sent  out  by  the  Court  as  a  dyer  to 
Kasimbazar  at  a  salary  of  £(yo  per  annum.  Orders  were  given  "to 
treate  him  civilly... hee  being  an  ancient  person,  and  one  who  hath 
lived  in  good  repute  in  London  till  it  pleased  God  to  make  him  a 
Sufferer  in  the  late  dreadful  fire."  Letter  Book,  No.  4,  p.  202.  In 
many  cases  the  "diers  and  Throwsters"  went  to  India  as  soldiers  or 
sailors  and  afterwards  obtained  permission  to  change  their  occupa- 
tions. The  lads,  too,  who  were  designed  for  the  pilot  service,  fre- 
quently proved  too  weakly  for  "the  river"  and  were  sent  up  to  the 
silk  factory  at  Kasimbazar.  Among  the  dyers,  we  find,  in  1677,  "John 
Nayler  Silk  dier  came  out  in  1670  under  contract  to  serve  4  years 
at  ^50  per  annum";  "Richard  Mosely  came  out  a  Souldier"  in  1669, 
and  in  1671  became  a  Dyer  at  "souldiers  pay";  Anthony  Smith  came 
out  soldier  in  1672,  and  became  a  dyer  in  1674.  Many  of  the 
weavers  were  natives,  but  there  were  exceptions,  e.g.  Michaell  Loveney, 
who  came  out  a  soldier  in  1672  and  became  a  Silk  Weaver  in  1675. 
In  March,  1676,  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George  wrote  to  Hugli  {Factory 
Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  18),  "Wee  have... given  leave  for  one 
Throwster... to  goe  downe  along  with  Mr.  Clavell  for  the  Honble. 
Companys  Service  at  Cassumbazar."  And  in  the  Hugli  Diary  for 
25th  Oct.  1678  {Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  i),  we  find,  "We  wrote 
to  Mr.  Littleton  &c.  and  sent  up  a  Throster  which  we  procured  out 
of  the  Faulcon  to  make  tryall  of  and  if  good  at  the  Trade  we  would 


/ 


BENGALA  21 5 

for  dyinge  a  good  black,  a  colour  the  Natives  cold  never 
dye  we\\\ 

Wee  goe  up  by  water  from  Hugly,  vizt.  through  the 
Rivers,  I  judge  it  is  150  miles  up,  commonly  3  days 
goeinge  Up,  very  pleasant  all  the  way,  a  fertile  Soyle  and 
a  delicate  Aire,  beinge  a  most  healthy  Climate*. 

Not  farre  above  the  towne  of  Cossumbazar  doe  inhabit 
many  of  the  Earnest  and  devout  Idolatrous  Priests  (called 
Brachmans)',  who  are  much  reverenced  all  Asia  over,  in  soe 


get  the  Captain  to  Clear  him  for  our  Masters  Serviss."  On  the  14th  Nov. 
1678  the  factors  at  Kasimbazar  wrote  to  Hugh  {Factory  Records,  Hugli, 
No.  7),  "John  Gryffeth  our  former  throoster... intends  to  retume  home 
...Soe  that  wee  Shall  have  occasion  for  one  to  minde  that  imployment." 
The  output  from  Kasimbazar  was  considerable.  Entries  like  the 
following  are  frequent:  "In  the  afternoone  [31st  July,  1676]  arrived 
five  boates  with  309  bales  Silke  and  7  Chests  of  ordinary  tafFatyes 
from  Cassumbazar."    Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  i. 

^  The  Directors  at  home  lost  no  opportunity  of  urging  their  servants 
in  India  to  perfect  the  art  of  dyeing  at  Kasimbazar.  In  Dec.  1671, 
they  wrote  {Letter  Book,  No.  4,  p.  506},  "  Wee  are  glad  to  see  that  our 
Factory  of  Cassambazar  is  so  well  improved,  \Vee  now  give  you 
directions  for  our  Investments  and  also  send  you  pattemes  of  Taffaties, 
Wee  see  the  fancy  of  that  people  are  much  upon  mixt  collours,  and 
that  they  have  not  skill  to  dye  good  Blacks  and  Greenes  and  Watch- 
etts.  But  wee  hope  our  Dyers  hath  soe  farr  improved,  that  wee  shall 
receive  some  Competent  supply...."  When  this  letter  reached  Bengal, 
Vincent  wrote  from  Kasimbazar  to  Clavell  at  Hugli  {Factory  Records, 
Misc.  No.  3),  "Wee  have  shewed  the  Patterns  Come  on  the  Rebecca 
to  our  Weavers,  whoe  all  with  one  Voyce  Say,  they  can  only  make  of 
the  Deepe  yellow  and  Sallow  Collours,  the  Greene,  Carnation,  Pinck, 
Sky  couUer  and  black  they  can  no  wayes  make  good.  A  redd,  though 
far  short  of  the  Carnation  Some  of  them  Say  they  Can  Make...." 
In  Dec.  1672  Robert  Coale  "experienced  in  dying  of  Blacks"  was  sent 
to  the  "Bay,"  and  in  Dec.  1674  John  Edwards  "whome  we  hope  will 
be  more  SuccessfuU  in  bringing  to  perfection  the  dyeing  of  Blacks 
and  Green  Silks."    Letter  Book,  No.  5. 

2  Compare  the  Diary  of  S trey ns ham  Master,^.  259,  8th  Nov.  1676, 
"The  soile  of  Bengala  is  very  fertile  being  a  kmd  of  loose  fat  earth 
and  in  some  places  a  fatt  sand.  There  is  not  one  mountaine  or  Hill 
to  be  seen  about  Hugly  or  Cassambazar  the  Country  being  all  plaine 
and  Levell  and  tho  any  thing  will  grow  by  reason  of  the  fertileness  of 
the  soile  yett  firewood  is  scarce  and  timber  bad  and  very  deare." 

Hunter,  Imperial  Gazetteer  of  India,  s.v.  Kasimbazar,  says,  p.  81, 
"The  decay  of  Kasimbazar  dates  from  the  beginning  of  the  present 
century,  when  its  climate,  which  had  previously  been  celebrated  for 
salubrity,  underwent  an  unexplained  change  for  the  worse,  so  that  the 
margin  of  cultivation  receded  and  wild  beasts  increased." 

3  See  pp.  13,  23,  33. 


2l6  BENGALA 

much  that  the  water  and  mudde  of  the  Ganges  Sent  from 
them  with  theire  Choppe^  or  Scale  Upon  it  is  accompted 
Sacred,  Even  sOe  farre  as  Persia.  When  in  the  yeare[?]* 
I  went  from  Bengales  thither,  wee  had  Severall  Mortavan' 
Jarrs  on  board,  some  full  of  water,  Others  of  Mudde  of  the 
River  Ganges,  sent  as  presents  to  the  great  Merchants  of  the 
Banjan  Cast*  in  this  Kingdome,  and  Sealed  with  the  great 
Brachmans  Choppe  (otherwise  of  noe  Esteeme)'.  Att  our 
arrivall  in  Gombroone®,  Severall  of  them  came  on  board 
soe  Soone  as  [they]  heard  of  the  holy  present,  and  carried 
them  on  Shore  with  great  reverence.  There  they  Used  it 
Very  Sparingly ;  onely  Sprinklinge  some  Upon  theire  face 
and  bodies  when  they  went  to  prayer,  and  puttinge  a  little 
of  the  Mudd  Upon  their  forehead  breast  and  arms,  be- 
lieveinge  it  added  much  delight  to  theire  Souls. 

Such  is  the  Ignorance  of  these  men,  whoe  are  soe 
ripe  witted  in  most  affaires  of  worldly  businesse.  But  the 
greatest  delight  the  Mahometans  take  is  in  keepinge  Whores 
and  Elephants  [Plate  XI.],  the  greatest  Easterne  State. 

The  Coyned  Currant  moneys  of  this  Kingdome  are 
rupees^,  halfe  rupees,  and  quarters — a  very  good  Sort  of 

^  See  p.  ii8  and  note. 

2  The  gap  in  the  MS.  is  very  tantalizing.  Had  the  date  been  given, 
it  might  have  been  possible  to  find  among  the  India  Office  records 
some  note  of  the  writer's  movements  during  the  first  ten  years  of  his 
stay  in  India. 

3  Martaban.     See  p.  8i  and  note.  *  See  p.  27. 

^  Compare  Tavemier,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  181,  for  the  use  of  Ganges 
water  at  weddings:  "But  the  greatest  expence  to  those  that  live 
three  or  four  hundred  Leagues  from  it,  is  to  get  the  water  of  Ganges ; 
for  in  regard  they  account  that  water  sacred,  and  drink  it  out  of 
devotion,  it  must  be  brought  them  by  the  Bramins,  and  in  Earthen 
Vessels,  glaz'd  within  side,  which  the  chief  Bramin  of  Ingrenate 
[?  Juggernaut]  fills  himself  with  the  purest  Water  of  the  River,  and 
then  seals  up  with  his  own  Seal...." 

^  The  old  name  for  Bandar  Abbas  in  the  Persian  Gulf.  See 
Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Gombroon.  Agent  Thomas  Rolt  was  Chief  of 
the  English  Factory  at  Gombroon  during  the  greater  part  of  the  time 
comprised  in  T.  B.'s  "Account." 

'^  See  p.  114  and  note. 


i 


BENGALA  21/ 

fine  Silver  moneys  Coyned  in  the  Mint  at  Dacca,  and  are 
of  the  Same  Value  of  those  in  Guzaratt  or  Golcondah. 

They  alsoe  Coyne  Rupees  here  of  the  finest  refined 
Gold,  which  are  called  gold  Moors\  They  are  of  the  same 
Stampe,  magnitude,  and  weight  the  Silver  ones  are,  but, 
beinge  gold  of  the  highest  Matt",  they  passe  very  currant 
at  15J  and  15^  rupees  each. 

They  weigh  per  the  Maund',  Seere*,  |  Seere,  and 
J  Seere,  but  theire  weight  in  most  places  of  accompt 
differ,  although  not  in  name,  yet  in  quantitie. 

The  Ballasore  Maund  contains  75  pound  weight. 

The  Hugly  Maund  contains  but  70  pound  weight. 

Cossumbazar  maund  contains  but  6S  pound  weight 
Graine,  butter,  Oyle,  or  any  liquid  thinge,  all  the  River 
of  Hugly  over,  allows  but  68  pound  to  the  maund.  The 
Maund,  bigg  or  little,  is  Equally  divided  into  40  Equall 
parts,  and  are  called  Seers,  which  alsoe  are  halfed  and 
quartered'. 


^  Mohurs.  See  note  on  p.  148.  Compare  the  following  from 
Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  5,  "For  the  Silk  you  had  best  putt  off 
Mohurs  otherwise  you  will  be  put  to  great  Inconvenience.... Mohurs 
being  as  you  see  fallen  2rs.  5a.  per  Mohur...Wee  alwaies  Looked  upon 
Gold  as  Merchandize  it  being  soe  even  when  coined  into  Mohurs"; 
Letters  from  Hugli  to  Kasimbazar,  15th  Feb.  and  4th  March,  1679,  and 
22nd  Oct.  1680. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Matt.  Matt  meant  the  "touch  of  gold." 
N.  and  E,  has  (p.  17)  a  good  quotation  for  6th  May,  1680:  "The 
payment  or  receipt  of  Batta  or  Vatum  [difference  in  exchange]  upon 
the  exchange  of  Pollicat  for  Madras  Pagodas  prohibited,  both  comes 
being  of  one  and  the  same  Matt  and  weight,  upon  pain  of  forfeiture  of 

24  Pagodas  for  every  offence  together  with  loss  of  the  Batta." 

^  See  note  on  p.  116. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobsoftj  s.v.  Seer,  the  well-known  Indian  weight, 
standardized  now-a-days  at,  roughly,  2  lbs. 

^  The  big  maund  (Bengal)  was  82  lbs.  and  the  little  maund  (Madras) 

25  lbs. :  so  the  seer  should  have  varied  between  10  and  33  oz.  Com- 
pare John  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations  of  East  India,  "25  pound 
make  a  Maund  [at  Masulipatam]  25  Maunds  make  a  Candy  soe 
625  pounds  make  a  Candy... At  Ballasore  the  Maund  which  is  40  seer 
is  74 j  or  75  pound  English... At  Hugly  the  Maund  is  40  seer  or 
73  pound,  and  Cowries  5,  6,  and  some  times  10  per  Cent,  dearer  than 
at  Ballasore.  At  Pattana  the  maund  is  40  seer  or  78  pound,  besides 
the  custom  of  the  place  is  to  allow  2  seer  in  every  maund.'' 


2l8  BENGALA 

They  measure  timber,  planke,  brick  or  Stone  walls, 
Callicoes,  Silks,  &c.,  per  the  Guz^  (each  Guz  doth  contain 
27  inches),  and  by  the  Covet*  which  contains  18  inches,  and 
is  called  hawt^ 

They  very  Seldome  Sell  graine  but  by  weight 
The  Gold  Moore  is  Valued  att  01  lb.  14s.  lojd. 
The  Rupee  att  00  lb.  02s.  03d.* 

Theire  Small  moneys  called  Cowries',  beinge  Small  Shells 
taken  out  of  the  Sea,  passe  very  currant  by  tale. 
One  Gunda*  is  4  Couries 

5  Gundas  is  one  burrie^  or  20  cowries 

4  hurries  make  i  Pone®  or  80  cowries 

16  Pone  make  i  Cawne*  or  1280  cowries 

2  Cawne  &^  make  i  rupee  or  3200  cowries^^ 

^  See  Hobsoti'Jobson^  s.v,  Gudge.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has, 
"Gaz,  a  measure  about  a  yard  long."  John  Marshall  in  his  Notes  and 
Observations  of  East  India^  says,  "The  measure  by  which  English  cloth 
is  sold  is  a  Guzz  which  is  4if  English  inches... here  is  also  [at  Patna] 
a  little  Guz  called  the  Taylors  Guz  which  is  but  32I  inches."  Compare 
also  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Ambrose  Salisbury  to  Masulipa- 
tam,  26th  Dec.  1672,  Factory  Records^  Masulipatam,  No.  9,  "I  must 
desire  you  to  Send  6  Guzz  or  yards  of  Scarlett  against  my  retume." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Covid.  The  covid  is  a  cubit  or  ell.  In 
the  Hugli  Diary,  under  date  6th  June,  1679,  Factory  Records,  Hugli, 
No.  2,  there  is  the  entry,  "Wee  wrote  to  Ballasore  advising  that  wee 
should  want  about  20  Timbers  of  about  18  Covads  long." 

Compare  John  Marshall's  account  of  measures  in  Notes  and 
Observations,  p.  9,  "In  Indostan  they  measure  by  Barly  comes  place- 
ing  the  small  ends  of  them  together  so  that  they  touch  each  other  and 
then  they  are  circular,  8  Barlicomes  breadth  so  placed  make  one  Angle 
\anguli\  or  finger  breadth,  24  Angles  make  one  Covet  or  measure 
from  the  Elbow  to  the  end  of  long  finger,  4  Covets  make  one  Dun 
\dhanu\  2000  Duns  make  i  Course  \kd5\  in  Indostand  which  is  about 
2^  English  miles." 

3  i.e.  hath.     See  Hobson-Jobson,  s,v,  Haut. 

*  Compare  John  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations  on  East  India, 
"Rupie... valued  here  [Balasor]  in  the  Companys  books  at  2.6  per 
piece  but  in  no  other  place  valued  at  more  than  2.3." 

^  See  pp.  180  and  200  and  notes.  See  Ind.  Ant,  vol.  xxvii.  pp.  38 
and  41. 

®  Neither  Gunda,  Burrie,  Pone  nor  Cawne  is  to  be  found  in 
Hobson-Jobson,  The  word  is  ganda.  See  Ind.  Ant,  vol.  xxvii.  p.  17 1  f. 
for  the  system  of  counting  by  gandas  or  quartettes. 

'^  i.e,  baurt,         ^  i.e,  pan.     Op,  cit,  loc.  cit,  ^  i.e,  k&han, 

^^  This  is  a  valuable  contemporary  account  of  the  cowry.  The 
table  intended  here  is,  4  kauris  =  i  gandd,  5  gandtls^  i  baurl,  4  baurls 


BENGALA  219 

They  Seldome  rise  or  fall  more  then  2  Pone  in  one  Rupee, 
and  that  onely  in  Ballasore  at  the  arrivall  of  the  Ships 
from  Insulae  Maldivae^ 

The  Woods  of  this  Kingdome  are  well  replenished  with 
wild  beasts,  most  Especially  with  Tygers  and  Bears  of 
Vast  largenesse,  and  the  most  fierce  of  any  in  the  knowne 
world :  those  about  the  Ganges  are  Soe  accompted.  They 
are  of  Such  a  bloody  Salvage  Nature,  that  if  they  meet 
with  a  Cow,  a  deere,  or  any  Other  Annimal  that  hath  been 
newly  killed  by  Shot,  or  what  else,  they  will  not  meddle 
therewith,  but  will  rather  Suffer  most  rageinge  hunger,  by 
reason  they  had  not  the  killinge  of  it  themselvs*. 

Many  of  the   poore  Ourias'  are  destroyed    by  them, 


=  1  pan^  16  pans—\  kdhan^  i\  kahans^i  rupee.  See  Ind.  Ant.^ 
vol.  XX vi.  p.  290  f.  Compare  John  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations 
of  East  India,  "  All  the  small  Money  is  Cowries  which  rise  and  fall 
according  to  the  plenty  or  scarcity  of  them,  some  times  31,  37,  38, 
39,  40  Pond  going  for  a  Rupie,  every  Pond  always  consisting  of  80 
Cowries.''  This  statement  varies  greatly  from  T.B.'s.  His  rise  and 
fall  is  6J  per  cent.,  but  Marshall's  is  22^  per  cent.  Compare  also  the 
following  in  "Instructions  to  Mr.  Stanley  for  the  Maldevees"  from  the 
Court,  20th  Sept.  1682,  Letter  Book,  No.  7,  "Cowries  are  sold  by  tale 
and  not  by  weight... 80  Cowrees  is  a  Pome,  and  40  Pome  or  42  as  you 
can  agree,  may  be  bought  for  6  or  7  Annees  at  Maldevees,  and  in 
a  peece  of  8/8  are  accounted  there  32  Annees :  So  that  for  the  value 
of  a  peece  of  8/8  you  may  buy  2400  [240]  or  250  pome :  And  according 
to  the  best  account  which  we  have  from  Surratt  as  they  are  usually 
bought  there,  they  cannot  cost  above  2  pieces  of  8/8  per  Cwt.  or 
thereabouts."  The  above  figures  are  not  exact,  but  they  show  a  great 
profit  in  the  Cowry  traffic,  as  they  were  purchased  at  the  Maldives  at 
9,000  to  10,000  the  rupee  and  sold  in  Bengal  at  2500  to  3200  the 
rupee. 

^  See  notes  on  pp.  104  and  200. 

2  Compare  Schouten,  vol.  ii.  pp.  278 — 281,  "Tigers  and  leopards, 
which  are  very  common  in  the  whole  of  India,  have  also  their  lairs  in 
the  woods,  and  especially  in  these  low  lying  districts  of  Bengal,  which 
have  not  yet  been  cultivated.... The  tigers  of  Bengal  are  as  large  as 
calves.... The  tigers  even  dare  to  attack  men  on  horseback,  and 
the  most  powerful  buffaloes,  which  they  tear  in  pieces  alive."  T.  B.,  in 
his  Chart  of  the  Hugli,  marks  oa  the  right  bank,  "  Ri.  Tygers."  N,  and 
E,  p.  40,  for  27th  Aug.  1679,  has,  "On  the  voyage  [from  Hugli  to 
Balasor]  an  Englishman  belonging  to  the  Ganges  being  ashore  on 
an  Island  shooting,  was  carried  off  by  a  tiger,  the  Master  of  the  vessel 
seeing  him  but  not  being  able  to  help  him." 

3  See  note  on  p.  1 30. 


220  BENGALA 

Especially  of  those  that  get  a  Hvelyhood  by  makeinge 
Salt  or  cuttinge  wood  neare  the  mouth  of  the  Ganges^ 
Upon  my  returne  of  a  Voyadge  to  the  Maldivae^  I  lost  3 
men  by  theire  Salvagenesse.  I  sent  them  On  Shore  upon 
Cocks  Island'  to  cut  wood,  well  armed  and  with  Order  to 
keep  togeather  near  the  boat :  but  they  carelessly  dispersed 
themselves,  and  3  were  torne  in  pieces  by  the  Tygers,  vizt. 
two  Moors  and  one  Portuguees. 

The  Bears  in  the  woods  and  on  the  Mountains  of  this 
Kingdome  are,  many  of  them,  an  incredible  bignesse.  I 
have  Seen  many  of  them  Cole  black,  and  as  large  as  an 
Ordinary  heifer ;  and  those  woods  that  afford  most  plenty 
of  Peacocks,  are  generally  frequented  with  these  Uglyest 
of  Annimals.  Some  they  tame  in  this  Kingdome,  and  lead 
them  about  to  Shew,  but  none  of  the  large  ones.  I  have 
often  shot  att  them,  yet  never  soe  but  they  got  away  into 
the  Woods  againe. 

Infinite  Number  of  Wild  hogge  in  this  countrey  as  alsoe 
a  creature  called  a  Jackall*,  resemblinge  both  dogge  and 
fox,  and  are  as  large  as  good  Ordinary  hounds  in  England, 
beinge  a  most  bold  and  mischiefous  Annimall.  They  doe 
great  prejudice  to  the  Standinge  corne,  tearinge  it  up  by 
the  roots,  and  are  soe  bold  in  the  night  to  come  and  walke 
the  Streets  of  a  towne  like  tame  doggs,  on  purpose  to  gett 
Opportunities  to  runne  away  with  geese,  henns,  ducks,  or 
the  like.  I  have  Seen  Severall  of  them  togeather,  but  by 
night  heard  the  Noise  of  Some  hundreds  at  once. 


^  See  p.  199.  ^  See  notes  on  pp.  104  and  200. 

3  See  note  on  p.  209. 

*  Compare  Deles tre^  p.  190,  "Troops  of  wild  elephants,  buffaloes, 
boars,  stags,  gazelles,  squirrels  are  seen  there  [in  Bengal]."  John 
Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations^  p.  5  (reverse),  says,  "At  this  place 
[Ramchandrapore]  are  plenty  of  wild  Deer  very  larg,  wild  hogs.  Pea- 
cocks, cocks  and  henns,  Jackalls  and  Tygers.  See  Schouten^  vol.  i. 
p.  480,  for  a  description  of  "  Jackhalses  or  Jachals."  For  illustrations 
of  the  "Tyger,"  "Bear,"  "Wild  Hogge,"  and  "Jackall,"  see  Plates  XI. 
and  XII. 


PATTANA  221 


PATTANA. 

A  Very  large  and  potent  Kingdome^  but  longe  Since 
become  tributarie  to  the  Emperours  of  Hindostan  (or  Great 
Mogol).  This  is  a  Countrey  of  Very  great  Trafficke  and 
Commerce,  and  is  really  the  great  Gate  that  Openeth  into 
Bengala  and  Orixa,  and  soe  consequently  into  most  parts 
of  India,  vizt.  from  the  Northerne  Kingdoms  or  Empires 
(by  land),  namely,  Persia,  Carmania*,  Georgia*,  Tartaria*, 
&c.  The  Commodities  of  those  countries  are  transported 
hither  by  Caffila*,  who  alsoe  Export  the  commodities 
brought  hither  by  the  English  and  Dutch,  as  alsoe  of  this 
Kingdome. 

The  Chiefe  Citty  whereof  is  called   Pattana',  a  very 

^  Compare  Thevenot^  part  iii.  p.  68,  "  Patane  is  a  very  large  Town, 
lying  on  the  West  side  of  the  Ganges  in  the  Countrey  of  Patan,  where 
the  Dutch  have  a  Factory.  Corn,  Rice,  Sugar,  Ginger,  long  Pepper, 
Cotton  and  Silk,  with  several  other  Commodities,  are  plentifully  pro- 
duced in  that  Country,  as  well  as  Fruits  ;  and  especially  the  Ananas, 
which  in  the  out  side  is  much  like  a  Pine-Apple." 

*  i.e.  Kirman,  the  Province  of  Persia  nearest  to  India. 

3  Compare  Fryer ^  p.  284,  "The  next  Neighbours,  if  not  the  same 
with  the  Armenians,  were  the  Iberians,  now  called  Georgians... Their 
Country  at  this  time  bears  the  Name  of  Gurgestan,  from  whence  they 
are  christen'd  Georgians  ;  not  from  the  famous  St.  George,  but  because 
they  follow  Husbandry." 

*  See  note  on  p.  172. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Cafila.  Compare  Mandelslo^  p.  8,  "These 
last  [the  Dutch]  come  thither  by  Sea,  but  all  the  others  by  Land,  with 
the  Caravans,  which  they  call  Caffilas."  Fryer^  p.  120,  has  "When 
any  Caphala  or  Treasure  passes,  they  hire  Soldiers  to  guard  it." 
Compare  also  the  following,  "Some  of  the  Raiahs  yeelded  [to  Futtercon, 
ue.^  Fatteh  Khan,  representative  of  Ala'uddin  Khilji],  others  flying  to 
retyrements  impregnable,  lay  in  the  Mawe  of  the  Countrey,  and  could 
not  be  conquered  euen  to  this  day,  but  making  outroades,  prey  on  the 
CafFaloes  passing  by  the  way."  Lord's  Discoverie  of  the  Sect  of  the 
Banians^  p.  81. 

^  See  Hobson-fobson^  s.v,  Patna.  Compare  De  Graaf s  description 
of  Patna,  Voyages^  p.  62  f,  "  This  town  [Patna]  is  very  near  the  water 
as  are  a  number  of  other  towns  of  the  Moors.  It  has  a  large  and 
beautiful  castle  with  boulevards  and  towers.    There  are  fine  houses. 


222  PATTANA 

large  and  Spacious  one  indeed,  and  is  Scituate  neare  to 
the  River  of  Ganges,  many  miles  up,  not  lesse  then  locx) 
or  I  lOO  miles  above  the  towne  Hugly.  There  are  many 
delicate  groves  and  plaines  adjoyneinge  thereto;  the  Woods^ 
in  this  Kingdome  afford  great  Store  of  those  deformed 
Annimals  called  Rhinocerots  [Plate  XII.],  and  many  of 
them  are  taken  younge  and  tamed*.  There  be  of  them  in 
4:he  Woods  of  Bengala,  but  noe  wild  Elephants  in  these 
Kingdoms^  although  the  Kingdome  of  Arackan  is  well 
stored  with  them,  and  is  but  a  neighbouringe  Country  to 
that  of  Bengala. 

gardens,  pagodas  and  other  grand  buildings.  It  is  situated  on  rising 
ground  because  of  the  great  inundations  of  the  Ganges  so  that  when 
the  water  is  moderately  high,  in  order  to  go  from  the  shore  to  the  town, 
in  some  places  you  must  climb  20,  30,  and  sometimes  40  stone  steps. 
On  the  landward  side  there  are  a  good  many  redoubts  and  towers,  which 
serve  more  for  ornament  than  defence.  From  one  end  of  the  town  to 
the  other,  throughout  the  whole  of  its  length,  stretches  a  large  street 
full  of  shops  where  a  great  trade  in  all  kinds  of  things  is  carried  on  and 
where  are  to  be  found  very  clever  workmen.  This  street  is  intersected 
right  and  left  by  several  others,  some  of  which  lead  to  the  country  and 
the  others  to  the  Ganges.  At  the  farthest  end  of  the  town  and  in  the 
highest  part  of  it  there  is  a  great  square  for  the  market,  also  a  very 
fine  palace  where  the  Nabob  lives  and  a  large  Kettera  [katrd,  a 
market-place]  where  are  to  be  found  a  number  of  people  of  divers 
nations  as  well  as  all  kinds  of  merchandise." 

Compare  also  Tavemier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  53,  "  Patna  is  one  of  the 
greatest  Cities  of  India,  upon  the  Bank  of  Ganges,  toward  the  West ; 
not  being  less  than  two  Leagues  in  length.  But  the  Houses  are  no 
fairer  than  in  the  greatest  part  of  the  other  Cities  of  India,  being 
cover'd  with  Bamboux  or  Straw." 

1  "We  ordred  you  formerly  to  make  a  contract  for  petre  with 
those  salt  men  who  come  with  great  droves  of  oxen  yeerly  through 
the  Woods  from  Pattana  ward  to  Orixa."  Letter  to  Balasor,  12th 
April,  1679,  O.C.  No.  4596. 

2  De  Graaf,  Voyages^  p.  73,  has  the  following  account  of  a  rhino- 
ceros :  "  The  Director  Jaques  Verburg  having  been  some  time  at 
Ougli  on  the  Compan/s  business,  returned  to  Cassambasar.  A 
present  was  made  to  him  of  a  young  rhinoceros  which  some  hunters 
had  taken  in  a  wood,  after  having  killed  the  mother.  •  This  rhinoceros 
was  about  five  feet  in  height.  It  was  of  a  pearl  grey  colour.  The 
skin  was  furrowed  and  rough  like  that  of  an  elephant ;  but  it  had  nO 
scales,  as  it  is  said  to  have.  The  head  was  large  and  thick,  and  its 
muzzle  very  large  and  wide ;  the  horn  was  beginning  to  grow.  This 
animal  was  a  sight  worth  seeing." 

3  Delesire^  however,  says  that  Bengal  abounded  with  wild  elephants. 
See  note  on  p.  220. 


PATTANA  223 

Soe  that  soe  farre  as  is  reported  of  them  to  be  Utter 
Enemies  to  the  Elephant  I  doe  confide  in^,  for  in  all 
Kingdoms  where  are  found  the  Rhinocerot  the  Elephant 
is  not  found  wild  there,  nor  dare  the  tame  ones  frequent 
the  Woods,  As  for  instance,  Pattana,  Bengala,  and  Java 
Major. 

Many  of  our  Countreymen  and  Others  in  Europe  doe 
take  this  Creature  to  be  the  Unicorne,  and  will  very  hardly 
be  convinced  from  that  theire  Opinion,  And  will  make 
no  Scruple  to  Say  that  our  Fore  Fathers  mistooke  in 
Limninge  his  true  Shape,  which,  if  soe,  was  a  very  grosse 
mistake  indeed,  for  noe  2  Creatures  in  that  can  be  more 
different.  But  I  doe  rather  Condemne  the  Errour  of  this 
present  age,  holdinge  with  them  not  any  further  then  this, 
that  this  is  a  Unicorne  as  it  is  a  one  horned  beast,  but 
I  cannot  Say  that  it  is  the  Unicorne.  For  Example,  I  saw 
a  home  of  about  13  or  14  inches  longe,  in  the  very  forme 
and  Shape  that  wee  picture  or  carve  a  Unicorn's  horne^ ; 
it  was  of  a  very  darke  gray  colour.  I  happened  acci- 
dentally both  to  See  and  handle  the  Same,  which  gave  me 
more  Satisfaction  as  to  the  Unicorne  then  I  had  before, 
which  Shall  be  Spoken  of  more  at  large  in  the  accompt  of 
Mocho  in  the  Red  Sea^ 

The  English  East  India  Company  have  a  Factory  in 
Pattana,  adjoyneinge  to  the  Citty,  whence  wee  have  all  (or 


^  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  277  f.,  "  It  is  also  believed  that  they 
[rhinoceroses]  are  enemies  of  the  elephants,  and  that  they  sharpen 
their  large  horn  against  flints  in  order  to  make  it  pierce  the  belly  of 
the  elephants,  where  their  skin  is  most  tender." 

2  Probably  a  horn  of  the  black  buck.  Compare  Schouten,  vol.  ii. 
p.  276  f.,  **  Some  have  thought  that  this  animal  [the  rhinoceros]  is  the 
veritable  unicorn  that  so  many  people  have  sought  without  being  able 
to  find.  For  my  own  part  I  am  persuaded  that  I  have  seen  elsewhere 
a  real  unicorn's  horn.  It  was  much  larger,  longer,  and  of  quite  a 
different  shape  from  that  of  the  rhinoceros  ;  what  I  remark  here  is 
only  my  own  opinion,  and  it  does  not  establish  the  point  as  a  cer- 
tainty." 

3  The  writer  has  not  carried  out  his  intention  to  describe  Mocha 
in  this  MS.     See  note  on  p.  103. 


224  PATTANA 

the  most  part)  of  the  Saltpeeter  Sent  yearly  for  England  ^ 
The  English  Chiefe  (by  name)  Job  Chanock*  hath  lived 
here  many  years  and  hath  learned  the  Persian  (or  Court) 
Languadge  as  perfect  as  any  Persian  borne  and  bred,  and 
hath  lived  wholy  after  their  Custome  (save  in  his  Religion), 
by  which  he  hath  obtained  vast  priviledges,  and  love  of 
the  Grandees  that  Sway  the  Power  of  the  Kingdome, 
and  is  dayly  admitted  into  the  Nabob's  presence. 

^  On  the  1 2th  December,  1669,  the  Council  at  the  Bay  wrote  to 
Fort  St  George  {Factory  Records^  Misc.  No.  3),  "The  Factory  house 
we  desired  your  Licence  to  build  without  Pattana  was  instead  of  that 
built  since  Mr.  Blake  being  Cheife  att  Singee  and  levelled  by  the 
Rains.  Pattana  it  selfe  is  not  a  place  to  manage  the  Peter  trade  in, 
yet  that  being  the  Residence  of  the  Nabob  that  Governs  that  Countrey, 
the  Chiefe  must  sometimes  repaire  thither... if  the  Factory  be  without 
the  Cittie,  nigh  the  place  where  the  peter  is  made,  the  Convenience 
will  be  very  great  in  Encreasing  the  Investments  and  Securing  the 
peetermen  from  Selling  what  we  have  bought  of  them  to  others....'* 

At  the  end  of  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  Master ^  pp.  331,  332,  there 
is  an  "  Accompt  of  Pattana  "  by  John  Marshall,  dated  in  Balasor,  the 
loth  Dec.  1676.  Rewrites,  "Pattana  lyes  in  the  Latitude  of  25  degrees 
and  [?]  minutes  inter  Gangem,  and  in  Pleasant  place,  the  Honble. 
Company  have  no  Factory  here,  but  what  hire,  nor  doth  the  Cheife 
usually  reside  there,  by  reason  the  Nabobs  Pallace  is  in  the  Citty,  and 
his  servants  and  officers  are  constantly  craveing  one  thing  or  another, 
which  if  not  given,  though  they  have  what  they  desire,  yett  they 
are  not  satisfied  therewith,  but  creat  trouble,  and  if  given  what  they 
desire  will  be  very  chargeable,  which  inconveniency  is  prevented  by 
Liveing  at  Singee,  which  lyes  North  of  Pattana  about  ten  or  twelve 
miles.  Extra  Gangem,  and  is  Scittuated  in  a  pleasant  but  not  whole 
[wholesome]  place,  by  reason  of  its  being  most  Saltpeter  ground,  but 
IS  convenient  by  reason  thereof,  for  Saltpeter  men  live  not  far  from  it, 
besides  the  Honble.  Company  have  a  Factory  at  Nanagur  which  lyes 
to  the  east  of  Pattana  (extra  Gangem)  about  4  or  5  miles,  there 
remaynes  Generally  a  banian  or  sometimes  only  Peons,  to  receive 
the  Peter  from  the  Peter  men,  which  lyes  there  abouts,  to  avoid 
carrying  it  to  Sing^ee,  which  would  be  chargeable,  and  when  what 
there  is  received  m,  its  weighed  and  put  aboard  the  Peter  boates 
there.  There  is  alsoe  another  place  about  15  or  16  miles  to  the 
westward  of  Singee,  whether  is  brought  all  the  Saltpeter  neare  that 
place,  and  put  aboard  the  boates  there...." 

"Wee  exceedingly  want  the  Peter  you  have  ready.. .we  would  have 
the  Warehouse  Keeper  see  the  weighing  of  all  Peter."  Letter  from 
Hugli  to  Patna,  25th  Jan.  1679,  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  5. 

2  Job  Chamock,  the  celebrated  founder  of  the  English  settlement 
at  Calcutta,  arrived  in  India  in  1655,  and  was  appointed  4th  at 
Kasimbazar  in  1658.  He  became  a  Senior  Merchant  in  1666,  and  was 
Chief  at  Patna  during  the  whole  time  comprised  in  this  "Account." 
See  Yule,  Hedged  Diary ^vo\,  ii.  pp.  45 — 100,  for  full  details  concerning 
Job  Chamock.     See  also  Wilson,  Early  Annals,  vol.  i.  p.  92,  note. 


PATTANA  225 

The  Dutch  have  a  Factory  here  alsoe^  for  procureinge 
of  Saltpeeter,  but  live  with  little  freedome  or  Enjoyment  of 
any  worldly  pleasures  here,  dareinge  not  to  presume  to 
Enter  any  of  the  Gates  of  the  Citty  without  leave  from 
Some  of  the  great  Officers^ 

All  the  Saltpeeter  is  Sent  hence  to  Hugly  in  great  flatt 
bottomed  Vessels,  of  an  Exceedinge  Strength,  which  are 
called  Patellas^;  each  of  them  will  bringe  downe  4,  S,  6000 
Bengala  maunds*. 

They  are  built  very  Stronge,  by  reason  of  the  most 
impetuous  Eddies  they  meet  with  in  some  places,  that 
force  them  many  times  Upon  one  Shoale  or  Other,  soe 
that,  were  they  not  Stronge  and  very  flatt,  they  wold  be 
in  greater  peril  of  wringinge  to  pieces  or  turning  bottom 
up.  Yet  some  years  both  the  English  and  Dutch  doe 
Suffer  very  Considerable  losses  by  them'. 

Many  Patellas  come  downe  yearly  laden  with  Wheat 
and  Other  graine,  and  goe  Up  laden  with  Salt  and  bees 
wax,  the  Kings  onely  commodities®. 

^  Compare  Tavemier^  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  53, "  The  Holland  Company 
have  a  House  there  [Patna],  by  reason  of  their  Trade  in  Saltpeter, 
which  they  refine  at  a  great  Town  call'd  Choupar  [Chuprah],  which  is 
also  scituated  upon  Ganges,  ten  Leagues  above  Patna." 

2  This  remark  seems  to  have  its  foundation  only  in  the  prejudice 
of  their  English  competitors. 

3  patela.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v,  Pattello.  The  writer  is  more 
accurate  in  his  transcription  of  the  patela,  a  large  flat-bottomed  boat, 
than  are  his  contemporaries.  Compare  the  following  :  "  Take  out  all 
the  goods  out  of  the  Pratelloes  and  relade  them  aboard  such  small 
Prattelloes  or  other  boates  as  may  bee  necessary."  Letter  from 
Hugh,  1 2th  Dec.  1673,  FcLctory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  4.  "  Dispatch 
Mr.  Allen  Catchpoole  to  Meirdanpore  with  directions  if  the  Pattelloes 
Can  by  Lightning  themselves  with  their  Small  boates  get  over  the 
Severall  Shoaldes  in  the  way  hence  to  Hugly  that  then  he  offer  them 
gratuity  soe  to  doe."  Letter  from  Hugli,  9th  Dec.  1679,  Factory 
Records,  Hugli,  No.  5. 

*  See  pp.  116  and  217,  and  notes. 

^  In  the  records  we  find  frequent  entries  like  the  following :  "  In 
the  storm  which  hapned  upon  the  first  of  January  [1681J  there  was 
a  Porgo  laden  with  the  Companys  Petre  drove  ashore  m  the  Bay 
about  Peply."    Factory  Records,  Fort  St  George,  No.  2. 

®  See  pp.  132  and  199  and  notes. 
T.  15 


226  PATTANA 

Notwithstandinge  Pattana  be  soe  fertile  to  afford  graine 
to  Such  a  plentifull  countrey  as  Bengala,  yett  in  the  yeare 
of  our  Lord  1670  they  had  as  great  a  Scarcitie,  in  soe 
much  that  one  Pattana  Seere  weight  of  rice  (the  plenti- 
fullest  graine  in  the  country)  was  Sold  for  one  rupee  the 
Seere  containing  onely  27  Ounces^  and,  in  a  few  months, 
there  was  none  at  all  to  be  had  at  that  rate,  in  soe  much 
that  many  thousands  of  the  Natives  perished  in  the  Streets 
and  open  feilds  for  want  of  food,  and  many  glad  to  Sell 
theire  own  children  for  a  handfull  of  rice^. 


^  ix,  6  oz.  short  weight.     See  p.  217  and  note. 

2  John  Marshall,  who  was  at  Patna  at  the  time  of  the  famine,  fully 
endorses  T.B.'s  remarks  as  to  the  privations  suffered  by  the  inhabitants. 
In  his  Notes  and  Observations  of  East  India^  he  chronicles  the  extent 
of  the  famine  from  May  to  August,  and  gives  various  details  concerning 
it,  as  the  following  extracts  will  show  :  "In  latter  end  of  May  1671 
there  dyed  of  If  amine  in  Pattana  about  100  persons  dayly  and  had  so 
for  3  or  4  months,  come  was  then  (vizt)  Wheate  7.\  Rupees  per 
Maund,  Barley  2  rs..  Rice  fine  4  rs..  Rice  Course  i\  rs.,  Beefe  i^  r.. 
Goat  flesh  2  rs.,  Butter  or  Gee  7J  rs.,  Oyle  7  rs.  per  maund  which 
consists  of  80  lb.  English  Averdepoiz...June  the  19th  we  came  to 
Pattana  from  Singee,  I  see  upon  one  peece  of  sand  about  the  middle 
way  betwixt  the  City  and  the  River  about  32  or  33  persons  ly  dead 
within  about  10  yds.  compass  from  the  middle  of  them,  and  so  many 
by  the  River  side  that  could  not  come  on  shore  but  by  very  many 
dead  corps,  also  aboundance  upon  the  sand  besides,  now  Rice  for  4  rs. 
per  Maund,  beeing  a  little  while  since  4  rs.  7  an.  being  somthing 
cheaper.  Wood  for  firing  4J  md.  per  Rupee,  Henns  5  and  Chickins  8 
per  Rupee,  tis  reported  that  since  the  beginning  of  October  there 
have  died  of  Famine  in  Pattana  and  the  suburbs  about  20000  Persons, 
and  there  cannot  in  that  time  have  gone  fewer  from  the  City  than 
150000  persons... great  number  of  slaves  to  be  bought  for  4  an.  and 
5  an.  per  peece  and  good  ones  for  i  r.  per  peece,  but  they  are 
exceedinge  leane  when  bought  and  if  they  eat  but  very  little  more 
than  ordinary  of  rice,  or  eat  any  flesh,  butter  or  any  strong  meat,  their 
faces  hands  and  feet  swell  immediately  exceedingly  so  that  tis  esteemed 
enough  to  give  them  at  first  \  seer  of  rice,  and  those  very  leane  \  seer 
per  day  to  be  eaten  at  twice.  The  Famine  reacheth  from  3  or  4  dayes 
journey  beyond  Bonarres  [Benares]  to  Rojamaul  [Rajmahal]....In 
Pattana  about  23rd  July  there  dyed  about  250  or  300  Persons  Dayly 
of  Famine  in  and  about  the  City  of  Pattana  Rice  being  5  rs.  5  an. 
per  Maund  best  sort...  August.  Before  the  famine  there  were  4000 
houses  inhabited  in  Hodgipore  [HajTpur],  and  but  now  1800  inhabited, 
and  out  of  them  many  have  dyed.... In  Pattana  in  1671  August  8th 
now  dy  dayly  here  of  Famine  2  or  300  persons  in  City  and  Suburbs, 
rice  now  7  seer  per  Rupee  or  5  rs.  11  an.  per  Maund  of  best  sort  and 
sometimes  none  to  be  bought  nor  bread  m  the  Bazar... upon  the  7th 


PATTANA  227 

And  yett,  at  that  time,  the  Nabobs  Chiefe  Wife  had 
Severall  very  large  Storehouses  full  of  graine,  and  wold 
not  dispose  of  any,  unlesse  they  wold  give  the  weight  of 
Silver  in  one  Scale  of  its  weight  of  rice  or  wheat  in  the 
Other.  But  it  pleased  God  to  frustrate  her  Covetous 
designe,  and  Sent  them  as  great  plenty  as  Ever  they 
had^ 

Severall  Sorts  of  boats  that  Use  the 
Rivers,  whose  Shapes  are  as  tiere 
followeth.     [Plates  XIII.  and  XV.] 

This  is  called  an  Olocko'.  They  row  Some  with  4, 
Some  with  6  owers,  and  ply  for  a  faire  as  wherries  doe  in 
the  Thames. 


[August]  2  Merchants  in  Pattana  threw  themselves  into  a  common 
well  and  drowned  them  selves,  now  a  terrible  sad  cry  of  poor  in  the 
Buzzar...no  course  rice  to  be  bought... some  dayes  neither  rice  nor 
bread  to  be  bought  in  the  Bazar...."  Here  follows  a  quaint  remark, 
"  Such  was  the  laziness  of  workmen  in  the  time  of  Famine,  That  in 
the  time  of  making  one  Casmeer  boat  for  the  Company,  Six  of  the 
Carpenters  died  of  Famine.... In  Pattana  and  the  Suburbs  died  in 
14  months  last  past  ending  6th  November  1671  of  the  Famine  135400 
persons....!  received  [nth  Dec.  1671]  an  Account  in  writing  out  of 
the  Coatwalls  Chabootree  [kotwdl  ka  chabutrd^  sherifTs  office]  wherein 
was  writ  that  in  the  12  months  last  past  there  had  died  in  Pattana 
and  the  Suburbs  of  the  Famine  103000  Persons  (vizt)  50000  Mussulmen 
and  53000  Hindoos  which  were  taken  notice  of  in  their  bookes  of 
Records."     On  another  page  the  number  is  given  as  90720. 

^  John  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations^  says,  "  The  most  of  the 
poore  that  go  hence  [Patna]  go  to  Dacca  for  victualls,  though  there  is 
thought  to  be  great  quantities  of  Rice  in  these  parts,  yet  through  the 
Nabobs  roguery  here  is  a  Famine,  and  also  somthing  from  the  Drynes 
of  the  last  yeare."  I  have  been  unable  to  find  any  allusion  to  the 
action  of  the  "Nabobs  Chiefe  Wife"  as  related  by  T.B. 

2  uldk.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Woolock.  Compare  the  following 
contemporary  spellings  :  "  I  have  sent  you  upon  this  Oolauck  Rs. 
500,"  Letter  from  Dacca  to  Balasor,  O.  C.  No.  3809.  "  Seaventeen 
chests  of  treasure  which  wee  have  sent  two  good  Oolocks  to  fetch," 
Letter  from  Hugli  to  George  Herron,  15th  Aug.  1680,  Factory  Records^ 
Hugli,  No.  5.  "You  are  hereby  enordered...to  lade  the  Same  \i,e. 
Timbers]  upon  U Hocks  and  Borees,"  Letter  from  Hugli  to  Capt. 
Hussey,  9th  Sept*  1684,  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  6.  "Ten  or 
twelve  WooUocks  to  unlade  these  boats.'*  Bengal  Public  Consulta- 
tions^ Range  i.  vol.  i.,  loth  Jan.  1704. 


228  PATTANA 

A  Budgaroo*  Or  Pleasure  boat,  wherein  the  English 
and  Dutch  Chiefe  and  Councill  goe  in  State  Upon  the 
water,  in  Use  alsoe  by  the  Moors  Grandees  or  Governours. 

A  Purgoo*.  These  Use  for  the  most  part  between 
Hugly  and  Pyplo*  and  Ballasore.  With  these  boats  they 
carry  goods  into  the  Roads  On  board  English  and  Dutch 
&c.  Ships.  They  will  live  a  longe  time  in  the  Sea, 
beinge  brought  to  anchor  by  the  Sterne,  as  their*  Usual 
way  is. 

A  Boora'  being  a  Very  floaty  light  boat,  rowinge  with 

^  bajra.  See  note  on  p.  190.  Compare  the  following  :  **  Basaras, 
which  are  a  kind  of  large  boat,  fairly  clean,  the  centre  of  which  forms 
a  little  room.''  Luiller,  Voyage  au  Golfe  de  Bengale,  quoted  in  Provost, 
Voyages^  vol.  xiii.  p.  80.  "  If  you  have  noe  Budgrees  with  you  'twill 
be  necessary  to  bring  2  or  3  Purgoes  downe  for  the  carriage  of  our 
necessarys,"  Letter  to  Balasor,  i8th  Aug.  1679,  ^•^-  No.  4644.  "You 
have  done  very  well  since  your  Factory  Budgroe  [is]  out  of  repaire  to 
keep  our  Budgroe  (that  wee  lent  hence  to  carry  up  Mr.  Meverell  and 
his  Wife)  with  you,"  Letter  from  Hugh  to  Patna,  26th  April,  1682, 
Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  6. 

2  This  word  of  doubtful  origin  probably  represents  an  Indian 
corruption  of  the  Portuguese  barca^  a  barge  and  also  a  sailing-boat. 
See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Porgo.  See  Ind.  Ant.^  vol.  xxx.  pp.  160 — 162, 
for  the  history  of  the  word.  There  are  frequent  references  to  this 
kind  of  boat  in  the  contemporary  records.  Compare  the  following  : 
"Advise  us  betime  by  land  that  wee  may  have  Porgoes  and  Pilots 
ready  at  the  Barr  foote  to  bring  her  [the  Ganges]  over  at  her  coming 
here."  Letter  from  Balasor  to  Hugli,  13th  Jan.  1673,  Factory  Records, 
Hugli,  No.  4.  "Tell  Mr.  Peachy... his  goods  are  on  board  of  a 
pergoo  for  Ballasore."  Letter  from  Hugli  to  Balasor,  13th  Nov.  1674, 
O.  C.  No.  4038.  "This  day  the  Purgoes  or  boates  (which  were  ordered 
to  goe  on  board  the  Shipes  upon  Saturday  last  when  I  came  ashore) 
returned  bringing  such  goods  and  Treasure  as  was  sent  for."  Diary 
of  Streynsham  Master^  Balasor,  ist  Sept.  1676,  p.  53.  "What  exquisite 
theives  the  Porgomen  are,  all  who  have  lived  anytime  at  Ballasore  can 
make  the  Honble.  Company... sensible  of"  Edmund  Bugden's  defence, 
19th  Aug.  1679,  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  2.  In  169 1,  1695,  and 
1698,  we  find  the  word  spelt  "Porgoe,"  "  Porkoe,"  "Porka." 

3  Pipli.     See  note  on  p.  162. 

*  "  their  "  refers  to  the  native  boatmen. 

^  bhar,  a  lighter.  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Bora,  where  the  word  is 
derived  from  bhada.  Compare  the  following  references  to  this  kind 
of  boat :  "  He  [Luiller]  met  more  than  500  Bouries  which  are  large 
Indian  boats  very  badly  built."  Provost,  Histoire  des  Voyages,  vol.  xiii. 
p.  83.  "  You  did  well  having  an  opportunity  to  let  out  the  Company's 
Borae  to  fraight."  Letter  from  Balasor  to  Hugli,  Factory  Records, 
Hugli,  No.  4.  "  By  the  Boraes  that  Carried  Goods  hence  send  hither 
good  sail  \sat\  timbers  of  12  in.  13  Covids  for  Beames  and  rafters  for 


PATTANA  229 

20  or  30  Owers.  These  carry  Salt  peeter  and  Other  Goods 
(from  Hugly)  downewards,  and  some  trade  to  Dacca  with 
Salt ;  they  alsoe  Serve  for  tow  boats  for  the  Ships  bound 
up  or  downe  the  River. 

A  Patella  ^  The  boats  that  come  downe  from  Pattana 
with  saltpeeter  or  Other  goods  built  of  an  Exceedinge 
Strength  and  are  Very  flatt  and  burthensome. 

The  onely  Commodities  of  this  Kingdome  that  are 
yearly  Sent  for  England  are  Saltpeeter*,  of  which  great 
quantities  are  sent  to  England  and  Holland,  with  a 
Considerable  investment  of  each  Nation  in  Codde  Muske*, 
which  is  here  found  to  be  very  good.  It  is  in  generall  taken 
from  a  Small  deere  of  about  2  foot  high,  of  which  this 

Countrey  doth  mightilie  abound*.     They  take  it  out  Upon 

3 

the  Warehouse  here."  Letter  from  Hugli  to  Balasor,  27th  Dec.  1678, 
Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  5.  "  Ordered  that  what  Boras  or  great 
open  boates  can  be  gott  be  taken  up  to  carry  the  peter  aboard  the 
Ships.''     Hugli  Diary,  27th  Oct.  1679,  Fcu:tory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  2. 

^  See  notes  on  pp.  148  and  225. 

^  Compare  Bernier^  p.  440, "  Bengale  is  also  the  principal  emporium 
for  saltpetre.  A  prodigious  quantity  is  imported  from  Patna.  It  is 
carried  down  the  Ganges  with  great  facility,  and  the  Dutch  and 
English  send  large  cargoes  to  many  parts  of  the  Indies,  and  to 
Europe."  On  the  i8th  Dec.  1676  the  Court  wrote  to  Hugli  {Letter 
Book,  No.  5,  p.  383),  "  Wee  would  have  you  send  a  sufficient  Stock  to 
Pattana  to  be  there  in  a  readines,  that  all  Opportunities  may  be 
taken  for  buying  Salt  Petre,  and  it  being  procured  to  send  it  away  by 
all  Opportunities  to  Hughly,  That  soe  wee  may  have  a  quantity 
alwaies  ready  for  dispatch  of  our  ships.... Wee  would  have  you  send 
what  Salt  Petre  you  can  to  the  Fort  by  these  ships... send  us  yeerly 
home  twenty  tunns  of  refined  white  Petre."  In  the  Hugli  Diary, 
under  date  4th  Dec.  1679,  is  the  entry  {Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  2), 
"  Ordered  to  endeavour  to  take  up  Rs.  20000  for  to  Pay  the  Petree 
expected  to  be  bought." 

3  See  note  on  p.  134. 

*  Compare  De  Graaf's  description  of  this  animal.  Voyages,  p.  72, 
"The  Director  returned  to  Cassambasar  in  order  to  examine  and  buy 
some  bales  of  silk.  A  present  was  made  to  him  of  a  sort  of  curiosity. 
It  was  the  skin  of  one  of  these  animals  which  produce  musk.  The 
skin  had  been  dried  and  filled  with  cotton.  This  animal  was  the  size 
of  an  ordinary  goat  or  sheep.  It  had  on  its  head  two  little  horns  black 
as  jet,  of  about  a  span  long.  The  bag  in  which  the  musk  was  enclosed 
was  still  attached  to  the  belly  of  the  animal."  Marshall,  Notes  and 
Observations  of  East  India,  p.  29,  has  a  very  quaint  account  of  the 
**  Muske  Deere." 


230  PATTANA 

the  full  of  the  Moone*,  but  not  every  full  Moone  out 
of  the  Same  deere,  by  reason  it  cometh  not  to  maturitie 
in  Soe  Short  a  time.  It  is  the  Navle  of  the  deere,  which 
although  cutt  out,  doth  wonderfully  grow  as  before. 

The  Great  quantities  of  Muske  brought  from  Cochin- 
China  and  China  it  selfe  is  for  the  most  part  taken  from 
this  little  Annimall  whose  shape  is  as  followeth  [Plate  XIII.]. 

From  Dacca  The  Chief  Commodities  brought  are  fine 
Cossas',  commonly  called  Muzlinge*. 

From  Cossumbuzar,  Sundry  Sorts  of  raw  and  wrought 
Silks*,  fine  Sashes'  and  Stripes'  interwoven  with  gold  and 
Silver. 

^  This  seems  to  point  to  a  superstition  similar  to  that  still  pre- 
vailing in  some  parts  of  Dorsetshire,  where  farmers'  wives  will  not 
have  a  pig  killed  when  the  moon  is  waning  for  fear  that  the  bacon 
should  shrink  and  turn  out  soft. 

2  khdssa^  a  cotton  cloth  still  used  in  India,  softer  than  longcloth, 
and  closer  than  muslin.  T.B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "Cassa,  Lawn 
or  Muslin  "  ;  and  Wilson,  Early  Annals,  vol.  i.  p.  187,  has,  ^''  khdsa,  a 
kind  of  fine  muslin."  Luiller,  Voyage  au  Golfe  de  Bengale,  quoted  in 
Provost,  Histoire  des  Voyages,  vol.  xiii.  p.  80,  says,  "The  Company 
gets  from  its  factory  at  Ougly...Casses,  which  we  call  double  muslin.*' 
See  HobsoH'Jobson,  s.v,  Piece-Goods,  p.  707.  Compare  the  following  : 
"[In]  1679  we  Sent  away  Cassaes  to  the  amount  of  rupees  72189.  3.  1 1." 
Letter  from  Dacca  to  Hugli,  13th  Nov.  1680,  Factory  Reeords,  Misc. 
No.  3,  p.  152.  "The  Cossaes  by  which  are  meant  Tangeebs  Jelosies 
and  such  like  Cloth... loooo  ps."  Letter  from  Hugli  to  Dacca,  Factory 
Records,  Hugli,  No.  5.  "This  year  1681  the  Honble.  Company 
endeavored  [?  ordered]  23000  ps.  of  thin  white  cloth  as  Cossaes  and 
Mullmulls  &ca  to  be  provided  at  Maulda  and  Decca.''  Hugli  Diary, 
nth  April,  1682,  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  3. 

3  See  note  on  p.  5. 

*  In  1676  (letter  dated  i8th  Dec,  Letter  Book,  No.  5)  the  Court 
ordered  from  the  "Bay"  31000  ps.  Taffaties  "so  as  they  be  of  good 
blacks  Colours  and  whites  according  to  our  former  advices." 

^  Turban-cloths.  In  the  Journal  of  Peter  Mundy,  I.O.  Copy, 
under  date  April  1637,  Relation  23,  p.  37,  we  have,  "A  Soldier  in  Red 
...a  Shash  on  his  Head  part  gold."  Compare  also,  Marshall,  Notes 
and  Observations,  p.  20  (reverse),  "Muxidavad  [Murshidabad]...here  to 
be  bought... Girdles  and  Sashes  which  come  from  Bonarres  [Benares]"; 
and  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Balasor  to  Hugli,  ist  June,  1672, 
Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  7,  "Another  night  appeared  Severall  men 
in  Armes  behind  our  factory  all  in  black  Coates  and  Shashes."  See 
also  Yule,  Hedges^  Diary,  vol.  iii.  p.  179. 

^  ue.  Cotton  cloth  interwoven  with  gold  and  silver.  "  The  parcel! 
sky  colour'd  gold  strip'd  stuff  your  note  mentions,  I   believe   Mr. 


PATTANA  231 

From  HuglyandBallasore,  Sanas^Ginghams^Orammalls^ 

Richards  made  Use  of  himselfe.'*  Letter  to  Kasimbazar,  19th  June, 
1674,  0,C*  No.  3972,  In  the  "  List  of  Goods  to  be  provided  at  the 
Bay''  in  1681,  Letter  Book^  No.  6,  we  find,  "Stript  Muslings  fine 
(Doreas)  21  yds.  long  i\  yd.  or  Ell  wide,  better  made  at  Hughly, 
Santapore  and  Maulda.'' 

^  Wilson,  Early  Annals^  vol.  i.  index,  s,v.  Sanah,  has,  "  sanahs^  a 
kind  of  fine  cloth."  Luiller,  Voyage  au  Golfe  de  Bengale^  c[uoted  in 
Prdvost,  Histoire  des  Voyages^  vol.  xiii.  p.  80,  says, "  Balassor  is  a  place 
celebrated  for  trade  in  fine  white  Calicoes  called  Sanas."  Sanahs 
were,  apparently,  not  a  popular  commodity  in  England.  On  the 
1 8th  Dec.  1676,  Letter  Book^  No.  5,  p.  387,  the  Court  wrote  to  Hugli, 
**  Wee  finde  you  have  this  yeer  sent  us  of  Sannos  34630  ps.  more  then 
Ordered,  and  so  you  doe  yeerly,  notwithstanding  all  wee  have  written 
to  the  Contrary."  With  reference  to  this  letter,  the  Council  at  Fort 
St  George  wrote  to  Hugli  on  the  7th  June,  1677,  Factory  Records^ 
Fort  St  George,  No.  18,  "They  [the  Honble.  Co.]  take  great  notice 
of  your  exceeding  so  much  in  Sannoes  and  being  so  short  in  Nillaes, 
Cassaes,  Humhums  &c."  On  the  4th  Jan.  1679,  ^^  Chief  and 
Council  at  Hugli  wrote  to  Balasor,  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  5, 
"  The  sending  home  Sannas  we  hope  will  not  be  unacceptable  to  our 
Honble.  Employers  in  that  you  Could  not  procure  the  quantity  of 
Ginghams,"  and  on  the  25th  April,  1682,  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  6, 
"Your  Sannaes  they  [the  Honble.  Co.]  say  are  also  generally  to  yellow 
they  should  be  better  drest  and  the  conjee  [starch]  have  more  blew 
in  it,  if  you  could  have  them  drest  as  white  and  as  fine  as  the  Beetelaes 
at  the  fort  they  would  sell  much  better,  as  they  now  come  some  of  the 
buyers  have  been  forced  to  send  them  over  to  holland  to  have  them 
new  whited  or  bleached  and  brought  back  again  to  England  to  sell.** 
There  is  reason  to  think  that  the  cloth  known  as  sanah  in  the 
17th  cent,  still  exists  as  sdlu^  a,  cheap,  fine  cloth,  generally  red,  in 
common  use  in  Bengal. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobsofiy  s,v.  Gingham,  an  Indian  Cotton  cloth.  It  is 
an  old  English  name,  probably  of  Indo-European  origin,  for  a  stuff 
made  of  cotton  yarn  dyed  before  being  woven.  "  Striped  Ginghams  of 
lively  colours  "  were  a  favourite  variety  in  the  i8th  century.  See  Ind, 
Ant.^  vol.  xxix.  p.  339,  for  the  spelling  "Gengam"  in  1746.  On  the 
i8th  Dec.  1676  {Letter  Book^  No.  5)  the  Court  wrote  to  Hugli,  "Wee 
would  have  you  directly  observe  to  send  us  the  goods  wee  order  and 
if  you  exceed  in  any,  let  it  be  in  Taffaties  Silk,  Nillaes,  fine  Cossaes 
and  Coloured  Ginghams... the  Colored  Ginghams  sent  are  all  Grayes 
stiff  and  without  gloss  ;  for  the  future  you  must  mix  them  with  Hair 
Colour,  Green,  yellow  and  Tawny,  to  make  them  more  soft.  Gentle 
and  Glossy."  Among  the  goods  to  be  provided  for  the  1679  shipping 
were  "Coloured  Ginghams  (of  divers  cloth  colours)  ten  thousand 
pieces,  and  as  many  peices  of  Nillees."     O.  C,  No.  4502. 

3  rumdl.  See  note  on  p.  133.  Compare  the  following;  "The 
Musters  [samples]  of  Rhumalls  we  have  received  and  finde  to  be  of 
the  same  sort  wee  have  this  year  contracted  for  here."  Letter  from 
Hugli  to  Balasor,  3rd  Sept  1680,  Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  5. 
"  Having  received  a  muster  of  a  mullmuU  ground  handkercheif  from 
Dacca  which  they  call  a  Rhumaul,  on  consideration  as  it  soe  much 
differs  from  a  Rhumaul  in  every  respect,  we  think  it  not  fitt  to  buy' 
any  for  our  Masters  account  this  yeer."  Hugli  Diary,  3rd  Oct.  1681, 
Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  3. 


232  PATTANA 

Cotton  yarneS  &c.,  which  goods  are  Embailed  in  the 
beforementioned  Factories,  and,  accordinge  to  Order  from 
the  Honourable  English  East  India  Company,  are  Sent 
On  board  the  English  ships  that  yearly  doe  arrive  and 
anchor  in  Ballasore  Roade,  and  thence  doe  Sett  Saile 
in  the  Month  December,  bound  up  to  Metchlipatam  and 
Fort  St.  Georg's,  where  theire  full  ladeinge  is  prepared, 
and  in  a  few  days  Shipped  On  board,  and  about  the  latter 
End  of  January  doe  Saile  intendinge  (God  assistinge  them) 
for  England. 

The  Staple  Commodities  brought  into  these  3  Kingdomes 
(namely  Orixa,  Bengala,  and  Pattana)  are  Scarlet^  broad 
Cloths  of  divers  colours,  Vermilion,  quick  Silver',  Brim- 
stone, Lead,  Coppar,  Ryals  of  8*,  and  Corall. 

All  which,  although  they  produce  but  little  per  Cent, 
yet  they  are  here  as  good  as  ready  Rupees  in  procureinge 

^  On  the  26th  Aug.  1667,  the  Court  wrote  to  Hugli  {Letter  Booky 
No.  4,  p.  97),  "The  Cotton  yarne  received  from  your  parts  is  crosse 
reeled  and  too  great  hancks  or  skeynes,  and  too  hard  twisted,  there- 
fore wee  desire  it  may  bee  in  small  hancks  or  skaines  and  reeled  straight 
and  something  softer  twisted,"  and  on  the  17th  Au^.  1674  {Letter  Book^ 
No.  5), "  Cotton  Yarne,  if  you  can  procure  that  which  is  very  good  and 
not  too  hard  throwne  you  may  send  50  or  60  bales  provided  the  price 
exceed  not  14  rupees  per  maund."  On  the  24th  Dec.  1675  the  Court 
ordered,  Letter  Book^  No.  5,  '*  50  or  60  Bales  Cotton  Yarne  each  3 
maunds." 

2  See  note  on  p.  160.  Compare  the  following:  "Make  a  hansome 
Present  in  our  Name  to  Yecknam  Cawne...And  doe  it  as  much  in 
Scarlett... as  may  be  acceptable."  Letter  from  the  Court  to  Fort 
St  George,  29th  Nov.  1670,  Letter  Book^  No.  4.  "We  have  here  in 
the  Godowne  2  Peeces  Scarlett,  and  2  Peeces  read  Cloth,  but  noe 
green  cloth."  Letter  from  Masulipatam  to  Fort  St  George,  3rd  Oct. 
1678,  Factory  Records,  Masulipatam,  No.  10.  "The  present  to  Shasteh 
Caune  the  Nabob... Scarlet  10  peeces.  Crimson  Cloth  15  yds."  Letter 
from  Hugli  to  Dacca,  ist  March,  1680,  Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  5. 

3  The  demand  in  Bengal  for  vermilion  and  quicksilver  was  not 
large  enough  to  please  the  authorities  at  home.  On  the  12th  Jan. 
1665,  the  Council  at  Fort  St  George  wrote  apologetically  to  the  Court, 
"  Quicksilver  and  Vermillion  are  Dull  Commoditys,  from  the  Bay  they 
required,  by  their  advises  but  60  Mds.  of  the  First  and  30  of  the  latter." 
Factory  Records,  Misc.  No.  3.  In  1679,  however,  we  find  in  a  letter 
from  Dacca  to  Hugli  on  the  3rd  June  {Factory  Records,  Hugli,  No.  7), 
"  Wee  have  had  enquiries  often  for  Vermillion  if  you  please  to  furnish 
us  therewith." 

*  See  note  on  p.  114. 


PATTANA  233 

the  best  of  good[s]  in  the  Kingdome  without  any  losse, 
but  rather  15  or  20  per  Cent  gaine,  where  to  bringe 
Europe  vizt.  English,  Dutch,  or  French  Coyned  moneys, 
the  losse  is  more  then  soe  much  per  Cent.  But  the 
Voyadge  homeward  doth  make  sufficient  amends*. 

In  the  beforementioned  places  in  these  3  Kingdoms, 
the  English  Nation  in  generall  hath  freedome  of  in- 
habitinge  and  tradinge  free  from  all  manner  of  taxes 
and  customes  in  or  out,  the  like  priviledges  hath  noe 
Other  Nation  besides. 

All  which  was  procured  by  the  Ingenuitie  of  Mr.  Gabriel 
Bowden,  one  of  our  owne  Nation,  and  a  very  Eminent 
Doctor  of  Phisick,  sometime  Doctor  in  Ordinary  to  the 
great  Warriour  Emir  Jemla,  who  tooke  a  very  great 
Affection  towards  him,  and  was  most  courteous  and  Free 
to  him,  and  Especially  Upon  a  Notable  Cure  of  his  owne 
Lady  performed  (Under  God)  by  the  Doctor,  the  Nabob 
callinge  for  him,  Ordered  him  att  that  instant  to  demand 
what  he  wold  have  given  him  or  had  most  likeinge  to  and 
it  Shold  be  granted  in  Consideration  of  his  Loyal  Service 
and  care  of  the  best  of  his  familie.  The  Doctor,  highly 
Surprised  with  this  great  Person's  Generositie,  yet  soone 
considered  Upon  it,  yett  soe  as  not  to  be  greedy  of  any 
present  gaine  (onely  for  himselfe),  and  now  in  the  best  of 
time,  requested  that  the  English  Nation  might  Settle 
Factories  in  what  parts  of  the  Kingdomes  they  pleased 
and  be  free  off  all  duties  and  Customes,  which  then  was 
4  per  Cent  in  and  the  like  out  for  all  goods  dealt  in.  The 
which  was  noe  Sooner  demanded  but  as  readily  granted ^ 

^  The  author  is  a  competent  judge  of  the  lucrative  nature  of  Indian 
trade  at  the  time,  for,  as  he  states  in  his  Will  {^vide  Introduction),  he 
amassed  his  fortune,  which  was  by  no  means  inconsiderable,  by  trading 
in  India. 

2  Yule  quotes  this  passage  in  Hedged  Diary ^  vol.  iii.  p.  183,  and 
remarks:  "Indeed  this  MS.  curiously  illustrates  the  inexactitude  of 
even  twenty  years'  tradition.  For  it  seems  impossible  that  Mir  Jumla, 
who  did  not  come  to  Bengal  till  1659  should  have  been  the  Mahom- 


234  PATTANA 

with  Phyrmanes*  in  the  Persian  Languadge  that  the 
English  Nation  Shold  hold  that  Priviledge  soe  longe  as 
they  pleased  to  live  and  Settle  in  their  Dominions,  and 
many  Other  rewards  Liberally  bestowed  Upon  the  Doctor 
(One  beinge  rare  amonge  the  Mahometants)*. 


medan  patron  from  whom  Boughton  (who  died  some  years  earlier) 
obtainea  trading  privileges  for  his  countrymen."  T.  B.'s  version  of  the 
way  in  which  Boughton  obtained  a  farfndn  is  given  in  all  good  faith 
by  Stewart,  History  of  Bengal ,  pp.  251  and  252,  and  the  arguments 
against  it  are  to  be  found  in  Yule,  Hedged  Diary,  vol.  iii.  pp.  167  and 
168.  See  also  Wilson,  Early  Annals,  vol,  i.  pp.  23 — 29.  However, 
the  following  passage  from  the  Court  Book  of  1674,  vol.  29,  under  date 
4th  September  in  that  year,  seems  to  prove  that  Gabriel  Boughton's 
farman  was  a  reality,  although  not  granted  by  Mir  Jumla:  "On 
reading  a  Report  from  the  Committees  for  the  Coast  and  Bay  touching 
the  phirmands  granted  to  the  Company  for  trading  in  the  Bay  of 
Bengala,  According^  to  an  order  of  Court  dated  the  of         We 

have  discoursed  with  Mr.  Bridges  and  others  concerning  the  Phir- 
maund  or  patent  for  trade  granted  the  English  by  the  Prince  of 
Bengala ;  and  we  find  that  it  was  first  procured  by  one  Mr.  Bowden 
a  'Chyrurgeon,  and  gave  the  English  onely  libertie  to  trade  paying 
Custom  according  to  the  Kings  phirmand  but  was  altered  and  made 
to  pay  noe  Custom  according  to  the  Kings  Phirmaund.  That  after- 
wards there  was  another  Phirmaund  thought  to  be  more  advantageous 
to  the  trade  of  the  English  procured  by  Mr.  Gauton  and  Billidge..." 

^  farm&n.     See  note  on  p.  142. 

2  Here  the  MS.  suddenly  breaks  off  and  there  is  a  blank  of  two 
pages.  Then  follow  the  three  headings  arackan,  pegu  and  tanas- 
SAREE.  It  was  evidently  the  authors  intention  to  write  at  length 
on  these  places  as  spaces  are  left  for  the  purpose.  The  missing 
descriptions  may  have  figured  in  the  "Ms  in  a  green  cover"  be- 
queathed to  the  East  India  Company  {vide  Introduction),  or  the 
incompleteness  of  the  1669— 1679  "Account''  may  be  due  to  the 
death  of  the  author  while  engaged  in  the  work. 


JANSELONE  235 


Oedjange  =  Salange,  commonly  called 


JANSELONE^ 

Is  an  Island  that  lyeth  to  the  Southward  of  all  the  Isles  of 
Tanassaree^,  nearest  middway  betweene  that  and  Queda. 
The  North  end  of  it  lyeth  in  Lattitude  North  08°  50" ;  the 
South  End  in  07° 35''  Lattitude  North.     It  is   almost  in 


^  This  is  a  valuable  contribution  to  the  history  of  the  word.  The 
modem  term  Junk-Ceylon  no  doubt  takes  its  name  from  Ujung 
Salang,  i.e.  Salang  Head,  the  southern  extremity  of  the  island  Salang. 
Crawfurd,  Desc.  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Is.,  s.v.  Ujung,  says,  "  Ujung  in 
Malay  and  Javanese,  signifies  point,  or  sharp  end,  and  is  also  fre- 
quently applied  to  a  point  of  land,  or  headland,  promontory,  or  tongue 
...We  have  an  example  of  it  in  the  name  of  the  island  called  by 
Europeans  Junk-Ceylon  ;  and  which  is  in  reality  the  name  of  a 
promontory  of  that  island,  called  by  the  Malays  Ujung-Salang,  or 
the  point  of  Salang."     Other  derivations  are  as  follow : 

Forrest,  Voyage  to  the  Mergui  Archipelago,  remarks  on  the  deriva- 
tion of  "Jan  Sylan^"  p.  30,  "  Probably  the  name  was  given  to  it  before 
it  became  an  island  at  high  water,  and  before  it  was  disjoined  from 
the  cohtinent  as  it  is  at  present :  the  word  oojong  being  a  Malay  word 
signifying  point,  and  the  inhabitants  in  general  speaking  Malay,  from 
their  mtercourse  with  that  people,  had  it  been  considered  as  an  island, 
the  word  pulo,  signifying  island  in  the  same  tongue,  a  word  of  easy 
pronunciation,  if  once  affixed  to  it,  would  most  probably  never  have 
left  it." 

In  Hobson-Jobson,  ed.  1903,  we  find,  on  the  other  hand,  s.v.  Junk- 
Ceylon,  "  Mr.  Skeat  doubts  the  correctness  of  this  (the  hitherto 
accepted  derivation).  "  There  is  at  least  one  quite  possible  alternative, 
i.e.  Jong  salang,  in  which  jong  means  'a  junk,'  and  salang,  when 
applied  to  vessels,  *  heavily  tossing.'  Another  meaning  of  salang  is 
*to  transfix  a  person  with  a  dagger,'  and  is  the  technical  term  for 
Malay  executions,  in  which  the  kris  was  driven  down  from  the  collar- 
bone to  the  heart."  " 

In  a  collection  of  maps  reproduced  in  vol.  27  of  Annates  du  Musde 
Guimet  (Le  Siam  Ancien),  it  is  curious  to  note  that  up  to  1688  Junk- 
Ceylon  is  marked  as  a  town  on  the  mainland.  In  a  map  of  the  middle 
of  the  i6th  century  we  have  "Jusalam";  in  a  map  by  Van  Langren 
1595,  "Jungalaon";  in  a  map  of  1613,  "Junsalam";  in  a  map  by 
Placide,  circ.  1688,  "Junsalaon,"  for  the  first  time  as  an  island;  in  a 
map  by  Gneudeville  171 3 — 1719,  "Junsalan";  and,  finally,  in  a  map 
by  Robert,  1751,  " Jonkseilon."  "Junsalaon"  is  an  "island"  in  Ralph 
Fitch's  journey,  1583 — 91,  in  Hakluyt,  reprint,  vol.  v.  p.  498. 

^  i.e.  the  Mergui  Archipelago. 


236  JANSELONE 

the  forme  of  the  Island  Ceylone  but  not  more  then  a  Sixth 
part  soe  larger 

I[t]  wholy  belongeth  to  the  Kinge  of  Syam,  and  he 
hath  a  Governour  here,  whom  the  Natives  Entitle  Radja 
(vizt.)  Kinge*,  as  indeed  he  is  a  Vice  Kinge  to  the  great 
Kinge  of  Syam*. 

The  Inhabitants  Up  in  the  Countrey  are  Naturall 
Syamers*,  for  the  most  part  a  very  Civil  good  humored 


^  Compare  the  following  differing  descriptions  of  the  size  of  this 
island :  Dunn,  East-Indies  Directory^  p.  337  f.  says,  "  The  body  of 
Junk-seilon  Island  lies  in  latitude  8**  15' N.  Its  shape  is  irregular; 
extending  from  north  to  south  about  18  leagues.  On  the  east  side  of 
it  are  very  good  harbours  which  you  may  safely  put  into."  Forrest, 
Voyage  to  the  Mergui  Archipelago^  p.  29,  gives  the  extent  of  "Jan 
Sylan"  as  "about  40  miles  long  and  15  broad."  Milbum,  Oriental 
Commerce,  vol.  ii.  p.  291,  says,  "Junkceylon.  This  island  is  divided 
from  the  continent  by  a  narrow  isthmus  of  sand,  about  a  mile  in 
length,  and  half  a  mile  in  breadth,  and  is  covered  at  high  water ;  it 
shuts  up,  on  the  north  part,  an  excellent  harbour  called  Popra  where 
a  vessel  drawing  20  feet  water  may  get  in  on  the  springs  over  a  mud 
bar.  The  island  extends  from  the  latitude  of  8°  9'  to  7°  46'  North,  and 
is  about  24  miles  long,  and  10  broad."  In  Bowring's  Siam,  vol.  i. 
p.  32,  we  find,  "  Salanga  or  Junk  Ceylon,  in  lat.  8",  is  sixteen  miles  in 
length  and  six  in  breadth  ;  on  the  east  it  has  several  harbours.'* 
Lancaster  {Hakluyt,  reprint,  vol.  vi.  p.  398)  in  1592,  "departed  thence 
[Malaca]  to  a  Baie  in  the  kingdom  of  Junsalaom,  which  is  between 
Malacca  and  Pegu  eight  degrees  to  the  Northward." 

2  For  Raja  see  pp.  39,  108,  128,  and  note  on  p.  39. 

^  T.  B.  in  the  "Dialogues"  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet,  has, 
"Junsalon  to  the  North  of  Quedah,  is  under  the  Government  of  the 
King  of  Siam,  the  people  and  Language  is  Malayo."  Alex.  Hamilton, 
East  Indies,  vol.  ii.  p.  68,  says,  "  The  next  Place  of  any  Commerce  on 
this  Coast  [after  Mergui],  is  the  Island  of  Junkceyloan,  it  lies  in  the 
Dominions  of  the  King  of  Siam." 

When  Forrest  visited  Junk-Ceylon  in  1784,  the  Viceroy  from 
Siam  had  three  assistants:  "Terowa...here  resides  Peepeemont,  the 
governor,  or  viceroy,  from  the  court  of  Siam.  This  governor,  when 
I  was  there  in  1784,  had  three  assistants,  or  perhaps  rather  colleagues, 
as  they  partook  of  his  power :  their  names  were  Pee-Tukerat,  Pee- 
Siring,  and  Pee-Lancrac.  Each  of  these  officers  had  about  sixty 
followers,  a  kind  of  retainers,  who  in  a  great  measure  live  on  the 
community ;  for,  receiving  little  pay,  they  oppress  the  inhabitants." 

In  1785  the  Burmans  attempted  to  gain  possession  of  Junk- Ceylon, 
but  were  repulsed  with  loss.  In  18 10  they  made  a  more  successful 
attempt,  but  only  retained  possession  of  the  island  for  a  few  months, 
when  the  Siamese  recaptured  it. 

*  Compare  De  Chaumont,  Embassy  to  the  Court  of  Siam^  1687, 
p.  85  f,  "The  Siamoises...are  a  People  very  docible,  which  proceeds 


JANSELONE  237 

people;  but  downe  att  the  Sea  Ports  most  of  the  In- 
habitants are  Malay ars*,  a  very  roguish  Sullen  ill  natured 
people,  and  Seldome  or  never  that  any  Ship  or  Vessell 
doth  arrive  here  to  trade  with  them,  but  there  is  Either 
robbery  or  Murther  comitted  by  them,  to  the  damadge 
of  the  Forraigner ;  and  then  immediately  they  give  it  out 
that  the  Saleeters'  came  up  to  the  towne  in  the  night  and 
committed  that  and  many  more  Villanies,  when  I  my  Selfe 
have  knowne  it  to  be  the  Malayers  themselvs  that  dwell 
here,  namely  in  Banquala. 

The   Saleeters^   are   absolute    Piratts,    and    are    often 

rather  from  their  nature  which  desires  cjuiet,  than  any  other  cause." 
Mandelslo^  p.  103,  thus  describes  the  Siamese  :  "  The  Siameses  are 
comely  and  well  proportioned,  but  ill  Souldiers,  though  cruel  and 
insolent  enough  after  victory.  They  are  rather  black  then  brown, 
ingenious  in  Commerce,  but  they  are  cautious,  diffident,  dissemblers, 
unconstant,  false,  and  lyars.  The  Men  are  lazy,  and  care  for  no 
employment  which  requires  labour,  such  they  leave  to  their  Women 
and  Slaves,  leaving  affairs  and  husbandring  of  land  to  their  charges, 
while  they  walk  the  streets  or  make  their  addresses  at  Court." 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v,  Malay.  Crawfurd,  Did.  of  the  Indian 
Islands^  s.v.  Malay,  says,  "The  word  is  correctly  Malayu  in  the 
language  of  the  Malays  them  selves...  A  people  of  the  brown  com- 
plexioned  race,  with  lank  hair,  speaking  the  Malay  language  is  found 
m  greater  or  lesser  numbers  all  over  the  Archipelago."  In  his  Embassy 
to  the  Court  of  Siam,  p.  346,  Crawfurd  also  remarks,  "The  Siamese  are 
favourably  distinguished  from  their  neighbours,  the  Malays,... by  the 
absence  of  that  implacable  spirit  of  revenge  which  forms  so  prominent 
a  feature  in  the  character  of  the  latter." 

2  The  Saleeters  are  evidently  identical  with  the  people  called  by 
the  Portuguese  writers  Cellates  and  Saletes.  Crawfurd,  Diet,  of 
the  Indian  Islands^  s.v.  Malacca,  quotes  from  De  Barros'  account 
of  the  foundation  of  Malacca:  "A  fugitive  from  Java... arrived  in 
Singapore... The  prince  received  him  hospitably,  but  in  requital  was 
assassinated  by  him,  with  the  aid  of  his  Javanese  followers  and  of  a 
certain  people  called  Cellates... Eventually,  along  with  2000  Javanese 
followers  he  settled  at  Malacca,  on  the  invitation  of  some  of  the 
Cellates,  who  had  themselves  taken  refuge  on  the  banks  of  the  river 
of  that  place."  Crawfurd  goes  on  to  say,  "  Who  these  Cellates  were  is 
certain  enough.  The  word  is  a  Portuguese  formation,  from  the  Malay 
word  Sdlat^  a  strait  or  frith,  and  at  full  length  in  this  language  would 
be  orang'Sdlaty  or  men  of  the  narrow  seas... The  Cellates  were,  in  fact, 
the  well  known  orang-laut^  or  men  of  the  sea,"  of  the  present  time, 
famous  all  over  the  Archipelago  for  their  piscatory  and  predatory 
habits.  They  are  correctly  described  by  De  Barros,  who  calls  them 
"  a  people  who  dwell  on  the  sea,  and  whose  occupation  it  is  to  rob  and 
to  fish."    Godinho  de  Eredia,  Malaca,  VInde  Meridionale^  translated 


238  JANSELONE 

cruiseinge  about  Janselone  and  Pullo  Sambelon*  &c.  Isles 
neare  this  Shore.  They  are  Subject  to  noe  manner  of 
Goverment,  and  have  many  cunninge  places  to  hide  them- 
selves and  theire  men  of  warre  Prows*  in  Upon  the  Maine 
of  the  Malay  Shore. 

There  are  3  Sea  Ports  Upon  this  Island,  vizt.  Banquala, 


into  French  by  Janssen,  says,  p.  i,  "  Before  the  foundation  of  Malaca, 
Saletes,  a  fishing  people,  gathered  in  this  neighbourhood,  in  the 
shadow  of  the  trees  which  produce  mirobolans.  These  fishermen 
made  use  of  pointed  javelins  called  *  soligues,'  and  threw  them  with 
so  much  skill  that  they  transfixed  the  fish  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea 
with  them." 

Of  the  "  Saleeters "  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  68  f 
says,  "  Between  Merjee  [Mergui]  and  Jonkceyloan  there  are  several 
good  Harbours  for  Shipping,  but  the  Sea-coast  is  very  thin  of  In- 
habitants, because  there  are  great  Numbers  of  Freebooters,  called 
Salleiters,  who  inhabit  Islands  along  the  Sea-coast,  and  they  both  rob, 
and  take  People  for  Slaves,  and  transport  them  for  Atcheen,  and  there 
make  Sale  of  them,  and  Jonkceyloan  often  feels  the  Weight  of  their 
Depredations." 

Crawfurd,  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Islands^  s.v.  Malay  Peninsula,  p.  257, 
speaking  of  a  river- tribe  near  Singapore,  says,  "  This  tribe  takes  its 
name,  Saletar,  from  a  creek  in  the  island  of  Singapore."  This  creek 
must  be  the  same  meant  by  Alex.  Hamilton  when  he  says,  vol.  ii. 
p.  93,  "  The  smallest  [entrance  into  the  river]  is  from  the  Westward, 
called  by  Europeans  the  Streights  of  Sincapure,  but  by  the  Natives 
Salleta  de  Brew.  It  runs  along  the  Side  of  Sincapure  Island. for  5  or 
6  Leagues  together,  and  ends  at  the  great  river  of  Johore." 

The  modem  Saletar,  however,  differs  widely  from  his  namesake 
of  three  centuries  ago,  and  is  very  far  from  rising  to  the  dignity  of 
a  pirate. 

The  following,  quoted  by  Yule,  Hedged  Diary ^  vol.  iii.  p.  107,  may 
refer  to  the  once  dreaded  Saletars:  "An  other  Pyrat  took  [in  1707] 
two  vessells  from  Bengali  bound  for  Acheen  and  Junk  Ceilone  off 
Negraise,  the  other  wee  don't  hear  of  yet,  but  are  in  paine  for  our 
China  Ships." 

A  possible  derivation  for  Saleeter  is  Sri-lohita^  the  Rdmdyana 
name  for  the  Andaman  Sea  and  the  Straits  of  Singapore,  which  the 
Arabs  transliterated  by  Shelaheth^  and  the  modem  Malays  through 
the  Arabs  into  Selat  or  the  Straits,  whence  the  Portuguese  may  have 
got  Cellates  for  the  inhabitants  of  the  Straits. 

^  A  small  group  of  islands  on  the  South-west  coast  of  the  Malay 
Peninsula,  so  called  from  the  Malay  word  sambilan^xixn^. 

2  Prow,  praUy  a  generic  term  for  any  kind  of  sailing  vessel, 
especially  for  those  taking  cargoes  and  passengers  to  and  from  the 
early  travellers'  ships.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Prow.  See  also  Ind, 
Ant.^  vol.  XXX.  p.  161  f.  for  an  exhaustive  article  on  the  prow.  Damfiier^ 
vol.  i.  p.  298  f,  has  a  long  description  of  "Proes,  a  sort  of  Indian 
Boats.'*^ 


JANSELONE  239 

Buckett,  and  Luppoone  \  all  very  Excellent  roads,  but  the 
barrs  or  Entrances  into  the  Rivers  are  Very  Shoale,  not 
affordinge  more  then  7  foot*. 

The   Whole    Island    affordeth    nothinge    Save   Some 


^  The  absence  of  any  early  maps  of  the  Island  of  Junk-Ceylon 
makes  it  very  difficult  to  identify  T.  B.*s  three  ports  with  any 
certainty.  The  only  one  about  which  there  seems  very  little  doubt 
is  Buckett  (Malay  ^«^//=hill)  which  appears  as  Puquet  in  an  early 
1 8th  century  map  {Add.  MS,  15319,  Nos.  11  and  15),  and  still  exists 
as  Puket  or  Tonkah  Harbour.  It  lies  on  the  East  of  the  island,  with 
the  town  of  Puquet  situated  on  a  narrow  inlet. 

Banquala  {dan,  village,  kwala^  mouth  of  a  river)  was  probably  so 
called  from  its  situation.  T.  B.  says,  later  on,  that  it  was  on  the 
S.W.  of  the  island,  and  therefore  it  may  be  identical  with  the  present 
Khelong  Bay,  which  however  is  almost  due  South. 

In  the  early  i8th  century  map,  noted  above,  the  only  two  ports 
marked  besides  Puquet,  are  Putom  on  the  West  and  Lampacao  on 
the  South.  Putom  is  mentioned  by  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^ 
vol.  ii.  p.  69,  "  The  North  End  of  Jonkceyloan  lies  within  a  Mile  of 
the  Continent,  but  the  South  End  is  above  three  Leagues  from  it 
Between  the  Island  and  the  Continent  is  a  good  Harbour  for  Shipping 
in  the  South-west  Monsoons,  and  on  the  West  Side  of  the  Island 
Puton  Bay  is  a  safe  Harbour  in  the  North-east  Winds."  Putom  now 
appears  to  be  called  Ban  Karon,  a  sea-port  on  a  stream  flowing  into 
Au  Karon  or  Karon  Bay.  There  is,  however,  no  ground  for  connecting 
it  with  Banquala. 

Luppoone  presents  another  difficulty.  T.  B.  speaks  of  two  places 
bearing  this  name,  the  port  mentioned  above,  and,  later  on,  an  mland 
place  in  the  middle  of  the  island,  the  residence  of  the  raja.  I  am 
inclined  to  think  that  the  port  Luppoone  is  only  T.  B.'s  rendering  of 
the  Malay  word  labuhan,  i.e.  the  harbour,  and  that  this  particular 
harbour  is  the  present  Tharua  Harbour  on  the  East  of  the  island. 
From  Tharua  a  small  river  leads  inland  to  the  town  Tharua  (the 
Terowa  of  Forrest).  Close  by  this  place  are  the  villages  Ban  Lipon 
and  Ban  Lipon  Thai,  i.e.  the  Village  of  Lipon  and  the  Siamese  (Thai) 
Village  of  Lipon.  It  seems  reasonable  to  conjecture  that,  in  T.  B.'s 
time  Lipon  was  the  capital  of  the  island,  and  that  he  either  confused 
Lipon  with  Labuhan,  and  pronounced  them  both  alike,  or  that,  as  is 
the  case  at  the  present  day,  the  chief  town  and  the  harbour  nearest  to 
it  bore  the  same  name. 

2  Compare  Horsburgh,  East  India  Directory.^  vol.  n.  p.  26f ,  ed.  181 1, 
"  The  western  coast  of  Junkseylon,  stretches  nearly  North  and  South ; 
on  the  East  side  there  are  several  bays,  and  the  chief  one  where  the 
harbour  is  situated  about  4  leagues  from  the  South  East  point  of  the 
island  is  opposite  to  the  small  river  where  Terooa  the  principal  town 
stands  about  i\  mile  up  the  river.  The  great  passage  into  the  harbour 
is  on  the  East  side  of  the  two  Lalan  islands,  which  lie  off*  the  entrance 
in  lat.  7"  56'  north ;  and  the  anchorage  is  to  the  North  West  of  them 
in  4  or  4^  fathoms  mud,  with  the  little  Lalan  or  northernmost  island 
East  by  South  i  mile..." 


240  JANSELONE 

Elephants  and  tinne*  (that  are  fitt  for  transportation), 
and  tinne  they  have  in  abundance,  and,  were  they  indus- 
trious might  have  tenne  times  see  much.  All  the  traffick 
wee  have  here  is  to  trucke  Callicoes*  blew  and  white,  Iron, 
Steele,  knives  and  Scissars,  Small  Cushin  Carpets*,  Sugar 
&c.  commodities  for  tinne,  which  doth  here  passe  very 
Currant  for  ready  moneys. 

Very  few  Elephants  are  hence  transported  by  reason 
the  Duty  laid  Upon  them  is  very  great,  neare  soe  much  as 
the  Elephant  doth  cost,  soe  that  now  adays  none  are 
Shipped  ofif  by  any  Merchant  that  hath  not  the  Kinge  of 
Syam's  Phyrmane*  granted  him ;  if  soe  they  are  custome 
free. 

They  have  noe  Sort  of  coyned  monies  here,  save  what 

• 

1  T.  B.  in  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet,  has, 
"  Junsalon...its  Merchandize  is  only  Tin,  of  which  it  yields  about 
Four  Hundred  Bahar  Yearly."  In  his  list  of  words  he  gives,  "Calang, 
tin."  Compare  De  la  LoublrCy  pp.  14  and  94,  "this  Tin,  or  Calin...is 
soft  and  basely  purified,  and  a  specimen  thereof  is  seen  in  the  common 
Tea  Boxes  or  Cannisters  which  come  from  this  country  [Siam]...All 
the  Calin  is  his  [the  King  of  Siam]... excepting  that  which  is  dug  out 
of  the  mines  of  Jonsala  on  the  Gulph  of  Bengal:  for  this  being  a 
remote  Frontier,  he  leaves  the  Inhabitants  their  ancient  Rights,  so 
that  they  enjoy  the  Mines  which  they  dig,  paying  a  small  profit  to  this 
Prince." 

Compare  also  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  69,  "The 
Island  [Junk-Ceylon]  affords  good  Masts  for  shipping  and  abundance 
of  Tin,  but  few  people  to  dig  for  it,  by  reason  of  the  aforementioned 
Outlaws  [the  Saleeters],  and  the  Governors  being  generally  Chinese, 
who  buy  their  places  at  the  Court  of  Siam,  and,  to  reimburse  them- 
selves, oppress  the  People,  in  so  much  that  Riches  would  be  but  a 
Plague  to  them,  and  their  Poverty  makes  them  live  an  easie  indolent 
Life." 

Crawfurd,  writing  in  1828,  Embassy  to  Siam^  p.  418,  says,  "The 
richest  mines  of  Siam  exist  in  the  island  of  Junk  Ceylon,  and... the 
mines  are  probably  not  inferior  to  those  of  the  latter  [Banca]  in 
fertility." 

In  Miscellaneous  Papers  relating  to  Indo-China^  vol.  i.  p.  185,  we 
find  that,  in  1886,  the  population  of  Junk- Ceylon  was  reduced  to  about 
6000  souls,  and  the  annual  yield  of  tin  was  only  about  20  tons, 
as  against  the  80  tons  in  T.  B.'s  time,  and  the  500  at  the  time  of 
Capt.  Forrest's  visit. 

2  See  note  on  p.  5. 

3  i.e,  "  divans,"  the  cushioned  seats  of  the  East,  gaddt  in  India. 
*  See  note  on  p.  142. 


JANSELONE  24I 

is  made  of  tinne,  which  is  melted  into  Small  lumps^  and 
passe  very  currant  provided  they  be  of  their  just  weight 
allowed  by  Statute ;  and  are  as  followeth : — 

One  Small  lumpe  or  Putta'  valueth  here  3d  English 

One  great  Putta  is  2^  Small  ones  Value  y^d  English 

which  is  theire  Currant  moneys  and  noe  Other ;  but  if  wee 
bringe  Silver  or  Gold  massy  or  Coyned,  the  rich  men  will 
trucke  with  us  for  tinne  and  give  Some  advance,  10  or  15 
per  Cent  upon  the  moneys. 

When  wee  have  a  considerable  quantitie  of  these  Smal 
pieces  of  tinne  togeather,  wee  weigh  with  Scales  or  Stylyard 
52  pound  weight  and  ^,  and  melt  it  in  a  Steele  panne  for 
the  Purpose,  and  runne  it  into  a  mold  of  wood  or  clay,  and 
that  is  an  Exact  Cupine^  8  of  which  are  one  baharre* 
weight  of  Janselone  or  420  English  pound  weight. 

In  any  considerable  quantitie  of  goods  Sold  togeather, 
wee  agree  for  soe  many  Baharre  or  soe  many  Cupines ; 
when  a  Small  parcell,   then  for  soe  many  Viece*,  or  soe 


^  Compare  Forrest,  Voyage  to  the  Mergui  Archipelago  in  1783, 
"  Certain  pieces  of  tin,  shaped  like  the  under  half  of  a  cone,  or  sugar 
loaf  cut  by  a  plane  parallel  to  its  base,  called  poot^  are  used  on  the 
island  [Junk-Ceylon]  as  money;  weighing  about  three  pounds,  with 
their  halves  and  quarters  of  similar  shape :  if  attempted  to  be  exported 
without  paying  duty,  they  are  seizable.  This  encourages  smuggling. 
The  value  of  tints  from  12  to  13  Spanish  dollars  the  pecul  of  1331b. 
put  on  board  clear  of  duty." 

2  This  word  is  not  in  Hobson-Jobson.  It  is  Malay  patah^  a.  frag- 
ment ;  patah  kdchil,  small  fragment,  patah  bdsar,  large  fragment. 

3  Cupine  {taping).  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has  "  Coopang,  the 
name  of  a  Coin  passable  in  many  parts  of  India."  Crawfurd,  Malay 
Dict.^  has,  "  Kupang  (Du.  cupori)  a  copper  money,  estimated  at 
10  doits,  or  the  decimal  of  a  Spanish  dollar."  The  Japanese  kobang 
has  no  connection  with  the  Malay  kaping  of  very  low  denomination. 
See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxxi.  p.  51  ff. 

*  Baharre  {bahar).  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has  "Bahar  is  a 
weight  used  in  many  parts  of  India  and  the  South  Seas,  the  Bahar 
at  Achee  is  396 1.  iioz.  14  gr.  Averdupoizc.the  Bahar  [of  Junk- 
Ceylon]  is  445  Pounds  English  " ;  but  see  above  in  the  text,  where 
the  Junk-Ceylon  bahar  is  given  as  420  lbs. 

^  Viece  (viss).     See  note  on  p.  116. 
T.  16 


242  JANSELONE 

many  great  or  Small  puttas.     4  great  puttas  make  a  Viece, 
10  Small  ones  is  a  Viece\ 

The  Custome  is  here,  as  Soone  as  any  Ship  or  Vessel 
doth  anchor  in  the  Roade,  which  is  generally  in  the  Roade 
of  Banquala,  wee  goe  up  to  towne  with  our  boat  which  is 
about  4  or  5  miles  Up  the  River^  As  Soone  as  wee  come 
Up,  wee  are  invited  into  a  house,  where  Speedily  come  to 
waite  Upon  us  the  Shabandar^  and  the  King's  Secretary, 
with  Some  Others,  Some  to  looke  Upon  us,  and  Others  to 
heare  news.  They  Civilie  aske  many  questions,  as  whence 
wee  came,  and  what  Sorts  of  goods  wee  have  brought, 
of  what  burthen  wee  are,  how  many  men  and  boys,  and  of 
what  Nation  they  be,  how  many  gunns,  what  Store  of 
Small  arms,  powder  and  Shott;  to  which  questions  our 
answers  are  all  written  downe  in  the  King's  booke,  as  alsoe 


1  This  gives  a  table  (of  some  value  for  old  uncoined  Malay  ratios) 
for  Junk-Ceylon  in  1669 — 1679  as  to  weights  in  tin,  taking  the  viss  at 
its  most  persistent  standard  of  3^  lbs.  Av. 

2^  puttas  small  make  i  putta  large 

4  puttas  large              i  viece 
15     viece                          i  cupine 

5  cupine  i  bahar  of  420  lbs. 

See  /nd.  Ant.  vol.  xxxi.  p.  51  f. 

2  Milburn,  Oriental  Commerce,  vol.  ii.  p.  291,  says,  "The  place 
where  ships  generally  anchor  [in  Junk-Ceylon],  is  in  a  good  road,  well 
sheltered  behind  a  small  island,  joined  to  the  main  at  low  water,  in 
latitude  8"  10'  North... on  the  S.W.  side  of  the  island  is  another  good 
harbour  [?  the  Banquala  of  T.  B.],  where  vessels  occasionally  stop." 

3  This,  and  the  several  references  which  follow,  show  clearly  that, 
in  the  Malay  States,  the  Shahbandar  was  a  high  officer  controlling 
the  seaborne  trade.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "Sha  bendar, 
Custome-House  Officer  in  Chief."  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Shabunder. 
Godinho  de  Eredia,  Malaca,  p.  30,  has  "  Xabandar,  Officer  in  Chief." 
Compare  De  la  Loublre,  p.  83,  "Some  have  assured  me  that  the 
Siameses  have  the  Humanity  not  to  appropriate  anything  to  them- 
selves of  what  the  Tempest  casts  on  their  Coasts  by  Shipwrack  ; 
yet  Ferdinand  Mendez  Pinto  relates  that  Lewis  de  Monteroyo,  a 
Portuguese,  having  suffer'd  Shipwrack  on  the  Coast  of  Siam  near 
Patana,  the  Chahbandar,  or  Custom-house  Officer,  which  he  names 
Chatir,  confiscated  not  only  the  Ship  and  its  Cargo,  but  Monteroyo 
himself,  and  some  Children  ;  alledging,  that  by  the  ancient  Custom  of 
the  Kingdom  whatever  the  Sea  cast  upon  the  Coasts,  was  the  profit 
of  his  Office." 


\ 


JANSELONE  243 

the  Commander's  name,  and  is  Sent  Up  to  Luppoone^ 
(the  Place  of  the  Radja's  Residence),  Which  is  the  Chiefe 
towne,  and  in  the  very  middle  of  the  Island,  where  all 
the  Circumstances  are  read  before  him  and  his  councill, 
which  are  lo  or  12  in  number ;  and  Immediately  2  or  3  of 
the  King's  Elephants  are  Sent  downe  with  a  Considerable 
parcell  of  his  lifeguard  to  waite  Upon  the  Commander  up 
and  whom  he  pleaseth  to  bringe  alonge  with  him,  which 
is  a  Very  tedious  days  Journey,  through  the  Woods  and 
Swampy  places,  in  soe  much  that  the  guider  often  doth  lose 
his  way,  and  the  most  Sensible  Annimall*  of  his  owne  accord 
and  Sense  findeth  it  againe  to  admiration.  And  were  they 
not  a  very  Sure  footed  Creature,  the  riders  wold  often  be 
in  very  great  perill  climeinge  Up  and  goeinge  downe  those 
slipery  mountains,  which  are  in  many  places  soe  Steep  up 
and  downe  that  the  Elephant  is  constrained  to  hall  him- 
selfe  Up,  and  againe  to  ease  himselfe  downe  by  layinge 
hold  of  roots  and  bulks  of  trees  with  his  trunke,  and  more 
then  soe  in  many  places  where  the  Woods  and  Bamboos 
grow  very  thicke,  Soe  that  not  any  roade  or  Path  way  is 
to  be  discerned.  He,  to  gett  passadge  through,  breaketh 
the  bows  and  cleareth  the  Way  without  the  least  damadge 
to  his  Riders^ 


^  Probably  Lipon.  Se&note  on  p.  239.  When  Capt.  Forrest  visited 
Junk-Ceylon  in  1785,  Voyage  to  the  Mergui  Archipelago^  pp.  29 — 36, 
the  Governor  resided  at  Terowa  (the  present  Tharua,  a  little  to  the 
south  of  the  villages  of  Lipon).  Forrest  describes  Terowa  as  being  on 
a  creek  a  few  miles  from  the  coast.  He  says,  also,  that  the  Governor's 
country  house  was  8  miles  inland  ;  this  was  most  probably  on  the 
spot  known  as  "Luppoone"  in  T.  B.'s  time. 

2  i.e.  the  elephant.  Compare  De  la  Loubere^  p.  39,  "  Besides  the 
Ox  and  Buffalo.. .the  Elephant  is  their  sole  Domestick  Animal. ..for 
ordinary  service  they  use  only  the  Female  Elephants  :  the  Males  they 
design  for  the  war.  Their  Country  [Siam]  is  not  proper  for  the 
breeding  of  Horses." 

3  Compare  Forrest,  Voyage  to  the  Mergui  Archipelago^  p.  31  f., 
"  I  travelled  thither  [from  Terowa  to  the  Governor's  country  house, 
eight  miles  inland]... on  an  elephant,  through  a  path  worn  like 
a  gutter,  in  some  few  places,  where  it  was  over  a  flat  rock,  the 
path  being  worn  by  the  elephants  feet,  and  so  narrow  as  not  to  be 

16 — 2 


244  JANSELONE 

When  wee  come  Up  to  Luppoone,  the  King*s  Servants 
that  are  appointed  to  waite  upon  us,  carry  us  to  a  house 
that  is  allotted  us  by  Order  of  theire  Master,  and  is  indeed 
their  temple  of  Idols  placed  as  follows^  with  2  or  3  tombs 
of  the  deceased  Vice  Kings  adjoyneinge  therunto  in  form 
followinge,  whither  they  bringe  us  great  plenty  of  very 
good  provisions,  very  decently  dressed  after  the  Syam 
manner,  both  fish,  goat,  henns,  ducks  &c.  and  in  very 
good  Order.  The  Shabandars^  and  what  Others  of  the 
Chiefe  of  the  King's  Officers  wee  invite,  doe  very  Sociably 
sit  downe  and  eat  and  drinke  with  us,  as  it  is  theire 
Custome  not  to  abstaine  from  any  thinge  that  God  hath 
given  for  the  food  of  mankind,  weaveinge  all  manner  of 
Superstition  Used  by  most  Idolaters  besides  in  Asia. 

The  Next  morninge  wee  are  Sent  for  to  come  into 
the  Radja's  presence,  where  he  and  his  council  demand 
a  multitude  of  Questions,  the  most  important  of  which  is 
whether  wee  have  the  Kinge  of  Syams  Phyrmane*  to  trade 
there  or  noe.  If  he  finde  wee  have  it  not,  nor  the  Coppy, 
he  demandeth  and  will  have  10  per  Cent  custome  for  all 
the  goods  wee  have  On  board  our  Shipp  or  Vessell, 
Although  he  knoweth  very  well  that  The  English  Nation 
in  generall  is  free  from  all  Such  duties  in  the  Kingdom  of 
Syam  and  all  the  Provinces  and  Isles  thereto  appertaineinge, 
neither  dare  he  take  it  if  wee  wold  give  it  him,  although 
he  pretends  the  Kinge  of  Syam  hath  given  him  this  Island 
for  soe  many  years ;  but  all  this  is  onely  to  get  a  consider- 


above  an  inch  or  two  wider  than  his  hoofs  :  I  wondered  how  the  huge 
animal  got  along."  Compare  also  Bowring,  Siam^  vol.  i.  p.  220  f., 
"Without  the  aid  of  the  elephant,  it  would  scarcely  be  possible  to 
traverse  the  woods  and  jungles  of  Si  am.  He  makes  his  way  ds  he 
goes,  crushing  with  his  trunk  all  that  resists  his  progress ;  over  deep 
morasses  or  sloughs  he  drags  himself  on  his  knees  and  belly... He 
descends  into  ravines  impassable  by  man,  and  by  the  aid  of  his  trunk 
ascends  steep  mountains." 

^  There  is  no  illustration  of  this  temple  in  the  MS. 

2  See  note  on  p.  242.  ^  See  note  on  p.  142. 


JANSELONE  245 

able  thing  given  him  as  a  present,  which  wee  are  forced  to 
doe  to  the  Value  of  100  or  120  pieces  of  8^  or  he  will  find 
one  way  or  Other  to  hinder  us  in  a  greater  measure  in  the 
Sale  of  our  goods^ 

Aftej  wee  have  come  to  a  Composition  he  fea'steth  us 
royally  a  day  or  two,  or  more  if  wee  be  free  to  Stay ;  and 
dismisseth  us  downe  with  many  Complements  and  great 
attendants,  and  giveth  us  a  convenient  house  to  dwell  in 
dureinge  our  Stay,  and  doth  often  Send  us  henns,  ducks, 
coconuts^  Plantans^  &c.,  and  beats  the  Gunge*^  for  all 
people  that  please  to  buy  our  goods,  before  which  they 
dare  not  buy  any. 

Two  of  the  Grandees  of  his  Councill  must  alsoe  be 


^  See  note  on  ryalls,  p.  114. 

2  With  regard  to  customs  payable  by  foreign  vessels,  De  la  Loub^re, 
p.  83,  remarks,  "  In  the  Maritime  Governments,  the  Tchaou-Meuang 
sometimes  takes  Customs  of  the  Merchant  Ships,  but  it  is  generally 
inconsiderable.  At  Tenasserim  it  is  eight  per  Cent,  in  the  kind, 
according  to  the  Relation  of  Foreign  Missions." 

The  English  had  no  factory  or  settlement  at  Junk-Ceylon,  and  the 
references  to  the  island  in  the  period  covered  by  this  "  Account  *'  are 
scanty  in  the  extreme.  Bruce,  Annals^  vol.  i.  p.  24,  says  that,  at  the 
beginning  of  the  17th  century  the  Portuguese  had  a  station  at 
"  Junkselon." 

In  the  "Account  of  the  Trade  of  Metchlepatam "  by  Christopher 
Hatton,  at  the  end  of  the  Diary  of  Streynsham  M aster ^  pp.  337 — 339, 
we  find  that  the  native  ships  carried  on  a  trade  between  Masulipatam 
and  Junk-Ceylon,  "Arrivmg  first  in  the  yeare  1657  at  which  time 
I  found  this  place  [Masulipatam]  in  a  very  flourishing  condition 
20  Sayle  of  ships  of  good  burden  belonging  to  the  Natives  Inhabitans 
here  constantly  imployed  on  Voyages  to  Arracan,  Pegu,  Tenassery, 
Juncceloan,  Queda,  Mallaca,  Johore,  Atcheen,  Moca,  Persia  and  the 
Maldiva  Islands..." 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Coco. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Plantain.  See  p.  73,  where  the  writer 
describes  a  "  Plantan  tree "  as  "  beinge  a  Very  liquorish  thinge 
naturally."  Compare  Dampier,  vol.  i.  pp.  311 — 316,  "The  Plantain 
I  take  to  be  the  King  of  all  Fruit,  not  except  the  Coco  it  self  The 
Tree  that  bears  this  Fruit  is  about  3  foot,  or  3  foot  and  an  half  round, 
and  about  10  or  12  foot  high... When  the  Tree  is  full  grown,  the  leaves 
are  7  or  8  foot  long,  and  a  foot  and  half  broad... the  Fruit... is  so 
excellent  that  the  Spaniards  give  it  the  preheminence  of  all  other 
Fruit,  as  most  producing  to  Life... It  is  of  a  delicate  taste,  and  melts 
in  ones  mouth  like  Marmalet..." 

^  i.e.  sends  out  the  town-crier.     For  "gunge"  see  note  on  p.  196. 


246  JANSELONE 

Piscashed^  with  6  pieces  of  fine  Callicoes  or  Chint^  each  of 
them,  and  the  Shabandar  of  Banquala  with  3  pieces  Idem. 

The  most  Proper  and  beneficiall  Commodities  which 
are  for  this  place  be  blew  Callicoes,  vizt.  Longecloth'  or 
Sallampores*,  Cambayas*  of  8  Covets*  longe  Checkered 
with  blew  and  white  with  red  Striped  heads  and  borders'. 
Fine  and  course  Chint  of  very  Small  flowrs,  Sugar,  Cushin 
Carpets ^  Sope,  Iron,  Steele,  knives,  Scissars,  &c.  But 
20  bailes  of  Chint  and  Callicoes  is  Enough  for  J  a  yeare 
for  the  whole  country.  What  else  wee  bringe  hither  are 
Ryalls  of  8*  which  wee  alsoe  trucke  for  tinne,  att  the  rate 
of  28  dollars  per  baharre  ready  moneys,  and  40  upon 
trucke  for  our  Goods^^ 

Provisions  here  are  not  very  Plenty,  beinge  not  over 
well  Stocked  with  Cattle  nor  fowle,  but  Coconuts  and  fish 
they  have  in  abundance" ;  also  they  have  an  Excellent 
Sort  of  rice  here,  but  Scarcely  Enough  to  Subsist  with  the 


^  i.e.  presented.     See  note  on  p.  157.  ^  See  note  on  p.  71. 

3  See  note  on  p.  55.  *  See  note  on  p.  56. 

^  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has  "  Cayin  gaja,  Long-cloth,  a  sort  of 
Callico."  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v,  Comboy.  Compare  the  following 
in  a  letter  from  Fort  St  George  to  Masulipatam  {Factory  Records^ 
Fort  St  George,  No.  16),  "Wee  shall  provide  a  considerable  pro- 
portion of  the  Cargo  ordered... vizt... Salempores...Camboye9  as  many 
as  we  can."  N,  and E,  p.  16  for  8th  April,  1680,  has  "about  20  peeces 
of  Cambayas." 

•  See  note  on  p.  218.  ^  See  note  on  p.  230. 

8  See  note  on  p.  240.  ^  Dollars.     See  note  on  p.  114. 

10  These  rates  do  not  tally  with  those  quoted  on  p.  241.  If  the 
"putta  small  was  3^.  English,"  then  at  ^s.  the  Spanish  dollar  (Ryall 
of  8)  the  bahar = 60  dollars.  But  the  author  paid  28  dollars  in  cash  =  i  \d, 
for  the  putta  or  40  dollars  in  kind  =  2d.  for  the  putta.  However, 
Milburn,  Oriental  Commerce,  vol.  ii.  p.  291,  says  that  the  tin  in  his 
day  sold  at  Junk-Ceylon  at  "from  12  to  16  Spanish  dollars  per  pecul.*' 
Three  pecul  (pikul,  picul)=one  bahar:  therefore  at  36  dollars  the 
bahar  the  price  was  2\d.  the  putta,  and  at  48  dollars  the  bahar  it  was 
^d.  the  putta.  Wilson's  table  makes  the  price  ^d.  the  putta.  For  an 
examination  of  Malay  bullion  weights,  see  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxvii.  p.  37  ff. 

"  Compare  De  la  Loub^re,  p.  35,  "The  Sea  affords  them  [the 
Siamese]  very  delicate  small  Oysters,  very  excellent  small  Turtles, 
Lobsters  of  all  sizes,  and  admirable  Fish,  the  sorts  of  which  are 
unknown  to  us." 


JANSELONE  247 

whole  yeare.  Yet  rice  from  the  Coast^  or  Bengala  will  not 
Sell  Very  well  here  by  reason  'tis  not  soe  fine  and  good  as 
theire  owne  is,  yett  butter*  and  Oyle  from  Gingalee  or 
Bengala  turneth  to  a  great  accompt. 

It  is  a  Very  Mountaneous  and  Woody  Countrey^  not 
one  tenth  part  of  it  made  Use  of  more  then  by  the  Wild 
Elephants  and  Tygers.  The  best,  and  indeed  all  the  fruite 
this  countrey  affordeth  is  Coconutt^  Plantan*,  Sam  cau*, 
and  Betelee  Areca*,  Save  the  wild  Calabashes'  &c.  that 

*  ue,  the  Coromandel  Coast. 

*  Compare  De  la  Loubkre,  p.  37,  "Butter  does  hardly  take  any 
Consistence  there  [Siam]  by  reason  of  the  Heat ;  and  that  which  is 
brought  from  Suratt  and  Bengale,  through  Climates  so  extremely  hot, 
is  very  bad,  and  almost  melted  in  arriving  there." 

3  Crawfurd,  Embassy  to  Siam,  p.  9,  thus  describes  the  Western 
side  of  Junk-Ceylon,  "The  aspect  of  the  country  presents  a  perfect 
succession  of  hills  or  mountains,  apparently  so  close  upon  each  other, 
that  there  can  be  little  room  for  extensive  valleys  capable  of  affording 
room  for  profitable  cultivation.  The  whole  appeared  covered  with  an 
immense  forest,  and  not  a  single  habitation  or  a  single  patch  of  culture 
was  discernible." 

*  See  notes  on  p.  245. 

^  This  fruit  appears  to  be  the  large  orange,  known  as  the  pommelo 
or  shaddock.  T.  B.,  however,  in  the  "  Achin  "  section  has  a  separate 
description  of  the  "  Pumple  Moose."  Yet,  in  his  Malay  Diet,  he  makes 
the  fruits  identical,  for  he  has,  "Samaca,  a  Poomplemous,  a  fruit  in 
India."  Rumphius,  Herbarium  Amboinense,  vol.  li.  p.  97,  says  that 
"  Jamboa,"  a  term  equivalent  to  the  Portuguese  "  Samboa,"  was  used 
by  the  Malays  for  the  "  Pomplemoes."  T.  B.'s  "  Sam  cau  "  may  be  a 
variation  of  "Samboa."  Compare  De  la  Loubhre,  p.  23,  "Amongst 
the  sweet  Oranges  the  best  have  the  Peel  very  green  and  rough ;  they 
[the  Siamese]  call  them  Soum-keou  or  Crystal  Oranges.... They  give 
of  these  Soum-keou  to  their  sick."  Bowring,  Siam,  vol.  ii.  p.  255,  has, 
^'' Som,  orange;  Som-kiou-wang,  small  orange."  Dampier,  vol.  ii. 
p.  23,  in  describing  the  oranges  of  Tonquin,  says,  ^^Cam  in  the  Ton- 
quinese  Language  signifies  an  Orange.... The  Cam-chain  is  a  large 
Orange  of  a  yellowish  colour.. .the  inside  is  yellow  like  Amber.. .they 
are  not  denied  to  such  as  have  Fevers  and  other  sick  people."  In  the 
Premier  Livre  de  Vhistoire  de  la  Navigation  aux  Indes  Orientates,  par 
les  Hollandois,  1609,  in  a  description  of  Java  (1595),  fol.  38,  we  have: 
"En  lava  est  un  fruit,  qu'ils  nomment  Samaca,  grand  comme  un 
Citron,  de  couleur  tirant  sur  le  verd  rougeastre,  de  goust  aigre  et  plein 
de  jus,  ayans  dedas  des  grains  noirs :  les  feuilles  assez  semblables  a 
celles  de  citron  mais  un  petit  plus  rondes :  il  a  un  goust  aimable :  on 
le  confit  en  sucre,  et  on  I'use  comme  les  Tamarindes  contre  toute 
inflammation  et  fi^vres  chaudes." 

*^  See  note  on  p.  30. 

^  Pumpkins.     The  word  is  not  in  Hobson-Jobson, 


248  JANSELONE 

grow  in  the  Woods,  an  Excellent  food  for  the  Wild 
Monkeys,  but  noe  fruit  soe  plenty  here  as  the  Plantan 
and  Samcau  whose  figure  here  follow  [Plate  XIV.].  The 
Samcau  is  not  a  whit  pleasant  to  the  tast  Unlesse  it  be 
boy  led  in  fish  or  flesh  broth  or  else  Stewed  ^ 

There  are  Severall  wild  Elephants^  in  the  Woods  here, 
but  more  Especially  Tygers.  Once  when  I  was  up  att 
Luppoone,  Severall  of  the  Natives  went  out  (by  Order  of 
the  Radja),  and  Set  a  trapp  for  a  Tyger  that  often  resorted 
to  a  place  where  the  Radja's  goats  were  kept,  which  are 
not  very  plenty  here.  However  they  tooke  one  of  the 
Smallest  and  place[d]  him  for  a  baite  to  Trapan  the 
Tiger,  and  caught  him  alive  by  the  leggs,  which  done 
they  Seized  fast  his  mouth  as  alsoe  his  paws,  and  brought 
him  to  the  Radja's  house.  He  Sent  for  me  to  looke  Upon 
him,  and  although  I  thought  the  Sight  of  a  Tyger  noe 
novelty  to  me  (that  had  Seene  soe  many),  yet  this  proved 
one,  by  reason  of  his  colour  which  was  cole  black  ^  and 
although  his  body  was  but  of  an  Ordinary  Size,  much  lesse 
then  Some  I  have  Seen  in  Bengala,  yet  his  teeth  and  claws 
were  the  largest  that  ever  I  saw,  which  caused  mee  to 
looke  much  upon  them,  and  the  Radja  perceiveinge  that, 
ordered  one  of  his  Soldiers  to  knock  out  the  teeth  and 
claws,  and  gave  them  to  me,  which  I  thankfully  received 
and  as  a  great  raritie. 

The  Woods  that  adjoyne  to  the  Sea  and  the  Rivers  are 
Extraordinary  full  of  wild  monkeys,  some  of  them  of  a 
very  large  Stature  and  have  huge  great  teeth.     Where  any 

^.  This  description  of  the  "Sam  cau"  does  not  tally  with  that  oiDe  la 
Loub^re  given  above  (note  5  on  p.  247).  It  is  possible  that  the  writer  is 
confusing  the  water-melon  with  a  fruit  of  the  orange  kind.  Crawfurd, 
Malay  Diet.,  has  "  Samangka  (J).  The  water-melon,  Citrullus  edulis.^^ 

2  In  Forrest's  time  the  wild  elephants  had  disappeared.  He  says, 
Voyage  to  the  Mergui  Archipelago,  p.  32,  "  They  have  a  good  many 
elephants  [at  Junk-Ceylon]  which  they  get  from  Mergui  ;  none  wild, 
no  horses.' 

3  The  animal  referred  to  was  probably  a  black  panther. 


JANSELONE  249 

wild  fruit  doth  grow,  they  will  be  as  thick  as  Ever  they 
can  Stand  Upon  the  bowes,  and  I  have  Often  Seen  them 
att  low  water  Swimme  from  the  brinke  of  the  River  over 
to  2  or  3  banks  of  Oysters  and  Mussles  that  come  adry 
att  three  quarters  Ebbe,  and  theire  (sic)  breake  the  said 
Shell  fish  and  eat  them,  and  pick  out  the  fish  of  Some 
dead  ones.  And  once  I  saw  a  very  pretty  passadge 
amongst  them.  One  of  these  active  creatures,  pickinge 
at  Every  thinge  he  thought  Eatable,  put  his  hand  into  a 
pretty  large  Oyster  that  gaped,  thinkinge  to  pull  out  the 
fish,  but  the  Oyster  closed  and  held  him  fast,  and  growinge 
to  many  Others  he  cold  not  dragge  them  away.  Where- 
upon I  Sent  our  Small  boat  and  fetched  him  on  board,  soe 
that  he  now  paid  for  his  pickinge. 

Upon  this  Island  (in  many  places)  grow  abundance  of 
Bamboos,  Especially  on  the  Sides  of  the  hills  for  above 
2  or  3  miles  in  Circuit,  and  grow  mighty  thick  togeather, 
soe  that  it  is  very  difficult  for  one  of  the  Natives  to  goe 
through  them.  They  are  more  Serviceable  then  all  the 
Wood  in  the  countrey  besides.  There  be  2  Sorts  of 
them,   called    the   hee  bamboo  and   She   bamboo^     The 


^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Bamboo.  T.  B.,  in  his  Malay  Dicty  has 
**  Bamboo,  is  a  sort  of  cane,  and  also  the  name  of  a  concave  measure, 
used  at  Atchee  on  Sumatra."  Marshall,  Notes  and  Observations^  P-  25 
(reverse),  says,  "  Here  [Gurguttee]  many  Lottees  \lathi^  cudgel,  staff  J 
or  hee  Bamboes  to  be  bought  great  ones  4  for  a  pice,  or  28th  part  of 
Rupee,  but  they  are  not  of  so  good  a  cast  as  are  at  Pattana  for  they 
will  never  be  red  though  never  so  much  rubbed  with  oyle."  Compare 
the  following  in  a  letter  from  Hugli  to  Balasor,  5th  Oct.  1674,  O.  C, 
No.  4015,  "The  people  here  say  those  he  bamboos  are  procureable 
about  Rage  Maull  [Rajmahal]."  Compare  also  De  la  Loublre^  p.  11, 
"  One  of  their  [the  Siamese]  most  eminent  Trees  is  a  kind  of  Reed, 
called  in  Indian,  Mambou^  in  Portuguese,  Bambou,  in  Siamese  Maipai. 
...This  Tree  resembles  the  Poplar,  it  is  strait  and  tall,  and  the  Leaves 
thereof  few,  pale  and  longish.  It  is  hollow,  and  grows  in  shoots  like 
our  Reeds,  and  its  shoots  are  separated  from  one  another  by  knots : 
but  it  has  branches  and  Thorns,  which  our  reeds  have  not.  It  grows 
very  close,  and  the  same  Roots  do  shoot  forth  several  stems,  so  that 
nothing  is  thicker  or  more  difficult  to  pass  than  a  Forest  of  Bambou." 
Male  and  female  bamboo  are  still  common  terms  distinguishing  the 
solid  and  hollow  varieties.     Watts,  Diet,  of  Economic  Products  of 


250  JANSELONE 

first  hath  little  or  noe  hollownesse  in  him,  is  very  Pon- 
derous and  of  an  Exceedinge  Strength. 

The  She  bamboo  of  which  there  are  more  plenty  are 
very  hollow  and  light,  but  joynted  as  the  Other  are.  They 
grow  to  a  great  length,  20,  30,  40  foot  longe,  and  gradually 
taperinge  Upwards. 

Most  of  theire  houses,  both  here  and  all  this  Coast 
over,  all  [Pare]  wholy  built  with  them  and  Rattans*  to 
Seize  the  pieces  togeather.  They  grow  as  followeth 
[Plate  XIV.]. 

The  Dutch  for  Severall  years  Untill  Anno  Domini 
167s  did  continually  keep  a  Ship  of  16  or  20  guns  and 
two  or  3  Sloops  to  cruise  about  this  Island.  The  Ship 
Used  to  lye  at  anchor  (for  the  most  part)  in  the  Roade  of 
Banquala,  vizt.  on  the  S.  West  Side  the  Island^  and  a 
Very  Safe  Roade  almost  land  locked,  and  then  wold  they 
admit  noe  Ship  or  Vessell  to  trade  here  without  thjeire 
leave,  by  which  means  they  gott  this  tinne  trade  wholy 
into  theire  owne  hands ;  but  by  theire  too  much  pre- 
sumption and  Encroachinge,  as  theire  Usuall  way  is  in 
every  place  they  doe  gett  footinge  in,  they  Utterly 
lost  it. 

When  I  was  in  Janselone,  Employed  by  Mr.  William 


India,  s.v.  Bambuseae,  has  a  long  article  on  the  Bamboo.  He  says, 
P-  373»  "  The  term  '  male  bamboo '  may  be  said  to  be  applied  to  any 
solid  bamboo  used  for  spear  or  lance  staves,  walking-sticks,  &c. ;  it  is 
more  particularly  applicable  to  Dendrocalamus  strictus.  The  stamens 
and  pistil  being  on  the  plant,  it  is  difficult  to  see  why  the  term  '  male  ^ 
should  be  given  to  a  solid  and  *  female '  to  a  hollow  bamboo,  but  they 
are  expressions  in  frequent  use  in  India." 

^  See  note  on  p.  74.  Mandelslo,  p.  107,  makes  a  curious  mistake 
about  the  rattan,  under  date  1639  •  "  From  their  Neighbours  they  [of 
Patani]  fetch  timber  to  build  withall,  Rottang,  that  is  Cordage  of 
Cocoe. 

2  This  seems  to  settle  the  point  that  Banquala  is  the  present 
Khelong  Bay,  for  Karon  Bay  (the  Puton  of  Hamilton)  is  quite  open, 
while  the  term  "  land-locked "  can  correctly  be  applied  to  Khelong 
Bay.     See  p.  239  and  note. 


JANSELONE  2$  I 

Jearsey\  an  Eminent  English  Merchant  att  Fort  St. 
Georges,  a  great  prow^  of  about  40  tunns  in  burthen 
had  gott  in  privately  and  traded  for  tinne.  The  Dutch 
perceiveinge  her  to  be  neare  laden,  thought  to  make  prise 


^  William  Jearsey  was  a  well-known  character  of  the  time,  and 
there  is  a  very  brief  account  of  him  among  the  biographies  in  Yule's 
Diary  of  William  Hedges^  vol.  ii.  p.  199.  The  MS.  records  at  the 
India  Office  contain  ample  material  for  a  whole  volume  on  the  doings 
of  this  worthy  during  the  thirty  odd  years  in  which  he  either  served  or 
defied  the  Company.  The  outlines  of  the  career  of  this  fiery  and 
interesting  individual  are  as  follows.  In  1650  Jearsey  sailed  on  the 
Ruby  to  Pegu  as  accountant  for  the  Company.  In  1652  he  returned 
to  Fort  St  George  in  a  ''Moores  Junck."  From  1653  to  1655  he  was 
Chief  at  Sirian,  the  Company's  settlement  at  Pegu.  On  the  withdrawal 
of  the  Factory,  Jearsey  remained  at  Sirian,  in  defiance  of  orders,  and 
was  dismissed  the  Company's  service.  Then,  till  1662,  he  was  a 
freeman  at  Masulipatam  and  Fort  St  George,  and  a  thorn  in  the  side 
of  the  Council.  In  1662,  he  was  reinstated  in  the  Company's  service 
and  appointed  Chief  of  Masulipatam,  a  post  which  he  held  for  seven 
years.  In  the  interval,  he  fell  foul  of  Sir  Edward  Winter  chiefly 
because  he  had  backed  Foxcroft  whom  Winter  had  imprisoned. 
•While  Chief  at  Masulipatam,  Jearsey  carried  on  trade  in  the  Ruby^ 
the  Adam  and  Eve,  the  Consent,  the  Advice,  the  Nonsuch,  the 
Adventure,  the  New  Shipp,  the  Diamond  and  the  Martin,  one  of 
which  vessels  T.  B.  must  have  commanded  for  him.  This  extensive 
private  trading  roused  the  Company's  ire,  and  in  Dec.  1669  Jearsey 
was  again  dismissed  the  service,  ordered  to  produce  his  accounts, 
and  to  return  to  England.  But,  so  great  was  his  influence  in  India 
that,  for  sixteen  years,  he  openly  defied  the  Directors,  whose  angry 
remonstrances  grew  yearly  more  feeble.  At  length,  realising  their 
powerlessness  to  enforce  their  commands,  they  left  their  servants  at 
Fort  St  George  to  come  to  an  arrangement  with  their  recalcitrant  ex- 
chief.  Some  of  Jearsey's  vessels  and  their  cargoes  had  been  seized 
by  Mohun,  his  successor,  ostensibly  to  satisfy  the  Company's  claims, 
and  for  these  he  claimed  compensation.  Eventually,  he  agreed  to 
accept  3000  pagodas,  and  in  October  1686  a  formal  release  was  sig^ned, 
and  the  defiance  of  all  orders  from  England  since  1669  practically 
condoned.  Jearsey  continued  to  reside  as  a  freeman  in  Fort  St 
George,  occupying  his  own  house  in  Charles  Street.  In  Sept.  1688 
he  lost  his  wife,  a  Dutchwoman,  who,  judging  by  her  conduct  while 
at  Masulipatam,  was  as  fiery-tempered  and  as  overbearing  as  her 
husband.  In  spite  of  his  high-handed  behaviour,  Jearsey  was  un- 
doubtedly a  favourite  at  Fort  St  George,  and  it  was  owing  to  his 
many  friends  that  he  was  able  at  last  to  come  out  victorious  in  his 
struggle  with  the  Directors  at  home.  Jearsey  never  again  saw  his 
native  land,  but  died  at  Fort  St  George  in  Dec.  1690.  Nine  years 
later  the  Company  bought  his  house  for  a  "  Beating  Godown  and 
Granary." 

2  See  note  on  p.  238.  T.  B.  in  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his 
Malay  Diet,  says  that  the  "  Dutch  hav^e  a  great  city  near  the  kingdom 
of  Johor  called  Mallacca  to  which  go  many  Traders  in  Praus." 


252  JANSELONE 

of  her  in  time  (before  they  cold  Steale  out  as  they  came 
in),  and,  for  this  purpose,  they  came  up  to  the  towne  with 
one  Sloop  very  well  fitted,  and,  by  order  of  theire  Chiefe 
Merchant  there,  Seized  the  Prow,  not  for  that  they  came 
in  without  leave,  but  as  She  was  an  Enemy  of  theirs,  an 
Achiner^ 

The  Merchants  &c.  inhabitants  of  Banquala  did  (in 
a  Very  Civil  way)  desire  the  Dutch  not  to  molest  any. 
Especially  to  make  prise  of  them,  soe  longe  as  they  were 
Under  the  Radja  of  Janselone's  protection  and  in  theire 
River.  But  the  Dutch  Swelled  Up  with  ambition,  told 
them  plainely  that  all  Roads  and  Rivers  of  Janselone  were 
theirs,  and  therefore  that  Prow  and  her  goods  were  theire 
lawfull  Prize. 

Whereupon  the  Malay  inhabitants,  a  Very  resolute 
people*,  stood  up  for  the  Achiners',  and  tooke  the  Prow 
and  her  goods  by  Violence  out  of  the  hands  of  the  Dutch, 
and  in  the  broile  one  of  the  Dutch  men  on  board  the 
Sloope  fired  off  a  Musquet  and  killed  two  of  the  Jan- 
seloners,  who  indeed  never  had  any  reall  kindnesse  for 
the  Dutch,  and  now  have  a  brave  Opportunitie  to  be 
revenged  on  them,  and  soe  intent  they  were  upon  it  that 
without  any  leave  or  Order  from  the  Radja  or  any  of  his 
councell,  they  gathered  att  least  200  of  them  togeather 
and  divided  them  into  3  companies,  100  to  Stopp  the 
way  up  to  the  Radja  that  they  Shold  not  flee  to  him  for 
Succour,  the  Other  2  fifties  tooke  to  the  Woods,  halfe  on 
one  Side  the  River  and  halfe  on  the  Other.  And  when 
they  were  come  halfe  way  downe,  where  the  River  was  Very 
narrow,  they  cutt  downe  20  or  30  very  great  trees  that  fell 

^  There  was  constant  friction  between  the  Dutch  and  the  people 
of  Achin  in  Sumatra. 

^  See  note  on  p.  237. 

^  Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Achin  to  Surat,  Nov.  1663, 
Factory  Records^  Surat,  No.  104,  "  The  Dutch  being  masters  of  Pirah 
[Perak]... suffering  none  others  to  trade  there  but  naturall  Acheeners." 


JANSELONE  253 

athwart  it,  and  blocked  it  Up,  soe  that  not  any  passadge 
is  left  for  Sloope  or  boat.  The  Dutch  findinge  the  way 
into  the  Countrey  too  hott  for  them,  betooke  themselvs 
to  theire  Sloop  to  be  gone  out  into  the  Roade,  but  found 
themselves  very  much  mistaken,  soe  that  when  they  came 
downe  to  this  Stoppadge,  they  cold  neither  goe  downe 
nor  come  up  againe.  Then  had  they  nothing  to  trust  to 
but  theire  fire  arms,  which  cold  not  help  them  very  longe, 
for  the  Malayars  overpowred  them,  and  cutt  them  off 
every  man  and  pulled  theire  Sloop  in  pieces,  which  soe 
Squashed  the  Dutch  Designes  over  this  place  that  they 
went  away  with  theire  Ship  and  Other  Sloope  and  never 
molested  Janselone  any  more. 

The  Dutch  were  very  forward  in  makeinge  theire  ad- 
dresses to  the  Kinge  of  Syam,  yet  not  Sooner  then  the 
Radja  and  councel  of  Janselone,  who  indeed  had  first  given 
an  ample  accompt  thereof,  which  highly  incensed  the 
Kinge  against  the  Dutch.  Insoemuch  that  he  Sent  a 
Tarrah^  to  the  Radja  and  all  Officers  whatsoever  upon 
the  Island  of  Janselone,  which  gave  a  most  Severe  and 
Strict  charge  unto  them  never  to  come  to  any  compo- 
sition with  the  Dutch  nor  Suffer  them  to  Sett  footinge 
in  any  of  his  Ports  on  the  West  side  of  his  Dominions, 
although  he  wold  grant  them  a  free  trade  (payinge  the 
Duties  of  the  Kingdome)  in  Syam. 

Hee  likewise  in  the  generall  letter  to  the  Radja  &c. 
gave  positive  Orders  that  each  of  the  3  Sea  Ports  Shold 
build  and  fitt  out  to  Sea  2  men  of  warre  Prows*,  each  to 

^  Letters-patent,  from  the  Malay  tera^  the  royal  seal,  stamp  or 
impression.  This  word  is  not  in  Hobson-Jobson,  though  it  frequently 
occurs  in  the  old  records  in  the  sense  oi  fartndn.  Compare  the 
following  from  Factory  Records,,  Java,  No.  6,  "The  King  hath  bin 
pleased  to  graunt  us  his  Tarra  or  patent  of  Indulgence  that  none  shall 
buy  tinne  at  Chaya  Capampone  Tatong  and  Sumping  but  onely  the 
Company."  Letter  from  Bantam,  4th  June,  1676.  Compare  also  the 
following  in  De  la  Loub^re^  p.  85,  "There  is  an  Officer  in  every 
Tribunal  to  read  the  Tara  or  Orders  from  the  King  to  the  Governor." 

2  See  note  on  p.  238. 


254  JANSELONE 

carry  lO  gunns  and  Pattareros^  and  well  manned  and 
fitted  with  Small  arms.  And  when  they  were  att  Sea  they 
Shold  keepe  two  and  two  togeather,  and  if  they  Shold 
meet  a  Single  Dutch  Shipp  they  Shold  fight  her  and  give 
noe  quarter.  If  they  mett  with  a  fleet  they  Shold  runne 
in  and  give  intelligence  for  the  Countrey  to  be  up  in  arms, 
and  not  Suffer  any  Sloops  to  come  up  theire  Rivers  or  any 
of  them  to  land,  neither  Shold  they  Observe  any  flagge  of 
truce  or  have  the  least  converse  with  them. 

All  which  Orders  if  not  most  Strictly  and  Speedily  put 
in  Execution,  the  Radja  and  2  of  his  chiefest  councellours, 
with  the  3  Shabandars*,  Shold  lose  theire  heads,  and  theire 
Estates  fall  to  the  Kinge. 

I  was  discoursinge  with  the  Radja  when  this  Tarrah^ 
arrived*,  which  Startled  him  and  his  Councell  soe  much 
that  they  immediately  Sent  the  3  Shabandares  and  40  or 
50  Soldiers  to  presse  all  Carpenters,  and  Set  them  to 
worke  and  Employed  Severall  men  to  bringe  in  their 
labouringe    Elephants*   to    carry  downe   the    Gunns,    fire 


^  Swivel-guns,  from  Spanish  pedrero.  On  this  word  Mr  Donald 
Ferguson  remarks  that  "  though  the  dictionaries  rightly  derive  it  from 
SpsLii.  pedrero,  lit.  a  stone-thrower,  the  English  forms  seem  confused 
with  petard,^^  Fryer,  p.  108,  has  "  Camels  of  war  with  Patereroes  on 
their  Saddles  marched  with  a  Pace  laborious  to  the  Guiders,"  and  in 
his  "  Explanatory  Index"  he  has  "  Peterraro,  a  Gun."  In  Yule,  Diary 
of  Wm.  Hedges,  vq\.  i.  p.  67,  we  find  the  following,  "nth  March,  1683. 
Being  got  up  with  Kegaria  (Kedgeree)  we  went  on  shore  in  our  Boats 
and  landed  at  an  old  ruined  Castle  with  mud  walls  and  thatched.  We 
saw  one  small  Iron  Gun  mounted  and  an  Iron  Pateraro."  A  ship 
belonging  to  the  King  of  Siam  taken  in  the  river  Hugli  in  Dec.  1687 
contained  "  Brass  Patereroes  7  with  14  chambers,  weight  7  cwt,  at 
50  rs.  per  cwt.,  350  rs." 

2  See  note  on  p.  242.  ^  See  note  on  p.  253. 

*  All  this  is  most  circumstantial,  and  argues  a  good  deal  of  ill- 
feeling  against  the  Dutch.  It  was  about  1674  that  the  King  of  Siam 
freed  himself  from  the  close  toils  that  the  Dutch  had  wound  round 
him  and  began  to  treat  with  the  English  for  trade.  Unfortunately, 
no  confirmation  of  T.  B.'s  story  has  come  to  light  among  the  con- 
temporary records. 

^  See  note  on  p.  243,  where  it  is  said  that  only  female  elephants 
were  employed  as  draught  beasts. 


JANSELONE  255 

arms,  Shot,  powder,  thereby  to  have  all  things  in  a 
readinesse,  and  they  had  them  built  and  fitted  out  to  Sea 
in  a  months  time.  The  2  att  Banquala  were  out  before 
I  came  thence.  They  were  in  Figure  as  here  described^ 
[Plate  XVIII.]. 

A  Few  Months  afterwards  the  Kinge  of  Syam  tooke 
it  into  consideration  that  an  Austere  man,  one  that  had 
been  bred  a  Warriour,  was  a  fitter  person  to  Governe  this 
Island  then  the  Syamer  that  now  did,  and  thereupon  he 
sent  a  New  Radja  (a  Mogol*  bred  and  borne)  by  name 
Mahomud  Beake*  and  his  Brother  Ishmael  Beake*  to  be 
his  Secound.  They  were  both  of  very  comely  personage, 
and  Endowed  with  much  discretion,  but  were  much  mis- 
taken in  the  Goverment  this  countrey  required,  which 
wrought  theire  owne  destruction. 

Anno  Domini  1677  I  Voyadged  once  more  to  Janselone, 
and  was  kindly  Entertained  by  the  New  Radja  and  his 
Brother,  but  Especially  by  Some  of  the  Old  Shabandars*^ 
and  merchants  in  Banquala.  But  I  found  the  most 
Eminent  men,  both  Syamers  and  Malayars,  to  complaine 
very  much  and  grumble  one  to  another  of  theire  hard 
measure  they  received  from  this  present  Radja  and  his 
councell,  men  altogeather  of  another   Nation®,  and  that 


^  See  Ind,  Ant,  vol.  xxx.  pp.  160 — 163  for  an  article  on  Malay 
boats. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Mogul.  An  Indian  Muhammadan  of 
the  ruling  class. 

3  i.e.  Muhammad  Beg.  *  /'.<?.  Isma'Il  Beg. 

^  See  note  on  p.  242. 

^  Ten  years  after  T.  B.'s  second  visit  to  Junk-Ceylon,  in  1687,  the 
French  obtained  the  ascendancy  in  the  island.  D'Orl^ans,  Voyages^ 
quoted  in  Provost,  Voyages,  vol.  xii.  p.  178,  says,  "The  French  in 
Siam... agreed  [in  1687]... to  put  themselves  in  a  position  to  make  the 
Siamese  listen  to  reason... in  order  to  execute  the  first  of  these  projects, 
they  have  gone  to  seize  the  Isle  of  Jonsalam,  belonging  to  this  King- 
dom." Foumereau,  Le  Siam  ancien,  p.  33,  says  that  one  of  the  results 
of  the  Jesuit  missions  in  1687-8  was  "  to  obtain  for  the  French  per- 
mission to  work  mines  in  the  Isle  of  Jongsalang."  From  De  la 
Loubhre^  p.  91,  we  learn  that  Brother  Ren^  Charbonneau  who  designed 


256  JANSELONE 

they  wold  not  longe  be  tyranized  Over  at  Such  rates  as 
to  labour  hard  in  Cuttinge  downe  the  Woods,  buildinge 
houses,  Under  the  pretence  that  they  were  by  Order  and 
for  the  Use  of  the  Kinge  of  Syam,  which  were  noe  Sooner 
built  but  were  given  to  one  Chuljar^  or  Other,  the  Radjas 
favourites. 

And  to  burne  and  beat  Lime  for  the  buildinge  a  Stone 
Fort,  which  things  seemed  tedious  to  them,  that  were  not 
allowed  soe  much  as  theire  Victuals  for  theire  paines,  soe 
that  they  Soon  began  to  Sleight  the  worke,  which  vexed 
the  Radja  soe  much  that  he  began  to  threaten  them  if  soe 
bee  soe  much  worke  was  not  performed  in  soe  many  days, 
he  wold  force  theire  Wifes  to  worke  alsoe,  which  was  a 
most  severe  and  haynous  punishment  to  the  Malayars, 
which  are  in  generall  Mahometans.  And,  againe,  the 
hearts  of  the  Syamers  in  generall  were  wholy  sett  against 
this  Sort  of  Goverment,  for  the  Radja  had  noe  Sooner 
Seated  himselfe  in  his  place  in  Janselone,  but  he  imme- 
diately turned  out  of  Office  most  of  the  Syamers,  both 
Councellours,   Secretaries,  Shabandares*,  Bandarees',  &c., 


the  wooden  fort  on  the  frontier  of  Pegu  "  was  afterwards  three  or  four 
years  Governor  of  Jonsalam  by  Commission,  and  with  great  appro- 
bation... Mons.  Billi,  the  Master  of  Mons.  de  Chaumont's  Palace 
succeeded  him  in  the  employment  of  Jonsalam." 

^  Madras  Muhammadan.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Choolia.  This 
and  the  quotations  on  the  pages  following  are  remarkable  for  the 
period,  and  valuable  for  the  history  of  the  name  and  for  the  accuracy 
of  the  description  of  this  class  of  adventurous  Muhammadans  from 
the  East  Coast  of  Madras.  T.  B.  in  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his 
Malay  Diet,  says  that  "Achee  is  frequented  by  Portugals,  Moors, 
Chuleas,  Chineses  and  others."  Compare  Finlayson,  Mission  to  Siam^ 
p.  13,  "A  considerable  proportipn  of  the  motley  group  congregated 
on  the  beach,  consisted  of  Malabar  Mahomedans,  called  Chuliahs, 
who... were  readily  to  be  recognized  by  their  manner  partaking  as 
much  of  idleness  as  of  expectant  curiosity."  The  Editor,  about  1890, 
found  the  Chuliahs  a  hard-working  but  turbulent  people  in  Rangoon. 

2  See  note  on  p.  242. 

3  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has  "  Bendaree,  a  Treasurer,"  and 
"  Bandaree,  a  Pay-master."  The  word  is  from  the  Skr.  bandahdra^  a 
treasurer.  The  Bendahdra  was  a  very  high  degree  of  nobility  amongst 
the  Malays  ;  the  bendahart  were  the  treasury-officers. 


JANSELONE  257 

men  of  Antient  Standinge  and  choice  men  of  all  the 
Countrey,  both  for  Estates  and  publick  good,  and  very 
well .  approved  of  by  the  people,  and  in  theire  Stead  he 
placed  Chulyars^ 

Whereupon  the  Malayars  and  Syamers  rose  Up  in 
arms  with  joynt  consent,  and  on  a  Sudden  beset  the 
Radja's  house  and  killed  him,  and  with  [him]  his  Brother 
Ishmael,  and  all  his  household  Save  the  Women  and 
Children,  and  all  the  Moors  and  Chulyars  Upon  the 
Island  Save  2  that  made  theire  Escape  to  Bangaree^  and 
thence  to  Queda.  There  were  Servants  to  Mr.  William 
Jearsey^  therefor  the  more  favoured.  I  judge  they  killed 
in  this  insurrection  70  or  75  Moors  and  Chulyars,  none 
resistinge  Save  the  Radja  and  his  Brother,  whoe,  although 
Surprised  in  the  house,  yet  killed  6  of  the  most  resolute 
Malayars.  For  which  cause  the  whole  Countrey  beinge  in 
Such  a  Confusion,  I  went  away  into  the  Roade  and  Sailed 
for  Queda. 

The  Chulyars  are  a  People  that  range  into  all 
Kingdoms  and  Countreys  in  Asia,  and  are  a  Subtle 
and  Roguish  people  of  the  Mahometan  Sect,  but  not 
very  great  Observers  of  many  of  his  laws*.  Theire 
Native  land  is  Upon  the  Southermost  parts  of  the 
Choromandell    Coast,    vizt.    Porto    Novo',    Pullicherrie*, 

^  See  note  on  p.  256. 

2  A  town  and  estuary  on  the  north-western  coast  of  the  Malay 
Peninsula.  Horsburgh,  £as^  India  Directory^  vol.  ii.  p.  25,  ed.  1805, 
says,  "In  latitude  about  8**  53'  North,  there  is  an  inlet  to  a  lagoon  or 
bay,  where  Bangri  a  place  of  some  trade,  and  frequented  by  the 
coasting  vessels  is  situated."  "  Bangarie  "  is  marked  to  the  north  of 
Junk- Ceylon  in  the  map  to  chapter  xxxv.  vol.  ii.  p.  26  of  Alex. 
Hamilton's  East  Indies, 

3  See  note  on  p.  251. 

*  This  is  the  most  accurate  of  all  contemporary  accounts  of  these 
people. 

^  See  note  on  p.  82. 

®  This  is  earlier  than  any  quotation  in  Hobson-Jobson  for  Pondi- 
cherry,  and  gives  an  accurate  rendering  of  the  common  native  form. 
The  French  established  themselves  at  Pondicherry  in  1675,  after  the 

T.  17 


2S8  JANSELONE 

Negapatam*,  &c.  They  by  theire  rangeinge  much  (before 
they  content  themselves  with  a  place  for  theire  abode), 
doe  learne  to  write  and  Speake  Severall  of  the  Eastern 
languages,  whereby  they  very  much  delude  the  people, 
and  not  a  little  cheat  them.  They  are  likewise  a  very 
great  hinderance  to  us,  for,  wherever  these  rascalls  be, 
wee  cannot  Sell  any  goods  to  a  Native  of  the  Countrey, 
but  they  creep  in  alonge  with  them,  and  tell  them  in 
private  what  our  goods  cost  upon  the  Coast,  or  in  Suratt*, 
or  Bengala,  or  elsewhere,  which  doth  many  Christians  a 
great  Prejudice. 

For  these  and  Some  Other  of  theire  Villanies,  I  am 
not  at  all  Sorry  for  this  Massacre,  but  doe  rather  wish 
they  were  Served  soe  in  Bantam',  Achin,  Queda,  Johore*, 
Syam,  and  many  other  Places  they  are  crept  into. 


recapture  of  St  Thorn ^,  under  M.  Martin.  "  When  the  French  arrived 
there  this  place  was  called  Boudoutschery."  Prdvost,  Histoire  des 
Voyages^  vol.  xiv.  p.  i6  «.  Compare  the  following  contemporary 
references  :  "  In  your  way  to  Porta  Nova  you  are  to  touch  at  Pulli- 
chery."  Instructions  given  to  Mr  Walton,  of  the  Diligence^  5th  Nov. 
1668,  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  16.  "The  Dutch... have 
yet  another  [ship]  which  in  the  last  Storme  was  at  Pudicherry  a 
little  beyond  the  Violence  of  it."  O.  C,  No.  3966,  20th  May,  1674. 
"  Having  no  conveyance  hence  [Masulipatam]  to  Policherry."  12th 
Jan.  1676,  Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  28. 

"There  is  a  report  that  the  Dutch  have  taken  Pudycherry  from 
the  French,  as  yet  no  certainety."  Letter  to  MadapoUam,  nth  Sept 
1678,  O.C.  No.  4491. 

"  Our  Peon  returning  from  PoUicherry  tells  me  Mounsr.  Deletore 
the  French  Cheife  with  three  or  foure  more  French  men  &ca  went  12 
dayes  past  to  the  great  Subidar  Hargee  Raja  to  Tirumucote  with  a 
considerable  present,  which  he  could  not  learn  the  particulars,  but 
that  their  cheife  business  was  to  gett  the  government  of  PoUicherry 
Towne  which  now  is  under  an  Avaldar,  their  Factory  is  seated  near  a 
River  and  some  distance  from  the  Sea,  to  which  they  have  two  BuU- 
warks  Fortyfied....Some  of  their  black  Merchants  came  here  to  see 
me  of  whom  I  enquired  their  trade,  which  they  told  me,  has  been  and 
is  little...."  Extract  from  Elihu  Yale's  Memoriall^  Dec.  1681,  O.C, 
No.  4776. 

^  See  note  on  p.  2.  ^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Surat. 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Bantam. 

*  A  well-known  Malay  state  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Singapore. 


QUEDA  259 


QUEDA. 

A  Kingdome  (soe  called)  Upon  the  Malay  Coast,  the 
Chiefe  Roade  and  River  called  of  the  Same  from  the  Chiefe 
towne  or  Citty  thereof  \ 

It  is  the  largest  and  most  Navigable  River  in  this 
Kingdome,  very  large  and  deep  within  and  upon  it's  barre 
affordeth  water  Enough  for  a  Shipp  of  250  tunns  in 
burthen  (Upon  a  Springe  tide)  and  Navigable  att  any 
time  up  to  the  towne  of  Queda,  which  is  not  lesse  then 
60  English  miles  above  the  barre  thereof*. 

It  is  now  the  residence  of  the  King's  Son  (by  the 
Natives  stiled  Sultan)',  but  the  Old  Kinge  taketh  up  his 
residence  att  Solla*,  a  very  large  towne  in  the  very  middle 
of  his  Kingdome,  which  Kingdome  is  none  of  the  greatest 
containing  in  Circuit  not  more  then  English  miles,  and 

not  one  fourth  part  inhabited,  more  then  with  wild  beasts, 


^  See  Hobson-Jobsotty  s.v.  Quedda.  Dunn,  £as^  Indies  Directory^ 
p.  338,  says,  "About  45  miles  S.E.  of  Junk-Seilon,  you  find  the  port 
of  Quedah :  there  is  a  trade  for  calin,  or  tutenague,  and  elephants'  teeth, 
to  export  to  different  parts  of  the  Indies." 

2  T.  B.  in  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet,  says,  "  The 
City  of  Quedah  is  two  Days  going  with  a  Boat  up  a  good  River,  is 
Moderately  peopled,  Has  a  King,  and  Yields  about  one  Thousand 
Peculs  of  very  good  Pepper,  and  about  Five  Thousand  Peculs  of  Tin 
Yearly...."  Horsburgh,  East  India  Direetory,  vol.  ii.  p.  255,  ed.  1855, 
says,  "  Queda  Town  in  latitude  6°  6'  N.  stands  on  both  sides  of  the 
river,  which  although  fronted  by  a  mud  fiat,  has  sufficient  depth  of 
water  within  for  sloops  and  brigs  to  anchor  at  the  Rajah's  residence, 
about  10  or  12  miles  above  the  town." 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Sultan.  The  above  is  a  valuable  quota- 
tion, as  showing  that  in  the  Malay  States  it  sometimes  meant  the 
heir-apparent,  "second  king,"  SVy.  yuva-rdja^  Pali  upa-rdja  (corrupted 
by  the  way  into  "Upper- Roger"  by_old  writers  on  Burma,  a  term  which 
should  be  in  Hobson-Jobson\  the  Eng-she-min  of  Burma,  Xh^Jubrdjoi 
Manipur  and  so  on. 

*  This  place  seems  to  be  identical  with  the  town  now  known  as 
Padang  Salla,  a  place  about  10  miles  inland,  situated  on  the  north 
bank  of  Kedah  River,  opposite  to  the  present  capital,  Alos  Star.  See 
Denny s,  Dese.  Diet,  of  Brit.  Malaya,  s.v.  Kedah. 

17 — 2 


26o  QUEDA 

neare  the  Sea  very  low  Swampy  ground  and  full  of  woods, 
and  up  in  the  Countrey  Mountaneous*. 

There  are  Severall  men  in  Office  that  doe  governe  here, 
and  beare  great  Sway  over  the  people  (Under  the  Sultan 
or  Younge  Kinge)  even  as  his  Father  had  that  yet  liveth, 
but  is  very  antient,  and  hath  given  most  things  of  Import- 
ance to  his  Son,  yett  hath  an  Eye  over  him  that  he 
behave  himselfe  well,  next  to  whom  are  the  Leximana*, 
Orongkays'   and    Shabandars*,    as   in   Achin'  Johor*   &c. 

^  Compare  Sckouten's  description  of  Kedah,  vol.  ii.  p.  135  f.,  "Six 
and  a  half  degrees  further  north  [than  Perak]  is  the  kingdom  of  Queda, 
which  like  Perach,  was  formerly  flourishing  with  regard  to  trade.  But 
the  wars  which  it  has  waged  against  the  kings  of  Achin  have  been  very 
prejudicial  to  it,  and,  finally  it  was  conquered  by  that  monarchy.  The 
soil  of  these  two  kingdoms  [Perak  and  Kedah]  would  be  very  produc- 
tive, but,  as  there  are  a  great  many  woods,  wild  districts,  mountains 
and  swamps,  where  the  inhabitants  fear  to  expose  themselves  to  wild 
beasts  and  to  other  dangers  which  threaten  them  in  such  spots,  those 
who  would  like  to  devote  themselves  to  agriculture  dare  not  undertake 
it.    J'or  this  reason,  very  fertile  tracts  remain  uncultivated." 

Sir  John  Bowring,  who  visited  Kedah  in  1855,  found  the  country 
very  similar  to  what  it  was  in  T.  B.'s  time.  Compare  the  following  in 
his  Siam,  vol.  ii.  p.  49,  "A  high  range  of  mountains  divides  it  [Kedah] 
from  Songkhla  and  Patani.  It  is  covered  with  vast  forests,  which 
have  never  been  penetrated  by  man,  and  which  are  crowded  with  wild 
animals,  and  particularly  tigers.  The  population,  which  does  not 
exceed  from  60,000  to  70,000  souls,  is  principally  composed  of  Malays 
...Quedah  has  many  rivers,  of  which  several  are  navigable." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobsorty  s.v,  Laximana.  The  word  is  usually  trans- 
lated by  "admiral"  in  the  old  books.  In  the  following  extracts  from 
a  letter  from  Kedah  to  Surat  in  Jan.  1674,  O,  C.  No.  3917,  the  title  is 
mistaken  for  a  proper  name :  "  They  dare  not  speak  before  the  king 
for  our  Debts... for  feare  of  him  and  Orankay  Loximana...they  being 
hid  and  protected  by  Loximana... thereupon  gave  order  to  Loximana 
to  deliver  them...." 

3  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s*v.  Orankay.  A  personage,  noble,  high 
official  among  the  Malays.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has  "  Orancaya, 
a  rich  man,  a  Lord.''  Compare  the  following  from  the  contemporary 
records :  "  The  22d  February  received  a  present  of  Oranges  and  Fruite 
from  the  Queen  and  Govr.  of  Patanny  accompanied  with  one  of  the 
chief  Oran  Cayes."  Letter  to  Siam,  23rd  March,  1679,  factory 
Records,  Siam,  No.  i.  "Being  at  Sea  and  finding  the  grabb  very 
deep  requested  of  an  Oran  Keay  Syammer  to  admit  120  parras  on 
board  his  Mervah."  Letter  from  Siam,  i8th  Jan.  1682,  Factory  Records^ 
Java,  No.  6. 

*  See  note  on  p.  242. 

*  See  under  the  "Achin"  section  of  this  volume. 

®  See  Crawfurd,  Desc.  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Islands,  s,v,  Johor. 


QUEDA  261 

Malay  Countries ^  but  come  nothing  nigh  to  the  Splendour, 
State  and  riches  of  Achin. 

Yet  this  Countrey  Exceeds  for  plenty  of  Provisions, 
and  the  people  in  Generall  that  Serve  him  on  Shore  are 
very  Submissive  to  their  Superiours*,  as  indeed  very  well 
they  may,  for  they  have  for  many  years  Enjoyed  peace 
and  quietnesse  att  home,  haveinge  one  of  the  most  peacable 
Kings  that  Ever  reigned,  and  the  most  mercifull  one  that 
Ever  Swayed  this  Scepter". 

Indeed  a  great  deale  too  Mercifull  to  many  of  his 
people,  which  hath  caused  them  (not  longe  agoe)  to  En- 
croach Upon  his  prerogative,  and  goe  out  upon  Piracy  and 
bold[l]y  come  in  againe,  after  many  Spoiles  and  robberies 
committed,  and  have  (Upon  theire  bare  promise  never  to 
be  guilty  of  the  like  fact)  easily  gott  theire  Pardons,  untill 
such  time  as  they  began  to  robbe  the  English,  a  Nation 
this  Kinge  doth  highly  Esteeme  of,  and  then  noe  more 


^  This  quotation  shows  that  the  West  side  of  the  Malay  Peninsula 
was  known  as  the  "  Malay  Coast,"  and,  later  on,  it  will  be  shown  that 
the  term  was  also  applied  to  the  East  side  of  the  Peninsula. 

2  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  119,  says  of  the  people  of  Kedah  and  the 
adjacent  countries  that  they  resemble  those  of  Java,  but  are  neither  so 
perfidious  nor  so  sanguinary. 

3  This  "old  King"  must  be  the  one  in  whose  time  the  English 
made  an  ineffectual  attempt  to  settle  a  factory  at  Kedah.  In  Nov. 
1668,  the  factors  at  Surat  wrote  to  the  Court  {Factory  Records^  Misc. 
No.  2,  p.  30),  "  The  Dutch  have  got  several  ports  and  contracted  for 
Tynn  &c.... There  is  now  left  open  onely  Atcheen  on  the  Coast  of 
Sumatra,  and  a  port  Called  Queda  uppon  the  Maine  of  Mallacca 
which  the  Dutch  have  layen  before,  and  blockt  upp  these  Three 
yeares ;  But  the  King  of  the  place  still  holds  out  in  expectation  of  our 
Comminge;  that  we  shall  use  some  means  or  other,  that  they  may 
heare  from  us ;  And  if  possible,  send  thither  this  yeare ;  It  is  a  Hope- 
full  port,  and  the  people  have  so  great  affection  for  us,  that  Uppon 
Assurance  we  will  deale  with  them,  and  Supplye  them  with  Commo- 
dityes,  they  will  never  suffer  the  Dutch  to  have  any  footing  among 
them ;  It  lying  uppon  the  Mayne,  we  are  Informed  by  a  Merchant  that 
is  well  acquainted  with  the  Countrey,  there  may  be  a  great  Trade  driven 
and  Very  profitable,  when  once  the  Inland  Merchants  shall  finde  they 
may  be  yearly  furnished  with  goods  proper  to  them."  After  much 
correspondence  on  the  subject,  a  settlement  was  attempted  at  Kedah 
in  1669.  See  note  on  p.  267  f.  for  the  failure  of  the  scheme  and  the 
withdrawal  of  the  factory. 


262  QUEDA 

pardons  were  to  be  granted  Either  to  theire  Ringleaders 
or  Common  people,  if  they  cold  be  apprehended. 

But  many  rogues  lye  Sculkinge  about  the  Islands  of 
Queda  and  about  the  River  of  Old  Queda,  that  commit 
many  Villanies  and  are  hard  to  be  taken.  I  am  confident 
Some  of  them  are  soe  bloody  minded,  as  to  murther  theire 
owne  relations  if  they  cold  Surprize  them  with  any  con- 
siderable Purchase. 

Anno  Domini  1675.  A  Small  Vessell  belonginge  to 
the  English  was  Sent  from  Achin  hither  laden  with  very 
fine  goods,  and  was  mett  with  the  Pyrats  commonly  called 
Salleeters\  neare  to  the  Roade  of  Queda.  They  Sett  Upon 
her  and  killed  Samuel  Ware*  the  master  and  two  more  of 
his  men,  and  tooke  the  Vessell,  which  done,  they  Sent  away 
the  Other  Seamen  in  a  Prow*  bound  for  Achin  and  came 
boldly  Up  to  Queda  and  Sold  the  goods  to  Sarajah  Cawn*, 
a  Chulyar^  and  chiefe  Shabandar*  of  Quedah,  and  rogue 
Enough  too.  This  Rogue  by  reason  he  bought  them  very 
Cheape  made  noe  question  how  they  came  by  the  goods, 
although  he  Saw  English  marks  and  Number  upon  Each 
particular  bailed 


^  See  note  on  p.  237. 

*  This  was  probably  the  Samuel  Ware  who  was  one  of  the  crew  of 
the  Company's  ship  Dilligence  in  1669.  After  the  entry  of  payment  of 
wages  to  him  {^Marine  Records^  Misc.  No.  13),  there  is  the  note  "run 
away."  Between  1669  and  1675  he  seems  to  have  prospered,  and  when 
he  met  his  untimely  end,  was  master  of  his  own  ship.  He  may  have 
been  related  to  the  Richard  Ware  who  went  out  to  India  on  the  Richard 
and  Martha  in  Dec.  1667.  This  man  appears  to  have  held  a  post  at 
Bantam  in  1678,  and  was  living  as  a  freeman  in  Fort  St  George,  and 
"married  to  a  musteez  [half-caste]"  in  1683. 

3  See  note  on  p.  238.  *  i.e,  Suraj  Khan. 

^  See  notes  on  pp.  256  and  257.  ®  See  note  on  p.  242. 

^  The  contemporary  records  contain  no  account  of  the  taking  of 
this  particular  vessel,  but  the  following  reference  to  Suraj  Khan  in 
a  letter  from  Queda  to  Surat,  dated  Jan.  1674,  O.  C.  No.  3917,  seems 
to  show  that  T.  B.'s  epithet  of  "rogue"  was  not  undeserved:  "Ser 
Rajah  Chawn  soone  after  the  departure  of  the  Prowes  to  Junsalone 
demanded  of  us  120  Dollars  for  the  Kings  Prowes  which  was  only  a 


QUEDA  263 

The  yeare  followinge  Mr.  James  Horner^  (who  owned 
most  of  the  goods)  voyaged  to  Queda,  where  being  informed 
of  Such  transactions,  demanded  his  owne  off  Sarajah  Cawne, 
but  got  very  little  or  noe  Satisfaction,  beinge  outwitted  by 
this  Cunninge  Chulyar. 


trick  of  his  unknowne  to  the  king  to  pick  some  mony  out  of  us, 
he  was  much  troubled  that  we  would  not  lett  him  Lade  his  fresh  goods 
on  those  Prowes  though  we  offered  him  (if  he  would  goe  halves  with 
the  Company  in  that  Voyage)  the  goods  at  a  very  reasonable  rate,  but 
he  refused  and  sent  some  goods  privately  by  Deria  whom  he  corrupted, 
Wee  found  him  all  along  to  hinder  us  in  our  business,  our  men  con- 
fessing that  they  dare  not  speak  before  the  king  for  our  Debts  or  on 
other  business  for  feare  of  him  and  Orankay  Loximana  who  is  the 
greatest  Debtor,  also  he  suffered  noe  other  Merchants  but  himself  and 
those  by  his  order  to  come  into  our  Compound  (as  we  were  divers 
times  informed)  which  we  found  to  be  true  by  Experience  for  those  that 
came  came  by  night  for  feare  of  him,  In  this  manner  he  served  us  al- 
though Wee  treated  him  with  all  civility  Imaginable  being  so  ordered 
by  the  President." 

^  James  Homer  was  a  freeman,  who  is  frequently  mentioned  in 
the  Madras  Records  from  1677  to  1687.  In  Jan.  1677,  when  the 
Company's  orders,  requiring  all  freemen  not  in  the  Company's  service 
to  reside  at  Fort  St  George,  were  read  at  Masulipatam,  "James 
Horner  freeman "  was  absent,  probably  at  Kedah,  as  stated  by  T.  B. 
On  the  1 2th  March  he  arrived  at  Masulipatam  from  Kedah  "with 
Nyne  Elephants,  haveing  been  from  this  Place  upwards  of  three 
Yeares."  In  May,  1678,  he  was  accused  of  having,  while  voyaging 
from  "Acheen  to  Quedah,  unduly  possessed  himself  of  an  estate 
of  from  7  to  8000  Pagodas  belonging  to  Peter  Van  Deelen  of  Zealand." 
In  the  same  month  James  Homer  applied  for  the  release  of  his  goods 
detained  by  the  Banksall  officers.  As  the  Company's  "  Dubass  "  was 
ill,  Mr  Horner  "being  very  ready  and  skilled  in  the  Indostan  language" 
was  allowed  to  go  to  the  Governor  with  three  or  four  of  the  Factory 
peons  and  state  his  case.  He  cleared  his  goods,  and  on  the  loth  May, 
"Ship  5/.  Mary^  Mr.  James  Homer  Commander  sailed  out  of  the 
Road  [of  Masulipatam  J  bound  to  Quedah."  In  May,  1679,  Homer 
returned  with  eleven  elephants,  and  obtained  permission  to  go  to 
Golconda  to  sell  them  there  on  giving  a  bond  of  500  pagodas.  He 
was  permitted  to  take  his  wife,  on  condition  that  she  should  be  brought 
back  to  reside  in  Fort  St  George  before  the  end  of  January,  1681. 
While  at  Golconda,  Homer  acted  in  concert  with  the  Company's 
"Braminy  Vira  Ragavaya."  In  Nov.  1680  the  Council  at  Fort  St 
George  sanctioned  the  payment  of  157  Pagodas  disbursed  at  Golconda 
by  Mr  Horner  for  procuring  the  "Nabob's  Rucca  [note,  memorandum] 
to  Lingpapa."  In  Jan.  1681  Homer  returned  to  Masulipatam,  and  in 
Sept.  "Saild  in  a  Sloop  of  his  own  for  Tenasseree."  In  1687  Horner 
was  at  Porto  Novo,  whence  he  wrote  desiring  a  pass  for  his  ship. 
Four  years  later,  we  find  a  petition  to  the  Council  at  Calcutta  from  a 
Mrs  Homer,  probably  James  Homer's  widow, praying  "to  be  invested 
in  possession  of  a  house  to  which  she  is  heir  as  next  akin." 


264  QUEDA 

Another  piece  of  Villanie  was  acted  soon  after  the 
former,  as  followeth.  A  Portuguees  Shipp  bound  from 
Goa^  to  Macau*  In  China,  happened  to  fall  in  with  this 
Coast  a  little  to  the  Southward  of  Queda  River,  and  Sent 
theire  boat  On  Shore  to  cutt  wood  for  fireinge,  and  they 
were  Surprized  by  Some  Malayars  who  lay  Sculkinge  in 
every  creeke  and  corner',  whoe  tooke  these  portugueeses 
and  carried  them  to  Queda,  where  by  advice  of  that  rogue 
Sarajah  Cawn,  they  were  made  Slaves  on  and  Sold  in  the 
markett  place,  but  they  did  not  longe  remaine  in  Slavery 
before  they  tooke  a  fitt  Opportunitie  to  make  their  Escape 
in  a  Prow  well  fitted*.  They  tooke  her  in  the  night  and 
ranne  away  to  Malacca',  a  Dutch  Garrison  Upon  the  South 
Side  of  this  Coast,  all  of  them  togeather  Save  a  Very 
handsome  and  well  favoured  boy  of  about  1 1  years  of  age, 
whoe  for  his  good  countenance  the  Kinge  kept  in  his 
Pallace  att  Solla*,  yett  Soon  afterwards  Upon  the  request 
of  Mr.  Alexander  Ogilby,  an  English  Merchant',  the  Kinge 


^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Goa. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v,  Macao.  T.  B.  is  careful  not  to  confuse 
the  then  famous  but  now  forgotten  Macao  on  the  Pegu  River  with  the 
Chinese  port  of  the  same  name. 

3  See  p.  237  and  note.  See  also  Dampiery  vol.  ii.  p.  128,  for  a 
description  of  the  "  Malayars." 

*  I  have  been  unable  to  find  any  confirmation  of  this  story. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Malacca. 

^  See  note  on  p.  259. 

^  The  first  mention  of  Alexander  Ogilby  or  Ogilvy  is  in  1670,  when 
he  was  sent  on  a  trading  voyage  to  Mocha  by  the  Surat  Council.  In 
1 67 1,  in  a  letter  from  Bombay  to  Surat  {Factory  Records,  Surat, 
No.  105)  under  date  ist  Jan.,  we  find  the  remark,  "Mr.  Ogilvy  not 
being  bred  a  soldier  is  very  unwilling  to  carry  a  Muskett  and  soe  hath 
petitioned  to  goe  up  to  Surat,  he  is  a  discreet  young  man,  soe  we 
cannot  but  recommend  him."  In  1678  "Alexander  Ogleby"  was  a 
freeman  residing  at  Bombay.  In  1679  he  was  at  Fort  St  George, 
where  he  was  a  witness  to  the  attestation  of  Derick  Onderhill  con- 
cerning the  murder  of  John  Smith  on  the  Good  Hope.  In  1680 
Alexander  "Oglevie"  and  Isabella  "Oglevie"  are  named  in  the  list 
of  "freemen"  at  Bombay.  The  name  is  also  spelt  "Oyglesby"  in 
O.  C.  No.  4687. 


QUEDA  265 

gave  him  to  him  freely,  and  after  a  true  relation  how  basely 
the  Portugals  had  been  Used  by  the  people  of  Queda, 
Sarajah  Cawne  and  Some  Others  received  a  Sharpe  Checke 
from  the  Good  Old  Kinged 

Whoe  is  accompted  by  all  Christian  people  (that  come 
or  ever  did  since  he  began  to  reigne,  to  trade  in  Queda)  the 
honestest  and  most  courteous  Kinge  that  all  the  Kingdoms 
of  Asia  Enjoyeth,  besides  he  is  well  contented  with  what 
God  hath  been  pleased  to  give  him,  not  a  whit  covetous, 
Especially  abhorringe  any  thinge  acquired  by  Oppression 
or  any  Unlawfull  means,  soe  that  his  Subjects  are  most 
happy  in  Such  a  Prince,  and  have  the  disposeinge  of  theire 
owne  Estates  as  Seemeth  them  best,  a  thinge  not  customary 
in  Easteme  Monarchies  and  Kingdoms*. 

Hee  hath  always  been  a  great  peacemaker  amonge  the 


^  The  Company's  servants  had  not  so  high  an  opinion  of  "the 
Good  Old  Kinge."  His  control  over  Suraj  Khan  was  very  slight, 
if  we  may  judge  from  the  following  taken  from  O,  C,  No.  3917,  extracts 
of  which  have  been  already  quoted  in  notes  on  pp.  260  and  262  : 
"  The  Tindall  and  i  Lascar  that  came  from  Surat  for  the  sloope  Died 
soone  after  their  arrivall  from  Junsalone,  and  here  being  the  Tindall 
and  6  Lascars  that  ran  from  the  George,  upon  some  differance  with  the 
Master,  wee  with  some  trouble  at  last  got  them  to  saile  in  the  sloope, 
and  paid  them  4  months  wages  beforehand,  so  that  if  they  have  bin 
with  you  for  mony  they  abuse  us,  wee  could  not  get  them  in  4  months 
time  during  the  stay  of  the  ship  to  goe  in  the  ship,  they  being  hid  and 
protected  by  Loximana  and  Ser  Raja  Cawne,  being  by  them  promised 
great  rewards  if  they  would  stay  with  them  and  goe  in  their  prowes. 
The  Master  at  his  taking  leave  of  the  King  demanded  his  men.  The 
King  promised  that  if  he  would  pardon  and  not  beate  them  he  should 
have  them,  provided  he  would  give  it  under  his  hand,  and  thereupon 
gave  order  to  Loximana  to  deliver  them,  but  they  not  coming  he  was 
forced  to  saile  without  them,  although  wee  used  our  uttermost  en- 
deavours for  them  to  saile  on  said  shipp." 

2  T.  B.  is  evidently  sincere  in  his  admiration  of  the  "  old  Kinge " 
from  whom  he  doubtless  met  with  courteous  treatment.  The  con- 
temporary records  contain  no  details  about  this  monarch,  but  the  few 
allusions  to  him  imply  that  he  was  good-natured  but  weak.  Alex. 
Hamilton  says  of  the  King  of  Kedah  in  his  time,  probably  T.  B.'s 
"younge  Kinge,"  that  he  "shews  no  Marks  of  Grandeur,  besides 
arbitrary  governing... is  poor,  proud,  and  beggarly"  {East  Indies, 
vol.  ii.  p.  73),  but  Hamilton  was  perhaps  only  speaking  in  his  usual 
ill-natured  manner. 


266  QUEDA 

Neighbouringe  Kings  Vizt.  Pattany*  and  Johore',  and  hath 
reigned  in  peace  not  lesse  then  60  years,  beinge  now  old 
and  full  of  days,  past  all  manner  of  Publicke  Negotiation, 
but  Serveth  for  a  most  Excellent  and  WonderfuU  Coun- 
cellour  to  his  Son  the  younge  Kinge,  aged  now  about 
20  years. 

This  Kingdome  hath  lived  Under  a  happy  Goverment 
in  peace  many  years  with  all  Nations  Save  the  Hollander, 
whoe  have  warre  with  Queda  (through  theire  owne  Seekinge), 
whoe  wold  not  be  satisfied  in  that  they  Encroached  all  or 
most  of  the  Tinne  trade  into  theire  owne  hand,  but  wold 
domineere  over  the  best  of  his  Subjects,  and  not  onely  Soe 
but  wold,  as  of  late  years  they  intended  to  have  done  in 
Janselone,  vizt.  hinder  all  Others  from  tradeinge  into  his 
Kingdome,  and  lay  claime  to  the  River  of  Queda,  which 
ambition  of  theirs  threw  them  out  this  Country,  as  I  believe 
it  will  out  of  Some  Others  in  a  very  few  years^ 


^  Patani  is  the  Malay  state  which  bounds  Kedah  on  the  East.  In 
1 67 1  the  English  factors  at  Kedah  wrote  to  Surat,  "Warrs  between 
the  Queen  of  Patana  and  the  king  of  Singora  continue  still "  {^Factory 
Records^  Surat,  No.  105).  The  King  of  "Pattany"  mentioned  in  the 
text  probably  succeeded  this  queen. 

2  See  note  on  p.  258.  T.  B.  in  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his 
Malay  Diet,  has,  "  Kings  of  the  Malayo  country  are  those  of  Quedah, 
Johor,  Patanee  and  many  more."  In  O.  C  No.  3917,  quoted  in  note 
on  p.  265,  we  find,  "  Here  offers  little  news  [at  Kedah  in  Jan.  1674], 
the  Jambys  have  plundered  and  burnt  Jehore,  drove  the  Kmg  up  into 
the  woods,  taken  Mr.  Lock  and  given  his  ship  to  the  Dutch,  and 
carry ed  him  as  a  slave  in  Irons  into  their  Country  [East  Coast  of 
Sumatra]." 

3  It  was  owing  to  the  encroachments  of  the  Dutch  that  the  King 
of  Kedah  encouraged  the  English  to  trade  with  his  country  in  1669. 
Writing  from  Kedah  in  Nov.  1670  {Factory  Records^  Surat,  No.  105), 
Messrs  Davis  and  Portman  remark,  "  The  Dutch  hath  blocked  up  this 
port."  The  Dutch  vigorously  opposed  the  English  in  Kedah,  and,  in 
1673,  took  their  ship  George  on  her  return  voyage  to  Surat,  and  carried 
her  to  Ceylon.  In  O.  C,  No.  3917,  Jan.  1674,  we  read,  "In  January 
came  before  the  Barr  3  Dutch  ships  and  20  Syam  Prowes,  the  Report 
here  was  that  the  Syamers  came  to  fight  with  the  Kin^  (he  oweing 
them  3  years  tribute)  and  that  the  Dutch  came  to  their  assistance, 
great  preparations  were  here  made  against  them,  but  the  Syamers  and 
I  Dutch  ship  soone  left  the  Barr,  and  the  2  Dutch  ships  that  remayne 
much  hindred  the  trade  of  this  Place  in  not  suffering  any  Prowes  to 


QUEDA  267 

The  English  Nation  is  here  highly  in  Esteeme,  both 
with  the  Old  and  younge  Kinge  and  most  of  [the]  Men  in 
Office,  and  very  civily  dealt  with  by  most  of  the  Com- 
monalty resident  in  Queda  towne,  the  place  of  greatest 
Commerce  in  the  Kingdome^ 


goe  out  or  come  in,  The  Merchants  here  had  the  greatest  part  of  their 
goods  remayning  on  their  hands,  so  that  wee  were  very  much  dis- 
heartned  in  seeing  our  goods  lye  on  our  hands  without  expecting  any 
Vent  for  them  and  expecting  more  goods  in  4  months  time,  for  all  the 
time  that  they  lay  here  wee  scarce  sold  one  piece  of  goods  which 
made  us  to  Examine  Our  Sloope,  and  finding  that  she  might  be  made 
Capable  to  voyage  downe  this  Coast  without  doubling,  we  with  the 
help  of  the  Carpenters  and  Caulkers  of  Mr.  Garretts  ship... with  some 
trouble  and  charge,  fitted  her  for  her  intended  Voyage  to  Perack, 
Joshua  Burroughs  was  to  goe  upon  her  to  Endeavour  the  sale  of  the 
Companys  goods.  There  was  laden  on  her  for  their  account  109  tale, 
she  Fell  into  the  hands  of  the  Dutch  aboute  the  Rivers  mouth,  we  not 
dreaming  of  warrs  with  them,  Joshua  Burroughs  comeing  downe  the 
River  in  a  smale  prow  heareing  timely  news,  with  nought  but  the 
Clothes  on  his  back  escaped  their  hands,  but  they  carryed  away 
Charles  Gold  and  Jos.  Cocke  who  were  then  aboard  but  not  intended 
for  the  Voyage,  at  the  same  time  also  (being  aboute  the  middle 
of  February)  they  carryed  away  a  smale  shipe  and  sloope  of  Mr. 
Garretts." 

^  T.  B.  gives  an  optimistic  view  of  English  trade  at  Kedah.  The 
contemporary  records,  however,  tell  a  different  tale.  As  stated  in 
note  on  p.  261  a  settlement  was  attempted  in  1669,  and  Mr  George 
Davies  was  appointed  to  be  the  Company's  agent  there.  The  follow- 
ing are  extracts  from  his  commission,  dated  25th  April,  in  Surat,  O.  C. 
No.  3267  :  "  Wee  shall  proceed  to  acquaint  you  what  further  wee  can 
learne  of  the  place,  and  their  manner  of  Commerce  for  having  not  yet 
had  any  dealings  with  them,  we  are  constrained  to  take  the  greatest 
part  upon  trust... their  manner  of  Dealing  it  Seemes  is  altogether  in 
trucke  for  Tynn  which  is  the  only  Commodity,  for  wee  cannot  heare  of 
a  Second... Wee  have  had  great  encouradgment  to  enter  upon  this 
Voyage,  as  well  for  the  profitablenesse  thereof  as  in  regard  they  doe 
very  much  covett  a  trade  with  our  nation  in  hopes  whereof  (wee  are 
tould)  they  utterly  disowne  to  have  any  trade  or  Commerce  with  the 
Hollanders  who  to  bring  them  under  Subjection,  blockt  up  their  Port 
with  their  shipping  for  some  years  together  till  they  were  wearied  out, 
besides  there  is  the  Port  of  Pelock  [?  Perak]  upon  the  same  Continent 
that  affoards  good  Quantities  of  Tynn  and  other  Commodityes,  which 
wee  are  advised  would  be  brought  thither  if  they  had  assurance 
of  yearly  Barter  in  Lieu  of  it,  and  lastly  there  is  a  great  Citty  some 
dayes  Journey  up  in  the  Countrey  from  whence  alone  will  resort 
Merchants  that  as  we  now  apprehend  it,  there  wants  only  a  Constant 
concourse  of  Shipping  for  the  supply  of  their  wants."  Mr  Davies  was 
empowered,  if  he  found  it  necessary,  to  remain  at  Kedah  until  he  had 
investigated  "the  whole  trade  that  if  it  be  worth  the  while  we  may 
appropriate  it  wholy  to  the  Company."  A  provision  of  goods  amount- 
ing to  between  twenty  and  thirty  thousand  rupees  was  made  for  Kedah 


268  QUEDA 

on  the  Charles^  and  Mr  John  Portman  was  appointed  to  serve  under 
Davies.  In  Sept.  1669  the  following  unfavourable  report  was  written 
to  Surat,  O.  C  No.  3346,  "  Wee  found  here  [Kedah]  no  howse  of  the 
Company s  but  an  old  Warehouse  built  by  Meange  [Mianji,  a  title] 
which  wee  propt  up  the  best  wee  could  and  housed  there  the  Com- 
pany's Goods."  The  factors  themselves  lodged  with  an  old  Armenian 
m  whose  charge  Meange  had  left  "the  Companys  Ground."  The 
letter  went  on  to  say  that  it  was  not  worth  while  to  build  a  house, 
"this  Trade  drawing  to  an  end  and  not  worth  our  Residence  here... 
We  visited  the  Orankay  Puglah  Lemah  Bunder... his  pride  would  not 
permitt  him  to  take  much  notice  of  us  but  wee  understood  from  him 
that  wee  should  enjoy  the  same  priviledges  as  those  before  us." 

On  receipt  of  this  discouraging  report,  the  Surat  Council  wrote  to 
the  Court  excusing  themselves  for  having  undertaken  a  commercial 
voyage  to  Achin  and  Kedah.  They  stated  that  they  had  no  idea  at 
the  time  how  greatly  the  Dutch  had  obstructed  the  trade  in  those 
parts.  The  Charles  returned  to  Surat  in  Feb.  1670,  "much  Deffective 
and  Leaky."  It  was  then  decided  to  send  the  George  to  Kedah  to 
recover  debts,  and,  if  necessary,  to  bring  back  the  factors  from  that 
place.  It  was  left  to  Mr  Davies  to  judge  of  the  advisability  of  con- 
tinuing the  factory.  On  the  17th  Nov.  \t^o  {Factory  Records^  Surat, 
No.  105)  Messrs  Davies  and  Portman  wrote,  "A  small  quantity  of 
Cloth  yearly  will  supply  the  Markett  [of  Kedah]  and  doth  not  admit 
of  two  sellers... the  rivers  are  in  several  places  soe  shoale  and  winding 
that  the  shipps  cannot  goe  up... The  old  king  hath  sent  a  Piscash  to 
Mahmud  Alle... which  we  desire  may  goe  Freight  free."  In  Feb.  167 1 
Davies  wrote  again  from  Kedah  {Factory  Records^  Surat,  No.  105), 
"We  suppose  the  king  hath  made  you  very  large  promises  in  his 
last... however  we  think  it  Convenient... that  you  wouLd  desire  him  to 
make  some  absolute  agreement  with  us  ratifying  it  with  his  Chop." 

By  this  time  the  Surat  Council  had  realized  that  the  Kedah  settle- 
ment was  a  failure,  and  they  decided  to  recall  Davies,  "  the  business 
bein^  small,  and  Mr.  John  Portman  ordered  to  remayne  Cheife  and 
Mr.  Charles  Ward  second,  and  that  the  Factors  be  like  wise  Ordered 
to  sell  off  all  the  Companys  Goods  at  Price  Current."  Davies  was 
blamed  for  keeping  the  goods  at  Kedah  "  in  hopes  of  better  marketts," 
though  the  Council  admitted,  "  Wee  beleive  he  doth  it  out  of  a  good 
intention."  The  "other  Merchants  Sold  their  goodes  there  to  reason- 
able proffitt,"  as  probably  T.  B.  did  in  1677.  On  the  7th  Nov.  1671 
the  Surat  Council  wrote  to  the  Court  (O.  C.  No.  3574),  "Since  the 
Georges  departure  Wee  have  received  no  news  from  Quedah,  Wee 
hope  she  will  bring  us  full  returns  of  your  estate  there  together  with 
Mr.  Davies  whome  wee  have  recalled,  and  then  wee  Shall  not  ad- 
venture any  more  goodes  thither  without  further  order  from  you.'* 
But  things  had  gone  from  bad  to  worse.  In  F'eb.  1672  they  wrote 
from  Surat,  O.  C.  No.  3624,  "Your  Shipp  George  arrived  to  Swally 
hole  the  29th  past  from  Quedah  being  two  thirds  laden  with  freight 
goods  which  yet  will  make  no  inconsiderable  Freight,  though  pot 
neare  what  She  made  last  yeare,  but  as  to  your  owne  estate  wee  have 
no  accompt  as  yet,  nor  doe  wee  heare  of  any  goodes  laden  for  your 
account,  more  then  14  Piggs  of  Tynn,  nor  doe  wee  know  certainly  what 
goodes  are  Sould,  or  what  remayning ;  for  Wee  have  no  gennerall  from 
your  Factors,  the  reason  of  this  neglect  and  evill  State  of  your  affaires 
there  is  caused  by  the  unhappy  deaths  of  Mr.  George  Davies  and 
Mr.  John  Portman... Mr.  George  Davies... sometime  before  his  death 


QUEDA  269 

he  had  totally  lost  his  memory  being  Insensible,  and  uncapable  of  any 
business,  caused  by  drinking  of  Strong  Arrack  as  tis  Supposed."  As 
the  Council  at  Surat  could  get  no  information  of  the  state  of  things  at 
Kedah  beyond  the  fact  that  "  the  greatest  Parte "  of  the  Company's 
"g^oodes  was  consumed  by  the  Worme  by  meanes  of  Mr.  Davies 
willfull  breach  of  order,"  they  decided  to  send  Mr  Francis  Capell  on 
the  George  to  Kedah  in  April,  1672,  to  take  "an  exact  account  of  what 
goods  are  Sold,  and  Sell  off  what  are  remayning."  Francis  Capell  was 
accompanied  by  Joshua  Burroughs.  These  unfortunate  factors  reached 
Kedah  to  find  the  whole  Malay  coast  in  a  disturbed  state.  Dutch 
ships  blocked  the  ports,  and  they  could  do  nothing  but  send  piteous 
appeals  to  Surat  for  help.  On  the  2nd  Sept.  1673  the  Council  wrote 
{Ij.  C.  No.  3844),  "Wee  have  herewith  sent  a  letter  to  the  King  of 
Quedah,  desireing  his  Protection  of  you  during  your  stay  in  his  Port, 
Hee  cannot  expect  that  wee  can  send  a  Person  with  it,  in  such  tymes 
as  these,  when  wee  are  not  assured  that  our  Letters  will  come  safe  to 
you  or  the  Provisions  wee  send  you,  but  wee  have  given  caution  to  the 
Persons  who  carry  them,  who  have  promised  their  care... Wee  pray 
God  keepe  you  in  that  temper  of  Spiritt,  that  you  may  not  be  discouraged 
by  your  state  there  since  it  is  not  in  our  power  to  bring  you  thence, 
you  will  beare  it  the  more  patiently  especially  remembring  you  are  not 
so  unhappy  as  many  others  that  are  fallen  into  the  Enemies  hands  att 
Batavia  and  Mallacca." 

On  the  1st  Jan.  1674  Capell  and  Burroughs  sent  a  long  and  detailed 
account  of  their  misfortunes  to  the  Council  at  Surat.  The  letter  is 
entitled  "Quedda  General  to  Suratt,"  O.  C.  No.  3917,  parts  of  which 
have  already  been  quoted.  The  following  are  the  most  interesting 
paragraphs :  "  Wee  have  received  yours  of  the  22nd  Aprill  and  2nd 
September  by  the  Jounck  Selimony  with  those  provitions  sent  on  her  for 
our  refreshments  which  are  very  welcome  to  us.  Now  these  goe  by  a 
King  ship  bound  for  Porta  Nova  which  will  bring  you  but  sad  tidings 
of  this  our  unfortunate  Factory,  It  hath  pleased  God  to  take  from  us 
all  that  the  Dutch  had  left  by  a  suddain  fire  on  the  20  May  last,  all 
that  we  had  both  in  our  hbuse  and  warehouses,  wee  saveing  nothing, 
but  some  few  goods  pulled  out  of  the  fire  in  the  Companys  warehouse, 
which  were  after  sold  for  2  tale  12  mace,  6  bahar  of  tinne  in  the  ware- 
house and  a  small  scrittore  wherein  was  Copie  of  the  Georges  account 
freight  and  5  tale  loj  Mace  in  mony.  The  fire  was  so  fierce  and 
vehement  that  wee  saved  nothing  else  Escaping  only  in  our  Shirts  and 
drawers,  and  Blessed  be  God  that  wee  Escaped  with  our  lives  for  had 
wee  bin  in  our  beds  (as  wee  were  goeing  to  repose  when  wee  found 
it)  little  less  then  a  Miracle  would  have  saved  us,  which  sad  accident 
happened  either  by  Rogues  without  the  house  or  by  the  carelessness 
of  a  boy  with  a  Candle  within,  wee  had  a  sad  warning  aboute  2  months 
before  by  a  dismall  fire  which  in  less  then  2  houres  consumed  down  to 
the  ground  one  halfe  the  Towne  being  all  one  side  of  the  Buzar  The 
houses  here  being  made  of  Huttops  (which  are  no  more  then  leaves  of 
trees)  do  take  like  tinder  in  the  dry  times.  For  Prevention  in  the  like 
accident  to  us  as  also  of  Rogues  at  such  time  wee  thought  fit  to  make 
a  strong  Pagar  about  the  Town,  but  at  the  time  of  the  fire  it  was  not 
quite  finished... By  her  (the  Georges)  miscarring  and  the  miscarrage  of 
Mr.  Garretts  smale  ship  that  parted  hence  in  February  last,  you  were 
deprived  of  our  advises,  though  they  were  of  little  concernment  for  wee 
could  not  sell  but  a  very  few  goods  by  reason  of  the  great  quantities 
of  fresh  goods  brought  on  freight,  so  that  these  Merchants  would  not 


270  QUEDA 

look  upon  our  old  goods... At  our  first  arrival  and  delivering  our  Letters 
to  the  king  wee  complained  to  him  of  the  great  quantityes  of  our  goods 
that  had  bin  here  so  long  unsold,  and  craved  his  assistance  in  the 
disposall  of  them  in  Barter  for  Tinn,  according  to  his  Phirmaund  at 
2  tale  per  Bahar.  His  answer  was  that  he  was  sorry  to  hear  it,  and 
that  it  was  none  of  his  fault  but  our  owne,  our  bringing  of  Merchants 
was  the  cause  that  wee  did  not  find  that  quick  sale  for  our  goods  as  we 
expected,  and  that  if  we  did  not  bring  them,  they  could  not  come  here 
and  that  if  we  ourselves  brought  merchants  that  would  give  more  than 
2  tale  per  Bahar  how  could  we  expect  otherwise  but  that  wee  must 
give  the  like. 

"  At  our  Examining  the  warehouse  we  found  the  goods  lye  in  sad 
Condition  and  in  a  most  confused  manner,  Great  quantityes  Damaged 
rotten  and  without  papers,  wee  made  sortings  before  a  just  account 
could  be  taken,  and  according  to  the  Ballance  of  Mr.  Da  vies  his  bookes 
(which  wee  here  ballanced)  wee  found  many  wanting  of  which  Charles 
Ward  gave  us  no  other  account  but  that  they  were  throwne  into  the 
River  in  Mr.  Davies  his  time,  and  that  he  never  received  any  account 
and  therefore  could  not  give  any. 

"  Our   Endeavours  were  not  wanting  in  the   promoting  the  sale 
of  them,  for  finding  no  vent  for  them  here,  we  (by  the  advice  of  several 
Merchants)  thought  fit  to  transport  them,  and  accordingly  (by  the  help 
of  the  King  who  lent  us  a  Prow),  sent  to  the  Valine  of  2600  Rupees  on 
2  Prowes  by  Charles  Ward  to  Junsalone  (it  being  his  own  desire)  and 
also  our  great  desire  to  send  something  home  on  our  Honble.  Masters 
account.  The  Voyage  did  not  prove  soe  successful  as  was  expected 
occationed  by  his  long  passage,  by  reason  of  foule  weather  by  which 
the  goods  received  Damage  which  at  the  best  were  in  a  bad  condition 
so  that  he  could  not  dispose  of  them  all  but  left  the  goods  in  the  hands 
of  one  Deria  a  Chulia  of  this  place... soone  after  Deria  arrived  here 
with  a  small  parcell  of  Tinn,  but  brought  no  other  account  then  that 
he  had  left  most  of  the  goods  unsold  in  the  hands  of  one  Musa...from 
whom  since  we  have  received  no  other  account  but  that  the  Dutch 
have  binn  there,  and  plundered  the  house  of  all  both  Tinn  and  goods 
that  we  left. ..Soone  after  the... departure  of  the  Dutch  wee  went  to  the 
King  and  entreated  him  to  take  of  all  the  goods,  and  to  help  us  with 
prowes  to  carry  us  to  Achen  hopeing  that  there  wee  might  finde  a 
passage  for  Surat,  for  that  as  long  as  these  warrs  held  we  could  not 
expect  a  ship  here  for  that  we  did  not  conceive  ourselves  safe  here  for 
that  they  might  as  well  take  us  out  of  our  house,  as  take  our  sloope 
out  of  his  River,  his  answer  was  that  now  we  had  warrs  we  could  not 
safely  goe,  neither  could  he  answer  it,  for  if  any  ill  or  mischeif  befell 
us  the  Company  would  lay  the  blame  on  him,  and  that  our  stay  here 
should  be  safe,  pretending  much  Love  to  us,  that  he  would  rather 
suffer  his  Country  to  be  distroyed,  and  Die  himself  then  deliver  us  to 
the  Dutch,  or  suffer  them  to  take  us... The  greatest  part  [of  the  Com- 
panys  estate]  is  still  abroad  in  debts  about  which  wee  have  no  smale 
trouble,  wee  have  oft  moved  to  the  King  that  wee  may  have  allowance 
for  the  non-payment;   and  oft  received  denyalls  but  still  persisting 
in  our  demands  he  at  last  promised  that  wee  should  receive  our  tinne 
at  the  rate  of  3  tale  per  Bahar... but  when  wee  shall  receive  it  is 
uncertaine  for  in  this   Country  is  neither  Justice  nor  equity;   they 
receiving  piscashes  of  both  parties,  but  nothing  effected  save  many 
fair  words  and  promises... Our  living  here  longer  upon  dead  Charge 
will  soone  cleare  that  little  the  Company  has  left,  so  that  there  must 


QUEDA  271 

The  Priviledges  allowed  to  the  English  Merchants  here 
are  very  considerable  and  Sociable,  as  well  to  one  as 
another  Company  or  noe  Company.  When  the  Companie's 
Shipp  arriveth  from  Suratt,  as  generally  there  doth  one 
every  yeare  (if  not  more),  the  Cape  Merchant^  when  he 
Cometh  Up  to  towne  visiteth  the  Orong-kay*,  who  kindly 
welcometh  him  on  Shore,  and  prepareth  Some  of  the 
King's  boats,  and  goeth  alonge  with  him  in  Person  to 
Solla^  (the  place  of  the  Old  Kings  residence).     Most  part 

be  some  course  taken  for  our  remo vail... Wee  doe  hope  and  almost 
Impatiently  wait  for  your  answer  and  orders  by  returne  of  this  ship, 
our  stay  here  is  most  uncomfortable  we  two  being  the  only  Christians 
in  this  Country,  and  we  by  the  fire  are  deprived  of  all  our  English 
books,  so  that  should  it  please  God  to  send  sickness  we  are  as  well 
destitute  of  Phisick  for  soule  as  body... wee  doe  not  keep  more 
servants  then  are  mearly  necessary,  this  Country  being  dangerous  by 
reason  of  theives  wee  are  forced  to  keep  a  watch  in  the  night, 
God  in  mercie  grant  us  a  happy  and  honourable  Peace... we  in  the 
meane  time  relying  upon  God  for  our  Comfort  in  this  comfortless 
Country...." 

Before  the  receipt  of  the  above  letter  from  Capell  and  Burroughs 
the  Council  at  Surat  had  written  to  Kedah  in  April,  1674  {Factory 
Records^  Surat,  No.  87,  p.  148),  telling  their  unfortunate  servants  that 
there  was  no  immediate  hope  of  procuring  their  departure,  and  inform- 
ing them  that  Charles  Ward,  who  was  taken  on  the  George  by  the 
Dutch,  had  returned  to  Surat.  At  the  end  of  June  the  Kedah  letter 
of  Jan.  reached  Surat.  On  the  21st  Sept.  the  Council  wrote,  "  Wee 
hope  you  may  be  imbarqued  on  Mirza  Mozums  Jounck,  haveing 
received  from  Malacca  the  good  newes  of  an  Honourable  peace  with 
the  Dutch... Wee  have  here  inclosed  sent  you  a  letter  to  deliver  to 
the  king  of  Quedah  to  permitt  your  departure,  letting  him  know  our 
just  resentments  for  the  many  obstructions  you  have  there  mett  with 
in  your  business,  occatioped  by  his  Ministers  Ser  Rajah  Chaun 
and  others."  Another  year,  however,  elapsed  before  the  ill-starred 
factory  at  Kedah  was  finally  abandoned.  In  1683  the  question 
of  settling  "a  small  factory  at  Cudda  or  Jehore"  was  debated  by 
the  Court,  but  in  1686  the  Directors  finally  decided  against  the 
project,  "Wee  will  have  no  Factory  settled  for  us  at  Pegu,  nor 
at  Quedah  nor  any  of  those  little  places  where  we  cannot  bring  our 
great  Ships." 

1  i.e,  supercargo.  Compare  the  following  in  "Instructions  given  by 
the  Court,"  dated  9th  Oct.  1663,  O.  C.  No.  2994,  "We  are  resolved  to 
send  a  Cape  Merchant  to  voyage  on  every  ship  from  hence  forward, 
who  shall  bee  accomptable  to  us  for  all  transactions  during  the  time  of 
the  voyage."  Mr  Matthew  Gray  went  "Cape  Merchant"  on  the 
Nugdy^  and  Mr  George  Davies  "  Cape  Merchant "  on  the  Charles  to 
Kedah  and  Achin  in  1669. 

2  See  note  on  p.  260.  ^  Sgg  ^Q^e  q^  p  259. 


272  QUEDA 

of  the  way  they  goe  by  water,  and  then  mount  the  Elephants 
prepared  for  them,  and  goe  Straightway  to  pay  their  respects 
to  the  Kinge,  who  after  a  most  welcome  manner  doth  give 
them  Entertainment.  The  English  Merchant  presenteth 
him  with  a  piscash^  not  Valueinge  lesse  then  50  pound 
Sterlinge,  in  gold  baftos*,  silks,  &c.  The  Kinge  in  Person 
doth  receive  them  and  feasteth  them  very  Nobly  and 
Royally  accordinge  to  the  Custome  of  Queda,  and  never 
faileth  to  returne  the  full  Value  of  what  he  received  in 
Agala  wood'. 

When  the  Said  Merchant  cometh  downe  to  Queda,  he 
Piscasheth^  the  younge  Kinge  alsoe  with  almost  soe  much 
in  Value  as  he  did  the  Old  one,  and  he  faileth  not  to  follow 
his  Father's  rules  in  the  way  of  retalHation,  the  which 
transported  to  Suratt  yields  more  advance  then  any  Such 
quantities  of  goods  Sold  here  to  the  Merchants. 

If  any  Ship  or  Vessell  come  from  the  Coast  of  Choro- 
mandell  or  Bengala,  as  yearly  there  doth  one  if  not  more*, 
they  follow  the  Same  beforementioned  rules,  for  by  longe 
Usinge  they  are  become  an  absolute  Custome  not  to  be 


^  See  note  on  p.  157. 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Bafta.  See  Ind,  Ant  vol.  xxix.  p.  337. 
"  Blew  Baftas,  Broad  Baftas  and  Gold  Baftas  "  were  much  in  request 
in  England  in  T.  B.'s  time.  Murray,  Oxford  English  Diet,  has,  "Baft. 
A  kind  of  coarse  and  cheap  (generally  cotton)  fabric,  originally  of 
oriental  manufacture,  but  now  made  in  Great  Britain  for  export, 
especially  to  Africa." 

3  This  is  the  Aquilaria  Agallocha,  commonly  known  as  Calambac, 
Aloe-wood  or  Eagle-wood.  See  Watts,  Economic  Products  of  India, 
vol.  i.  p.  279.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "Agila-wood  or  Lignum- 
aloes."  Compare  Dampier,  vol.  ii.  p.  8,  "The  merchants  of  China 
do... fetch  from  thence  (Cochin  China)  Lignum  Aloes,  and  Aguala 
Wood,  which  is  much  esteemed  for  its  rare  scent."  See  also  Ind.  Ant, 
vol.  xxviii.  p.  196  and  vol.  xxix.  p.  335. 

*  These  ships  were  private  trading  vessels,  such  as  those  com- 
manded by  T.  B.  for  William  Jearsey  or  on  his  own  account.  John 
Bugden,  Clement  Jordan  and  John  Smith  made  voyages  to  Kedah 
between  1676  and  1680.  In  these  trading  voyages  goods  for  the 
Company,  as  well  as  separate  consignments  for  the  factors,  were 
usually  carried. 


QUEDA  273 

Violated ;  and  they  have  the  retalliation  put  to  theire  choice 
whether  Agala^  or  Elephants,  soe  that  if  theire  Ships  be  of 
any  considerable  burthen  they  choose  Elephants,  which 
Annimal  if  they  conduct  safe  to  the  Other  Side  yieldeth 
abundance  of  Profit*. 

Here  are  Elephants  more  Plenty  and  Sold  at  much 
cheaper  rates  then  in  any  Countrey  or  Kingdome  besides. 
One  of  5  cubits  and  an  halfe  is  a  very  Siseable  and  a 
Merchandable  Elephant,  and  such  are  Sold  here  for  200 
pieces  of  8'  which  transported  to  Metchlipatam  or  Bengala 
will  yield  3000.  It  is  very  rare  to  gett  leave  to  transport 
an  Elephant  that  Exceedeth  in  Stature  6  Cubits  (vizt. 
9  English  feet.)* 

Many  Strange  Passages  I  have  heard  and  read  of  Con- 
cerninge  this  Creature,  which  are  for  the  most  part  horrid 
Romances  (vizt.)  That  they  if  [they]  ly  downe  cannot  rise 
againe,  and  of  the  ways  of  ketchinge  alive  and  tameinge 
these  Monstrous  Annimals,  and  of  theire  goeinge  to  warre 


^  See  note  on  p.  272. 

2  Alex.  Hamilton  visited  Kedah  in  1694  and  in  his  East  Indies y 
vol.  ii.  p.  73  f.  gives  a  very  different  account  of  the  country,  its  govern- 
ment and  methods  of  trade:  "The  King... never  fails  of  visiting 
stranger  Merchants  at  their  coming  to  his  Port,  and  then,  according 
to  Custom,  he  must  have  a  Present.  When  the  Stranger  returns  the 
Visit,  or  has  any  Business  with  him,  he  must  make  him  a  Present, 
otherwise  he  thinks  due  Respect  is  not  paid  to  him,  and  in  Return  of 
these  Presents  his  Majesty  will  honour  the  Stranger  with  a  Seat  near 
his  sacred  Person,  and  will  chew  a  little  Betel,  and  put  it  out  of  his 
royal  Mouth  on  a  little  gold  Saucer,  and  sends  it  by  his  Pa^^e  to  the 
Stranger,  who  must  take  it  with  all  Signs  of  Humility  and  Satisfaction, 
and  chew  it  after  him,  and  it  is  very  dangerous  to  refuse  the  royal 
Morsel."  Hamilton  adds,  after  his  usual  ill-natured  manner,  an  un- 
savoury scandal  about  the  "young  king,"  reflecting  on  the  close 
intermarriage  common  among  the  Royal  families  of  most  Further 
Indian  nations. 

3  i.e.  Spanish  dollars.     See  note  on  p.  1 14. 

*  Compare  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  T^^  "Quedah...Its 
Product  is... Elephants,  and  Elephants  Teeth."  Crawfurd,  Desc.  Diet, 
of  the  Indian  Islands^  says  s,v.  Queda,  "The  name,  correctly  written 
Kadah... signifies  in  Malay  *an  elephant  trap.'.. .Among  its  wild  animals, 
the  elephant  is  very  numerous,  and  is  used  as  a  beast  of  burthen — even 
bred,  and  occasionally  exported  to  the  Coromandel  coast." 

T.  18 


274  QUEDA 

with  towers  and  Gunns  mounted  upon  their  backs\  with 
many  other  Fictions  that  I  can  make  bold  to  gainesay,  for 
they  doe  ly  downe  when  they  ingender,  the  Female  upon 
her  back  and  the  Other  Upon  her,  as  alsoe  att  many  other 
times,  and  doe  rise  with  a  great  deale  of  Ease,  and  as  for 
the  ways  in  takeinge  them  alive  and  Civilizeinge  them,  they 
are  thus. 

The  tamed  Elephants  goe  into  the  woods  (where  the 
Wild  ones  resort)  and  feigne  themselvs  as  mad  as  they, 
and  by  that  means  they  delude  them  into  a  very  Stronge 
pound  or  fence  made  for  the  Same  purpose,  and  when 
5  or  6  tame  Elephants  have  gotten  one  or  two  wild  ones 
in,  they  fall  upon  them  and  beat  them  severely,  untill  the 
Keepers  come  and  put  theire  leggs  in  the  Stocks,  by  which 
means,  and  having  the  tame  Elephants  by  them,  and  good 
Store  of  victuals,  as  plantrees',  younge  bamboos^  and  the 
like,  they  alsoe  in  the  Space  of  30  or  40  days  become 
tame,  but  they  never  ingender  after  they  are  once  tamed*. 

And  as  for  theire  way  of  fightinge  in  an  army,  ['it]  is 
neither  with  towers  nor  guns*,  yet  those  trained  Up  for 
warre  will  by  theire  Valour  doe  very  great  Execution. 
They  fight  with  very  great  Ec^ernesse  and  couradge,  theire 


^  T.  B.  had  evidently  never  seen  a  war  elephant.  See  Dampier^ 
vol.  ii.  p.  73.  Compare  De  la  Loublre^  p.  92,  "They  [the  Siamese] 
very  much  rely  upon  the  Elephants  in  Combats,  though  this  Animal 
for  want  of  Bit  and  Bridle,  cannot  be  securely  governed,  and  he 
frequently  returns  upon  his  own  Masters  when  he  is  wounded.  More- 
over he  so  exceedmgly  dreads  the  fire,  that  he  is  never  almost 
accustomed  thereto.  Yet  they  exercise  them  to  carry,  and  to  see 
fired  from  their  back  little  pieces  about  three  foot  long,  and  about 
a  pound  of  Ball." 

2  The  contemporary  form  of  plane-tree,  the  plantain  or  banana. 
This  is  a  valuable  quotation. 

3  See  note  on  p.  249. 

*  Compare  De  la  Lotiblre^  p.  44  f ,  for  a  somewhat  different  method 
of  entrapping  wild  elephants.  See  also  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  33  f.,  for 
the  method  of  catching  elephants  in  Ceylon.  Elephants  do  occasionally 
breed  in  captivity. 

*  See  note  i  above. 


QUEDA  275 

onely  weapon  is  a  Chaine  of  18  or  20  foot  longe,  made  fast 
to  one  of  theire  foremost  leggs,  the  which  they  Coyle  up 
like  a  rope  upon  theire  tronke,  and  when  they  come  neare 
the  Enemy,  Flinge  out  the  Said  Chaine  with  Such  Violence, 
that  they  knock  downe  and  bruise  to  pieces  all  they  reach 
both  horse  and  man,  and  Some  times  disorder  theire 
adversaries  army  very  much. 

The  Stocks  they  put  them  into  to  civilize  them  are 
very  Substantiall  ones,  as  indeed  they  ought  to  be ;  they 
afe  noe  lesse  then  very  greats  (stc)  trees,  with  holes  that 
are  cutt  throught  the  bodies  of  them  fitt  for  theire  leggs  to 
runne  into,  and  then  they  drive  in  wedges,  and  Seizeinge 
goe  from  one  legge  to  another. 

The  tallest  and  best  Sett  Elephant  that  ever  I  beheld 
was  in  Janselone,  and  I  never  saw  any  come  neare  his 
height  by  6  inches  at  least,  and  be  proportionable  Every 
way  as  he  was.  His  height  was  14  English  feet,  and  was, 
Soone  after  I  saw  him,  Sente  to  the  Kinge  of  Syam  as  a 
present  very  rare  and  most  highly  Esteemed  of \ 

The  Kinge  of  Queda  is  Tributary  to  him  of  Syam^, 
although  the  tribute  he  payeth  be  but  inconsiderable  in  it 
Selfe,  beinge  noe  more  then  annually  a  gold  flowre^  not 


^  See  Balfour,  Cyc/.  0/ India,  s.v.  Elephant,  for  a  long  article  on  the 
subject.  Compare  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  p.  62,  "The  most  remark- 
able things  about  it  [the  palace  at  Achin]  are  two  or  three  Elephants 
kept  for  State,  these  they  get  from  Pegu  or  Quedah,  where  are 
abundance  of  them,  1  have  seen  fifty  in  one  Garden  at  Madrass, 
brought  thence  in  a  Season,  valued  from  200  to  800  Pagodas  each." 

2  When  Schouten  visited  the  Malay  Peninsula  in  1663,  Kedah  was 
subject  to  the  King  of  Achin,  "A  portion  of  the  Malay  countries  is 
under  the  dominion  of  the  King  of  Siam...But  the  Kingdoms  of  Pera 
and  of  Queda  are  subject  to  the  King  of  Achin."   Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  125. 

^  Compare  the  following  from  Journal  ou  Suite  du  Voyage  de  Siam, 
p.  289,  "  The  Kings  of  Camboge,  of  G^or,  of  Patani,  of  Queda,  and  of 
Jambi,  are  tributaries  to  the  King  of  Siam,  and  pay  him  every  year  a 
bouquet  of  gold  flowers."  Mandelslo,  p.  loiB,  speaks  of  similar  tribute 
paid  at  Patani,  "Not  many  years  since  there  reigned  a  Queen  [at 
Patani],  that  sent  him  [the  King  of  Siam]  no  more  then  once  a  year  a 
Flower  of  Gold,  and  some  Silk-Stuffes  and  Scarlet."  Compare  also 
De  la  Loub^re,  Siam,  p.  82,  "  For  Tribute  she  [the  Queen  of  Patani] 
sends  to  the  King  of  Siam  every  three  Years  two  small  Trees,  the  one 

18—2 


276  QUEDA 

Exceedinge  20  pieces  of  8^  in  Value,  yet  he  must  Send  it 
him  or  incurre  his  displeasure;  the  like  all  the  Kings  Upon 
the  Malay  Coast  must  doe.  This  good  Old  Kinge  is 
timerous  that  the  Syam  Kinge  Shold  Send  an  army  to 
invade  his  land,  more  Especially  Anno  Domini  1677,  meerly 
through  flyinge  news  thereof,  he  with  his  Son  and  all  his 
household,  accompanied  with  most  Eminent  men  in  the 
Kingdome,  fledd  up  to  the  Mountains  and  left  Queda, 
Solla,  and  many  other  places  destitute  of  inhabitants,  for 
Some  time,  untill  a  Tarra'  came  from  Syam  with  letters 
and  a  Gold  Cappe  for  a  present  to  him,  after  a  friendly  but 
Monarchiall  manner,  bidding  him  live,  poore  Slave,  and 
Enjoy  his  Countrey  in  peace.  As  indeed  I  believe  he  may, 
for  any  prejudice  the  Kinge  of  Syam^  purposeth  to  doe 
him  or  his  people,  haveinge  a  warre  of  greater  consequence 
in  hand,  namely  with  the  Kinge  of  Pegu*. 

This  Countrey  Affordeth  considerable  quantities  of 
Pepper^  which  indeed  is  admirable  good,  and  not  without 
desert  accompted  the  best  in  India*  or  the  South  Seas^ 
being  very  Sound  and  Stronge  and  very  cleane  and  largely 
corned.  There  is  not  any  that  groweth  Upon  the  maine 
land  of  this  Kingdome,  but  Upon  an  Island  about  30  or 

of  Gold,  the  other  of  Silver."  Crawfurd,  who  visited  Kedah  in  1822, 
says  {Embassy  to  Siam^  p.  29)  that,  "  by  immemorial  usage,  the  King 
of  Queda  sends  to  Siam...a  triennial  token  of  submission,  in  the  form 
of  a  little  tree  of  gold."  For  gold  and  silver  trees  as  tribute  see  Ind, 
Ant,  vol.  XXV.  p.  289.  These  "trees"  were  really  incidental  to  the 
process  of  castmg  metals  in  natural  sand  moulds  for  coinage. 

1  See  note  on  p.  114.  ^  See  note  on  p.  253. 

8  This  was  Phrai  Narai,  i656--i6$8,  the  ally  of  Louis  XIV.  of  France. 

*  This  war  was  probably  the  occasion  of  building  the  "wooden 
fort"  mentioned  by  De  la  Loub^re.     See  note  on  p.  278. 

^  Bowring,  Siam^  vol.  ii.  p.  49,  f.  n.,  says,  "  Camoens  speaks  of 
Quedah  as  the  principal  district  for  the  production  of  pepper." 
Mandelslo,  p.  112,  says,  "The  places  which  produce  most  of  it 
[pepper]  are...Quida."  T.  B.  in  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his 
Malay  Diet,  has,  "Quedah... yields  about  one  Thousand  Peculs  of 
very  good  Pepper... Yearly." 

•  Mandelsloy  however,  says,  p.  112,  "The  Pepper  of  Sumatra  s 
without  doubt  the  best  in  the  Indies." 

^  See  note  on  p.  188. 


QUEDA  277 

40  English  miles  in  circuit,  called  Pullo  Ladda,  vizt.  Pepper 
Island.  Pullo  in  the  Malay  tongue  Signifieth  Island  and 
Ladda  pepper\  It  is  8  leags  to  the  NW.  of  Queda  River's 
mouth.  Black  and  white  Pepper  groweth  as  followeth. 
[Plate  XV.] 

They  have  Longe  Pepper*  in  great  quantities  that 
groweth  Upon  the  Maine,  but  it  is  noe  great  commoditie 
to  be  transported  to  the  Coast  or  Bengala,  by  reason 
Bengala  Supplieth  all  that  Countrey  with  Plenty  Enough 
thereof,  and  better  then  this  they  have  here.  They  put 
it  to  little  or  no  Use,  onely  for  theire  Elephants  to 
Eat.  They  accompt  it  hearty  and  good  for  them,  and 
doe  frequently  give  them  thereof  to  Eat.  It  groweth  as 
followeth.     [Plate  XV.] 

Theire  buildings  in  this  Generall  are  but  of  a  very 
meane  Sort  built  of  Bamboos'  and  Rattans*,  and  Stand  for 
the  most  part  Upon  Stilts  of  wood,  because  of  the  great 
riseinge  of  the  waters  in  time  of  the  raines*,  which  happen 
for  the  most  part  in  the  Months  October  and  November. 

^  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet  has,  ^^Pooloo^  an  island,  Lada^  pepper." 
Wilkinson,  Malay  Dict.^  gives  "  Pulau^  An  isolated  patch  of  anything, 
an  island.     Lada^  A  generic  name  applied  to  pepper." 

In  a  letter  to  Surat,  dated  i6th  Nov.  1670  {Factory  Records^  Surat, 
No.  105),  the  factors  at  Kedah  wrote,  "  Send  5  or  6  more  [men]  to  goe 
to  Pullo  Ladda  or  Purles,  which  are  places  belonging  to  this  King  [of 
Kedah],  where  Tinn  and  pepper  may  be  bought  at  cheaper  rates  then 
here." 

Of  the  Laddas,  Horsburgh,  East  Indies  Directory^  vol.  ii.  ed.  1805, 
p.  148,  says  '*The  Laddas... are  high  rugged  Islands,  of  barren  aspect. 
Capt.  Forrest  calls  the  large  central  Island  Pullo  Ladda,  which  generally 
bears  the  name  Lancava;  and  to  the  Westernmost  large  Island  com- 
monly called  Pulo  Ladda  he  gives  the  name  of  Lancaway." 

Pepper  is  no  longer  grown  in  any  quantity  in  these  Islands. 

2  Crawfurd,  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Is,,  has,  s,v.  Pepper  (Long),  "This 
is  the  chabe  of  the  Javanese,  and  the  lada panjang  of  the  Malays..  ..This 
commodity  is  probably  a  native  of  Java." 

3  See  note  on  p.  249. 

*  See  notes  on  pp.  74  and  250.  Compare  T.B.'s  remark  in  the 
Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet,  "  Here  [Kedah]  is  also  Ratans, 
Damar...and  a  few  Elephants  Teeth." 

*  Compare  the  description  of  Siamese  houses  by  De  la  Loub^re, 
Siam,  p.  29,  "Their  Houses  are  small,  but  surrounded  with  pretty 


278  QUEDA 

They  have  but  very  few  garrisons  in  this  Kingdome. 
I  never  Saw  more  then  two  wooden  Forts  of  12  or  14  guns 
each^  They  are  built  neare  the  River  Side  some  10  miles 
above  the  barre. 

They  have  Severall  Sorts  of  very  good  Fruit  in  the 
Countrey,  vizt.  Limes,  Lemons,  Duryans^,  Mangoes^  and 


large  Grounds.  Hurdles  of  cleft  Bambou,  oftentimes  not  close  com- 
pacted, do  make  the  Floors,  Walls  and  Roofs  thereof.  The  Piles,  on 
which  they  are  erected  to  avoid  the  Inundation,  are  Bambous  as  thick 
as  one's  Leg,  and  about  13  Foot  above  the  Ground,  by  reason  that  the 
Waters  do  sometimes  rise  as  much  as  that.  There  never  is  more  than 
four  or  six,  on  which  they  do  lay  other  Bambous  across  instead  of 
Beams.  The  Stairs  are  a  Ladder  of  Bambou,  which  hangs  on  the 
outside  like  the  Ladder  of  a  Windmill.  And  by  reason  that  their 
Stables  are  also  in  the  Air,  they  have  Climbers  made  of  Hurdles  by 
which  the  Cattle  enter  therein." 

1  De  la  Loublre^  P-  9i>  explains  the  lack  of  fortresses  in  Siam,  an 
explanation  which  probably  also  applied  to  the  dependency  of  Kedah, 
"The  Kingdom  of  Siam  being  very  strong  by  its  impenetrable  Woods, 
and  by  the  great  number  of  Channels,  wherewith  it  is  interspersed, 
and  in  fine  by  the  annual  Inundation  of  six  Months,  the  Siameses 
would  not  hitherto  have  places  well  fortified  for  fear  of  losing  them, 
and  not  being  able  to  retake  them ;  and  this  is  the  reason  they  gave 
me  thereof.  The  Castles  they  have  would  hardly  sustain  the  first 
shock  of  our  Soldiers  ;  and  though  they  be  small  and  ugly,  because 
they  would  have  them  such,  yet  is  it  necessary  to  employ  the  skill  of 
the  Europeans  to  delineate  them.  'Tis  some  years  since  the  King  of 
Siam  designing  to  make  a  wooden  Fort  on  the  Frontier  of  Pegu,  had 
no  abler  a  person  to  whom  he  could  entrust  the  care  thereof,  than  to 
one  named  Brother  Ren^  Charbonneau." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Uurian.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has, 
^^  Dooreun^  a  Prickly  fruit  in  India."  See  Mandelslo^  p.  120,  for  a  long 
description  of  this  fruit.  Compare  the  quaint  account  by  Schouten'^ 
vol.  ii.  p.  358,  "The  Dutch  give  the  name  of  Stinkert,  or  Stinker,  to 
the  Durion,  which  is  a  fruit  with  an  odour  closely  resembling  roasted 
onion,  or  rotten  garlic,  so  that  it  does  not  attract  those  who  have 
never  tasted  it,  but  when  they  happen  to  eat  it,  they  are  greatly 
astonished  to  find  it  so  good.  When  it  is  ripe  it  is  generally  about  the 
size  of  the  head  of  an  eight  year  old  child.  The  skin  is  very  thick,  and 
furnished  with  sharp  spines ;  and  as  this  skin,  or  rather  bark,  is  easily 
separated,  they  are  usually  opened  with  the  feet.  Inside  are  found 
four  or  five  cavities,  separated  by  skins,  which  are  filled  with  a  pulp, 
soft,  delicate,  and  of  excellent  flavour.  They  have  three  kernels  as  big 
as  chestnuts.  They  are  so  good  that  one  cannot  help  eating  them  to 
repletion.  They  are  considered  very  wholesome,  especially  for  people 
of  a  cold  and  moist  temperament." 

See  also  Watts,  Diet,  of  Economic  Products  of  Indiay  s.v.  Durio. 

3  See  note  on  p.  48. 


QUEDA  279 

Pines^  of  which  last  they  have  in  great  abundance,  more 
then  in  any  Other  Countrey  that  Ever  I  was  in.  The 
Figure  of  the  Pine  Apple  as  followeth.     [Plate  xvi.] 

All  Sorts  of  Provisions  are  here  in  Plenty  Enough, 
vizt.  Cocks  and  henns,  Cows,  buffoloes,  wild  hogge,  and 
very  great  plenty  of  fish  (Especially  neare  the  Sea),  but 
noe  ducks  or  geese  to  be  had,  nor  Swines  flesh  tamed  alive, 
by  reason  they  are  all  of  the  Mahometan  Faith'*.  Rice 
they  have  in  great  plenty*,  and  as  I  said  before,  much  fish 
caught  neare  the  barre  and  there  Sold  for  little  or  nothinge. 
Here  followeth  the  Shapes  of  Some  Strange  fishes  I  have 
Seen  caught  here  in  Queda.     [Plate  XVI.] 

The  Maine  Land  of  this  Kingdome  in  Generall  with 
the  Adjacent  Isles  are  very  woody* ;  and  [on]  the  maine 
is  very  plenty  of  Wild  beasts,  vizt.  Elephants,  Tygers, 
Bufifolos,  and  Monkeys.  I  have  been  by  Severall  informed 
that  there  are  Lions  here  alsoe,  but  I  never  Saw  any  of  them. 

The  Buffolo''  is  here  both  wild  and   tame.     The  wild 

^  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  ^^ Ananas,  a  Pine- Apple."  See 
Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Pine  Apple  and  Ananas. 

2  Compare  Mandelslo,  p.  108,  "The  Inhabitants  breed  no  Swine, 
[at  Patani],  but  the  Forrests  are  so  full  of  wild  ones,  that  they  are 
forc'd  to  hunt  them  to  prevent  the  destruction  of  their  Rice ;  which 
being  taken,  they  bury  them  in  the  ground,  as  being  Mahumetans,  and 
eat  none  themselves,  nor  suffer  others." 

3  Forrest,  Voyage  to  the  Mergui  Archipelago,  p.  25,  gives  a  similar 
account  of  the  products  of  Kedah  in  1783,  "At  Queda  there  is  great 
plenty  of  rice,  bullocks,  buffaloes,  and  poultry ;  but  not  such  abundance 
of  fruit  and  vegetables  as  at  Acheen... Queda  is  a  fiat  country,  favour- 
able for  the  cultivation  of  rice." 

*  Compare  Crawfurd,  Embassy  to  Siam,  p.  28,  "The  character  of 
this  territory  [Kedah]  in  general  is  that  of  being  extremely  woody, 
marshy,  and  mountainous... In  the  range  of  hills  in  the  interior,  there 
are  many  mountains  of  a  great  height." 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Buffalo.  Compare  Fryer's  amusing  de- 
scription of  this  animal,  p.  118:  "A  Buffola  is  of  a  Dun  colour,  and 
are  all  as  big  as  their  largest  Oxen ;  they  love  to  wallow  in  the  Mire 
like  an  Hog;  there  are  of  them  wild,  which  are  very  Fierce  and 
Mischievous,  Trampling  a  Man  to  Death,  or  Moiling  him  to  Pieces 
it^ith  their  Foreheads ;  their  Horns  are  carelessly  turned  with  Knobs 
around,  being  usually  so  ordered,  or  rather  disordered  (for  they  retain 
no  certain  Form)  that  they  lie  too  much  over  their  Heads  to  do  any 
harm  with  them.     Their  Flesh  is  reckon'd  Hotter  and  Courser  than 


28o  QUEDA 

ones  are  very  furious  and  of  great  Strength.  I  have  heard 
Some  very  Credible  men  in  this  countrey  averre  that  many 
times  they  have  Seen  a  Wild  buffolo  to  Encounter  with  a 
Very  large  Tiger  and  worst  him.  The  Buffolo  is  not  much 
Unlike  to  a  Cow  or  Bull,  but  are  of  Stature  larger,  and 
for  want  of  haire  and  haveinge  Such  a  Wild  looke  and 
great  Stareinge  horns  he  Seemeth  much  more  deformed. 
[Plate  xvill.]  There  be  abundance  of  tame  ones  in  most 
places  of  India  and  South  Seas,  and  the  Malayars  doe 
often  kill  and  Eat  them,  but  they  are  grosse  meat  and 
very  hot. 

This  Kingdome  in  it  Selfe  affordeth  noe  Gold  or  Silver 
or  any  minerall  Save  tinned  yet  Gold  is  here  indifferent 
plenty^  soe  that  most  Merchants  that  buy  our  goods  doe 
pay  us  in  very  good  Coyne.  Most  or  all  of  it  is  brought 
from  Pattanie',  a  Kingdome  that  is  near  neighbour  to  this 
lyinge  on  the  East  Side  of  this  great  Neck  of  Land  called 
the  Malay  Coast*. 

The  Coyne  is  good  gold  and  in  Small  pieces  and  are 
called  Copans*,  3  of  which  Value  one  Royall  of  8*  or 
4s.  6d.  English. 


Beef,  which  is  the  most  common  Sustinence  of  the  Moors,  as  their 
Milk  and  boiled  Butter  is  of  the  Gentues." 

Of  the  buffalo,  Crawfurd,  Embassy  to  Siam^  p.  432,  remarks,  "The 
Siamese  Buffalo  in  all  respects  resembles  the  same  animal  as  it  exists 
among  the  Eastern  Islands,  and  unless  the  Rhinoceros  and  Hippopot- 
amus be  excepted,  is,  after  the  Elephant,  the  largest  of  all  quadrupeds." 

^  See  notes  on  pp.  259  and  267.  Compare  the  following  from 
Factory  Records^  Hugli,  No.  4,  under  date  3rd  June,  1673,  "The  Dutch 
endeavour  to  make  Ti/i  a  Drugge"  by  sendmg  home  most  of  what 
they  get  from  "Pera,  Jehoar,  Kedea." 

2  T.  B.  in  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet,  says, 
"Queda... yields  some  little  gold." 

3  See  note  on  p.  266.  *  See  note  on  p.  261. 

^  See  note  on  p.  241.  See  Ind,  Ant,  vol.  xxvii.  p.  223  f.  and 
vol.  xxxi.  p.  51  if.,  where  I  have  gone  fully  into  the  history  of  the  word. 
The  gold  kobang  here  mentioned,  worth  about  \s,  6^/.,  was  evidently  a 
local  coin. 

Wilkinson,  Malay  Diet.,  has  ^^ Kobang  (Kedah).  A  coin  of  the 
value  of  2^  cents.    Also  gobang.    Possibly  a  variant  of  kupang,^^ 

^  See  note  on  p.  114. 


QUEDA  281 

4  Copans  is  one  mace\ 
16  mace  is  one  Tailed 
Noe  Other  Coyned  moneys  in  this  Kingdome,  Save  Small 
Coppar  moneys  tinned  over^  called  Tarra*,  96  of  which 
make  one  Copan. 

Theire  Weights    and    measures    are    the    Same   with 
them    of    Aching    Onely    there    they    measure    by    the 

^  See  note  on  p.  115.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "Mas,  gold" 
and  "  Mas,  a  weight  for  gold  used  in  many  parts  of  India."  Compare 
Lockyer,  Trade  in  India,  p.  42,  "A  Quarter  of  a  Mace  is  called  a 
PoUam  or  Copang,  Imaginary." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Tael.  See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxvii.  p.  37  ff. 
T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "  Tial,  a  weight  for  gold  used  in  many 
parts  of  India  and  China."  The  word  Taile  is  from  the  Malay  tali, 
which  Wilkinson,  Malay  Diet.,  gives  as  "  a  money  value  representing 
.about  an  eighth  of  a  ryal  or  ancient  dollar  of  60  cents." 

3  Compare  Tavernier,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  6,  "The  Money  of  the  King 
of  Cheda  and  Pera.  This  Money  is  of  Tin,  and  is  coined  by  the  King 
of  Cheda  and  Pera.  He  coins  no  other  Money  than  Tin.  Some  years 
since  he  found  out  several  Mines,  which  was  a  great  prejudice  to  the 
English.  For  the  Hollanders  and  other  Merchants  buy  it,  and  vend  it 
all  over  Asia.  Formerly  the  English  brought  it  out  of  England,  and 
furnished  great  part  of  Asia,  where  they  consum'd  a  vast  quantity ;  they 
•carried  it  also  into  all  the  Territories  of  the  Great  Mogul,  as  also  into 
Persia  and  Arabia;  for  all  their  Dishes  are  of  Copper,  which  they 
cause  to  be  Tinned  over  every  month.  Among  the  meaner  sort  of 
people,  there  is  little  to  be  seen  but  this  Tin-money,  and  the  Shells 
call'd  Cori." 

*  This  tarra  is  quite  a  different  coin  to  that  described  in  Hobson- 
Jobson,  s.v.  Tara,  Tare,  which  in  the  1903  ed.  is  derived  from  "Malayal 
tarani,  defined  in  the  Madras  Gloss,  as  'a  copper  coin,  value  i^  pies.'" 
Dennys,  Dese.  Diet,  of  British  Malaya,  s.v.  Money,  gives  the  deriva- 
tion for  the  coin  mentioned  in  the  text  from  Malay  tera  {vide  note  on 
tarrah  on  p.  253).  He  says,  p.  241,  "The  small  coins  of  Kedah  are  of 
tin.  These  go  under  the  name  of  tra,  which  is,  however,  only  the 
word  'stamp'  or  'impression.'  Of  these,  160  are  filed  on  a  filament 
of  rattan,  of  which  8  strings,  or  1,280  coins,  are  considered  equivalent 
to  a  hard  dojlar." 

^  There  is  no  special  paragraph  on  coins  in  the  " Achin  "  section  of 
this  MS.,  but  in  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet.  T.  B. 
gives  an  account  of  the  weights  and  measures  of  Achin,  which  is  worth 
quoting.  He  says,  "The  Weights  and  Measures  of  this  Place  is 
accounted  so. 

The  Weight  is  the  Bahar  Malayo,  Pecool,  Cattee,  Booncal,  Miam, 
-which  they  account  so 

16  Miams  i  Booncal 

20  Booncal  i  Cattee 

100  Cattee  i  Pecool 

2  Pecool  I  Bahar  Malayo. 


282  QUEDA 

bamboo^   and   here   by    the    Gantange^.     One    Gantange 
contains  Exactly  2  Achin  Bamboos. 

This  Countrey  is  noe  very  great  place  of  trade  haveinge 
but  little  by  Sea  and  much  lesse  by  land'.  There  are  not 
above  4  or  5  Ships  and  Vessels  per  annum  from  Suratt, 
Choromandell  and  Bengala  that  Use  this  Country*,  with 
5  or  6  great  Prows  yearly  from  Borneo*,  and  about  30  or 


The  Bahar  contains  of  English  Averdupoiz  weight,  396  1.  1 1  oz. 
00  dw.  14  gr. 

The  Booncal  contains  of  Troy  weight,  i  oz.  8  dw.  23  gr. 
The  aforesaid  is  the  Malayo  weight,  but  they  also  use  the  China 
(Dachin)  or  Stilliard  for  great  Weights,  which  is  accounted  so 
Conderin,  Mas,  Tial,  Cattee,  Pecool,  Bahar. 
10  Coonderin  i  Mas 

10  Mas  I  Tial 

16  Tial  I  Cattee     - 

100  Cattee  i  Pecool 

3  Pecool  I  Bahar  Malayo. 

The  China  Pecool  contains  of  English  Averdupois  weight,  131  I. 
13  oz.  12  dw. 

The  Tial  contains  of  Troy  weight,  i  oz.  4  dw.   i  gr." 
This  table  compares  very  well  with  that  given  by  Dampier^  vol.  ii- 
p.  132  for  Achin.     See  also  Kelly,  Universal  Cambist^  p.  97. 

^  T.  B.  in  the  account  of  the  weights  and  measures  of  Achin  quoted 
above,  note  5,  p.  281,  adds,  "Rice,  Oil,  Butter,  and  some  other  Mer- 
chandize is  sold  by  a  Measure  called  a  Bamboo. 

The  Bamboo  contains  of  English  Wine  Measure  3J  Pints. 

The  long  Measure  which  is  used  here,  and  in  all  Places  of  the 
South  Seas  is  the  Cubit,  which  contains  Eighteen  Inches  English." 
The  joint  of  a  bamboo  was  one  of  the  units  of  Malay  and  Javanese 
measures.  Compare  Dumpier,  vol.  ii.  p.  134,  "A  Mess  [mace]  will 
buy  14  or  15  Bamboes  of  it  [rice]:  whereas  when  Rice  is  scarce,  you 
will  not  have  above  3  or  4  Bamboes  for  a  Mess.  A  Bamboe  is  a  small 
seal'd  measure,  containing,  to  the  best  of  my  remembrance,  not  much 
above  half  a  Gallon." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Canton.  Kelly,  Universal  Cambist,  p.  108, 
says  that,  at  Malacca  "The  Can  tang,  rice  measure,  weighs  61b.  Dutch 
troy,  or  6^  lb.  avoirdupois  nearly."  Dennys,  Desc.  Diet,  of  British 
Malaya,  has,  s.v,  "Can tang.  A  Malay  gallon  =  4  chupaks,  which  are 
now  by  law  4  Imperial  quarts."  Wilkinson,  Malay  Diet,  defines  Gantang 
thus :  "A  measure  of  capacity ;  a  vessel  representing  that  measure  of 
capacity... (7^«/<a:«^  is  also  a  measure  of  weight  for  gold  equal  to  one 
bongkal.^^ 

3  See  the  account  of  the  abortive  attempt  to  settle  an  English 
Factory  at  Kedah  in  note  on  p.  267. 

*  These  were,  for  the  most  part,  private  trading  vessels. 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Borneo.  The  Dutch  monopolised  the 
trade  with  Borneo  from  1606  till  1669  when  they  were  compelled  to 


QUEDA  283 

40  Prows  they  have  that  belonge  to  Queda,  that  constantly 
trade  to  Bangaree*,  Janselone',  and  Pera',  some  few  to 
Achin.  They  carry  hence  Salt,  Tobacco,  Pepper,  Tamarin* 
and  Mannison'  (a  Sort  of  honey).  As  I  said  before,  the 
English  are  very  well  beloved  here  and  have  very  con- 
siderable priviledges  allowd  to  Encourage  them  to  Encrease 
a  trade  hither*'.  The  Kinge  taketh  a  mighty  care  that 
none  of  us  be  defrauded  here,  as  for  instance,  When  the 
Merchant  (or  Commander)  declareth  he  is  almost  ready  to 
Saile,  the  Kinge  giveth  positive  Order  to  the  Shabandare' 
to  See  the  Gunge*  beaten  round  the  citty,  with  a  lowd  and 
Severe  Proclamation  vizt.  If  any  person  standeth  indebted 
to  Such  an  English  Merchant  (or  any  that  belonge  to  him 
or  his  Ship)  any  Summe  of  moneys  or  goods,  let  him  with 
all  Speed  repaire  into  the  presence  of  the  Said  merchant 
and  ballance  accompts  justly,  and  with  all  Speed. 

Otherwise  if  theire  Obstinacie  or  neglect  cause  any  Com- 


withdraw  from  the  country,  chiefly  through  the  intrigues  of  the  English 
who  settled  a  factory  in  1704,  from  which  they  also  were  forcibly 
expelled  in  1707.  See  Crawfurd,  Desc.  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Isiands^  s.v. 
Borneo.     See  also  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies,  vol.  ii.  p.  144  if. 

^  See  note  on  p.  257. 

2  i.e.  Junk-Ceylon.     See  ante,  pp.  235 — 258. 

3  Perak  is  a  Malay  State  having  about  100  miles  of  coast-line  on 
the  west  of  the  Malay  Peninsula.  The  Dutch  made  ineffectual  attempts 
from  1650  to  1690  to  establish  trading  stations  at  Perak.  The  word 
perak  means  silver  in  Malay.  Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  from 
the  factors  at  Kedah  to  Surat  under  date  17th  Nov.  1670  {^Factory 
Records,  Surat,  No.  105)  "Perah  the  first  noted  place  [after  Kedah]... wee 
sailed  to  this  by  the  river  v.. he  [the  king  of  Perak]  durst  not  trade  with 
us  [without  the  sanction  of  the  Queen  of  Achin]." 

*  See  note  on -p.  22.  Crawfurd,  Desc.  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Is.,  s.v. 
Tamarin,  says  "The  Malays  call  the  tree  and  fruit  Asdm-fawa,  that 
is,  the  acid  of  Java." 

^  The  Malay  word  is  manisan  from  manis,  sweet.  T.  B.  in  his 
Malay  Diet,  has,  ''^Manisan,  sweet  meats."  Crawfurd,  Desc,  Diet,  of 
the  Ind.  Is.  says,  s.v.  Honey  and  Wax,  "  The  native  name  for  honey  is 
ntanisan-ldbah,  'the  sweet  of  the  honey-bee'." 

®  The  English  factors  were  not  of  T.  B.'s  opinion.  See  note  on 
p.  265. 

^  See  note  on  p.  242.  ^  See  note  on  p.  196. 


284  QUEDA 

plaint  of  nonpayment,  they,  theire  Wifes,  theire  Children, 
and  all  theire  goods  and  Chatties  Shall  be  Seized  Upon, 
and  forfeited  to  the  Kinge  who  will  Satisfie  the  Creditor, 
and  make  them  Ser[v]e  in  Perpetuall  bondage.  But  it 
Seldome  falleth  out  soe  ill  to  them,  for  they  Observe  to  be 
rather  beforehand,  which  is  the  wisest  coursed 

This  River  of  Queda  is  a  Very  good  River,  and  soe  is 
that  of  Old  Queda  that  lyeth  to  the  Southward  of  this. 
They  are  both  well  replenished  with  Very  good  and  Excel- 
lent Sorts  of  fish*,  and  not  a  little  filled  with  the  deformed 
creatures  commonly  called  Alligators.  They  resemble  a 
Crocodile,  and  are  very  ravenous  and  great  devourers  of 
mankind,  and  breed  abundantly.  They  lay  theire  Eggs  in 
the  Sand  (Even  as  Turtle  doe),  and  hatch  with  the  heat  of 
the  Sun.  I  have  often  taken  of  theire  Eggs  when  they 
have  been  ready  to  hatch.  Alsoe  I  have  Shot  Severall 
Alligators  of  6,  7,  8,  9  foot  longe,  and  killed  them  by 
Observinge  to  hitt  them  Exactly  Under  one  of  the  fore 
paws,  where  it  is  very  Soft,  for  the  back  and  Sides  of  them 
are  Very  like  Unto  Scales  of  brasse  for  theire  hardnesse. 
I  have  often  Seen  a  brace  of  bullets  rebound  upon  the 
Sides  of  a  large  Alligator  ^ 

Some  of  them  are  Monstrous  great  Ones,  one  of  which 
beinge  taken,  I  measured  him,  and  he  exceeded  22  feet  in 
length,  and  9  foot  round  the  belly.     His  teeth  and  claws^ 


^  The  English  factors  made  great  complaints  of  their  inability  to 
get  in  their  accounts.  See  note  on  p.  262.  It  would  seem  that  the 
author  met  with  special  marks  of  favour  at  the  hands  of  the  King  of 
Kedah.  Hence  his  roseate  view  of  the  monarch  and  his  kingdom. 
Voluntary  slavery  in  liquidation  of  debts  is  an  old  and  widely  spread 
Far  Eastern  custom.     See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxix.  p.  86. 

2  See  Dennys,  Desc.  Diet,  of  British  Malaya^  s.v.  Fish,  for  a  long 
list  of  the  various  kinds  obtained  in  the  rivers  and  on  the  coast  of  the 
Malay  Peninsula. 

3  Dennys,  Desc.  Diet,  of  British  Malaya^  s.v.  Alligator,  says,  "By 
a  common  error  all  reptiles  of  this  family  are  usually  termed  alligators 
(Spanish  el  legarto^  the  lizard),  but  the  ten  species  known  are  all 
American."    T.  B.'s  alligators  must  therefore  have  been  crocodiles. 


QUEDA  285 

were  of  a  great  and  admirable  length.  The  fatt  of  this  ill 
looked  creature  is  Esteemed  on  highly  by  the  best  of 
Indian  Doctors,  who  Say  it  is  a  most  Soveraigne  remedy 
for  any  Old  aches  or  Paines  in  the  bodies  of  men  and 
Women. 

I  Opened  one  that  wee  took  amongst  the  Fish  yards, 
att  the  mouth  of  Queda  River.  He  [w]as  about  15  foot 
longe,  and  I  laid  him  and  his  Taile  open  in  the  Sun  Upon 
Some  deale  boards,  and  Saved  what  Issued  from  it  by  the 
heat  of  the  Sun  onely,  and  had  5  pottles  of  the  Said  fatt  as 
cleare  as  Springe  water.  Here  followeth  the  Forme  of  one 
of  these  Deformed  Creatures.     [Plate  XVI.] 


ACHIN. 

The  Citty  Achin  is  Upon  the  North  End  of  the  great 
Island  Sumatra^  which  Extendeth  from  05"  40'  South 
Lattitude  to  05°  40'  North  Latitude,  soe  that  the  Equi- 
noctial! Line  divideth  this  Island  into  2  Equall  parts^;  and 
the  Citty  Achin  is  the  Metropolitan  of  the  Whole,  a  very 
pleasant  and  healthy  place,  very  populous'*,  famous  as  it  is 


^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v,  Sumatra.  Compare  Alex.  Hamilton, 
East  Indies,  vol.  ii.  p.  loi,  "Sumatra  fronts  all  the  Coast  of  Malaya, 
from  Quedah  to  the  Promontory  of  Johore,  and  reaches  above  15a 
Leagues  farther.     It  is  one  of  the  greatest  Islands  in  the  world." 

2  This  description  is  another  proof  of  the  writer's  accuracy. 

'  Compare  the  description  by  Schouten,  who.  was  at  Achin  in 
Nov.  1663  (vol.  ii.  pp.  127 — 132),  "The  Island  [Sumatra]  is  divided 
into  several  kingdoms,  the  most  powerful  among  them  being  Achin,^ 
on  which  depend  the  towns  and  kingdoms  of  Pedir,  Pacem,  Daia, 
Barros,  Passaman,  Ticou,  Priaman,  Padang,  and  even  the  kingdoms 
of  Queda  and  Perach  on  the  other  side  of  the  water.... A  Queen  was 
Regent  while  we  were  in  that  country.  It  was  said  that  she  wanted  to 
marry  a  Dutchman,  but  the  Governor  of  Batavia  would  not  consent  to 
it.... Their  buildings,  Pagodas  and  houses  are  raised  on  wooden  piles 
and  built  of  light  materials.,., The  capital  city.. .is  built  in  the  Indian 
fashion  and  situated  by  a  pleasant  river,  in  a  plain,  a  league  and  a  half 
from  the  sea.  The  air  there  appears  to  be  better  and  more  temperate 
than  it  is  on  the  Southern  side  of  the  Island." 


286  ACHIN 

the  place  of  residence  of  theire  Virgin  Queerie,  with  all 
her  Lords  and  most  of  the  Nobilitie  of  the  Kingdome,  as 
alsoe  for  theire  good  laws  and  goverment,  and  the  great 
Traffick  and  Commerce  from  most  parts  of  India,  China, 
and  South  Seas\ 

I  Suppose  the  Citty  may  be  some  15  or  16  miles  in 
Circuit,  Scituated  Upon  a  very  pleasant  and  fertile  Soyle, 
Enjoyinge  an  Excellent  aire,  and  a  very  fine  river  that 
runneth  through  the  Citty  that  addeth  very  much  to  the 
benefit  and  beuty  thereof.  Vessels  of  60,  70,  or  80  tunns 
may  come  Up  to  the  towne  Side  2  or  3  miles  within  the 
barre,  beinge  the  place  where  the  Customehouse  standeth*. 

It  hath  likewise,  a  very  Excellent  Roade  or  bay  in 
which  there  is  roome  Enough  for  many  hundreds  of  Ships 
and  in  great  Safety',  where  they  may  ride  in  12,  10,  8,  6,  4 


^  In  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Dict,^  T.  B.  says  of 
Achin,  "Achee  is  a  large  City,  and  populous  for  these  parts  of  the 
world.  Inhabited  by  the  Natives  and  many  Foreign  Merchants  as 
English,  Portuguese,  Moors,  Chuleas  and  others... the  Port... is  never 
without  Ships  of  English,  Danes,  Portugals,  Moors,  Chuleas,  Chinesses 
and  others. ..all  these  come  in  their  proper  Seasons,  with  the  several  sorts 
of  Goods  of  Surat,  the  Coast,  Bangala,  China,  and  many  other  places.. .." 

2  Compare  Mandelslo,  p.  no,  "The  City  of  Achin  stands  in  a  wide 
Plain  upon  the  side  of  a  very  broad  River,  but  so  shallow,  that  the 
least  Boats  get  in  with  difficulty.  It  hath  neither  Gates  nor  Walls,  the 
Houses  all  built  on  piles,  and  covered  with  Coco-leaves.  The  Castle, 
or  Palace  Royal,  stands  in  the  middle  of  the  Town,  which  on  two  sides 
hath  most  excellent  pleasant  Forrests,  well  stored  with  Apes,  Hems, 
and  all  manner  of  Birds." 

3  T.  B.  in  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet,  says,  "The 
City  [Achin]  stands  about  two  Miles  from  the  Port,  which  is  never 
without  Ships... and  many  Praws,  which  usually  go  into  the  River." 
Compare  the  description  hy  Dampier,  vol.  ii.  p.  122  f.,  of  the  "Road  of 
Achin,"  ** Besides  what  belongs  to  Achin  upon  the  Continent,  there  are 
also  several  Islands  under  its  Jurisdiction,  most  of  them  uninhabited; 
and  these  make  the  Road  of  Achin....  [They]  lye  in  a  semicircular 
form,  of  about  7  Leagues  diameter.... Between  Pulo  Gomez,  and  the 
Main  are  3  or  4  other  small  Islands;  yet  with  Channels  of  a  sufficient 
breadth  between  them,  for  Ships  to  pass  through ;  and  they  have  very 
deep  water.  All  Ships  bound  from  Achin  to  the  Westward,  or  coming 
from  thence  to  Achm,  go  in  and  out  thro'  one  or  other  of  these 
Channels.... There  is  good  riding  in  all  this  Semicircular  Bay  between 
the  Islands  and  Sumatra:  but  the  Road  for  all  Ships  that  come  to 


ACHIN  287 

fathoms  depth  \  very  cleare  ground,  and  almost  land 
locked  with  the  head  of  Sumatra*,  Pullo  Way',  and  Pullo 
Gomus*,  and  2  or  3  Small  Islands  and  rocks.  The  land  is 
all  Mountainous  and  woody  Save  where  the  Citty  Standeth, 
more  Especially  the  2  Islands  Way  and  Gomus,  haveinge 
noe  low  land  about  them,  nor  are  they  inhabited  more  then 
with  Some  banished  Cripples  Sent  from  the  Citty*. 

Many   Ships   and  Vessels  doe  att  all   Seasons  of  the 
yeare   arrive   in    this  Port  from   Severall   places,   namely 


Achin  is  near  the  Sumatra  Shore,  within  all  the  Islands.  There  they 
anchor  at  what  distances  they  please,  according  to  the  Monsoons  or 
Seasons  of  the  Year." 

^  T.  B.  resided  for  some  time  at  Achin  {vide  Introduction),  and  had 
ample  opportunity  of  becoming  fully  acquainted  with  the  capacity  of 
Achin  Harbour. 

2  Compare  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  112,  "Between 
Atcheen  Head  an  high  steep  Promontory,  and  the  South  End  of 
Gomus  Islands,  there  are  two  Chanels  to  come  from  the  Westward 
into  the  Road." 

3  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  122,  *'  Pulo  Way... is  the  Eastermost 
of  a  Range  of  Islands,  that  lye  off  the  N.W.  end  of  Sumatra.  It  is 
also  the  largest  of  them."  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  iii, 
says,  "Pullo-wey,  an  Island  about  four  Leagues  to  the  North-eastward 
of  Atcheen,  and  there  they  [banished  criminals]  cultivate  the  Ground, 
and  breed  Poultry  for  the  Use  of  the  Town."  There  are  three  islands 
called  Pulo  Way  in  the  Malay  Archipelago.  Crawfurd  conjectures 
that  the  name  means  "Water  Island."  See  his  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Is.^ 
s.v.  Way. 

*  Compare  Datnfiier,  vol.  ii.  p.  122,  "Pulo  Gomez  is  another  large 
Island  about  20  mile  West  from  Pulo  Way,  and  about  3  Leagues  from  the 
N.W.  point  of  Sumatra."  Compare  also  the  following  from  "Abstract 
of  Captain  Atkins  Journal,"  0,C.  No.  4045, "  1 5th  April  1675.  As  soon  as 
wee  were  shott  without  the  Island  Polo  Gomos,  wee  mett  with  a  strong 
stream."  Horsburgh,  East  India  Directory ^  vol.  ii.  p.  42,  ed.  1805,  has 
"  Pulo  Gomez,  where  there  are  regular  soundings  and  good  anchoring 
ground,  from  10  to  17  fathoms." 

^  These  cripples  were  malefactors,  who,  according  to  the  laws  of 
Achin,  had  been  mutilated  for  their  crimes,  and  then  banished.  Com- 
pare Dampier,  vol.  ii.  p.  122,  "It  [Pulo  Way]  is  inhabited  by  Male- 
factors, who  are  banisht  thither  from  Achin."  Compare  also  Lockyer, 
Trade  in  India^  p.  38,  "  A  Thief  detected  is  punished  with  the  Loss  of 
a  Member,  from  a  Finger  to  an  Arm,  and  Banish'd  to  some  of  the 
Islands  off  the  Head:  Pulo  Gomes,  and  Pulo  Wary  are  the  chief 
Receptacles  of  these  unfortunate  Wretches,  whence  they  often  return 
to  the  City,  and  are  common  in  the  Streets  without  Hands  or  Arms : 
The  greatest  Badge  of  Infamy." 


288  ACHIN 

Suratt*,  Malabar  Coast ^  or  Coast  of  India,  Fort  St.  Georg*s, 
Metchlipatam',  Bengala,  Pegu,  Syam,  China,  Java  Major* 
and  Borneo,  with  infinite  Numbers  of  Prows  from  the 
Malay  Shore  and  West  Coast  of  this  Island  Sumatra. 

The  Chiefe  Commodities  brought  hither  from  Suratt 
are  Some  Sorts  of  Callicoes",  vizt.  Baftos  white  and  blew* 
with  gold  heads  and  borders.  Cotton  and  Cotton  yarne, 
course  Paintings^  quilts  and  Carpets'. 

From  the  Coast  of  India  and  Choromandell  are  brought 

^  See  note  on  p.  258.  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  122,  "And 
because  shipping  comes  hither  [Achin]  from  the  Coast  of  Surrat,  one 
of  these  Channels  which  is  deeper  than  the  rest,  is  called  the  Surrat 
Channel." 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v,  Malabar.  This  quotation  is  very  valuable 
as  showing  the  meaning  of  the  term  in  the  17th  century. 

3  i.e.  Masulipatam. 

*  Compare  MandelslOy  p.  112,  "Java,  an  Island  commonly  called 
Java  Major,  to  distinguish  it  from  another  less  of  the  same  name,  which 
lies  hard  by  it,  is  South-East  from  the  Isle  of  Sumatra." 

^  See  note  on  p.  5.  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India,  p.  35,  says,  "From 
Surat  the  Moors  imploy  two  large  Ships  a  Year  to  import  the  Produce 
of  that  Country  [to  Achin]." 

*  See  note  on  p.  272.  Compare  Taverniery  vol.  i.  part  ii.  pp.  31 
and  137,  "In  Brampore,  as  over  all  the  Province,  there  is  made  a  pro- 
digious quantity  of  Calicuts  very  clear  and  white.... There  is  another 
sort  of  Linnen  which  they  never  dye,  with  a  stripe  or  two  of  Gold  or 
Silver  quite  through  the  piece,  and  at  each  end  from  the  breadth  of 
one  inch  to  twelve  or  fifteen,  in  some  more,  in  some  less,  they  fix 
a  tissue  of  Gold,  Silver,  and  Silk,  intermixed  with  Flowers,  whereof 
there  is  no  wrong-side,  both  sides  being  as  fair  the  one  as  the  other.... 
They  make  at  Brampour  also  other  sorts  of  Cotten-Linnen....The 
Bafta's,  or  Calicuts  pamted  red,  blue,  and  black  are  carried  white  to 
Agra.. ..All  the  Cahcuts  or  Bafta's. ..are  of  two  sorts:  for  some  are 
broad,  some  are  narrow." 

^  See  note  on  p.  106.  Compare  also  Tavernier,vo\.  i.  part  ii.  pp.  31, 
33,  132,  133,  "There  are  some  ['Calicuts 'J  which  are  painted  with 
several  colours,  with  flowers... the  same  Cahcuts  serve  for  Coverlets  of 
Beds... painted  Calicuts... are  called  Chites....The  Workmen  will  make 
these  prints  upon  their  Cottons,  according  to  the  Patterns  which  the 
Forreign  Merchants  give  them.. .As  for  their  Calicuts  d/d  blew  or  black, 
you  must  take  care  that  the  Workmen  do  not  knock  them  after  they 
are  folded,  to  make  them  look  sleek... It  is  easy  to  distinguish  between 
the  printed  and  the  painted  Calicuts." 

^  Compare  Tavemier,  vol.  i.  p.  126,  "[In]  Amadabat... they  make 
Carpets  of  Silk  and  Gold,  others  of  Silk  and  Silver,  others  all  of  Silk  : 
for  the  Worsted  Carpets  are  made  at  Vettapour,  some  twelve  leagues 
from  Agra." 


ACHIN  289 

hither  Rice\  butter  and  Oyle  in  Jarrs',  Longcloth',  Salam- 
pores  white  and  blew*,  fine  Chint*  of  Metchlipatam,  Striped 
Stuffs*'  of  Golcondah  and  Pettipolee,  Cushin  Carpets^  &c., 
togeather  with  Some  Commodities  from  England,  vizt. 
Scarlet ^  broadcloth,  knives,  Scissers,  &c.,  most  Especially 


good  Spanish  dollars  Stamped  600  .     They  passe  Current 


at  5  masse*  per  dollar.  Some  times  5  and  J.     From  Bengala 


1  Compare Dam/ner,  vol.  ii.  p.  134,  "The  Road  [of  Achin]  is  seldom 
without  10  or  15  sail  of  Ships  of  several  Nations.  These  bring  all 
sort  of  vendible  Commodities,  as  Silks,  Chints,  Muzlins,  Callicoes, 
Rice,  &c.,  and  as  to  this  last,  a  man  would  admire  to  see  what  great 
quantities  of  Rice  are  brought  hither  by  the  English,  Dutch,  Danes 
and  Chinese." 

2  See  pp.  128  and  132,  and  note  on  p.  132.  Compare  also  Dampier^ 
vol.  ii.  p.  146,  "  He  had  at  this  time  about  twenty  great  Jars  of  Bengal 
Butter,  made  of  Buffaloes  Milk ;  and  this  Butter  \ghi\  is  said  also  [as 
now]  to  have  Lard  or  Hogs  fat  mixt  with  it,  and  rank  enough  in  these 
hot  Countries,  tho  much  esteemed  by  all  the  Achinese,  who  give 
a  good  price  for  it." 

^  See  note  on  p.  55. 

*  See  note  on  p.  56.  T^  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "Salamporee, 
a  sort  of  Callico  made  in  India."  Compare  also  the  following  in  a 
letter  from  Fort  St  George  to  Masulipatam,  dated  17th  June,  1669, 
Factory  Records^  Fort  St  George,  No.  16,  "We  shall  be  able  to  invest 
all  our  Stocke...in  Long  Cloth,  Salempores,  Morees,  Percalls,  Batilles." 
See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Salempoory. 

^  See  note  on  p.  71.  Compare  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  p.  34, 
"The  Commoditys  imported  [to  Achin]  are  Ophium,  Saltpetre,  Rice, 
Gee  \^ht\  or  Buffalos  Butter  tum'd  to  Oyl;  and  all  sorts  of  Cotton 
and  Silk  Manufactures  from  Bengali.  Tobacco,  Onions,  Callico  and 
Muslin,  especially  brown  and  blew  long  Cloths,  and  Sallampores, 
with  several  sorts  of  Chints  for  Clouts,  and  sometimes  Gunpowder 
from  Madrass." 

^  See  note  on  p.  230.  See  also  note  6  on  p.  288.  Compare  the 
following  in  a  letter  from  Robt.  Freeman  at  Masulipatam  to  Richd. 
Edwards  at  Balasor,  i6th  March,  1670,  O.C.  No.  3413,  "Pray  if  possible 
procure  me  a  boy  if  not  a  good  peice  of  Silke  Striped  with  Silver." 

^  See  note  on  p.  240. 

^  See  note  on  p.  160.  Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  to  Masuli- 
patam, 7th  Feb.  1672,  Factory  Records^  Masulipatam,  No.  9,  "For  the 
fine  Scarlett  I  take  notice  of  your  order  therein." 

^  See  note  on  p.  115  and  compare  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  132,  "Of  these 
(Cash),  1 500  make  a  Mess  [mace],  which  is  their  other  sort  of  Coin, 
and  is  a  small  thin  piece  of  Gold,  stampt  with  Malayan  Letters  on 
each  side.     It  is  in  value  15  pence  English." 

T.  19 


290  ACHIN 

Rice\  wheat,  Oyle,  butter,  Sugar,  Sticklack'*,  Cambayas', 
Elaches*,  Oromals*,  Mulmuls^  Slave  boys  and  Girls,  &c. 

From  Pegu,  Rice,  Gans^  Motavan  Jarrs^  and  very 
Excellent  Sticklack. 

From  Tanassaree,  Janselone,  Queda,  Pera,  &c.  on  the 
Malay  Coast,  little  Save  Tinne*. 

From  Syam,  Tinne,  Coppar^®,  China  Wares,  Rice^®,  and 
Screetores"  both  plaine  and  lackared",  &c. 

The  like.  Save  Tinne,  are  brought  from   China,  with 


I  See  note  on  p.  132.  ^  See  notes  on  pp.  122  and  132. 

8  See  note  on  p.  246. 

*  A  silk  cloth,  more  generally  known  as  AUeja.  The  term  in  the 
text  represents  the  vernacular  aldcka. 

^  See  note  on  p.  133.  Compare  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  p.  43, 
"Ordinary  Bengali  Romalls  of  o  Pagodas  at  Madrass  [sold  at  Achin] 
for  5  Tale  per  Corge  of  20  Pieces." 

8  Muslin.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Mulmull.  The  term  "mulled 
muslin"  is  still  in  use  at  the  present  day  in  England.  Compare  the 
following  in  a  letter  from  Hugli  to  Balasor,  2nd  April,  1678,  O.C, 
No.  4387,  "As  to  the  price  of  Mulmull  sent  down  you  may  if  the 
Merchants  are  very  much  discontent  allow  them  5  rs.  14  a.  or 
Rups.  6."  Compare  also  the  following  from  Luiller,  Voyage  au 
Goife  de  Bengaky  quoted  in  Provost,  Histoire  des  Voyages^  vol.  xiii. 
p.  80,  "The  Company  gets  from  its  factory  at  Ougly  various  kinds 
of  MallesmoUes." 

^  See  note  on  p.  196.  Compare  De  la  Loub^re^  p.  14,  "Vincent 
le  Blanc  relates  that  the  Peguins  have  a  mixture  of  Lead  and  Copper, 
which  he  calls  sometimes  Ganze,  and  sometimes  Ganza."  In  the  MS. 
records  this  commodity  frequently  figures  as  "Gaunts." 

®  See  note  on  p.  81.  Compare  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  p.  35, 
"Nor  are  the  Mallays  [of  Achm]  themselves  wanting  in  Trade  with 
large  Proes  to  Pegu,  Quedah,  Jahore,  and  all  their  own  Coasts  : 
whence  they  are  plentifully  suppl/d  with  several  Necessarys,  they 
otherwise  must  want :  As  Ivory,  Bees- wax,  Mortivan  and  small  Jars, 
Pepper,  &c." 

^  See  note  on  p.  240. 

^^  Compare  the  "  Report  on  the  Trade  of  Siam  written  in  1678 " 
quoted  in  Anderson's  Siam^  Appendix  E.  p.  424  f.,  "  Wrought  Copper, 
being  severall  Sorts  of  Potts... are  used  here  and  exported  to  the 
Malayan  countreys....This  Countrey  is  the  general  Granary  for  the 
adjacent  parts  equalling  if  not  exceeding  any  parte  of  the  world  in 
abundance  of  Rice,  wherein  the  neighbouring  Malayan  Coast  is 
yearely  supplyed  as  far  as  Malaccah..." 

II  See  note  on  p,  71. 

12  See  Danipier^  vol.  ii.  p.  61  f.  for  a  description  of  the  method  of 
lacquering  as  employed  at  Tonquin. 


;.W:^ 


ACHIN  291 

Striped  and  flowred  Silks^  Totanagga^  Gungs',  Steelepots 
and  Pans. 

From  Java  Major,  Sugar,  Sugar  Candid*,  Rice,  Cassia 
Fistula*,  &c. 

The  Borneo  and  Macassar^  Prows  for  the  most  part 
bringe  Slaves^  both  men,  women  and  children,  some 
Diamonds  and  Saphir^  The  Diamonds  of  Landock*  (upon 
Borneo)  are  accompted  the  best  in  the  World^°. 

^  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  i.  p.  409,  "They  [the  Chinese]  make  very 
fine  lacquer-ware  also,  and  good  Silks." 

2  See  note  on  p.  199.  Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Hugli 
to  Balasor,  8th  July,  1678,  O.C,  No.  4458,  "Your  Tootanague  have  sold 
here  att  16  rupees  per  maund."  Other  contemporary  spellings  are 
"Tutanagg"  and  "Tothanag."  Compare  also  De  la  Loubhre^  p.  14, 
"This  Tin... is  soft  and  basely  purified,  and  a  specimen  thereof  is  seen 
in  the  common  Tea  boxes  or  Cannisters,  which  come  from  this  Country 
[Siam].  But  to  render  it  harder  and  whiter,  like  that  of  the  finest  Tea 
Boxes,  they  mix  it  with  Cadmia,  a  sort  of  Mineral  easily  reducible  to 
powder... And  'tis  this  white  Tin  which  they  call  Tontinague." 

3  i.e.  gongs.     See  note  on  p.  196. 

*  Sugar  in  large  very  sweet  crystals  is  a  common  product  in  India 
and  the  Far  East. 

^  Watts,  Diet,  of  Economic  Products  of  India^  has,  s.v.  Cassia 
Fistula,  vol.  ii.  p.  218,  "The  name  Cassia  Fistula... was  first  applied  to 
a  form  of  cinnamon  very  similar  to  the  Cassia  Lignea  of  the  present 
day,  the  name  Fistula  having  been  given  because  of  the  bark  being 
rolled  up."  T.  B.  may  be  referring  to  this  tree,  rather  than  to  the 
Indian  Laburnum  or  Cassia  Fistula  of  the  present  day.  Compare 
Mandelslo^  p.  109,  "  Sumatra. ..is  wealthy  in. ..Cassia,  and  divers  other 
Drugs  used  in  Medicine." 

^  See  Hobsofi'fobson^  s.v.  Macassar.  Compare  Tavernier^  vol.  i. 
part  ii.  p.  191,  "The  Kingdom  of  Macassar,  otherwise  call'd  the  Isle  of 
Celebes,  begins  at  the  fifteenth  degree  of  Southern  Latitude.... The 
Capital  City  bears  the  name  of  the  Kingdom,  and  is  situated  upon  the 
Sea.  The  Port  is  free ;  for  the  Vessels  that  bring  great  quantities  of 
goods  from  the  Adjacent  Islands,  pay  no  Customs." 

^  Compare  Dumpier^  vol.  i.  p.  456,  "  Macasser  is  not  very  far  from 
hence  [Bouton  Island],  one  of  the  chiefest  Towns  that  the  Dutch  have 
in  those  parts.  From  thence  the  Dutch  come  sometimes  hither  to 
purchase  Slaves." 

^  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  148,  in  his  description  of 
Borneo  says  nothing  of  sapphires  being  found  there.  Of  the  Borneo 
diamonds  he  remarks,  "They  have  small  Diamonds,  but  their  Waters 
being  inclined  to  be  yellow,  are  not  so  much  in  esteem  as  those  of 
Golcondah." 

^  In  T.  B.'s  Malay  Diet,  there  is  "A  Map  of  the  Countries  where 
the  Malayo  language  is  spoken."  In  this  map  "  Landa,"  in  Borneo,  is 
marked.     Landak  is  on  the  western  side  of  Borneo. 

^®  See  above,  note  8. 

19 — 2 


292  ACHIN 

From  the  West  Coast  of  this  Island,  Store  of  very- 
Excellent  Benjamin  ^  Camphir'*,  Brimstone',  Pepper*^ 
Rattans',  and  Dammar',  as  alsoe  very  good  Bezar  Stone''. 


^  ue.  Benzoin,  incense.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v,  Benjamin.  T.  B. 
in  his  Malay  Diet  has  "Benjamin,  a  sweet  gum  in  India."  Compare 
the  following  in  a  "Generall"  from  Fort  St  George  to  the  Bay,  7th  Oct. 
1669,  0,C,  No.  3350,  "50  Maunds  of  Black  Benjamin  which  hath  long 
layne  in  your  bookes."  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  p.  129,  says,  "Barros  is  also 
on  the  west  coast  of  Sumatra,  a  league  inland,  on  a  large  river,  between 
Passaman  and  Achin.  It  produces  pepper,  camphor  and  benjoin.'* 
Crawfurd,  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Is.^  s,v.  Benzoin,  says,  "Styraz  Benzoin 
...the  plant  is  the  peculiar  product  of  the  islands  of  Sumatra  and 
Borneo.'' 

2  Compare  Mandelslo^  p.  109,  "Sumatra... is  wealthy  in  Diamonds 
and  other  precious  Stones,  Silks,  Spices,  Wax,  Honey,  Camphire....'* 
Compare  also  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  126,  "The  chief  of  their  Drugs  is 
Camphire,  of  which  there  are  quantities  found  on  this  Island  [Sumatra], 
but  most  of  it  either  on  the  borders  of  this  Kingdom  to  the  Southward, 
or  more  remote  still,  without  the  precincts  of  it."  Lockyer,  Trade  in 
India^  p.  40,  says,  "The  Camphor  this  Country  [Sumatra]  affords,  is 
found  among  the  Sindy  Islands  only." 

^  See  Crawfurd,  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Islands^  s.v.  Sulphur.  He  says> 
"  It  is  hard  to  say  to  what  use  the  natives  of  the  Malay  Archipelago 
could  have  put  sulphur,  before  the  introduction  of  fire-arms,  unless  to 
the  manufacture  of  fire-works  [and  medicine]." 

*  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  127,  "There  are  many  other  profit- 
able Commodities  on  this  Island:  but  some  of  them  are  more  peculiar 
to  other  parts  of  it  than  to  Achin,  especially  Pepper."  Compare  also 
Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  pp.  iii — 118,  on  the  "trading 
ports  on  the  West  Coast  of  Sumatra."  He  says,  "Bencolon... their 
trade  lay  all  on  their  Pepper....  Lampoun...The  English  had  a  good 
Pepper  Factory  there,  but... that  Factory  was  lost... in  Anno  1683." 

^  See  notes  on  pp.  74  and  250.  See  also  Dampier,  vol.  ii.  p.  167  f., 
for  a  description  of  "rattan  cables."  Rattan  cables,  ropes  and  "fenders" 
are  still  used  by  the  seafaring  population  round  the  Bay  of  Bengal. 

^  See  Hobson-fobson^  s.v.  Dammer.  See  also  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxx. 
P'  337-  T.  B.  in  h\s  Malay  Diet,  has,  "Damar,  a  Torch,  the  Gum  of 
a  Tree.  Damar  batoo,  unboiled,  raw  Damar,  it  is  the  Gum  of  a  tree 
in  India,  which  being  boil'd  with  Oil,  makes  Pitch  or  Tar."  Compare 
the  following  from  Faetory  Reeords^  Hugli,  Nos.  4  and  5,  under  date 
13th  Nov.  1675  ^J^d  17th  July,  1680,  "No  Dammers  is  yet  come  to  hand 
we  are  expecting  a  quantity  every  day  part  ware  of  shall  be  sent  you 
for  your  use... Those  Knee  Timbers,  planck,  Dammer,  Iron  worke  &ca 
shipp  stores  wee  enorder  you... to  send  them  upon  the  Ganges 
or  Arrivall.^^  Compare  also  Dampier^  vol.  i.  p.  514,  "The  gum  of 
a  Tree  beaten  to  powder,  called  by  English  D rammer,  which  is  used 
instead  of  Pitch  in  many  parts  of  India." 

^  See  Hobson-fobson^  s.v.  Bezoar.  See  Ind.  Ant.  vol.  xxvii.  p.  336. 
Compare  Tavernier,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  154,  "As  for  the  Bezoar  which 
breeds  in  Apes,  as  some  believe,  it  is  so  strong,  that  two  grains  work 
as  effectually  as  six  of  Goat's-Bezoar ;  but  it  is  very  Scarce,  as  being 


ACHIN  293 

The  Dammar  of  Sumatra  is  accompted,  and  I  know  it 
by  Experience  to  be  better  then  any  other  in  India  or 
South  Seas^  Wee  make  all  our  pitch  and  Tarre  with 
Dammar  and  Oyle  as  followeth. 

One  third  dammar  and  Oyle,  well  boyled  togeather, 
make  very  good  tarre,  but  not  serviceable  for  any  ropes  by 
reason  of  the  Oyle. ' 

Again  f  Dammar  and  J  Oyle  make  a  very  Excellent 
Sort  of  pitch,  not  inferiour  to  the  best  wee  use  for  our 
Shippinge  in  England.  And  indeed  wee  have  noe  Other 
Pitch  or  tarre  in  any  of  the  Easterne  parts  of  the  knowne 
World. 

This  Citty  is  the  fairest  and  most  populous  of  any  that 
Ever  I  saw  or  heard  oP  that  is  inhabited  by  Malayars*  or 
Javas*,  but  indeed  it  cometh  farre  Short  for  decency  and 
buildings  and  Uniformitie  of  the  meanest  Cittie  in  Arabia, 
Persia,  or  the  maine  land  of  India;  but  the  good  Soile, 


only  found  in  those  Apes  that  breed  in  the  Island  of  Macassar.  This 
sort  of  Bezoar  is  round,  whereas  the  other  is  of  several  fashions... As 
the  Apes  Bezoar  is  stronger,  and  scarcer  than  the  Goats,  so  it  is  dearer, 
and  more  sought  after ;  a  piece  as  big  as  a  nut  being  sometimes  worth 
a  hunder'd  Crowns."  See  also  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  pp.  49-51. 
Crawfurd,  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Islands^  s,v.  Bezoar,  says  that  the  stones 
are  mostly  brought  from  Borneo. 

1  See  note  on  p.  188.  In  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  T.  B.'s  Malay 
Diet,  there  is  the  remark,  "  Does  Achee  afford  no  Commodities  for 
Trade?  Very  little  of  its  own,  but  it  abounds  with  all  sorts  of 
Merchandize  of  India  and  the  South  Seas,  which  is  brought 
thither." 

2  See  notes  on  pp.  285  f.  Compare  also  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  129  f., 
"The  City  of  Achin  is  the  chief  in  all  this  Kingdom.  It  is  seated 
on  the  Banks  of  a  River,  near  the  N.W.  end  of  the  Island,  and  about 
2  miles  from  the  Sea.  This  Town  consists  of  7  or  8000  Houses  j  and 
in  it  there  are  always  a  great  many  Merchant-strangers,  viz.  English, 
Dutch,  Danes,  Portuguese,  Chinese,  Guzarats,  &c.  The  Houses  of 
this  City  are  generally  larger  than  those  I  saw  at  Mindanao,  and  better 
furnished  with  Houshold  Goods.  The  City  has  no  Walls,  nor  so  much 
as  a  Uitch  about  it.  It  has  a  greater  number  of  Mosques,  generally 
square  built,  and  covered  with  Pantile,  but  neither  high  nor  large." 

3  See  note  on  p.  237. 

*  The  use  of  this  word  for  the  people  as  well  as  the  country  is 
remarkable. 


294  ACHIN 

wholsome  Aire*,  and  plenty  of  Gold'  doth  adde  very  much 
to  the  goodnesse  of  the  place.  Few  or  none  of  the  Natives 
are  poore.  I  never  Saw  any  begge  that  had  theire  lims^ 
though  never  soe  younge  or  Old.  And  this  great  plenty  of 
gold  causeth  many  Sorts  of  food  or  rayment  to  Sell  here  at 
very  good  rates,  for  of  themselves  they  will  Scarse  till  the 
ground,  although  it  be  Excellent  land  for  Some  miles  neare 
the  Citty  and  in  many  other  places,  Especially  for  rice*. 

^  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  li.  p.  148  f.,  "Achin... their  weather  is 
much  the  same  as  in  other  Countries  North  of  the  Line,  and  their  dry 
Seasons,  Rains,  and  Land-floods  come  much  at  the  same  time... I  did 
not  find  the  heat  there  any  thing  different  ffom  other  places  in  that 
Latitude ;  tho  I  was  there  both  in  the  wet  and  dry  Season.  'Tis  more 
supportalDle  than  at  Tonquin ;  and  they  have  constantly  the  Refresh- 
ment of  Sea  and  Land  Breezes  every  24  hours." 

*  Compare  the  Jour7iall  of  Peter  Mundy  under  date  April  1637, 
Relation  23,  p.  36,  India  Office  Copy,  "Achein.  This  place  lyeth  on 
the  North-end  of  the  great  Island  of  Sumatra,  by  the  Ancients  named 
Triprobana  :  which  by  Some  is  thought  to  be  that  Ophir  from  whence 
King  Solomon  [had]  his  Gold  Apes  and  Peacocks."  T.  B.  in  the 
Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet,  says,  "All  these  [foreign 
ships]  come... with  the  several  sorts  of  Goods.. .all  which  is  Sold  here 
[Achin]  for  Rock-Gold  which  is  found  in  the  inlands  in  great  plenty.'* 
Compare  the  description  of  the  **Gold  Mines  of  Achin"  by  Dampijer^ 
vol.  li.  p.  133  f.,  "This  Gold  they  have  from  some  Mountain  a  pretty 
way  within  Land  from  Achin,  but  within  their  Dominions,  and  rather 
near  to  the  West  Coast  than  the  Streights  of  Malacca...!... was  told 
that  none  but  Mahometans  were  permitted  to  go  to  the  Mines:  That 
it  was  both  troublesom  and  dangerous  to  pass  the  Mountains  before 
they  came  thither... That  at  the  Mines  it  was  so  sickly  that  not  half  of 
those  that  went  thither  did  ever  return  again... I  was  told  also  by  all 
that  I  discoursed  with  about  the  Gold,  that  here  they  dig  it  out  of  the 
Ground  ;  and  that  sometimes  they  find  pretty  large  lumps."  Lockyer 
and  Alex.  Hamilton,  however,  speak  only  of  gold  dust  at  Achin. 
Hamilton  says  {East  Indies,  vol.  li.  p.  108),  "Atcheen  affords  nothing 
of  its  own  product  fit  for  Export,  but  Gold  Dust,  which  they  have 
pretty  plentiful,  and  of  the  finest  Touch  of  any  in  those  Parts.  They 
do  not  dig  for  it,  but  catch  it  in  Gullies,  or  little  rivulets,  as  it  washes 
off  the  Mountains...." 

^  Compare  Dampier,  vol.  ii.  p.  128,  "The  Natives  of  this  country 
[Achin]  are  Malayans.  They  are  much  the  same  People  with  those  of 
Queda...and  they  are  of  the  same  Mahometan  Religion,  and  alike  in 
their  haughty  humour  and  manner  of  living... They  are  very  lazy,  and 
care  not  to  work  or  take  pains."  Compare  also  Lockyer,  Trade  in 
India,  p.  54,  "The  Natives  [of  Achin]  are  Mallayans...They  are  of 
a  middle  Stature,  proud  and  lazy,  especially  the  meaner  sort,  tho'  they 
are  better  set,  and  of  stronger  Growth  than  the  Indians  of  the  Coro- 
mandel  Coast,  of  whom  here  are  so  many.  Slaves  to  the  great  Men 
and  Merchants... To  these  the  Acheenes  owe  the  greatest  part  of  their 


ACHIN  295 

There  are  Severall  Radjas^  Upon  Sumatra  that  doe 
take  Upon  them  the  absolute  Title  and  assume  the  absolute 
Goverment  of  Kings,  Especially  those  of  Jambee^  An- 
drogeero*  and  Pryaman*,  and  pay  a  much  Slenderer  homage 
to  the  Crowne  of  Achin  then  formerly  they  have  done*. 

Achin  is  now  and  hath  a  Considerable  time  been 
Governed  by  a  Queen,  ever  Since  the  time  that  the  discreet 
and  Pious  Kinge  James  of  happy  memorie  Swayed  the 
Sceptre  of  great  Brittaine,  France  and  Ireland^ 


Husbandry  in  managing  their  Crops  of  Paddy,  or  Rice,  which  was 
hardly  known  on  this  part  of  the  Island,  till  these  were  driven  hither  by 
Famine  from  Fort  St.  David,  and  other  Places  on  the  Coromandel  Coast." 

^  See  notes  on  pp.  39  and  108. 

2  Jambi  is  a  Malay  State  on  the  North-east  of  Sumatra.  Compare 
the  account  of  the  place  by  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii. 
p.  123  f,  "From  Pullambam  there  are  no  Places  of  Commerce  on  the 
Coast,  till  we  come  to  Jambee,  which  is  about  100  English  Miles. 
Here  formerly  the  English  had  a  Factory  on  an  Island  near  its  River's 
Mouth,  called  Barella." 

3  This  place  is  Indragiri  to  the  North-east  of  Sumatra.  T.  B.  in 
the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "From  Barros  along 
the  S.W.  coast  and  to  Lampoon,  Palimbam,  Jambe,  and  to  Andregeree 
on  the  N.E.  side  is  many  places  which  produce  pepper."  On  the 
19th  Dec.  1660  the  Court  wrote  to  Bantam  {Letter  Book^  No.  2),  "Both 
you  and  wee  know  that  formerly  large  quantities  of  pepper  hath  beene 
procured  at  Andragera,  which  place  you  may  now  again  take  into 
consideration,  and  if  you  can  find  a  convenient  opportunity,  make 
a  Tryall."  On  the  25th  May,  1664,  in  an  abstract  of  a  letter  from 
Jambi,  Factory  Records^  Misc.  No.  3,  we  find,  "They  have  writt  to  the 
King  of  Androgheree  [that  is,  a  raja  as  stated  by  T.B.]  for  Engageing 
him  for  all  his  pepper  to  bee  Delivered  Qualla  \i.e.  in  the  estuary  or 
port],  which  they  say  if  could  draw  Andragheree  and  PuUimbang 
people  to  would  be  of  great  advantage  to  the  Company.*'  Moor,  Notices 
of  the  Indian  Archipelago^  p.  98,  says,  "Indragerie,  which  means  in 
Sanskrit  the  mountain  of  Indra,  is  one  of  the  few  Hindu  names  found 
on  the  North  coast  of  Sumatra."  See  also  Crawfurd,  Diet,  of  the 
Indian  Islattds,  s.v.  Indragiri. 

*  Compare  Schouten^  vol.  ii.  pp.  126 — 128,  "The  eastern  coast  of 
the  island  [of  Sumatra]  is  the  most  unhealthy ;  but  Ticou  and  Priaman 
are  more  so  than  all  the  other  places  both  for  natives  as  well  as 
for  foreigners... Priaman  is  fairly  well  populated,  and  has  no  lack  of 
provisions.  It  produces,  moreover,  a  great  deal  of  pepper... it  is 
dependent  on  Achin." 

*  That  is,  than  they  did  in  the  time  of  the  "Tyrannicall  King" 
described  in  the  following  paragraphs  of  the  text. 

^  T.  B.  is  in  error.  There  were  kings  of  Achin  from  1521  till  1641, 
when  the  tyrant  king  died,  and  a  Queen  apparently  assumed  office, 


296  ACHIN 

In  soe  much  that  the  very  name  of  a  Kinge  is  longe 
since  become  nautious  unto  them,  first  caused  through  the 
Tyrannicall  Goverment  of  theire  last  Kinge ;  and  indeed, 
by  the  accompt  they  give  of  him,  he  was  the  cruelest 
Tyrant  that  many  ages  afforded\  Some  of  his  Cruelties  as 
folio  we  th. 


first  as  regent,  and  afterwards  as  absolute  monarch.  Her  reign  was 
not  extraordinarily  long,  only  28  years,  but  the  idea  that  female  rule  in 
Achin  had  prevailed  for  many  years  soon  became  common  belief. 
Dampier^  who  was  in  Achin  at  the  time  of  T.  B.'s  residence  there  (in 
1688),  is  evidently  in  doubt  as  to  whether  there  had  ever  been  a  king 
of  Achin.  He  says,  vol.  ii.  p.  143,  "I  think  Mr.  Hackluit  or  Purchas, 
makes  mention  of  a  King  here  in  our  King  James  I.  time.  But  at 
least  of  later  Years  there  has  always  been  a  Queen  only,  and  the 
English  who  reside  there,  have  been  of  the  Opinion  that  these  People 
have  been  governed  by  a  Queen  ab  Origine\  and  from  the  antiquity 
of  the  present  constitution,  have  formed  notions,  that  the  Queen  of 
Sheba  who  came  to  Solomon  was  the  Queen  of  this  Country." 

In  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet,  T.  B.  repeats  his 
mistake  as  to  the  length  of  time  there  had  been  Queens  at  Achin. 
"The  City  and  Kingdom  has  for  above  an  Hundred  years  been 
governed  by  Queens  and  Twelve  Lords."  That  there  was  a  king  at 
Achin  in  the  reign  of  James  I.  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  a  "letter  from 
the  Sultan  of  Achin  to  James  I.  of  England  dated  a.h.  1024  (a.d.  161 2)" 
still  exists.  There  is  a  copy  of  this  letter  in  Xhe  Journal  of  the  Straits 
Branch  R.A,S.^  No.  31,  July,  1898,  p.  123.  Bruce,  Annals^  vol.  i. 
p.  180,  says,  "Captain  Best  carried  letters  from  King  James  to  the 
king  of  Acheen  and  formed  in  161 5  a  treaty  with  this  chief."  Capt. 
Lancaster  had  previously,  in  1602,  delivered  letters  from  Queen  Eliza- 
beth to  the  King  of  Achin,  though  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii. 
p.  loi  repeats  T.  B.'s  mistake  and  calls  the  monarch  a  Queen.  This 
King  must  be  the  one  described  in  Voyage  pour  la  Compagnie  cT Octroi 
des  Indes  Orientates^  1603,  p.  527  f.,  as  follows,  "With  regard  to 
political  government  all  the  inhabitants  [of  Achin]  are  as  subject  to 
the  king  as  if  they  were  slaves... Justice  is  very  severely  administered 
and  the  punishment  of  crimes  is  harsh  and  terrible ;  the  Dutch  saw 
there  a  number  of  persons  who  had  only  one  foot  or  one  hand... These 
tortures  are  not  confined  to  the  lower  classes... for  even  at  the  Court 
there  was  seen  the  king's  son-in-law,  son  of  the  young  king's  mother, 
who,  as  a  punishment,  had  had  his  nose,  ears,  and  upper  lip  cut  off. 
The  old  king  no  longer  leaves  his  palace  on  account  of  his  great  age." 
De  la  Loubkre,  p.  82,  and  Fryer,  p.  45,  w^re  both,  like  T.  B.,  under  the 
impression  that  a  Queen  was  a  settled  institution  in  Achin. 

^  Schouten  is  alluding  to  this  tyrannical  monarch  when  he  says, 
vol.  ii.  p.  131,  "They  [the  people  of  Achin]  respect  their  King  from 
a  spirit  of  servitude  and  slavery  and  from  servile  fear,  more  than  from 
any  love  they  have  for  him.  They  have  reason  to  fear  him  for  he 
exercises  a  very  tyrannical  power  over  them,  so  much  so  that  for  very 
slight  causes  which  could  not  be  considered  crimes,  he  has  their  hands 
and  feet  cut  off.     Capital  offences  are  not  treated  with  more  humanity. 


ACHIN  297 

Hee,  for  a  Very  Small  Offence  of  any  Eminent  Person 
in  the  Kingdome,  wold  cause  him  or  them  immediately  to 
be  apprehended  and  brought  into  the  Pallace  yard,  where 
a  fire  was  prepared,  and  there  must  hold  a  Pot  of  Rice  and 
water  over  the  fire  Upon  theire  right  hand  naked,  untill  the 
rice  were  boyled  or  theire  hand  burnt  off,  which  wold 
certainly  doe  in  a  Short  time,  and  many  more  inhumane 
cruelties  he  dayly  Offered  upon  his  poor  Subjects,  and  was 
soe  cruel  that  he  put  to  death  most  of  his  owne  kindred, 
and  for  many  years  he  delighted  in  Nothinge  but  the 
Sheddinge  of  Innocent  blood,  which  doubtlesse  made  his 
people  weary  Enough  of  him. 

I  have  heard  Some  of  the  most  Noted  men  now  in 
Office  declare  many  of  his  inhumane  Cruelties,  one  of  which 
was  a  most  Strange  One,  vizt. 

When  he  had  tyrannized  many  years  Over  his  people, 
and  was  well  Striken  in  years,  and  haveinge  been  a  little 
mercifull  in  leaveinge  himselfe  one  Son  alive,  he  called  him 
to  him,  and  Seriously  demanded  of  him  how  he  thought 
to  rule  and  Governe  Such  a  Multitude  of  Stiffe  necked 
people.  The  Younge  Prince  knowinge  his  Father  hated 
any  Clemency  towards  them,  answered  Tyrannically  alsoe, 
(but  'tis  Supposed  he  meant  not  soe  to  doe)  that  he  wold 
Governe  them  with  Ease  Enough  and  yet  inflict  more 
cruelty  on  them  then  Ever  his  Father  did,  and  told  him 
he  wold  make  them  boyle  rice  upon  theire  bare  Sculls, 
whereas  he  onely  made  them  doe  it  on  their  hands,  Which 
soe   enraged    the    Old    bloody   Tyrant,   that   he  drew  his 


He  always  inflicts  the  death  penalty  and  in  a  very  cruel  fashion." 
Schouten  is  apparently  relating  stories  that  were  still  current  at  the 
time  of  his  visit  to  Achin,  for,  when  he  was  there,  in  1663,  he  says  that 
a  Queen  regent  was  in  office. 

Crawfurd,  Diet,  of  the  Indian  Islands ^  s.v,  Achin,  says  that  the  name 
of  the  King  who  reigned  from  1606  to  1641  (the  monarch  described  by 
T.  B.),  was  '^Sekander  muda,  a  title  half-Arabic  and  half- Malay,  which 
may  be  translated  'Alexander  the  Younger'." 


298  ACHIN 

Creest^  and  Stabbed  his  Son  dead,  himselfe  Utteringe 
words  to  this  Sence,  that  future  ages  Shold  never  have 
cause  to  Say  that  a  more  Severe  or  bloody  Tyrant  then 
himself  did  Ever  Sway  the  Scepter  of  Achin. 

Not  longe  after  death  tooke  away  the  Tyrant^  to  the 
great  Joy  of  many  thousands,  and  it  is  to  be  admired  that 
his  Owne  Subjects  let  him  live  Soe  longe,  and  reigne 
in  Such  wickednesse.  They  buried  him  decently  in  the 
Pallace  Royall  amongst  his  Ancestors  Tombs,  and  built 
over  him  a  very  Stately  one  too,  and  covered  it  with  Massy 
Gold  as  some  of  the  rest  are,  but  withall  guarded  well  the 
Pallace,  the  Citty,  the  Garrisons  and  all  Stronge  holds, 
fortyfyinge  themselves  well  against  all  Kingly  Goverment ; 
and  the  wisest  men  assembled  and  chose  to  themselvs 
a  Queen,  the  next  heiresse  to  the  Crowne,  but  Enacted 
Such  laws  that  her  issue  need  not  be  dreaded*. 

I.  That  the  Queen  Shold  never  marry  or  know  the 
Use  of  man. 


^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Crease,  the  Malay  dagger  or  kris.  The 
form  in  the  text  may  be  compared  with  the  spelling  Christ!  adopted 
by  the  translator  of  De  la  Loubkre,  p.  15,  where  the  passage  runs, 
"They  [the  Siamese]  wear  the  Poniard  on  the  left  side,  hanging  a  little 
before.  The  Portuguese  do  call  it  Christ,  a  word  corrupted  from  Crid, 
which  the  Siameses  use.  This  word  is  borrowed  from  the  Malayan 
Language... and  the  Crids  which  are  made  at  Achim  in  the  Isle  of 
Sumatra,  do  pass  for  the  best  of  all."  Compare  also  the  following  in 
a  letter  from  Bantam,  1682  {Factory  Records^  Java,  No.  6),  "In  the 
Agents  clossett  was  found  just  after  his  decease... four  Creasses  which 
were  Sealed  with  Mr.  Benjamin  Crockfords  Seale...andfowre  Creasses 
Scabbards."  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Did.  has,  "Creis,  a  Poniard,  dagger,'* 
and  Dampier,  vol.  i.  p.  401,  "Cressets,  or  little  Daggers." 

2  i.e.  in  1641.  Compare  the  account  by  De  Graaf,  Voyages  aux 
I  tides  Orientales,  p.  24,  "While  I  was  at  Achin  [in  1641],  the  king  died 
which  caused  great  commotion  among  the  great  men,  and  cost  the 
lives  of  a  great  many  people  for  each  one  wished  to  be  king... Finally 
the  queen  was  proclaimed  regent  of  the  kingdom,  and  she  has  reigned 
for  several  years." 

3  It  seems,  from  the  statements  of  Schouten  and  De  Graaf  (see 
note  on  p.  296  and  note  2  above),  that  the  appointment  of  a  queen 
was  at  first  only  a  provisionary  arrangement,  and  that  until  her 
position  was  absolutely  secure,  she  was  looked  upon  as  a  regent  of 
the  kingdom. 


ACHIN  299 

2.  That  noe  man  in  the  Kingdome  Shold  presume  to 

have  a  Sight  of  her  after  Chosen  Queene. 

3.  That  the  Lords  and  Justices  &c.  Shold  cause  noe 

act  or  law  (now  Established)  to  be  Violated,  or 
any  Other  to  be  made  without  the  Queen  her 
Consent  and   good  likeinge  thereunto. 

4.  That  her  Attendants  Shold  not  be  lesse  then  500 

women  and  Eunuchs. 
With  many  Others  all  diligently  Observed ^ 

The  Men  in  Office  that  (Under  theire  Queene)  governe 
this  Kingdome  are  Entitled  as  followeth. 

The  Meer  Raja*  vizt.  the  Lord  Treasurer,  the  Lexi- 
mana'*  the  Lord  Generall,  and  the  great  Orongkay  is  Lord 
Chiefe  Justice.  There  are  other  Orongkays*  and  under 
this,  as  alsoe  Shabandars  under  them*  and  the  Queen's 
greatest  Eunuchs,  but  are  all  very  Submissive  and  re- 
spective to  the  Queen,  not  dareinge  to  act  or  doe  any 
businesse  of  importance  before  they  have  throughly 
acquainted  the  Queen  thereof  She  hath  Severall  Eunuchs 
of  very  acute  witt  about  her  that  advise  with  her  to  con- 
descend to  what  is  requesite.  Not  one  man,  Woman  or 
Childe  is  admitted  to  get  a  sight  of  her,  Save  the  Women 


^  Compare  Dumpier^  vol.  ii.  p.  142,  "The  Queen  of  Achin,  as  'tis 
said,  is  always  an  old  Maid,  chosen  out  of  the  Royal  Family.  What 
Ceremonies  are  used  at  the  chusing  of  her  I  know  not :  Nor  who  are 
the  Electors ;  but  I  suppose  they  are  the  Oronkeys." 

2  Compare  Meer  Moonshee.  These  terms  are  not  found  in  Hobson- 
Jobson,  though  they  are  as  worthy  of  note  as  Mem  Sahib.  For  amir 
and  raja^  see  notes  on  p.  39. 

3  See  note  on  p.  260. 

*  See  note  on  p.  260.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "Oran  chookee, 
Custome-house  officer.'' 

^  See  note  on  p.  242.  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  141,  "This 
Country  [Achin]  is  governed  by  a  Queen,  under  whom  there  are 
12  Oronkeyes,  or  great  Lords,  These  act  in  their  several  precincts 
with  great  power  and  authority.  Under  these  there  are  other  in- 
feriour  Officers,  to  keep  the  Peace  in  the  several  parts  of  the  Queen's 
dominions.  The  present  Shabander  of  Achin  is  one  of  the  Oron- 
keyes." 


3CX)  ACHIN 

and  Eunuchs  that  are  of  her  attendants,  and  Some  Eunuchs 
her  chiefe  Councellours^  but  when  businesse  with  her  doth 
present,  the  great  Orongkay  or  Some  of  the  Others  doe 
come  into  the  Pallace  and  declare  theire  businesse  to  some 
of  her  Councell,  who  informe  her  thereof;  and  if  She  con- 
descends thereunto,  She  Sendeth  downe  to  them  her  Chopp 
i,e,  her  broad  Seale',  and  then  it  is  granted  accordinge  to 
theire  request.  If  the  Chopp  cometh  not  downe  to  them, 
they  must  desist  from  the  businesse  in  hand  and  mind 
Somethinge  else. 

The  Chopp  is  made  of  Silver  8  or  lo  inches  longe,  and 
like  to  a  Mace  which  openeth  on  the  topp  where  the  Signet 
is  Enclosed*. 

Before  any  forraigner  can  land  in  this  Port  he  must 
receive  this  Chopp,  and  then  hath  he  freedom  to  buy  and 
Sell  and  land  his  goods  at  pleasure.  The  like  must  be 
done  when  he  is  almost  ready  to  depart  the  Countrey,  by 
the  Master  or  Commander  onely,  else  it  is  taken  as  a  most 
grosse  Affronts 


^  Compare  Dajnpier^woX.  ii.  p.  142,  "After  she  [the Queen  of  Achin] 
is  chosen,  she  is  in  a  manner  confin'd  to  her  Palace ;  for  by  report,  she 
seldom  goes  abroad,  neither  is  she  seen  by  any  People  of  inferiour 
rank  and  quality,  but  only  by  some  of  her  Domesticks." 

2  See  note  on  p.  118.  Compare  the  following  extracts  from  Factory 
Records,  Fort  St  George,  No.  28,  under  date  19th  June  and  2nd  August 
1680:  "Your  Ocoon  [Akkun]  had  put  his  chaup  or  seal  to  the 
Certificate  as  well  as  the  Dustuckt  [rfastak]  or  handwriting... The  Chop 
that  you  Chop  your  letters  now  of  late  with  is  not  the  same  you  did 
use  to  Chop  before,  but  of  a  new  Chop."  Compare  also  Dumpier^ 
vol.  ii.  p.  16,  "The  Governor  or  his  Deputy  [at  Tonquin]  gives  his  Chop 
or  Pass  to  all  Vessels  that  go  up  or  down." 

3  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies,  vol.  H.  p.  103,  thus  describes  the 
"Chopp":  "On  my  Arrival  [at  Achin]  I  took  the  Chap  at  the  great 
Rivers  Mouth,  according  to  Custom.  This  Chap  is  a  Piece  of  Silver 
about  8  Ounces  Weight,  made  in  Form  of  a  Cross,  but  the  cross  Part 
is  very  short." 

*  Compare  the  experience  of  Captain  Atkins  who  anchored  in  the 
**Road  of  Atchine"  on  the  loth  April,  1675  {O.C,  No.  4045),  "nth 
Sunday  in  the  morning  sent  our  Purser  in  our  Penace  to  desire  leave 
and  to  fill  some  water,  and  to  procure  some  provisions,  but  no  Ad- 
mittance of  anything,  till  Receiv'd  the  Queens  Chopp:  12th  I  went  on 


ACHIN  301 

The  way  wee  take  it  is  thus.  Soe  Soone  as  any  Ship 
or  Vessel  doth  anchor  in  the  Roade  of  Achin,  there  is  Sent 
ofif  from  the  Custome-house  a  small  flyinge  Prow^  that 
Cometh  on  board  and  demandeth  of  the  Master  whence  he 
came  and  of  what  Nation  he  is,  and  whether  he  come  to 
trade  or  not,  or  purpose  to  come  On  Shore.  If  he  doth,  the 
Prow  goeth  on  Shore  againe  and  acquainteth  one  of  the 
Shabandares,  who  applyeth  himselfe  to  the  Great  Orongkay 
and  the  Choppe  is  made  ready  about  9  or  10  the  next 
morninge,  and  brought  to  Quala^  vizt.  the  barre  att  the 
River's  mouth  by  one  of  the  Queen's  Eunuchs  attended 
with  Some  of  the  Custome-house  Officers,  and  commonly 
the  English  Dubashee',  and  the  Commander  is  Sent  for  on 

Shoar  to  theire  Guard  where  mett  with  some  English  Marchants  and 
notice  given  to  the  Oran  Koye,  one  of  the  Queens  Cappons  [eunuchs, 
O.E.  capun\  brought  downe  the  Chopp  which  when  Received  according 
to  theire  manner  of  Seremonies,  had  then  free  leave  or  Liberty  granted 
to  water  or  to  buy  what  provission  or  Necessaryes  theire  Country 
aforded." 

^  i,e,  an  outrigged  canoe.  Compare  Dumpier^  vol.  ii.  p.  131,  "They 
[the  Achinese  carpenters]  are  also  ingenious  enough  in  building  Proes, 
making  very  pretty  ones,  especially  of  that  sort  which  are  Flying- 
Proes  ;  which  are  built  long,  deep,  narrow,  and  sharp,  with  both  sides 
alike,  and  outlagers  on  each  side,  the  Head  and  Stem  like  other  Boats 
...and  will  sail  very  well:  for  which  reason  they  had  that  name  given 
them  by  the  English."  Compare  also  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  p.  45, 
"Their  flying  Proes  [at  Achin]  are  only  for  fishing,  coasting,  and 
visiting  the  Islands  thereabouts :  Sometimes,  I  am  told,  they  run  out 
to  the  Nicobar  Islands,  which  is  the  longest  Trip  they  make.  These 
are  so  narrow,  two  Men  cannot  stand  a  breast  in  the  widest  part  of 
them ;  the  Bottom  is  a  long  Canoe,  or  Tree  hoUow'd  without  a  Keel, 
the  Sides  are  raised  with  Planks  about  3  Foot  above  it,  bending  a  little 
inward,  till  near  the  Top,  where  it  turns  out  bell-wise.  The  Planks 
within  half  a  Foot  of  each  end,  are  left  as  sharp  as  possible,  not 
pointed  like  a  Wherry,  but  perpendicular  with  an  Edge ;  the  Canoe 
jets  out  beyond  the  other  part  of  the  Vessel,  and  when  loaden  is  quite 
under  Water ;  the  Rudder  is  like  a  wooden  Knife,  with  which  they 
stear  very  dexterously :  To  keep  them  up-right,  they  have  Outlayers 
on  each  Side,  with  Planks  of  light  Wood  at  the  Ends  of  them,  which 
secure  them  so  well  from  over-setting,  that  they  will  bear  the  greatest 
Sea,  and  when  an  English  Primace  [?  pinnace]  with  two  Sails  will  go 
five  Miles  an  Hour,  these  with  a  small  one  will  run  a  dozen." 

2  i.e,  kuwala^  the  mouth  or  estuary  of  a  river ;  the  point  of  junction 
of  a  tributary  stream  and  a  river ;  Wilkinson,  Malay  Diet.  See  also 
Hobson-Jobson,  s.v.  Calay  (foot-note). 

3  i.e.  interpreter.     See  note  on  p.  37. 


302  ACHIN 

Shore,  and  received  by  them  with  many  Complements,  and 
the  Chopp  is  delivered  tp  him.  He  must  receive  it  in  both 
hands  and  lift  it  up  to  his  Forehead  as  makeinge  Obey- 
sance  to  the  Queen,  which  done  he  hath  free  liberty  as 
afore  Said^;  onely  when  he  cometh  up  to  towne  he  must 
goe  to  the  Custome-house,  and  there  Sitt  and  discourse 
with  the  Chiefe  officers  there,  and  one  of  the  Chiefe  of  the 
Eunuchs  is  there  alsoe.  The  maine  discourse  held  is  of 
what  Foraign  news,  and  I  judge  the  Queen  is  soon  made 
acquainted  thereof. 

And  there  wee  pay  for  the  Chopp  3  pieces  of  very 
fine  callicos  or  Muzlinge^  or  4  tailes  in  moneys  vizt. 
four  pounds  Sterlinge*. 

The  Same  day  or  on  the  morrow  followinge,  he  must 
goe  and  pay  his  respects  to  the  Orongkay*,  and  with  noe 


1  Compare  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  P*  35  f>  "On  the  Arrival  of 
a  Ship  [at  Achin],  the  Shabander  must  be  apply'd  to  for  the  Liberty  to 
trade.  At  the  great  Quala  or  Rivers  Mouth,  those  that  go  first  a  Shore 
are  examin'd  by  the  Cards,  who  presently  give  notice  of  their  coming, 
to  the  Officers,  whose  Province  it  is  to  settle  the  Preliminarys ;  which 
is  only  a  formal  Oath  to  observe  the  Articles,  made  between  the 
Company  and  the  Achines,  by  Mr.  Henry  Grey ;  and  to  be  faithful  to 
the  King  and  Country  during  their  stay.  This  is  administred  by  the 
Shabander,  or  his  chief  Officer's  lifting,  very  respectfully  a  short 
Dagger  in  a  Gold  Case,  like  a  Scepter,  three  times  to  their  Heads; 
and  is  called  receiving  the  Chop  for  Trade.  It  ought  to  be  performed 
by  the  gravest,  most  knowing,  and  Men  of  the  best  Appearance ;  in 
consideration  of  the  ill  Consequences  a  false  Step  in  the  Beginning 
might  render  one  liable  to  in  managing  one's  Affairs  at  Court  after- 
wards." 

2  See  note  on  p.  5.  Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Achin 
to  Surat,  28th  Sept.  1669,  Factory  Records^  Surat,  No.  105,  "The  22nd 
[May,  1669]  the  Queens  Chop  came  aboard  of  us  according  to  Custome, 
to  Licence  our  coming  on  shore,  to  whom  we  presented  2  peeces  Baftas 
of  vallew  3  tale  1 5  man  [?  mace]."  Compare  also  Lockyer,  Trade  in 
India,  p.  36,  "Two  Pieces  of  fine  Cotton  Cloth  at  the  first  coming,  and 
two  more  on  departure  to  the  King  [of  Achin]." 

3  See  note  on  p.  281.  T.  B.  must  mean  a  tael  in  gold,  and  if  the 
gold  tael  was  worth  £1  sterling  as  he  states,  then  gold  valued  in  the 
Malay  States  at  £1  the  oz.  and  the  ratio  of  silver  to  gold  there  varied 
between  4  and  3  to  i,  a  remarkable  but  by  no  means  impossible 
occurrence. 

*  Compare  the  following  from  the  Kedah  letter  already  quoted  on 
p.  263,  "The  28th  [May,  1669]  visited  the  Orankay  Puglah  Lemar 
Bunder... his  pride  would  not  permit  him  to  take  much  notice  of  us." 


ACHIN  303 

Small  reverence,  first  Observinge  to  pull  off  his  Shoes 
(although  never  soe  cleane)  and  leave  them  att  the  doore  or 
in  the  Court  Yard.  When  that  is  done,  he  is  invited  to  Sitt 
downe  Upon  Carpets^  but  after  theire  owne  fashion  crosse 
legged,  to  any  new  comer  very  Uneasie,  but  not  soe  to 
those  of  this  countrey  that  doe  Sit  thus  with  a  Naturall 
facilitie. 

Here  must  he  waite  an  hour  or  two  before  the  Orongkay 
will  appeare,  but  in  the  interim  the  Shabandar  and  Du- 
bashee  and  one  or  Other  belongeinge  to  this  great  man 
doth  accompanie  him  and  discourse  most  friendly ;  and 
there  are  Sett  before  him  Store  of  Betelee  Areca'*  to  eat, 
and  tobacco  to  Chaw,  a  Custome  used  all  India  and  South 
Seas  over.  If  wee  be  not  accustomed  thereto,  yet  in  the 
way  of  civilitie  and  respect  to  them  wee  must  take  Some 
into  our  hands,  or  they  will  be  very  angry,  and  will  not 
Easily  be  pacified,  and  hinder  us  in  the  Sale  of  our  good[s] 
in  a  very  great  measure,  although  Seemingly  they  be  our 
good  Friends. 

Here  the  Orongkay  must  be  presented  with  one  piece 
of  Baftos*  to  the  Value  of  2  tailes,  and  3  or  4  or  6  bottles 
of  rosewater.  He  discourseth  about  one  houre,  askinge 
many  questions,  Some  of  which  are  ridiculous  Enough  if 
they  came  not  from  the  mouth  of  a  person  of  soe  great 
a  qualitie. 

And  withall  wee  make  agreement  with  him  how  much 
wee  must  pay  to  the  Queen  for  the  landinge  our  Cargoe. 
The  Contract  been  [?  between]  us  and  the  Court  of  Achin 
hath  been  of  longe  Standinge  50  tails  per  Ship,  if  laden 


^  See  note  on  p.  240.  2  See  note  on  p.  30. 

3  Compare  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  p.  36,  "Two  Pieces  of  Callico 
or  Silk  to  the  Shabander,  and  head  Oronkoy  or  chief  Minister  of 
State... these  give  each  a  fat  Capon  in  return.  If  one  would  be 
very  exact,  I  am  told,  'tis  five  Tale  Fees,  two  Pieces  of  Taffitea 
of  two  Tale  each  to  the  Shabander,  and  two  more  to  the  head 
Oronkoy." 


304  ACHIN 

with  fine  goods  (admitt  the  Ship  be  great  or  Small)\  But 
againe,  if  wee  have  a  quantitie  of  course  goods  On  board, 
vizt.  Rice,  gramme^  Wheat,  Oyle,  butter*,  or  the  like,  they 
are  to  make  an  abatennent  of  lo,  15,  or  20  tails,  accordinge 
as  the  quantitie  is,  and  noe  Other  duties  are  payable  by 
any  of  the  English  Nation  Except  the  Chopp  in  and  out, 
neither  are  any  of  our  goods  carried  to  the  Custome  house 
as  all  Other  peoples  are,  which  is  a  great  helpe  and  honour 
to  our  Nation.  These  priviledges  were  granted  to  our 
Nation  above  100  years  agoe*,  and  are  Still  confirmed  by 
Every  New  Queen  as  She  cometh  in  place',  Which  causeth 
the  people  in  Generall  to  respect  us  very  much,  and 
Entertaine  us  with  abundance  of  Civilities  and  Court  Ship. 
The  Betelee  Areca*  is  here  in  great  plenty  and  much 


^  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India^  p.  36,  says  that  in  his  day  sixteen  or 
seventeen  taels  covered  the  value  of  the  presents  and  the  "acknowledg- 
ment for  Custom." 

2  See  note  on  p.  121.  Compare  the  following  from  Factory  Records^ 
Masulipatam,  No.  9,  under  date  27th  April,  1672,  "Pray  send  us  as 
soone  as  possible  50  Candy  of  horse  Gram  for  the  stable,  that  of  these 
parts  [Fort  St  George]  being  neither  good  nor  Cheape." 

3  See  notes  on  pp.  132,  247,  and  289. 

*  T.  B.  is  evidently  alluding  to  the  concession  obtained  by  Captain 
Lancaster  from  the  King  of  Achin  in  1602.  See  Foster,  Letters  re- 
ceived by  the  East  India  Co.,  vol.  i.,  Introduction,  p.  xxv.  and  pp.  i — 4 
for  this  document.  In  1669  Mr  Henry  Gray  obtained  for  the  Company 
from  the  Queen  of  Achin  a  renewal  and  modification  of  these  privileges. 
In  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet.,  T.  B.  says,  "The 
English  are  free  of  all  Custom  by  ancient  agreement,  only  a  Present 
to  the  Queen,  and  some  small  Port  charges,  all  other  Nations  pay  great 
Customs."  Compare  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India,  p.  36,  "Other  Nations 
pay  five  to  eight  per  Cent.  Custom  on  their  Cargos...But  the  English 
are  at  no  other  Charge  than  the  usual  Presents  to  the  King  and 
Courtiers." 

^  T.  B.  was  in  Achin  at  the  time  of  the  death  of  the  second  of  the 
four  Queens  of  Achin,  and  his  statement  probably  arises  from  the  fact 
that  the  "New  Queen"  carried  on  the  policy  of  her  predecessor  towards 
the  English. 

^  See  note  on  p.  30.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "  Beetle-leaf  is 
much  eaten  in  India.  Beetle-nut  is  eaten  with  the  leaf."  Compare 
De  la  Loub^re,  p.  23,  "  The  Areca,  which  the  Siameses  do  call  Plou^ 
is  a  kind  of  great  Acorn,  which  yet  wants  that  wooden  Cup  wherein 
our  Acorn  grows.  When  this  Fruit  is  yet  tender,  it  has  at  the  center 
or  heart  a  greyish  substance,  which  is  as  soft  as  Pap.     As  it  dries  it 


ACHIN  305 

better  then  in  many  Other  countries  of  the  East  and 
South  Seas.  Very  few  houses  here  but  have  Severall 
trees  of  it  growinge  that  beare  all  the  yeare  longe,  and  the 
inhabitants  in  Generall  doe  Eat  thereof,  prepared  thus : 
They  cutt  the  Areca  nut  into  very  thin  Slices,  and  put 
about  one  halfe  of  a  nut  into  their  mouth,  and  then  one 
betelee  leafe  or  two  (accordinge  as  they  are  in  bignesse), 
and  Spread  a  little  qualified  lime  thereon,  which  by  them 
is  called  Chenam^  which  folded  up  togeather  they  eat 
with  the  Nut,  which  after  a  little  Chewing  doth  produce 
very  much  Liquorish  moisture  in  the  mouth,  which  for  the 
most  part  they  Swallow  downe,  and  after  a  good  while 
chewinge  untill  it  is  dry,  they  spit  it  out  and  take  more 
that  is  fresh,  and  thus  will  they  almost  all  day  longe  chew 
betelee  Areca.  They  hold  it  good  for  the  Stomach,  and 
keepinge  the  breath  Sweet,  the  latter  of  which  I  am  very 
well  Satisfied  in,  but  if  the  Nut  be  green,  which  here  is 
very  much  in  Use,  they  onely  cutt  the  nutt  in  2  pieces  and 
paringe  off  a  little  of  the  green  rine,  eat  it  with  betelee 


waxes  yellower  and  harder,  and  the  soft  substance  it  has  at  the  heart 
grows  hard  too:  It  is  always  bitter  and  savory.  After  having  cut 
it  into  four  parts  with  a  knife,  they  take  a  piece  every  time,  and  chew 
it  with  a  Leaf  resembling  Ivy  called  Betel  by  the  Europeans  which 
are  at  the  Indies,  and  Mak  by  the  Siameses.  They  wrap  it  up  to 
put  it  the  more  easily  into  the  mouth  and  do  put  on  each  a  small 
quantity  of  Lime  made  of  cockleshells  and  redded  by  I  know  not 
what  art." 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Chunam.  See  Ind.  AnL  vol.  xxx.  p.  136. 
Compare  the  following  from  an  article  in  the  Mad.  Man.  Admn.  vol.  iii. 
s.v.  Choonam,  "Choonam...Lime  whether  slaked  or  unslaked,  but 
the  former  is  generally  meant... The  finest  choonam  from  oyster  shells 
(chippy  choonam  \sipi  chunam^  shell  lime])  is  chewed  with  betel-leaf 
There  is  a  Tamul  proverb:  'The  essence  of  paun  is  in  the  choonam.'" 
Compare  also  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  54,  "The  Betle  Leaf  is  the  great 
entertainment  in  the  East  for  all  Visitants  ;  and  'tis  always  given  with 
the  Arek  folded  up  in  it.  They  make  up  the  Arek  in  pellets  fit  for  use, 
by  first  peeling  off  the  outer  green  hard  rind  of  the  Nuts,  and  then 
splitting  it  length  ways  in  3  or  4  parts,  more  or  less,  according  to  its 
bigness.  Then  they  dawb  the  Leaf  all  over  with  Chinam  or  Lime 
made  into  a  Morter  or  Paste,  and  kept  in  a  Box  for  this  purpose, 
spreading  it  thin." 

T.  20 


306  ACHIN 

as  the  Other,  which  doth  eat  much  more  pleasant  then  the 
Old  ones  doe'. 

The  Leafe  is  the  betelee',  a  broad  leafe  not  very  much 
Unlike  to  an  Ivie  leafe,  only  Somethinge  thinner,  and 
groweth  resemblinge  the  Vine,  as  followeth  [Plate  XVII.]. 

Areca^  vizt.  commonly  called  betelee  Nut,  doth  grow 
Upon  a  very  comely  Streight  and  Slender  tree,  taperinge 
in  joynts,  and  the  nutt  groweth  out  of  the  body  thereof 
below  the  branches  as  followeth  [Plate  xvil.].  It  is  a  very 
hard  wood,  and  much  Used  by  many  in  India  to  make 
lances  and  pikes  On. 

All  Masters  of  English  Ships  and  Vessels  are  very 
Nobly  Entertained  here,  they  Still  retaininge  the  Civilities 
at  first  Settlinge  in  Use,  and  I  hope  wee  Shall  never  give 
them  cause  to  the  Contrary. 

When  all  our  Merchandise  &c.  is  accomplished,  and 
wee  are  in  readinesse  and  willinge  to  be  gone,  wee  Send  to 
the  Custome  house  the  English  Dubashee^  to  informe  the 
Officers  there  that  wee  are  ready  and  want  onely  the 
Queen's  Chopp  *.     They  Straight  ways  give  the  Orongkay 


^  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  i.  p.  319,  "Every  Man  in  these  parts 
[Mindanao]  carries  his  Lime-Box  by  his  side,  and  dipping  his  Fmger 
mto  it,  spreads  his  betel  and  Arek  leaf  with  it... The  Betel-Nut  is  most 
esteem'd  when  it  is  young,  and  before  it  grows  hard,  and  then  they 
cut  it  only  in  two  pieces  with  the  green  husk  or  shell  on  it... It  tastes 
rough  in  the  Mouth,  and  dies  the  Lips  red,  and  makes  the  Teeth 
black,  but  it  preserves  them,  and  cleanseth  the  Gums.  It  is  also 
accounted  very  wholsom  for  the  Stomach ;  but  sometimes  it  will  cause 
great  giddiness  in  the  Head  of  those  who  are  not  us'd  to  chew  it. 
But  this  is  the  effect  only  of  the  old  Nut,  for  the  young  Nuts  will 
not  do  it.  I  speak  of  my  own  Experience."  Dampier  here  confuses 
the  areca  nut  with  the  betel  leaf,  a  mistake  which  he  rectifies .  in 
vol.  ii.  p.  54. 

^  i.e,  the  Betel  Vine  or  Sirih  (chavici  betel).  Compare  Bowring, 
Siam^  vol.  i.  p.  113,  "The  betel  {betel  piper)  is  a  creeping  plant,  pro- 
ducing a  long  and  somewhat  fleshy  leaf,  nearly  resembling  a  heart 
in  shape,  of  a  sharp  and  aromatic  flavour." 

3  i,e.  the  Areca  palm,  areca  catechu.  See  Watts,  Diet,  of  Economic 
Products  of  India^  s.v.  Areca. 

*  See  note  on  p.  37.  ^  See  note  on  p.  118. 


ACHIN  307 

Notice  of  it,  and  he  repaireth  to  the  Pallace,  and  hath 
an  Order  granted  that  it  may  be  made  ready  that  day. 
Sometimes  it  is  referred  a  day  or  two,  accordinge  as 
businesse  at  Court  happeneth.  Wee  then  goe  to  Visit 
him  (but  not  Empty  handed),  for  it  is  the  Custome  with 
these  great  men  in  Office  to  aske  what  you  have  brought 
them  (if  you  readily  tender  it  not  to  them),  and  when  they 
come  to  Visit  us,  which  often  they  doe,  they  have  the  like 
confidence  to  aske  what  you  will  give  them,  but  for  what 
given  to  the  Orongkay  there  is  little  lost  by  it,  for  at  our 
arrivall  he  presenteth  us  with  fowle  and  great  Store  of 
fruit*,  and  before  wee  come  to  take  leave  of  him,  he 
carrieth  us  to  the  Pallace,  where  wee  are  Entertained  Upon 
fine  Carpets,  fruit,  and  betelee  Areca  &c.  Set  before  us, 
where  wee  Sitt  with  our  faces  directly  towards  the  Queens 
Lodgeings,  and  from  her  is  Sent  to  the  English  Com- 
mander a  Silke  Suite  of  cloths  with  a  turbant*  after  the 
Malay  fashion.  He  must  receive  them  with  great  rever- 
ence, Standinge  Up  and  makeinge  a  Sumbra^  to  the 
Queens  Windows,  She  all  the  while  looketh  upon  us, 
although  wee  cannot  See  her.  The  great  men  doth  helpe 
to  dresse  the  Commander,  for  at  that  very  instant  he  must 
put  them  on,  and  then,  after  many  complements,  taketh 
leave  of  the  Orongkay,  beinge  the  chiefe  man  concerned 
in  all  the  Affaires  of  the  Shipps  and  Commerce*. 

In  the  Pallace  yard  is  provided  a  Very  Stately  warre 


^  See  note  on  p.  303.  ^  See  note  on  p.  156. 

3  This  word  is  not  in  Hobson-Jobson,  It  is  the  Malay  sembaky 
which  Wilkinson,  Malay  DicL^  defines  as  "  A  salutation,  a  respectful 
address ;  the  actual  act  of  salutation  or  homage  consisting  in  raising 
the  hands  to  the  face." 

*  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  142  f.,  "The  present  Shabander  of 
Achin  is  one  of  the  Oronkeyes...all  Merchant  Strangers  at  their  first 
arrival,  make  their  Entries  with  him,  which  is  always  done  with  a  good 
Present:  and  from  him  they  take  all  their  dispatches  when  they 
depart ;  and  all  matters  of  importance  in  general  between  Merchants 
are  determined  by  him." 

20 — 2 


308  ACHIN 

Elephant  richly  adorned  with  his  trappings  and  his 
Pavilion  [Plate  XVII.],  his  teeth  tipped  with  Coppar  gilded 
over,  but  carrieth  not  his  Chaine*.  Upon  this  Elephant 
the  Commander  must  ride  to  his  house  where  he  dwelled, 
or  to  the  English  Factory^  (accompanied  with  one  or  more 
of  the  Grandees  of  the  Kingdome),  and  Severall  pipes, 
drums,  flaggs,  &c.  carried  before  them  by  foot  men,  order- 
inge  all  persons  whatsoever  to  Stand  out  of  the  way 
Immediately.  If  any  refuse  to  Obey  that  command,  they 
Spare  not  to  lance  him  to  the  ground,  that  dares  to  hinder 
him  of  a  free  and  cleare  passadge  that  the  Queen  respects. 
Many  of  the  Merchants  bringe  rosewater  to  throw  upon 
them  as  they  ride  through  the  Cittie,  which  here  is  ac- 
compted  a  great  piece  of  honour  and  respect.  When  they 
come  to  the  English  house  appointed,  they  light  off  the 
Elephant  and  walke  in,  where  abundance  of  their  Cere- 
moniall  Complements  and  good  wishes  are  Used,  and  Soe 
take  leave  of  each  Other;  and  thus  all  the  Ceremonies  are 
ended  for  that  Voyadge,  onely  once  more  he  must  goe  to 
the  Custome  house  and  there  take  the  Chopp^  for  his 
departure,  and  then  may  immediately  goe  on  board  and 
Saile  if  they  please,  or  Stay  as  longe  as  they  please  after- 
wards, but  it  is  the  custome  not  to  take  leave  untill  fully 
resolved  to  Saile  in  2  or  3  days.  The  State  wee  ride  in 
from  the  Pallace  is  as  here  demonstrated  [Plate  XVII.]*. 


^  See  page  274  f.  and  note. 

2  When  T.  B.  lived  at  Achin  {circ.  1687),  the  English  trade  was 
in  a  more  flourishing  condition  than  when  Matthew  Gray  wrote  to 
Surat,  28th  Sept.  1669,  Factory  Records^  Surat,  No.  105,  "We  found 
here  [Achin]  no  house  of  the  Companys  but  an  old  Warehouse  built 
by  Meangee  [Mlanji,  a  title,  probably  of  some  merchant  of  the  place, 
see  p.  263],  which  wee  propt  up  the  best  we  could,  and  housed  there 
the  Companys  Goods... We  finding  this  trade  drawing  to  an  end,  and 
not  worth  our  Residence  here  were  unwilling  to  put  the  Honble. 
Company  to  the  charge  of  Building  a  house..." 

3  See  note  on  p.  118. 

*  T.  B.  undoubtedly  speaks  from  personal  observation  and  ex- 
perience. Compare  Dmnpier^  vol.  ii.  p.  144  f.,  "Captain  Thwait, 
according  to  custom  went  with  his  Present  to  the  Queen,  which  she 


ACHIN  309 

When  a  Present  is  Sent  to  the  Queen  from  the  Presi- 
dent of  Suratt^  or  Agent  and  Governour  of  Fort  St.  Georg's, 
soe  Soone  as  the  Grandees  have  any  certain  Intelligence 
there  of,  they  make  it  known  to  the  Queen  (by  her 
Eunuchs),  and  She  appointeth  a  certain  day  for  the 
reception  thereof,  which  is  then  performed  with  very  great 
State,  haveinge  all  (or  the  Major,  part)  of  the  Grandees  of 
Achin  to  attend  it  to  the  Pallace.  The  English  Merchant 
and  Commander,  and  any  of  his  Friends  (of  his  owne 
Nation)  ride  Upon  Stately  Elephants  as  beforementioned. 
When  they  Enter  the  Pallace,  the  English  are  Very  Royally 
Seated  Upon  Carpets  of  Persian  worke^  very  rich  and 
beautifull  to  behold,  and  behind  them  are  placed  the 
Grandees,  then  the  Ordinary  Officers  belongeinge  to  her 
Majesties  guards  and  Customehouse  in  a  very  great 
retinue,  all  Frontinge  the  Queen's  Windows,  who,  as  'tis 
Said,  doth  earnestly  behold  them,  Especially  the  English, 
and  doubtlesse  cold  She  have  her  owne  will,  wold  have 
more  then  a  Sight  of  some  of  them.  Now  is  a  Great  Gold 
betelee  box*  as  bigge  as  one  of  [the]   eunuchs  can  well 

accepted,  and  complemented  him  with  the  usual  Civilities  of  the 
Country ;  for  to  honour  him  he  was  Set  upon  an  Elephant  of  the 
Queens  to  ride  to  his  Lodgings,  drest  in  a  Malayan  Habit,  which 
she  gave  him ;  and  she  sent  also  two  Dancing  Girls  to  shew  him 
some  pastime  there." 

^  This  is  another  instance  of  T.  B/s  accuracy.  The  "  Presidency" 
was  not  transferred  to  Bombay  till  1687. 

2  Fryer,  p.  263  f.,  has,  "  Ispahaun...Silk  Buzzars...set  apart  for 
choice  commodities... Persian  carpets,  both  Woollen  and  Silk,  inter- 
mixed with  Gold  and  Silver  very  costly,  which  are  the  peculiar  manu- 
facture of  the  Country." 

^  See  note  on  p.  30.  Compare  Dumpier,  vol.  ii.  p.  54  f.,  "  Chinam, 
Betle  and  Arek...the  Mandarins,  or  great  men  [at  Tonquin]  have 
curious  oval  Boxes,  made  purposely  for  this  use,  that  will  hold  50  or 
60  Betle  Pellets.  These  Boxes  are  neatly  lackered  and  gilded,  both 
inside  and  outside,  with  a  cover  to  take  off ;  and  if  any  stranger  visits 
them,  especially  Europeans,  they  are  sure,  among  other  good  enter- 
tainment, to  be  treated  with  a  Box  of  Betle.  The  Attendant  that 
brings  it  holds  it  to  the  left  hand  of  the  stranger;  who  therewith 
taking  off  the  cover,  takes  with  his  right  hand  the  Nuts  out  of  the 
Box.  'Twere  an  affront  to  take  them,  or  give  or  receive  any  thing 
with  the  left  hand  [as  in  India]..." 


/ 


3IO  ACHIN 

beare  in  his  arms,  brought  downe  and  placed  before  them, 
and  they  must  eat  thereof,  although  never  Soe  little,  which 
is  accompted  as  great  an  honour  here,  as  knighthood  in 
the  Courts  of  European  Kings  there. 

The  present  of  fine  Callicoes\  Cloth  of  Gold,  or  what 
else,  is  carried  up  in  great  State  Upon  Golden  Vessels, 
borne  by  the  greatest  of  the  Eunuchs  with  Gilded  Pavilions 
carried  over  them,  and  the  letter  to  the  Queens  Majestie  is 
carried  up  by  it  Selfe  in  great  State  and  royally  attended 
by  Some  of  her  Speciall  favorites. 

Then  with  great  feastinge,  with  Varieties  of  Victualls, 
bottles  of  wine  and  Sweetmeats,  the  time  is  passed  away 
for  one  houre  or  two,  haveinge  many  Sorts  of  Excellent 
fruit  Set  before  us,  and  which  to  us  is  most  delightable  is 
the  Warre  Elephants*  are  brought  into  the  Pallace  yard, 
where  they  fight  in  very  great  fury,  graplinge  with  theire 
teeth  and  Strikeinge  with  all  their  force  with  theire  trunks 
the  Bufifolos  ^,  and  fight  with  each  other  and  with  admirable 
courage.  They  alsoe  Use  cocke  fightinge  in  a  Very  great 
measure*,  and  will  lay  very  great  wagers  on  that  Game. 

After  a  great  many  Such  Sports  and  Exercises,  the 
English  are  carried  home  in  as  great  State  as  they  came, 
and  word  is  sent  them  from  her  Majestie  not  to  forget  her 
answer,  which  before  they  goe  is  done  both  by  retalliation 
and  alsoe  her  letter  to  the  Said  English  Governour  that 
was  soe  kind   to  write  to  her  Majestie. 

Her  attendants  are  Said  to  be  lOO  Eunuchs  and  looo 
of  the  comliest  women  the  Countrey  or  Citty  affordeth. 
They  Show  themselvs  Openly  Every  day,  and  to  my 
thinkinge  many  of  them  are  very  comely  and  much  whiter 
then  the  Common  Sort  of  Natives  are. 


^  See  note  on  p.  5.  2  See  note  on  p.  274. 

3  See  note  on  p.  279. 

*  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  184,  "The  Malayans  here  are  great 
lovers  of  Cock-fighting.'' 


ACHIN  311 

Anno  Domini  1675  the  Old  Queen  of  Achin  died,  and 
in  her  Old  age,-  for  she  might  well  be  called  Old,  haveinge 
Reigned  Queen  Ever  Since  the  Death  of  theire  Tyrannicall 
Kinge,  which  was  noe  lesse  then  Sixty  odde  years  ^  in  soe 
much  that  many  thousands  of  the  Natives  cold  scarse  be 
posest  with  a  beliefe  they  had  a  Queen  for  many  years 
before  her  death,  but  that  it  was  the  policie  of  the  Grandees 
to  make  them  to  believe  it.  But  now  she  was  certainly 
dead,  they  all  in  Generall  were  Satisfied  that  a  Queen  had 
Governed  them  soe  longe  and  in  peace.  I  was  then  in 
Achin  when  She  died,  and  saw  a  generall  mourning  for 
her.  Some  did  it  willingly,  but  those  that  did  not  were 
after  a  Strange  manner  Compelled  to  it.  The  mourninge 
of  the  female  Sect  was  to  cut  the  haire  of  theire  heads, 
which  was  performed,  but  to  many  of  them  by  Violence, 
for  those  that  wold  not  doe  it  were  taken  out  into  the 
market  place  and  there  compelled  to  doe  [it]  in  publicke, 
without  any  respect  to  theire  ranke  and  qualitie. 

The  men  mourned    3    Months   in  Old    garments,  and 


^  T.  B.  is  here  repeating  his  previous  error.  As  stated  before, 
note  on  p.  295,  the  tyrant  king  did  not  die  till  164 1.  Crawfurd,  Diet, 
of  the  Indian  Is.,  s.v,  Achin,  says,  "  Four  of  the  Achinese  sovereigns 
in  succession,  over  a  period  of  sixty  years,  were  women,  the  puppets 
of  an  oligarchy  of  the  nobles."  This  period,  we  find,  embraced  the 
years  1641  to  1700,  for  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India,  says,  p.  57,  **They 
[the  Achinese]  are  at  present  \circ.  1710!,  under  the  Government  of 
a  King  which  has  not  been  long."  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies,  vol.  ii. 
p.  102,  fixes  the  date  of  the  close  of  female  government,  for  he  tells 
us  that,  on  the  death  of  the  Queen  of  Achin  in  1700,  a  king  was 
chosen.  The  four  queens  appear  to  have  succeeded  as  follows: — 
The  first  reigned  from  1641  till  1669.  Her  death  is  mentioned  in 
a  letter  from  Fort  St  George  to  Surat,  24th  August,  1669  {Factory 
Records,  Surat,  No.  105),  where  we  read,  *'Wee  have  bin  informed 
that  the  Queene  of  Achine  being  dead  they  are  there  embroyled  in 
Civill  warrs."  The  second  queen  died  in  1675,  as  stated  in  the  text, 
after  a  reign  of  only  six  (not  sixty)  years.  The  death  of  the  third 
queen  is  recorded  by  Dampier,  vol.  ii.  p.  143,  in  1688,  she  having 
reigned  thirteen  years.  The  fourth  and  last  queen  died  in  1700, 
according  to  Hamilton,  who,  however,  says  nothing  of  the  death  of 
T.  B.'s  "Old  Queen"  in  1675,  although  he  describes  an  attack  made 
on  her  by  the  Dutch  in  that  year. 


312  ACHIN 

were  forbidden  all  manner  of  gameinge  and  Sports  dureinge 
the  Said  time. 

This  Old  Queen  was  Sore  Visited  with  Sicknesse  five 
weeks  before  She  died,  duringe  which  time  there  was 
great  Suspicion  and  feare  of  a  Rebellion  with  Some  of  the 
inhabitants  of  Achin,  Assisted  by  many  of  the  inland 
people,  but  as  great  care  as  possible  cold  be  and  means  to 
prevent  it  were  Used  by  the  Grandees,  who  caused  the 
Citty  to  be  more  then  doubly  guarded,  more  Especially 
the  Pallace  that  was  guarded  with  Some  thousands  of 
armed  men,  and  600  warre  Elephants  diligently  attended, 
and  Opium  3  times  a  day  given  them  to  animate  them 
in  the  highest  degree  S  and  Severall  resolute  and  well 
Effected  people  to  this  Goverment  put  into  Office  both  in 
the  Citty  and  in  the  Fortifications  of  this  Country  some 
miles  Eastward  of  Achin  I 

Noe  Sooner  was  a  Period  put  to  her  days  on  Earth, 
but  the  Lords  placed  another  in  her  Stead,  who  then 
Immediately  Stept  into  the  Throne,  and  [was]  Immedi- 
ately proclaimed  Queen,  and  all  the  Gunns  were  fired  in 
theire  Forts  and  Castles  to  welcome  into  place  theire  New 
Queene,  scarcely  mentioninge  the  Old  ones  death  untill 
10  days  afterwards  when  they  found  all  was  in  peace  and 
quietnesse,  and  then  a  fast  and  mourninge  were  generally 
proclaimed,  and  very  Strictly  Observed.     Yet  they  found 


1  Compare  Fryer^  p.  iii,  "The  Pattamars...the  Wrestlers... use 
Opium  to  make  them  perform  things  beyond  their  strength.'* 

^  There  were  no  fortifications  at  Achin  when  De  Graaf  visited  the 
place  in  1641.  He  says,  Voyages^  p.  22  f,  "Acjiin  is  about  2  miles  in 
circuit,  but  it  has  neither  bastions  nor  walls.  Outside  the  city  are 
to  be  seen  some  ruined  fortifications  and  a  few  pieces  of  fine  cast 
cannon  without  carriages  lying  on  the  sand.  These  cannon  were 
formerly  taken  from  the  Portuguese  and  the  King  of  Johor."  The  de- 
scription by  Dumpier  in  1688  is  very  similar.  He  says,  vol.  ii.  p.  I29f , 
"  The  City  [of  Achin]  has  no  Walls,  nor  so  much  as  a  Ditch  about 
it... The  Queen  has  a  large  Palace  here...Tis  said  there  are  some 
great  Guns  about  it,  4  of  which  are  of  Brass,  and  are  said  to  have 
been  sent  hither  as  a  Present  by  our  K.  James  the  ist." 


ACHIN  313 

for   a   truth   her   death   caused    noe  alteration  of  Sex  to 
Governed 

The  Inhabitants  up  in  the  Countrey  not  above  20  or 
30  miles  off  Achin  are  for  the  most  part  disaffected  to  this 
Sort  of  Goverment,  and  Scruple  not  to  Say  they  will  have 
a  Kinge  to  rule  and  beare  dominion  over  them^  and  that 
the  true  heire  to  the  Crowne  is  yet  alive  and  hath  Severall 
Sons,  and  him  they  will  obey.  He  is  one  that  liveth 
amongst  them,  a  great  promoter  of  a  Rebellion,  and  often- 
times doth  much  prejudice  both  in  Citty  and  Countrey, 
although  I  believe  it  is  and  will  be  past  his  reach  or 
Skill  Ever  to  Obtaine  the  Goverment  of  Achin.  Yett  I 
have  l?een  in  Achin  when  about  700  of  these  insolent 
highlanders  have  come  downe  to  the  Citty,  and  on  a 
Sudden  rushed  into  the  Pallace  Royall,  and  plundered 
it,  to  the  great  Astonishment  of  all  the  Citizens,  Especi- 
ally the  Lords,  who  were  soe  affrighted  with  soe  Sudden 
and  desperate  attempt,  that  theire  onely  care  for  the 
present  was  to  Secure  theire  Owne  Persons.  They^  carried 
away  above  100  Picul*  of  fine  Gold  out  of  the  Treasury, 


^  The  succession  in  Dampier's  time  was  not  accomplished  so 
quietly.  He  says,  vol.  ii.  p.  143  f.,  "While  I  was  on  my  Voyage  to 
Tonquin  [in  1688],  the  old  Queen  died,  and  there  was  another  Queen 
chosen  in  her  room,  but  all  the  Oronkeys  were  not  for  that  Election ; 
many  of  them  were  for  chusing  a  King.  Four  of  the  Oronkeys  who 
lived  more  remote  from  the  Court,  took  up  Arms  to  oppose  the  new 
Queen  and  the  rest  of  the  Oronkeys,  and  brought  5  or  6000  men 
against  the  City :  and  thus  stood  the-  state  of  affairs,  even  when  we 
arrived  here,  and  a  good  while  after.  This  Army  was  on  the  East 
side  of  the  River,  and  had  all  the  Country  on  that  side,  and  so  much 
of  the  City  also,  as  is  on  that  side  the  River,  under  their  power :  But 
the  Queen's  Palace  and  the  main  part  of  the  City,  which  stands  on 
the  West  side,  held  out  stoutly."  Dampier  left  Achin  before  "these 
stirs"  were  at  an  end. 

2  See  above,  note  i.  ^  i.e,  the  thieves. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v.  Pecul,  the  Malay  cwt.  See  Ind.  Ant, 
vol.  xxviii.  p.  37  ff.  r.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "  Catee  is  a  Weight, 
100  makes  a  Pecool,"  and  "  Pecool,  a  weight  used  in  many  parts  of 
India,  the  Malay  Pecool  contains  Averdupoiz,  1. 198,  oz.  5,  dw.  9,  gr.  10." 
Compare  the  following  in  a  letter  from  Masulipatam,  19th  April,  1678, 
O.  C,  No.  4397,  "  The  weight  in  Siam  was  7  pecull  and  every  pecull 


314  ACHIN 

but  were  too  covetous  in  Striveinge  for  more,  which 
caused  Such  a  delay  in  theire  flight  that  wrought  the! re 
overthrow,  for  the  Citty  rose  up  in  arms  and  fell  Upon 
them,  and  killed  and  tooke  prisoners  above  500  of  them. 
Those  taken  alive  were  put  to  death  every  man  Save  One 
who  Upon  his  Examination  was  found  to  be  a  Mola^  or 
Mahometan  Priest,  for  which  reason  he  was  by  the  Siddy^ 
or  Bishop  of  Achin  freed  from  the  death  his  consorts  died, 
but  not  from  Severe  Punishment,  for  the  law  tooke  Such 
hold  of  him  that  he  was  Served  as  Other  petty  thieves  in 
this  Citty  are  for  the  first  and  Secound  fault,  which  was  to 
have  both  hands  and  feet  cut  off  in  the  joints,  and  his  cure 
taken  care  for,  his  goods  and  Chatties  confiscated,  and  he 
turned  out  a  begginge  for  meat  and  drinke,  the  which  was 
fully  Executed  upon  him^ 

There  be  many  of  them  in  this  Citty ;  some  of  them  are 
soe  ingenuous  that  they  can  goe  very  well  with  Crutches, 
haveinge  a  joynt  of  a  large  bamboo  *  fitted  for  each  legge, 
as  in  figure  followinge  [Plate  xviil.]. 


to  way  one  hundred  and  thirty  pound."  Compare  also  Dampier^ 
vol.  ii.  p.  132,  "To  proceed  with  their  Weights  [at  Achin],  which  they 
use  either  for  Money  or  Goods,  100  Catty  make  a  Pecul,  which  is 
132I.  English  weight." 

^  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Moollah.  Compare  Tavernier,  who,  in 
describing  his  visit  to  the  King  of  Bantam,  says,  vol.  i.  part  ii.  p.  198, 
**  There  was  a  Moulla  then  read  to  him,  who  seem'd  to  interpret  to 
him  something  of  the  Alcoran  in  the  Arabick  language." 

2  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Seedy,  a  corruption  of  Saiyyid.  This 
reference  is  valuable  for  the  history  of  the  Anglo-Indian  term,  now 
in  common  parlance  an  East  African  negro.  Compare  Alex.  Hamilton, 
East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  102,  "This  Harmony  continued  till  the  Year 
1700,  that  the  Queen  [of  Achin]  died,  and  a  Seid  or  Preacher  getting 
a  strong  Party,  was  made  King,  promising  to  do  wonders." 

3  This  is  a  circumstantial  account,  and  T.  B.  was  no  doubt  an 
eye-witness  of  the  scenes  he  describes.  I  can,  unfortunately,  find  no 
contemporary  confirmation  of  this  raid  on  the  Queen's  Palace. 

*  See  note  on  p.  249.  Compare  Dampier,  vol.  ii.  p.  139,  "On  Pulo 
Way  there  are  none  but  this  sort  of  Cattle :  and  tho'  they  all  of  them 
want  one  or  both  hands,  yet  they  so  order  matters,  that  they  can 
row  very  well,  and  do  many  things  to  admiration,  whereby  they  are 
able  to  get  a  livelihood:  for  if  they  have  no  hands,  they  will  get 
somebody  or  other  to  fasten  Ropes  or  Withes  about  their  Oars,  so 


ACHIN  315 

The  Laws  of  this  Kingdome  are  Very  Severe  in  many 
respects,  Especially  for  theft,  more  cruel  then  for  murther, 
for  then  'tis  death  without  any  tediousnesse,  but  for  theft  it 
cometh  gradually  on  with  great  affliction. 

If  a  Thiefe  be  apprehended  that  hath  Stolen  any  thinge 
to  the  Value  of  4  mace^  vizt.  05s.  English,  he  is  with  all 
Speed  carryed  to  the  Pallace,  and  before  the  Chiefe  Orong- 
kay's  face  both  his  hands  are  cutt  off  in  the  joynts,  for  the 
Secound  Small  crime  his  feet,  and,  upon  his  committinge 
a  third,  his  head.  Yet,  if  the  first  crime  be  any  thinge 
considerable  vizt.  to  the  Value  of  a  Cow  or  Buffolo, 
which  Exceedeth  not  30s.  English,  it  is  present  death, 
more  welcome  to  them  then  the  former  punishments,  but 
that  is  to  make  Examples  forOthers^ 

And  very  Strangely  they  are  Executed,  as  followeth. 
Soe  Soone  as  apprehended,  they  are  the  same  day  or  the 
next  at  furthest,  Examined  before  the  Lord  Chiefe  Justice 


as  to  leave  Loops  wherein  they  may  put  the  stumps  of  their  Arms ; 
and  therewith  they  will  pull  an  Oar  lustily.  They  that  have  one  hand 
can  do  well  enough :  and  of  these  you  shall  see  a  great  many,  even 
in  the  City."  Compare  also  Alex.  Hamilton,  East  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  in, 
"  When  their  Hand  or  Foot  is  to  be  cut  off,  they  have  a  Block  with 
a  broad  Hatchet  fixt  in  it  with  the  Edge  upwards,  on  which  the  Limb 
is  laid,  and  struck  on  with  a  wooden  Mallet,  till  the  Amputation  is 
made,  and  they  have  an  hollow  Bambow,  or  Indian  Cane,  ready  to 
put  the  Stump  in,  and  stopt  about  with  Rags  or  Moss,  to  keep  the 
Blood  from  coming  out..." 

^  See  notes  on  pp.  115  and  281. 

2  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  138  f.,  "A  Thief  for  his  first  offence, 
has  his  right  hand  chopt  off  at  the  Wrist :  for  the  second  offence  off 
goes  the  other ;  and  sometimes  instead  of  one  of  their  hands,  one  or 
both  their  feet  are  cut  off;  and  sometimes  (tho'  very  rarely)  both 
hands  and  feet.  If  after  the  loss  of  one  or  both  hands  or  feet  they 
still  prove  incorrigible,  for  there  are  many  of  them  such  very  Rogues 
and  so  arch,  that  they  will  steal  with  their  Toes,  then  they  are  banish'd 
to  Pulo  Way,  during  their  lives :  and  if  they  get  thence  to  the  City, 
as  sometimes  they  do,  they  are  commonly  sent  back  again ;  tho'  some- 
times they  get  a  Licence  to  stay... Here  at  Achin,  when  a  member 
is  thus  cut  off,  they  have  a  broad  piece  of  Leather  or  Bladder  ready 
to  clap  on  the  Wound.  This  is  presently  applied,  and  bound  on  so 
fast,  that  the  Blood  cannot  issue  forth.  By  this  Means  the  great  Flux 
of  Blood  is  stopt,  which  would  else  ensue ;  and  1  never  heard  of  any 
one  who  died  of  it..." 


3l6  ACHIN 

and  his  Councell,  and  if  found  guilty  are  with  great 
Expedition  delivered  to  the  Executioners^  who  lead  the 
Malefactor  through  the  principal  Streets  of  the  Citty  with 
his  hands  bound  behind  him,  and  choose  any  place  where 
they  will  to  Execute  him  in,  where  he  may  hange  fairely 
for  a  prospect  Some  24  hours  after  his  death,  which  they 
cause  thus:  they  make  two  Sticks  fast  one  athwart  his 
windpipe,  the  other  his  neck,  of  about  3  foot  in  length  each, 
and  before  they  Seize  them  togeather,  some  of  his  Friends 
or  acquaintance  bringe  him  betelee  Areca'  to  Eat  and 
water  to  wash  his  hands  and  face,  att  which  one  Mola'  or 
Other  Uttereth  2  or  3  Sentences  to  him,  to  noe  other 
purpose  then  to  trust  in  God  and  Mahomett  their  onely 
Prophet  for  his  Soul's  health,  which  done,  the  Executioners 
frapp*  the  Sticks  togeather  with  Splitt  rattans  ^  laying  the 
Malefactor  Upon  his  belly,  and  when  they  have  neare 
Strangled  him,  one  of  them,  with  a  Sharpe  Knife  cutteth 
a  hole  in  his  drawers  or  lungee*,  and  driveth  a  Sharpe 
Stake  Up  his  fundament,  which  runneth  in  at  least  10  or 
20  inches,  and  then  is  placed  in  the  ground  a  Stake  of  10 
or  12  foot  longe,  to  which  they  make  the  body  fast,  to 
hange  in  forme  of  a  Crucifix,  where  he  must  hange  by  law 
untill  the  Same  houre  the  next  day,  and  then  any  of  his 
Friends  may  take  him  downe  that  will,  and  doe  with  his 
body  as  Seemeth  them  best.  But  if  the  Said  party  have 
noe  Friends  or  relations  to  doe  it,  after  2  or  3  days  the 


^  Compare  Dumpier^  vol.  ii.  p.  138,  "The  Laws  of  this  Country 
[Achin]  are  very  strict,  and  offenders  are  punished  with  great  severity. 
Neither  are  there  any  delays  of  Justice  here;  for  as  soon  as  the 
Offender  is  taken,  he  is  immediately  brought  before  the  Magistrate, 
who  presently  hears  the  matter,  and  according  as  he  finds  it,  so  he 
either  acquits,  or  orders  punishment  to  be  inflicted  on  the  Party 
immediately." 

2  See  note  on  p.  306.  ^  See  note  on  p.  314. 

*  Another  of  the  many  nautical  terms  in  this  MS.  Murray,  Ox- 
ford Eng.  Dict.y  s,v.  Frap,  gives,  as  one  meaning,  "  naut.  To  bind 
tightly." 

^  See  notes  on  pp.  74,  250,  277.  ^  See  note  on  p.  55. 


ACHIN  317 

Executioners  must  do  it  by  the  law  of  the  Countrey^ 
And  yet,  notwithstandinge  the  Utmost  Severity  of  the 
laws  here  are  inflicted  Upon  the  ofifendinge  parties,  many 
here  take  very  little  warneinge  thereby,  for  I  believe  there 
is  scarse  one  week  passeth,  but  Severall  persons  are  con- 
demned and  Executed,  and  those  that  have  Suffered  the 
losse  of  hands  or  feet  or  both  can  Scarse  refraine  from 
offendinge  further',  but  will  boldly  adventure  the  neck  to 
boot     As  for  instance  : 

A  fellow  that  had  been  deprived  of  both  hands  and 
feet  yet  came  into  the  English  Factory,  and  in  the 
night  did  rippe  open  a  baile  of  fine  blew  baftoes^  and 
thereout  he  tooke  7  pieces,  and  hid  them  Under  his 
arme,  covered  with  his  clowte  that  he  wore  over  his 
Sholders,  and  beinge  a  Cripple  that  used  often  to  come 
a  begginge  thither,  none  of  the  Servants  at  the  gate 
Suspected  him.  But,  in  the  markett  place.  Some  of  the 
Citty  guards  meetinge  him,  tooke  him  up  for  a  Stragler 
att  Such  unseasonable  hours,  and  upon  Examininge  him, 
and  layinge  hands  on  him,  found  he  had  somethinge  more 
then  Ordinary  about  him,  and  Upon  that  Secured  him 
Untill  the  morninge,  and  then  carried  him  (and  his 
purchase)  before  the  great  Orongkay*,  and  there  the  goods 
were  knowne  by  theire  marks,  and  he  condemned  to  dye. 
Whereupon  the  Chiefe  of  the  English  Factorie  *  was  Sent 

^  See  Schouten^  vol.  i.  p.  233,  and  Dampier,  vol.  ii.  p.  140,  for 
similar  descriptions  of  these  tortures. 

2  Compare  the  following  in  the  Commission  from  the  Council  at 
Surat  to  Matthew  Gray,  April,  1669,  O,  C.  No.  3266,  "  Wee  are  informed 
that  place  [Achin]  is  very  much  haunted  by  night  theevs  that  doe  not 
only  robb  but  are  otherwise  mischeifous  in  flinging  fire  upon  the  tops 
of  the  Houses  which  being  built  of  Combustible  stuff  is  apt  to  receave 
it,  whereby  too  frequently  great  mischeife  is  done.*'  Compare  also 
Alex.  Hamilton,  £as^  Indies^  vol.  ii.  p.  no,  **  No  Place  in  the  World 
punishes  Theft  with  greater  Severity  than  Atcheen,  and  yet  Robberies 
and  Murders  are  more  frequent  there  than  in  any  other  Place." 

3  See  note  on  p.  272.  *  See  note  on  p.  260. 

^  This  may  have  been  Henry  Chowne,  who  was  in  charge  of  the 
Company's  affairs  in  Achin  in  1670. 


3l8  ACHIN 

for,  where  to  admiration  found  he  was  robbed  by  such 
a  piece  of  man,  and  was  well  pleased  with  the  fancie, 
withall  he  did  mightilie  intercede  for  the  fellows  pardon, 
which  cold  not  by  the  Orongkay  be  granted,  but  had  the 
liberty  granted  to  Petition  the  Queen,  who  in  favour  of 
our  Nation  granted  the  man's  life,  a  thinge  rare  in  Achin. 
The  English  Chiefe  gave  the  Queen  and  all  the  Court 
many  and  hearty  thanks  for  the  honour  done  him;  and,  in 
the  presence  of  the  Orongkay  gave  the  fellow  5  tailes\  vizt. 
five  pounds  sterlinge,  and  chargeinge  him  never  soe  boldly 
to  adventure  any  more,  and  if  he  wanted  a  mace*  or  two 
at  any  time  he  wold  Supply  his  wants,  all  which  clemencie 
was  very  well  taken  by  the  Grandees  &c.  of  Achin. 

The  English  Factorie  doth  Stand  in  a  very  fine  level 
place  neare  to  the  Custome  house,  and  is  very  well  fenced 
in,  and  is  a  very  large  and  good  Spot  of  ground  very 
Commodious  for  the  Merchants  to  buy  and  Sell  in.  Not 
many  years  agoe  there  was  a  most  Sumptuos  buildinge 
beinge  the  dwellinge  house  for  the  Chiefe  and  his  Factors, 
but  was  consumed  by  fire,  and  the  Company  never  Since 
were  willinge  to  be  at  the  charges  to  build  it  up  againe,  by 
reason  now  adays  very  few  English  men  doe  reside  here 
all  the  yeare  but  returne  in  the  same  Ships  they  come  in, 
and  leave  the  Factory  to  a  Servant  or  two  to  looke  after  it ; 
yet  there  is  a  reasonable  good  dwellinge  house  in  it,  and 
Storehouses  Enough  for  2  Ships  Cargoes  I 


^  See  notes  on  pp.  281  and  302.        ^  g^g  notes  on  pp.  115  and  281. 

3  A  Factory  was  settled  at  Achin  in  161 5,  but  continuous  Dutch 
opposition  caused  it  to  be  abandoned  in  1646.  Intermittent  trade 
between  the  Company  and  Achin  went  on  until  1658  when  a  re- 
settlement was  discussed.  In  May  of  that  year,  the  Court  wrote  to 
Bantam,  Letter  Book ^  No.  i,  "The  intimation  which  you  have  given 
us  relating  to  the  proceedings  of  the  Queen  of  Acheene  against  the 
Dutch,  and  the  Invitation  given  by  her  to  our  Nation  for  the  enjoy- 
ment of  a  trade  in  her  ports  hath  given  encouragement  unto  the 
Company  to  send  a  ship  for  that  place,  with  Commission  to  endeavour 
the  Settlement  of  a  trade  and  Factorie  under  her  protection,  which 
wee  hope  will  come  to  a  desired  issue.*'     In  consequence  of  this  order 


ACHIN  319 

Capt.  William  Curtis  was  sent  to  Achin  with  the  Mayflower  on  a 
trading  voyage.  In  December,  1662,  in  a  letter  to  Fort  St  George, 
the  Directors  remarked  {Letter  Book^  No.  2),  "  Wee  observe  what  you 
have  written  us  concerning  the  Ann  Friggatt  now  called  the  Hope 
her  unprofitable  Voyage  to  Acheene,  whose  marketts  as  you  advise 
us  are  soe  clogged  that  nothing  can  bee  sent  that  will  produce  the 
prime  Cost."  After  this  disappointing  report,  nothing  further  was  done 
for  a  time,  but  in  1664  it  was  decided  to  attempt  to  check  the  growing 
monopoly  of  trade  by  the  Dutch.  At  a  Consultation  in  Surat  in  March 
of  that  year,  it  was  agreed  **  to  be  necessary  to  continue  a  factory  at 
Acheen  were  it  only  to  keep  a  footing  there,"  and,  in  accordance  with 
this  decision,  two  Factors  were  sent  on  the  Vine  to  re-settle  the  Factory. 
At  the  same  time  the  Council  at  Surat  wrote  to  the  Court  {Factory 
Records^  Misc.  No.  2,  p.  18),  "The  Queen  of  Acheen  is  very  respec- 
tive to  your  Servants  that  Voyage  thither,  and  is  very  Desirous  our 
nation  would  undertake  the  whole  trade  of  her  Dominions ;  she  is  in 
great  thoughts  what  the  Dutch  Intend... It  is  thought  they  intend 
warr  to  bring  the  Queen  and  other  Princes  of  the  Island  of  Sumatra 
to  oblige  them  not  to  admitt  the  English  into  their  ports,  or  to  sell 
a  Corne  of  pepper  unto  them,  and  this  is  Certainly  their  drift;  It  is 
a  Rich  Island,  and  affords  many  brave  Commodityes  that  yeeld  great 
ad  vantages... The  Queen  hath  wrote  your  President  a  very  kinde 
letter,  wherein  she  makes  Large  proffers  if  you  would  undertake  the 
whole  Trade ;  but  then  she  will  expect  you  protect  her  from  the 
Dutch,  but  you  are  not  in  a  Condition  to  doe  one  or  other  however 
we  shall  hold  her  in  Expectation,  and  acquaint  her  we  have  advised 
you  of  it,  and  await  your  Order." 

The  Vine  was  wrecked,  and,  in  spite  of  an  interchange  of  presents 
between  the  Queen  of  Achin  and  Charles  II.,  nothing  further  was 
done  towards  re -settling  the  Factory  until  1668,  when  a  Commission 
was  given  to  Matthew  Gray  as  Chief,  and  to  Henry  Chowne  and 
Charles  Ward  as  Second  and  Third.  In  this  Commission  the  Surat 
Council  stated  {O.  C.  No.  3266),  that  "The  Queen  Some  years  since 
did  send  us  a  kind  of  Embassy  making  great  promises  of  graunting 
us  the  whole  trade  of  Acheen,  Jeco,  Priaman,  &ca  but  it  was  then  in 
a  time  when  we  could  not  accept  it,  being  in  the  heat  of  the  Dutch 
warr."  Gray  and  his  colleagues  were  ordered  to  find  out  **if  the 
Dutch  tyranny"  extended  to  all  the  ports  of  Achin.  The  Council 
further  stated  that  the  Queen  in  former  times  had  expressed  great 
favour  to  the  English  but  "  her  bounty  to  us  hath  been  much  abused 
by  the  Orankayes  about  her  that  take  the  advantage  of  her  being 
a  woman  to  Impose  more  unreasonably  on  us  then  it  is  her  will  and 
Pleasure  they  should.  Wee  doe  acknowledge  that  Mr.  Henry  Gary 
did  contract  to  give  the  Queen  yearly  a  present  of  100  lb  sterling 
but  then  it  was  thought  wee  might  have  2  or  3  Shipps  yearly,  in 
which  she  had  graunted  the  custome  free  of  all  the  goodes  belonging 
to  our  nation,  and  likewise  the  fifth  parte  of  customes  for  all  other 
Fraighters  goodes,  which  were  our  trade  so  great  would  be  well  worth 
such  a  present,  but  we  having  but  one  Shipp  and  that  a  small  one, 
lesse  then  the  halfe  may  well  serve  her  turne,  besides  this  of  a  present 
is  an  accustomary  duty  which  she  requires  from  all  vessells  that  come 
into  her  Port,  and  makes  retumes  to  the  full  amount  of  what  is  given 
her  upon  the  coming  away  of  the  shipp  or  Vessell  thence,  and  there- 
fore since  this  [is]  so  common,  wee  hope  she  will  not  use  us  worse 
then  others  that  expect  much  more  grace  and  favour  from  her  and 


320  ACHIN 

therefore  press  her  to  show  some  particular  kindness  to  the  Company 
for  our  future  encouradgment." 

Gray  anchored  in  "Acheene  Roade"  on  the  22nd  May,  1669.  In 
September  he  wrote  to  Surat  {O.  C.  No.  3346)  that  "The  Dutch... are 
almost  Sole  Masters  of  all  the  ports  and  trade  of  this  Island  [Sumatra] 
there  are  but  2  ports  to  the  westward  of  this  [Achin]  open  from 
whence  is  brought  only  Coconut  Oyle  Dammer  wax  Rice  and  other 
provisions." 

On  hearing  that  orders  had  been  sent  to  Fort  St  George  to  make 
a  settlement  at  Achin,  the  Surat  Council  recalled  Mr  Gray,  in  Nov. 
1669,  urging  as  an  excuse  that  "our  fort  freinds  want  the  growth  of 
those  Countrys  Pepper  &ca  more  then  we  doe  here."  When  Matthew 
Gray  left  Achin  on  the  "  Jounk  Nugdy^^  he  reported  that  "the  Atcheen 
trade  is  Breathing  its  last "  and  he  held  out  no  hopes  either  to  Surat 
or  to  Fort  St  George  of  the  practicability  of  settling  a  factory 
there.  He  left  Henry  Chowne  and  Charles  Ward  in  charge  of  the 
Company's  remaining  property. 

The  Council  at  Fort  St  George  were  loth  to  repeat  the  failure  of 
the  Surat  Council.  Although  urged  by  the  Court  to  write  to  the 
"  Queen  of  Atcheene  composing  your  letter  in  such  a  complasent 
method  as  may  bee  most  acceptable  unto  her  and  therein  to  advise 
her  from  us,  that  God  willing  the  next  yeare,  wee  shall  order  some 
shipping  to  come  to  her  Port  for  trade,  and  some  person  to  make 
Addresses  to  her  Majestie,"  Agent  Foxcroft  replied  that,  since  the 
matter  had  been  left  to  their  judgment,  he  and  his  Council  were  of 
opinion  that  the  re-settlement  of  a  factory  at  Achin  would  not  be 
worth  the  cost,  especially  as  the  procuring  of  "  good  store  of  pepper  " 
was  one  of  the  chief  conditions. 

After  these  repeated  disappointments,  the  Directors  gave  up  the 
idea  of  settling  a  permanent  factory  at  Achin.  In  November,  1670, 
they  wrote  to  Fort  St  George,  "  Wee  have  laid  aside  the  thoughts  of 
any  Factory  at  Acheene,  finding  what  you  advise  by  experience,  in 
that  which  was  sent  from  Surratt  that  it  is  not  worth  the  Setling."  In 
April,  1 67 1,  we  read,  in  a  "Generall"  from  Surat,  "The  Factory  of 
Acheen  is  Dissolved  according  to  your  order." 

Although  the  business  done  at  Achin  did  not  warrant  the  employ- 
ment of  a  permanent  staff  of  factors,  yet  trading  voyages  were 
sufficiently  lucrative  to  make  it  advisable  t6  retain  the  Company's 
house  and  one  or  two  representatives.  In  the  Diary  of  William 
Puckle  while  at  Masulipatam,  Factory  Records^  Masulipatam,  No.  12, 
we  have,  p.  35,  the  following  account  of  trade  at  Achin  in  1675  : 
*•  Acheen.  There  is  an  Arminian  that  lives  in  the  Honble.  Companys 
house  there  by  leave  of  the  president  who  keeps  the  House  in  repaire 
and  gives  Lodging  to  any  of  their  ships  Company  and  servants  that 
come  there  but  refuses  to  do  so  to  strangers.  The  Queen  hath  great 
kindness  for  the  English.  A  Strangers  ship  shall  ly  2  mos.  before 
unloaden  and  then  every  parcell  strictly  examined.  The  English  by 
agreement  pay  a  certayn  Sum  for  each  Ship  whether  little  or  great 
and  have  their  dispatch  presently... By  Information  when  the  Com- 
pany had  a  Factory  there  it  was  usall  to  send  thither  a  vessell  with 
16  or  20  pieces  of  goods  for  their  account  and  the  rest  of  the  vessells 
hold  fild  up  with  particular  private  trade."  T.  B.,  not  being  a  servant 
of  the  Company,  had  a  house  of  his  own  at  Achin  {vide  Introduction), 
as,  no  doubt,  had  many  another  private  trader. 

In  1683,  after  the  loss  of  Bantam,  the  Directors  again  suggested 


ACHIN  321 

This  part  of  the  Citty  of  Achin  Standeth  Upon  very 
Even  low  ground,  soe  that  all  the  houses  Stand  upon 
Pillars  of  wood  some  6,  some  8,  10  or  12  foot  from  the 
ground,  by  reason  in  the  Season  of  great  raines,  there 
is  a  very  great  inundation,  which  generally  happeneth  in 
September  or  the  full  Moone  in  October,  at  which  time  for 
many  days  wee  goe  from  house  to  house  in  boats\    All  that 


{Letter  Book,  No.  7)  a  settlement  at  Achin,  and  wrote  to  the  Queen 
on  the  subject.  In  the  following  year  (1684),  Richard  Mohun  was 
granted  leave  to  occupy  the  old  factory  house  at  Achin  on  condition 
of  keeping  it  and  the  Godowns  in  good  repair.  Achin,  however,  was 
not  destined  to  replace  Bantam  as  a  **  Subordinate  Factory."  Ben- 
coolen,  on  the  west  coast  of  Sumatra,  was  fixed  on  for  a  settlement, 
and  Achin  remained,  as  far  as  English  trade  was  concerned,  in  the 
condition  described  in  the  text. 

^  Compare  the  following  descriptions  of  the  town  of  Achin :    In 

Voyage  pour  la  Compagnie  iV Octroi  des  Indes  Orientates^  1603,  p.  527, 

we  have,  "  The  town  [of  Achin]  is  half  a  league  higher  up  [than  the 

harbour]  and  is  built  all  along  the  river  side.     The  houses  are  of  mud 

and  raised  on  long  piles  because  the  river  often  overflows  all  the  town. 

The  dwelling  rooms  are  reached  by  steps.    The  walls  are  covered  with 

reeds  or  straw  as  are  the  roofs."    De  Graaf,  who  visited  Achin  in  1641, 

thus  describes  it,  Voyages,  p.  22 f.,  "The  town  of  Achin  is... situated  on 

a  level  district  about  3  miles  from  the  mountain  whence  a  river  flows 

up  to  the  town.     There  the  river  makes  a  bend  and  divides  the  town 

into  two,  after  which  it  discharges  itself  into  the  Sea  by  3  mouths.   The 

largest  and  most  important  part  of  the  town  is  on  the  N.W.  side. 

Nearly  all  the  houses  are  of  reed,  Bamboo,  or  cane,  only  a  few  being 

of  stone.     They  are  all  built  on  piles  of  Bamboos  raised  4  or  5  or 

even  6  feet  from  the  ground,  because  the  high  tides  flood  the  town 

nearly  every  year  so  that  one  is  obliged  to  go  by  boat  from  one  house 

to  another... There  are  two  large  spaces  for  holding  a  market,  one  in  the 

middle  of  the  town  and  the  other  at  the  northern  end.    Here  are  found 

the  merchants,  both  Moors  and  Idolaters,  provided  with  all  kinds  of 

merchandise."     Dampier,  who  was  at  Achin  in  1688,  gives,  vol.  ii. 

pp.   129,   148  and  149,  some  additional  particulars  about  the  town, 

"Their  Houses  are  built  on  posts  as  those  of  Mindanao... The  City 

of  Achin... is  seated  on  the  Banks  of  a  River... and  about  2  miles  from 

the  Sea.     This  Town  consists  of  about  7  or  8000  Houses ;  and  in  it 

there  are  always  a  great  many  Merchant  Strangers... as  Achin  lies 

within  a  few  Degrees  of  the  Line  so  upon  the  Suns  crossing  the  Line 

in  March,  the  Rains  begin  a  little  Sooner  there  than  in  Countries 

nearer  the  Tropick  of  Cancer:   and  when  they  are  once  set  in,  they 

are  as  violent  there  as  any  where.     I  have  seen  it  rain  there  for  2  or 

3  days  without  intermission ;  and  the  River  running  but  a  short  course 

...it  soon  overflows;  and  a  great  part  of  the  Street  of  the  City  shall 

on  a  sudden  be  all  under  water;  at  which  time  people  row  up  and 

down  the  Streets  in  Canoas.     That  side  the  City  toward  the  River 

especially,  where  the   Foreign  Merchants  live,  and  which   is  lower 

ground,  is  frequently  under  water  in  the  Wet  Season :  a  Ships  Long- 

T.  21 


322  ACHIN 

piece  of  land  whereon  standeth  the  PallaceS  the  great 
Mosquee^the  Orongkays  house  and  many  Others  neare  the 
great  Bazar'  is  a  great  deale  higher  and  not  at  all  Overflowne. 

For  the  most  part  Every  man's  house  hath  a  fence 
about  it*,  and  Sometimes  3  or  4  houses  in  one  fence,  but 
then  the  ground  belongeth  to  one  man.  The  houses  wee 
live  in  are  neare  the  River  Side  and  consequently  Stand  as 
aforesaid  (Upon  Stilts)  as  followeth'  [Plate  XIX.]. 

This  Countrey  afifordeth  Severall  Excellent  good  fruites^ 
Namely  Duryans^  Mangastinos^,  Oranges  the  best  in  India 

boat  has  come  up  to  the  very  Gate  of  our  English  Factory  laden  with 
Goods ;  which  at  other  times  is  ground  dry  enough,  at  a  good  distance 
from  the  River,  and  moderately  raised  above  it."  See  also  Lockyer, 
Trade  in  India,  p.  37  f. 

^  Compare  De  Graaf,  Voyages,  p.  23,  "  There  is  [at  Achin]  a  Large 
royal  palace  built  in  the  Indian  fashion.  It  is  almost  entirely  of  stone 
with  very  beautiful  apartments  and  gardens  where  are  fine  pyramides, 
several  tombs  of  the  kings.  Canals  and  a  large  house  for  the  king's 
wives."  After  the  rule  of  Achin  passed  into  the  hands  of  queens,  the 
palace  was  closely  guarded  against  intrusion.  Dampier,  vol.  ii.  p.  130, 
says,  "The  Queen  has  a  large  Palace  here,  built  handsomely  with 
Stone :  but  I  could  not  get  into  the  inside  of  it." 

2  Both  De  Graaf  and  Dampier  speak  of  a  number  of  Mosques  in 
Achin  but  make  no  mention  of  any  specially  large  one. 

3  For  the  two  bazars,  see  the  extract  from  De  Graaf's  Voyages  in 
note  I  on  p.  321. 

*  Compare  Lockyer,  Trade  in  India,  p.  37  f ,  "  The  Houses  are  not 
join'd  as  in  other  Cities,  but  Pallizado'd  every  one  by  it  self;  except 
in  two  or  three  of  the  chief  Streets,  where  the  Bazar  is  kept,  and  the 
China  camp,  or  Street  where  the  Chines  live.  Europeans  live  as  near 
one  another  as  they  can,  and  tho*  their  Houses  do  not  join,  yet  a  few 
Bamboos  only  part  their  Yards :  Whence  they  have  a  long  Street  near 
the  River  wholy  to  themselves." 

^  The  unfinished  state  of  this,  the  last  illustration  in  the  MS.,  seems 
to  point  to  some  sudden  interruption  in  the  work  {vide  Introduction). 

®  T.  B.  in  the  Dialogues  at  the  end  of  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "The 
City  [Achin]  is  indifferently  supplied  with  Provisions,  as  Beef,  Goats, 
Fowls,  Fish,  Rice,  and  plenty  of  many  good  Sorts  of  Fruits." 

'^  See  note  on  p.  278.  Compare  also  Dampier,  vol.  i.  p.  319 f,  "The 
Trees  that  bear  the  Durians  are  big  as  Apple  Trees,  full  of  Boughs. 
The  Rind  is  thick  and  tough;  the  Fruit  is  so  large  that  they  grow 
only  about  the  Bodies,  or  on  the  Limbs  near  the  Body,  like  the  Cacao... 
The  largest  of  the  Fruit  may  be  as  big  as  a  Pullets  Egg:  'Tis  as 
white  as  Milk,  and  as  soft  as  Cream,  and  the  taste  very  delicious  to 
those  who  have  been  accustomed  to  them... This  Fruit  must  be  eaten 
in  its  prime."     See  Plate  xix. 

*  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v,  Mangosteen.     Compare  Dampier,  vol.  ii. 


ACHIN  323 

or  South  Seas,  comparable  with  the  best  of  China,  Lemons, 
Limes,  RamastinesS  Coconutts^  Plantans',  Pineapples*, 
Mangoes  \    Mirablines  *,    Bolangos  ^     Monsoone    plums  ^ 


p.  125,  "  Of  all  these  sorts  of  Fruits  [in  Achin],  I  think  the  Mangastan 
IS  without  compare  the  most  delicate.  This  Fruit  is  in  shape  much 
like  the  Pomegranate,  but  a  great  deal  less.  The  outside  rind  or  shell 
is  a  little  thicker  than  that  of  the  Pomegranate,  but  softer,  yet  more 
brittle ;  and  is  of  a  dark  red.  The  inside  of  the  shell  is  of  a  deep 
crimson  colour.  Within  this  shell  the  fruit  appears  in  3  or  4  Cloves, 
about  the  bigness  of  the  top  of  a  man's  thumb.  These  will  easily 
separate  each  from  the  other ;  they  are  as  white  as  Milk,  very  soft  and 
juicy,  inclosing  a  small  black  Stone  or  Kernel."     See  Plate  xix. 

*  I.e.  ramdu/aHf  the  nephalium  lappaceum  =  ^*'\t*ic\i^^^^  (litchi). 
See  Hobson-Jobson^  s,v.  Rambotang,  and  Watt,  Did.  of  Economic 
Products^  s.v.  Nephelium.  Compare  the  following  from  W.  Funnell's 
Voyage  to  the  South  Sea,  &c..  Collection  of  Voyages^  vol.  iv.  p.  197, 
"  The  Rumbostan  is  about  the  Bigness  of  a  Walnut,  when  the  green 
Peel  is  off.  It... hath  a  pretty  thick  tough  outer  Rind,  which  is  of  a 
deep  Red,  and  is  full  of  little  Knobs  of  the  same  Colour.  Within  the 
Rind  is  the  Fruit  which  is  quite  white,  and  looks  almost  like  a  Jelly 
and  within  the  Fruit  is  a  large  Stone.  It  is  very  delicate  Fruit,  and 
though  a  Man  eat  never  so  much  yet  it  never  does  him  any  harm, 
provided  he  swallow  the  Stones  as  well  as  the  Fruit...." 

2  See  note  on  p.  245.  See  also  Dampier^  vol.  i.  pp.  291 — 296  for 
a  full  description  of  the  Cocoa-nut  and  its  uses. 

3  See  note  on  p.  245.  *  See  note  on  p.  279. 

^  See  note  on  p.  48.  Compare  Dampier^  vol.  i.  p.  391,  "  Mangoes 
...The  fruit  of  these  is  as  big  as  a  small  Peach;  but  long  and  smaller 
towards  the  top ;  it  is  of  a  yellowish  colour  when  ripe ;  it  is  very  juicy, 
and  of  a  pleasant  smell,  and  delicate  taste.  When  the  Mango  is 
young  they  cut  them  in  two  pieces,  and  pickle  them  with  Salt  and 
Vinegar,  in  which  they  put  some  Cloves  of  Garlick...The  Mangoes 
were  ripe... and  they  have  then  so  delicate  a  fragrancy,  that  we 
could  smell  them  out  in  the*  thick  Woods  if  we  had  but  the  wind  of 
them." 

^  See  note  on  p.  192. 

'^  Apparently  a  curtailment  of  the  term  conbalingua^  combalenga^ 
well-known  at  this  period  for  the  pumpkin.  See  Hobson-Jobson,  s.v. 
Conbalingua. 

^  This  is  clearly  the  well-known  and  widely-spread  Oriental  fruit 
of  the  Zizyphus  Jujuba^  called  Rhamnus  fujuba  by  Linnaeus  and  the 
older  botanists.  The  common  Indian  name  for  it  is  ber.  It  is  a  small 
round  yellow  fruit  of  the  size  of  a  plum,  though  Rumphius  calls  it  the 
Indian  apple.  The  writer  confused  its  Portuguese  name  maqdo^  as 
adopted  by  the  Malays  {tnasdna^  mansana\  for  the  common  current 
word  "monsoon"  for  "the  season." 

Rumphius,  Herbarium  Amboinense^  vol.  ii.  book  ii.  chapter  44, 
p.  ii7f,  on  the  "  Indische  Appel-Boom,''  says,  "Nomen.  Latine 
Malum  Indicum  juxta  Portugallicum  Mansana  vel  Massana  da  India 
Acostae,  uti  et  in  India  quoque  dicitur  Veteri,  et  juxta  ilium  scriptorem 

21 — 2 


324  ACHIN 

Pumple  Mooses\  &c.,  and  the  trees  beare  fruite  both 
green  and  ripe  all  the  yeare  alonge*. 

And  now  I  shall  give  a  relation  (admirable)  of  their 
new  Queen'  goeinge  abroad,  although  her  Voyadge  was 
not  very  farre,  yet  most  Sumptuous  even  to  admiration, 
which  gave  very  great  Satisfaction  to  all  Loyall  Efifectors 
of  this  Sort  of  Goverment,  and  more  Especially  to  the 
favorites  and  relations  of  theire  old  deceased  Queen,  Of 
which  as  folio weth  : 

Some  fourty  dales  after  the  decease  of  the  Old  Queen, 


Ber  et  Bor.     Malaice  Vidara^  vocaturque  in  Macassara  ac  porro  in 
hisce  adjacentibus  insulis  Balis  Buckel. 

Locus.  Plurimum  occurrit  haec  arbuscula  per  totam  veterem 
Indiam,  ac  porro  in  Bengala,  Aracana,  et  Malacca  usque  in  Javam 
et  Baleyam,  unde  translata  est  in  Celebem  et  Moluccos,  hie  vero  et 
in  Banda  raro  reperitur  multumque  degenerata." 

^  The  largest  variety  of  the  orange.  See  Hobson-Jobson^  s.v, 
Pommelo.  T.  B.  in  his  Malay  Diet,  has,  "  Poomplemoos,  a  Fruit  in 
India,  is  called  at  Berbadoes,  a  Shaddock.''  Compare  De  la  LoublrCy 
p.  23,  "  Pampelmouses  have  the  taste  and  shape  [of  *  sowre '  oranges], 
but... are  as  big  as  Melons,  and  have  not  much  Juice."  Nieuhof,  Het 
Gezantschap  Der  Neerlandtsche  Oost-lndische  Compagnie^  has,  under 
"  Vruchten  in  Sina,"  p.  144,  "a  certain  fruit,  which  by  the  Chinese  is 
called  Venku^  by  the  Portuguese  Jamboa^  and  by  the  Dutch  Pompel- 
moes.^^  Compare  also  Dainpier^  vol.  ii.  p.  125,  "The  Pumple-nose  is 
a  large  Fruit  like  a  Citron,  with  a  very  thick  tender  uneven  rind. 
The  inside  is  full  of  Fruit:  it  grows  all  in  cloves  as  big  as  a  small 
Barly-corn,  and  these  are  all  full  of  juice,  as  an  Orange  or  a  Lemon, 
tho'  not  growing  in  such  partitions.  Tis  of  a  pleasant  taste,  and  tho' 
there  are  of  them  in  other  parts  of  the  East- Indies,  yet  these  at  Achin 
are  accounted  the  best."  Rumphius,  Herbarium  Amboinense,  vol.  ii. 
pp.  96 — 99,  has  a  long  article  on  this  fruit  in  which  he  gives  the 
various  names  by  which  it  was  known  :  "  Nomen.  Latine  Limo  De- 
cumanus  feu  Malum  Assyrium  Decumanum:  Malaice  Lemon  Cas- 
somba  h.  e.  Limo  ruber  ab  incarnato  colore,  quidam  Malaice  vocant 
Jamboa  juxta  Portugallicum  Samboa,  quod  proprie  Pomp-sires  feu 
Adami  poma  Hispanis  denotat,  a  quo  tamen  haec  mala  Indica  multum 
differunt ;  Javanis  dicitur  Djurru  feu  Djerru  vel  Djerru  Matsjang  h.  e. 
Limo  tigrinus :  Macassarensibus  Lemon  Calucku  h.  e.  Limo  Calap- 
parius,  ob  magnitudinem  et  formam  Calappi.  Belgice  pompelmoes 
vocatur.  Sinensibus  vero  Ju,  vel  Noay."  See  also  note  on  Sam  Cau 
on  p.  247. 

2  Compare  De  la  Loublre^  p.  23,  "All  the  other  Fruits  continue 
only  a  time.  'Tis  at  Achem  only  at  the  North  Point  of  the  Isle  of 
Sumatra,  that  Nature  produces  them  all  at  Every  season."  For 
illustrations  of  a  "Mangastine  Tree"  and  a  "Durian  Tree,"  see 
Plate  XIX. 

3  See  note  on  p.  311. 


ACHIN  325 

This  Younge,  or  indeed  more  properly  may  be  called  New 
Queenie,  for  that  She  was  not  lesse  then  60  years  Old  when 
She  was  Established  in  the  Throne  \  She  went  downe  the 
River  of  Achin  in  soe  admirable  a  Grandure  of  Worldly 
State,  that  the  like  I  believe  was  never  paralelled  in  the 
Universe*. 

Her  own  Person  went  downe  in  a  most  Stately  barge 
most  bravely  carved  and  gilded  from  one  end  thereof  to 
the  other,  with  a  very  Stately  Summer  (or  pleasure)  house 
in  the  midst  thereof,  the  which  was  covered  with  Massy 
Gold  of  incredible  Substance  and  Value,  and  Surrounded 
with  very  Stately  Pillars  covered  with  the  richest  cloth  of 
Gold  hangings.  Others,  but  a  great  deale  inferiour  to 
this,  attended,  yet  very  rich  ones,  in  their  proper  Stations, 
vizt.  One  right  ahead,  one  upon  each  quarter,  all  rowed  by 
women,  and  seemed  to  doe  it  both  with  great  reverence 
and  rejoyceings,  with  Varieties  of  musick,  and  delicate 
Voices,  that  Sange  to  the  great  Honor  and  Majestie  of 
their  great  Virgin-Princess.  These  were  to  admiration 
adorned  with  Flaggs  and  Pendants  and  fine  tapestrie,  with 
500  of  the  Queen's  most  warlike  Elephants  (rigged  in  the 
greatest  State)  followed  the  barges  very  close  (and  in  the 
water),  for  which  reason  they  rowed  the  Easier.  Above 
icx)  of  the  riders,  yea  those  that  kept  near  the  Queen's 
barge  (or  that  wherein  it  was  said  the  Queen  was)  were 
Eunuchs  of  her  own  houshold.  Each  of  them  wore  his 
Turbat*  after  the  Arabian  mode  of  beaten  pure  Gold,  and 


^  This  must  have  been  the  "Old  Queen"  whose  death,  in  1688,  is 
noted  by  Dampier  (see  note  on  p.  311). 

2  The  "State  Ride"  seen  by  T.  B.  was  more  public  than  the 
annual  "Ride"  described  by  Dampier^  vol.  ii.  p.  142,  "The  Queen  of 
Achin... seldom  goes  abroad... except  that  once  a  Year  she  is  drest 
all  in  white,  and  placed  on  an  Elephant  and  so  rides  to  the  River 
in  state  to  wash  her  self:  but  whether  any  of  the  meaner  sort  of 
People  may  see  her  in  that  progress  I  know  not." 

3  See  note  on  p.  156.  Compare  Fryer^  p.  18,  "On  his  Head  he 
wore  a  large  White  Turbat.'* 


326  ACHIN 

very  large  Shakels  of  beaten  Gold  quite  up  their  arms  and 
leggs,  and  bore  each  of  them  a  lance  of  beaten  gold  of 
7  or  8  foot  longe,  and  proportionately  thick.  The  Other 
riders  were  Said  to  be  Lords  and  Gentlemen  of  the  Citty, 
and  very  richly  attired  in  Cloth  of  gold,  and  armed  with 
Creest^  and  Lance.  And  Upon  the  banks  of  the  River  on 
each  Side  went  500  or  more  of  the  delicatest  horses  in  the 
Kingdome ;  their  Saddles,  Stirrops,  bits  and  buckles  were 
of  pure  gold,  their  Saddle  cloths  and  bridles  and  Crupars^ 
richly  beset  with  many  Diamonds,  Rubies,  Pearle,  and 
Saphir  of  im-' 


^  See  note  on  p.  298. 

2  i.e.  cruppers. 

3  Here  the  MS.  breaks  off  abruptly. 


LIST  OF  FULLER  TITLES  OF  BOOKS  AND 
MANUSCRIPTS  QUOTED  IN  THE  FOOT- 
NOTES  AND   INTRODUCTION. 


Anderson,  J.  A.,  M.D.,  F.R.S.  English  Intercourse  with  Siam  in  the 
Seventeenth  Century  (Triibner's  Oriental  Series).     London,  1890. 

Annales  du  Mus^e  Guimet,  vol.  27.  Le  Siam  Ancien  par  Lucien 
Fournereau.     Paris,  1895*. 

Balfour,  Edward,  Surgeon-General.  The  Cyclopaedia  of  India  and 
of  Eastern  and  Southern  Asia.     3  vols.     London,  1885. 

Beauchamp,  Henry  K.    See  Dubois. 

Bemier,  Francois.  Travels  in  the  Mogul  Empire,  1656-58  (Constable's 
Oriental  Miscellany).     London,  1891. 

Bilgrami,  Hossain,  and  Wilmott,  C.  Historical  and  Descriptive 
Sketch  of  H.H.  the  Nizam's  Dominions.  2  vols.  Bombay, 
1883-84. 

Bowrey,  Thomas.    Dictionary  of  English  and  Malayo.    London,  170 1. 

Bowrey,  Thomas.  A  Grammar  of  the  Malay  Tongue.  Compiled 
from  Bowrey's  Dictionary,  and  other  authentic  documents,  manu- 
script and  printed.     London,  1800. 

Bowring,  Sir  John.  The  Kingdom  and  People  of  Siam.  2  vols. 
London,  1857. 

British  Museum,  MS.  Department: 

Add.  MS.  15319,  Nos.  11  and  15.     Charts  of  "Junk  Seilon." 
Add.  MS.  28,140,  ff.  31 — 33.     "  Proposall  for  taking  Baldivia  in 

the  South  Seas,"  by  Thomas  Bowrey. 
Harleian  4252.     Log  of  the  Unicorn^  1668. 
Harleian  4254.      Notes  and  Observations  of  East  India,  per 

John  Marshall,  1668 — 1672. 
Sloane  5222,  Nos.  6 — 17.     Twelve  charts  by  Thomas  Bowrey. 

Bruce,  John,  M.P.,  F.R.S.  Annals  of  the  Honourable  East  India 
Company,  1600 — 1707/8.     3  vols.     London,  18 10. 

Bumell,  A.  C.    See  Yule. 

Calendar  of  State  Papers.     Domestic  Series.    London,  1875  &c. 

*  The  extracts  used  have  been  translated  into  English. 


328  LIST  OF  FULLER  TITLES  OF  BOOKS,  ETC. 

Carmichael,  D.  F.  Manual  of  the  District  of  Vizagapatam.  Madras, 
1869. 

Ghamnont,  Mons.  de  C,  Knt.  A  relation  of  the  late  Embassy  to  the 
Court  of  the  King  of  Siam.     London,  1687. 

Constable's  Oriental  Miscellany.    See  Bemier. 

Crawfurd,  John,  F.R.S.  Descriptive  Dictionary  of  the  Indian  Islands 
and  adjacent  countries.     London,  1856. 

Crawford,  John,  F.R.S.  Journal  of  an  Embassy  to  Siam  and  Cochin 
China.     London,  1828. 

Crawford,  John,  F.R.S.  Malay  Dictionary;  a  Grammar  and  Dic- 
tionary of  the  Malay  Language.     London,  1852. 

Dalenc^.     See  Delestre. 

Dampier,  William.  A  New  Voyage  round  the  World.  2  vols.  London, 
1698. 

De  Chaomont.    See  Chaumont. 

De  Graaf.     See  Graaf. 

De  la  Loub^re.     See  Loub^re. 

Delestre.  Relation  ou  Journal  d'un  voyage  fait  aux  Indes  Orientales. 
Paris,  1677.  "  Par  grace  et  Privilege  du  Roy  en  date  du  24  Dec. 
1676.  Sign^  Dalenc^  il  est  permis  &c."  (This  is  the  edition  from 
which  the  extracts  used  in  this  work  are  taken.  The  copy  at  the 
India  Office  Library  is  catalogued  as  by  Delestre,  while  the  same 
edition  at  the  British  Museum  is  catalogued  as  [By  Dalenc^],  and 
the  edition  of  1698,  which  only  differs  from  the  1677  ed.  in  having 
a  scanty  index,  is  catalogued  as  [By  De  I'Estra?].  For  the  present 
work  I  have  translated  into  English  all  the  extracts  used.) 

Dennys,  N.  B.,  Ph.D.  Descriptive  Dictionary  of  British  Malaya. 
London,  1894. 

Diary  of  Strejnisham  Master.  See  India  Office  Records,  s,v.  Factory 
Records,  Miscellaneous. 

Dow,  Alexander.  History  of  Hindostan.  3  vols.  (Translated  from 
the  Persian.)     London,  1768 — 1772. 

Dobois,  Abb^  J.  A.  Hindu  Manners,  Customs  and  Ceremonies,  trans- 
lated and  edited  by  Henry  K.  Beauchamp.     Oxford,  1897. 

Donn,  Samuel.    A  New  Directory  for  the  East  Indies.    London,  1780, 

Donstan,  James.  The  History  of  the  Parish  of  Bromley  St  Leonard, 
Middlesex.     London,  1862. 

Eliot  Papers,  The.  Compiled  from  family  papers  by  Eliot  Howard. 
2  vols.     Gloucester,  1893/4. 

Endowed  Charities  (County  of  London),  Parish  of  Limehouse, 
St  Anne,  1895. 

Eredia.    See  Godinho. 

Finlayson,  George.    The  Mission  to  Siam  and  Hu^.     London,  1826. 

Fitch,  Ralph.  The  Voyage  of... to  Goa  in  the  East  India  and  all  the 
kingdoms  of... the  great  Mogol.  (Hakluyt's  Collection  of  the  early 
voyages,  vol.  5.)     London,  1809 — 18 12. 


LIST  OF  FULLER  TITLES  OF  BOOKS,   ETC.  329 

Forrest,  Thomas.    Voyage  from  Calcutta  to  the  Mergui  Archipelago, 
•      '&c.     London,  1792. 

Fort  St  (George,  Ancient  Records  of.    See  Press  List. 

Foster,  Wm.  Letters  received  by  the  East  India  Company  from  its 
Servants  in  the  East.     Vols.  2  &c.     London,  1897  &c. 

FoumereaiL    See  Annales  du  Musde  Guimet. 

Fryer,  John,  M.D.  A  New  Account  of  East  India  and  Persia,  in 
Eight  Letters.  Being  9  years  Travels,  Begun  1672.  And 
Finished  1681.     London,  1698. 

Funnell,  Wm.     Voyage  round  the  World.     London,  1707. 

Godinlio  de  Eredia.  Malaca,  L'Inde  M^ridionale  et  le  Cathay  (1613), 
MS.  orig.  autographe  de,  reproduit  et  traduit  par  L.  Janssen. 
Bruxelles,  1882*. 

Graaf,  Nicolas  de.  Voyages  aux  Indes  Orien tales  et  en  d'autres  lieux 
d'Asie.    Amsterdam,  1719*. 

Gribble,  J.  D.  B.     History  of  the  Deccan.     London,  1896  &c. 

Hakluyt  Society's  Publications: 

Hedges.     Diary  of  Mr  (afterwards  Sir)  William  in  Bengal,  &c. 

1 68 1 — 1688,  edited  by   Col.   Henry  Yule,   C.B.     3  vols. 

London,  1886 — 1889. 
Lancaster,  Sir  James.    Voyages  of,  to  the  East  Indies  during 

the  17th  cent.     Edited  by  Clements  R.  Markham,  C.B., 

F.R.S.     London,  1877. 

Hamilton,  Alexander,  Captain.  A  New  Account  of  the  East  Indies. 
2  vols.     Edinburgh,  1727. 

Harleian  Society's  Publications: 

Allegations  for  Marriage  Licences  issued  by  the  Vicar  General 
of  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  vol.  3 1 .    London,  1 890  &c 

Hedges'  Diary.     See  Hakluyt  Society's  Publications. 

Herbert,  Sir  Thomas.  Travels  into  Africa  and  Asia  the  Great. 
London,  1677. 

Hobson-Jobson.     See  Yule  and  Burnell. 

Horsburgb,  James,  F.R.S.,  &c.  The  India  Directory  or  Directions 
for  Sailing  to  and  from  the  East  Indies.  2  vols.  London,  1809 — 
1811,  1855. 

Howison,  James,  M.D.  A  Dictionary  of  the  Malay  ton^e  as  spoken 
in  the  Peninsula  of  Malacca  &c.  in  Two  Parts,  to  which  is  prefixed 
a  Grammar.     London,  1801. 

Hunter,  Sir  William  Wilson,  K.C.S.I.  History  of  British  India. 
2  vols.     London,  1897. 

Hunter,  Sir  William  Wilson,  K.C.S.I.  Imperial  Gazetteer  of  India. 
14  vols.     London,  1887. 

Hutchins,  John.  The  History  and  Antiquities  of  the  County  of 
Dorset.     2  vols.     London,  1774. 

Indian  Antiquary,  The,  a  Journal  of  Oriental  Research.  Bombay, 
1872  &c. 

*  The  extracts  used  have  been  translated  into  English. 


330  LIST  OF  FULLER  TITLES  OF  BOOKS,   ETC. 

India  Office  MS.  Records : 

Bengal  Public  Consultations,  Range  i,  vol.  i. 

Factory  Records : 

Balasor,  vol.  i. 

Calcutta,  vols.  2  and  3. 

Fort  St  George,  vols,  i — 5,  14,  16,  18,  20,  21,  28,  30. 

Hugli,  vols.  I — 7,  II. 

Java,  vol.  6. 

Kasimbazar,  vol.  i. 

Madapollam,  vol.  3. 

Masulipatam,  vols,  i,  2,  6,  9,  10,  12. 

Miscellaneous,  vols.  2,  3,  3  a,    14   (Diary  of  Streynsham 

Master). 
Siam,  vol.  i. 

Surat,  vols.  3,  87,  104,  105. 
Letter  Books   (Copies  of  Dispatches  from  the  Court  of 

Directors  to  the  various  Factories),  vols,  i — 8. 
Original  Correspondence  (known  as  the  O.C.  collection, 

being    letters    from    India    with    collateral    documents 

originating  at  any  place  between  England  and  Japan), 

vols.  18 — 47. 

General  Records: 

Abstracts  of  Letters  received  from  the  Coast  and  Bay,  vol.  i. 
Court  Books  (Minutes  of  the  Proceedings  of  the   Court 

of  Directors),  vols.  26 — 38. 
Dutch  Records:   Hague  Transcripts,  vol.  2. 
Home  Series  Miscellaneous,  vol.  2.     (List  of  Adventurers.) 

Marine  Records: 

Ships'  Logs,  vols.  75  and  492  B.    (Logs  of  the  President 

and  King  George}) 
Miscellaneous,  vol.  13.     ("A  Book  of  Entertainment  of 

Mariners.") 
The  Joumall  of  Peter  Mundy  (a  late  copy). 

Journal  ou  Suite  du  Voyage  de  Siam*  par  Mr  L.  D.  C.  Amsterdam, 
1687. 

Kelly,  P.,  LL.D.  The  Universal  Cambist  and  Commercial  Instructor. 
2  vols.     London,  1835. 

Lancaster.     See  Hakluyt  Societ/s  Publications. 

Lane-Poole.     See  Rulers  of  India  Series. 

Luiller.    See  Provost,  Voyages. 

Lockyer,  Charles.  An  Account  of  the  Trade  in  India,  &c.  London, 
1711. 

Lord,  Henry,  Sometime  resident  in  East  India  and  Preacher  to  the 
Ho**^®  Company  of  Merchants  trading  thether.  A  Display  of  two 
forraigne  Sects  in  the  East  Indies  vizt.  The  Sect  of  the  Banians 
the  Ancient  Natives  of  India  And  the  Sect  of  the  Persees  the 
Ancient  Inhabitants  of  Persia  together  with  the  Religion  and 
Manners  of  Each  Sect  Collected  into  two  Bookes.  Imprinted  at 
London  for  Francis  Constable  and  are  to  be  Sold  at  his  Shoppe 
in  Paules  Church  yard  at  the  signe  of  the  Crane,  1630. 

*  The  extracts  used  have  been  translated  into  English. 


LIST  OF  FULLER  TITLES  OF   BOOKS,  ETC.  33 1 

Loub^re,  De  la.  A  New  Historical  Relation  of  the  Kingdom  of  Siam. 
Done  out  of  French  by  A.  P.  Gen.  R.S.S.     London,  1693. 

Lysons,  Daniel,  F.R.S.  The  Historical  Account  of  the  Environs  of 
London.    4  vols,  and  supp.     London,  1792 — 18 11. 

Mackenzie,  Gordon.    A  Manual  of  the  Kistna  District.    Madras,  1883. 

Madras  Manual  of  Administration.  A  Manual  of  the  Administra- 
tion of  the  Madras  Presidency  in  illustration  of  the  Records  of 
Government  and  the  Yearly  Administration  Reports.  3  vols, 
(vol.  3  Glossary.)     Madras,  1893. 

Madras  Press  List.     See  Press  List. 

Mandelslo,  J.  Albert.  Voyages  and  Travels  of,  into  the  East  Indies, 
rendred  into  English  by  John  Davies  of  Kidwelly.    London,  1669. 

Marco  Polo.    See  Yule. 

Marsden,  William,  F.R.S.  A  Grammar  of  the  Malayan  Language 
with  an  Introduction  and  Praxis.     London,  181 2. 

Marshall,  John.     See  British  Museum  MSB.,  s,v,  Harleian,  4254. 

Milbum,  Wm.     Oriental  Commerce,  &c.     2  vols.     London,  18 13. 

Moor,  J.  H.  Notices  of  the  Indian  Archipelago  and  adjacent  countries. 
Part  I.     Singapore,  1837. 

Morris,  H.  A  Descriptive  and  Historical  Account  of  the  Godavery 
District.     London,  1878. 

Murray,  James  A.  H.,  LL.D.  A  New  English  Dictionary.  Oxford, 
1888,  &c. 

Nieuhoff,  J.  Gezantschap  aan  den  Grooten  Tartarischen  Cham,  of 
Keizer  van  Sina.     Amsterdam,  1670*. 

Notes  and  Extracts  from  the  Government  Records  in  Fort  St  George 
(1670— 1681).     Parts  I.  II.  III.     Madras,  1871-73. 

Orme,  Robert.  Historical  Fragments  of  the  Mogul  Empire,  &c. 
2  vols.     London,  1782. 

Oxford  English  Dictionary.    See  Murray. 

Penny,  Mrs.    Fort  St  George,  Madras.    London,  1900. 

Premier  Livre  de  THistoire  de  la  Navigation  aux  Indes  Orien- 
tales,  par  les  HoUandois  et  des  choses  a  eux  advenues  Par 
G.  M.  A.  W[illem]  L[odewijcksz].  Amsterdam,  Comille  Nicolas, 
1609. 

Press  List  of  Ancient  Records  in  Fort  St  George.  Nos.  i  to  6 
(1670 — 1699). 

Prevost,  Antoine  Francois.  Histoire  Gdndrale  des  Voyages*.  25  vols. 
La  Haye,  1747-80. 

Pringle,  A.  T.  Selections  from  the  Consultations  of  the  Agent, 
Governor,  and  Council  of  Fort  St  George,  1681.  4th  Series. 
Madras,  1893. 

Pnngle,  A.  T.  The  Diary  and  Consultation  Book  of  the  Agent, 
Governor,  and  Council  of  Fort  St  George,  ist  Series,  1682 — 
168^.    4  vols.     Madras,  1894,  &c. 

*  The  extracts  used  have  been  translated  into  English. 


332  LIST  OF   FULLER  TITLES  OF   BOOKS,  ETC. 

Risley,  H.  H.     The  Tribes  and  Castes  of  Bengal.     2  vols.     Calcutta, 
1891. 

Balers  of  India  Series.    Aurangzib;  by  Stanley  Lane-Poole.    Oxford, 
1893. 

Rumphins,    Georg.    Everhard.      Herbarium    Amboinense.     7  vols. 
Amstelodami,  1741. 

Schonten,  Gautier.    Voiage  aux  Indes  Orientales  1658 — 1665.    2  vols. 
Traduit  du  HoUandois.     Amsterdam,  1707*. 

Smsrth,  W.  H.,  Admiral.     The  Sailors'  Word  Book.     London,  1867. 

Somerset  Honse,  Documents  at. 

Wills. 
Administrations. 

Sonnerat.  Voyages  aux  Indes  Orientales  et  h  la  Chine.  Translated 
by  F.  Magnus.     3  vols.     Calcutta,  1788. 

Stevens,  Robert.  The  Complete  Guide  to  the  East  India  Trade. 
London,  1766. 

Stewart^  Charles.    The  History  of  Bengal.     London,  18 13. 

Tavemier,  E.  T.  Collection  of  Travels,  &c.,  being  the  Travels  of 
Monsieur  Tavemier,  Bemier  and  other  great  men.  2  vols. 
London,  1684. 

Taylor,  James.  A  Sketch  of  the  Topography  and  Statistics  of  Dacca. 
Calcutta,  1840. 

Terry,  Edward.  A  Voyage  to  East  India.  Reprint  from  edition 
of  1655.     London,  1777. 

Thevenot,  Melchizedek.  Les  Voyages  en  Europe,  Asie  et  Afrique. 
Newly  done  into  English.     London,  1687. 

Triibner's  Oriental  Series.    See  Anderson. 

Valentyn,  Fran9ois.  Ouden  Nieuw  Oost  Indien.  5  vols.  Amsterdam, 
1624. 

Watt,  G.  A.  A  Dictionary  of  the  Economic  Products  of  India. 
10  vols.    Calcutta,  1889-93. 

Wheeler,  J.  Talboys.  Madras  in  the  Olden  Time... compiled  from 
Official  Records.     3  vols.     Madras,  1861. 

Wilkinson,  R.  J.     A  Malay-English  Dictionary.     Singapore,  1901. 

Wilson,  C.  R.  Early  Annals  of  the  English  in  Bengal.  Vol.  i. 
Calcutta,  1895. 

Wilson,  H.  H.    Essays  on  the  Religion  of  the  Hindus.   London,  1862. 

Tnle,  Col.  H.    See  Hakluyt  Society's  Publications. 

Tule,  Col.  H.  The  Book  of  Ser  Marco  Polo,  the  Venetian,  concerning 
the  Kingdoms  and  Marvels  of  the  East.    2  vols.     London,  1875. 

Yule,  Col.  H.,  and  Bumell,  A.  C.  Hobson-Jobson ;  being  a  Glossary 
of  Anglo-Indian  Colloquial  Words  and  Phrases.  London,  1886 
and  1902. 

*  The  extracts  used  have  been  translated  into  English. 


INDEX. 


Aazzum  Caun,  Auzum  Cawne.  See 
A'zim  Khan 

Abassee,  Abassin.     See  Coins 

Abdoul-Coutu-Sha.  See  Abdullah 
Qutb  Shah 

Abdula  Hossein.  See  Abu'l  Has- 
san Shah 

Abdullah  Qutb  Shah,  rise  of,  109 
n.  I ;  6th  king  of  Qutb  Shahi  line, 
113  n.  i;  his  tomb,  113;  date  of 
his  death,   113,  113  n.  2 

Abu'l  Hassan  Shan,  king  of  Gol- 
conda,  88  «.  2  ;  farmdn  granted 
by  to  the  English,  93  w.  i 

Acham.     See  Assam 

Achar^  pickle,  193,  193  w.  i ;  bamboo, 
192  n,  4,  193 ;  mangoe,  193  «.  i  ; 
radish,   193  n.  i  ;   lime,   193  n.  1 

Achee,  Acheen,  Achein,  Achim. 
See  Achin 

Achin,  xvi,  xxii,  xxxvi,  xxxvii,  xxxix, 
xl,  1,  72  n.  2,  82  n.  I,  97  n.  3,  237 
n,  2,  260,  261  n.  3,  262,  268,  270; 
port  of,  xxii,  xxxviii,  xxxix,  xl,  286, 
286  n.  3,  287,  289  n.  I,  300  n.  4, 
301 ,  320  ;  Jordan  goes  on  a  trading 
voyage  to,  1 78  «.  i ;  weight  of 
bahar  of,  241  n,  ^\  trade  of,  245 
n.  2,  283,  286,  286  n.  I,  289  n.  i  ; 
bamboo  measure  at,  249  «.  i  ; 
number  of  foreigners  at,  256  n,  i, 
286  n.  I ;  Chulias  at,  258  ;  riches 
of,  261 ;  royal  palace  at,  275  n.  i, 
286  «.  2,  313,  314,  322,  322  n.  I  ; 
fruit  and  vegetables  plentiful  at, 
279  «•  3'  322,  323,  324  «.  3; 
weights  and  measures  of,  281,  281 
n.  5,  282 ;  coins  of,  281  «.  5  ;  T.  B.'s 
description  of,  285-326 ;  capital  of 
Sumatra,  285 ;  situation  of,  285, 
286 ;  Schouten*s  description  of,  285 
n,  3 ;  dependencies  of,  285  n,  3, 
286  «.  3,  295,  295  «.  4 ;   river  of, 


286 ;  buildings  at,  285  n,  3,  286  n.  2, 
321,  321  n.  I,  322,  322  «.  4 ;  T.  B. 
resides  at,  287  n.  1 ;  malefactors  at, 
whither  banished,  287,  287  n.  5  ; 
malefactors  at,  how  punished,  287 

«•  5»  315.  315  «•  2,  317,  317  n.  2 ; 
imports  of,  288-292,  293  n.  i  ; 
most  populous  city  in  Malay  Archi- 
pelago, 293 ;  produces  few  com- 
modities, 293  n.  I  ;  Dampier*s  de- 
scription of,  293  n,  2,  321  «.  I  ; 
Mundy's  description  of,  294  «.  2  ; 
prosperity  of,  294 ;  soil  and  climate 
of,  286,  293,  294,  294  n.  I  ;  gold  at, 

294,  294  /^.  2  ;  belief  in  a  perpetual 
female  dynasty  at,  295  n.  6 ;  people 
of,  293,  294  n.  3 ;  government  of, 

295,  295  n,  6,  299  n,  5 ;  chief 
ministers  at,  299 ;  ministers  at,  pre- 
sents given  to,  302,  303  ;  customs 
paid  by  English  vessels  at,  303, 
304,  304  n,  I  ;  privileges  to  English 
at,  304  n,  4 ;  English  merchants  at, 
ceremony  on  departure  of,  307, 
308  ;  Shabandar  of,  307,  307  n,  4  ; 
history  of  English  factory  at,  308, 
3i7»  3'8,  318  n.  3,  319,  320; 
English  trade  at,  308  n,  2,  320 ; 
sports  at,  310;  fortifications  of, 
312,  312  n.  2;  disaffected  inhabi- 
tants at,  312,  313,  313  «.  I  ;  trou- 
bles in,  at  death  of  3rd  Queen  of, 
313  «.  I  ;  town  attacked  by  rebels, 
3'3>  3 '4  5  execution  of  insurgents 
at,  314 ;  Bishop  of,  how  punished, 
314;  cripples  at,  314,  314  «.  4; 
cruel  laws  at,  315,  316  «.  i  ;  exe- 
cutions at,  315,  316;  story  of  a 
thief  at,  317,  318;  English  chief 
at,  3i7»  317  «•  5;  floods  at,  321  ; 
De  Graafs  description  of,  321 «.  i  ; 
mosque  at,  322 ;  bazaar  at,  322 ; 
illustration  of  house  at,  322 


334 


INDEX 


Achin,  Bishop  of.  See  Siddy 
Achin,  king  of,  at  war  with  Kedah, 
260  n.  I  ;  Kedah  subject  to  in 
1663,  275  ft.  2  ;  Sekander  muda, 
his  tyranny,  295  n,  6,  296-298 ; 
letter  from  to  James  1,  295  n.  6 ; 
cruelty  of,  295  n.  6,  296,  296  n.  1, 

297  ;  murders  his  son,  297,  298  ; 
death  and  burial  of,  298 ;  De  Graafs 
account  of  death  of  in  1641,  298 
«.  2;  concession  obtained  by  Capt. 
Lancaster  from,  304  ;/.  4  ;  succeeds 
4th  queen  circ.  17 10,  311  n.  i 

Achin,  queen  of,  xxiii,  xxxviii ;  Perak 
subject  to  the,  283  n.  3;  acting 
regent  in  Schouten*s  time,  285  n.  3, 

298  n.  3 ;  mistake  as  to  length  of 
reign  of  the,  295,  295  n.  6  ;  chosen 
on  death  of  Sekander  muda,  298, 

299  n,  I  ;  her  power  restricted  by 
enactments,  298,  299 ;  her  coun- 
sellors and  attendants,  299,  299 
^-  5>  300,  310;  her  treatment  of 
foreigners,  300-304  ;  her  seclusion, 
300,  300  n.  I  ;  her  chap  necessary 
in  order  to  land  at  Achin,  300; 
present  to,  how  delivered,  309, 
310 ;  illness  and  death  of  the  second, 
311,  312;  mourning  for  the,  311, 
312  ;    history  of  from   1 641- 1700, 

311  n.   I  ;    the  third    proclaimed, 

312  ;  death  of  the  third,  313  «.  i  ; 
invites  the  English  to  settle  a  fac- 
tory, 318  «.  3  ;  exchanges  presents 
with  Charles  II,  319 ;  her  fear  of 
Dutch  aggression,  319 ;  contract 
between  Henry  Gray  and  the,  319 ; 
letter  ordered  to  be  sent  to  from 
Fort  St  George,  320  ;  her  kindness 
to  the  English,  306,  307,  320 ;  her 
royal  progress,  324-326,  325  n.  2 

Achinese,  Achiners,  the,  252  n.  3; 
at  Junk-Ceylon,  assisted  by  Malays 
against  Dutch,  252 ;  their  pros- 
perity, 294;  their  laziness,  294 
ft.  3 

Achin  Head,  287  ft.  2 

Acorus^  Acorum  (dringo  root),  192 
ft.  4 

Acorus  terrestris  (dringo  root),  192 
ft.  4 

Adam  aftd  Eve,  the,  Wm.  Jearsey's 
ship,  251  ft.  1 

Adveftture^  the,  Wm.  Jearsey's  ship, 
251  ft.  \ 

Advice^  the,  pink,  1 ;  Wm.  Jearsey's 
ship,  251  ft.  I 

Africa,  Bowrey's  knowledge  of  coast 
of,  xli 

Aftdba^  an  ewer,  96  /;.  2,  199  /;.  3 


Aftowel,  Aftaw.     See  Aftabd 
Aga  Gilloll,  Agga  Geloll,  Aga  Tel- 
loll.     See  Agha  Jalal 
Agala,    Aguala   wood.      See   Agila 

wood 
Aga  Telloll.    See  Agha  Jalal 
Agents,    of  the   English   in    India. 
See  s.v.  Winter,    Foxcroft,   Lang- 
home,  Gyfford,Clavell,Vincent,.etc. 
Agha  Jalal,  Governor  of  Masulipa- 
tam,  63  ft.   I,  81  ft.  2,  99  ;/.  6; 
exchanges  visits  and  presents  with 
Streynsham  Master,  8r  ft.  2  ;   his 
retinue  and  importance,  83 
Agila  wood,  272,  272  ft.  3,  273 
Agra,   20,  39  ft.  2,  142,  142  ft,   r, 
146,  147,  148,  288  ft.  6,  288  ft,  8  ; 
the  metropolis  of  Akbar  and  Jahan- 
gir,  18  ;  the  capital  of  Shah  Jahan, 
137 ;    its  fortress,    137   ft.   2 ;   de- 
scription of,  137  ft.  2;  the  Taj,  at, 
145  «.  6;  rents  of,  given  to  Shay- 
ista  Khan,  148  ;f.  5 
Aguala  wood.     See  Agila  wood 
Aguilaria  Agallocha,   See  Agila  wood 
Ahmad   Maraikkar,   xxxvi ;    Bow- 
rey's quarrel  with,  at  Porto  Novo, 
xxxi-xxxiii 
Aiderabad.     See  Haidarabad 
Ainsa  Bhainsa.    See  Jansa  Bhainsa 
Akbar,  109  ft.  2  ;  his  tolerant  treat- 
ment of  the  Hindus,  10  ft.    5,   11 
ft.  2 ;  Agra  his  metropolis,  18  «.  2 
Akhuftf  300  ft.  2 
Alachah^  a  silk  cloth,  54,   71  ft.   3, 

122  ft.  3,  290,  290  ft.  4 
Alacor.     See  Halalcore 
AlahwirdT  Khan,   Ilahwirdi  Khan. 

See  *Ali  Vardi  Khan 
Ala'uddin  Khilji,  221  ft.  c^ 
Alcoron,  the.     See  (Al)  Koran,  the 
Aleppo,  xxxviii 

Alexander  the  Great,  limit  of  his 
conquests  in  India,  131  ft,  7,  210, 
210  ;/.  I 
*A1T  Vardi  Khan,  Persian  com- 
mander of  Shah  Shuja',  138 ;  be- 
trays his  master,  138 
(Al)  Koran,  the,  95,  314^.  i ;  written 

in  Arabic,  95 ;  much  esteemed,  95 
Allahabad,  130  ft.  4,  148  ft.  5 
Alleja,  a  silk  cloth.    See  Aldchah 
Alley,  river,  176  ;/.  i 
Alligators,  in  the  Ganges,  202,  211 
ft.    1  ;    description    of,    284,    285 ; 
crocodiles  mistaken  by  T.  B.  for, 
284  ft.  3 ;  illustration  of,  285  ;  oil 
obtained  from,  285 
Alligese.     See  Aldchah 
Aloe-wood.     See  Agila  wood 


INDEX 


335 


Alos  Star,  present  capital  of  Kedah, 

259  ft.  4 
Alvedore.    S^e  HavilcUlr 
Amadabat,   Ahmadabad,   388  n,  8 
Amad  Marcar.    Seg  Ahmad  Maraik- 

kar 
Amad  Mercawn.    See  Ahmad  Ma- 

raikkar 
Amba.     See  Mangoe 
Amboyna,  170,   192  n.  4 
Ambrose,  a  companion  of  Dampier, 

xxxviii 
Ameer  Al  Omrah.     See  Amir-ul- 

Umard 
America,   Bowrey's    knowledge    of 

coast   of,   xli,    xliii ;    Rangoon   oil 

from,  192  ;/.  4 
Amir  J    Ameer,    39,    145   n.   2,    299 

«.  2 
Afnir-ul-Ufnard,    Shayista   Khan   so 

styled,   150  n.  i 
Amord    Mercawne.     See    Ahmad 

Maraikkar 
Amoy,   118  «.   I 
Amoy   Bay,  Chart  of  by  Bowrey, 

xxix,  1 
Amoy  Merchant y  the,   178  «.  i 
Ananas.    See  Pineapple 
Anantram,  broker  to  the  English  at 

Kasimbazar,  30  n.  2,  32  n.  2 
Anctent,  Ancient.    See  Flag 
Andaman  Is.,  1 
Andaman  Sea,  237  n.  2 
Anderson,  J.  A.,  acquainted  with 

the  T.   B.   MS.,  XV ;  his  "English 

Intercourse   with    Siam "   referred 

to,   XV  ft,   I,  91   ft.    I,    173  ft.   3, 

290  ft.  10 
Anaragera,  Andregeree,  Andraghiri. 

See  Indragiri 
Androgeero,  Androgheree.     See  In- 
dragiri 
Angelin.     See  Hijili 
Angerang,  123  ft.  4 
Angle.    See  Aftguli 
Anglo -Indians  of  the  17th  century, 

T.  B.'s  references  to,  xviii 
Aftguli,  a  finger-breadth.  5^^  Weights 

and  Measures 
Anna.     See  Coins 
'*Annales    du    Mus^e   Guimet,'' 

referred  to,  235  ft,  i 
Aftfte,  the,  afterwards  the  //o/et   73 

Antelope,    description    of   an,   59 ; 

manner  of  taking  the,   59   ».    i ; 

illustration  of  an,   119 
Afttehpet  the,  xxiv 
Apes.    See  Monkeys 
Apes'  bezoar,  292  ft,  7 


Apocrypha,  The  story  of  Bel  and  the 
Dragon  referred  to,  23 

Aquilaria  Agallocha.    See  Agila  wood 

Arabia,  li,  i,  5,  71,  132  ft.  2,  133, 
281  n.  3,  293 

Arabic  language,  the,  314  ».  i ; 
the  (Al)  Koran  written  in,  95 

Arabs,  the,  237  ft.  2  ;  seize  Heron's 
ships,   176  ft,  I 

Arakan  (Arackan,  Aracan),  xvi,  61 
ft,  3,  72  ft.  2,  73,  131,  131  ft,  7, 
140  ft.  2,  199,  205,  209  ft.  2,  212 
ft.  2 ;  rivers  of,  74 ;  situation  of, 
'39  ^*  5  )  Shah  Shuja'  takes  refuge 
in,  139,  139  «.  5,  140-142;  Firing- 
hees  at,  140  ».  4 ;  wild  elephants 
in,  222  ;  no  description  of  by  T.B., 
234  ft.  2  ;  trade  with,  245  ft,  2 

Arakan,  king  of,  protects  Shah  Shu- 
ja', 139-141 ;  quarrels  with  his 
guest,  141  ;  causes  Shah  Shuja's 
death,   142 

Arakaners,  Arackaners,  1 40 ;  pirates 
of  Arakan,  140  ft,  3,  212;  their 
depredations,  iiift,  2  ;  Company's 
sloops  employed  against  them,  212 
ft.  2 

Arbre  Triste  (Arbol  Triste,  Arbor 
Tristis,  Arbor  Triste),  description 
of,  49 

Arch  Brahmin,  at  Jagannath  pagoda, 
12  ft,  I 

Areca,  Arek,  30,  307,  309  «.  3; 
grown  in  Junk-Ceylon,  247  ;  nut 
of,  chewed  at  state  calls,  303 ;  plen- 
tiful in  Achin,  304  ;  description  of, 
304  ft.  6 ;  nut  of,  how  prepared 
for  chewing,  304  ft.  6,  305,  305  ft.  i ; 
its  beneficial  qualities,  305,  306  ft.  i ; 
appearance  of  when  growing,  306  ; 
illustration  of,  308 ;  wood  of  tree, 
how  used,  306 

Areca  Catechu,  areca  palm,  306  ft.  3 

Armaghaum.     See  Armagon 

Armagon  (Armaghaum,  Armegam, 
Arumukam,  Doogarauzpatam,  Du- 
raspatam,  Monapollem),  3  »•  5 ; 
history  of,  25  ft.  3  ;  pagoda  of,  25  ; 
shoal  near,  25  «.  3 ;  factory  of,  25 
ft,  3 ;  headquarters  of  the  English, 
1628-1630,  53  ft.  I  ;  deserted  for 
Fort  St  George,  53 

Armenian,  John  Demarcora  an,  172 
ft,  3;  Heron  married  to  an,  176 
ft,  I ;  an,  in  charge  of  Company's 

f round    at    Kedah,   268;    an,    at 
English  house  in  Achin,  320 
Armenians,  221  ft,  3 ;  numerous  in 

Golconda,  i\\  ft,  i 
Arrack,  68  ».  2 ;  made  by  the  Gen- 


336 


INDEX 


tues  in  Masulipatam,  77;  forbidden 
to  Muhamniadans,  77;  how  dis- 
tilled, 77,  78;  different  kinds  of, 
77  '*•  3»  7^  "•  ' '  ^  generic  term  for 
spirits,  77  ;/.  3 ;  Davies'  death 
attributed  to,  269 

Arrangoes  (Pdringo  root),  192  ».  4 

ArriTolly  the,  sloop,  173  n.  2,  176 
ti.  I,  208  //.  4,  292  ;/.  6;  piloted 
by  Heron,  175  ;/.  4,  175  n.  6,  175 
n.  8 ;  her  boat  overset,  1 78  n,  3 

Arsipore,  Arzepore,  Arcsepour,  Ar- 
sapouro.     See  Harsapur 

Articles  of  Agreement,  between 
Malik  Qasim  and  the  Danes,  186, 
187;  between  the  English  and 
Achinese,  302  n.  i,  303 

Arumukam  Mudaliar,  Armagon 
named  from,  25  //.  3 

Arundell.     See  Roundel 

Asaf  Khan,  father  of  Shayista  Khan, 
145  n.  6 

Asdm-Jawa.     See  Tamarind 

Asia,  I,  14,  20,  27,  125,  169,  182, 
i93»  205»  257>  281  n.  3;  extent  of, 
2  ;  women  of,  31 ;  garments  of 
women  of,  32  ;  children  of  women 
of,  32;  central,  172  n.  i ;  Alex- 
ander the  Great's  conquests  in,  210 

Assam,  M!r  Jumla  makes  war  on 
rdjd  of,  143;  conquest  and  loss  of 
by  Aurangzeb's  forces,  143,  144 

Astrology,  studied  by  the  Brahmins, 
205  n.  I,  205  n.  2 

Astronomers,  reputation  of  Brah- 
mins as,  206 

Atchar.     See  Achdr 

Atchee,  Atcheen.     See  Achin 

Atchein.     See  Achin 

Atkins,  Captain,  his  Journal  referred 
to,  287  ;/.  4 ;  his  account  of  his 
landing  at  Achin,  300  n.  4 

Augustmian  Friars,  their  churches 
in   Bengal,    133   //.    3;    at  Hugli, 

195  «•  5 
AQ  Karon,  239  //.   i 

AurangzSb,  the  Great  Mogul,  third 
son  of  Shah  Jahan,  18  «.  2  ;  ap- 
pointed Viceroy  of  the  Deccan, 
108  n,  7,  135  ;  his  friends  inform 
him  of  Dara's  movements,  136, 
137;  overthrows  Dara  in  battle, 
137;  imprisons  his  father,  137; 
beheads  Murad  Bakhsh,  137;  de- 
feats Shah  Shuja',  138,  139;  be- 
comes Emperor,  139,  142;  swears 
to  avenge  Shah  Shuja's  death,  142 ; 
his  jealousy  of  Mir  Jumla,  144 ; 
his  pretended  grief  at  Mir  Jumla's 
death,  144,  145 ;   his  treatment  of  I 


the  Hindus,  10  n.  4,  10  n.  5,  11 
«.  2  ;  changes  the  name  of  Porto 
Novo,  82  ff .  I ;  Orissa  and  Pattana 
subject  to  him,  128,  221 ;  his  court 
at  Delhi,  142  m.  i  ;  his  kindness  to 
Mir  Jumla's  son,  145 ;  makes 
Shayista  Khan  nawdb  of  Bengal, 
145 ;  recalls  Shayista  Khan,  147 ; 
makes  his  son  ftawdb  of  Bengal, 
147,  150  «.  I,  164  «.  2  ;  famtdn  of, 
165  n.  2 
Aureng-Zel)e.  See  Aurangzeb 
Austin -Friars,  church  of,  at  Dacca, 

J49  n.  I 
Australia,    chart    of   coast    of,    by 

Bowrey,  xlix 
Ava,  131  n.  7 
Avaldar.     See  Havilddr 
Aynan.     See  Hainan 
Ayscue,  Sir  George,  xxiv 
'Azim  Khan.     See  Fidai  Khan 
A'zim  Khan,  son  of  Rashid  Khan, 
to  be  nawdb  of  Orissa,  152  ».  4 

Bafta,  piece-goods,   288   n,    6,   302 
»•  2,  303  ;  blue,  272  n.  2, 288, 317 ; 
broad,  272  n,  2;   gold,  272,  288; 
where  now  made,  272  w.  2 ;  white, 
288 
Bafto.    See  Bafta 
Baglana,  province  of,  135  n,  5 
Bagnagar.    See  Bhagnagar 
Bahagur,   former  name  of  Balasor, 

162  «.  3 
Bahar.     See  Weights  and  Measures 
Baharre.     See  Bahar ^  s,v.  Weights 

and  Measures 
BahmanT  dynasty,  109  n.  i 
Bajrdt  a  boat  used  for  pleasure  and 
state  journeys,  190,  190  /i.  2,  228  ; 
description  of,  228  «.  i ;  illustration 
of,  228 
Balagate,  province,   108  n,    i,   135 

ft.  5 
Balasor,  xix,  32,  56  n»  2,  68  n,  3, 
87  n.  2,  90  n»  I,  104  n,  i,  124  n»  3, 
129  n.  1,  130,  148  n,  2,  passim; 
T.  B.  a  resident  in,  in  1674,  152 ; 
the  only  seaport  in  the  Bay  of 
Bengal,  152  ;  Rashid  Khan's  extor- 
tions at,  153,  154,  154  ft.  I,  155, 
156*  158;  trade  bad  at,  154  ft,  i ; 
English  factory  at,  154  ft.  i,  162 
^-  3  ;  English  agent  at,  154  ft.  i ; 
Clavell's  **pallace"  at,  159;  native 
governor  of,  159,  183  ft.  2,  185  ft.  i; 
letters  from  Walter  Clavell  at,  159; 
"Accompt"  of  the  trade  of,  159, 
162  ft.  3  ;  Walter  Clavell  dies  at, 
160  ft. ;  ftawdb  of  Cuttack  rides  in 


INDEX 


337 


state  through,  i6i ;  Schou ten's 
description  of,  162  «.  3;  Marshall's 
description  of,  1 62  n.  3  ;  its  pro- 
sperity owing  to  its  convenient 
situation,  162  n.  3;  part  of  the 
town  rented  by  the  Company,  162 
n.  3 ;  Portuguese  houses  at,  162 
n.  3 ;  subordinate  to  Hugli,  168 
n.  4 ;  hours  of  prayer  at,  altered, 
177  «.  i;  Danish  factory  at,  183, 
183  n.  3;  trade  of,  ruined  by 
Malik  Qasim's  exactions,  185  «.  i ; 
commodities  from,  231 

Balasor  Road,  xxxvii,  68  n,  3, 
92  n.  I,  164,  167  n.  I,  182  n,  3, 
232 ;  its  safety  and  convenience, 
162  «.  3 ;  Company's  cargoes  trans- 
shipped, at,  166  n.  2 

Baldivia,  Bowrey's  proposal  for 
taking,  xliii 

Balfour,  E.,  his  "Cyclopaedia  of 
India"  referred  to,  275  n.  1 

Ballasore.     See  Balasor 

Bamboo,  86  n.  2,  87,  243,  274,  314, 
314  «.  4,  322  n.  4;  houses  built  of, 
at  Dacca,  149 ;{.  r,  at  Achin,  321M.  i; 
dcAdr  made  from,  193,  193  «•  i  ; 
houses  at  Patna  roofed  with,  22in.6; 
plentiful  at  Junk-Ceylon,  249  ;  two 
kinds,  male  and  female,  249,  249 
//.  I,  250;  description  of,  249  ;f.  i ; 
used  for  building  houses,  250, 
277,  277  n.  5;   illustration  of,  250 

Bamboo,  a  measure.  See  Weights 
and  Measures 

Ban,  a  village,  239  «.   i 

Banana,  274  n.  2 

Banarous.     See  Benares 

BandahdrOy  a  treasurer,  256  «.  3 

Bandar y  a  harbour,  \oo  n,  i,  191  //.  2 

Bandar  Abbas  (Gombroon),  132 
n.  2,  216,  216  n.  6 

Bandarees.     See  Bendakdft 

Bandel,  the  Portuguese  Colony  in 
Hugli,  191,  191  n.  2  ;  meaning  of, 
191  n.  2 

Bang.     See  Bhdng 

Banga.     See  Bangaree 

Bangala.     See  Bengal 

Bangala  Merchant^  the.  See  Bengali 
Merchant^  the 

Bangaree,  liv,  257,  283  ;  situation 
of,  257  n.  2 

Bangha.     See  Bhdng 

Bangkok,  91  ».  i 

Bangri,  Bangarie.     See  Bangaree 

Banhos,  Domingos  Perez,  chief 
owner  of  the  Sancta  Cruz^  172  «.  3 

Banian.     See  Banyan 

Banjan.     See  Banyan 


Ban   Karon,  in   Junk-Ceylon,   239 

n.  I.     See  also  Putom 
Banksall,  88  n.  3,  93  m.  i,  263  n,  i 
Ban  Lipon,  village  of  Lipon,  239 

n,  I 
Ban  Lipon  Thai,  Siamese  village 

of  Lipon,  239  n.   i 
Banquala,  a  port  in  Junk-Ceylon, 

^37»  238,  242,  242  n.  2,  246,  250, 

25 2 >  ^55  «  its  situation  and  present 

designation    discussed,   239    n,    i, 

250  n.  2 
Bantam,  1,  li.  Hi,  71  n,  3,  90  n.  i, 

91  n.  I,  118  n,  I,  172  «.  3,  258, 

295  «•  3»  298  n,  I,  314  «.  I,  318 

«.  3  ;  loss  of,  320 
Banyans,  a  Hindu  caste,  194,  224 

n,  i;   social  characteristics  of,  24, 

27>  30»  3i».32,  34»  3.S  4^;  mer- 
cantile abilities  of,  2\n.  2 ;  religious 
characteristics  of,  27,  28,  29,  30, 
31,  35;  language  of,  27;  moral 
characteristics  of,  27,  28,  29 ;  food 
of,  28 ;  clothes  of,  32  ;  appearance 
of,  32  ;  merchants  of  the,  at  Dacca, 
oppressed  by  the  nawdb^  152; 
money  extorted  from  the,  at  Balasor, 
153  ;  merchants  of,  compelled  to 
build  ships  for  the  nawdby  163 ;  at 
Hugli,  live  peaceably  under  the 
Moors,  i68  «.  2  ;  of  higher  caste 
than  Uriyas,  199;  in  Persia,  216 

Banyan-tree,  7  «.  2 

Baratta.     See  Dustoor 

Barbadoes,  324  n,  i 

Barbary,  94 

Barbers,  of  Gentue  caste  to  be  sent 
to  St  Helena,  9  «.  4 

Barbor,  Robert,  to  be  employed  on 
Bombay  fortifications,  xxv 

Barca,  probable  origin  of  Purgo, 
228  n.  2 

Barella,  295  n.  2 

Barnagar,  Barnnegur,  176  «.  i, 
190  ;/.  2 

Baron,  Monsieur,  66  n.   1 

Barros,  Jo5o  de,  129  «.  i,  237 
n.  2 

Barros,  kingdom  of,  285  n.  3,  292 
n.  I,  295  n.  3 

Basanta-Patali,  12^  n.  i 

Basara.     See  Bajrd 

Basse,  Captain  William,  208  n.  5  ; 
his  account  of  the  naval  action 
with  the  Dutch,  91  «.   i 

Batavia,  xxvii,  I,  li.  Hi,  92  n.  i, 
269,  285  n.  3;  butter  from  Bengal 
exported  to,  133  n.  2  ;  timber 
brought  from,  to  Hugli,  169  «.  i 

Bateman,   Thomas,  176  «.    i  ;    an 


T. 


22 


338 


INDEX 


apprentice-pilot,  xix ;  pilots  the 
Dilligence  to  Hugli  in  1675,  '^ix; 
wrecked  in  returning  to  Balasor, 
xix ;   death  of,  xix 

Batilles.     See  Betteela 

Batta,  difference  in  exchange,  217 
n.   2 

Baupautla,  54 

Baurt,    See  Weights  and  Measures 

Bay,  the.     See  Bengal 

Bazaars,  at  Masulipatam,  106 ;  at 
Hugli,  167,  168;  at  Patna,  226  ».  2; 
at  Achin,  322,  322  n.  4 

Bazar y  a  market,  213 

Bears,  figures  of,  in  pagodas,  6 ; 
figures  of,  carved  on  the  chariot  of 
Jagannath,  1 7  ;  infest  swamps  near 
the  Ganges,  199,  219;  their  fero- 
city, 219;  size  and  colour  of  in 
Bengal,  220;   illustration  of,  222 

Beaufort^  the,  xxxvii 

Beejapore.     See  Bijapiir 

Beeswax,  290  n.  8;  the  king's 
monopoly,  56,  56  n,  2,  132  n.  5, 
225  ;  plentiful  in  Bengal,  132,  134 
n.  I 

Beetle.    See  Betel 

Begum,  of  Shayista  Khan,  intercedes 
for  him,  148  «.  5 

Behar,  kingdom  of,  how  composed, 
151  n.  2. 

Bel  and  the  Dragon,  allusion  to 
story  of,  23 

Bellesort,  Bellesoor.     See  Balasor 

Bells,  not  used  by  Muhammadans, 
106 

Belly  timber,  194,  194  n.  i 

Below,  meaning  '  north,*  99,  108 

Benares,  226  «.  2,  230  «.  5 ;  Pagoda 
of,  12  n.  I ;  festival  at  pagoda  of, 
17  n.  r 

Bencoolen,  Bencolen,  xl ;  pepper 
from,  292  n.  4 ;  English  settlement 
at,  318  n.  3 

Bendahdra,  a  degree  of  nobility  among 
Malays,  256  «.  3 

Bendahdrty  treasury-officers,  256 

Bendaree,  Bandaree.  See  Ban- 
da  hdr  a 

Bengal,  Bengala,  Bangala,  xvi,  xxii, 
xxvii,  xxxix,  xl,  5,  10,  12  «.  i,  23, 
32,  33  n.  1,  48  «.  I,  61  n,  3,  104 
W.I,  124;;.  3,  129  «.  J,  lyi  passim  \ 
productiveness  of,  21, 132, 133,  134; 
exports  from,  122  n.  i,  132,  133, 
247;  description  of,  131-220;  ex- 
tent of,  131,  131  ft.  7  ;  rivers  of, 
131,  132;  prosperity  of,  131;  trade 
of,  132  n.  3,  133;  manufactures  of, 
132    «.    3»    1 33  J    government    of. 


135-149;  rebellion  in,  i35-'39» 
governors  of,  see  Shah  Shuja',  Mir 
Jumla,  Shayista  Khan,  Fidai  Khan ; 
Schouten's  description  of,  1 3 1  «.  7 ; 
former  independence  of,  131  «.  7; 
number  of  Christians  in,  133,  133 
n.  3 ;  Mir  Jumla  made  governor  of, 
139;  Shayista  Khan  made  nawdb 
of,  145,  146  n.  2,  146  n.  4; 
Aurangzeb's  third  son  made  nawdb 
of,  147,  148  «.  5 ;  reports  con- 
cerning governors  of,  148  «.  5  ; 
Shayista  Khan  reinstated  as 
governor  of,  148  n.  5  ;  English 
factories  in,  hold  their  farmdns 
from  the  Mogul,  151;  Walter  Clavell 
Chief  of  the  English  factory  in,  1 58 ; 
rivers  in,  165;  Hugli,  the  dep6t  for 
commodities  of,  168  ;  settlement  of 
the  Danes  in,  1 84 ;  cheapness  of 
provisions  in,  193,  194,  194  «.  2 ; 
noted  for  sweetmeats  made  by  the 
Portuguese,  193  n.  2 ;  resorted  to 
by  foreigners,  194,  194  n.  2 ; 
Bemier's  saying  concerning,  194, 
194  n.  2 ;  natives  of  Northern, 
their  search  for  the  source  of  the 
Ganges,  211;  its  fruitful  villages 
and  towns,  212,  215,  215  n,  2;  its 
natural  productions,  212;  current 
money  of,  216-218;  measures  used 
in,  217,  218;  woods  of,  infested 
with  wild  beasts,  219,  220  n.  4; 
imports  of,  232;  ships  from,  fi-e- 
quent  Achin,  288 ;  commodities 
from,  exported  to  Achin,  289,  290 

Bengal,  Bay  of,  108  n.  i,  131,  131 
^'  7»  135  «•  5;  limits  of  in  i7ih 
century,  131  «.  4  ;  Balasor  the  only 
seaport  in  the,  152  ;  Danish  ships 
come  to,  on  treaty  of  peace,  184 

Bengala.     See  Bengal 

Bengala,  Sea  of.  See  Bengal, 
Bay  of 

Bengal  Butter.    See  Ghi 

Bengali  Merchant^  the,  209  «.  2 ; 
Bowrey  returned  to  England  on, 
xxi,  xl,  lii 

Benjamin,  Benjoin.    See  Benzoin 

Benzoin,  incense,  imported  to  Achin, 
292,  292  n,  I ;  black,  292  n.  i ; 
where  obtained,  292  n.  i 

Ber.     See  Zizyphus  Jujuba 

Bemier,  Fran9ois,  Bowrey's acquaint- 
ance with  his  writings,  xviii,  135- 
144;  his  "Travels  referred  to, 
21  «.,  33  n,  I,  34  «.  I,  36  n,  I, 
48  «.  I  passim  ;  his  account  of  the 
revolution  in  Bengal  followed  by 
Bowrey,  135-144 


INDEX 


339 


Best,  Captain  Thomas,  295  n,  6 

Beteelis.     See  Betteela 

Betel,  Betelee,  Betle,  107  n.  i,  273 
n.  2,  304  n,  6,  306  n.  i,  306  n.  2, 
309  H.  3 ;  a  token  of  kindness, 
30  «.  2  ;  gardens  at  Karedu,  36 
n.  3  ;  nuts  (areca),  208  n.  4 ;  leaf 
of,  how  used  with  areca-nut,  305 
n.  1 ;  description  of,  306 ;  illustra- 
tion of,  308 ;  offering  of,  from  the 
Queen  of  Achin,  an  honour,  310 

Betelee  Areca,  247,  303,  304,  305, 
307 ;  composition  of,  30  w.  2 ;  used 
in  marriage  festivities,  30;  much 
used  by  Muhammadans,  97  ;  given 
to  malefactors  before  execution, 
316.     See  also  s.w.  Betel,  Areca 

Betelee  boxes,  309,  309  n.  3 

Betella.     See  Betteela 

Betel-nut  (areca),  30  n.  2 

Betel  piper^  306  n.   2 

Beths,  34  n.  i 

Betteela,  fine  muslin,  veiling,  55  n.  2, 
122,  231  n,  r,  289  n.  4;  Oringall, 
71  n.  3,  122  n.  3;  described, 
122  n.  3 

Bettelee,  Betteleez.     See  Betteela 

Bezoar,  292 ;  different  kinds  of, 
292  n.  7 ;    price  of,   292  n,   7 

Bhada,     See  Bhar 

Bhagnagar,  capital  of  Golconda, 
108  n.  7 ;  extent  of,  strength  of 
Golconda  fort  at,  no;  called 
Golconda  by  T.  B.,  108,  109,  iii ; 
resort  of  native  and  foreign  mer- 
chants, III,  III  n.  i;  European 
inhabitants  at,  in  the  king's  service, 
in;  European  soldiers  at,  in  dis- 
repute, in;  tank  at,  126  n.  6 

Bhdngy  Indian  hemp,  77 ;  where 
grown,  78 

Bhar,  a  lighter,  description  of,  228, 
228  n.  5  ;  derivation  of,  228  n,  5  ; 
for  what  used,  229;  illustration  of, 
228 

Bhavani,  the  black,  of  Tuljapur, 
119  /I.   I 

Bible,  the,  references  to  in  the  MS.  See 
s.v.  Apocrypha,  David,  Garden  of 
Eden,  Solomon,  etc. 

Biggehaut,  202  n.  2 

BTjapur  (Beejapore,  Visiapour,  Vise- 
pour),  20,  51  «.  I,  72  n.  2,  108  «.  i; 
extent  of  20  n.  2 ;  ports  of,  20  n.  2; 
king  of,  20  «.  2,  38  w.  3 ;  queen  of, 
20  w.  2 ;  coast  south  of  Porto  Novo, 
subject  to  king  of,  82 

Bilgrami  and  Wilmott,  their 
**  Nizam's  Dominions  "  referred  to, 
113  ft.   I,   113  n.  3 


Bilgrami,   Syed  Hossain.     See  Bil- 
grami and  Wilmott 
Billi,    Mons.,    his    official    post    in 

Junk-Ceylon,  255  «.  6 
Billidge,  Billedge,  Thomas,  233  n.  2 
Billingsby,  John,  Company's  servant 

at  Balasor,  66  n.  i 
Bimlipatam,    Bimlepatam,   Bimlia- 
patam,  Bemilipatnam,  93  n.  i,  123, 
124  n.  I,  124  n.  3  ;   trade  of,  122 
n.    I ;    Schouten's  description    of, 
123  «.  3;    Dutch  factory  at,    123 
n.  3 
Binnilapatnam.     See  Bimlipatam 
Bisnagar.     See  Vijayanagar 
Bizipatam.     See  Vizagapatam 
Black,   colour,  native  dyers  unable 

to  produce  a  good,  215,  2 1 5  «.  i 
Blackmoor,  the,   121  n,  3 
Black  Pagoda,   12  n.   i,    108,   129 
n,   1  ;   sailor's  name  for  temple  at 
Kanarak,   108  n.  2 
Black  Town  at  Calcutta,  207  «.  i 
Blackwood's  Harbour,  25  n.  3 
Blake,  William,  32  n,  2,  224  n,  i 
Blanc,  Vincent  le,  290  n.  7 
Bodick,  village  near  Surat,  49  «.  i 
Boita-kuliya,  river,  129  «.  i 
Bolango,  a  pumpkin.     See  Conba- 

lingua 
Bombay,    264    n.    7 ;     Presidency 

transferred  to,  309  n,   \ 
Bonarres.     See  Benares 
Bongkal.    See  Weights  and  Measures 
Bonnell,  Mr,  178  n.  3 
Booncal.   See  Bongkal,  s.v.  Weights 

and  Measures 
B5os.     See  Dringo 
Bora,  Boora,  Bourie.     See  Bhar 
Bomeo,xxii,  xxxix,xlix,lii,  liv,  1,282, 
291,  292  n,  I  ;  ships  from,  frequent 
Achin,  288  ;    Dutch  trade  at,  282 
^-  5  ;  English  factory  at,  282  n.  5  ; 
expulsion  of  English  from,  282  «.  5  ; 
diamonds  of,  291,  291  n.  8;  bezoar 
from,   292  n.  7 
Borneo  Merchant^  the,  Bowrey's  ship, 
xxvii,  xxviii,  xxix,  xxxvi,  175  «.  2; 
wrecked,  xxxvii,  xxxviii 
Boudoutschery.     See  Pondicherry 
Boughton,  Gabriel,  obtains  leave  to 
settle  a  factory  at  Pipli,  162  «.  2  ; 
Hugli  settled  undery^rwa«  obtained 
by  him,    t68   n,   4;    physician   to 
Mir  Jumla,  233;  cures  the  nawab's 
wife,  233  ;  obtains  exemptions  and 
privileges  for  the  English,  233,  234 ; 
reasons  for  doubting  his  connection 
with  Mir  Jumla,  233  «.  2 
Bouree,  Mr.     See  Bowrey,  Thomas 


22- 


340 


INDEX 


Bouton,  island,  201  n,  7 

Bouverie^  the,  xlvii 

Bow,  Middlesex,  xlvi 

Bowden,  Gabriel.  See  Boughton, 
Gabriel 

Bowgee.     See  Cowry 

Bowl  Punch  Tree,  li 

Bowrey  Almshouses,  erected  under 
the  provisions  of  Mary  Bowrey's 
will,  xlvi-xlviii ;  Chancery  suit  in 
connection  with,  xlvii;  situation  of, 
xlviii ;  inscription  over,  xlviii ;  sale 
of,  xlviii ;  present  administration  of 
Bowrey  charity,  xlviii 

Bowrey,  Elizabeth,  widow  of  Thos. 
Bowrey,  senior,  xxv 

Bowrey,  John,  Johannes,  wounded 
on  the  Unity,  xxiv ;  commands  the 
Hunter,  the  Death  and  the  Drake, 
xxiv ;  recommended  by  Pepys,  xxiv ; 
certified  as  Master,  xxiv ;  accusa- 
tions against,  xxiv ;  effects  of,  ad- 
ministered, xxiv 

Bowrey,  Juditha,  widow  of  Johannes 
Bowrey,  xxiv 

Bowrey,  Mary,  wife  of  Thomas 
Bowrey,  xli ;  executrix  of  Thomas 
Bowrey,  xliv ;  assisted  by  Peter 
Briggins,  xlv  ;  will  of,  xlv,  xlvii 

Bowrey,  Matthias,  soldier,  xxvi ; 
living  in  Bombay  in  1670,  xxvi 

Bowrey,  Thomas  (T.  B.)»  i ;  account 
of  life  of,  xxiv-xlv;  probable  rela- 
tions of,  xxiv ;  a  sailing  master, 
xviii,  xix,  xxi,  xxvii  ;  an  inde- 
pendent trader,  xix ;  his  arrival  in 
India,  xviii,  xxi,  4  n.  i,  166  n.  2; 
length  of  his  stay  in  India,  xviii, 
xxi,  xxvi,  2  «.  I  ;  no  mention  of 
him  in  E.  I.  Co.  records  before 
1682,  xxiii;  his  voyages  1672-1677, 
xxvi ;  commands  one  of  Jearsey's 
ships,  xxvi ;  his  encounter  with 
Streynsham  Master,  175,  176 ; 
pilots  the  Sancta  Cruz,  xix,  xxvi ; 
caught  in  an  eddy  off  the  James 
and  Mary  shoal,  173,  174 ;  goes  to 
Batavia,  xxvii ;  negotiates  sale  of 
pepper  at  Fort  St  George,  xxvii, 
xxix ;  buys  the  Conimeer  sloop, 
xxvii,  xxviii ;  goes  to  Achin,  Balasor, 
and  Porto  Novo,  xxviii,  xxix  ;  com- 
plaint against  him  by  Capt.  Heath, 
xxviii ;  makes  restitution,  xxviii ; 
pilots  the  Govr.  of  Tranquebar, 
xxix ;  gets  permit  to  return  to 
England  on  the  Shrewsbury^  xxix  ; 
goes  to  Porto  Novo,  is  imprisoned 
there,  xxix-xxxvi ;  his  wrongs  re- 
ferred   to    Fort   St   George,   xxx ; 


blamed  for  acting  independently  of 
Cuddalore    Council,    xxx,    xxxiv; 
petitions  the  Cuddalore  Council  to 
procure  his  release,  xxxi-xxxiii;  his 
explanation  of  the  quarrel  at  Porto 
Novo,  xxxi ;  his  sufferings  at  Porto 
Novo,    xxxiii;     bond    required    of 
him  in  return  for  Company's  assist- 
ance,  xxxiv;    his    release,   xxxiv- 
xxxvi ;     sails    for    Achin,    xxxvi ; 
obtains    no    compensation  for   ill- 
treatment,  xxxvi ;   goes  to  Bengal 
with  Samuel  Heron,  xxxvii ;  returns 
to  Fort  St  George,  xxxvii ;   loses 
the  Borneo  Merchant,  xxxvii ;   his 
relations    with    Dampier,    xxxviii, 
xxxix  ;  resides  at  Achin,  287  ».  i ; 
sails    to  the  Nicobar  Is.,   xxxix ; 
writes  from  Borneo  to  Mindanao, 
xxxix;  sails  to  Bengal, xxxix;  takes 
news  of  massacre  at  Mergui  to  Fort 
St  George,  xl;   sails  for  England, 
xl ;  goods  and  money  delivered  to 
him  by  the  Company,  xl ;  marriage 
of,  xli ;  his  opinion  as  to  a  settle- 
ment in  the  South  Seas,  xlii ;   a 
tenant  and  acquaintance  of  Peter 
Briggins,  xlii;    makes  suggestions 
regarding  East  Indian  trade,  xlii  f. ; 
his  proposal  for  a  settlement  on  the 
coast    of    South    America,    xliii ; 
death  and  burial  of,  xliv;   will  of, 
xvii,   XX,  xxiii,  xliv;    bequests  of, 
xliv  f. ;     his    identity  with  T.  B. 
proved,  xviii,  xxiii ;  acquainted  with 
many  17th  century  Anglo-Indians, 
xviii ;    title,  condition,   and  hand- 
writing   of    his    MS.,    XV ;    abrupt 
ending  of  his  MS.,  xvii;    value  of 
his    MS.    and    drawings,    xv,   xvii, 
xviii ;   charts  of,  xxi,  xlviii-li ;    his 
knowledge  of  colloquial  Hinddstani, 
1 26  «.   4 ;   his  Malay  Dictionary, 
xvii,  xxi,  xxii,  xxvi,  xl,  xli,  xlii,  li, 
lii,  liii,  liv,  Iv,  Ivi,  97  n.  4  ;  other 
writings  of,  xx,  xxiii,  xli,  xlviii-li 

Bowrey,  Thomas,  senior,  commended 
by  Capt.  Potter,  xxv ;  commands 
Roe  ketch  and  Constant  Warwick, 
xxv ;  engages  with  a  Spanish  pirate 
ship,  xxv ;  goods  of,  administered, 
xxv 

Bowring,  Sir  John,  his  "  Kingdom 
of  Siam  "  referred  to,  236  n.  i,  243 
«.  3,  247  «.  5,  260  n,  I,  276  «.  5 

Bo  wry.  Captain,  to  assist  in  fortifica- 
tions at  Bombay,  xxv,  xxvi 

Bowry,  Mr  (?  Bowrey,  John),  master 
of  the  Antelope,  xxiv  ;  discharged, 
xxiv 


INDEX 


341 


Bowrye,  Joseph,  goods  of,  adminis- 
tered, XXV 

Bowrye,  Margareta,  widow  of 
Joseph  Bowrye,  xxv 

Boy.     See  Boyi 

Boyi  (Telugu)  caste,  87  «.  2,  88  n,  3 

Braces,  the,  ij^n.  1;  shoals  in  the 
Hugh,  167  ;  various  mentions  of, 
167  n.   1 

Brachman.     Se^r  Brahmin 

Brahma,  34  /;.  i  ;  the  Ganges  said 
to  flow  from  the  feet  of,  202  n.  i 

Brahmani,  River,  129  «.   i 

Brahmins,  a  Hindu  caste,  g,  12  n.  i^ 
15  ft.  I,  16,  17,  25  n.  I,  36,  38,  39, 
88  n.  3,  107  ft.  I,  120;^.  I,  121  ft.  4, 
125  ft.  1,  126  ft,  3,  202;  their 
sorceries  deceive  the  Gentues,  10, 
23»  24*  3^*  205 »  number  main- 
tained at  Jagannath  Pagoda,  13; 
their  immorality,  24 ;  their  mode 
of  performing  marriage  ceremonies, 
29,  30;  their  mark  esteemed  by  the 
Gentues,  32  ;  author's  discourse 
with,  32  ;  their  explanation  of  an 
eclipse,  33,  34 ;  their  ignorance  of 
astronomy,  34;  their  cruelty  to 
Gentue  widows,  40,  203,  204 ;  en- 
courage saitf  and  intoxicate  victims, 
36-38  ;  in  Golconda,  assume  pri- 
vileges of  rdjdSf  108 ;  intoxicate 
victims  at  the  Swinging  Festival, 
198 ;  their  speedy  cure  of  victims 
of  the  hook,  198  «.  i ;  extort  money 
from  dying  Uriyas,  201;  students 
of  astrology,  205,  205  ft.  i ;  dreaded 
by  the  Moors,  205 ;  district  in- 
habited by,  205,  215;  their  wisdom, 
205,  205  ft.  2 ;  reverence  of  the 
natives  for,  205 ;  called  Gimno- 
sophists,  206 ;  their  civility  to 
Europeans,  206 ;  teachers  of  the 
Gentues  and  Uriyas,  206  ;  value  of 
their  cAap  on  Ganges  water,  216 

Bramminy.     See  Brahmin 

Brampore,  288  ft.  6 

Bramston,  William,  pilot,  deceased, 
166  ft.  2 

Breton,  Mr,  part  owner  of  the 
Loyall  Subject^  90  ft.    i 

Breton^  the.     See  Great  Breton^  the 

Brick-bridge,  149  ;t.  i ;  at  Hugh, 
171  ft.  I 

Brick  buildings,  at  Dacca,  150 
n.   2 

Bridges,  Shem,  32  ft,  2,  75  ft.  i, 
233  n.  2 

Briggins,  Peter,  xxiii ;  a  Quaker, 
XX ;  original  owner  of  T.  B.  MS., 
XX,  xxii ;    no  relation  to  Bowrey, 


XX ;  diaries  of,  xx,  xlii,  xliii ;  his 
connection  with  Bowrey,  xx,  xlii, 
xliv ;  his  kindness  to  Mrs  Bowrey, 
XX,  xlv 

Brimstone,  232,  292,  292  ft.  3 

Britafiftia^  the.  See  Great  Bretoft^ 
the 

British  Museum,  the.  mss.  at 
referned  to,  xxi,  xxvi,  xliii,  xlviii 
ft.  4,  134  ft.  I,  134  ft.  2,  134  ft.  3, 
239  ft,  I 

Broad  cloth,  88  ft.  3 ;  no  sale  for,  in 
Bengal,  152  m.  4 ;  no  sale  for,  in 
Balasor,  154  ft,  i;  imported  to 
Achin,  289 

Brokers,  to  the  English,  at  Balasor, 
32,   154,  154  ft.  I 

Brouma.     See  Brahma 

Browne,  Captain  Arnold,  Com- 
mander of  the  Loyall  Subject .>  90 
ft.  I 

Bruce,  John,  his  "Annals"  referred 
to,  245  ft,  2,  295  ft.  6 

Bruton,  William,  lands  at  Harsapur, 
120  /{.  I 

Buckett.     See  Puket 

Buckridge,  Nicholas,  inspector  of 
factories  on  Coromandel  Coast, 
53  «.  2;  his  report  of  Madapollam, 
100  ft.  I 

Bucor.     See  Bukkur 

Budgerow,  Budgaroe,  Budgaroo, 
Budgree,  a  boat.     See  Bajra 

Buffalo  Butter,  289  n.  2 

Buffaloes,  243  ft.  2,  315 ;  Mahesha 
Asura  assumes  shape  of  a,  i  ig  ft.  i ; 
on  shores  of  the  Ganges,  2 1 1  «.  3  ; 
at  Kedah,  279,  279  ft.  3;  Fryer's 
description  of,  279  «.  5 ;  wild,  in 
Kedah,  280 ;  tame,  their  flesh 
eaten,  280;  butter  made  of  milk 
of,  289  ft.  2 ;  fight  with  elephants, 
310;  illustration  of,  314 

Bugden,  Edmund,  75  «.  i,  228  ft.  2; 
Company's  servant,  xix,  178  ft.  i; 
rents  Dummadapore  in  Balasor,  162 

«•  3 

Bugden,  John,  272  ft.  4;  independ- 
ent trader,  xix ;  reasons  for  sup- 
posing him  to  be  the  author  of  the 
MS.,  xix  f.;  brother  of  Edmund 
Bugden,  1 78  «.  i ;  goes  on  a  trading 
voyage  with  Clement  Jordan,  178 
ft.  I ;  examined  as  to  the  murder 
of  John  Smith,   178  «.  i 

Buggera.     See  Budgerow 

Bukit^  a  hill,  239  «.   i 

Bukkur,   136  fi,  4 

Bulls,  figures  of  carved,  on  the  chariot 
of  Jagannath,  17 


342 


INDEX 


Buncus,     Bunco,     Buncoos.       See 

Bunko 
"Bundalela"   Shah,    Governor    of 

**Carera,"  36  //.  3 
Bunder.     See  Bandar 
Bunko,  a  cigar,  xvii,  97  ;    earliest 

quoted  instance  of,  97  «.  4 
Burghess,  Michael,  liii 
Burma,  xvi 
Burmull,  154  ».  i 
Bumeo  Merchant^  the.     See  Borneo 

Merchant^  the 
Burning  of  Hindu  women.      See 

Sail 
Burrie.    See  Bauriy  s,  v.  Weights  and 

Measures 
Burroughs,  Joshua,  271  «. ;  escapes 

from  the  Dutch,  ^()^  n.  3  ;   sent  to 

Kedah  with  Capell,  269 ;  his  sad 

plight  at  Kedah,  269 
Bussorah,   114  n.  6,  132  n,  2 
Butter  (ght)y  20,  122,  181,  289,  289 

n.  2,  290,  304 ;  excellence  of,  on 

Gingalee    Coast,    128,    132    n.   6; 

exported    from    Bengal,    132,    132 

n,  6,  133  n,  2,  247 ;  how  preserved 

for  transport,  1^2  n.  6  ;  price  of,  in 

Patna  during  the  famine,  226  «.  2; 

imported  to  Junk-Ceylon,  247  n.  2  ; 

sold  by  the  bamboo  at  Achin,  282 

n.  I 
Byam,  John,   158  n,  3,  167  «.  i 

Caboul.     See  Kabul 

Caboulistan.     See  Kabul 

Cabstant.    See  Capstan 

Cachemire,   136  /i.  3 

Cadjour.     See  Khajur 

Cadmia,  291  n,  2 

Caf-Dagai.  See  Caucasus,  moun- 
tain 

Cafila,  caravan,  221,  221  n.  i 

Cahar.     See  Kah&r 

Cair.     See  Coir 

Calabash,  pumpkin,  247 

Calambac.    See  Agila  wood 

Calamus  aroma ticus.    See  Dringo  root 

Calang,  tin,  240  n.  i 

Calay.     See  Kuwala 

Calcutta,  1 20  «.  4,  162  n,  2,  172 
n.  3,  209  n.  2,  263  n.  i 

Calendar  of  State  Papers,  Domes- 
tic Series,  referred  to,  xxiv,  xxv 

Caletaer,  124  ;;.  i 

Calico,  Callicoe,  cotton  cloth,  5,  55 
n.  2,  106,  106  n.  2,  181,  246,  289 
^'  5»  303  «•  3  ;  made  at  Peddapalle, 
56;  made  at  and  exported  from 
Masulipatam,  7 1  ;  large  quantity 
made  at   MadapoUam,   100  ».   i ; 


exported  from  Golconda,  1 1 1 ;  ex- 
ported from  Gingalee  Coast,  122; 
exported  from  Harsapur,  130;  ex- 
ported from  Bengal,  133;  coarse, 
sold  at  Hugli,  168;  imported  to 
Junk-Ceylon,  240;  **blew,"  246; 
imported  to  Achin,  288,  289  n,  i  ; 
fine,  302,  310 

Calicut,  208  n,  5 

Calicut,  white  and  painted.  See 
Paintings 

Calin,  tin,  240  n.  i,  259  n.  \ 

Callaway,  William,  a  friend  of  the 
author,  175  ;  appointed  special 
assistant  to  Streynsham  Master, 
175  «.  8 ;  illness  of,  176,  178/1.  3; 
dies  on  the  Ganges  in  Hugli  river, 
1 78  «•  3  ;  sale  of  his  goods,  7 1 «.  3, 
175  n.  8;  list  of  his  effects,  175 
n,  8 

Callingapatam,  124  ;/.  i 

Callor  Vissina,  complaint  of,  4 
n.  2,  123  n,  4 

Calmus.     See  Dringo  root 

Calvar,  village,  108  ».  i,  108  /t.  6 

Cambay,  i^  n.  2 

Cambay,  Gulf  of,   135  n.  5 

Cambaya.     See  Comboy 

Cambodia,  tributary  to  Siam,  275 
n.  3 

Camboge.     See  Cambodia 

Camoens,  his  reference  to  Kedah, 
276  n.  5 

Camphor,  292,  292  n.  i ;  where 
found,  292  n.   2 

Canara,  93  n,  i 

Canary  wine,  88  n.  3 

Cancoply.     See  Conicopoly 

Candahar,  1^6  n.  3 

Candareen.  See  Weights  and  Mea- 
sures 

Candil.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

Candy.    See  Weights  and  Measures 

Candy,  Candia,  king  of,  opposed  to 
the  Portuguese,  75  «.  3;  king  of, 
hates  the  Dutch,  180  «.  6 

Cange.     See  Congye 

Cannabis  Indica,  See  Bh&ng  and 
Ganja 

Cannan,  William,  sailor  on  the  De- 
fence^  xxviii 

Canoe,  canoa,  xxxix 

Capell,  Francis,  sent  to  Kedah  to 
sell  off  Company's  stock,  269;  his 
sad  plight  at  Kedah,  269,  271  n» 

Cape- Merchant,  supercargo,  271, 
271  «.  I 

Caphala.    See  CaBla 

Capon,  eunuch,  207  n,  5,  300  n.  4 

Capon,  fowl,  303  n,  3 


INDEX 


343 


Capstan,  75,  181 

Capun^  capon,  eunuch,  300  n,  4 

Caraid.     See  Karedu 

Carcal,  182  n,  2 

Careda.     See  Karedu 

Carera,     Carrera,     Careero.        See 

Karedu 
Carmania.     See  Kirman 
Carmichael,  D.  F.,  his  *' Vizagapatam 

District"  referred  to,  123  n.  2 
Carnatic  Coast,  xlix,  51  n.  i 
Carpets,   imported   to  Achin,    288, 

303;   silk  and  worsted,  288  «.  8; 

Persian,  309,  309  n.  2 
Carreas,  caste  of  fishermen  in  Ceylon, 

42  n.   I 

Carvalia,   Augustine   de,  master  of 

the  Sancta  Cruz,  172  «.  3 
Cash.     See  Coins 
Casharee.     See  Kachahri 
Casharry,     water    at,    suitable    for 

dyeing,   162  n,  3 
Casigere,  129/2.  i 
Casmeer?  boat,  226  n.  2 
Cassas,  Cossaes.     See  Khassa 
Cassa  Verona.     See  Ka9u  Viranna 
Cassia,  291  n.  5 
Cassia  Fistula,  291,  291  n,  5 
Cassia  Lignea,  291  n.  5 
Caste,   19,  20,  22,  27,  28,  29,  31  «., 

41*83,  156,  199,  216;  restrictions 

of,  9,  117;  loss  of,  1 1 ;  means  to 

regain,   12,   13 
Castez,   \^Q  n.  4 
Castor    hats,    among     Callaway's 

effects,  175  n.  8 
Casuree.     See  Khajuri 
Catamaran       (Cattamaran,      Cata- 

marou),    44,    47 ;    description    of, 

43  ;  illustration  of,  44 
Catawal,  Catoal.     See  Kotwdl 
Catch.     See  Ketch 
Catchpole,    Allen,    96    n,    2,    225 

n.  3 
Cateck.     See  Cuttack 
Catee.     See  Catty,  s.v.  Weights  and 

Measures 
Catry.    See  Khattrt 
Cattack.     See  Cuttack 
Cattapa,  125  n.  i 
Cattee.    See  Weights  and  Measures 
Catwall.     See  Kotwal 
Catysol.     See  Kittysol 
Caucasus,    mountains,    \7JS  n,    3 ; 

supposed   source    of  the   Ganges, 

166  n,  I 
Caulis.     See  Cowry 
Cawn,  Caun.    See  Khan 
Cawne.     See  Kdhan,  s.v»  Weights 

and  Measures 


Cdyln  gaja.     See  Comboy 

Cayre.    See  Coir 

Ceaser,  the,  91  «.  i 

Ceilan.     See  Ceylon 

Celebes,  Island,  xlix 

Cellates,  derivation  of,  237  «.  1* 
See  also  s.v.  Saletars 

Central  Asia,  172  ».  i 

Ceremonies,  on  departure  of  English 
commanders  from  Achin,  306- 
308  ;  when  a  present  is  received  by 
the  Queen  of  Achin,  309,  310;  on 
taking  betel,  309  n.  3,  310;  at  the 
mourning  for  the  Queen  of  Achin, 

31^  3" 
Ceylon,  42  «.  i,  65  n,  2,  66  n,  i, 

73»   ^79»  180,  186,  208  «.  4,  266 
«.  3  ;  chart  of,  by  Bowrey,  xxvii, 
xlix,  1 ;  rice  imported  from  Bengal, 
^32  n.  7;  elephants  from,  the  best 
in    India,    180,    180    n»    5;    early 
traders  at,    180  n.   6;    Portuguese 
settlement  at,    180  n.   6;    Dutch 
expel  the  Portuguese  at,  180  fi.  6 
Chabe.     See  Long  Pepper 
Chahbandar.     See  Shahbandar 
Chah-hestkan.     See  Shayista  Khan 
Chah  Jehan.    See  Shah  Jahan 
Chamberlin,    Sir  Thomas,  Deputy 

Govr.  of  the  E.I. Co.,  84  n.  2 
Champain.     See  Champion 
Champion    (level,    open    country), 

120,  120  n.  2 
Chandragheri,  rdjd  of,  grants  land 

to  the  English,  53  n.  i 
Chank,  Chunk,  208,  208  n,  4,  208 
n.  5 ;  shells  worn  as  ornaments  by 
Gentues  and  Uriyas,  209 
Channel  Creek,  209  n,  2 
Chap,  a  seal,  154  /f.  i,  216,  268,  300 
n,  2,  304 ;  a  protection  for  travellers, 
118;    of  the   Brahmins,  its  value, 
216;  of  the  Queen  of  Achin,  300, 
300  n,  3,  300  «.  4,  301,  302  n.  I, 
302  n,  2,  306,  308 ;  at  Tonquin, 
300  ft.  2\  at  Achin,  ceremonies  on 
receipt  of,  what  paid  for  it,  302, 
302  n  2 
Char.     See  Coir 

Charbonn^,  Brother  Rene,  Govr.  of 
Junk-Ceylon,   255   n,    6;    designs 
fort  for  King  of  Siam,  278  «.  i 
Charles,  the,  271  «.  i ;  sent  to  Kedah, 

268  ;  her  return  to  Surat,  268 
Charles  II.,  exchanges  presents  with 

the  Queen  of  Achin,  319 
Charles    Street,   Fort   St  Geoi^e, 

Jearsey's  house  at,  251  «.  i 
Chamock,  Henry,  154/1*  i 
Chamock,  Job,  xxxvii,  85  n,  4,  176 


344 


INDEX 


ft,  I ;  chief  at  Patna,  224 ;  his 
knowledge  of  Eastern  customs, 
224  ;  his  privileges,  224  ;  founder 
of  Calcutta,  224  ».  2  ;  his  appoint- 
ments in  India,  224  n,  2 

Chatagaum.     See  Chittagong 

Chatir.     See  Shahbandar 

Chattigaum.     See  Chittagong 

Chaumont,  Monsr.  de  C,  255  n,  6; 
his  *'  Embassy  to  Siam"  referred  to, 
236  n.  4 

Chaup.    See  Chap 

Chavici  betel.     See  Betel 

Chay,  red  madder,  106  n.  2 

Chaya  Capampone,  253  n.  i 

Checracole.     See  Chicacol 

Cheda.     See  Kedah 

Cheese,  forbidden  food  of  Banyan 
caste,  29 

Chenam.    See  Chunam 

Chene  Pelle  Mirzah,  besieges  Fort 
St  George,  51  n.  i 

Chengy,  Chenji,  Khan  of,  20  n,  2 

Cheroot,  a  cigar,  xv  «.,  xvii,  97 

Chiali,  xxxii 

Chicacol,  Chicacole,  124,  124  n,  i, 
124  «.  3;  residence  of  King  of 
Golconda's  Viceroy,  124  n,  3,  125; 
most  famous  town  on  Gingalee 
Coast,  125 

Chickacul,  Chickeracole,  Chickre- 
cole.     See  Chicacol 

Chilambaram,  intercedes  for  Bow- 
rey,  xxxii 

Chilamchtt   a    basin,    96   n.    2,    199 

«•  3 
Chili,  xliii 

Chillimbrum.  See  Chilambaram 
Chillumchee.  See  Chilamchl 
Chim  Cham,  Khemchand,  xviii, 
208  n.  4;  broker  to  the  English, 
154  ;  mulcted  of  50,000  Rs.  by  the 
nawdb  of  Cuttack,  155,  156;  mar- 
riage of  his  daughter,  156;  in 
partnership  with  Chintamund,  154 
n,  I ;  in  Company's  service  for 
about  20  years,  1 54  n,  i ;  mulcted 
by  the /fl«;'(a55r  of  Cuttack,  154  «.  i; 
his  wealth  and  independence,  154 
n.  I ;  becomes  security  for  other 
merchants,  1 54  n.  i ;  his  goods 
seized  by  a  native  officer,  154  «.  i ; 
has  leave  to  build  a  warehouse  in 
Balasor,  154  «.  i  ;  dictates  his  own 
terms  to  the  Council,  1 54  n.  i ; 
employed  as  intermediary  with  the 
native  government,  154  «.  i 
China,  xxii,  1,  5,  71,  133,  272  n,  3, 
281  «.  2,  286,  286  n,  I,  290,  323; 
tootnague  from,    199  n»  3;   musk 


from,    230;    ship   from,   frequent 
Achin,  288;   silk  from,  290,  291, 
2pi  n,   I 
China  bell.     See  Gong 
China  camp,  at  Achin,  322  n,  4 
Chinamb.    See  Chunam 
China  ware,  290 
Chinchura,  191  n,  2 
Chinese,  the,  ships  of  frequent  the 
port  of  Achin,  xxii,  286  n.  i ;  many 
of,  residents  at  Achin,  293  n.  2, 
322  n.  4 
Chinnapatnam  (Madras),  107  n,  i 
Chintamund,  Chintaman,  208  n.  4 ; 
broker  to  the  English  at  Balasor, 
154    «.     I  ;    in    partnership    with 
Chim  Cham,  154  n,  i;  in  debt  to 
the  Company,  f  54  «.  i ;  his  solv- 
ency questioned,  154  «.  I ;  his  ship 
seized  in  payment  of  debt  to  the 
Co.,  154  «.  I 
Chintamundsaw,    Chintemanshaw. 

See  Chintamund 
Chintz,  5  «.  5,  9  n.  5,  55  n,  2,  106 
rt.  2,  175  n.  8,  289  «.  5;  trade  in 
at  Masulipatam,  61  «.  3,  71,  72, 
289;  plural  of  chint,  71  n.  4; 
fine,  246,  289,  289  /;.  i ;  coarse, 
246 
Chites,  printed  calico,  61  n.  3,  71 

«.  4,  288  n.  7 
Chittagong,  176  n.  i,  212  n,  2 
Chitty,  caste,  77  «.  2 
Chittygom.     See  Chittagong 
Choonam.     See  Chunam 
Chop,  Chopp,  Chaup.     See  Chap 
Choromandel.     See  Coromandel 
Choultry,    at    Peddapalle,    54;    at 
Hugli,  167;  derivation  and  use  of 
the  word,  167  n.  2 
Choupar.     See  Chuprah 
Chowltery.     See  Choultry 
Chovs^ne,   Henry,  second  at   Achin 

factory,  317  «.  5,  319,  320 
Chowra,  Island.     See  Sombrero 
Christians,    numerous    in    Bengal, 

133.  133  «•  3 
Chulias,  Chuleas,  Madras  Muham- 

madans,  xvii,  xxii,  xxxiii,  256,  262, 

263,  270;  definition  and  character 

of,  256  «.  I,  257,  258  ;  favoured  by 

Muhammad  Beg,  257;  massacre  of 

in    Junk-Ceylon,    257;    escape    of 

two,  257 ;  their  native  land,  257 ; 

good  linguists,  258;  at  Achin,  286 

n,  I 

Chuljar.    See  Chulia 

Chunam^  lime,  plaster,  193  n.  i,  304 
«•  6,  305,  305  n,  I,  306  «.  I,  309 

«•  3 


INDEX 


345 


Chupak.   See  Weights  and  Measures 

Chuprah,  Dutch  refine  saltpetre  at, 
225  n.  I 

Chyna  Vincatadry,  his  house  at 
St  Thomas*  Mount  offered  to  the 
Co.,  45  n.  I 

Cicacola.     See  Chicacol 

Cinnamon,  291  n.  5 ;  from  Ceylon, 
180  //.  6,  181  n.  I 

Cirkell.     See  Sarkil 

Citron,  324  n.  \ 

Citrullus  eduHsy  water-melon,  248  n.  i 

Civet,   134  «.  3 

Clapton  Magna,  Essex,  xlvi 

Clavell,  Edward,  son  of  Walter 
Clavell,  sent  to  England  on  the 
President ^  158  n,  3;  sheriff  of 
Dorset  in  1702,  158  n.  3;  death 
of,   158  n.  3 

Clavell,  George,  son  of  Edward 
Clavell,  158  n.  3 ;  last  of  the 
Clavell  line,  158  n,  3 

Clavell,  Martha,  second  wife  of 
Walter  Clavell,  158  «.  3;  dies  at 
Balasor,  158  n.  3 

Clavell,  Prudence,  first  wife  of  Wal- 
ter Clavell,  158  «.  I 

Clavell,  Walter,  xviii,  68  n.  3,  73 
n.  2,  75  n.  I,  150  n,  2,  164  «.  4, 
169  «.  I,  176  «.  I  ;  his  "Accompt 
of  the  Trade  of  Ballasore,"  129  «.  i, 
158  n.  3,  162  n.  3,  183  n.  3;  his 
'*  Accompt  of  the  Trade  of  Hugly," 
146  n.  4,  158  «.  3,  175  «.  i; 
obtains  renewal  oifarman  from  the 
nawdb  of  Cuttack,  158,  160,  160 
n.  2  ;  parentage  of,  1 58  «.  3 ;  ap- 
pointed on  special  mission  to  Ft  St 
George,  158  «.  3;  second  in  Ben- 
gal, 158  //.  3;  obtains  a  paru'dna 
from  Shayista  Khan,  158  n.  3; 
rents  Dummadapore  in  Balasor, 
162  n.  3;  quarrels  with  Joseph 
Hall,  1587;.  3 ;  accusations  against, 
158  «.  3;  Major  Puckle  decides  in 
favour  of,  158  n.  3  ;  chief  at  Hugli, 
158  n.  3;  two  letters  to  Richard 
Edwards  from,  158  n.  3 ;  writes  to 
the  Court  as  to  the  navigation  of 
the  Hugli,  166  n.  2;  instructed  to 
obtain  a  new  farmdn^  1 58  n.  3 ; 
dies  of  fever  at  Balasor,  158  «.  3; 
his  two  wives,  and  his  children, 
158  «.  3;  his  will,  158  «.  3;  his 
news  of  the  Danes  in  India,  182 
n.  3,  189  n,  3 

Clavell,  Walter,  junr.,  son  of  Walter 
Clavell,  158  n,  3;  baptism  of,  158 
n,  3 ;  sent  to  England  on  the  Presi- 
dent ^  158  «.  3 


Clavell,  William,  son  of  Walter 
Clavell,  158  «.  3 

Clepsydra,  water-clock,  197  «.  i 

Cloth,  cotton,  9;  gold  and  silver 
striped,  10 

Cloth  of  gold,  310,  326 

Cloves,  208  n.  4 

Coale,  Robert,  a  dyer,  215  «.  i 

Coast,  the.    See  Madras 

Coatwalls  Chabootree.  See  Kot- 
wdl  kd  chabatra 

Cobden,  Alexander,  sailor  on  the 
Defence^  xxviii 

Cocanada,  120  n.  4 

Cochin  China,  208  n.  4,  272  ;{.  3 ; 
musk  from,  230 

Cocke,  Jos.,  taken  by  the  Dutch, 
266  n.  3 

Cock-fighting,  at  Achin,  310,  310 
n.  4 

Cocks,  Isle  of.     See  Coxe's  Island 

Cocoa-nut  tree,  46,  245,  323,  323 
n.  2 ;  used  for  bubble  bubbles,  97 
n.  3  ;  coir  cable  made  from  husk 
of,  103  «.  4,  104;  groves  of,  at 
Cuttack,  152  ;  abundant  at  Junk- 
Ceylon,  246,  247 

Cod  gone.     See  Cojung 

Coffee,  97 

Cogan,  Andrew,  abandons  Armagon, 

25  «•  3 

Cogee.     See  ^  Khwdjdjt 

Coins,  Abassin,  114;  Anna,  114 
n.  8,  214  n.  2,  218  n,  10,  226  n.  2  ; 
Cash,  114,  115,  116,  289  n.  9; 
Cowry,  xvii,  154  n.  i,  180,  200, 
217  n,  5,  218,  218  n.  10,  281  n,  3; 
Dollar,  246,  246  n,  10,  262  n,  7, 
281  n.  2;  Fanam,  42  n.  i,  114, 
115,  200  n.  4;  FulHsf  200  y*  :. ; 
Kdping,  241,  241  «.  3,  242  n,  i; 
Kobang,  241  n.  3,  280,  280  «.  5, 
281,  281  n,  i;  Mace,  xxxix,  115, 
269,  281,  281  «.  I,  281  n.  5,  289,  289 
n,  9,  302  n.  2,  315,  318;  Mohur, 
148,  148  «.  3,  160,  217,  217  n,  I, 
2i8;  Pagoda,  xxvii,  xxviii,  xxix, 
xxx,    xxxi,    xxxii,    19    n»    4,    30, 

5i>  51  «•  3>  57i  64  «.  I,  80  «.  2, 
81  n.  2,  88  «.  3,  93  n.  i,  105 
n.  2,  106  n.  4,  1 12,  114,  115,  115 
n.  2,  217  n,  2,  251  n.  i,  263  n,  i, 
275  «.  I,  290  n,  5 ;  Patah,  241  «.  i, 
241  n,  2,  242,  242  n.  r,  246  n,  10; 
Pican,  116  ;  Pice,  134  «.  2  ;  Rupee, 
114,  122  n,  I,  133  n,  5,  134  «.  I, 
134  n.  2,  134  n,  3,  146,  146  n,  2, 

148  «.  5»  154  «•  ^  156,  i57»  i59» 
199,  214  ».  2,  216,  218  n,  ro,  226 
n,  2,  291  «.  2  ;  Ryall,  Royall,  77 


346 


INDEX 


n.  7,  112,  114,  218  ft.  10,  232,  241    I 
n.  I,  245,  246,  246  n.  10,  273,  276,    ; 
280,  281  tt.  2,  289;  Sol,  200  n.  I  ; 
Tale,  Tael,  122  n.  i,  266  n.  3,  269, 
270,  28r,  281  n.  2,   281  n.  5,  290 

«•  5»  30^»  302  «•  ^.  303*  303  «•  3» 
304,  304  n.   I,  318;  Tical,  Tictil, 

115;   Tra^  281,  281  n.  4 
Coir  (Cair,  Cay  re,  Coy  re),   rope   of 

cocoanut  husk,  42,   43  n.  i,  103, 

104  ;  how  made,  103  n.  4,  104  n.  i  ; 

strength  of,   105;    rotted  by  fresh 

water,  105;   from  the  Maldive  Is., 

180,  180  n.  2 
Cojung,  Point,  129  n.  i  ;  Bay,  129 

n.  I 
Colbome,  Mr,  54 
Colcepore,   165  n.  2 
Coleer,  Seftor,  Governor  of  Pulicat, 

Collepelle,  55  n.  i 
Colombo,  75  /I.  3,  f8i,  i8f  ».  I 
Comboy,  246,  246  n.  5,  290 
Comorin,  Cape,  208 
Conar,  124  n.  i,  124  n.  3 
Conbalingua^  Combalenga^  pumpkin, 

3^3.  3^3  «.  7 
Concherina.    See  Cochin  China 

Conch -shell.    See  Chank 

Conderine.       See      Weights     and 

Measures 
Congoe.    See  K&nungo 
Congye,  Congy,  Cange,  Conjee,  29, 

117,  231  ;/.  I 
Conicopoly   {kanakkapillai,  Canco- 

ply,  Conecopola,  a  clerk),   25,  41 

n.  2 
ConimeeTy  the,  sloop,  xxvii 
Conjaguaree  Point,   129 
Conjee,  to  stiHen,  29  n.  3 
Connare.    See  Conar 
Connercon,  pagoda  of,  129  ».  i 
Consent,  the,  William  Jearsey's  ship, 

251  n.   I 
Constant  Warwick,  the,  xxv 
Coodaloor.     See  Cuddalore 
Cooke,  Sir  Thomas,  a  Director  of  the 
•  E.  I. Co.,  xlii 
Cook-room,  at  Hugli  factory  rebuilt, 

168  n.  4 
Coonemerro,  82  «.  i 
Coopang.     See  Kaping 
Cooraboor,  82  ».   i 
Copan,  gold.    See  Kobang,  s.v.  Coins 
Copper,  232,  281  n.  3,  290 ;  wrought, 

290  n.  10 
Cor.     See  Corge 
Coral,  232 

Corango.     See  Coringa 
Corge,  a  score,  71  «.  3 


Cori.     See  Cowry 

Coringa,  Corango,  i,  ^i  n.  i,  98 
n.  I,  120  n.  I,  120  n.  4,  123,  176 
n.  i;  bay.  3,  120 

Cormandell.     See  Coromandel 

Com,  from  Patna,  221  n.  i,  225; 
price  of,  during  famine  at  Patna, 
226  n.  2 

Coro  Maldiva.    See  Coir 

Coromandel,  coast,  xvi,  2,  10,  12 
n.  I,  43  n.  2,  52,  98  n.  i,  120  n.  i, 
134  //.  I,  208  n.  5,  247,  257  ;  de- 
scription of,  2-107;  extent  of,  2,  3; 
inhabitants  of,  106;  no  prohibition 
as  to  trade  on  the,  107;  ships  from, 
to  Kedah,  272 

Cosmo  Lorenzo  de  Madera,  part 
owner  of  the  Sancta  Cruz,  172 
;/.  3 

Cossae.     See  Khdssa 

Cossid,  Cossit.     See  Kdsid 

Cossum,  chief,  213 

Cossumbazar.    See  Kasimbazar 

Cotton,  from  Patna,  221  n.  i;  im- 
ported to  Achin,  288 

Cotton  cloth,  9,  302  n.  2 ;  made  by 
the  Dutch  at  Pulicat,  52;  quantity 
produced  in  Bengal,  132,  132  n.  3, 

133  "•  3 
Cotton  yarn,   154  n.  i,    232,    232 

n.  I  ;   imported  to  Achin,  288 

Cotup  Sha.     See  Qutb  Shah 

Cotwal.    See  Kotw&l 

Country,  meaning  "Indian,"  xix, 
xxi,  61,  61  n.  2,   178  n.  i 

Course.  See  Kos,  s.v.  Weights  and 
Measures 

Covid,  Covad,  Covet.  See  Weights 
and  Measures 

Cow,  315  ;  figures  of,  in  pagodas,  6, 
16;  reverence  for,  8,  26,  206,  206 
n.  4 ;  indispensable  in  marriages 
and  commercial  dealings,  9;  sale 
and  slaughter  of,  forbidden,  9,  27; 
20,000  maintained  at  pagoda  of 
Jagannath,  12  n.  i  ;  importance  of 
tail  of,  28  ».  I,  29 ;  excellence  of, 
on  Gingalee  Coast,  1 28 ;  price  of  a, 
in  Bengal,  193 

Cowie,  a  written  engagement,  82  ».  i, 
124  n.  3,  125  «.  I 

Cowries,  xvii,  154  n,  1,  199,  281 
n.  3;  from  the  Maldive  Is.,  180, 
200 ;  number  of,  to  a  rupee,  200 ; 
when  most  plentiful,  200  n.  2 ; 
sold  by  tale,  218,  218  n.  6;  rise 
and  fall  of,  2 19 ;  profit  on  traffic  in, 
218  «.  10.     See  also  s.v.  Coins 

Coxe's  Island,  209;  merged  into 
Sagar  Island,  209  n.    2  ;    various 


INDEX 


347 


names  for,  209  n.  2 ;  derivation  of 
discussed,  209  n.  2 ;  T.  B.'s  men 
killed  by  tigers  at,  220 

Coyr.     See  Coir 

Cozee.     See  Qdzi 

Crawfurd,  John,  his  "  Dictionary  of 
the  Indian  Is. "referred  to,  77  n.  3, 
78  n.  4,  79  n.  2,  122  «.  I,  235  n.  i, 
237  "•  »>  passim*,  his  ** Malay 
Dictionary  "  referred  to,  192  n.  4  ; 
his  "Embassy  to  Siam"  referred 
to,  C37  n.  I,  240  n.  I,  247  n.  3, 
275  «•  3»  279  n.  4,  279  «.  5 
passim 

Crease,  Creese,  Creis,  Cresset.  See 
Kris 

Grid.     See  Kris 

Criminals  at  Achin,  how  punished, 
3 14-3 1 7  ;  crippled,  illustration  of  a, 
314;  numerous,  317;  their  dex- 
terity, 314  «.   2 

Crockford,  Benjamin,  298  «.   i 

Crocodile,  called  Alligator  by  T.  B., 
284,  284  n.  3 

Croft,  Captain  William.  See  Cruft, 
Captain  William 

Crore.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

CruflFe,  Captain  William.  See  Cruft, 
Capt.  Wm. 

Cruft,  Captain  William,  commander 
of  the  Unity f  91  ;  honoured  by  the 
king  of  Golconda,  90  n.  i ;  censured 
by  the  Court  of  Directors,  91  «.  i  ; 
dismissed  from,  and  restored  to  the 
Co.'s  service,  91  ;/.  i;  desertion 
and  complaints  of  his  crew,  91  «.  i ; 
his  conduct  during  the  naval  fight 
with  the  Dutch,  91  «.   i 

Cubit.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

Cudda.     See  Kedah 

Cuddalore,  xxviii,  iniiji,^mj^v,  xxxvi ; 
Council  at,  their  action  in 
of  Bowrey,  xxxii-xxxvi 

CuUean  Ray.     See  Kalyan  Ray 

Cummun,  88  n.  3 

Cundapella,  88  n.  3 

Cupine.     See  Kdpingy  s.v.  Coins 

Cupon.     See  Kdping^  s.v.  Coins 

Curore,  Croer.     See  Crore 

Curtis,  Captain  William,  sent  to 
Achin,  319 

Cushin  Carpets.     See  Divans 

Custom-house,  at  Achin,  302,  304, 
308,  318;  officers  of  the,  309 

Customs,  payable  on  the  Coro- 
mandel  Coast,  107 ;  levied  at  Gol- 
conda diamond  mines,  112  n.  2 ; 
English  free  of,  in  kingdom  of 
Siam,  244  ;  what  levied  on  foreign 
vessels  in  Siam,  245  n.  2;  English 


free  of,  at  Achin,  304  n.  4 ;  what 
levied    on  ships  entering  port  of 
Achin,  303,  304,  304  n.    r 
Cuttack  (Cattack,  Cateck),  xvi,  154 
n.  I,  161;    capital   of  Orissa,  151 
n.  3  ;  Hamilton's  description  of,  151 
n.  3;  English  factory  at,  151  n.  3; 
T.B.'s   description    of,    151,    152; 
Governor  of,   his   state  and   exac- 
tions, 1 52 ;  old  naivdb  of,  goes  to 
Dacca,    152,    157;   old   nawdb  of, 
his  wife,  story  of,  157,   158;   new 
nawdb  of,  his  exactions,  152-157  ; 
other  nawdbs  of,    152  n.   4;   new 
nawdb  of,   rides  in   state   through 
Balasor,  161;  Danes  kept  prisoners 
by  nawdb  of,  182  «.  3 
Cuttack,  River.     See  Gonga 
Cutterye  Caste.    See  Khattri 
Cuttiwaukum  backwater,  44  n.  i 
Cyrus,  King  of  Persia,  alluded  to, 

n 

Dacca,  xvi,  97  n.  3,  140/1.  2, 146,  146 
n.  4,  148  n.  5,  152,  154  n.  i,  157, 
1 85 ;;.  1 ,  1 89 ;  capital  of  Bengal,  1 39 ; 
Shah  Shuja'  flees  to,  139;  Shah 
Shuja'  goes  from,  with  his  train,  to 
Arakan,  141;  made  capital  of  Ben- 
gal by  Mir  Jumla,  1 43 ;  Thevenot's 
description  of,  1 43  n.  i ;  Prince 
Muhammad  A'zim  arrives  at,  149, 
165  ;  description  of  city  of,  149, 
150  ;  Tavemier's  description  of, 
149  n.  r  ;  English  factory  at, 
149  n.  I,  150,  150  n.  2;  Dutch 
factory  at,  149  n.  i,  150,  150  «.  2; 
Hamilton's  description  of,  149  ».  i ; 
productions  at,  149  «.  i ;  very  popu- 
lous, 149  n.  I,  150;  magnificent 
buildings  at^iso^i^ow.  ij,,jarrmy 
^?!?iTis  ill,  r^o^;  manu- 
factures at,  150  «.  2;  residence  of 
the  prince  and  court,  151 ;  brick 
buildings  at  English  factory  at,  150 
n.  2  ;  English  chiefs  at,  1 50  «.  2  ; 
nawdb  of,  152  «.  4 ;  ships  built  by 
the  nawdb^s  order  brought  up  to, 
163;  mint  at,  217;  commodities 
from,  230,  230  n.  2 

Dachin.  See  Steelyard,  s.  v.  Weights 
and  Measures 

Daia,  kingdom  of,  285  n.  3 

Damar.     See  Dammer 

Damar  batoo,  raw  dammer,  292  n.  6 

Dammer,  xxii,  277  n.  4,  292,  320 ; 
how  made,  292  n.  6 ;  excellence  of, 
in  Sumatra,  293 ;  mixed  with  oil, 
for  pitch,  293 

Dampier,  William,  his  mistake  re- 


348 


INDEX 


garding  female  dynasty  at  Achin, 
xxiii ;  visits  Capt.  Bowrey  at  Achin, 
xxxviii ;  starts  for  the  Nicobar  Is. 
with  Bowrey,  xxxviii,  xxxix;  returns 
to  Achin,  xxxix ;  Bowrey's  genero- 
sity to,  xxxix  ;  his  **  Voyage  round 
the  World  "  referred  to,  xxxix,  79 
n.  2,  97  n.  I,  120  n.  2,  193  n.  1, 
247  n.  5,  passim 

Dancing  snakes,  exhibition  of,  at 
Peddapalle,  59,  60 

Dancing  women,  14,  30;  privileges 
of,  14 

Danes,  the,  ships  of,  frequent  the 
port  of  Achin,  xxii,  286  n.  i  ;  at- 
tempt a  settlement  in  Balasor,  162 
«.  3;  their  war  with  Bengal,  181  ; 
cause  of  failure  in  contest  with 
Bengal,  182  ;  their  attempt  to  make 
peace  with  the  Moors,  183,  184  ; 
their  wrongs  at  the  hands  of  Malik 
Beg,  183,  184;  their  first  settle- 
ment at  Balasor,  183,  183  n.  3  ; 
outwitted  by  Malik  Qasim,  185-189; 
incapacityof  their  Commodore,  186; 
articles  of  agreement  offered  to  and 
refused  by,  186,  187;  their  Com- 
modore inveigled  .  on  shore,  1 87  ; 
Moors    demand   satisfaction  from, 

188  ;  terms  eventually  obtained  by, 
from  Malik  Qasim,  189  ;  their 
second  attempt  to  settle  a  factory 
in  Balasor,  184,  190;  their  visit  to 
the  nawdb  at  Dacca,  190;  their 
cool  reception  at  Dacca,  190;  seize 
a  ship  of  the  Moors,  184  n,  i  ; 
Commodore  of,  a  tailor,  187 ;  hos- 
tages for,  detained  in  Balasor,  189; 
their  factory  at  Balasor  not  built, 

189  «.  3  ;  concessions  obtained  by, 
^90  n,  3  ;   their  want  of  credit  in 

Indiar^CXA;,^  y^^'^y/^U  at  Achin, 
293  n,  2 

Dara,  eldest  son  of  Shah  Jahan,  ap- 
pointed governor  of  Kabul  and 
Multan,  1 36 ;  his  expectation  of  the 
crown,  136  ;  his  defeat  by  Aurang- 
zeb,  137  ;  his  flight,  and  subsequent 
death,  137,  137  «•  5 

Daringgu.     See  Dringo 

Darley,  Josiah,  Chaplain  at  the 
"Bay,"  177  n.  i  ;  his  character 
from  the  court,  177  «.  i  ;  goes  to 
visit  Callaway,  177,  178  «.  3;  alters 
the  hours  for  prayer  at  Balasor,  177 
n.  I  ;  drowned  in  the  Hugli,  178, 
178  «.  3 

Ddrogha,  a  native  officer,  152  «.  4, 
207  n.  I 

Dastakf  185  «.  I,  300  n,  2 


Davenport,  Francis,  pilot,  his  chart 
of  the  "Mouth  of  the  River  Ganges," 
172  n.  2 

David,  King,  8 

Davies,  George,  266  «.  3,  271  «.  i ; 
Company's  agent  at  Kedah,  267 
n.  I ;  his  commission,  267  n.  i ;  his 
report  of  Kedah  trade,  268  ;  re- 
called from  Kedah,  268  ;  his  death, 
268 ;  his  mental  incapacity,  269 ; 
his  books  imperfect,  270 

Davis,  John,  Chief  at  Cuddalore, 
xxviii,  xxix,  xxxi,  xxxiii ;  writes  to 
Fort  St  George  about  Bowrey's  im- 
prisonment, XXX,  xxxiv 

Day,  Francis,  founder  of  Fort  St 
George,  53  n.  i 

Dbril  Island,  ?Dobra,  209  n.  2 

Deathy  the,  xxiv 

Decca.     See  Dacca 

Deccan,  the,  20  n.  2,  108  n.  i,  108 
n.  7,  119  «.  i;  Aurangzeb  ap- 
pointed Viceroy  of,  135  ;  early 
history  of,  135  n.  5  ;  dismember- 
ment of,  135  «.  5 

Deelen,  Peter  van,  263  n   i 

Defence^  the,  xxviii 

Degoon.     See  Digano 

De  Graaf.     See  Graaf,  Nicolas  de 

Degrave,  the,  140/2.  2 

Dehly,  Dehli,  Delly.    See  Delhi 

De  la  Haye.     See  Haye 

De  la  Loub^re.     See  Loubere 

Delestre,  his  "Relation  d'un  voyage 
fait  aux  Indes  Orientales,"  referred 
to,  2  ;;.,  45  ;;.,  46  «.,  47  «.,  68  «., 
passim 

Deletore,  Monsr.  (?  Dehor),  Chief  of 
the  French  at  Pondicherry,  257  «.  6 

Delhi,  20  n.  2,  33  n.  i,  39  n,  2,  48 
n.  I,  146 ;  Court  removed  from 
Agra  to,  18  «.  2,  142  «.  I  ;  other 
iiames  for  and  spellings  of,  142  n.  i ; 
situation  of,  142  n.  1 ;  Shayista 
Khan  summoned  to,  148  «.  5 

Dehor,  Peter,  51  n.  i  ;  second  at 
French  Factory  at  Masulipatam, 
64  w.  I,  70  «.  I ;  sheltered  by  the 
English  at  Fort  St  George,  64 
n.  I 

Demarcora,  John,  a  rich  Armenian, 
172  n.  3 

Demarcora,  Joseph,  owner  of  the 
Sancta  CruZy  172  w.  3 

Demeties.    See  Dimities 

Dengaree.     See  Dungaree 

Denmark,  king  of,  misfortunes  of  his 
Company  in  India,  183  ff. 

Dennys,  N.  B.,  his  "Dictionary  of 
Biitish  Malaya"  referred   to,   259 


INDEX 


349 


n.  4,  281  n.  4,  282  n,  2,  284  n.  2, 
284  n.  3 

De  Rebr6.    See  Rebr^ 

Deria,  262  «.  7;  a  Chulia  at  Junk- 
Ceylon,  270 

Deryngo,  Dirringo.     See  Dringo 

Deuta  (godling),  34  n.  i 

Devi,  mouths  of  the  Mahanadi,  129 
n.  I 

Devil,  the,  worship  of,  by  the  Gentues, 

Dhamra,   mouth  of  the   Brahman!, 

Dhani  (Dhunnie)  palm.     See  Nipa 
Dhanu.     See  Weights  and  Measures 
Diamond,  the,  William  Jearsey's  ship, 

251  n.  I 
Diamonds,  140  n  4,  292  ;^.  2  ;  three 

in  the  figure  of  Jagannath,  12  «.  i ; 

in   eyes  of   Jagannath,    16;    from 

Golconda,    in,   291    n.   8;    from 

Borneo,  291,  291  n.  8 
Digano,  172  ;/.  2 
Dilli.     See  Delhi 
Dilligence^  the,  Company's  sloop,  xix, 

257  n.  6,  262  n.  2  ;   employed  to 

discover  navigable  channels  in  the 

Hugli,  166  n.  2 
Dimities,  133/2.  4 
Diringuo.    See  Dringo 
Dispatch,  the,  sloop,  120  «.  i 
Distuck.     See  Dastak 
Diu,  Dio,  Due,  Divy,  Point,  55,  no; 

Island,  55  n.  i 
Divans,  imported  to  Junk-Ceylon, 

240  n.  3,  246 ;  imported  to  Achin, 

289 
Diivan,  xxxii,  185  «.  i ;  at  Porto  Novo, 

satisfaction  to  be  required  from  him, 

xxxiv,  XXXV ;  at  Cuttack,  146  n,  4 ; 

of  Balasor,  151  n.  3 
Dobra,  a  rivulet  of  the  Ganges,  209, 

209  n.  2 
Dogs,   Isle   of,    merged  into   Sagar, 

209  n.  2 
Dollars.     See  Coins 
Domingos,     Perez     Banhos,    chief 

owner  of  the  Sancta  Cruz,  172  «.  3 
Doo-Agra,  river,  209  n,  2 
Doogarauzpatam.    See  Armagon 
Doorean.     See  Durian 
Dorea.     See  Doriya 
Doriyd,  striped  cloth,  12^  n,  2  ;  fine, 

230  n.  6 
Dorset,  Edward  Clavell,  sheriff  of, 

158  n.  3 
Douglas,  Mr,  178  «.  3;   surgeon  of 

the  Eagle,  visits  Callaway,  178  n.  3 ; 

receives  Callaway's  last  instructions, 

175  n.  8 


Dow,  Alexander,  his  "  History  of 
Hindostan'*  referred  to,  144  n.  3, 
201  n,  I 

Downs,  the,  91  n,  i,  175  «.  i 

Drake,  the,  xxiv 

Drammer.    See  Dammer 

Dringo  Root,  192,  192  n.  4;  its 
various  names,  habitat  and  uses, 
192  ;/.  4 

Droga.     See  Ddrogha 

Duan.    See  Diwdn 

Dubash  (Dubass),  interpreter,  25 
«•  If  37»97  »•  3»  263  n.  i,  301,  303, 
306 ;  at  Porto  Novo,  xxx,  xxxii 

Dubois,  J.  A.,  his  **  Hindu  Customs 
and  Ceremonies  "  referred  to,  198 
n.  I 

Duchess,  the,  xlvii 

Due.    See  Diu 

Du  Jardin,  Clement.  See  Jordan, 
Clement 

Dummadapore,  a  part  of  Balasor, 
162  n.  3 ;  rented  by  Clavell,  Bug- 
den  and  the  Company,  162  «.  3 

Dun.  See  Dhanu,  s.  v.  Weights  and 
Measures 

Dungaree,  coarse  cotton  cloth,  71 
n.  3,  88  n.  3,  200,  200  n.  4 

Dunn,  Samuel,  his  "East  Indies 
Directory"  referred  to,  56  «.  i, 
124  n.  I,  236  «.  I,  259  n,  I 

Dunstan,  James,  his  **  History  of 
Bromley  St  Leonards  "  referred  to, 
xlviii 

Duraspatam.    See  Armagon 

Durea.     See  Doriyd 

Durian,  Duryan,  the,  322;  plentiful 
at  Kedah,  278  ;  description  of,  278 
n.  2,  322  n.  7 ;  illustration  of,  323 

Dustoor,  Dustoory  (dastur),  custom, 
19  ».  4,  25  n.  I 

Dustuck,  Dustuckt.    See  Dastak 

Dutch,  the,  lii,  51 ;  engagement  with, 
xxiv;  take  Negapatam,  2  n.  ^,  ^; 
allied  with  the  Moors,  38  «.  4 ; 
attack  the  French  at  St  Thom6,  47  ; 
their  factory  at  Peddapalle,  54 ; 
their  quarrel  with  the  English  at 
Fort  St  George,  64  n.  1 ;  attack  the 
French  at  sea,  65 ;  allied  with  the 
Moors  against  the  French,  66 ; 
compel  the  French  to  evacuate  St 
Thom^,  66  ;  agree  to  resign  St 
Thom6  to  the  King  of  Golconda, 
66  n.  I  ;  take  the  Great  Fleming 
from  the  French,  68,  68  n.  2 ;  take 
Point  de  Galle,  75  «.  3  ;  treatment 
of,  by  the  Moors,  88 ;  their  prepara- 
tions for  King  of  Golconda's  visit, 
88  «.  3 ;    King  of  Golconda  goes 


3SO 


INDEX 


on  board  their  ship,  88  n.  3 ;   put 
their  flag  above  that  of  the  English 
and  French,  88  n.  3 ;  insolence  of, 
reported   to   the  Court,    88   n.  3 ; 
ignore  the  complaints  of  the  English, 
88  «.  3 ;  naval  engagement  with  the 
English,  in   1674,   91   n.    i ;    their 
iron  factory  at  Narsapur,  98  «.  i ; 
their    factory    at    PalakoUu,     105, 
105  n.   2  ;    their  pronunciation  of 
*Shah   Hussain,'  119  «.   1  ;    their 
factory  at  Bimlipatam,   123  n.   3; 
their  trade  in  Bengal,  132  n.  3i  133; 
native    silk -weavers    employed   by 
them  at  Kasimbazar,  133  n.  6;  dis- 
pute about  ground  in  Balasor,  154 
n.   I ;    their  visit  to  the  nawdb  of 
Cuttack,    158;    their  farmdn    not 
renewed,  160,  161  ;  '  Directore'  of, 
158  «•  3  ;  the  cost  of  their  boastful 
bearing,  161 ;  \\i€\x  farmdn  renewed 
at  great  expense,  161 ;  their  factory 
at  Pipli,  162  n.  2  ;   abandon  Pipli 
for  Balasor,   162  n.  2  ;    prevented 
from  renting  a  part  of  Balasor,  162 
n.    3  ;      their    boats    stopped    by 
Shayista  Khan,  164;    their  factory 
at  Hugli,  167,  168,  168  «.  I,  169; 
visited  by  Streynsham  Master  and 
W.  Clavell,  169  «.  i;  their  garden 
at  Hugli,   168  n.  i,  i6g  n.  i  ;    in- 
undation at    Hugli,  destroys   their 
old  factory,  170;   their  possessions 
in  Ceylon,  180;  hatred  of  the,  by  the 
King  of  Candy,  180  «.  6 ;  in  Ceylon 
exchange  elephants  for  commodities, 
181 ;  their  factory  at  Tuticorin,  208 
n.  5 ;  their  factory  at  Kasimbazar, 
213,    213   n.   2;    their    factory  at 
Patna,   221  n.   i,    225,   225  n.  i; 
their  exports  from  Patna,  229,  229 
n.  2;   their  gun-boat  in  Banquala 
harbour,  750;  attempt  to  monopo- 
lize tin  trade  in  Junk-Ceylon,  &c., 
250,  261  n.  3;   their  settlement  at 
Malacca,  251  n.  2  ;  seize  an  Achin 
prau    at    Junk-Ceylon,    252  ;    lay 
claim  to  ships  in  Junk-Ceylon  rivers, 
252 ;  attacked  and  overpowered  in 
Junk-Ceylon,  252,  253;  at  variance 
with  Achin,  252,  252  n.  r ;  abandon 
Junk-Ceylon,  253;  complain  to  the 
King  of  Siam,  253;    block  up  the 
ports  of  Kedah,  261  n.  3,  267  n.  i, 
269  ;  people  of  Kedah  antagonistic 
to,  261  «.  3 ;  attempt  to  monopolize 
the  trade  of  Kedah,  266,  266  n.  3  ; 
expelled  from  Kedah,   266 ;    take 
the  English  ship  Georgr,  266  n.  3 ; 
allied  with  the  "  Syamers  "  against 


Kedah,  266  n.  3 ;  seize  English 
goods  at  Junk-Ceylon,  270 ;  peace 
concluded  with,  271  «. ;  glut  the 
European  markets  with  tin,  280  n.  i, 
281  n.  3;  their  ineffectual  attempts 
to  settle  at  Perak,  283  n.  3  ;  get 
slaves  from  Macassar,  291  n.  7; 
many  of,  at  Achin,  293  «.  2  ;  their 
description  of  the  King  of  Achin, 
295  n.  6 ;  their  attack  on  the  Queen 
of  Achin,  311  n.  i;  oppose  the 
English  at  Achin,  318  n.  3 ;  Queen 
of  Achin  seeks  English  protection 
from,  319;  their  power  in  Sumatra, 
320 

Dutch  Doctor,  probable  identity  of, 
153,  153  n.  3 

Duties.     See  Customs 

Dyeing  of  silks,  instructions  as  to, 
215  n.  I 

Dyers,  at  Kasimbazar,  214,  214/2.  2; 
in  the  Company's  service,  formerly 
soldiers,  214  n.  2 

Eagle,  the,  25  n.  3,  175  n.  8,  178 
n.  3 

Eaglet^  the,  ketch,  xxiv 

Eagle  wood.     See  Agila  wood 

Earving,  — ,  Purser's  mate  of  the 
Sampson^  gi  n.  i 

East  India  Company,  the,  xvii,  4; 
goods  of,  stopped  by  the  Moors, 
5 1 ;  Mss.  bequeathed  to,  by  Thos. 
Bowrey,  xxiii,  xli,  xliv;  sends  an 
expedition  to  Coromandel  Coast 
in  161 1,  98  ^.  i;  Chim  Cham 
broker  to,  155;  their  investment 
at  Kasimbazar,  214;  their  factories 
in  India,  see  s.v.  Balasor,  Dacca, 
Hugli,  Kasimbazar,  Fort  St  George, 
Masulipatam,  Peddapalle,etc.;  their 
ships  sail  for  England  in  January, 
232  ;  abandon  the  idea  of  a  settle- 
ment at  Achin,  320 

East  India  Merchant,  the,  91  «.  i 

East  India  Stock,  Briggins  a  holder 
of,  XX,  xlii ;  Bowrey  a  holder  of,  xli 

East  Indies,  188 

Ebony  furniture,  made  at  and  ex- 
ported from  Masulipatam,  71 

Ecbar.    See  Akbar 

Eclipse,  of  the  moon,  33 ;  Brahmins' 
behaviour  during,  33,  33  «.  i ;  of 
the  sun,  33  w.  i ;  reasons  given  for, 

.^3»  34  «•  I 
Eddy,  T.  B.  caught  in  one,  in  the 

Hugli,   174 
Edelumburoo,   106  n.  2 
Eden,  Garden  of,  Ganges  supposed 

to  run  through,  166,  166  n.  t,  211 


INDEX 


351 


Bdwards,  John,  a  dyer,  215  n.  i 

Edwards,  Richard,  64/2.  i,  66  n,  i, 
75  «.  I,  96  w.  2,  124  w.  3,  154  n.  I, 
289  «.  6;  merchant  in  Kasimbazar, 
158  «.  3 

£ggs,  forbidden  food  of  Banyan  caste, 
29 

Elaches.     See  Aldchah 

Elephantiasis,  disease  common  to 
the  Christians  of  St  Thomas,  50 
«.  2 ;  supposed  to  be  a  punishment 
for  the  martyrdom  of  St  Thomas, 
50  n.   2 

Elephants,  161 ;  figures  of,  in  pa- 
godas, 6;  figures  of,  carved  on  the 
chariot  of  Jagannath,  17;  ships  for 
transport  of,  73;  food  of,  while  at 
sea,  73  ;  means  of  getting  on  board, 
73>  73  ^-  3«  74;  one  sinks  a  ship, 
74,  75;  means  employed  to  land, 
75  ;  rate  paid  for  landing  alive,  76; 
affection  of,  for  their  own  kind,  76; 
possession  of  several,  a  sign  of  rank, 
125;  for  war  and  state  at  Dacca, 
150;  qualifications  for  riding  state, 
150;  war,  157;  from  Tenasserim, 
179;  of  Ceylon,  180,  180  n.  5,  181; 
how  transported  from  Ceylon,  181; 
from  Cochin  China,  208  n.  4 ;  illus- 
tration of  an,  219;  none  wild  in 
Bengal,  222 ;  not  found  with  rhino- 
ceroses, 223;  few  exported  from 
Junk-Ceylon,  240 ;  indispensable 
for  travelling  in  Siam,  243  n.  3 ; 
attend  foreign  commanders  up  to 
Luppoone,  243;  their  sure-footed- 
ness,  243,  243  n,  3;  females  only 
used  as  draught  beasts,  243  n.  2, 
254;  males  used  for  war,  243  n.  2; 
at  junk  Ceylon,  247,  248;  Horner's 
trade  in,  263  n.  i ;  sent  to  attend 
foreign  merchants  to  Solla,  772 ; 
much  profit  made  on,  273;  numerous 
and  cheap  at  Kedah,  273,  273  n.  4; 
restriction  as  to  exportation  of,  273; 
incorrect  stories  of,  273,  274;  how 
trained  and  prepared  for  war,  274, 
275;  how  caught  and  tamed,  274, 
274  n.  4,  275 ;  their  weapon  in  war, 
274  «.  I,  275;  largest  seen  byT.B., 
275;  for  slate  at  Achin,  275  n.  i, 
308  n.  4,  309,  325 ;  exported  to 
Madras  from  Pegu  and  Kedah,  275 
n.  r  ;  wild,  at  Kedah,  279;  state, 
provided  for  English  commanders 
at  Achin,  308 ;  state,  illustration 
of,  308 ;  war,  fight  with  buffaloes, 
310;  war,  kept  in  readiness  at 
Achin,   312 

Elephants'  teeth,  277  n.  4;   trade 


in,    259  n.    I ;    from   Kedah,    273 
n.  4 

Elizabeth,  Queen,  sends  letters  to 
king  of  Achin,  295  n.  6 

Elohebaud.     See  Allahabad 

Elwes,  Robert,  185  «.   1 ;   chief  at 
Dacca,  150/2.  2 

Emirjemal.     See  Mir  Jumla 

Emir  Jemla,  Emir  Jembla.    See  Mir 
Jumla 

**  Endowed  Charities,"  referred  to, 
xlviii  n.  3 

England,    commodities    from,    im- 
})orted  to  Achin,  289 

English,  the,  their  ships  frequent 
the  port  of  Achin,  xxii,  286  n,  i ; 
in  India,  treatment  of  by  the  Moors, 
88 ;  their  want  of  courage,  88  ; 
marks  of  favour  to,  from  the  king 
of  Golconda,  93;  charter  granted 
to,  by  king  of  Golconda,  93 ;  their 
exports  from  Bengal,  132  n.  3,  133; 
regret  Mir  Jumla's  death,  144  n,  5 ; 
their  complaints  of  Shayista  Khan, 
146  n,  4,  164;  visit  the  nawdb  of 
Cuttack,  158,  160;  make  a  settle- 
ment in  Balasor,  1 62  «.  3 ;  farmdn 
granted  by  Muhammad  A'zim  to, 
164;  their  exports  from  Patna,  229; 
their  privileges  in  India,  how  ob- 
tained, 233 ;  their  immunity  from 
taxes  in  India,  233;  their  privileges 
in  Junk-Ceylon,  244;  how  enter- 
tained in  Junk-Ceylon,  243 — 246; 
encouraged  to  trade  at  Kedah,  266 
n.  3 ;  esteemed  in  Kedah,  267 ; 
many  of,  at  Achin,  293  n.  2 ; 
merchants  of,  exchange  presents 
with  Queen  and  chief  officers  at 
Achin,  303  n.  3,  307 ;  privileges  of, 
at  Achin,  304,  304  n.  4;  captains 
of  ships  of,  how  treated  in  Achin, 
306  ;  temporary  residents  at  Achin, 

318 
Eng-she-mifiy  259  «.  3 
Ennore    (Ennur^    Enoor,    Enore), 

xxvii,  44,  44  ».  I  ;  Beacon,  44  n.  i 
Ennur.     See  Ennore 
Epes,    Samuell,    minister    of    ship 

Society^  158  n.  3 
Erwin,  Captain,   176  «.  i 
Escritoires,  Escretore,  71  w.  5,  269, 

290 ;    manufacture  of,   at   Masuli- 

patam,   71 
Ethiopians,  35,  180  n.  6 
Eunuchs,  207  ;  of  wife  of  nawdb  of 

Cuttack,  157  ;  of  Queen  of  Achin, 

299'  30o»  30'.  302,  309,  310,  325, 
326 
Europe,  for '  European,'  105,  209  n.  2 


352 


INDEX 


European^  the,   io6  n.  2 

Bvans,  John,  Chaplain  in  the  "Bay," 

176  «.  I 
Bverard,  Mr,   140  «.  2 

Fackeer.     See  Fakir 

Factories,  English.  See  s,v.  Balasor, 
Dacca,  Fort  St  George,  Harsapur, 
Hugli,  Kasim bazar,  Madapollam, 
Masulipatam,  Narsapur,  Patna, 
Peddapalle,  Vcrasheroon,  Vizaga- 
patam,  etc. 

FaljfTrs,  19,  95  n.  i  ;  meaning  of 
name,  20  n.  i\  immunity  of,  from 
the  law,  20 ;  habits  of,  20-23 ; 
clothes  of,  22 ;  where  most  numer- 
ous, 2 1 ;  reasons  for  their  mode  of 
life,  22;  vows  made  by,  22;  illus- 
trations of,  22,  32;  paid  by  T.B. 
to  mix  a  dose  of  gdnja,  80 

Falcon^  the,  166  n,  2,  167  n.  i,  209 
n.  2 

False  Point,  128  «.  5,  129  ;f.  i; 
why  so  called,  129/1.   ' 

Fanam.     See  Coins 

Fanoux.     See  FuiiiSy  s,v.  Coins 

Fardle,  parcel,  83  n,  3,  97  n.  4,  106 
n.  2 

Farman,  61  n.  3,  158  n.  3,  161 ; 
obtained  from  king  of  Golconda, 
88  n.  3,  93  n.  i ;  two  versions  of 
king  of  Golconda's,  93  «.  i  ;  ap- 
pointing Mir  Jumla  naw&b  of 
Bengal,  142;  use  of  the  word,  142 
n.  2  ;  granted  by  Muhammad  A'zim 
to  the  English  and  Dutch,  164;  of 
Shah  Jahan,  165  «.  2 ;  of  Aurangzeb, 
165  n.  2  ;  obtained  by  Gabriel 
Boughton,  168  n.  4;  Danes  at- 
tempt to  obtain  one  like  the  English, 
190  ft.  3;  from  Mir  Jumla  to  the 
English,  233  n.  2,  234;  of  the 
king  of  Siani,  240,  244;  of  the 
king  of  Kedah,  270 

Fasts,  the  Muharram,  119  «.   i 

Fatteh  Khan,  221  n,  5 

Faujddr,  a  military  governor,  82  ;f .  i ; 
of  Hugli,  96  n.  2,  185  «.  I ;  of 
Golconda,   124  n.  3 

FaulcoHy  the,  214  n.  2 

Fausdar.     See  Faujd&r 

Feasts,  festivals,  19  n,  2 ;  of  the 
Hindus,  16,  17,  118,  119;  hook- 
swinging,  described,  197,  198,  198 
n.  I ;  the  Mela  at  Saugor,  202,  203, 
203  n.  I 

Feringhi  Dibba,  Frangula  Dibba 
(mound  of  the  foreigners),  a  Portu- 
guese settlement,  140  «.  4 

FidaT  Khan,  succeeds  Shaylsta  Khan 


as  naw&b  of  Bengal,  107  n.  i,  164 

n.   2 ;    his  short  and   unjust  rule, 

164  ft.  2 
Fidalgas,   194 
Field,  John,   chief  at  Madapollam, 

100  ft.   I 
Finlayson,  George,  his  "Mission  to 

Siam"  referred  to,  256  ft.  i 
Firinghee,  a  foreigner,  140,  140  ft.  4 ; 

number  of,  in  Vincent's  train,  164 

ft.  4;  20,000  in  Bengal,  195,  195 

«•   5 
Fish,  abundant  in  Junk-Ceylon,  246; 

in  Achin,  322  ft.  6 ;   on   coast  of 

Siam,  246  ft.  1 1 ;  on  coast  of  Kedah, 

279;   strange  kinds  of,  at  Kedah, 

279 

Fishers*  Town  at  Fort  St  George, 
42  ft.  I 

Fitch,  Ralph,  his  **  Voyage"  referred 
to,  235  ft.  I 

Flag,  English,  insulted  by  the  Dutch, 
88  ft.  ^f  go  ft.  I 

Fleetwooa,  Charles,   124  «.  3 

Fleetwood,  Margery,  71  «.  5 

Fleetwood,  Robert,  57  ft.  2,  81  ft.  2, 
200  ft.  4;  chief  at  Madapollam, 
100  ft.  I 

Flemming,  Thomas,  commands  the 
Borfteo  Merchaftt^  xxviii 

Floris,  Peter  Williamson,  a  Dutch- 
man, 98  ;;.  I ;  a  factor  in  the  E.  I. 
Co.'s  service,  98  ft.  i 

Flyboat,  92 ;  meaning  of,  92  «.  i ;  a 
Dutch,  178  «.  3 

Flying  Prow,  an  outrigged  canoe, 
301 ;   descriptions  of,  301  ft,   i 

Foot-boy,  83,  83  ft.  3 

Formosa,  chart  of,  by  Bowrey, 
xxxvii,  1 

Forrest,  Thomas,  his  "Voyage  to 
the  Mergui  Archipelago"  referred 
to,  235  ft.  I,  236  «.  I,  236  «.  3, 
241  ft.  I,  243  ft.  3,  248  ft.  2  passim 

Fort,  the.     See  Fort  St  George 

Fort  St  David,  Indians  from,  migrate 
to  Achin,  294  ft.  3 

Fort  St  George,  xvi,  xxii,  xxxviii, 
2  ft.  2,  6,  13,  25  ft.  I,  36,  44,  55 
^'  2»  57>  91  ^'  i»  '^2  «.  3,  123  «.  4 
passim ;  Council  at,  their  action 
regarding  Bowrey's  imprisonment, 
xxxvi ;  description  of,  ^  ft,  ^^  forti- 
fication of,  3 ;  letters  from  Agent 
and  Council  at,  3  ;i.  2,  8  ft.  i,  20 
ft.  2,  43  ft.  I,  51  ft.  I,  66  ft,  I, 
82  ft.  I,  106  ft.  2  passifft;  governor 
of,  see  s.v.  Foxcroft,  Langhorne, 
Winter,  Gyfford ;  climate  of,  4 ; 
cheapness  of  provisions  at,  4;  trade 


INDEX 


353 


of,  4,  5 ;  heathen  town  of,  6  n.  ^; 
attacks  on,  by  the  Moors'  forces, 
50  f. ,  51  n.  I ;  Fishers'  Town  at, 
42  ».  I ;  Round  Point  at,  42  n.  i ; 
dedication  of  churches  at,  50  «.  i ; 
impositions  on  English  at,  51;  first 
settlement  at,  53  n.  i ;  Council  at, 
send  provisions  to  De  la  Haye,  66 
n.  I ;  discussion  as  to  strengthening 
fortifications  of,  00  n.  i ;  Council 
at,  reproved  by  the  Court,  93  «.  i ; 
coips  current  at,  114;  ships  from, 
frequent  port  of  Achin,  288 ;  present 
from  agent  of,  to  Queen  of  Achin, 

309 

Foster,  William,  his  "Letters  re- 
ceived by  the  E.  I.  Co."  referred 
to,  304  n.  4 

Fournereau,  L.,  his  **Le  Slam 
ancien"  referred  to,  255  n.  6 

Fouzdaar.     See  Faujddr 

Fowler,  Roger,  appointed  dyer  at 
Kasimbazar,  214  ;/.  2;  salary  of, 
214  n.  2 

Fowls,  plentiful  at  Achin,  322  n.  6 

Foxcrott,  George,  158  «.  3;  agent 
at  Fort  St  George,  4  «.  i,  84  w.  2, 
\oo  n.  I  ;  his  imprisonment  by 
Sir  Edward  Winter,  4  «.  r,  84 
n.  2  ;  his  release,  84  n.  2 ;  his 
policy  weaker  than  Winter's,  88 
n,  I  ;  his  cause  espoused  by  Jearsey, 
251  w.  I  ;  unwilling  to  attempt  a 
settlement  at  Achin,  320 

Frances^  the,  Bowrey's  ship,  xxxviii, 
xl,  175  w.  2 

Frangue,  Fringe,  Fringi.  See  Firin- 
ghee 

Frangula  Dibba.  See  Feringhi 
Dibba 

Franks,  the,  numerous  in  Golconda, 
III  n.  I 

Frapp,  to  bind,  316,  316  n,  4 

Freeman,  Robert,  289  n.  6 

Free  merchants,  in  India,  xxxiv, 
III  n.  I .  See  also  Bowrey,  Thomas ; 
Horner,  James;  Jordan,  Clement; 
Ware,  Samuel ;  Bugden,  John ; 
Ogilvy,  Alexander 

French,  the,  enemies  of  the  Moors, 
46 ;  taking  of  St  Thome  by,  46  n.  4, 
47,  48  n. ;  their  factory  at  Masuli- 
patam,  64  «.  i ;  chief  and  second 
of,  at  Masulipatam,  fight  a  duel,  64 
n.  I ;  abandon  Masulipatam,  64 
n.  I ;  scour  the  Malabar  Coast  with 
their  squadron,  65  «.  i ;  evacuate 
St  Thome,  66,  dd  n.  i ;  terms  of 
capitulation  granted  them  by  the 
Dutch,  65,  ()(i^  dd  n.  I ;  establish 

T. 


themselves  at  Pondicherry,  d^  n,  i, 
257  n.  6;  attempt  to  take  Masuli- 
patam, 67;  spies  of,  murdered  at 
Narsapur,  67;  chief  of,  at  Masuli- 
patam, killed  by  the  Moors,  70 ; 
complain  at  Dacca  of  the  taking  of 
the  Great  Flemings  68  n.  3 ;  driven 
from  Hugli  by  the  Dutch,  68  «.  3 ; 
ground  allotted  to  them  at  Kasim- 
bazar, 213  n.  2;  their  power  in 
Junk-Ceylon,  255  «.  6 

Frenchpettah,  site  of  French  factory 
at  Masulipatam,  64  n.  i 

Freshes,  the,  173  «.  2,  174;  destroy 
the  Dutch  factory  at  Hugli,  170; 
how  caused,  171,  172;  damage 
done  by,  171  n.  4 

Fringe  Burane,  Feringhi  Dibba,  a 
Portuguese  settlement,   I40  «.  4 

Fringie,  Frangue,  Fringuin.  See 
Firinghee 

Fruits,  preserved  by  the  Portuguese, 
192;  of  Achin,  322,  322  «.  6 

Fryer,  John,  sailed  in  the  Unity  to 
India,  91  ».  i;  his  mistake  regard- 
ing the  Queen  of  Achin,  xxiii ;  his 
"Account  of  East  India"  referred 
to,  3  «.,  6  ;/.,  9  ;/.,  15  «.,  16  «., 
20  «.,  27  w.,  28  «.,  30  «.,  33  «., 
45  w.,  47  «.,  48  «.,  49  «.,  50  n. 
passim 

Funnell,  W.,  his  "Voyage  round  the 
World  "  referred  to,  323  n.  i 

Further  India,  close  intermarriage 
common  among  natives  of,  273  «.  2 

Furza,  custom-house,  168  n.  3 

Futtercon.    See  Fatteh  Khan 

Futty  Cawn.     See  Fidai  Khan 

Gaddty  a  throne,  cushioned  seat,  240 

«•  3 
Gala.     See  Point  de  Galle 

Galeasse,  Galleasse,  Jelyasse.  See 
Jalia 

Galiinas  dell  Mar,  Portuguese  half- 
castes,  209  n,  2 

Galinha,  Gallo,  Galle.  See  Coxe's 
Island 

Galle.     See  Point  de 

Gallevat,  Galley,  Galevet,  Galliot. 
See  Jalid 

Gandd.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

Gangah.     See  Ganja 

Ganga  Sagar,  203  n.  i,  209,  209 
n.  2 

Ganges,  river,  xvi,  xix,  33  n.  i, 
56  «.  2,  131  n.  7,  137  n.  2,  149 
«.  I,  163,  174  n.  I  ;  sacredness 
of  water  of  the,  12  «.  i,  21,  201 
n.  I,  202,  202  n.  I,  202  n.  3,  216, 

23 


354 


INDEX 


216  n.  5;  renders  Bengal  famous, 
'3i>  132  J  uses  of  the  word  in  the 
17th  century,  131  n,  r ;  beeswax 
made,  on  east  side  of  the,  132  //.  5  ; 
one  of  the  four  principal  rivers  oif 
the  world,  166,  166  n.  i  ;  its  sup- 
posed identity  with  Pison,  166,  166 
n.  I  ;  its  branches,  166;  separates 
the  Indies  into  two  parts,  166  n.  r ; 
its  source  unknown,  166  «.  i ;  over- 
flows its  banks,  172  ;  pilots  of  the, 
i75»  '75  ^'  I  >  salt  obtained  from 
the,  199,  199  71.  2  ;  sick  folk  carried 
to  banks  of  the,  201,  201  n.  i ; 
festival  in  honour  of  the,  202,  203, 
203  n.  I ;  offerings  made  at  festival 
of  the,  202 ;  Gentues'  belief  as  to 
its  source,  202  n.  i ;  advantages  of 
dying  on  its  banks,  202  n.  i ;  mud 
of  the,  sacred,  202  n.  i,  216  ;  dead 
bodies  in  the,  202  «.  2 ;  water  from 
the,  carried  long  distances,  203  n.  i, 
216;  its  extent,  209;  breadth  of  the, 
209,  211;  reports  concerning  the, 
2io;  tributaries  of  the,  210,  211; 
ineffectual  search  for  its  source, 
2  n  ;  islands  at  the  mouth  of  the, 
211,  211  n.  3,  212;  wild  beasts  on 
shores  and  islands  of  the,  211,  211 
n.  3;  Marshall's  description  of  the, 
211  ;/.  I 

Ganges i  the,  sloop,  104  n.  r,  173 
n.  2,  175  n.  4,  178  ;/.  3,  219  n,  2, 
228  n.  2,  292  n.  6 

Gdnjdy  hemp,  77,  78  ;/.  4;  where 
grown,  78 ;  its  appearance,  78 ; 
its  effect,  78-81  ;  Dampier's  de- 
scription of,  79  «.  2 ;  price  of,  80 ; 
different  ways  of  using  it,  79; 
effect  of,  on  T.  B.  and  his  com- 
panions, 81 ;   its  seductiveness,  81 

Ganjam  (district),   124  «.  3 

Crans,  Gance.     See  Ganza 

Gantang,  Gantange,  Ganton.  See 
Weights  and  Measures 

Ganza,  bell-metal,  196,  196  n.  4, 
290,  290  n.  7 ;  from  Pegu,  196 
n.  4 

Garce,  Garse.  See  Weights  and 
Measures 

Gardiner,  Frances,  mother  of  Mary 
Bowrey,  xlv ;  bequests  to  her,  xlvi ; 
executrix  to  Mary  Bowrey's  will, 
xlvii ;   death  of,  xlvii 

Gardiner,  Mary,  wife  of  Thomas 
Bowrey.     See  Bowrey,  Mary 

Garrett,  Mr,  his  sloop  taken  by  the 
Dutch,  266  n.  3,  269 

Gary.     See  Chart 

Gary,  Henry  (?  Gray,  Henry,  q.v.). 


Company's  servant  at  Achin,  73 
n.  3;  his  contract  with  the  Queen 
of  Achin,  319 

G aunts.     See  Ganza 

Gauton,  Gawton,  George,  233  n.  2 

Gee.    See  Ght 

Geldria.     See  Gueldres 

Gengam.     See  Gingham 

Gentile,  Gentoo.    See  Gentue 

Gentues,  a  caste  of  Hindus,  xvii,  6, 
^3*  32»  61  «.  3;  social  character- 
istics of,  6,  9,  15,  24,  25,  26,  27, 

32,  34,  35»  38.  41,  98;  religious 
characteristics  of,  6,  11,  12,  14,  15, 
18,  25,  27,  29,  32,  35,  36;  moral 
characteristics  of,  10,  29;  physical 
characteristics  of,  14 ;  former  ex- 
tent of  power  of,  10;  subjection  of, 
to  the  Muhammadans,  10,  11,  39, 
76,  77,  94  5  pilgrimage  of  a  mer- 
chant of,  to  Jagannath  pagoda, 
18-20;  number  of  fakirs  among 
them,  23;  commercial  abilities  of, 
24,  25 ;  origin  of,  25  ;  pagodas  of, 
25;  dwellings  of,  26;  clothes  of, 
26,  32,  97;  appearance  of,  32;  at 
Pulicat,  52 ;  at  Peddapalle,  55 ; 
supply  Masulipatam  with  fish,  6 1 ;  at 
Masulipatam,  72  ;  excel  as  artisans, 
77;  language  of,  see  Hindostani; 
food  of,  97,  279  «.  5  ;  their  manner 
of  smoking,  97  ;  their  hostility  to 
European  and  Muhammadan  ship- 
carpenters,  102,  103;  their  clever- 
ness in  handling  ships,  103,  104; 
in  Golconda,  assume  dignity  of 
rajas ^  108 ;  merchants  of  the,  on  the 
Gingalee  Coast,  heavily  taxed,  1 26 ; 
suffer  injustice  from  the  Moors, 
1 26  ;  purchase  religious  privileges, 
126;  meaning  of  the  name,  126 
;/.  I ;  merchants  of,  compelled  to 
build  ships  for  the  nawdb^  163; 
at  Hugh,  live  peaceably  under  the 
Moors,  168  «.  2;  heavily  taxed, 
194;  their  Swinging  Festival,  198; 
Uriyas,  of  lower  caste  than,  199; 
treatment  of  their  dead,  202  ;  their 
belief  as  to  the  source  of  the  Ganges, 
202  n.  1 ,  202  n.  3 ;  practise  satiy 
203;  differences  between  Uriyas 
and  the,  202;  women  of  the,  how 
adorned,  207,  207  n.  6;  their  wives 
secluded,  207 

G6or.     See  Johor 

George,  the,  265  n.  i,  271  «. ;  taken 
by  the  Dutch,  266  «.  3,  269;  sent 
to  Kedah,  268 

Georgia,  221,  221  n,  3 

Ghantdy  a  gong,   197  «.  i 


INDEX 


355 


Gharl^  an  Indian  hour,  196,  197  «.  i ; 
a  water-clock  in  general  use  in 
India,  196,  197  n.  i;  Thevenot's 
description  of,  197  n,  i 

Gharidl,  a  gong,   ig'j  n.   i 

Ghl^  clarified  butter,  132  n.  6,  181, 
289  n.  2,  289  n.  5;  price  of,  in 
Patna,  during  the  famine,  226  n.  1 

Ghurry,  Gurry.     See  Chart 

GifFord,  Captain  William,  172  n.  2 

Gimnosophists,  Brahmins  so  called, 
206,  206  n.  I 

Gingalee,  coast  of,  xvi,  xvii,  4  «.  2, 
120  n.  I,  125  n.  I,  182  n.  3;  great 
rice  trade  on,  98  ;;.  i ;  description 
of,  120-128;  good  harbours  on, 
120;  fertility,  extent,  and  physical 
features  of,  120,  121;  nawdb  of, 
1 20  n.  I ;  towns  and  fortifications 
on,  subject  to  King  of  Golconda, 
124 ;  under  rule  of  Viceroy  of  King 
of  Golconda,  125;  famous  for  Ja- 
gannath  Pagoda,  127;  merchants 
on,  conceal  their  wealth,  127; 
English  and  Dutch  living  on,  un- 
molested, 127;  provisions  plentiful 
on,  127;  butter  and  oil  from,  im- 
ported to  Junk- Ceylon;  247 

Ginger,  preserved,  193  n.  2  ;  from 
Patna,   221  n.   i 

Gingerlee,  Gingerly,  Ginglee.  See 
Gingalee 

Gingerlee  (town),  123  n.  4;  its  iden- 
tity with  Vizagapatam  discussed, 
123  n.  2;  orders  from  Court  to 
settle  a  factory  at,  123  n.  2 

Gingham,  71  n.  3,  122  n.  3,  162 
^^'  3»  231,  231  n.  i;  history  of  the 
word,  231  n.  2;  striped,  231  n.  2; 
directions  from  England  as  to,  231 
n.  2 

Girdles,  230  n.  5 

G/ode,  the,  61  n.  3;  anchored  at 
Peddapalle  in  1612,  53  «.  2;  com- 
manded by  Capt.  Hippon,  98  n.  1 

Gneudeville,  his  map  of  Mergui 
Archipelago  referred  to,  235  n.   i 

Goa,  20  ;/.  2,  48  n.  i,  135  «.  5,  172 
n.  3,  264;  arrack,  chief  manufacture 
of,  77  n.  3;  Portuguese  at,  how 
called,   140  n.  4 

Goala.     See  Gowdla 

Goats,  bezoar  from,  292  n.  7 ;  at 
Achin,  322  n.  6 

Gobang.     See  Kobang^  s.v.  Coins 

Godavari,  Goodaware,  Godavery, 
river,  3  //•  i,  98  n.  i ;  point,  3,  120, 
123  n.  4 

Godinho  de  Eredia,  his  "Malaca" 
referred  to,  1 92  n.  4, 237  n.  2,  242  n,  3 


Godown,  232  n.  2;  Jearsey's  house 
sold  for  a,  251  «.  I ;  of  the  English, 
at  Achin,  321  n. 

Goens,  Ricklof  van,  General  of  the 
Dutch  forces,  68  «.  2 ;  takes  Jafna, 
181  n.  3 

Golcar,   108  n.  7 

Golconda,  fortress  of,  108  n.  7,  iii 
n.  5 ;  fanciful  derivation  of,  108 
n.  7 ;  Thevenot's  description  of,  1 10 
n.  2 ;  confused  by  T.  B.  with 
Bhagnagar,  108,   109,  no 

Golconda,  king  of,  16,  20  ».  2,  51, 
103;  destroys  groves  at  foot  of  Mt 
St  Thomas,  46  ;  sends  forces  against 
the  French  at  St  Thome,  46  «.  4; 
preparation  for  visit  of,  to  Pedda- 
palle, 54;  Masulipatam  subject  to, 
61  n.  3,  62,  82 ;  his  ships  trade  for 
elephants,  73;  not  responsible  for 
oppressions  of  Moors,  88 ;  his  visit 
to  Masulipatam,  88-93,  93  «.  1 ; 
goes  on  board  two  English  ships, 
88-93 ;  his  retinue,  88  n.  3^  details 
of  his  visit  to  Masulipatam,  88  w.  3 ; 
guns  fired  in  honour  of,  88  «.  3; 
cost  of  his  entertainment  at  Masuli- 
patam, 88  «.  3 ;  gives  a  farnidn  to 
the  English,  93 ;  land  at  Madapol- 
1am  granted  by,  to  the  English,  100 
n.  I ;  takes  customs  from  independ- 
ent rdjds,  108;  his  power,  108  «.  i ; 
his  Viceroy  on  the  Gingalee  Coast, 
125  n.  I 

Golconda,  kingdom,  xvi,  7  n.  2,  12 
n.  I,  13,  21,  48  n.  I,  72  n.  2,  120 
n.  I,  124  n.  3,  125,  126,  131  n.  7, 
132  n.  2,  passim  \  situation  of,  13; 
Omras  of,  39  n.  4;  Dutch  Com- 
pany's factory  in,  72  «.  2 ;  descrip- 
tion of,  107-119;  extent  of,  108, 
109,  1 10 ;  boundaries  of,  108  «.  6 ; 
its  origin,  109 ;  borders  of,  go- 
verned by  private  lords,  108  «.  6; 
capital  of,  108  n.  7 ;  its  climate, 
productions  and  fortresses,  no; 
governors  of,  Muhammadans,  no; 
manufactures  of,  1 1 1 ;  fertility  of, 
won,  I ;  noted  for  diamonds,  iii, 
112,  291  n.  8 ;  royal  tombs  in,  112, 
114  n.  i;  coins  current  in,  115, 
217;  good  roads  in,  117;  accom- 
modation for  travellers  in,  117,  117 
».  2 ;  at  war  with  Siam,  172  «.  3 ; 
Homer,  a  resident  in,  263  n.  i ; 
striped  stuffs  exported  to  Achin 
from,  289 

Golconda,  mines  of,  xvii ;  where 
situated,  iii,  in  m.  5  ;  Ta vernier's 
description  of,  in  n,  5 ;  land  at, 

23—2 


3S6 


INDEX 


how  let  out,  112;  duties  claimed  by 
the  king  at,  112,  112  n.  2 

Gold,  none  afKedah,  280,  280  ;/.  2 ; 
brought  from  Patani  to  Kedah,  280; 
at  Achin,  294,  294  ;/.  2,  326 

Gold,  George,  taken  by  the  Dutch, 
266  n.  3 

Gold  flowers,  tribute  of  states  de- 
pendent on  Siam,   275  ;/.  3 

Gold  Moors.    See  Mohur,  s.v.  Coins 

Goldsmiths,  prohibited  from  en- 
tering Jagannath  pagoda,   12  ;/.   i 

Gomasta.     See  Gumdshtah 

Gombroon.     See  Bandar  'Abbas 

Gomez,  Gomus.    See  Pulo  Gomez 

Gondegam,  56  n.   i 

Gong,  196,  196  ;/.  5,  291 ;  how  used, 
196,  197  71.  i;  beaten,  to  advertise 
goods  of  the  English  in  Junk- 
Ceylon,  245  ;  beaten,  to  collect 
debts,   283 

Gonga,  river,   129  ;/.   i 

Gongo  Sagor.     See  Ganga  Sagar 

Goodaware.     See  Godavari 

Goodera.     See  Gudiir 

Good  Hope^  the,  ketch,  176  n.  i,  264 
71.  7 ;  taking  of,  xxxvii 

Goodlad  family,  the,  history  of,  90 

71.    I 

Goodlad,  William,  master  of  Trinity 
House,  90  ;/.  i 

Goodlad,  William,  commander  of 
the  Loyall  Subject,  90,  90  ;/.  i ; 
life  of,  90  ;/.  1  ;  takes  part  in  con- 
sultation at  Fort  St  George,  90 ;/.  i ; 
letter  from,  describing  king  of  Gol- 
conda's  visit,  90  w.  i ;  voyages  to 
Fort  St  George,  Bengal  and  Bantam 
on  the  Loyall  Subject^  90  ;/.  i ; 
death  of,  90  «.    i 

Goodman's  Fields,  xlvi 

Goong.     See  Gong 

Goozerat.    See  Gujarat 

Gorse,  Garse,  Garce.  See  Weights 
and  Measures 

Gottenburg,  xxiv 

Gowdla,  the  cow-keeper  caste,  bearers 
in  Bengal,  87  «.  2 

Graaf,  Nicolas  de,  a  Dutch  surgeon, 
'53  ^'  3  J  his  identity  with  T.  B.'s 
"Dutch  Doctor"  suggested,  153 
71.  3  ;  his  "  Voyages "  referred  to, 
'53  ^^'  3»  ^09  n.  2,  221  ft.  6,  222 
71.  2,  229  ft.  4,  298  71.  2,  312  n.  2 
passim 

Grab,  Grob,   140  n.  2,  260  71.  3 

Gram,  Gramme,  pulse,  121,  121  //.  3, 
121  71.  4,  304;  black,  121  71.  3; 
red,  121  71.  3;  exported  from  Ben- 
gal, 133;  horse,  304  «.  2 


Grand   Brittaftia^    the.      See    Great 

Bret 071^  the 
Gra7td    Fle7tii7igoe^    the.      See    Great 

Fletnifigi  the 
Gratt,  for  Grail,  i.e.  Generall,  125 

n.  I 
Gray,  Henry,  makes  agreement  for 

the  English  with  the  Achinese,  302 

71.    I ;    obtains    privileges   for    the 

English  at  Achin,  304  ;/.  4 
Gray,  Matthew,  **Cape  Merchant," 

271  71.  I,  317  «.  2;  his  report  of 

trade  at  Achin,  308  «.  2,  320;  his 

commission,  319;  recalled  to  Surat, 

320 
Great  Breto7i,  the,  67  ;  escape  of  De 

la   Haye  from   the  Dutch  on,   68 

«.  2 
Great  Fletni7ig,  the,  67  ;  taken  by  the 

Dutch,  68  ft,  3 
Great  Mogul,  Grand  Mogul.     See 

Aurangzeb 
Gree.     See  Ghari 
Green,  colour,  native  dyers  unable  to 

produce  a  good,  7.\^  71.  i 
Greenhill,  Mr,   196  ;/.  4 
Grey,  Henry.     See  Gray,  Henry 
Greyhouftdy  the,  commanded  by  Capt. 

Wm  Goodlad,  90  ft.  i 
Gribble,  J.  D.  B.,  his  "  History  of  the 

Deccan  "  referred  to,  82  ;/.  2,  88  7t.  2 
Grierson,  Dr,  his  evidence  before  the 

Hemp-Drugs  Commission,  78  7t.  4 
GryflFeth,  John,  throwster  at  Kasim- 

bazar,  214  ft.  2 
Guala,  a  palankeen-bearer,  87.     See 

also  s.w.  Gowdla  and  Kahdr 
Gualloe.     See  Cowdla 
Guddorah.    See  Gudur 
Gudge.    See  Guz,  s.v.  Weights  and 

Measures 
Gudur,  xvi,  63  ft.  i,  76,  81  «.  2,  99 

ft.   6;    part   of  Masulipatam,    63; 

bridge  at,  63,  63  ft.  i,  84,  84  «.  2; 

houses  at,  63 ;  destroyed  by  flood 

in  1679,  1^  ^'  'J  usual  residence  of 

the  native  governor,  76  ft.  i 
Gueldres,  fort  at  Pulicat,  51  ft.  4,  52 
Guggemat.     5^^  Jagannath 
Guinea,  coast  of,  106  ft,  2 
Gujarat,  131  «.  7,  135  «.  5,  182  ;/.  3; 

Murad  Bakhsh  appointed  governor 

of,  1 36 ;  description  of  province  of, 

136  ft.  2  ;  money  of,  217 
Gulconda.    See  Golconda 
Gumdshtah^  154  ».   i 
Gumlack,  from  Patna,  122/2.   i 
Gunda.     See   Gaft^^  s,v,  W^eights 

and  Measures 
Gundore.    See  Gudur 


INDEX 


357 


Gunge.     See  Gong 

Gunja.     See  Gdnja 

Gunny,  121  n.  3 

Gunpowder,  289  n.  5 

Guntur,  56  «.   i 

Gurgestan.     See  Georgia 

Gurguttee,  249  n.  i 

Gurrah,  unbleached  cloth,  133  ;/.  4 

Guz,  Guzz,  Gaz.     See  Weights  and 

Measures 
Guzarats,  many  at  Achin,  293  ;/.  2 
Guzerat,  Gusaratte.     See  Gujarat 
Gwalie.     See  Guala,  Gowdla 
Gyfford,  William,  Governor  of  Fort 

St  George,  xxx,  xxxiv,  xxxvii 
Gylyar,  Juliar,  Gelliay.     See  J  alia 

Hackluit,  Richard.  See  Hakluyt, 
Richard 

Haggs,  William,   140  n.  2 

Haidarabad,  capital  of  Golconda, 
108  ;/.  7,  III  ;/.  5 

Hainan,  208  n.  5 

Haines,  John,  85  n.  4 

Haiyat  Bakhsh  Begam,  daughter 
of  Ibrahim  Quli  Qutb  Shah,  113  w. 
I ;  mother  of  Abdullah  Qutb  Shah, 
113  ;/.  i;  wife  of  Sultan  Mahomed, 
113  ;;.  i;  buried  at  Golconda,  113 
;/.   I 

HajTpur,   226  «.  2 

Hakluyt,   Richard,  295  n.  6 

Halabas.     See  Allahabad 

Halalcore  (Alecor,  Alacore,  Holol- 
core),  a  scavenger,  11;  duties  of  a, 
1 1  ;/.  4  ;  boy  of  that  caste  shot,  1 1 
n.  4 

Hall,  Joseph,  factor  at  Kasimbazar, 
158  n.  3;  quarrels  with  Walter 
Clavell,  158  //.  3;  his  complaints 
against  Vincent,  164  71.  4 

Hall,  Mr,  companion  of  Dampier, 
xxxviii 

Hamilton,  Alexander,  his  mistake 
regarding  the  Queen  of  Achin, 
xxiii ;  his  "  East  Indies  "  referred 
to,  II  ;/.,  12  «.,  15  «.,  16  «.,  17  w., 
25  ;/.,  36  ;/.,  45  w.,  46  w.,  passim 

Hammilm,  stout  cotton-cloth,  231 
;/.  I 

Hanchparra,  li 

Harac.     See  Arrack 

Haraspoore,  Harssapore.  See  Har- 
sapur 

Hargee  Raja,  257  n.  6 

Hari9pur  Gar.     See  Harsapur 

Harleian  Society,  publications  of, 
referred  to,  xli 

Harrapore.    See  Harsapur 

Harsapur,    129  ;    first   mention   of, 


129  ;/.  I  ;  earliest  English  factory 
in  Bay  of  Bengal,  129  «.  i ;  pagoda 
of,  1 29  71.  I ;  residence  of  the  rdjd^ 
129  «.  I  ;  saTiahs  made  at,  in  great 
esteem,  129  n.  i  ;  reason  for 
abandoning  factory  at,  162  n.  3 

Hassan  Hossein,  119  n.  1 

Hath.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

Hatton,  Christopher,  54.  72  ;/.  2, 
200  ;/.  4 ;  chief  at  Madapollam, 
100  w.  I  ;  his  '•  Accompt "  of  the 
trade  of  Masulipatam,  245  n.  2 

Haut,  Hawt.  See  Hdth^  s.v.  Weights 
and  Measures 

Havila,  land  of,  its  identity  with  the 
Indies,  166  ;/.  i 

Havilddr^  98  «.  i ;  of  Porto  Novo, 
ill-treats  Bowrey,  xxix,  xxxi,  xxxii, 
xxxiii;  of  Masulipatam,  120/1.  i 

Haye,  De  la,  Monsieur,  General  of 
the  French,  taking  of  St  Thome  by, 
46  7t.  4;  assisted  by  Agent  Lang- 
horne,  46  ft.  4 ;  evades  the  Dutch, 
46  71.  4;  his  attempt,  and  failure  to 
increase  French  trade  in  India, 
65-70  ;  loses  his  squadron,  65,  68 

Heath,  Captain  William,  176  «.  i  ; 
complains  against  Bowrey,  xxviii ; 
his  men  restored  to  him,  xxviii 

Heathcote,  Sir  Gilbert,  a  Director 
of  the  E.  I.  Co.,  xlii 

Heathfield,  John,   196  ;/.  4 

Hedges,  William,  "  Diary "  of,  re- 
ferred to,  XV,  XX,  li,  106  ;/.,  124  tt., 
128  «.,  passitu 

Hegira,  the,  li 

Hemp,  Indian.  See  Bhdfig  and 
Gdnjd 

Herba    goods,    where    procurable, 

162    71.    3 

Herbert,  Sir  Thomas,  his  "Travels  " 
referred  to,  1x4  ;;.  8 

Heme,  Mr,  his  accusations  against 
Clavell,  158  «.  3 

Hems,  Herons,  286  ;/.   2 

Heron,  George  (Herrin,  Bering, 
Hearon,  Herron,  Hearine),  20^ 
fu  4 ;  pilot  in  the  Company's  service, 
xxxvii,  166  71.  2,  175  71.  I ;  brings 
Streynsham  Master  up  the  Hugli, 

1 75  «•  I » 1 76  ;  one  of  the  first  batch 
of  apprentice  pilots,  176  w.  1  ; 
separate  rooms  in  Hugli  ordered 
for,   176  «.  I  ;  surveys  the  Hugli, 

176  «.  I ;  pilots  various  vessels, 
176  «.  I,  178  «.  3  ;  mixed  up  in  the 
quarrels  between  Hedges  and  Char- 
nock,  176  «.  I  ;  member  of  a 
**  Council  Extraordinary,"  176  «.  i ; 
becomes    an    independent    trader, 


358 


INDEX 


1 76  w.  I  ;  a  •*  freeman  "  residing  at 
Fort  St  George,  176  «.  i;  marries 
a  Georgian  (Armenian),  176  «.  i  ; 
demands  letters  of  reprisal,  176 
«.  I  ;  death  and  burial  of,  176  «.  i 
Heron,  Samuel,  pilot  in  the  Com- 
pany's service,  1 76  n,  i ;  master  of 
the  Good  Hopfy  xxxvii ;  brother  of 
Capt.  George  Heron,  xxxvii ;  cast 
adrift  by  his  crew,  xxxvii,  176  n.  i ; 
brought  from  Achin  by  Bowrey, 
xxxvii 
Hervy,  Samuel,  chief  at  Dacca,  150 

n.  2 
Hijili,  xix,  xxxvii,  209  n.  2 ;  Moors 
drive  the  Portuguese  from,  162  n.  3, 
'^3''-  3''  Company's  ships  unlade 
at,  166  ;/.  2 
Hill,  John,  prisoner  at  Siam,  xl 
Himalayas,  mountains,   172  ;/.  i 
Hindostan,   n,  17,   131,  131  n.  3, 
131  n.  7,  132  n.  3,  180,  218  n.  2  ; 
chronicles   of,   135 ;    civil   vv^ar  in, 

135-144 

HindostanT,  263  n.  i ;  study  of,  en- 
couraged by  East  India  Company, 
80  n.  2 

Hindostan  language.  See  Hindo- 
stani 

Hindus,  xvii,  6  n.  i,  23  «.  i,  25  w.  2  ; 
power  of,  in  S.  India  destroyed, 
10  w.  2,  128 ;  their  fighting  abilities, 
10  n.  2  ;  their  treatment  by  Akbar 
and  his  successors,  10  n.  4,  ion.  5, 
10  ;/.  6,  II  n.  2;  religion  of,  taxed, 
II,  39;  their  pilgrimages  to  the 
pagoda  of  Jagannath,  12  n.  i ; 
festivals  of,  16,  17,  197,  198,  202, 
203,  203  n,  I  ;  merchants  of  the, 
their  wealth  ascertained  by  Shayista 
Khan's  agents,  157;  dead  bodies  of 
the,  how  treated,  201  n.  i ;  their 
sick,  how  treated,  202  n.  i ;  number 
that  died  of  famine  at  Patna,  226 
n.  2 

Hippon,  Anthony,  Captain,  com- 
mander of  the  Globes  53  «.  2  ;  sent 
out  to  trade  on  Coromandel  Coast, 
p8  ;/.  I 

Hippopotamus,  279  n.  5 

Hobson-Jobson.  See  Yule  and 
Burnell 

Hodges,  Mr,  prisoner  at  Siam,  xl 

Hodgipore.     See  Hajipur 

Hogs,  wild,  in  Bengal,  220,  220  n.  4; 
wild,  in  Kedah,  279,  279  n.  2 ; 
not  eaten  by  Muhammadans,  279, 
279  n.  2 

Hollanders,  the.     See  Dutch 

Hololcore.    See  Halalcore 


Hon,  Joseph,  sailor  on  the  Defence, 

xxviii 
Honey,  292  n.  2;  plentiful  in  Bengal, 

»32 
Hoocar,   Hooka,   Hoocka,  96,  97 ; 

illustration  of  a,  104 

Hope,  the,  ship,  73  n.  3,  319 

Hopkins,  Mr,  second  at  Peddapalle, 
106  n.  2 

Homer,  James,  known  to  T.  B., 
xviii ;  a  free  merchant,  1 1 1  «.  1 , 
263 ;  a  resident  at  Golconda,  1 1 1 
n.  I ;  demands  satisfaction  for  goods 
taken  from  S.  Ware,  263 ;  his  trade 
in  elephants,  263  «.  i ;  accusation 
against,  263  n.  i ;  skilled  in  the 
"Indostan  language,"  263  n.  i; 
acts  with  the  Company's  "Braminy'* 
at  Golconda,  263  n,  i  ;  his  trading 
voyages,  263  n.  i 

Homer,  Mrs,  goes  to  Golconda,  263 
n.  I  ;  her  petition,  263  n.  i 

Horsburgh,  James,  his"  India  Direc- 
tory" referred  to,  56  n.  i,  128  «.  5, 
129  «.  I,  209  n.  2,  257  n.  2,  259 
n.  2,  passim 

Horses,  of  Queen  of  Achin,  how 
adorned,  326 

How,  William,  71  «.   5,  81  «.   i 

Howard,  Eliot,  owner  of  the  T.  B. 
MS.,  XV,  xxii ;  disproves  the  Bugden 
theory,  xx ;  supplies  the  Bowrey 
clue,  XX  ;  *'  Eliot  Papers "  by, 
references  to,  xx,  xlii 

Howison,  James,  liv;  his  "Malay 
Dictionary,"  liv-lvi ;  copies  from 
Bowrey,  Iv 

Hubble-bubble,  97;  canes  for,  97 
;/.  4 

Hudson,   Richard,  184  n.  \ 

Hudson's  Bay,  "Dictionary  of  the 
Indian  language  of  the,"  xli,  liii 

Hughli.     See  Hugli 

Hugli,  xvi,  II  «.4,  23,  56  n  2,  85  n.  4, 
87  n.  2,  96  n.  2,  104  n.  i,  124  ».  3, 
129  n.  I,  146  ^2.  4  passim  ;  number 
of  Christians  at,  133  w.  3  ;  part  of 
Shayista  Khan's  jagir,  146  n.  4  ; 
factors  at,  present  Shayista  Khan 
with  Persian  horses,  1 48  n.  5 ; 
Council  at,  refuse  Chintaman  a 
share  in  the  investment,  154  «.  i  ; 
Governor  of,  158  «.  3,  183,  185  «.  i ; 
English  chiefs  at,  158  «.  3;  native 
merchants  in,  compelled  to  send 
ships  to  Dacca,  162,  163 ;  the  great 
bazaar  at,  168 ;  Mogol*s  custom- 
house at,  168  w.  3  ;  ships,  numbers 
yearly  laden  at,  168  n.  3;  date  of 
establishment  of  English  factory  at, 


INDEX 


359 


1 68  n.  4;  English  factory  house  at, 
when  built,  168  n.  4 ;  enlargement 
and  repair  of  English  factory  house 
at,  168  ;/.  4;  trees  cut  down  near 
English  factory  at,  168  w.  4;  head- 
quarters of  the  Company  in  Bengal, 
164  n.  3,  168,  168  «.  4;  description 
of,  167,  168,  168  n,  2 ;  English 
factory  at,  167,  167  n.  3,  168,  168 
n.  4,  171  ;  Dutch  factory  at,  68 
n.  3,  167,  167  n.  3,  168  n,  i,  160, 

169  n.  i;  inhabitants  of,  168,  108 
n.  2 ;  commodities  sold  at,  168, 
168  ;/.  2,  168  n,  3,  231  ;  flood  de- 
stroys old  Dutch  factory  at,  170; 
new  English  factory  built  at,  171  ; 
Council  and  factors  reside  in  new 
factory  at,  171 ;  brick  bridge  built 
between  Old  and  New  English 
factories  at,  171  n.  1;  old  factory 
(English)  at,  how  used,  171  «.  4; 
Dutch  map  of  in  1679,  '^5  ^^'  *  » 
number  of  Portuguese  at,  191,  191 
n.  I  ;  Ganges  festival  held  near, 
203;  description  of  j^7/f  at,  204 

Hugli  Hole,  170,  170  «.  3 

Hugli  river,  xvi,  xvii  f.,  xix ;  Bowrey's 
chart  of,  xvii  f.,  xxxvii,  1,  172  n.  2, 
173  «•  2,  209  ;/.  2,  219  n.  2  ;  in- 
cluded in  the  Ganges,  132  «.  i  ; 
chief  arm  of  the  Ganges,  166,  167  ; 
trade  on  its  waters,  166,  166  n.  2; 
navigation  of  the,  urged  by  the 
Court,  166  n.  2  ;  pilots  sent  from 
England  for  the,  166  n.  2  ;  lack  of 
pilots  for,  166  n.  2,  175,  175  n.  i  ; 
the  Company's  ships  brought  up 
the,  after  1679,  166  «.  2  ;  why  so 
called,  167  ;  T.  B.  nearly  wrecked 
in,  172-174  ;  James  and  Mary 
shoal  in,  174  n.  2;  earliest  sailing 
directions  for,  176  n.  i;  T.  B.'s 
personal  acquaintance  with,  209 
;/.  2 

Humhum.     See  Hammdm 

Hungerford,  John,  trustee  to  Mary 
Bowrey's  will,  xlvi ;  legal  adviser 
to  the  E.  1.  Co.,  xlvii 

Hunter,  Sir  William,  his  **  Imperial 
Gazetteer "  referred  to,  105  n.  2, 
215  «.  2;  his  ''History  of  British 
India"  referred  to,  145  «.  5,  T46 
;/.  4,  164  n.  I 

Hunter^  the,  fireship,  xxiv 

Hurrichpore  Gurh.     See  Harsapur 

Hutchins,  John,  his  *'  History  of 
Dorset'*  referred  to,   158  //.  3 

Huttops,  houses  at  Kedah  made  of, 
269 

Hyde,  Thomas,  liii,  Ivi 


Iberians,  called  Georgians,  221  n,  3 

Ibrahim  Khan,  nawdb  of  Cuttack, 
succeeded  by  Safi  Khan,  152  n,  4 

Ibrahim  Quli  Qutb  Shah,  con- 
solidates kingdom  of  Golconda, 
109  ;/.  I  ;  fourth  king  of  Qutb 
Shahi  line,   113  «.   i 

Idols  of  the  Hindus  in  Bengal,  197 

Igale.     See  Coxe's  Island 

Inchiquin,  Lord,  xxiv 

India,  li,  r,  4,  5,  50,  71,  133,  145, 
158,  293  ;  coast  of,  xv  ;  East,  2,  39  ; 
author's  arrival  in,  146;  trade  in, 
lucrative,  233,  233  n,   1 

"Indian  Antiquaiy,"  The,  refer- 
ences to,  3  //.  1,  26  «.,  36  n.y  42  «., 
114  n.  2  passim 

Indian  Apple.    See  Zizyphus  Jujuba 

Indian  Sea,  108 

India  Office  Records,  Factory  Re- 
cords, references  to,  xix,  xxvi, 
xxviii,  XXXV,  xxxvi,  xxxvii,  xl,  1«., 
5  «.,  12  ;/.,  25  «.,  36  n.  passim  \ 
Marine  Records,  references  to,  xxvi, 
12  «.,  209  n.  2,  262  n.  2  ;  Madras 
Public  Consultations,  referred  to, 
xxviii ;  Original  Correspondence, 
references  to,  xxv,  xxxvii,  3  «.> 
21  «.,  25  w.,  32  ;/.,  43  n.  passim'; 
Court  Books,  referred  to,  xli,  xlii, 
90  71.  I,  233  ;/.  2  ;  Home  Series, 
Miscellaneous,  referred  to,  xli ;  Letter 
Books,  referred  to,  9  «.,  53  «.,  55  «., 
57  ;/.  passim 'f  Coast  and  Bay  Ab- 
stracts, referred  to,  100  n.  i 

Indostan.     See  Hindostan 

Indostan  language.  See  Hindo- 
stanl 

Indra,  20)5  n.  3 

Indragiri,  liv;  raja  of,  his  power, 
295,  295  n.  3 ;  noted  for  pepper, 
295  «.  3 ;  a  Hindu  name,  295  «.  3 

Indrapoora,  178  «.   i 

Indulgeficey  the,  king  of  Golconda*s 
ship,  88  n.  3 

Ingerley.     See  Hijili 

Ingram,  Ralph,  Company's  servant 
at  Cuddalore,  xxxi,  xxxv 

Ingrenate.     See  Jagannath 

Intermarriage,  between  different 
trades  prohibited,  31 

Inzipatam.     See  Vizagapatam 

Iron,  240,  246 

Irsepour.     See  Harsapur 

Isarees,  drawers,  trousers.     See  Izdr 

Ishmael  Beake.     See  Isma'il  Beg 

Isma'Tl  Beg,  appointed  second  in 
Junk-Ceylon,  255;  killed  in  the 
insurrection  at  Junk-Ceylon,  257 

Ispahaun,  309  ;/.  2 


36o 


INDEX 


Ivell,     Seftor  Axell,    Governor    of 

Tranquebar,  xxix 

Ivory,   290  n.  8 

Izar^  drawers,  trousers,   71   ;/.   3 

Jackals,  description  of,  220,  220  n.  4; 
depredations  of,  220 ;  illustration 
of,  222 

Jafna,  Dutch  fortress  in  Ceylon,  181, 
181  n.  3 

Jagannath  (Guggerhaut,  Jaggerynat, 
Jagranaught,  Jaguernate,  Jakernot, 
Jno.  Gemaet),  7,  8,  15,  24,  37  «.  2, 
130  n.  4;  carried  in  procession,  7, 
17,  18;  pagoda  of,  xvi,  11  n.  2,  12, 
13,  14,  15,  16,  20,  24,  108,  121, 
127  ;  revenue  of  pagoda  of,  12  «.  i ; 
description  of  the  idol,  12  ;/.  i,  15, 
16;  diamond  stolen  out  of  the  eye 
of,  12  //.  i;  votive  offerings  to 
pagoda  of,  12  n.  i,  20;  festival  at 
pagoda  of,  1 6,  1 7 ;  attempts  of  kings 
of  Golconda  against,  16;  chariot  of, 
17,  18;  immolation  under  chariot 
of,  18;  pilgrimage  of  rich  Gentue 
merchant  to  pagoda  of,  18-20;  il- 
lustration of,  22 ;  his  omniscience, 
34;   chief  Brahmin  of,   216  «.   5 

Jagannath,  district,  129  n.  i,  130 
n,  4;   raja  of,    127  n.   2 

Jagaree.     See  Jaggery 

Jaggeer,  Jaggere.     See  Jagir 

Jaggernat,  Jaggerynat,  Jagernate, 
etc.     See  Jagannath 

Jaggery,  coarse  sugar,  78 

Jagir,  a  pension,  146  n.  4,  152  n,  4, 
185  n.  I  ;  Agra  given  to  Shayista 
Khan  as,    148  n.  5 

Jagrenaut.     See  Jagannath 

Jahangir,  emperor,  son  of  Akbar,  18 
n.  2 ;  his  treatment  of  the  Hindus, 
10  n.  5 

Jakernot.     See  Jagannath 

Jaksom  Baksom,  Dutch  corruption 
of  "  Kz  Hassan^ yd  Httssain,''''  119 
n.  I 

Jaiidf  a  boat,  140,  212  ;  various  forms 
of  the  word,  140  n.  2;  Tavemier's 
comments  on,  140  ;/.  2;  Schouten's 
description  of,  140  it.  2 

Jambi,  Jambe,  Jambee,  liv,  295  n.  3; 
a  state  in  the  East  of  Sumatra,  166 
n.  2,  295  n.  2;  raja  of,  his  power, 
295 ;  English  factory  at,  295  n.  2 

J  am  bo  a.     See  Pommelo 

Jambys,  inhabitants  of  Jambi,  266  n.  2 

James,  Captain,  brings  the  Rebecca 
up  the  Hugli,   166  n.  2 

"James  and  Mary,"  shoal,  173  n,  i, 
174  n.  2 


James  I.  of  England,  295;   letter 

from  King  of  Achin  to,  295  n.  6; 

his  present  of  cannon  to  Achin,  312 

n,  2 
Janavad,  96  n.  2 
Jan  Perdo,   island,   173,  173  «.  2; 

other  spellings  of,   173  «.   2 
Jansa  Bainsah,  a  giant,  1 19;  festival 

in  honour  of,  118,  119;  illustration 

of,  119 
Janselone.    See  Junk-Ceylon 
Janseloners,    inhabitants    of  Junk- 
Ceylon,  252 
Jan  Sylan.     See  Junk-Ceylon 
Japan,  Bengal  commodities  exported 

to,  132  n,  3 
Japnapatam,    Japhnapatam.       See 

Jafna 
Jardin,   Clement   Du.     See  Jordan, 

Clement 
Java  Major,  xxii,  Hi,  liv,  i,  199  ».  3, 

223>  237  ^'  ^»  247  ^'  5»  261  n.  2, 
277  n.  2,  283  n.  4,  291 ;  chart  of, 
by  Bowrey,  li ;  ships  from,  frequent 
Achin  harbour,  288;  why  so  called, 
288  n.  4 

Javas  (Javanese),  293 

Jazia,  capitation  tax,  10  n.  4,  39  n.  3 

Jearsey,  Catherine,  wife  of  William 
Jearsey,  her  character,  251  n,  i 

Jearsey,  John,  betrothed  to  Mistress 
Povey,  90  n.  r 

Jearsey,  William,  9  n.  5,  100  n,  i, 
178  71.  I,  181  n.  9,  272  n.  4;  em- 
ploys T.  B.  on  a  trading  vessel, 
xviii,  251;  his  house,  64  n.  i,  251 
«.  I ;  in  India  for  thirty  years,  251 
«.  r ;  in  Company's  service,  251 «.  i ; 
twice  discharged  by  the  Court,  25 1 
n.  I ;  defies  the  power  of  the  Court, 
2ffi  n.i\  chief  at  Siriam  and  Masuli- 
patam,  251  n.  i;  charges  l>rought 
against  him,  251  n.  i;  his  quarrel 
with  Sir  Edward  Winter,  251  ».  i; 
his  private  trade,  251  ;/.  i ;  claims 
against  him  finally  settled,  2$in.  i ; 
his  wife  a  Dutchwoman,  251  n.  i ; 
dies  at  Fort  St  George,  251  n.  i  ; 
two  of  his  servants  escape  massacre 
at  Junk-Ceylon,  257 

Jeco,  319 

Jehore.     See  Johor 

Jeliasse.     See  Jalid 

Jelosie  (?stout  cotton-cloth  for  blinds), 
230  n.  2 

Jemini,  river.     See  Jumna 

Jentives.     See  Gentues 

Jessore,   162 

Jesuits,  the,  41;  their  churches  in 
Bengal,    133    «.    3;    Mrs   Vincent 


INDEX 


361 


said  to  encourage,  164  n.  4;  their 
missions  in  India,  255  n.  6 

Jews,  94 ;  resemblance  of  the  Brahmins 
to,  28 

Jillisar,  river,  2 1 1  w.   3 
yogi,  211  n.  3 

John  Gernaet.     See  Jagannath 

Jno.   Perdo.     See  Jan  Perdo 

Johor,  Johore,  xxii,  72  n.  2,  82  n.  i, 
251  n.  2,  258,  258  n.  4,  260,  266, 
271  «.,  285  n.  I,  290  n.  8;  burning 
of,  266  n.  2;  tributary  to  Siam,  275 
;/.  3 ;  tin  from,  280  n.  1 ;  king  of, 
312  «.  2 

Johore,  river,  2^57  w.   2 

Johr,  peak  of,  xlix 
Jong,  a  junk,  235  w.  i 

Jonkseilon,  Jonkceylon.  See  Junk- 
Ceylon 

Jordan,  Clement  (afterwards  Du 
Jardin),  a  "freeman,"  178  w.  i; 
associated  with  John  Bugden,  xix; 
T.B.'s  purser,  xix,  178,  178  n.  i; 
his  position  at  Vizagapatam  factory, 
123  «.  2,  178  ;/.  I ;  obtains  a  cowle 
for  Vizagapatam,  125  n.  1 ;  examined 
as  to  John  Smith's  death,  178  n.  i ; 
called  Du  Jardin  in  1682,  178  «.  i ; 
disagrees  with  George  Ramsden, 
1 78  «.  I ;  recalled  to  Fort  St  George, 
178  «.  I  ;  sent  to  Sillebar,  178  «.  i ; 
dismissed  the  Company's  service, 
178  n.  I  ;  dismissal  not  enforced, 
178  n.  i;  sent  to  Indrapore,  178 
n.  I ;  Court's  opinion  of,  178  n.  1 ; 
death  of,  178  «.  i ;  leaves  a  widow, 
178  H.   I 

Jougie.     See  Jogt 

Jounck.     See  Junk 

"Journal  ou  Suite  du  Voyage  de 
Siam,"  referred  to,  275  n,  3 

Jove,  Brahmins'  prayer  to,  during  an 
eclipse,  33  f. 

Jubraj,   259  «.   3 

Judaism,   15 

Juggernaut.     See  Jagannath 

Jumna,  river,  137  n.  2 

Jun9alaon,  Junsalaon.  See  Junk- 
Ceylon 

Juncanner,  customs  officer,  93  w.  i 

Junckan,  transit-duty,  82  n,   i 

Junkceyloan.     See  Junk-Ceylon 

Junk-Ceylon  (Juncceloan,  Jan  Sylan 
etc.),  xvi,  1,  72  «.  2,  262  «.  7,  283, 
290;  value  of  T.B.'s  description  of, 
xviii ;  its  produce  tin  and  elephants, 
xxii ;  insurrection  at,  xxvi ;  de- 
scribed, 235-258;  situation  and  ex- 
tent of,  235,  236  ;/.  I ;  history  of 
the  word,  235  n.  i ;  marked  on  the 


mainland  in  old  maps,  235  n.  i  ; 
shape  of,  236,  236  n.  i ;  dependent 
on  Siam,  236;  how  governed,  236; 
inhabitants  of,  236,  236  n.  3,  236 
n.  4,  237  ;  language  of,  236  n,  3 ; 
ineffectual  attempt  of  Burmans 
against,  236  n.  3;  seaports  on,  238, 
239;  shallowness  of  its  harbours, 
239;  elephants  and  tin  chief  pro- 
ductions of,  240,  240/2.  I ;  imports 
of,  240 ;    money   current   at,    240, 

241  ;  heavy  taxation  at,  240  ;/.  i  ; 
bahdr  of,  241  n.  4;  chief  officers 
at,  242,  244;  treatment  of  foreigners 
at,  242,  243 ;  table  of  coinage  at, 

242  n,  I ;  raja  of,  his  reception  of 
foreigners,  244-246;  presents  given 
to  raja  of,  by  foreigners,  244,  245  ; 
no  English  factory  at,  245  n.  2 ; 
presents  given  to  officers  at,  246 ; 
imports  suitable  for,  246;  provisions 
not  plentiful  at,  246 ;  physical 
features  of,  247,  247  n.  3 ;  fruits 
indigenous  to,  247  ;  houses  at,  how 
built,  250;  raja  of,  reports  Dutch 
outrage  to  Siam,  253;  T.B.'s  second 
visit  to,  255 ;  disaffection  at,  on 
account  of  Muhammadan  rulers, 
255  ;  murder  of  Moors  and  Chulias 
at,  257 ;  English  goods  from  Kedah, 
sale  of,  attempted  at,  270;  large 
elephants  at,  275 

Junks,  181,  269, 271  w.;  of  the  Moors, 
burned  by  the  French  at  Masulipa- 
tam,  68  n.  2 ;  of  the  Moors,  for 
transport  of  elephants,  73  n,  3 ; 
meaning  of,  181  w.  9;  of  the  Moors, 
one  taken  by  the  Danes,  184  «.  i 

Junsalam,  Jiisalam.  See  Junk- 
Ceylon 

Junsalon.     See  Junk-Ceylon 

Jurradgeshaw,   154  n.   i 

Kabul,  province  of,   136  n.   3,   136 
n,  4;  Dara  appointed  governor  of, 
136;  description  of,  136  n.  3 
ICachahri,  Court-house,  154  n.   i 
Ka9u  VTranna  (Cassa  Varena,  Cassa 
Verona),  48  w.,  85  n.  i,   126  «.  3; 
death  and  burial  of,  95  n.    1  ;    re- 
ligion of,  95  w.   I,  127  w.  3 
Kodak,  an  elephant  trap,  273  n.  4 
Kdhan,     See  Weights  and  Measures 
Kahar,  the  bearer-caste,  87  n.  2 
Kalyan    Ray,    a   native   merchant, 

154  n.  I 
Kanakkapillai,  clerk.    See  Conicopoly 
Kanarak   Pagoda.     See  Black  Pa- 
goda 
ICdnungo,  154  w.   i 


362 


INDEX 


Kdpingy  a  Malay  coin  of  low  de- 
nomination. See  Kdping^  s.v.  Coins 

Karapar,  mountain,  124  //.   2 

Karedu  (Caraid,  Careda,  Carera, 
Careero,  Carrera),  xvi,  36,  36  //.  3 ; 
factory  to  be  settled  at,  36  «.  3; 
derivation  of,  36  n.  3;  Betel  gar- 
dens at,  36  n.  3;  festival  at,  36  n.  3 

Kamates,  132  n.  2 

Karon  Bay,  239  n,  i,  250  n.  2 

Kartikeya,  the  Hindu  Mars,  pagoda 
of,  123  «.  2 

Kdsid^   124  n.  3 

kasim,  a  Muhammadan  proper  name, 
213  «.  I 

Kasimbazar,  xvi,  11  n.  4,  87  n.  2, 
158  n.  3;  Dutch  factory  at,  133 
«.  6,  2 13,  213  «.  2 ;  T.  B.  s  descrip- 
tion of,  213-215;  why  so  called, 
213,  213  «.  i;  English  factory  at, 
213,  213  n.  2;  silk  exported  from, 
213  n.  2;  ground  allotted  to  the 
French  at,  213  n.  2;  Streynsham 
Master's  description  of,  213  n.  2; 
mulberry  trees  at,  213  n.  2;  Hamil- 
ton's description  of,  213  n.  2;  large 
investments  of  E.  I.  Co.  at,  214; 
rank  of  head  of  the  Factory  at,  214, 
21^  n.  I ;  many  English  workmen 
at,  214;  output  of  silk  from,  214 
n.  2;  English  dyers  necessary  at, 
215,  215  «.  I ;  climate  of,  215; 
decay  of,  215  n.  2 ;  commodities 
from,  230 

Kassem- Bazar.    See  Kasimbazar 

Kateck.     See  Cuttack 

ICatrd,  a  market-place,  221  n.  6 

Kaitumaratn^  catamaran,  43  ;/.   2 

Kdvai,  a  palankeen -bearer  in  Madras, 
87  n.  2 

Kedah,  city  of,  its  situation,  259 ; 
residence  of  the  heir-apparent,  259 ; 
description  of,  259  //.  2;  crew  of  a 
Portuguese  ship  sold  as  slaves  at, 
264;  chief  place  of  trade  in  the 
kingdom,  267 ;  Company's  house 
at,  in  decay,  268  ;  Company's  goods 
at,  spoiled,  269;  distress  of  English 
factors  at,  269;  letter  from  English 
factors  at,  269;  English  factory 
house  at  burnt,  269 ;  half  the  town 
burnt,  269;  factors  at,  appeal  to 
the  king  to  dispose  of  their  goods, 
270;  factors  at,  get  no  help  from 
the  king,  270;  factors  at,  unsuc- 
cessful efforts  of  to  sell  Company's 
goods,  270;  Company's  goods  at, 
damaged  and  rotten,  270;  factors 
at,  petition  the  king  for  help  to  go 
to  Achin,  270;  factors  at,  complain 


of  want  of  justice,  270;  many  thieves 
in,  27 1  «. ;  English  factory  at,  aban- 
doned, 271  n.\  flight  of  '*  young 
king"  from,  276 

Kedan,  king  of,  resides  at  Solla,  259 ; 
resigns  the  government  to  his  son, 
260;  his  mild  rule  encourages 
piracy,  261 ;  invites  the  English 
to  make  a  settlement,  261  tt.  3, 
267  n.  i;  favours  the  English,  261, 
262;  liberates  Portuguese  lad,  265; 
reproves  Suraj  Khan,  265;  his 
courtesy  and  uprightness,  265;  his 
justice  to  his  subjects,  265 ;  a  peace- 
maker, 265;  T.B.'s  high  opinion 
of,  unsupported,  265  n,  i,  284 
n.  I ;  unable  to  enforce  his  com- 
mands, 265  n.  I ;  T.  B.'s  admira- 
tion for,  265  n.  2,  266;  contempo- 
rary notices  of,  265  n.  2 ;  Hamilton's 
remarks  on,  265  n.  2;  his  conflict 
with  the  Dutch,  266;  the  "Old" 
and  the  **New,"  their  favour  to 
the  English,  267 ;  his  peshkush  to 
Mahmud  Alle,  268;  his  protection 
requested  for  English  factors,  269; 
lends  a  prau  to  the  English,  270; 
promises  safety  to  English  factors, 
270;  letter  sent  from  Surat  to, 
271  n.',  welcomes  English  mer- 
chants at  Solla,  272  ;  present  made 
him  by  English  merchants,  272; 
feasts  and  presents  given  by,  to 
English  merchants,  272;  Hamil- 
ton s  account  of  visits  paid  to  by 
merchants,  273  n,  2;  his  tribute  to 
the  king  of  Siam,  275,  275  n,  3, 
2  76 ;  his  fear  of  the  king  of  Siam, 
276;  his  flight  in  1677,  276 

Kedah  (Queda,  Quedah),  kingdom 
of,  xvi,  xxii,  1,  72  «.  2,  75,  82  «.  I, 
178  n.  I,  180,  236  n.  3,  245  n.  2, 
258,  285  n.  r,  285  w.  3,  290,  290 
n.  8,  294  n.  3 ;  two  Chulias  escape 
from  Junk-Ceylon  to,  257 ;  T.  B.'s 
account  of,  259-285;  size  of,  259; 
sparsely  peopled,  259,  260  n.  1 ; 
wild  beasts  in,  259,  260  n.  i,  279; 
trade  at,  259  n.  i,  282;  physical 
features  of,  260,  260  n.  1  ;  ruling 
officials  at,  260 ;  provisions  plenti- 
ful at,  261,  279,  279  n.  3;  good 
government  at,  261  ;  inferior  in 
wealth  to  Achin,  261 ;  its  injurious 
wars  with  Achin,  260  n.  i ;  rivers 
of,  260  //.  I,  268;  inhabitants  of, 
261  n.  2;  English  attempt  to  settle 
a  factory  in,  261  n,  3;  reports  as 
to  trading  facilities  at,  201  n.  3; 
many  pirates  in,  262  ;  English  trade 


INDEX 


363 


at,  paralysed  by  the  Dutch,  266 
n.  3 ;  T.  B.'s  view  of  English  trade 
at,  unsupported,  267  n.  i  ;  English 
factory  at,  its  settlement,  failure, 
and  abandonment,  267  «.  i ;  tin  its 
chief  commodity,  267  n.  i ;  method 
of  trade  at,  267  n.  i ;  English  make 
large  investments  at,  267  n.  1 ;  un- 
favourable report  by  the  English,  of 
trade  at,  268 ;  English  goods  in,  to 
be  sold  off,  268;  privileges  to 
English  merchants  in,  271,  283; 
foreign  merchants  visiting,  go  by 
water  to  SoUa,  272 ;  *'  young  "  king 
of,  present  made  to,  272;  meaning 
of  the  word,  273  n.  4;  elephants 
from,  275  n.  i ;  formerly  subject  to 
Achin,  275  n.  2;  pepper  good  and 
plentiful  in,  276,  276  n.  5;  long 
pepper  at,  277 ;  description  of 
houses  at,  277;  heavy  rains  at, 
277;  fortifications  of,  278;  fruits 
of,  278,  279;  no  ducks,  geese 
or  pigs  in,  279;  illustration  of 
"strange  fishes"  of,  285;  woods 
of,  279,  279  «.  4;  buffaloes  in,  279, 
280;  tin,  the  only  mineral  in,  280, 
280  n.  I  ;  gold  imported  from, 
Patani  to,  280;  current  money  of, 
280,  281,  281  n.  3;  weights  and 
measures  of,  281,  282;  exports 
from,  283 ;  debts  of  foreigners, 
how  collected  at,  283 

Kedah,  river,  259  ;/.  4,  264,  277;  its 
width,  259;  how  far  navigable, 
259 ;  full  of  fish  and  alligators, 
284,  285 

Kedgaree,  Kedgerry,  Kedgeree,  167 
n.  I,  176  «.  I,  209  n.  2,  254  «.  1 

Kegaria.     See  Kedgaree 

Keigwin,  Richard,  140  n.  2 

Kelly,  P.,  his  '*  Universal  Cambist" 
referred  to,  281  «.  5,  282  n.  2 

Ken,  John,  chief  at  Kasimbazar,  213 
n.  2 

Kendoa,  87  n    2,   167  w.  i 

Kenn,  John,  his  "Advices  about 
Bengali,"  122  11.  i 

Kerbela,   11^  n.  i 

Ketch,  a  boat,  173  n.  2,  178 

Ketri.     See  Khaitri 

Kettera.     See  Katrd 

Khairatabad,  empty  mosque  at,  113 
n.  I 

Khairat-un-Nissa  Begam,  her 
body  exhumed,  113  n.  i 

Khajur^  wild  date-palm,  108  «.  6 

Khajuri,  172  n.  2 

Khan,  of  Chengy,  20  n.  2 

Khassa,  muslin,   133  n.  4,  154  n,  i, 


231  w.  I ;  good  quality  of,  at 
Dacca,  150  n.  2,  230;  description 
of,  230  n.  2;  fine,  231  n.  2 

Khattrt  caste,  83  n.  5 

Khelong  Bay,  250  «.  2;  its  identity 
with  Banquala  discussed,  239  «.  i 

Khemchand.     See  Chim  Cham 

Khwajdjt,  chief  merchant,   118  n,  i 

King  George^  the,  209  n.  2 

King's  Head  Inn,  Southwark,  rented 
by  Thos.  Bowrey,  xlv;  owned  by 
Peter  Briggins,  xliv;  leasehold  in- 
terest of,  bequeathed  to  F.  Gardiner, 
xlvi 

Kirman,  a  province  of  Persia,  221, 
221  n,  2 

Kishna.     See  Kistna 

Kistna,  river,  54,  55  n.  \ ;  extent  of, 
no;  waters  Golconda,  no 

Kittesale.     See  Kittysol 

Kittysol,  85,  85  n.  i,  85  n,  4;  in- 
ferior to  a  roundel,  86 

Knives,  imported  to  Junk-Ceylon, 
246 ;  to  Achin,  289 

Kobang,  a  Japanese  coin.    See  Coins 

Koran,  the.    See  (Al)  Koran,  the 

K5rangi.     See  Coringa 

Kosy   134  n.  3,  203  n,  i 

Kosida,  129  /;.  I 

Koiwdl^  judge,  88  n.  3,  207,  207  n,  i ; 
of  Peddapalle,  visits  Streynsham 
Master,  54 

Kotwdl  kd  chabutra,  sherifTs  office, 
226  n.  2 

Kris,  a  dagger,  235  n,  1,  298,  326; 
good  quality  of,  at  Achin,  298  n,  i 

Kulbarga,  log  n.  i 

Kupan^.     See  Kobang,  s.v.  Coins 

Kutcherry,  court-house,   154  ;/.  i 

Kuttra,  the  little,  \f^o  n,  i 

Kuwdla^  mouth  of  a  river,  239  n.  r, 
295  ^-  3'  30i>  30^  ^-  2'  302  n.  I 

Labuhan^  a  harbour,  239  //.   r 

Laburnum,  Indian,  291  n.  5 

Lac,  Lacca,  122,  122  n.  i,  132; 
good  quality  of,  from  Bengal,  132 
n,   4,  134  ;/.    I 

Lac,  Lack.  See  Weights  and  Mea- 
sures 

Lacquer-ware,  290,  290  n.   12 

Lacre.     See  Lac 

Lada,  Ladda,  pepper,  277,  277  «.   i 

Lada  panjang.     See  Long  Pepper 

Laddas,  Is.,  2TJ  n.  i 

Laest,  Last.  See  Weights  and 
Measures 

Lagor.     See  Sagar 

La  Haye.     See  Haye 

Lahore,   133  «.  6,   136  n.  4 


3^4 


INDEX 


Lalan,  Islands,  239  ;/.  2 
Lall  Baug,  palace,   150  n.  i 
La  Loub^re.    See  Loub^re 
Lampoun,     Lampoon,    295    n,    3; 

pepper  factory  at,  292  n.  4 
Lancaster,  Sir  James,  295  n,  6;  his 
**  Voyages"  referred  to,  236  «.  1; 
obtains   concessions  from    king  of 
Achin,  304  n.  4 
Lancaster^  the,  177  «.   1 
Lancava,  island,  277  ».   i 
Lancaway.     See  Pulo  Lada 
Landa,  Landock.     See  Landak 
Landak,   in   Borneo,   liv,    291,   291 

;/.  9 
Langham,  Sir  William.     See  Lang- 
home,  Sir  William 
Langhome,  Sir   William,  agent   at 
Fort  St  George,  4  «.  i,  36  «.  3, 
63  n,  I,  70  n,  I,  71  «.  5,  73  w.  2; 
accused    of   assisting   the   French, 
48  n. ;  refuses  to  expel  Frenchmen 
from  Fort  St  "George,  5 1  w.  i ;  his 
policy   weaker    than   Winter's,   88 
//.    I 
Langren,  Van,  his  map  of  Mergui 
Archipelago  referred  to,  235  n.   i 
Langtialu  creek,  209  n,  2 
Lascar,  90  71,  i,  125  n.  i,  140  n.  2, 

178  n.  3,  265  n.  I 
Last.     See  Weights  and  Measures 
Lathi ^  cudgel,  staff,  249  «.    i 
Laws  against  crime,  at  Achin,  315, 

315  n.  2,   316  n.    I 
Laximana,   a    Malay    official,    260, 
260  n.  2,  262  n.  7,  29^;  at  Kedah, 
bribes  sailors  away  from  the  En- 
glish, 265  n.   I 
Leachee  (litchi).     See  Rambutan 
Lead,  232 

Le  Blanc,  Vincent,  290  n.  7 
Lee,  Blackheath,  xliv  n.  i,  xlv  Jt.  i ; 

Bowrey  married  at,  xli 
Leghorn,  xxiv 
Leigh    Church,    Essex,    Goodlads 

buried  at,  90  /;.   i 
Lemons,  at  Kedah,  278;  at  Achin, 

323 
Leopards,  219  n.  2 

Lethioulier,     Mr,     owner     of    the 

Unity ^  91  n.  i 
Leupe's  Catalogue  of  maps,  185  n.  i 
Leximana,  Loximana.  See  Laximana 
Lignum -aloes.     See  Agila  wood 
Lime.     See  Chunam 
Limes  (fruit),  dchdr  of,  193  «.  i ;  at 

Kedah,  278;  at  Achin,  323 
Linen,  fine,  sold  at  Hugh,  168  n.  2; 

woven  at  Hugli,  169  n,  i 
Lingapa,  121  n,  4,  263  n.  i 


Lions,  at  Kedah,  279 

Lipon.     See  Luppoone 

Littleton,  Robert,  178  n.  3 

Littleton,  Sir  Edward,  209  n.  2,  214 
n.  I ;  factor  at  Kasimbazar,  11  /i.  4 ; 
connected  by  marriage  with  Walter 
Clavell,  158  «.  3 

Lock,  Mr,  taken  prisoner,  266  n.  2 

Lockard,  Hannah,  bequest  to,  xlvi 

Lockyer,Charles,his"Tradein  India" 
referred  to,  43  w.  i,  77  w.  2,  12 1  n.  4, 
287  n.  5,  288  n.  5,  289  n.  5,  passim, 

Longcloth,  5  n,  5,  55,  88  n.  3,  122 
n,  3,  246,  289,  289  n.  4;  brown, 
55  n.  2,  289  n.  5;  fine,  55  n,  2, 
7r  n.  3;   blue,  55  n.  2,  289  n.  5 

Long  Pepper,  133  n.  2,  igo  n.  4; 
exported  from  Bengal,  1 34, 134  n.  3 ; 
its  use,  134  n.  3,  277;  how  sold, 
134  n.  3;  from  Patna,  221  ;/.  1; 
at  Kedah,  277,  277  «.  2  ;  illustration 
of,  277 

Lonuary,  ?  Conjaguaree,   129  w.  i 

Loonghee.     See  Lungi 

Lord,  Henry,  his  "  Discouerie  of  the 
Sect  of  the  Banians  "  referred  to, 
83  n.   5,  221  n.  5 

Lords  Trees,  li 

Lottee.     See  Lathi 

Loub^re,  De  la,  his  "  Historical  Rela- 
tion of  Siam  "  referred  to,  29  «.,  83 
^i'  5*  '15  ^^'  4)  240  n.  I,  242  n.  3, 
243  n.  2,  passim 

Louis  XIV,  sends  fleet  to  Coroman- 
del  Coast,  65  w.  2  ;  king  of  Siam, 
his  ally,  276  w.  3 

Loveney,  Michaell,  weaver  at  Kasim- 
bazar, 214^  n.  2 

Lower  Bengal,  162  w.  i 

Lowest,  meaning  **  most  northerly," 

98 

Loximana.     See  Laximana 

Loyall  Advaiture^  the,  wreck  of, 
xxxvii 

Loyall  Subfecti  the,  detained  at  Ma- 
sulipatam  for  the  king's  visit,  88 
n,  3;  king  of  Golconda  goes  on 
board  of,  88  n.  3,  90,  90  n.  i ; 
crew  of,  sickly,  90  ;;.  i ;  burthen 
of,  90  ».   I 

Loyal  Merchant,  the,  xxvi ;  mistakes 
her  course,  3  «.  2 

Luiller,  voyage  of.    See  Provost 

Lungee.     See  Lungi 

Lungi,  55,  106,  208,  316;  various 
articles  applied  to,  55  «.  2 ;  Herba, 
162  n,  3 

Luppoone,  a  port,  its  present  desig- 
nation, 239,  239  n.  I 

Luppoone,  243  ;/.  i,  248;  its  situa- 


INDEX 


365 


tion,   239  n.   I,  243;   residence  of 

the    raj  a    of    Junk- Ceylon,    243 ; 

chief  town   in  Junk-Ceylon,   243 ; 

fiagoda  at,  allotted   to  foreigners, 

244 
Lux,  William,  pilot  in  the  Company's 

service,  1 76  «.  i 
Lysohs,  Daniel,  his  "Account  of  the 

Environs  of  London  "  referred  to, 

xlviii  V,.   I 

Mofdo.     See  Ztzyphus  yujuba 

Macao,   in  China,  264 

Macao,  in   Pegu,  264  ;/.   2 

Macassar,  190  n.  3,  291,  292  n.  7; 
kingdom  of,  291  n,  6 ;  capital  of, 
291  71.  6;  custom  free,  291  n,  6; 
slaves  from,  291  n.  7 

Macau.     See  Macao 

Mace,   Mase.     See  Coins 

Macedonia,  iio  n,  i 

Machaut,  Monsieur,  captain  of  the 
French,  68  n.  3 

Machhli,  61  n.  i 

Mackenzie,  Gordon,  his  "Kistna 
District"  referred  to,  54  w.,  55  «., 
56  «. ,  61  n.  3,  63  n.  I,  passim 

Macoshull,  Commander.  See  Ma- 
chaut, Captain 

Macquau.     See  Mukkuvar 

Madapollam,  xvi,  xxvii,  1,  57  n.  2, 
85  n.  3,  88  n.  3,  93  n.  i,  98/2.  i ; 
Council  at,  sells  Coninieer  sloop, 
xxvii ;  English  factory  at,  100,  100 
«.  I ;  a  sanatorium  for  the  English, 
\oon.  I,  10 1  ;  a  shipbuilding  centre, 
100  n.  I,  102-104;  manufactures 
at,  100  n.  I,  102;  factory  at,  sub- 
ordinate to  Fort  St  George,  100  n.  i ; 
difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  value 
of  the  factory,  100  n.  i ;  chiefs  at, 
100  «.  i;  visited  by  Streynsham 
Master,  100  n.  i;  two  factory 
houses  at,  100  n.  i ;  best  port  on 
Coromandel  or  Gingaiee  Coast, 
102 ;  timber  and  iron  plentiful  at, 
102;  T.  B.'s  visits  to,  103  n.  i; 
a  ship  at,  how  docked  for  repairs, 
103;  fine  white  piece-goods,  named 
from,   100  n.   i 

Maddana,  88  n.  3 

Madera,  Cosmo  Lorenzo  de,  part 
owner  of  the  Sancta  Cruz^  172  n.  3 

Madhavayapalem.  See  Madapol- 
lam 

Madras,  xvi,  xxi,  xxvii,  xxviii,  2  //.  2, 
8  w.  1,52;  heathen  town  of,  6  «.  3; 
records  at,  quoted  from,  xxviii — 
XXXV ;  elephants  imported  to  from 
Kedah,  275  «.  i 


Madras^  the,  pinnace,  9  n,  5,  99  n.  7, 
176  «.  I ;  employed  on  the  Hugli, 
166  n.  2 

"Madras  Manual  of  Administra- 
tion," references  to,  8  «.,  26  «., 
36  «. ,  43  w.,  44  n.  passim 

Madras  Merchant^  the,  xxvi 

Madraspatam.    See  Madras 

''Madras  Press  List,"  references  to 
the,  xxvii,  xxviii,  100  «.  i,  124  «.  3 

Madras  Road,  172  n.  3 

Madu  Banjee,  minister  of  king  of 
Golconda,  93  n.  i 

Madura,  38  n.  3;  pagoda  of,  12  ».  i 

Magellan,  straits  of,  xliii 

Magh  half-castes,  209  n.  2 

Mahanadi  river.  Delta  of,  129  n.  i 

Mahazor.     See  Mahzar 

Mahegasura,   119  n,  i 

Mahesha  Asura,  a  monstrous  buf- 
falo,   I  I Q  «.    I 

Mahesha  Bainsa,  effigy,  119  n.  1 

Mahmud  Alle,  268 

Mahmud  Ibrahim,  tiawdb,  125  n.  i 

Mahmud  Izzufif,  Governor  of  Bala- 
sor,  32  n.  2 

Mahmudpet,  98  n.  i 

Mahomed  Beague.  See  Muham- 
mad Beg 

Mahometan.     See  Muhammadan 

Mahomet  Bander.  See  Porto 
Novo 

Mahomud  Beake.  See  Muham- 
mad Beg 

Mahoua.     See  Mahwd 

Mahtvdj  tree,   ro8  n.  6 

Mahzar^  application,  83  n.  5,  188 
?t.   2 

Main  waring,  Matthew,  complaint 
against,  4  «.  2 ;  chief  at  Masulipa- 
tam,  88  n.  3,  90  n.  i,  123  n.  4; 
obtains  a  farmdn  from  the  king  of 
Golconda,  93  n.   i 

Mainwaring,  Mrs,  71  n.  5,  81 
;/.  I 

Maipai.     See  Bamboo 

Maipara,  mouth  of  the  Brahmani, 
129  ;/.   1 

Maisur,   119  ».   i 

Mak.     See  Betel 

Malabar  Coast,  xxii,  41,  134  n.  3, 
288,  288  n.  2  ;  rdjds  of,  possess 
sea  coast  of  Bijapurf  82  n.  i 

Malabars,  6;  description  of,  6,  41, 
98  ;  language  of,  6  w.  2 ;  religion  of, 
6,  41  ;  customs  of,  35 ;  differ  from 
Banyans  and  Gentues,  35,  41  ; 
ornaments  worn  by,  35 ;  of  Coro- 
mandel Coast  dull  and  stupid,  41 ; 
not  allowed  to  associate  with  Ban- 


366 


INDEX 


yans  and  Gentues,  41  ;  of  Malabar 
Coast  clever  but  quarrelsome,  41 ; 
occupations  of,  42;  story  of  one 
cast  adrift,  44 ;  subject  to  ele- 
phantiasis, 50  n.  3;  supply  Masu- 
lipatam  with  fish,  61  ;  their  man- 
ner of  smoking,  97 ;  food  of,  97 ; 
clothes  of,  97 

Malacca,  liv,  72  //.  2,  236  n.  i, 
237  //.  2,  245  //.  2,  261  n,  3,  269, 
271  ».,  282  //.  2,  290  n.  10,  294  n.  2  ; 
Dutch  settlement  at,  264 

Malay  Archipelago,  192  //.  4,  287 

Malayars,  the,  255,  293  ;  descrip- 
tion of,  237,  237  n.  I ;  at  Junk- 
Ceylon,  re-capture  a  prau  from 
the  Dutch,  252  ;  overpower  and 
kill  the  Dutch  at  Junk-Ceylon,  253; 
in  Junk-Ceylon,  their  insurrection, 
^5^>    ^57 >    inhabitants  of  Kedah, 

260  //.  I  ;  pirates  of,  take  a  Portu- 
guese ship,  264 ;  eat  buffaloes'  flesh, 
280 ;  of  Achin,  290  n,  8,  294  n.  3 ; 
lovers  of  cock-fighting,    310  n.  4 

Malay  Coast,  259,  201,  280,  285 
n.  I,  290;  what  meant  by  the  term, 

261  n.  i;  the  Dutch  masters  of 
the,  269 ;  kings  of  the,  their  tribute 
to  Siam,  276;  ships  from,  numerous 
at  Achin,  288 

Malay  language,  Malayo,  li — liv, 
37  ;/.  I,  236  n.  3,  277;  countries 
where  spoken,  291  n.  9 

Malay  Peninsula,  xvi,  188  n,  i, 
261,  275  n.  2,  302  «.  3;  fish  on  the 
coast  of,  284  ;/.  2 

Malda,  178  n.  i,  230  n.  2,  230  n.  6; 
Swinging  festival  at,  198/1.  i 

Maldive  Islands,  57  n.  2,  66  n.  i, 
72  n.  2,  75  «.  2,  105,  186,  218  n.  10, 
219,  245  n.  2;  cocoa-nuts  from,  97 
n.  3 ;  best  coir  cable  brought  from, 
103  n.  4,  104;  cowries  the  chief  ex- 
port of.  104  n.  I,  179,  200;  ships 
built  from  cocoa-nut  trees  at,  104 
n.  I ;  rice  imported  from  Bengal, 
132  n.  7;  description  of,  200  n.  2 

Malik  Beg,  187;  father  of  Malik 
Qasim,  183;  Governor  of  Hugli, 
183  «.  I  ;  various  renderings  of  his 
name,  183  «.  i;  favourable  to  the 
English,  183  «.  I ;  poisons  the  Danes 
at  Balasor,  184;  his  relations  with 
the  English  in  1647,  184  //.  i ;  his 
antagonism  to  the  Danes,  184  n.  i 

Malik  Qasim,  Governor  of  Hugli, 
his  exactions,  158  n.  3,  183,  183 
n.  2 ;  Governor  of  Balasor,  183  /i.  2 ; 
outwits  the  Danes,   185-189;   cha- 


racter of,  185  n.  I ;  complaints  by 
the  English  of,  185  ».  i ;  tumejd 
out  of  Hugli,  185  //.  I ;  buys 
government  of  Balasor,  1 85  /i.  i ; 
re-obtains  government  of  Hugli, 
185  n,  I ;  in  disgrace  at  Dacca, 
185  n.  i;  pensioned,  1S5  n.  i; 
garden  of,  at  Hugli,  185  n.  i ;  oflfers 
articles  of  peace  to  the  Danes,  186; 
his  emissary  and  specious  promises 
to  the  Danes,  187;  demands  satis- 
faction of  the  Danes,  188,  189 

Mallesmolle.     Sg£  Afalma/ 

Malmal^  muslin,  133  n,  4,  230  n,  2, 
231  n.  3,  290,  290  n,  6;  good 
quality  of,  at  Dacca,  150  /».  2 

Mambou.     See  Bamboo 

ManchaL  a  kind  of  palanquin,  86  n,  2 

Mandarins,  at  Tonquin,  309  n.  3 

Mandelslo,  J.  A.,  his  ** Voyages*' 
referred  to,  15  /i.,  20  /».  2,  38  n,  4, 
49  n.  I,  76  n,  2,  passim 

Mangastino.     See  Mangosteen 

Mangoes  (Mangue),  46,  48,  48  /».  i, 
323;  groves  of  at  Cuttack,  152; 
gardens  of  at  Balasor,  162  n.  3; 
sweetmeats  of,  192;  dcAdr  of^  193, 
193  n,  I,  193  //.  2  ;  at  Kedah,  278; 
Dampier's  description  of,  323  «.  5 

Mangosteen,  322;  description  of, 
322  n.  8;   illustration  of,  323 

Manicapatnam,  Manichapatam. 
See  Manikpatam 

Manikpatam,  Manikpatnam,  124, 
124  n.  2 

Manila  (Moneela),  5,  172  n,  3 

Manipur,  259  n.  3 

ManiSy  sweet,  283  n,  5 

Manisan^  exjKjrted  from  Kedah,  283, 
283  n,  5 

Manisan-idbah^  honey,  283  n,  5 

Mannison.     See  Manisan 

Mansdna.     See  Zizyphus  yujuba 

Mansfen,  Mr,  takes  news  of  Bow- 
rey*s  release  to  Fort  St  George, 
xxxiv,  XXXV 

Mansulman.    See  Mussulman 

March,  Mr,  83  /».  3 

Marco  Polo,  referred  to,  56  n,  i 

Marcus,  David,  commander  of  the 
Sancta  CruZj   172  n.  3 

Margery^  the,  Clement  Jordan's  ship, 
173  n,  I,  178  n.  I 

Marine  Square.  See  Wellclose 
Square 

Markall,  Mercaul.  See  Weights  and 
Measures 

Marriages,  Hindu  ceremonies  of, 
29,  30;  wealth  necessary  for,  30; 
with  different  trades  forbidden,  31; 


INDEX 


367 


age  when  contracted,  31;  Ganges 
water  used  at,   216  n.  5 

Marsden,  William,  Iv;  his  "Malay 
Grammar,"  Iv;  his  comments  on 
Bowrey's  "  Malay  Dictionary,"  Iv  ; 
his  criticism  of  Howison's  *'  Malay 
Dictionary,"  Ivi 

Marsh,  John,  Company's  servant  at 
Balasor,  159;  chief  at  Kasimba- 
zar,  164  n.  4,  214  ;/.  i;  death  of, 
164  n.  4 

Marshall,  John,  his  "Notes  and 
Observations  "  referred  to,  11  ^n,  8, 
134  n.  I,  162/2.  2,  162  n.  3,  167  n.  3 
passim '.,  his  "Accompt"  of  Patna, 
224  n.  r;  his  description  of  the 
famine  at  Patna,  226  n.  2 

Martaban  Jar,  Martavane  Jar.  See 
Pegu  Jar 

Martin,  Monsieur,  chief  of  the 
French  at  Masulipatam,  70  w.  i ; 
chief  of  the  French  at  Pondicherry, 
66  n.  1,  257  n.  6 

Martin^  the,  William  Jearsey's  ship, 
251  n.   I 

Mas.     See  Mace 

Masana.     See  Zizypkus  yujuba 

Masjid^  mosque,  11  n.  i,  112 
n.  5 

Maslapatam.     See  Masulipatam 

Massapore.     See  Narsapur 

Masse.     See  Mace,  s,v.  Coins 

Massen,  Mr,  his  connection  with 
Thos.  Bowrey,  xxix 

Massenburd^  the,  91  n,  i 

Massiere,  Monsieur,  agent  for  the 
Dutch  in  India,  68  «.  2 

Massoola.     See  Mussoola 

Master,  Streynsham,  xix;  his  de- 
scription of  the  factory  at  Armagon, 
25  n.  3;  his  "Diary"  referred  to, 
12  «.,  30  w.,  42  «.,  52  «.,  56  n.  pas- 
sim; his  "Memorial! "  referred  to,  36 

«•  3'  54  '^-t  55  «•>  63  «.,  81  n.  2 
passim ;  his  visit  to  Peddapalle, 
54 ;  his  visit  to  Masulipatam  and 
Agha  Jalal,  81  n.  2;  his  regula- 
tions as  to  the  carrying  of  roundels, 
86  n.  I ;  his  visit  to  Narsapur, 
98  n.  I ;  his  visit  to  MadapoUam, 
TOO  /;.  I ;  his  visit  to  and  remarks 
on  Palakollu,  105  n.  2 ;  his  remarks 
on  Shayista  Khan,  146  n.  2,  146 
n.  4;  his  visit  to  Hugli,  159;  ex- 
amines the  case  of  Raghu  the 
podddr^  164  «.  4;  encounters  a 
storm  near  the  Braces,  167  n,  i; 
visits  the  Dutch  factory  at  Hugli, 
169  n.  1 ;  alters  the  hour  for  prayers 
at  Balasor,    177  n.   i;  T.  B.'s  en- 


counter with,  in  the  Hugli,  175 ;  his 
confused  account  of  the  Sancta 
CruZy  178  n.  3 

Mastin,  Mr.     See  Mansfen,  Mr 

Masulipatam,  xvi,  xxii,  3  ;;.  2, 
4  n.  2,  36,  40,  55  n.  2,  57,  57 
n.  2,  67,  85  ;/.  3,  90  «.  I,  92  n.  i, 
93  w.  I,  99,  100  n.  I,  106  «.  2,  122 
n,  3,  123  w.  4,  129  n.  I,  273; 
governor  of,  55,  81,  83,  88  it.  3; 
deserted  for  Armagon,  53  n.  i ; 
English  factory  at,  53  n.  2,  6i, 
81  «.  2;  subordinate  to  Fort  St 
George,  71;  centre  of  trade  on 
Coromandel  Coast,  54,  61,  72 ; 
reason  for  the  name,  60, 61 ;  T.B.'s 
description  of,  61-64;  Schouten's 
description  of,  61  n.  3 ;  Dutch 
factory  at,  61,  61  n.  3  ;  subordinate 
to  Pulicat,  71;  Danish  factory  at, 
61  n.  3,  64  w.  I ;  early  history  of, 
61  n.  3;  Hamilton's,  Ta vernier's, 
Thevenot's  description  of,  61  n.  3; 
factory  at  temporarily  withdrawn, 
61  n.  3;  bridges  at,  62,  63  «.  i; 
houses  at,  63 ;  taken  by  the  French, 
61  «.  3;  re-taken  by  the  English, 
61  n.  3 ;  English  garden  at,  63 
n.  i;  French  factory  at,  64,  64 
«.  I,  70  «.  I  ;  Moors  in  conflict 
with  the  English  at,  84  n.  2; 
fort  erected  at,  by  the  Moors, 
68;  unsuccessful  attempt  of  the 
French  against,  68;  a  populous 
town,  71;  manufactures  at,  71; 
Hatton's  account  of  the  trade  of, 
72  ;/.  2;  chief  inhabitants  of,  Mu- 
hammadans,  76;  restrictions  as  to 
carrying  roundels  at,  86  n,  1 ;  king 
of  Golconda's  visit  to,  88  n,  3 ; 
preparations  at,  for  the  king's  visit, 
88  w.  3;  liberty  of  conscience  al- 
lowed at,  94;  great  bazaar  at,  106  ; 
road  of,  110;  coins  current  in,  115; 
rice  imported  to,  from  Bengal,  132 
;/.  7 ;  ships  from,  numerous  at 
Achin,  288;  fine  chintz  exported 
from  to  Achin,  289 

Masulla.    See  Mussoola 

Matchulipatam.     See  Masulipatam 

Matt,  touch,  217,  217  n.  2 

Matura.     See   Madura 

Maund.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

Maure.     See  Moor 

Mayflower,  the,  319 

Mazar.     See  Mahzar 

Meange.     See  Mianji 

Measures,  used  in  Bengal,  218, 
218  n.  I.  See  also  s.v.  Weights 
and  Measures 


368 


INDEX 


Mecca,  112,  113  n.  i,  203  //.  2 

Mecha.     See  Mecca 

Meeke,  John,  75  n,   i 

Meer  Cung  Marcar.  See  Meer  Jang 
Maraikkar 

Meer  Jang  Maraikkar,  implicated 
in  Bowrey's  quarrel  at  Porto  Novo 
xxxii 

Meer  Moonshee,  299  n.  2 

Meer  Raja  (Mir  Raja)y  Lord 
Treasurer,  299 

Meir  Abdulla  Baker,  63  n.  i 

Meirbar.     See  Mirbahr 

Meirdadpoore,  Meirdanpore,  148 
;/.   5,  225  n.  3 

Mela,  the,  at  Sagar,  many  worship- 
pers drowned  at,  203,  203  //.  i  ; 
ceremonies  observed  at,  203 ;  when 
held,  203  ;/.  i ;  Marshall's  descrip- 
tion of,  203  n.  1 

Meleck  Beake,  Malybeeg,  Maleek 
beeg,  etc.     See  Malik  Beg 

Meleck  Cossum.  See  Malik  Qa- 
sim 

Meliapour  (St  Thome),  38,  45  n.  i 

Melkassum.     See  Malik  Qasim 

Mellick,  98  n,  i 

Me.lA!?iv  .4"*V  'M   *'    - 

Mem  Sahib,  299  n.   2 

Mercaul,  Mercall.  See  Weights 
and  Measures 

Merge.     See  Mergui 

Mergui,  237  n.  2,  248  ;/.  2;  mas- 
sacre of  the  English  at,  xl;  trade 
from,  to  Masulipatam,  115  n,  4 

Mergui  Archipelago,  235  n.  2 

Merjee.     See  Mergui 

Merjumbelow,  Meerejumbler,  Jum- 
bler.     See  Mir  Jumla 

Mervah,  a  boat,  260  n.  3 

Mesopotamia,  sugar  imported  from 
Bengal,  132  n.  2 

Mess.     See  Mace 

Mestick.     See  Musteez 

Metchli.     See  Machhlt 

Metchlipatam,  Metchlepatam, 

Mechlapatam.     See  Masulipatam 

Mevat,  province,  131  n,  7 

Meverell,  Mrs,  228  n.  i 

Meverell,  Samuel,  228  n,   i 

Mexico,  5 

Miam.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

MianjI,  an  Armenian,  268,  308  n.  2 

Milburn,  William,  his  "Oriental 
Commerce"  referred  to,  56  «.  i, 
134  n.  I,  181  n.  I,  236  n.  i,  242 
n.  2,  246  7t.  10 

Mindanao,  xxxix,  293  h.  2,  306 
n.  I,  321  H.  I ;  chart  of  by  Bowrey, 
xlix 


Mirabolin,  Mirabline.  JS'^^Myrobalan 

Mirbahr  y  harbour -master,  Chim 
Cham's  goods  stopped  by  the, 
154  n.  I 

Mirepour,  129  «.   1 

Mir  Jumla,  Mirgimola,  152  n.  4; 
artillery  of,  1 1 1  n.  2 ;  joins  Au- 
rangzeb's  forces,  [37 ;  former 
general  of  the  Golconda  forces,  137 ; 
made  governor  of  Orissa,  Bengal 
and  Pattana,  139,  142  ;  makes 
Dacca  the  capital,  143 ;  makes  war 
on  Assam,  143;  his  exactions  on, 
and  oppression  of  the  English, 
144  n.  5;  his  death,  144;  his 
character,  144,  144  it.  5;  his  son 
kindly  treated  by  Aurangzeb,  145; 
his  buildings,  1 50  «.  i ;  his  kind- 
ness to  Gabriel  Boughton,  233 

Mirobolan.     See  Myrobalan 

Mirza  Mozum,  271  n. 

Mirza  Wooly,  governor  of  Bala- 
sor,   151  n.  3 

Moca,  in  Sumatra,  72  n.  2,  103  7i.  2, 
172  «.  3 

Mocha,  in  Arabia,  103,  132  «.  2, 
223,  245  n.  2,  264  n.  7 

Moco  Moco.     See  Moca 

Mogol,  an  Indian  Muhammadan  of 
CiV^  ruling  class,  255  n.  2 

Mogol,  the  orcifJ;  10  ;/.  4,  10  n.  5, 
126;  conquers  Bengai'  zR^d  Orissa, 
10;  penalises  the  Gentue  reA^ion, 
1 1 ;  territory  of,  20 ;  exacts 
ment  for  the  practice  of  sa/T,  39 , 
beeswax  and  salt  his  monopolies, 
56  n.  2 

Mogolistan,  Mogulistan,  108  n.  i, 
108  w.  6,  136  n.  2 

Mohun,  Richard,  57  «.  2 ;  Salis- 
bury dies  at  his  house,  57  n.  2; 
chief  at  Masulipatam,  100  n.  i ; 
seizes  Jearsey's  vessels,  251  n.  i; 
occupies  factory-house  at  Achin, 
321  n. 

Mohunpur,   129  n.  i 

Mohur.     See  Coins 

Mokurruf/ij  Muharram^  the,  a  Mu- 
hammadan fast,  119/2.   I 

Mola.     See  Mullah 

Molucca  Is.,  5 

Monapollem.    See  Armagon 

Moneela.     See  Manila 

Monghyr,  134  «.  i;  Shah  Shuja' 
flees  to,  139 

Monkeys,  294  n.  1 ;  in  Junk-Ceylon, 
248;  story  of  a,  249;  in  Kedah, 
279;  in  Achin,  286  n.  2 

Monsoon,  the  (Monzoone),  xxvii, 
5i»  73»  99  «•    4.    170  «•    2,    189, 


INDEX 


369 


189   n,    2,    286   n.    3,   323   n,    8; 

breaking-up  of,   170 

Monsoon    Plum,    323;     identified 

with  the  Zizyphus  yujuha^  323  «.  8 

Montepoly,  Montapolee.    See  Mo- 

tupalle 
Monteroyo,  Lewis  de,  242   n,  3 
Monthly  pay,  8.^,  83  n.   4;  custo- 
mary, for  all  soldiers  of  the  Com- 
pany, 4 
Monzoone.     See  Monsoon 
Moollah,  Moulla.     See  Mullah 
Moon,  the,  eclipse  of,  32-34;  reason 
of  eclipse  of,  34;   superstition  re- 
garding, 230  n.  I 
Moor,  gold.    See  Mohur,  s.v.  Coins 
Moor,  J.   H.,  his  **  Notices  of  the 
Indian   Archipelago"   referred  to, 
295  n.  3 
Moore,  Mr,  a  Director  of  the  E.I.  Co., 

xlii 
Mooree,  Moory.  See  Muri 
Moors  (Muhammadans),  the,  10 
n.  3,  16,  52,  6r  «.  3,  76,  95  n.  i, 
1 06;  ships  of,  frequent  the  port  of 
Achin,  xxii,  286  n.  i ;  subdue  the 
Gentues,  10,  16;  take  St  Thom6 
from  the  Portuguese,  38  n.  4,  45 
n.  I ;  rebuild  St  Thome,  45  n.  i\ 
driven  from  St  Thome  by  the 
French,  46,  46  n.  4,  47,  65  ;  murder 
French  spies  at  Narsapur,  67;  their 
ships  burnt  at  Masulipatam  by  the 
French,  68;  kill  the  French  chief 
at  Masulipatam,  70;  their  skirmish 
with  Sir  Edward  Winter  at  Gudur 
bridge,  84 ;  their  treatment  of  Euro- 
peans, 88;  their  haughtiness,  97 
n.  3;  at  Chicacol,  125 ;  oppress  Gen- 
tues on  Gingalee  Coast,  126 ;  govern 
Orissa,  131;  drive  the  Portuguese 
from  Hijili,  162  n,  3;  merchants 
of  the,  their  trade  at  Hugli,  168 
n.  2  ;  increase  of  their  trade  in 
Bengal,  182 ;  refuse  to  liberate 
Danish  prisoners,  182  n.  3 ;  flee 
from  the  Danes,  in  Balasor  Road, 
186;  demand  satisfaction  from  the 
Danes,  188;  their  water-clocks,  195, 
196;  their  fear  of  the  Brahmins, 
205;  Friday,  their  Sabbath,  207; 
their  wives,  seclusion  of,  adorn- 
ment of,  207 ;  two  killed  by  tigers, 
220;  in  Junk-Ceylon,  killed  in  the 
insurrection,  257  ;  chief  food  of, 
279  w.  5;  their  trade  from  Surat 
to  Achin,  288  n.  5;  at  Achin, 
321  n,  I.  See  also  s.v.  Muhamma- 
dans 
Moosim.     See  Monsoon 

T. 


Mootapilly.     See  Motupalle 

Moqua,  Mockua.     See  Mukkuvar 

Morat  Bakche.     See  Murad  Bakhsh 

More.     See  Moor 

Moree.     See  Muri 

Morocco,  li 

Morris,  H.,  his  "Godavery  Dis- 
trict" referred  to,  98  w.  i,  120  n,  ^ 

Mortavan  Jarre,  Martaban  Jar. 
See  Pegu  Jar 

Mortier,  Pierre,  his  map  referred  to, 
209  n.  2 

Mosely,  Richard,  soldier  and  dyer 
in  the  Company's  service,  214  ;/.  2 

Mosque  {masjtd),  112  n.  5;  Gentues 
prohibited  from  worshipping  near 
the,  1 1 ;  Muhammadans  attend  the, 
four  times  daily,  95;  at  Achin,  293 
n.  2,  322 

Mossel.    See  Mussoola 

Mosulla.     See  Mussoola 

Motavan  Jar.     See  Pegu  Jar 

Motupalle,  Motupalli,  56;  Marco 
Polo  landed  at,  56  n.  i 

Mount  St  Thomas.  See  St 
Thomas'  Mount 

Moy.     See  Arakan 

Muckwa,  Muck  war.    See  Mukkuvar 

Mucoa.     See  Mukkuvar 

Muddoo  Verona,  adopted  son  of 
Ka9u  Viranna,  85  n,   i 

Muftili.     See  Motupalle 

Muhammad  (Mahomet),  the  pro- 
phet, 96,  316 

Muhammadanism,  15,  94,  279 

Muhammadans  (Moors),  10  n.  3, 
1 6,  28,  294  n.  2 ;  discountenance 
satt,  39;  seclude  their  women,  63, 
64;  their  insolence,  76;  their  ar- 
rogance to  the  Gentues  and  Mala- 
bars,  76,  94;  their  religious  con- 
sistency, 94,  95,  96,  141;  their 
moral  characteristics,  94;  their 
social  characteristics,  96 ;  credited 
with  praying  to  the  sun,  203  n.  2 ; 
their  fear  of  the  Brahmins,  205  ; 
their  chief  delight,  216.  See  also 
s.v.  Moors 

Muhammad  'AzTm,  son  of  Au- 
rangzeb,  appointed  nawdb  of  Ben- 
gal, 147 ;  received  by  the  princes 
at  Patna  and  Rajmahal,  147;  enter- 
tained at  Dacca,  149 ;  begins  the 
Lall  Baug,  \^o  n.  i ;  his  rule  more 
just  than  that  of  Shayista  Khan, 
164 ;  turns  out  corrupt  officers, 
164;  grsints /armdns  to  the  English 
and  Dutch,  164 ;  his  reception  of 
Mr  Vincent,  164,  165;  his  demand 
for  elephants,  180 

24 


370 


INDEX 


Muhammad  Beg,  63  tt.  i ;  ap- 
pointed raja  of  Junk-Ceylon,  255; 
his  severe  and  unpopular  rule  in 
Junk-Ceylon,  256;  his  injustice  at 
Junk  -  Ceylon,  257  ;  insurrection 
against,   257;   killed,  257 

Mukkuvarsy  a  caste  of  fishermen,  42 

Mulberry  trees,  at  Kasimbazar, 
213  n.  2 

Mullah,  a  Muhammadan  priest,  95 
n.  2,  314;  attends  condemned 
criminals  at  Achin,  316 

Mulmuls.     See  Malmal 

Multan,  136  n.  3;  Dara  made  go- 
vernor of,  136;  description  of, 
136  n.  4;  productions  of,  136  «.  4 

Mumtaz  Mahal,  Shah  Jahan's  fa- 
vourite wife,   145  «.  6 

Munchal.     See  Manchdl 

Mundy,  Peter,  his  "Joumall"  re- 
ferred to,  230  n.  5,  294  n.  2 

Mungeer.     See  Monghyr 

Murad  Bakhsh,  son  of  Shah  Jahan, 
appointed  governor  of  Gujarat,  136; 
deceived  and  murdered  by  Aurang- 
zeb,  137 

Muri  (Murree,  Moree,  Mooree,  Moo- 
ry),  blue  cloth,  55,  71  n.  3,  122  w.  3; 
289  //.  4;  red,  55  n.  2;  coarse,  55 
n.  2;  fine,  55  «.  2 

Murray,  James  A.  H.,  LL.D.,  ac- 
quainted with  T.  B.  MS.,  XV ;  his 
** Oxford  English  Dictionary"  re- 
ferred to,  XV  «.,  92  n,  I,  97  n,  4, 
272  ;/.  2,  316  n.  4 

Murrees.     See  Muri 

Murshidabad,  201  n.  r,  230  /;.  5 

Musa,  English  goods  left  with  him 
at  Tunk-Ceylon,  270 

Musi,  river,  tributary  of  the  Kistna, 
wo  n.  4 

Music,  an  accompaniment  to  mar- 
riage ceremonies,  30;  an  accom- 
paniment to  a  sati^  38 

Musk,  exported  from  Bengal,  134; 
codd,  134,  134  «.  2;  how  sold, 
134  n.  2;  exported  from  Pattana, 
229;  whence  procured,  and  when 
taken,  229,  230 

Musk-deer,  229;  De  Graafs  de- 
scription of,  229  n.  4;  illustration 
of,  228 

Muslin,  Muzlin,  a  fine  calico,  5, 
122,  230,  289  n.  I,  289  n.  5,  290 
n.  6,  302;  striped,  123  «.  2 

Musseet.     See  Masjid 

Mussleman.     See  Mussulman 

Musslemen,  188,  188  n,  2.  See 
also  s.v.  Mussulman 

Mussoola,    Massoola,  Mossel,  Mo- 


sulla,   42  n.  I,  48  n. ;  description 
of,  42,  43 ;  illustration  of,  86 
Mussulaman.     See  Mucoa 
Mussulman,   a  Muhammadan,  76, 
95  n.  I,  126,  141,  188  n.  2 ;  number 
that  died  of  famine  at  Patna,  226 
n.  2 
Musteez,     Musteza,     a    half-caste, 

3  ^-  5>  1 33  '*•  2»  '40  ^'  4»  262  n,  2 
Muxadavad.     See  Murshidabad 
Muzzareefe,   154  n.  i 
Mylapore.     See  Meliapour 
Mypurra,   128  w.  5 
Myrobalan,  a  fruit,   192,  192  n.  3, 

193  n.  2,  237  n.  2,  323 
Mysore,  derivation  of,  119  «.  i 

Nabob.     See  Nawab 

Nagavali,  river,  124  «.  3 

Naglewanch,  4  w.  2 ;  Diitch  factory 
at,  105  «.  2 

Naik,  a  Hindu  governor,  38,  38  n.  3, 
39,  51  n.  I 

Naique.     See  Naik 

Nalla  Bakr  Maraikkar,  xxxiii 

Nanagur,  near  Patna,  English  factory 
at,  224  n.  I 

Narayan  Das  (Narrandasse),  broker 
at  Balasor,  32  n,  2 

Narbada,  river,   136  w.  2 

Nardaba.     See  Narbada 

Narragur,  152  n.  4 

Narsa,  the  author's  dubash^  37;  a 
dubash  to  the  Dutch,  37  n,  2 

Narsam  Cawn.  See  Nasib  Khan, 
Nazim  Khan 

Narsapore.     See  Narsapur 

Narsapur,  xvi,  63  «.  i,  81  «.  2,  93 
n.  I,  105  n.  2,  106,  121  n.  2,  123 
n.  4 ;  murder  of  French  spies  at,  67 ; 
situation  of,  98,  98  «.  i ;  Morris's 
description  of,  98  «.  i ;  destructive 
flood  at,  98  «.  I ;  excellent  harbour 
at,  98  n.  I ;  Dutch  iron  factory  at, 
98  ;«.  I ;  English  factory  at,  98  ».  i ; 
subject  to  Masulipatam,  98  ;«.  i ; 
decline  of  trade  at,  98  «.  i ;  visited 
by  Streynsham  Master,  98  «.  i ; 
manufactures  at,  98  ;«.  i;  river  at, 
99,  99  «.  4;  governor  of,  a  Mu- 
hammadan, 99 ;  new  Dutch  factory 
at,  99  ;«.  4;  coins  current  at,  116 

Narsapur  Peta.    See  Narsapur 

Narsingue.    See  Vijayanagar 

Narvat,  province,  131  n.  7 

Naseeb  Cawne,  Naseb  Cawne,  Na- 
seeb  Chaan.     See  Nasib  Khan 

NasIb  Khan,  merchant  at  Hugli, 
74  ».   3;   shahbandar  at   Balasor, 

74  «•  3 


INDEX 


371 


Nasir  Mahmud,  khan  of  Chengy, 
20  n.  2 

Naurasporam.    See  Nourasporam 

Nawab^  a  Muhammadan  viceroy,  of 
the  Camatic,  51  n.  i ;  of  Masuli- 
patam,  88  w.  3;  title  of,  given  to 
Mir  Jumla,  142  ;  extent  of  power  of 
a,  144  n.  3;  of  Bengal,  148  n.  5, 
179;  ofCuttack,  152-161;  of  Patna, 
story  of  his  chief  wife,  227 

Nayler,  John,  dyer  at  Kasimbazar, 
214  «.  2 

Nazim  Khan,  74,  74  n.  3 

Nedham,  Fytche,  148  n,  3;  factor 
at  Dacca,   150  n.  2 

Negapatam,  2,  258;  taken  by  the 
Dutch,  2  «.  4,  3;  description  of,  in 
1672,  2  n,  4 

Neglawanch.    See  Naglewanch 

Negrais,  237  n.  2 

Nellore  (district),  25  «.   3,  55  n.  2 

Neopall.     See  Nepal 

Nepal,   1^4  n.  2 

Nephalium  lappaceum.   See  Ravibutan 

Nerule,  78  n.  2 

Neshaun.     See  Nishan 

Netherlands  East  India  Company, 
complaint  to,  88  n.   3 

New  Kedah,  liii 

New  Pagodas,  93  jt.  i,  114.  See 
also  s.v.  Coins 

New  Queda.     See  New  Kedah 

New  Shippy  the,  William  Jearsey's 
ship,  251  n.   I 

Nicholson,  John,  Captain,  xxxvii,  1, 
176  «.  i;  commands  Company's 
ship  Advice^  1 ;  to  seize  Chinta- 
mund's  ship,   154  w.    i 

Nicobar  Is.,  xxxviii,  1,  68  n.  3, 
120  ;/.   2,  301  n.   I 

NieuhofT,  J.,  his  **  Het  Gezantschap 
&c."  referred  to,  324  ;/.  i 

Nile,  river,  172 

Nillaes,  blue  cloth,  231  «.  i,  231  n.  2 

Nipa,  the,  a  thatching  palm,  78  n.  2 

Nipa  de  Goa,  78 

Nishan,  Vincent  obtains  a,  165  w.  i, 
165  ;/.  2 

Nizampatam  (Peddapalle),  53  n.  2 

Noftsuch,  the,  William  Jearsey's  ship, 
251  n.  I 

Norricoel,  li 

N orris,  Sir  William,  English  am- 
bassador, xl 

**  Notes  and  Extracts  from  Govern- 
ment Records  at  Fort  St  George  " 
referred  to,  3  «.,  6  «.,  19  ;;.,  29  w., 
36  w.,  37  «.,  41  «.,  passim 

Nouralla  Caun.  See  Nuru'Uah  Khan 

Nourasporam,  98/1.  i,  200  n,  4 


Nugdy,  the,  271  n.   i,  320 

Nulla  Buckoor  Marcar.    See  Nalla 

Bakr  Maraikkar 
Nursapore.    See  Narsapur 
Nurse,  Valentine,  complains  against 

Clavell,  159 
Nuru'Uah  Khan,  nawab  of  Orissa, 

152  n,  4 
Nyshampatnam.     See  Peddapalle 

Oakum,  21 

Oath,  *'by  cow,"  for  important  mat- 
ters, 9 

Ocoon.     See  Akhun 

Oedjange  (Salange).  See  Junk- 
Ceylon 

Ogilby,  Ogleby,  Alexander.  See 
Ogilvy,  Alexander 

Ogilvy,  Alexander,  known  to  T.B., 
xviii  ;  an  English  merchant,  264 ; 
obtains  liberation  of  a  Portuguese 
slave- boy,  264,  265  ;  sent  on  a  trad- 
ing voyage  to  Mocha,  264  n.  7; 
goes  to  Surat,  264  w.  7 ;  a  freeman, 
at  Bombay,  264  n.  7 ;  a  witness,  at 
Fort  St  George,  264  «.  7 

Oglevie,  Isabella,  264  w.  7 

Ogouli.     See  Hugh 

Oil,  20,  289,  290,  304;  used  by 
Gentues  for  anointing  their  bodies, 
32  ;  used  for  increasing  the  fire  at  a 
sail,  38 ;  exported  from  Bengal,  132, 
132  n.  6;  price  of,  in  Patna,  during 
the  famine,  226  n,  2 ;  imported  to 
Junk-Ceylon,  247 ;  sold  by  the 
bamboo  at  Achin,  282  n,  i ;  used 
with  dammer,  293;  cocoanut,  320 

Old  Fish  Street,  London,  xli 

Old  Kedah,  liii,  262;  its  situation, 
284;   its  river,  full  of  fish,  284 

Old  Pagodas,  57,  105  n.  2,  115; 
reasons  for  excessive  value  of,  115 
n.  2 ;  current  only  in  Golconda,  115 
n.  2 

Old  Queda.     See  Old  Kedah 

Olocko,  Oolauck.    See  Uldk 

Omrah,  Omra,  Omro,  Ombrah.  See 
Umard 

Onderhill,  Derick,  264  n.  7 

Oneal,  Mr,  66  n.  i 

Onions,  289  n,  5 

Oojong.     See  Ujung 

Ooriya.     See  Uriya 

Ophir,  ?  Achin,  294  n.   2 

Opium,  181,  289  n.  5,  312;  excites 
valour  in  rajpHts,  83  «.  5 ;  best 
produced  in  Bengal,  133,  134  w.  i ; 
monopoly  in  trade  of,  134  «.  i 

Orammall.    See  RUmdl 

Oran  Caye.    See  Orankay 

24 — 2 


372 


INDEX 


Oran  Chookee.    See  Orankay 

Oranges,  at  Achin,  322 

Orangkay  Loximana.  See  s.  w, 
Orankay ;   Laximana 

Orang-laut^  men  of  the  sea,  237  «.  2 

Orang-sdlat^  men  of  the  narrow  seas, 
237  n,  2 

Orankay,  Orancaya,  a  high  Malay 
official,  260,  260  n,  3,  299  n.  i, 
299  «.  4,  299  n,  5,  300  n,  4,  313 
n.  I,  319;  the,  at  Kedah,  262  «.  7, 
268,  271 ;  the  great,  at  Achin,  299, 
301,  303  n.  3,  306,  307  n.  4,  315, 
317,  318,  322;  ceremonies  at  visit 
to  the,  at  Achin,  302,  303,  307 

Oran  Keay,  Oran  Koye.  See  Oran- 
kay 

Organdy  muslin.     See  Betteela 

Orim  Zeeb.    See  Aurangzeb 

Orissa,  Orixa,  xvi,  5  n.  i,  10,  12 
n,  I,  108  n.  I,  128  n.  i,  129  n.  i, 
130  n.  3,  130  n.  4,  131  n,  7,  199, 
214,  221,  222  n.  i;  coast  of,  108 
n.  2,  120  «.  I ;  king  of,  125  n.  i ; 
description  of,  1 28-131;  subordi- 
nate to  the  Great  Mogol,  128;  in- 
dependent rajas  in,  128,  131;  port 
on  coast  of,  129;  few  towns  in, 
130;  called  Jagannath,  130  «.  4; 
unsettled  state  of,  131,  131  n.  i; 
travelling  in,  unsafe,  131;  Mir 
Jumla  made  governor  of,  139,  142; 
rajas  of,  refuse  to  acknowledge  Mir 
Jumla,  143;  Muhammad  'Azim 
made  governor  of,  147;  part  of 
the  province  of  Behar,  151  n,  2; 
nawdbs  of,  152  n.  4;  commodities 
of,  sold  at  Hugli,  168;  imports  of, 
232 

Orleans,  D',  "Voyages"  of.  See 
Prevost 

Orme,  Robert,  his  **  Historical  Frag- 
ments "  referred  to,  153  n.  3 

Ormus,  208  n.  5 

Ornaments,  worn  by  Banyans  and 
Gentues,  34,  35;  of  eunuchs  of 
Queen  of  Achin,  325  ;  of  horses 
of  Queen  of  Achin,  326 

Oromal      See  Rumdl 

Orongkay.     See  Orankay 

Ougli.     See  Hugli 

Oulesser.     See  Orissa 

Ourias,  inhabitants  of  Orissa.  See 
Uriyas 

Outcry,  Callaway's  goods  sold  at, 
175  n.  8;  Whetham's  goods  sold 
at,  \*i*i  n.  2 

Ox-hire,  duties  on  reduced,  93  n,  i 

Oyglesby,  Alexander.  See  Ogilvy, 
Alexander 


Oyster,  river,  209  n,  1 

Pacem,  285  n.  3 

Padang  Salla.     See  Solla 

Paddy,  4  n.  2,  93  «.  i,  120  w.  i, 
123  n.  4,  294  n.  3 

Padres  (priests),  Portuguese,  con- 
vert the  pariahs,  41 ;  Court's 
opinion  of,  41  n.  3;  Portuguese, 
their  legends  about  St  Thomas,  50; 
French  and  Portuguese,  their  want 
of  courtesy,  50  n.   i ;  Portuguese, 

195 
Pdgar,  a  fence,  enclosure,  269 

Pagoda.     See  Coins 

Pagoda,  temple,  6,  11,  22,  25,  26, 
30,  41,  197,  199,  205;  carvings 
in  those  of  the  "Gentues"  and 
**  Mallabars, "  7 ;  of  Trivettore(Tres- 
sletore,  Triblitore),  description  of, 
8«. ;  of  Jagannath,  12,  13,  14,  15, 
16,  17,  18,  20;  of  Benares,  12  w. ; 
of  Matura,  12  n.\  of  Tripeti,  12  «. ; 
subordinate,  festivals  at,  17 ;  of  Ar- 
magon,  25 ;  on  the  Gingalee  Coast, 
antiquity  of,  127*;  of  Harsapur,  129 
n.  I ;  of  Pipli,   162  n.   1 

Pahr,  a  measure  of  time,  196,  197 
n.   I 

Painters,  calico-printers,   106  n,  2 

Paintings  (chintz),  9,  55,  71  n.  u 
106,  288  n.  6;  manufactured  at  St 
Thome,  45  «.  i,  at  Masulipatam^ 
72  ;/.  2,  at  Palakollu,  105  n.  2,  at 
Golconda,  1 1 1 ;  coarse,  288 

Palakollu,  xvi ;  Dutch  ropemakers 
at,  105  ;  first  Dutch  settlement  on 
Coromandel  Coast,  105  «.  2 ;  Dutch 
factory  at,  105  n.  2;  existing  re- 
mains of  Dutch  occupation  of,  105 
n.  2 ;  manufactures  at,  105  n.  2, 
106 ;  rented  by  the  Dutch  of  the 
king  of  Golconda,  105  n.  2 ;  visited 
by  Streynsham  Master,  105  n.  2  ; 
its  later  history,  105  n.  2 ;  Swinging 
Festival  at,  198  n.  i 

Palampore,  chintz  bed-spread,  71,^ 
71  n.  3,   106,  288 

Palanchino.     See  Palankeen 

Palankeen,  palanchino,  19,  30,  54,. 
83,  148,  187,  204,  213  n.  2;  illus- 
tration of,  86 ;  T.  B.  *s  description 
of,  86,  87;  Thevenot's  description 
of,  86  n.  2 

Palankeen -bearers,  87  w.  2;  caste 
of,  87 

Palanquin.    See  Palankeen 

Paliacatte.    See  Pulicat 

Palimbam,  295  «.  2,  295  n.  3 

Paliyaghat.     See  Pulicat 


INDEX 


373 


Palkole.     See  Palakollu 

Pallampore.     See  Palampore 

Palmas,  Cape  das,  209  n,  2 

Palmeris,  Palmiras.     See  Palmyras 

Palmito  (date-palm),  46 ;  toddy  made 
from,  40;  groves  of,  at  Cuttack,  152 

Palm -wine.     See  Toddy 

Palmyra  (Palmero),  38,  46,  128  «.  5 ; 
leaf  of  used  for  writing,  24 ;  leaves 
used  as  pendants  by  Banyans  and 
Gentues,  35 ;  toddy  made  from, 
48 ;  sugar  obtained  from,  78  «.  i ; 
groves  of,  at  Cuttack,   152 

Palmyras  (Palmeris,  Palmiras)  Point, 
128,  128  n.  5,  129,  129  n.  I,  131; 
protects  Balasor  Harbour,  162  n.  3 

Pambou.     See  Bamboo 

Fan,  Pome,  Pond.  See  Weights  and 
Measures 

PdHy  pawn,  paun,  30  «.  2,  97,  305 
n.   I 

Pdmh,     See  Punch 

Pantado,  Pintado.     See  Paintings 

Panther,  a  black,  T.  B.  mistakes  for 
a  tiger,  248  «.  3 

Para,  Parrah.  See  Weights  and 
Measures 

Parcallae.     See  Parkdla 

Pariah  caste  (Parjar,  Parrea,  Par- 
ryar),  25  n.  i ;  description  of,  41, 
41  n.  2;   occupations  of,  41,  42 

Parjar.     See  Pariah 

Parkdla^  piece-goods,  55  n,  2,  71 
n.   3,    122  n.   3,  289  «.   4 

Parryar,  Paryar,  Parrea.    See  Pariah 

Parwdna^  152  n.  4,  154  n.  i,  165 
n.  2;  from  Shayista  Khan,  158 
n.  3;  obtained  by  the  Danes,  190 
n.  3 

Passaman,  285  n.  3,  292  n.   i 

Patah,  a  fragment,  241  n.  2.  See  also 
s.v.  Coins 

Pat  ah  hdsar,  large  fragment,  241  n.  2 

Patah  kdchilf  small  fragment,  2^1  n.  2 

Patali,  river,   129  «.   i 

Patam,  a  town,  01 

Patan.     See  Pattana  (province) 

Patani,  Patany,  xxii,  liii,  242  n.  3, 
250  n.  I,  260  n.  I,  260  «.  3;  a 
Malay  state,  266,  266  n,  i,  266 
n.  2  ;  Queen  of,  266  ;;.  i ;  King  of, 
266;  tributary  to  Siam,  275  n.  3; 
its  situation,  280 

Patan  Kings,  their  rule  in  Orissa, 
131  n.   1 

Patanny.     See  Patani 

Patch.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

Pateldy  a  boat,  148;  description  of, 
225,  225  n.  3;  used  for  heavy 
goods,  229;   illustration  of,  277 


Patna,  33  «.  i,  122  n,  i,  132  n.  7, 
211  n.  I,  249  n.  i;  best  opium 
from,  134  n.  i ;  nobles  receive  Mu- 
hammad 'Azim  at,  147  ;  factory  at, 
farmdn  for,  from  the  Prince,  151; 
Swinging  Festival  at,  198  «.  i;  chief 
city  of  Pattana,  221;  Thevenot's 
description  of,  221  n,  i ;  Dutch 
factory  at,  221  n.  i,  225,  225  «.  i ; 
De  Graaf's  description  of,  221  «.  5; 
inundations  of  the  Ganges  at,  221 
n.  5;  palace  of  the  nawdb  at,  221 
n.  5;  Ta vernier's  description  of,  221 
n.  5;  English  factory  at,  223,  224 
n.  1 ;  provides  large  quantities  of 
saltpetre,  224,  224  n.  i ;  the  resi- 
dence of  the  fiawdb,  224 ;/.  i ;  John 
Marshall's  "Accompt"  of,  224  «.  i ; 
famine  at,  226,  226  n,  2,  227,  227 
n,  I 

Pattamars,  312  n.  i 

Pattana.    See  Patna 

Pattana  (province),  xvi,  5,  172, 
184,  211,  214,  222  n,  I,  223;  Mir 
Jumla  made  governor  of,  139,  142 ; 
Shayista  Khan  made  governor  of, 
145;  Muhammad  'Azim  sent  to, 
147 ;  part  of  the  province  of  Behar, 
151  n,  2;  commodities  of,  sold  at 
Hugli,  168;  T.  B.'s  description  of, 
221-234;  tributary  to  the  Great 
Mogol,  221;  trade  of,  221;  salt- 
petre and  musk  exported  from,  229; 
imports  of,  232 

Pattans,  the,  inroad  of,  into  Hin- 
dostan,  152  n.  4 

Pattany.     See  Patani 

Pattarero,  swivel-gun,  254,  254  n,  i; 
iron,  254  w.  I ;  brass,  254  «.  i 

Pattella,  Patella,  Pratello.  SeePatela 

Patua,  river,  129  «.   i 

Paune.     See  Pan 

Pauzecour,  31  n.  i 

Pavilions,  gilt,  for  state  processions 
in  Achin,  310 

Pavillion,  Paviloen,  governor  of  Pu- 
licat,  52,  66  n,  i 

Pawn.     See  Pan 

Pay,  monthly,  of  soldiers,  4 

Pazhaverkkadu.     See  Pulicat 

Peachy,  Jeremiah,  228  n,  2 

Peacocks,  220,  220  n.  4,  294  n,  2 
feathers  of,  worn  by  faquirs ^  22 

PearUy  the,  frigate,  xl 

Pearls,  from  Ceylon,  180  n.  6;  from 
Tuticorin,  208  n.  5 

Pearse,  Captain  William,  commands 
the  Bengali  Merchant^  xl 

Pecul,  Pecool.  See  Weights  and 
Measures 


374 


INDEX 


Pedang,  285  n,  3 

Peddapalle  (PettipoUe,  Pettipolee, 
Nizampatam),  xvi,  xviii,  4  «.  2,  56 
n.  i,g^n.  i^ioon.  i,  106 n.  2;  situa- 
tion of,  53,  55;  factory  at,  54,  55; 
first  settlement  at,  53  «.  2 ;  a  salt- 
petre mart,  54 ;  Ambrose  Salisbury, 
chief  of,  54 ;  a  centre  for  collection 
of  cotton  goods,  54;  condition  of 
factory-house  at,  54;  Streynsham 
Master's  description  of,  54 ;  choul- 
try and  custom-house  at,  54 ;  English 
garden  at,  54 ;  re-settlement  of 
factory  at,  desired  by  natives,  54; 
Dutch  factory  at,  55;  goods  manu- 
factured at,  55 ;  resettled,  54  n. ; 
ceded  to  the  French,  54  n. ;  re- 
stored to  the  British,  54  n. ;  visited 
by  T.  B.,  57,  58;  provisions  plenti- 
ful at,  57,  58;  weights,  measures 
and  coins  of,  59,  1 16;  subject  to  the 
king  of  Golconda,  61  «.  3  ;  striped 
stuffs  from,  exported  to  Achin, 
28^ 

Pedir,  kingdom  of,  285  w.  3 

Pedrero,  a  stone- thrower,  254  ;/.  1 

Pedro  de  Lavera,  a  Portuguese 
pilot,  75,  193  n.  3 

Pedro  O  Lavera,  Liveira.  See 
Pedro  de  Lavera 

Pee-Lancrac,  assistant  to  Governor 
of  Junk-Ceylon,  236  n.  3 

Peepeemont,  Governor  of  Junk- 
Ceylon,  236  n.  3 

Pee-Siring,  assistant  to  Governor 
of  Junk-Ceylon,  236  «.   3 

Pee-Tukerat,  assistant  to  Governor 
of  Junk-Ceylon,  236  «.  3 

Pegu,  xvi,  xxii,  61  n.  3,  72  n.  2,  82 
n.  I,  236  «  r,  245  n.  2,  251  n.  i, 
271  w.,  290,  290  «.  8;  no  descrip- 
tion of,  by  T.B.,  234  71.  2;  wooden 
fort  at,  255  n.  6,  276  n.  3,  278  n.  i ; 
elephants  from,  275  n.  i ;  at  war 
with  Siam,  276;  ships  from,  fre- 
quent Achin,  288 

Pegu  Jar,  8i,  81  n.  i,  193  n.  i,  216, 
290 

Pegu  Sticklack,  122  n,  1 

Pelicans,  on  the  Ganges,  211  n.   i 

Pelock,  ?Perak,  267  n.  i 

Pema  Mathi,  Hindu  wife  of  Ab- 
dullah Qutb  Shah,  113  n.  3 

Penny,  Mrs  Frank,  her  "Fort  St 
George"  referred  to,   176  «.  i 

Peons,  xxviii,  xxxii,  4  n.  2,  83,  88 
«•  3>  207»  224  w.  I,  257  «.  6;  duty 
of  a,  83;  number  of,  entertained 
for  security  at  Cuttack,  154  «.  1 

Pepper,  290  n.  8,  292,  292  n,  i,  320; 


from  Borneo,  xxvii ;  from  Tuticorin, 
208  n.  5;  from  Kedah,  259  n.  2, 
276,  283;  where  grown  in  Kedah, 
276,  277,  277  n.  I ;  from  Sumatra, 
276  n.  6,  292  n.  4;  black,  277; 
white,  277;  from  Indragiri,  295 
n.  3 

Pepys,  Samuel,  recommends  Capt. 
J.  Bowrey,  xxiv 

Perak,  Perach,  liv,  260  n.  i,  266  n.  3, 
275  n.  2,  283,  285  n,  3,  290; 
Dutch  supremacy  at,  252  n.  3;  tin 
at,  267  n.  I,  280  n.  1 ;  money  of, 
281  n.  3;  situation  of,  283  n.  3; 
Dutch  trade  with,  283  n.  3 ;  subject 
to  Achin,  283  n.  3 

Perak,  silver,  283  n.  3 

Percall.     See  Parkala 

Perculla.     See  Parkala 

Pergoo.    See  Purgo 

Persia,  xxxviii,  xxxix,  1,  i  ;/.  i,  5, 
50,  61  n.  3,  71,  72  n.  2,  91  n,   i, 

133'  136  «•  3»   '36  n,  4,  221,  245 

n,   2,    281    n.   3,   293;    visited   by 

Bowrey,  xxvi,  216;   Ganges  water 

carried  to,  216 
Persian  Gulf,  the,  216  n,  6;  chart 

of,  by  Bowrey,  xxviii,  1 
Persian  horses,  Shayista  Khan  to  be 

presented  with,  148  n.  5 
Persian   language,   the,   234 ;   the 

Court  language  of  Asia,  95,  224 
Persian  Merchant ^  the,  wreck  of,  57 

n,  2 
Persians,  the,  39  n.  4 ;  inhabitants  of 

Masulipatam,  61   «.  3 ;   numerous 

in  Golconda,  1 1 1  n.  i ;  at  Chicacol, 

125 

Peru,   Peruana,  xliii,  5 

Pescadores,  the,  1 

Peshcush,  an  obligatory  gift,  157,  158, 
268,  270,  272;  forced  from  the  En- 
glish and  Dutch,  by  Shayista  Khan, 
164;  used  as  a  verb,  246 

Petapouli.     See  Peddapalle 

Petard.     See  Pattarero 

Peterraro.     See  Pattarero 

Petro  Loveyro.  See  Pedro  de 
Lavera 

PettipoUe.    See  Peddapalle 

Phiddy  Cav^n.     See  Fidai  Khan 

Philippine  Is.,  xxxix;  chart  of,  by 
Bowrey,  xlix 

Phirmaund.     See  Farm&n 

Phirwanna,  Phyrwanna.  See  Par- 
wana 

Phrai  Narai,  king  of  Siam,  276 
«.  3 

Phuddy  Cav^ne.     See  Fidai  Khan 

Phyrmane.     See  Farman 


INDEX 


375 


Phyrmaund,  Phyrmand.  See  Far- 
man 

Pican.     See  Coins 

Pice.     See  Coins 

Picul.  See  Pekul,  s.  v.  Weights  and 
Measures 

Piece  of  eight.  See  Ryall,  s.v.  Coins 

Pigdan,  a  spittoon.     See  Ptkddn 

Pikdatiy  a  spittoon,  96  n.  2 

Pikul.  See  Pecul,  s.v.  Weights  and 
Measures 

Pilgrims,  maintained  at  Jagannath 
pagoda,  12  n.  I]  faquirs  so  called, 
20 

Pilots,  apprentice-pilots  for  theHugli, 
xix,  166  n.  2;  see  also  s.vv.  Bate- 
man,  Heron,  Bowrey;  youths  unfit 
for,  sent  to  silk  factory  at  Kasim- 
bazar,  214  w.   2 

Pineapples,  193  n.  2,  221  n.  i,  323; 
at  Kedah,  279;  illustration  of,  285 

Pingaree.     See  Pinjarl 

Phijart,  a  frame- work,  87 

Pintado  birds,  9  n.  5 

Pinto,  Ferdinand  Mendez,  242  n.  3 

Pipli,  Pipley,  Pipeley,  140  n.  2,  162 
n.  3,  179,  225  n.  5,  228  ;/.  3;  per- 
mission for  an  English  factory  at, 
162  ;/.  2;  existence  of  English 
factory  at  questioned,  162  n.  2; 
description  of  harbour  and  town 
of,  162  n.  2;  Dutch  factory  at,  its 
prosperity  and  its  desertion,  162 
n.  2;  abandoned  by  the  English 
for  Balasor,  162  ft.  2;  decay  of 
trade  at,  162  n.  2,  162  n.  3;  slaves 
sold  at,  by  Arakaners,  212  n.  2 

Piplo.     See  Pipli 

Pirah.     See  Perak 

Pirates.    See  s.v.  Arakaners,  Saletars 

Piscash.     See  Peshcush 

Pison,  river,  identity  of  the  Ganges 
with,  166  n.  I 

Pitch.     See  Dammer 

Pitt,  John,   1 40  «.  2 

Pitt,  Thomas,  106  n.  2,  124  n.  3; 
Vincent  associated  with,   164  w.  4 

Placide,  his  map  of  Mergui  Archi- 
pelago referred  to,  235  n.   i 

Plantain  tree,  Plane  tree,  Plantree, 
245.  247,  248,  274,  274  n.  2,  323; 
food  of  elephants  during  transport, 
73 ;  Dam  pier's  description  of  a,  245 
n.  4;   illustration  of  a,  250 

Plou.     See  Areca 

Podddr,   164  n.  4 

Point  de  Gala,  Point  de  Gaul.  See 
Point  de  Galle 

Point  de  Galle,  75,  75  n.  3,  181, 
181  n.  i;   trade  at,   181  n.  i 


Policat,   Poliacatte.     See  Pulicat 
.Policherry.     See  Pondicherry 
PoUam.     See  Kobang^  s.v.  Coins 
PollicuU.     See  Palakollu 
Polo  Gomos.     See  Pulo  Gomez 
Pomegranate,  322  n,  8 
Pommelo.     See  Pumplemoos 
Pond,  Pome.    See  Pan^  s.v.  Weights 

and  Measures 
Pondicherry,  257;  settlement  at,  by 
the   French,   Hi  n.    i,   257   «.  6; 
various  spellings  of,  257  n.  6;  de- 
scription of  French  factory  at,  257 
n.  6 
Pondy,  Pondee,  124,   124  n.   i 
Pone.     See  Pan,  s.v.  Weights  and 

Measures 
Poolicat.     See  Pulicat 
Pooloo.     See  Pulo 
Poot.     See  Patah 
Popra  Harbour,  236  n.  i 
Porca,  Porgo.     See  Purgo 
Pore.     See  Pahr,  s.v.  Weights  and 

Measures 
Porgo.     See  Purgo 
Porka,  Porkoe.     See  Purgo 
Porpoises,  in  the  Ganges,  211  n.  1 
Portingal.     See  Portuguese 
Portman,  John,  266  n.  3 ;  appointed 
second  at  Kedah,  268;   his  report 
of  Kedah   trade,    268;    his  death, 
268 
Porto  Novo,  xxviii-xxx,  xxxiii,  xxxv, 
xxxviii,  82,  123  n.  2,  257,  257  ;/.  6, 
263  n.   I,  269;   description  of,  82 
n.    I ;    proposed  Dutch  settlement 
at,    82    n.    i;     proposed    English 
settlement  at,  82  ;/.  i ;   coins  cur- 
rent at,  115 
Portugall  Priests.     See  Padres 
Portugals,     the,    Portuguese     half- 
breeds,  3  n.  4,  209  n.  2 ;  ships  of, 
frequent  the  port  of  Achin,  xxii ; 
settlement  of,  in  Fort  St  George,  3, 
3  «.  5 ;  subjection  of,  to  the  English, 
3;   serve  as  soldiers   to  the  East 
India  Company,   4;   refugees,  nu- 
merous   in    Golconda,    1 1 1    n.    i ; 
merchants  of,  their  trade  in  Bengal, 

132  «•  3»  i33»  »33  «•  ■»;  their  settle- 
ment called  Feringhi  Dibba,  140 
n.  4;  at  Goa,  called  Frangues, 
Fringuins,  Reifioes,  140  ;/.  4; 
driven  from  Hijili,  162  n.  3;  their 
houses  at  Balasor,  162  n.  3;  num- 
ber of,  in  Bengal,  191;  in  Bengal, 
their  poverty  and  industry,  192, 
192  n.  i;  soldiers  in  the  Mogol's 
army,  192  n.  i ;  many  of  them 
sailors,  in  Bengal,  193;  makers  of 


376 


INDEX 


sweetmeats,  193  ;/.  2;  duties  paid 
by,  and  privileges  of,  in  Bengal, 
194;  erection  of  new  church  by, 
stopped,  194,  195 ;  one  killed  by  a 
tiger,  220 ;  ship  of,  taken  by  Malay 
pirates,  264;  sold  as  slaves  at 
Kedah,  264,  265;  escape  to  Ma- 
lacca, 264;  in  Achin,  286  n.  i, 
293  n.  2 

Portuguese,  the,  formerly  possessed 
Negapatam,  2;  their  monopoly  of 
trade  with  the  Molucca  Is.,  5;  St 
Thome  taken  from  them  by  the 
Moors,  38  n.  4,  45  n.  i ;  priests  of, 
41,  41  n.  3;  former  extent  of  power 
in  India  of,  82  n.  i ;  their  conquests 
in  the  Deccan,  135  n,  5;  shipwreck 
of  a,  near  Patani,  242  n.  3;  their 
settlement  at  Junk-Ceylon,  245  «.  2 ; 
cannon  taken  from  them,  at  Achin, 
312  n.  2 

Povey,  Mistress,  jilts  John  Jearsey, 
90  n,   I 

PraUy  a  boat,  xxii,  238,  251,  251  n,  2, 
262  n.  7,  264,  266  n,  3,  282,  283, 
288,  290  n.  8,  291 ;  definition  of, 
238  n.  2 ;  several  for  war  to  be 
built  at  Junk-Ceylon,  253;  a  flying, 
301,  301  n.  i;  illustration  of  a,  314 

Praw.     See  Prau 

•♦  Premier  Livre  de  I'Histoire  de  la 
Navigation  aux  Indes  Orientales" 
referred  to,  192  n.  4,  193  n.  i,  247 
n.  5 

President^  the,  158  n.  3;  log  of,  re- 
ferred to,   12  «.  I 

Pr6vost,  A.  F.,his'*HistoireGenerale 
des  Voyages"  referred  to,  228  ;;.  i, 
228  n,  5,  230  n.  2,  231  n.  i,  255 
n.  6,  257  n,  6,  290  «.  6 

Priaman,  Priamon,  liv,  285  n,  3, 
319;  raja  of,  his  power,  295;  de- 
pendent on  Achin,  295  n.  4;  pepper, 
a  product  of,  295  n,  4 

Prickman,  Mr,  173  «.  i 

Priests,  French  and  Portuguese.  See 
s.  V.  Padres 

Princess ^  the,  sloop,   \\o  n.  2 

Pringle,  A.  T.,  his  **  Selections  from 
the  Consultations  at  Fort  St  George" 
referred  to,  25  «.  3,  36  n.  3,  42  w.  i, 
45  «.,  passim 

Printed  calico.     See  Paintings 

Proby,  Mr,  72  n.   1 

Proe,  Prow.     See  Prau 

Pry  am  an.     See  Priaman 

Puckle,  Major  William,  Company's 
supervisor,  3  «.  5,  57  «.  2,  88  n.  3, 
159;  his  opinion  regarding  Mada- 
poUam  factory,  \qo  n.  i;   his  de- 


cision in  Clavell's  favour,  159;  his 
**  Diary  "  referred  to,  320 

Pudicherry,  Pudycherry.  See  Pon- 
dicherry 

Puglah  Lemah  Bunder,  visit  of 
the  English  to,  268,  302  n.  4 

Puhur.     See  Pahr 

Puket.     See  Tonkah  Harbour 

Pulicat  (Paliacatte,  Pullicatt,  Policat, 
Poolicat,  Paliyaghat,  Pazhaverk- 
kadu),  xvi,  42  «.  i,  45  «.  i,  53 
n.  I,  57;  a  garrisoned  town  of  the 
Dutch,  51 ;  T.  B.'s  description  of, 
51 »  53;  Schouten's  description  of, 

51  n.  4;  Hamilton's  description 
of,  52;  Thevenot's  description  of, 

52  ;  governors  of,  52 ;  Dutch  factory 
at,  52;  saltpetre  refined  at,  52; 
gunpowder  made  at,  52 ;  taken  from 
the  Dutch,  52 ;  surrendered  to  Great 
Britain,  52;  coins  current  at,  115 

Pullambam.     See  Palimbam 
PuUicherrie.     See  Pondicherry 
Pullo  Ladda.     See  Pulo  Ladda 
Pullo  Sambelon.     See  Pulo  Sam- 

bilong 
Pullo  Way,   PuUo-wey.    See   Pulo 

Way 
Pulo^  Pulau^  an  island,  235  «.  1,  277, 

277  n.  I 
Pulo  Gomez,  286  n,  3,  287  n.  2  ; 

its    situation,    287,    287    ».   4 ;    a 

criminal  station,  287,  287  n.  5 
Pulo  Ladda,  pepper  island,  liii;  its 

situation,  111^111  n,  i 
Pulo  Pinang,  liv 
Pulo  Sambilong,  238,  238  n.  i 
Pulo  Wary.     See  Pulo  Way 
Pulo  Way,  island,  287;  its  situation, 

287  n.  ^;  Si  criminal  station,  287, 

287  n.  3,  287  w.  5,  314  n.  4,  315 

n.  2 ;    three  islands  of  the  name, 

^87  n.  3 
Pumpelmouce.     See  Pumplemoos 
Pumpkin  (calabash),  247,  247  n.  7, 

323  «.  7 
Pumplemoos,  Poomplemous,  87  «.  2, 

^47  w*  5»  3^4 »  Portuguese  term  for, 

^47  ^*  5  >  description  of,  324  ».  i 
Pumple-nose.    See  Pumplemoos 
Punch,  panch^  paunch,  78  n,  2 
Pune.    See  Peon 

Punishments,  at  Achin,  314-317 
Punto  De  Gall.    See  Point  de  Galle 
Puquet.     See  Tonkah  Harbour 
Purchas,  Rev.  Samuel,  295  n.  6 
Purgo,  a  boat,  43  n.  i,  225  n.  5; 

where    and    for    what    used,    228; 

probable  derivation  of,  228  ;;.  2; 

illustration  of,  228 


INDEX 


377 


Purgo-man,  Porgo-man,   196  n,  4, 

228  n.  2 
Purles,  277  n.  1 
Putom,    Puton  Harbour,  239  «.   i, 

250  n.   2 
Putta.     See  Patahy  s»v.  Coins 
Pyplo.     See  Pipli 
Pythagorean  philosophy,  followed 

by  the  Brahmins,  28,  205  «.   2 

Qdzi,  judge,  118  n.  i 

Qualla,  Quala.     See  Kuwdla 

Queda,  Quedah.     See  Kedah 

Quenoy,  island,  1 

Quicksilver,  232,  232  n,  3 

Quida.     See  Kedah 

Qutb  Shah,  king  of  Golconda,  108 
n.  7 

Qutb  Shahl,  the,  dynasty  of,  88  «.  2, 
1 13  n.  I ;  rise  of,  109  n.  i,  iii  ;/.  5 

Qutb  Shah!  family,  the,  rebel  a- 
gainst  Akbar,  109;  found  the  king- 
dom of  Golconda,  109 

Raccaners.     See  Arakaners 

Radish  achdr^   193  //.  1 

Radja.     See  Raja 

Radja  Mehal.     See  Rajmahal 

Rage  MauU.     See  Rajmahal 

Raghu  the  podddr^  32  n.  2 ;  Vincent 
accused  of  causing  his  death,  164 
;;.   4 

Raia,  Raiah.     See  Rdjd 

RahtbffWy  the,  xxvi;  mistakes  her 
course,  3  n.   2 

Rdjd  (Radja),  xvii,  39,  83  n.  5,  108, 
130,  190  «.  3,  221  71.  5,  299  n,  2; 
of  the  Jagannath  district,  12  «.  i  ; 
position  of  a,  in  17th  century,  39 
w.  2;  of  Harsapur,  i29».  i ;  of  Junk- 
Ceylon,  236;  of  Junk-Ceylon,  his 
reception  of  foreigners,  244-246; 
of  Junk-Ceylon,  his  command  to 
have  war  praus  built,  254 ;  a  Mu- 
hammadan  appointed  as,  in  Junk- 
Ceylon,  255;  of  Junk-Ceylon,  killed 
in  insurrection,  257 ;  power  of  the, 
in  Sumatra,  295 ;  of  Indragiri,  295 

n.  3 
Rajahpoot.     See  Rajput 

Rajaram,  Clement  Jordan's  accounts 
with,  178  n.  1 

Rajmahal,  148,  148  n.  5,  211  n.  i, 
226  ».  2,  249  ;/.  I ;  ancient  capital 
of  Bengal,  143;  former  trade  at, 
143  n,  2;  Tavemier's  description 
of,  143  n.  2;  Muhammad  A'zim 
received  at,  147;  Vincent  visits 
Muhammad  A'zim  at,   164,   165 

Rdjput     (rashboot,    raspoute,     rash- 


poote,  respoute,  rashwa,  rasbout, 
raggibout),  xvii,  19,  27  w.  i,  83, 
83  n.  5,  119,  148  n,  5;  caste,  the, 
supposed  valour  but  real  cowardice 
of,  84 

Rakan.     See  Arakan 

Rakshaso,  119  n.  i 

Ram,  a  Hindu  god,  j  n.  2 

Ramall.     See  Riimdl 

Ramapatam,  36  n,  3 

Ramazan.     See  Ramzdn 

Rambotang.     See  Rambutan 

Rambutan^  323;  description  of,  323 
n,  I 

Ramchandrapore,  220  n.  4 

Ramdam.     See  Ramzdn 

Ramilldey,  road  of  (Masulipatam), 
72  n.   I 

Rammal,  Roomaul,  Romall,  Ro- 
hamall.     See  Riimdl 

Ramsden,  George,  124  «.  3;  chief 
at  Gingerly  (Vizagapatam),  123 
n.  2,   178  «.   I 

Ramzdn^  a  moveable  fast  of  the 
Muhammadans,  96,  ^6  n.  i ;  strict 
observance  of,  90  n.   1 

Rangoes.     See  Dringo  Root 

Rangoon,  Chulias  at,  256  ».   i 

Rangoon  oil,  where  brought  from, 
192  ;/.  4 

Rashboot,  raspoute.     See  Rdjput 

Rashid  Khan,  154  n.  i;  nawdb  of 
Cuttack,  152  ;;.  4;  his  character, 
152  n.  4;  his  parwdnay   152  n.  4 

Ratipore,  mountains,  131  n.  7 

Rattans,  74,  281  n,  4,  292;  used  for 
building  houses  at  Junk-Ceylon, 
250;  Mandelslo's  error  about,  250 
n.  I ;  houses  at  Kedah  built  of, 
277,  277  n.  4;  cables  of,  292  n,  5 

Raye.     See  Rdjd 

Raymond,  Captain  Hugh,  trustee  to 
Mary  Bowrey's  will,  xlvi ;  com- 
mander of  the  Duchess  and  Bou- 
verie^  xlvii 

Ray  NundeloU,  his  death,  201  n,  i 

Read,  Thomas,  a  dyer,   178  n,  3 

Reade,  Edward,  75  n.  i,  104  n.  i, 
124  n.  3,  158  «.  3,  208  «.  4 

Real.     See  Ryall,  s.  v.  Coins 

Rebecca,  the,  166  n.  2 

Rebr6,  Captain  De,  under  De  la 
Haye,  46  ;2.  4 

Red  Sea,  103,  223 

Reiiioe.     See  Firinghee 

Religion  of  **  Mallabars  and  Gen- 
tues,"  6,  14,   15,  18 

Rennell,  Major  J.,  his  map  of  the 
Hugh  estuary  referred  to,  209  n,  2 

Resbute.     See  Rdjput 

24—5 


378 


INDEX 


Resora  (Jagannath),   12  ».  1 

Rezwar,  88  n.  3 

Rhamnus  Jujuba.  See  Zizyphus  Ju- 
juba 

Rhinoceros,  279  ;/.  5 ;  figures  of,  in 
pagodas,  6 ;  figures  of,  carved  on  the 
chariot  of  Jagannath,  17;  hide  of 
the,  used  for  roundels,  85 ;  the,  infest 
swamps  of  the  Ganges,  199,  211 
n.  3;  the,  in  woods  at  Patna,  222; 
illustration  of  a,  222 ;  De  Graaf's 
description  of  a,  222  «.  2;  the,  an 
enemy  of  the  elephant,  223,223«.  i 

Rhumall,  Rhumaul.     See  Rutndl 

Rice,  20,  181,  221  ft,  I,  289  n,  5, 
290,  290  n.  10,  304,  320,  322  n.  6; 
chief  food  of  Gentues  and  Malabars, 
97 ;  trade  in,  on  the  Gingalee  Coast, 
121  ».  2  ;  from Bimlipatam,  122  n.  1  \ 
from  Waltair,  123  n.  4;  exported 
from  Bengal,  132,  132  w.  7 ;  price  of, 
during  the  famine  in  Patna,  226,  226 
n.  2'y  a.  good  sort  of,  at  Junk-Ceylon, 
246 ;  plentiful  at  Kedah,  279,  279 
n.  3 ;  sold  by  the  bamboo  at  Achin, 
282  n.  I ;  imported  to  Achin,  280, 
289  n.  I,  291 ;  cultivated  at  Achm 
by  slaves,  294  n.  3 

Richard  and  Martha^  the,  262  «.   2 

Richards,  John,  230  n,  6 

Rickits,  Mr,  an  acquaintance  of  P. 
Briggins  and  T.  Bowrey,  xlii 

Riclo^  General.  See  Goens,  Ricklof 
van 

Ringo  Root.     See  Dringo  Root 

Rio  de  Plata,  xliii 

Risley,  H.  H.,  his  *' Tribes  and 
Castes  of  Bengal  '*  referred  to,  87 
n,  2 

Robbery,  frequent  at  Achin,  317, 
317  n.  2 

Robert,  his  map  of  the  Mergui  Archi- 
pelago referred  to,  235  w.  i 

Rochester y  the,  ship,  xli 

Roe  ketch,  the,  xxv 

Rogermundrum,  88  ».  3 

Rogiram.     See  Rajaram 

Rogues  Island,  209  ;;.  2 

Rogues  River,  199  «.  2,  209^.2; 
why  so  called,  212  n.  2 

Rojimall,  Rojamaul.    See  Rajmahal 

Rolt,  Thomas,  chief  of  the  English 
factory  at  Gombroon,  216  n,  6 

Romall,  Rummaul.     See  Rumal 

Rondell.     See  Roundel 

Rosewater,  303 ;  a  mark  of  honour, 

308 
Rossey,  Captain,  xlii 
Rottang.     See  Rattan 
Roundel,    83;    description   of,    85; 


illustration  of,  86;  regulations  as 
to  carrying  a,  85  n.  i ;  restrictions 
as  to  its  use,  86,  86  n.   i 

Roundel -boy.     See  Roundellier 

Roundellier,  umbrella-carrier,  85, 
85  n,  3,  86  n.  i 

Round  Point,  at  Fort  St  George, 
42  n,   I 

Royal.     See  Coins 

Royall  JameSy  the,  xxv 

Ruby^  the,  William  Jearsey's  ship, 
251  n.  I 

Rucca.     See  Ruk'n 

Rugo  Podar.    See  Raghu,  the  podddr 

Ru^'ay  note,  written  document,  263 
n.  I 

"Rulers  of  India  Series,"  refer- 
ences to,  II  ;;.,  18  ;/. 

Rumai,  kerchief,  54,  231,  231  n.  3, 
290,  290  n.  5;  made  at  Bengal,  133 
n.  5;  silk,  133  n.  4;  cotton,  133 
n.  4 

Rumphius,  G.  E.,  his  "Herbarium 
Amboinense"  referred  to,  192  «.  4, 

247  «•  5»  323  »•  8,  324  «.  I 
Rupee.     See  Coins 
Rupnarain,  river,  173  «.  i,  174  n.  2 
Russell,  John,  xlv 
Ruzzeed   Chaan,  Russeed  Cawne, 

Ruzzard  Chaan.     See  Rashid  Khan 
Ryall,  Royal.     See  Coins 
Ryalls  of  eight,  exchanged  for  tin, 

246 

Sadrispatnam,  45  n,  i 

SafI  Khan,  nawdb  of  Cuttack,  152 

n,  4,   182  n,  3 
Safshikan    Khan,    tmwab  of  Cut- 
tack, 152  n,  4 
Sagar,   island,    Mela    held   at,   203 

n.  I,  209  «.  2;  accounted  sacred, 

211  n,  3 
St  GeorgCy  the,  formerly  the  Sancta 

Cruz  J   172  n.  3 
St  Helena,  9  ».  4,  91  n,  i 
St  Lawrence,  French  viceroy  buried 

at,  65  n,  2 
St  Margaret,  church  of,  xUv  n.  i, 

xlv  n.  1 
St  Maryy  the,  263  n,  i 
St  Mary  Magdalen,  church  of,  xli 
St  Thomas,  44;  martyrdom  of,  45 

«.  I ;  stories  concerning,  45  ».  i ,  50 ; 

Christians  of,  victims  to  elephan- 
tiasis, 50  n.  2 
St    Thomas's    Mount,    xvi,    44; 

reverence   of   Christians  for,   45 ; 

church  on,  much  resorted  to,  45  ; 

a  sanatorium,  45  n, ;  gardens  at,  46 ; 

famous  for  the  Arbor  Triste,  49 


INDEX 


379 


St  Thomas*  Point,  at  Fort  St 
George,  42  //.  i,  oo  ;2.  i 

St  Thomay.    See  St  Thom^ 

St  Thom6,  38,  38  n.  4,  52,  53  «.  1, 
66  n.  If  2e,'j  n.  6;  retaken  from  the 
Portuguese  by  the  Moors,  38  «.  4 ; 
description  of,  45  ».  i,  64, 65  ;  manu- 
factures at,  45  n.,  61  n.  3 ;  fortifi- 
cations of,  45  n. ;  churches  at,  45  n. ; 
taking  of,  by  the  French,  46  n,  4, 
47,  48  «.,  65,  90  n.  i;  water  at, 
suitable  for  dyeing  cotton  goods, 
4^  n.  1;  hawaldar  of,  5 1  «.  i ;  De 
la  Haye  escapes  to,  with  the  Great 
Breton^  68,  68  n.  1 

Saiva  temple,  at  Trivettore,  8  «.  i 

Saiyyid,     See  Seedy 

Sal,  timber,  228  «.  5 

Salaam,  207,  207  n.  2;  used  as  a 
verb,  38;  of  ships,  at  Dacca,  163, 
163  n,  2 

Salamma.     See  Salaam 

Salampore,  chintz,  55,  246,  246  n.  5, 
289  n.  4;  fine,  55  n,  2,  71  «.  3; 
ordinary,  71  n.  3 ;  blue  and  white, 
289 

Salam  Salamba^td^  omitted  in  king  of 
Golconda's  farman^  93  n,  i 

Salangy  meanings  of,  235  «.  i 

Salanga,  Salange.   6"^^  Junk-Ceylon 

Salang  Head.     See  Ujung  Salang 

Sdlaty  a  strait,  237  «.  2 

Salatinge,  29 

Salayer,  I.  of,  xlix 

Saleeters.     See  Saletars 

Salempoory,  Salamporee.  See  Sa- 
lampore 

Saletar,  a  creek  at  Singapore,  237 
/{.  2 

Saletars,  pirates,  240  n,  i ;  descrip- 
tion of,  237,  237  «.  2,  238;  their 
identity  with  the  Cellates  discussed, 
237  n.  2 ;  derivation  of  the  word, 
237  //.  2  ;  the  modem,  237  «.  2 ; 
at  Kedah,  seize  an  English  ship, 
262 

Saletes.     See  Saletars 

Salisbury,  Ambrose,  chief  at  Pedda- 
palle,  4  n.  2,  54,  218  ;;.  i ;  ac- 
quainted with  Bowrey,  xviii ;  visited 
by  T.  B.,  57,  58 ;  career  of,  while 
in  India,  57  n,  2 ;  accusations  a- 
gainst,  57  n.  2 ;  discharged  by  the 
Court,  57  ».  2 ;  re-admitted  to  the 
Company's  service,  57  ».  2 ;  death 
of,  at  Madapollam,  57  /;.  2 

Salisbury,  Susannah,  mother  of  Am- 
brose Salisbury,  57  «.  2 

Sail.     See  Sal 

Salleiters.     See  Saletars 


Salleta  de  Brew,  237  ;/.  2 

Sally y  the,  sloop,  176  «.   i 

Salt,  225 ;  at  Peddapalle,  56 ;  the 
king's  monopoly,  56,  56  n.  2,  57; 
making  of,  an  occupation  of  the 
Uriyas,  199,  199  w.  2 ;  exported 
from  Kedah,  283 

Saltpetre,  181  «.  9,  188  n.  i,  289 
n,  5 ;  plentiful  at  Peddapalle,  54,  56 ; 
godowns  for,  at  Fort  St  George, 
90  ;/.  I ;  exported  from  Golconda, 
111;  stoppage  of  boats  laden  with, 
148  «.  5,  164 ;  largely  exported 
from  Bengal,  164  «.  i ;  warehouse 
for,  built  on  old  Factory  ground  at 
Hugli,  170  n.  3,  171  «.  4;  con- 
tracted for,  222  n,  I ;  quantity  of, 
provided  at  Patna,  224  «.  i  ;  ex- 
ported by  the  English  and  Dutch 
from  Patna,  225,  229,  229  n.  2  ; 
how  sent  to  Hugli,  225,  228  n.  5, 
229 ;  orders  from  the  Court  as  to 
export  of,  229  n.  2 

Salt  river,  li 

Sdlu.     See  Sanahs 

Samdca,    See  Pumplemoos 

Sdmangka,  the  water-melon,  248  ;;.  i 

Sambilan^  nine,  238  n.   i 

Samboa.    See  Pumplemoos 

Sambrooke,  Jeremy,  64  n.  i 

Sam  Cau,  Samaca,  a  fruit,  247,  324 
n,  1 ;  its  identity  with  the  pumple- 
moos or  water-melon  discussed, 
247  n,  5,  248  n.  I ;  illustration  of 
the,  250.  See  also  s.v.  Pumple- 
moos 

Sampson^  the,  91  n.  i 

Sanahs f  133  n.  4,  231 ;  Harsapur,  129 
«.  i;  Mohunpur,  129  «.  1;  Sura, 
129  «.  i;  definition  of,  231  ;/.  i; 
not  saleable  in  England,  231  n.  i; 
present  designation  of,  231  n.   i 

Sancta  Cruz^  the,  xix,  xxvi,  123  «.  2, 
178  «.  i;  commanded  by  T.  B., 
172;  owned  by  Portuguese,  172 
n,  3  ;  taken  as  a  prize,  172  n,  3 ;  re- 
christened  the  St  George^  172  n.  3 ; 
later  mentions  of,  172  «.  3;  called 
a  "Dutch  flyboate"  by  Streynsham 
Master,  178  «.  3 

Sanctuary,  at  Golconda  tombs,  113, 
114,  114  n,  I 

Sandri,  a  wood,  210  n.  i 

Sangarie,  a  gun-boat,  55  n.  i 

Sankha.    See  Chank 

Sannoes,  Sannis.    See  Sanahs 

Santa  Cruise^  the.  See  Satuta  Cruz^ 
the 

Santamay.     See  St  Thome 

Santapore,  230  n,  6 


38o 


INDEX 


Sapphires,  from  Borneo,  291 
Saracen    law-giver,   i.e.    Muham- 
mad, 94 
Saracens,  the,  180  n.  6 
Sardtt  an  inn,  117  ;/.  2 
Sarajah  Cawn.     See  Suraj  Khan 
Sarkt/y  a  chamberlain,  88  «.  3 
Sarlashkar^   Sar-i-Lashkar,  head  of 
the  forces,  107  n.  i,  125  «.  i;  of 
Gingalee,    his    power    and    state, 
125;   of  Golconda,   besieged,   125 
n.  I 
Sarsamutt,  88  n.  3 
Sash  (turban),  230,  230  ».  5 
Satagam,    former  name   of   Hugli, 

167  n.  3 
Sati,   xviii,    14;   general   description 
of,  36 ;  one  seen  by  the  author  at 
Karedu,  37,  38  ;  at  the  funeral  of  a 
Naik  at  St  Thom^,  39 ;  discounte- 
nanced by  Muhammadan  governors, 
39 ;  two  stories  of,  40 ;  victim  of, 
rescued,   40 ;    illustration  of,   86 ; 
description   of  two  victims  of,  at 
Hugli,  204 ;  practised  on  coasts  of 
Coromandel  and  Gingalee,  and  in 
Bengal,  203 
Satyrs,  figures  of,   in  pagodas,  6 ; 
figures  of,  carved  on  the  chariot  of 
Jagannath,   1 7 
Saugor,   Sago,   Sagor    Island.    See 

Sagar  I. 
Sautguary,  river,  176  ».  i 
Sawcer,  Lawrence,  46  n.  ^;  accuses 
Langhorne  of  assisting  the  French, 
48  n. 
Sayon,  Mr,  96  «.  2 
Saysummit-Tahadar,  the,  54 
Scall  gate,  the,  93  n.   i 
Scarlet,  88  n.  3,  207  n.  i,  218  n.  i, 
232,  232  n.  2,  275  n.  3,  289  n.  8  ; 
presented  to  the  nawdb  of  Orissa, 
160  J   meaning  of,    160  «.  3 ;  im- 
ported to  Achin,  289 
Scattergood,  Mr,  54 
Schouten,   Walter,   "Travels"    of, 
references  to,  3  «.,   12  «.,   20  «., 
30  «.,  33  «.,  43  «.,  45  w.,  49  «., 
50  «.,  passim 
Scinde,  province  of,  136  n.  4 
Scissors,  imported  to  Junk-Ceylon, 

246,  to  Achin,  289 
Scopeboard,  scupper,  103 
Screetore,  scrittore.     See  Escritoire 
Sear.     See  Seer,  s.v.  Weights  and 

Measures 
Seedy,  314,  314  «.  2 
Seer.    See  Weights  and  Measures 
Segogora,  129  «.  i 
Seid.     See  Seedy 


Seir  Lascar,  Sr.  Laskare.  See  Sar- 
lashkar 

Sekander  muda,  king  of  Achin, 
296  ;{.  I 

Selaty  the  Straits,  237  n.  2 

Selebes.     See  Celebes 

Selimony^  the,  junk,  269 

Seinbah^  a  salutation,  307 

Serampore,  Danish  factory  at,  190 
n.  3 

Serkell.     See  Sarkil 

Ser  Lascar,  Seer  Lascar,  Sier  Las- 
car.    See  Sarlashkar 

Serpents,  the  cause  of  an  eclipse,  34 ; 
trained  to  dance,  59,  60,  60  n.  i ; 
a  means  of  putting  criminals  to 
death,  60;  on  the  shores  of  the 
Ganges,  211  n.  3 

Ser  Rajah  Chawn.  See  Suraj 
Khan 

Sevagi.     See  Sivaji 

Seymour y  the,  172  n.  2 

Shabandand.     See  Shdhbaiidar 

Sha  bendar,  Shabunder.  See  Shah- 
bandar 

Shaddock,  gardens,  at  Palakollu, 
105  ».  2.  See  also  s.v.  Pumple- 
moos 

Shah  Abas  of  Persia,  114  n.  8 

Shdhbandar^  harbour-master,  64  w.  i , 
88  n.  3,  242,  244,  254,  255,  256, 
260,  299,  30 1 ,  303 ;  of  Masulipa- 
tam,  81  ;/.  2 ;  his  position  in  the 
Malay  States,  242  n.  3;  of  Ban- 
quala,  246 ;  of  Kedah,  262,  283 ; 
of  Achin,  299  n.  5,  302  n.  i,  303 
n.  3,  307  n.  4 

Shah -hest- Kan.         See     Shayista 

Khan 
Shah  Hossain,  a  cry  of  the  A///- 
harram  festival,  119  n.   i 

Shah  Jahan,  18  n.  2,  108  n.  7;  his 
treatment  of  the  Hindus,  10  n.  5  ; 
his  four  sons  rebellious,  135;  divides 
his  territory  among  his  sons,  135, 
136;  his  seizure  and  imprison- 
ment by  Aurangzeb,  137;  his  fa- 
vourite wife,  145  ».  6  \  farmdn  of, 
165  n.  2 
Shah  Shuja',  son  of  Shah  Jahan, 
152  ».  4;  governor  of  Bengal,  135, 
138;  gives  Boughton  leave  to  es- 
tablish a  factory  at  Pipli,  162  w.  2  ; 
excellence  of  his  army,  138;  be- 
.trayal  and  conquest  of,  1 38,  1 39  ; 
flight  of,  139;  succoured  by  the 
king  of  Araican,  139,  140 ;  takes 
refuge  in  Arakan,  141;  his  wives 
and  treasure,  141;  refuses  his 
daughter  to  the  king  of  Arakan, 


INDEX 


381 


141 ;  two  stories  of  his  end,  141, 
142 

"  Shaista  Khany,"  a  style  of  build- 
ing, 150  n.  I 

Shanck.    See  Chank 

Sharlasker.    See  Sarlashkar 

Sharoff  (broker).    See  Shroff 

Shash.    See  Sash 

Shaster  Caun.     ^^^  Shayista  Khan 

Shatta  Cawne.    See  Shayista  Khan 

Shayista  Khan,  151  «.  3,  159,  190 
«.  3,  232  n.  2 ;  uncle  of  Aurangzeb, 
145 ;  his  parentage,  145 ;  made 
naivdb  of  Bengal,  145,  145  /{.  5 ;  his 
nches  and  insolence,  146,  146  n.  2^ 
147,  148 ;  his  conduct  towards 
Aurangzeb,  146,  146  n.  i;  com- 
plaints of  his  exactions,  146  n.  4, 
158  «.  3;  his  recall  from  Bengal, 
147 ;  his  wealth  procures  his  pardon, 
148 ;  various  reports  as  to  his  re- 
call, 1 48  ».  5  ;  his  presents  to  Au- 
rangzeb, 148  n,  5 ;  his  immediate 
successor,  164  n.  2 ;  appointed 
governor  of  Agra,  148  «.  5;  re- 
appointed nawdb  of  Bengal,  148 
«.  5 ;  resigns  his  government,  148 
n.  5;  dies  at  Agra,  148  «.  5;  pub- 
lic buildings  at  Dacca  erected  during 
his  rule,  150  n.  i;  his  means  to 
ascertain  the  wealth  of  Hindu  mer- 
chants, 157;  his  panvdna  to  Walter 
Clavell,  158  ;/.  3;  exacts  an  annual 
tribute  of  ships  from  the  natives, 
1 61 -1 63;  stops  goods,  and  forces  a 
peshcush  from  English  and  Dutch, 
164;  illness  of,  at  Dacca,  185  «.  i ; 
the  Danes  referred  to,  189 

Sheake  Ahmud,   125  n,   i 

Sheba,  Queen  of,  295  n.  6 

Sheckdarr.     See  Shiqdar 

Shelaheth.     See  Saletars 

Shepheard,  Mr,  a  Director  of  the 
E.  I.  Co.,  xlii 

Sheraff.     See  Shroff 

Sherman,  Samuel,  pilot  in  the  Com- 
pany's service,  175  n.  i 

Shipbuilding,  carried  on  at  Narsa- 
pur,  99 

Ships,  how  repaired  at  Madapollam, 
103, 104;  illustration  of  fixing  ship's 
gear,  104;  rigging  for,  made  at 
Madapollam,  105.  See  also  s.v. 
Adam  and  Eve;  Adventure;  Ad- 
vice; Amoy  Merchant;  Anne;  An- 
telope; Arrival;  Beaufort;  Black- 
moor;  Borneo  Merchant ;  Bouverie; 
Ceaser;  Charles;  Conimeer;  Con- 
stant Warwick  ;  Death ;  Defence ; 
Degrave ;    Diamond ;    Dilligence ; 


Dispatch;  Drake;  Duchess;  Eagle; 
Eaglet ;  East  India  Merchant ;  Eu- 
ropean; Falcon;  Frances;  Ganges; 
George ;  Globe ;  Good  Hope ;  Great 
Breton ;  Great  Fleming ;  Grey- 
hound ;  Hope ;  Hunter ;  Indul- 
gence; King  George;  Loyall  Ad- 
venture; Loyall  Merchant;  Loyall 
Subject;  Lancaster;  Madras;  Ma- 
dras Merchant;  Margery;  Martin; 
Massenburd;  Mayflower;  Nonsuch; 
Nugdy;  Pearle;  Persian  Merchant; 
President;  Princess;  Rainbow;  Re- 
becca; Richard  and  Martha;  Ro- 
chester ;  Roe ;  Royall  James ;  Ruby ; 
St  George;  St  Mary;  Sally;  Sampson; 
Sancta  Cruz;  Selimony;  Seymour; 
Shrewsbury;  Smima  Merchant; 
Society;  Swiftsure;  Thomas;  Trip- 
licane;  Unicome;  Unity;  Vine  ' 

Shiqdar y  revenue-officer,   184  w.  1 

Shoutens,  William,  xlix 

Shrewsbury,  the,  xxix 

Shroff  (Sarrd/),  broker,  24  «.  2, 
77,  77  «.  2 

Siam,  Syam,  xxii,  91  n,  i,  115  n.  4, 
180,  258,  290;  ambassador  from, 
at  Achin,  xxxviii ;  at  war  with  Gol- 
conda,  172  n.  3;  Junk-Ceylon, 
subordinate  to,  236,  236  n.  3;  de- 
scription of  houses  at,  277  n.  5; 
natural  defences  of,  278  n.  i;  few 
fortresses  in,  278  n.  1 ;  ships  from, 
frequent  Achin,  288 ;  trade  of,  290 
n.  10 

Siam,  king  of,  his  farmdn  necessary 
for  trade,  customs  free,  in  Junk- 
Ceylon,  244;  his  elephants  and 
bodyguard  attend  foreigners  to  Lup- 
poone,  243;  incensed  against  the 
Dutch,  253,  254  n,  4;  his  orders 
for  building  war  praus  at  Junk- 
Ceylon,  253,  254;  appoints  a  new 
rdjd  in  Junk-Ceylon,  255;  Kedah 
tributary  to  the,  275;  gold  flower 
paid  annually  to  the,  275,  275  «.  3; 
sends  a  terah  and  present  to  king 
of  Kedah,  276;  his  war  with  Pegu, 
276;  his  fort  on  the  Pegu  frontier, 
278  n.  I 

Siamese,  Siamers,  Syamers,  the, 
xxxix,  255,  256;  at  war  with  the 
English,  xxxviii;  their  character, 
236;  description  of,  236  n.  4,  237 
n.  i;  unite  with  the  Malayars  in 
insurrection  at  Junk-Ceylon,  257; 
ships  of,  come  on  a  warlike  expe- 
dition to  Kedah,  266  n»  3 

Sicca  Anna.    See  Coins 

Siccacul,  Sicocol.    See  Chicacol 


382 


INDEX 


Siddy.     See  Seedy 

Silk,  i8i,  272,  292  ;/.   2,  303  n.  3; 

skill  of  the  Gentues  in  working  in,  9; 

quantity  of,  produced  in  Bengal,  132 

«•  3»  133,  133  «•  4»  133  «•  6;  from 
Bengal,  the  best  in  India,  133  n.  6; 
sold  at  Hugli,  168  «.2 ;  from  Kasim- 
bazar,  213  «.  2;  dyeing  of,  214, 
214  n.  2;  orgazine,  214  «.  2;  tram, 
214  n.  2;  raw  and  wrought,  230; 
imported  to  Achin,  289  n.  1 ;  striped, 
291;  flowered,  291 

Sillebar,   178  n.  1 

Sincapura.    See  Singapore 

Sindy,  islands,  292  n.  2 

Singapore,  island,  237  «.  2,  258  n.  4 

Singapore,  Straits  of,  237  n.  2; 
Bowrey's  Chart  of,  xlix 

Singie,  near  Patna,  226  n.  2;  Eng- 
lish factory  house  at,  224  n.  i ; 
advantages  of  its  situation,  224  n.  i 

Singora,  266  n.  i 

Stpt  chtinxm.^  shell-lime,  305  ;/.    i 

Siriam,  factory  at,  251  n.  i 

Sivaji,  82  «.  I 

Slavery,  in  liquidation  of  debt,  284, 
284  n.  I 

Slaves,  290;  cheapness  of,  during 
Patna  famine,  226  n.  2;  a  Portu- 
guese crew  sold  as,  264;  exported 
from  Bengal,  290,  from  Borneo, 
291 ;  at  Achin,  294  n.  3 

Smirna  Merchant^  the,  200  n.   i 

Smith,  Anthony,  soldier  and  dyer  in 
the  Company's  service,  214  n.  2 

Smith,  Henry,  his  connection  with 
Bowrey's  Dictionary,  Ivi 

Smith,  Jacob,  66  n.  i 

Smith,  John,  chief  at  Dacca,  150 
n.  2 

Smith,  John,  Jordan  and  Bugden 
sail  for  Kedah  with,  178  «.  i  ;  goes 
to  the  •*  South  Seas,"  178  n.  1; 
murdered  by  his  men,  178  n.  i,  264 
«.  7;  a  freeman,  272  n.  4 

Smithson,  Richard,  64  //.  i ;  com- 
plains of  Salisbury's  irregularities, 

Smyth,  W.  H.,  his  "Sailors'  Word 
Book"  referred  to,  42  n.  2 

Snake -town.     See  Negapatam 

Soap,  imported  to  Junk-Ceylon,  246 

Society^  the,   158  n.  3 

Soligues,  pointed  javelins,  237 
«.  2 

Solla,  271 ;  residence  of  the  king  of 
Kedah,  259,  264;  present  designa- 
tion of,  259  n.  4;  its  situation,  259 
n,  4 ;  flight  of  the  "old  king"  from, 
276 


Solomon,  King,.  294  n.  2 
Som,  orange,  247  n.  5 
Sombrero,  an  umbrella,  85,  85  n.  4 
Sombrero  (or  Chowra),  an  island  in 

the  Nicobars,  68  n.  3 
Sombresse.     See  Sombrero  Island 
Somerset  House,  wills  at  referred 
to,  XX,  xliv  n.  2,  158  n.  3;  adminis- 
tration books  at  referred  to,  xxiv, 

XXV 

SoTn-kiou-wangj  a  small  orange,  247 
n.  5 

Songkhla,  260  /;.  i 

Sonnerat,  his  "Voyages"  referred 
to,  202  n.    I 

Soum-keou,  crystal  orange,  247  it.  5 

South  Sea  Company,  the,  xvii; 
MSS.  bequeathed  to  by  Thos.  Bowrey, 
xxiii,  xli,  xliv ;  Bowrey's  proposal  to, 
xliii ;  stock  of,  held  by  Mary  Bow- 
rey, xlvi 

South  Seas,  the  ( East  Indian  Islands) , 
xxii,  li,  Hi,  i,  4,  5,  57,  71,  133, 
178  n.  I,  188,  188  ;/.  I,  276,  280, 
282  n.  I,  286,  293,  293  71.  I,  305, 
323;  propriety  of  a  settlement  at 
debated,  xlii;  trade  of  the,  188/2.  1 

South  Seas,  the,  i.e.  the  coast  of 
South  America,  241  //.  4;  Bowrey's 
proposal  for  a  port  of  refreshment 
in,  xliii 

South  Tartaria,  172,  211;  Mir 
Jumla's   intended  invasion  of,   144 

Spanish  dollars.  See  Ryall,  s.v. 
Coins 

Speek,  ?  spike,  102 

Spelter.     See  Tootnague 

Spices,  292  n.  2 

Sports,  at  Achin,  310;  forbidden 
during  public  mourning,  312 

Spulshore,  74;  derivation  of,  74  n.  i 

Squire,  Mr,  part  owner  of  the  Loyall 
Subject^  90  n.  i 

Srikakulam,  pop.  Chicacol,  124 
n.  3 

^ri-lohita.     See  Saletars 

Stafford,  Captain,  brings  the  Falcon 
up  the  Hugli,   166  n.  2 

Stanley,  Mr,   173  n.   i,  218  n.  10 

State  ride,  of  English  merchants 
through  Achin,  308,  309,  310;  of 
the  Queen  of  Achin,  324,  325,  325 
n.  2,  326 

Stebunneath.     See  Stepney 

Steel,  240,  246;  imported  to  Achin, 
291 

Steelyard,  patah  weighed  by  the, 
241.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

Stepney,  xxv,  xlii,  xliii,  xliv,  xlv, 
xlvi,  xlvii 


INDEX 


383 


Stevens,  Robert,  his  "Guide  to  East 
India  Trade"  referred  to,  192  ;/.  4 

Stewart,  Major  C,  his  '*  History  of 
Bengal"  referred  to,  144  n.  5,  145 
/;.  5,  146  n.  I,  148  //.  5,  162  n.  2, 
164  «.  2,  233  n.  2 

Sticklack,  122  n.  i,  290;  exported 
from  Bengal,  132  n.   7 

Stilliard.  See  Steelyard,  s.v.  Weights 
and  Measures 

Stilts,  houses  at  Achin  built  on,  321, 
322 

Stockings,  cotton,  exported  from 
Pulicat,  52 ;  made  by  the  Portu- 
guese, at  Hugli,   192 

Striped  cloth,  muslin,  silk,  123  n.  2, 
23o>  '230  ''•  6,  246,  288  ;/.  6,  289, 
289  n.  6,  291 ;  the  Gentues  excel  in 
the  manufacture  of,  10 

Studds,  Thomas,  i  ;/. ;  Bowrey's 
cousin,  bequests  to,   xliv 

Stylyard.  »S>^  Steely ard,j.r/.  Weights 
and  Measures 

Styraz  Benzoin.     See  Benzoin 

Suba.     See  Subadar 

Subaddr^  ifj'j  n.  6;  of  Porto  Novo, 
complained  of,  xxx,  xxxii,  xxxiii, 
XXX vi;  of  Chengy,  82  «.  i;  of 
Beni^al,   146  ;/.  4 

Subidar.     See  Subadar 

Subidar  Hargee  Raja,  257  n.  6 

Sugar,  240,  246,  290,  291 ;  quantity 
of,  produced  in  Bengal,  132,  132 
n.  2,  132  ;/.  3;  from  Patna,  221 
n.    I ;  candied,   291 

Sulphur.     See  Brimstone 

Sultan,  259;  use  of  the  word  in 
the  Malay  Stales,  259  n.  3 

Sultan  Banque,  140  //.  2 

Sultan  Mahomed,  fifth  king  of 
Golconda,   113  n.  i 

Sultan  Sujah.     See  Shah  Shuja' 

Sumatra,  xv,  xxii,  xxxvii.  Hi,  liv,  i, 
82  n.  I,  176  n.  I,  188  n,  i,  261 
«•  3»  285,  285  n.  I,  286  n.  3,  288, 
291  n.  5,  294  n.  2,  324  n,  2 ;  pepper 
from,  276  n.  6;  exports  from  West 
Coast  of,  292 ;  products  of,  292 
n.  I,  292  «.  2;  rajds  in,  295;  Dutch 
make  war  against,  319;  a  rich 
island,  319 

Sumatra  Head,  287 

Sumbarero.     See  Sombrero 

Sumbra.     See  Sembah 

Sumping,  253  n.   i 

Sun,  the,  sailors'  mark  for,  85,  195, 
196;  Muhammadans  turn  to,  at 
prayer-time,  203,  203  n.  2;  Gen- 
tues turn  to,  on  coming  out  of  the 
Ganges,  203  n,  2 


Sunapore,   124  n.   i 
Sunderbunds,  the,  209  n,  2 
Sun-dials,  not  used  by  the  Moors, 

Suph  Secund  Chaan.  See  Safshi- 
kan  Khan 

Sura,   129  n.  i 

Suraj  Khan,  262  ^.  4;  a  Chulia, 
shdhbandar  of  Kedah,  262;  buys 
stolen  goods,  262;  his  injustice,  262 
;/.  7 ;  hinders  the  trade  of  the  Eng- 
lish, 262  n,  7 ;  his  cunning,  263 ; 
encourages  the  Malay  pirates,  264; 
reprimanded  by  the  king  of  Kedah, 
265 ;  bribes  the  crew  of  an  English 
vessel  to  desert,  265  n.  i  ;  com- 
plaints of,  by  the  English,  271  n. 

Surat,  xxii,  7  n,  2,  30  n.  3,  49  «.  i, 
61  n.  3,  136  n.  2,  158  n.  3,  194 
n,  I,  208  n.  5,  247  n.  2,  258,  264 
n.  7,  270,  282,  286  n,  I  ;  letter 
from,  to  the  Court  of  Directors, 
25  ''•  3;  Council  at,  their  views  as 
to  trade  with  Kedah  and  Achin, 
268;  one  or  more  ships  sent  yearly 
from,  to  Kedah,  271 ;  ships  from, fre- 
quent Achin,  288 ;  President  of,  309 

Surat  Channel,  at  Achin,  288  «.  i 

Sutanuti,  176  n.  i 

Sv^ally,  27  n.  i,  268 

Swan,  Captain,  xxxix 

Sweetmeats,  made  by  the  Portuguese 
at  Hugli,  192 

Swiftsurey  the,  ship,  xxiv 

Swinging  Festival,  198;  illustration 
of,  219 

Tael.      See   s.  v.    Coins,    and    s.  v. 

Weights  and  Measures 
Taffaty,  Taffitea,  230  n.  4,  231  n.  2, 

303  n.  3;  Herba,  162  n.  3;  from 

Kasimbazar,  214  n.  2,  215  n.   1 
Taile.     See  Tael,  s.v.  Coins 
Taj,  the,  at  Agra,   145  n.  6 
Tale,  Tael.     See  Coins 
Tali,  281  n.  2 

Talikote,  battle  of,  10  ».  i,  10  //.  2 
Tamarind,  22,  247  n.  5,  283,  283 

n.  4;  groves  of  at  Cuttack,   152 
Tamil  language,  6  n.  2 
Tanassaree.     See  Tenasserim 
Tangeeb.    See  Tanzeb 
Tangiour.     See  Tanjore 
Tanjore,  38  «.  3 
Tank,  7,  126;  in  Golconda  fort,  no 

«.  2 ;  at  Bhagnagar,  1 26  ;;.  6 
Tanna,  208  n.  4;  fort  at,  why  built, 

212  n,  2 
Tanzeby  fine  muslin,  230  n.  2 
Tapon  (for  Capon),  eunuch,  207  n.  5 


384 


INDEX 


Tapty,  river,   136  n.  2 

Tar.     See  Dammer 

Tar,  palmyra  tree,  toddy  made  from, 

49 
Taram^   281  n.  4 

Tara  Mathi,  Hindu  wife  of  Abdullah 
Qutb  Shah,  113  «.  3 

Tart,     See  Toddy 

Tarra,  Tara,  Tare.  See  Tra,  s.v. 
Coins 

Tarrah,  Tarra,  Tara.    See  Tera 

Tartary,  Tartaria,   136  «.  3,  221 

Tasheriff,  37  n.  i 

Tasman,  Abel,  xlix 

Tatong,  253  «.   I 

Ta vernier,  E.  T.,  references  to  his 
*'  Travels,"  7  «.,  20  «.,  21  «.,  24  «., 
27  «.,  28  «.,  30  «.,  31  «.,  33  w., 
36  «. ,  passim 

Taylor,  tames,  his  **  Topography  of 
Dacca  referred  to,  148  n.  5,  150 
n.   I,  150/2.  2 

Tchaou-Meuang,an  officer  in  Siam, 
245  n.  2 

Tea  boxes,  of  Tootnague,  291  «.  2 

Teak  timber,  factory  for,  at  Masuli- 
patam,  61  «.  3 ;  plentiful  at  Narsa- 
pur,  98  n.  I 

Telenga,  province,  135  n.  5 

Telugu  People,  the,  78  w.  4,  126 
n,  I 

Telugu  language,  6  /i.  2 

Tenasserim,  xvi,  72  n.  2,  73,  82 
n.  I,  154  n,  I,  179,  180,  234  n.  2, 
290;  chart  of,  by  Bowrey,  xxvii,  1; 
rivers  of,  74;  meaning  the  Mergui 
Archipelago,  235,  235  n.  2  ;  custom 
taken  at,  from  foreign  vessels,  245 
n,  2 

7>ra,  letters-patent,  253;  orders  from 
the  king  of  Siam,  253  n.  i,  254; 
from  king  of  Siam  to  Kedah,  276; 
a  stamp,  i%\  n.  ^ 

Terowa,  Terooa.     See  Tharua 

Terry  {tart).     See  Toddy 

Terry,  Edward,  his  '*  Voyage  to  East 
India  "  referred  to,  209  n.  2 

Tester,  162  n.  3 

Thafts.     See  Thwarts 

Tharua,  residence  of  the  governor 
of  Junk-Ceylon,  236  n,  3;  chief 
town  in  Junk-Ceylon,  239  n.  2 ;  its 
identity  with  Luppoone  discussed, 
239  n.  i;   its  situation,  243  n.  3 

Tharua  Harbour,  its  identity  with 
Luppoone  discussed,  239  n.  i 

Theft,  how  punished  at  Achin,  315 

Thevenot,  Melchizedek,  his  "  Voy- 
ages" referred  to,  7  «.,  17  «.,  38  «., 
52  n,',  62  n.y  108  /f.,  passim 


Thiagar  Raja,  Temple,  8  n.   i 

Thief,  story  of  a,  at  Achin,  317,  318 

Thomas,  John,  rewarded  for  pro- 
ficiency in  HindostanI,  80  n.  2 

Thomas^  the,   176  n.  i 

Throwsters,  at  Kasimbazar,  214, 
214  «.  2;  in  Company's  service, 
formerly  soldiers,  214/1.  2 

Thwaite,  Captain,  308  n.  4 

Thwarts,  42 

Tial.     See  Tael,  s.v.  Coins 

Tibet,  mountains  of,  the  supposed 
source  of  the  Ganges,   166  n.  i 

Ticacoel.     See  Chicacol 

Tical,  Ticul.     See  Coins 

Ticou,  Sumatra,  295  n.  4 

Tigers,  figures  of,  carved  on  the 
chariot  of  Jagannath,  17;  infest  the 
swamps  of  the  Ganges,  199,  211 
n.  3,  219;  their  ferocity,  219,  219 
n.  2;  illustration  of  a,  219;  stories 
of,  219  //.  2,  220;  in  Junk-Ceylon, 
247,  248;  story  of  a  black,  248; 
in  Kedah,  260  n.  i,  279 

Tillbichrumbung,  raja  of,  162  n.  3 

Tin,  269,  270,  290;  chief  product 
of  Junk-Ceylon,  240,  240  n.  \ ; 
mines  of,  240  n.  i ;  money  of,  241, 
281  w.  3  ;  value  of,  at  Junk-Ceylon, 
241  n.  (,  246  n.  10;  from  Kedah, 
259  n.  2,  267  n.  I,  277  n.  i;  from 
Perak,  267  n.  i;  piggs  of,  268; 
white,  291  n.  2 

Tindall,  265  //.  i 

Tirumalvasal,  xxxiii 

Tirumucote,  257  n.  6 

Tivill,  John,  his  report  of  the  factory- 
house  at  Peddapalle,  54 

Tobacco,  20,  289  ft.  5,  303;  used  at 
marriage  ceremonies,  30 ;  the  king's 
monopoly,  107 ;  farmed  by  the  E.  I. 
Co.,  107  «.  I ;  exported  from  Kedah, 
^83 

Toddy  {tariy  terry),  49;  how  ob- 
tained, 49  «.  I ;  **  neep,"  78 

Tody  Trees,  li 

Tola.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

Tomb.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

Tombolee,  river,  173 

Tonkah  Harbour,  the  "Buckett" 
of  T.  B.,  239,  239  n,   I 

Tonquin,  120  n.  2,  247  n.  5,  290 
n.  12,  294  n.  I,  300  n.  2,  309  n.  3, 
313  n.  1 

Tootanagga,  Tootanag,  Tothanag, 
Tontinague.     See  Tootnague 

Tootnague,  spelter,  199,  199  n.  3, 
259  n.   I,  291,  291  n.  2 

Topasses   (Portuguese  half-breeds), 

3  «•  4 


INDEX 


385 


Topecanna.     See  Top-khdna 

Top-khdnuy  ordnance  department,  152 
n.  4 

Totecor3m.     See  Tuticorin 

Tra.     See  Coins 

Trade,  no  prohibition  as  to,  on  the 
Coromandel  Coast,   107 

Tranquebar  (Trangambar,  Trancke- 
bare),  xxix,  xxxii,  20  n.  2,  186, 
1 89 ;  coins  current  at,  115;  em- 
bassy from,  to  Bengal,  182;  first 
Danish  settlement  at,  182  n.  2; 
Schouten's  description  of,  182  «.  2; 
Delestre's  description  of,  182  w.  2; 
fortress  at,  182  n.  2,  184;  only 
Danish  settlement  in  Asia,   182 

Transmigration,  belief  of  the  Gen- 
tues  in,  15  «.  i,  206;  belief  of  the 
Banyans  in,  27,  28;  belief  of  the 
Brahmins  in,  205  n.  2 ;  belief  of 
the  Uriyas  in,  206 

Trenchfield,  Richard,  176  ».   i 

Tressletore.     See  Trivettore 

Trevitore.     See  Trivettore 

Triblitore.     See  Trivettore 

Tribute,  gold  and  silver  trees  as,  275 
n.  3 

Trimlevass.     See  Tirumalvasal 

Trincomalee,   120  n.  4 

Trincombar.     See  Tranquebar 

Trinity  House,  Bowrey  certified 
from,  xxiv;  William  Goodlad  mas- 
ter of,  90  n.  r 

Tripeti,  pagoda  of,   12  w.  i 

Triplicafte,  the,  172  n,   3 

Triprobana.     See  Sumatra 

Trivettore  (Tiruvottiyur),  pagoda 
at,  8;  town  of,  8  «. 

Truck,  barter,  246;  for  tin,  at  Kedah, 
267  n.  I,  270 

Tuljapur,  119  /i.  i 

Tumberlee,  Tumberleen.  See  Tum- 
look 

Tumlook,  river,  173,  173  n.  i,  178 
n.  3 

Turban,  turbant,  turbat,  156,  307, 
325,  325  n.  3 

Turban -cloth.     See  Sash 

Turkey,  Turkia,  li,  94 

Turks,  the,  94,   180  ;;.  6 

Tutacree,  Tutacorey.    See  Tuticorin 

Tutenague,  Tutanagg.  See  Toot- 
nague 

Tuticorin  (Tuttukkudi),  1;  Chank 
brought  from,  208;  Dutch  factory 
at,  208 ;  last  possession  of  the  Por- 
tuguese on  the  Coromandel  Coast, 
208  n.  5 ;  noted  for  pearl  fishery,  208 
n.  5 ;  description  of,  208  n.  5 ;  taken 
by  the  Dutch,  208  n.  5;   pepper 


from,  208  n.  5 ;  English  factory  at, 
a  failure,  208  n.  5 

Tuttenag,  Tetanague.  See  Tootnague 

Tutucroyn,  Tentecorrey.  See  Tu- 
ticorin 

Tygers,  River,  in  Bowrey's  Chart  of 
the  Hugh,  219  «.  2 

Tywan,  1 

Ujung,  a  point,  headland,  235  «.  i 

Ujung  Salang,  origin  of  Junk-Cey- 
lon, 235  n.   I 

Ulaky  a  cargo-boat,  1 78,  178  n,  2  ; 
description  of,  227;  various  spell- 
ings of,  227  n.  2;  illustration  of, 
228 

Uluberria,  172  w.  2 

Umard,  plural  of  Amir^  39,  39  n.  4, 
137,  145  ft.  2;  Mir  Jumla's  son 
made  one  of  the  chief,  145 

Umbrella,  sumptuary  regulations  as 
to  use  of  an,  86  ».  i .  See  also  s.vv. 
Roundel,  Sombrero,  Kittysol 

Unicom,  rhinoceros  mistaken  for  a, 
223,  223  n,  2;  T.  B.'s  horn  of,  223, 
223  «.  2 

Unicorne,  the,  xxvi 

Unity ^  the,  xxiv,  122  «.  3;  detained 
at  Masulipatam  for  the  king's  visit, 
88  «.  3 ;  king  of  Golconda  goes  on 
board,  91 ;  four  voyages  of,  91  ».  i ; 
burthen  of,  91  «.  i 

Upa-rdjdy  heir-apparent,  259  n.  3 

Upper-roger.     See  Upa-rdja 

Uriyas,  the,  a  caste  of  Hindus,  87 
n.  2,  130;  why  they  participate  in 
the  Swinging  FestivaJ,  198;  most 
ignorant  of  the  Hindus,  199  ;  of  a 
low  caste,  199;  live  apart,  199;  their 
poverty,  199 ;  their  occupations, 
199;  their  method  of  treating  their 
sick,  200,  201,  201  ».  I ;  reason  for 
their  apparent  cruelty  to  their  sick, 
202 ;  treatment  of  their  dead,  202 ; 
differences  between  them  and  the 
Gentues,  206;  their  dress  and  or- 
naments, 208;  many  of,  killed  by 
tigers  and  bears,  219,  220 

Usbecs,  country  of  the,  136  «.  3 

Utromeloor,  120  ».  2 

Vaktlf  agent,   118  «.   i 

Valent3m,  Fran9ois,  his  "Oud  en 
Nieuw  Oost  Indien"  referred  to, 
119  n.  I,   192  n.  4,  209  n.  2 

Vander  Vail,  John,   148  «.  3 

Van  Diemen's  Land,  xlix 

Vaqueel.     See  Vakil 

Vashishta,  river,  a  tributary  of  the 
Godavari,  98  n,   i 


386 


INDEX 


Vasingepatam.     See  Vizagapatam 
Vatare.     See  Waltair 
Vatum.     See  Batta 
Vedas,  34  n.  i 

Veece,  Viss.     See  Weights  and  Mea- 
sures 
Verasheroon,  55  n.  2;    factory  at, 

53  «•  '»  54.   100  ''•   I 
Verburg,  Senr.  Jacques,  chief  of  the 

Dutch   at    Kasimbazar,  213   //.  2, 

222  ;;.  2 

Vermilion,  232  n.  3;  used  for  Brah- 
min's marks,  32  n.  i 

Verona.     See  Ka9U  Viranna 

Verona,  a  dubash,  death  of,  37 
n.  I 

Versailles,  treaty  of,   105  n.  2 

Vettapour,  288  n.  8 

Vickers,  John,  64  «.    i,  83  «.  3 

Viece  (viss).  See  Weights  and 
Measures 

Vijayanagar,  109  n.  i ;  former  capi- 
tal of  Golconda,  108  n.  i,  109; 
conquered  by  Qutb  Shahi  family, 
109;  re-named  Golconda,  109 

Vincent,  Matthias  (Matthew),  xviii, 
32  ft.  2,  75  n.  2,  159,  190  «.  2,  214 
n,  I ;  his  early  career  in  India,  164 
n.  4;  succeeds  Marsh  as  chief  at 
Kasimbazar,  164  n.  4;  Hall's  ac- 
cusations against,  164  n.  4;  impli- 
cated in  the  death  of  Raghu,  the 
podddr^  164  n.  4;  his  examination 
and  acquittal,  164  n.  4;  accused  of 
encouraging  Romanism,  164  n,  4; 
succeeds  Clavell  as  chief  at  "the 
Bay,"  164  «.  4;  obtains  2,  fartndn 
from  Muhammad  A'zim,  164  n.  4, 
165  n,  2  \  becomes  associated  with 
Thomas  Pitt,  the  interloper,  164 
«.  4 ;  dismissed  the  Company's  ser- 
vice, 164  «.  4;  is  knighted,  164 
n.  4;  dies,   164  n.  4 

l^ine^  the,  wreck  of,  319 

Vira  Ragavaya,  Company's  **Bra- 
miny"  at  Golconda,  263  n.  i 

Visakha-pattanam.  See  Vizaga- 
patam 

Visiapour.     See  Bijapur 

Viss.     See  Weights  and  Measures 

Vizagapatam,  xxvii,  93  »•  i,  123, 

123  w«  3»  123  ^'  4»  ^^4  ^'  'f   1^4 
n.  3,  178  w.  i;  other  names  for,  123 

n.  2;  derivation  of  the  name,  123 

n.   2;  English   settlement  at,    123 

n.  2 ;  George  Ramsden  chief  of  the 

English  factory  at,  123  «.2 ;  murder 

of  the  English  at,  123  n.  2;  cowle 

for,   125  n,   I 

Vizepoore.     See  Bijapur 


Wales,  Samuel,  chief  at  Madapol- 
1am,   100  ;;.  1 

Waltair,  93  w.  i,  123,   123  n.  4 

Walton,  Mr,  commander  of  the 
Dilligence^  257  n.  6 

Wapping,  xxiv ;  seamen  of  the  parish 

of,  bequests  to,  xliv,  xlv 
War  {der),  banyan-tree,  7  «.  2 

Ward,  Charles,  Company's  factor  at 
Kedah,  270;  sent  to  Junk-Ceylon 
with  goods  from  Kedah,  270;  taken 
in  the  George  by  the  Dutch,  271  n.\ 
returns  to  Surat,  271  w. ;  third  in 
rank  at  Achin,  320 

Ware,  Richard,  a  freeman  in  Fort 
St  George,  262  n.   2 

Ware,  Samuel,  known  to  T.  B., 
xviii ;  master  of  a  ship,  262 ;  mur- 
dered by  Saletars  at  Kedah,  262 ; 
his  ship  and  goods  seized,  262  ;  his 
probable  history,  262  n,  2 

Warehouse -keeper,  171  n.  i;  at 
Patna,   224  n.   i 

Watchet,  a  light  blue  colour,  215 
n.  I 

Water-melon,  T.  B.  describes  Sam 
Cau  as  a,  248  «.  i 

Waters,  William,  pilot  on  the  Hugli, 
deceased,  166  n.  2 

Watraw.     See  Waltair 

Watt,  G.  A.,  his  "  Dictionary  of  Eco- 
nomic Products  of  India"  referred 
to,  78  ;/.  4,  192  71.  4,  249  n.  I,  272 
n.  3,  291  n.  5  passim 

Wattara,  Watare,  Watsare.  See 
Waltair 

Wax,   292  ;/.  2,  320 

Weavers,  large  numbers  around  Ma- 
dapoUam,  100  w.  i;  at  Kasimbazar, 
214,  214  ;/.  2 

Weddings.     See  Marriages 

Weights  and  Measures,  Anguli^ 
218  n.  2;  Bahar,  xxii,  122  n.  i, 
240  n.  I,  241,  241  n,  4,  246,  246 
n,  10,  269,  270,  281  n.  5;  Bam- 
boo, xxii,  249  n.  I,  282,  282  n.  i ; 
Bauri,  218,  218  n,  6;  Candil,  116; 
CanHy,  xxvii,  93  «.  i,  196  n.  4, 
199  «.  3,  217  «.  5,  304  n.  2;  Cattee, 
281  n,  5,  313  n.  4;  Chupak,  282 
n.  2;  Conderin,  Candareen,  112, 
281  n.  5;  Corge,  290  n,  5;  Covid, 
214  n.  2,  218,  218  n.  2,  228  n.  5, 
246;  Crore,  146  n,  2,  148  n,  5; 
Cubit,  273,  282  «.  i;  Dhanu, 
218  n.  2;  Gandd^  218,  218  n.  6; 
Gantang,  282,  282  n.  2;  Garce, 
Gorse,  116  w.  5;  Gkari^  196,  197 
n,  f;  Guz,  218,  218  «.  i;  Hath^ 
218;  Kdhan^  218,  218;;.  6;  A'Jj,  134 


INDEX 


387 


n.  3,  203  n,  I,  218  n.  2;  Lack,  146, 
146  n.  2 J  148  n.  5,  156,  157;  Last, 
125  n.  r;  Markall,  Mercaul,  116, 
116  n.  6;  Maund,  104  n.  i,  116, 
134  n.  I,  134  //.  3,  217,  217  n.  5, 
225,  226  n.  2,  232  n.  I,  232  n.  3, 
291  n.  2,  292  /;.  1;  Mtam,  281 
n.  5;  Pahr^  196,  197  «.  r ;  /*««,  218, 
218  n.  6;  Parrah,  Para,  116,  116 
n.  5,  1 16  n.  6,  260  n.  3 ;  Patch,  200 
n.  4;  Pecul,  Picul,  241  n.  i,  246 
w.  10,  259  n.  2,  276  //.  5,  281  n.  5, 
S^^'  313  «•  4;  ^^eer,  134  n.  2,  217, 
217  «.  5,  226;  Steelyard,  241,  281 
n.  5;  Tael,  281  n.  2;  Tola,  134 
n.  2,  180  n.  2;  Tomb,  116  «.  5; 
Viss,  Veece,  116,  116  «.  4,  241, 
242,   242  n.  5 

Wellclose  Square,  Stepney,  also 
called  Marine  Square,  Bowrey's 
house  in,  xlii,  xliii,  xliv,  xlv 

West  Coast  (of  Sumatra),  the, 
178  «.   r 

Wheat,  304 ;  exported  from  Bengal, 
132  n.  7,  290 

Wheeler,  James,  xxvii 

Wheeler,  J.  Talboys,  his  *'  Madras 
in  the  Olden  Time "  referred  to, 
8  «.,  53  n. 

Whetham,  Nathaniel,  1 78  n.  3 ;  ap- 
pointed to  assist  Streynsham  Master, 

177  n.  2;  goes  to  visit  Callaway, 
177;   drowned  in  the  Hugh,   178, 

178  n.  3;  his  goods  sold  at  "out- 
cry,"  177  n.  2 

White,  Arnold,  the  Company's  ser- 
vant at  Bantam,   172  «.   3 

White,  Mr,  81  «.  i 

White,  Samuel,  elopes  with  Mistress 
Povey,  90  n.  i 

White  Pagoda.  See  Jagannath  Pa- 
goda 

Wigbers,  Captain  Wilkin.  See 
Wygbert,  Wilk 

Wilde,  Captain  Charles,  75  «.   i 

Wilkins,  Captain.  See  Wygbert, 
Wilk 

Wilkinson,  R.  J.,  his  "Malay  Dic- 
tionary" referred  to,  277  n.  i,  281 
n.  2,  282  n.  2,  301  n.  2,  307  n.  2 

Wilson,  Christopher,  the  Company's 
servant  at  Cuddalore,  xxxi,  xxxv 

Wilson,  C.  R.,  his  "Early  Annals 
of  Bengal"  referred  to,  105  n.  i, 
122  n.  I,  129  n.  I,  134  ft.  I,  134 
n.  2,  144  «.  5,  191  n,  2  passim 

Wilson,  H.  H.,  his  "Essays  on  the 
Religion  of  the  Hindus"  referred 
to,  203  n.   I 

Winter,  Sir  Edward,  72  n.  i;  agent 


at  Fort  St  George,  imprisons  Fox- 
croft,  4  H.  I,  84  /;.  2 ;  accuses  Salis- 
bury of  embezzlement,  57  «.  2; 
his  career  in  India,  84  n,  2 ;  his  re- 
bellious conduct  overlooked,  84«.  2 ; 
monument  to  him  in  Battersea 
Church,  84  n.  2;  his  policy  not 
maintained  by  his  successors,  88 
n.  I ;  his  house  at  Madapollam,  100 
n.  I ;  his  quarrel  with  William 
Jearsey,  251  ;/.    i 

Wisagapatam.     See  Vizagapatam 

WoUeberry.     See  Uluberria 

Women  in  India,  how  treated,  206, 
207 

Woodroffe,  Mrs,  sails  to  Bengal  to 
marry  Matthias  Vincent,  164  n.  4 

Woodruffe,  Martha,  second  wife  of 
Walter  Clavell,    158  n.  3 

Woollen  Goods,  no  sale  for,  152 
n.  A. 

Woolock.     See  Ulak 

Wygbert,  Wilk,  Danish  commodore, 
190;  goes  to  Dacca,  190;  coldly 
received  by  the  naivdby  190;  ex- 
changes visits  with  Streynsham 
Master,  190  n.  i,  190  w.  3 ;  formerly 
in  the  Dutch  service,   190  ;;.  3 

Wynne,   Maurice,  54 

Xabandar.     See  Shahbandar 

Yale,  Elihu,  his  "Memoriall"  quoted 
from,  106  ;/.  2,  120  w.  2,  257  n.  6 

Yam  (Yawm),  28 

Yecknam  Cawne,  232  n.  2 

YentapoUam,  54,   140  n.  4 

Young,  Captain,  140  n,  2 

Yule,  Col.  (Sir)  H.,  acquainted  with 
T.  B.  MS. ,  XV ;  his  "  Diary  of  William 
Hedges"  referred  to,  xv  «.,  xx  «., 
li,  106  n.  2,  124  n.  3,  128  n.  5, 
passim;  gives  Bowrey's  initials  as 
J.  B.,  XX ;  his  "Marco  Polo"  re- 
ferred to,  56  n.  I 

Yule,  Col.  (Sir)  H.,  and  Burnell, 
A.  C. ,  * '  Hobson-Jobson,"  references 
to,  2  «. ,  3  w. ,  5  n. ,  6  «. ,  7  «. ,  9  «., 
10  n  f  II  n.f  19  n.j  22  n..,  24  n., 
29  w.,  30  «.,  passim 

Yuva-rdja^  heir-apparent,  259   «.  3 

Zabulistan,  136  n.  3 

Zeyller.     See  Salayer 

Zeyloan,  Zeylone.     See  Ceylon 

Zielon.     See  Ceylon 

Zizyphus  Jujuba^  323,  323  n.  8 

Zoe   Millick   Beague.     See  Malik 

Beg 
Zoffy  Chaan.     See  Safi  Khan 


Cambritigc 

PRINTED   BY  JOHN   CLAY,    M.A. 
AT   THE    UNIVERSITY   PRESS. 


THE 


HAKLUYT    SOCIETY. 


(Founded  1846.) 
1904. 


President. 
Sir  CLEMENTS    MARKHAM,    K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres.  R.G.S. 

Vice-Presidents. 

The  Right  Hon.  Thb  Lord  AMHERST  of  HACKNEY. 
Rkar-Admiral  Sir  WILLIAM  WHARTON,  K.CB.,  F.R.S. 


Council. 


Colonel  GEORGE  EARL  CHURCH. 
Sir  WILLIAM  MARTIN  CONWAY. 
GEORGE  WILLIAM  FORREST,  CLE. 
WILLIAM  FOSTER,  B.A. 
ALBERT  GRAY. 

F.  H.  H.  GUILLEMARD,  M.A.,  M.D. 
The    Right     Hon.    The    Lord 

HAWKESBURY. 
EDWARD  HEAWOOD,  M.A. 
JOHN  SCOTT  KELTIE,  LL.D. 
FREDERIC  WILLIAM  LUCAS. 


Admiral    Sir    ALBERT    HASTINGS 

MARKHAM,  K.CB. 
CoMMR.  JOHN   FRANKLIN   PARRY» 

R.N. 
EDWARD  JOHN  PAYNE,  M.A, 
ERNEST  GEORGE  RAVENSTEIN. 
Admiral   of    the    Fleet    Sir    F.    W. 

RICHARDS,  G.CB. 
HENRY  WILLIAM  TRINDER. 
RICHARD  STEPHEN  WHITE  WAY. 


Hon.  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

BASIL  HARRINGTON  SOULSBY,  B.A.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S., 
Map    Room,    British    Museum,    W.C 

Clerk  and  Assistant  Treasurer. 

Mr.  SAMUEL  JOHN  EVIS, 
Royal  Geographical  Society,  i,  Savile  Row,  W 

Bankers  in  London. 
Messrs.  BARCLAY  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  i.  Pall  Mall  East,  S.W. 

Bankers  in  New  York. 
THE  MORTON  TRUST  CO.,  corner  of  Cedar  and  Nassau  Streets. 

Agent  for  distribution  &  sale  of  Volumes. 
Mr.  BERNARD  QUARITCH,  15,  Piccadilly,  W. 


Annual  Subscription.— One  Guinea  (in  America  five  dollars). 


THE   HAKLUYT   SOCIETY,  established  in    1846,  has  for  its 
object  the  printing  of  rare  or  unpublished  Voyages  and  Travels. 
Books  of  this  class  are  of  the  highest  interest  and  value  to  students 
of  history,  geography,  navigation,  and  ethnology  ;  and  many  of  them, 
especially  the  original  narratives  and  translations  of  the  Elizabethan 


and  Stuart  periods,  are  admirable  examples  of  English  prose  at  the 
stage  of  its  most  robust  development. 

The  Society  has  not  confined  its  selection  to  the  books  of  English 
travellers,  to  a  particular  age,  or  to  particular  regions.  Where  the 
original  is  foreign,  the  work  is  given  in  English,  fresh  translations 
being  made,  except  where  it  is  possible  to  utilise  the  spirited  renderings 
of  the  sixteenth  or  seventeenth  century. 

More  than  a  hundred  volumes  have  now  been  issued  by  the  Society. 
The  majority  of  these  illustrate  the  history  of  the  great  age  of  discovery 
which  forms  the  foundation  of  modem  history.  The  discovery  of 
America,  and  of  particular  portions  of  the  two  great  western  continents, 
is  represented  by  the  writings  of  Columbus,  Amerigo  Vespucci, 
Cortes  and  Champlain,  and  by  several  of  the  early  narratives  from 
Hakluyt's  collection.  The  works  relating  to  the  conquest  of  Peru, 
and  to  the  condition  of  that  country  under  the  Incas,  are  numerous 
and  of  the  highest  value  ;  similar  interest  attaches  to  Strachey's 
Virginia  Britannia,  De  Soto'S  Discovery  of  Florida,  and  Sir 
Robert  Schomburgk's  edition  of  Raleigh's  Discoverie  of  Guiana. 
The  works  relating  to  Africa  already  published  comprise 
Barbosa's  Coasts  of  East  Africa,  the  Portuguese  Embassy  to 
Abyssinia  of  Alvarez,  and  The  Travels  of  Leo  the  Moor, 
Notices  of  Australia,  India,  Persia,  China,  Japan,  etc.,  as 
they  appeared  in  early  times  to  European  eyes,  both  before  and 
after  the  discovery  of  the  Cape  route,  are  also  included  in  the 
series,  a  well-known  example  being  the  work  on  Cathay  and  the  Way 
Thither,  contributed  by  a  former  President,  Sir  Henry  Yule.  The 
search  for  the  North-west  and  North-east  Passages  is  recorded  in 
the  narratives  of  Jenkinson,  De  Veer,  Frobisher,  Davis,  Hudson, 
Baffin,  etc.;  whilst  more  extensive  voyages  are  signalised  by  the 
great  names  of  Magellan,  Drake,  and  Hawkins. 

The  works  selected  by  the  Council  for  reproduction  are  printed 
(with  rare  exceptions)  at  full  length.  Each  volume  is  placed  in  the 
charge  of  an  editor  especially  competent — in  many  cases  from  personal 
acquaintance  with  the  countries  described — to  give  the  reader  such 
assistance  as  he  needs  for  the  elucidation  of  the  text.  Whenever 
possible,  the  interest  of  the  volumes  is  increased  by  the  addition  of 
reproductions  of  contemporary  portraits,  maps,  and  other  illustrations. 

As  these  editorial  services  are  rendered  gratuitously,  the  whole  of 
the  amount  received  from  subscribers  is  expended  in  the  preparation 
of  the  Society's  publications. 

The  subscription  should  be  paid  to  the  Society's  Bankers  on  the 
first  of  January  in  each  year  ;  or,  if  preferred,  it  may  be  sent  to  Mr.  S. 
J.  Evis,  at  I,  Savile  Row,  W.  This  entitles  the  subscriber  to  receive, 
free  of  charge,  the   current  publications   of  the   Society.      Usually 


three  volumes  are  issued  each  year.  Members  have  the  sole 
privilege  of  purchasing  sets  of  the  previous  publications  ;  and  the 
Second  Series  of  the  Society's  volumes  is  also  reserved  exclusively 
for  its  subscribers.  In  addition,  they  are  allowed  a  special  discount 
of  15  per  cent,  on  the  volumes  permitted  to  be  sold  to  the  public. 
It  may  be  mentioned  that  the  publications  of  the  Society  tend  to  rise 
in  value,  and  those  which  are  out  of  print  are  now  only  to  be  obtained 
at  high  prices. 

The  present  scale  of  charges  for  back  volumes  is  as  follows  : — 

To  Membhrs.— 5"^/^  of  the  First  Series,  omitting  Nos.  i  to  10,  12, 13,  14,  19,  22,  25,  36, 
37,  and  42,  to  be  sold  for         .....  .  net         ;C35. 

N.B. — Most  of  the  out'Of print  volumes  have  been^  or  are  beings  reprinted 

eu  later  volumes  of  the  series. 


To  THE  Public  Generally. — A  limited  number  of  single  copies  as  follows  : — 
Nos.  28,  20,  30,  31,  34,  46,  47,  48,  50,  51,  53,  55.  56,  58,  60  to  73.  76,  77. 

79  to  87,  90, 91, 92,  93,  94,  96,  97,  98,  at  .  .  lOf.  ft/. 

Nos.  20,  21,  23,  26,  27,  41.  45,  49,  57,  74,  75,  78,  88,  89,  95,  99,  iQo,  at     .  16f.  Orf. 

Nos.  33,  35,  38,  39.  40,  43,  54,  59,  at  .  .  .  .  .         26^.  Orf. 

*«*  Subject  in  case  of  Members  to  a  discount  of  15%. 

The  volumes  of  the  Second   Series  can  only  be  obtained  by  paying  the 

arrears  of  subscription. 

A  list  of  works  in  preparation  is  given  at  page  17.  The  Secretary 
will  be  happy  to  furnish  any  further  information  that  may  be  desired. 

A  short  Index  to  Countries,  Places,  Authors,  Editors,  etc.,  for  the 
First  and  Second  Series  of  the  Society's  Publications,  1847  to  1904, 
has  been  added  at  page  18. 

Gentlemen  desiring  to  be  enrolled  as  members  should  send  their 
names  to  the  Secretary.  Applications  for  back  volumes  should  be 
addressed  to  Mr.  Quaritch,  15,  Piccadilly,  London,  W. 


WORKS     ALREADY     ISSUED 


FIRST     SERIES. 

1— The  Observations  of  Sir  Richard  Hawkins,  Knt., 

In  his  Voyage  into  the  South  Sea  in  1593.  Reprinted  from  the  edition 
of  1622,  and  edited  by  Admiral  Charles  Ramsay  Drinkwater 
Bethune,  C.B.     pp.  xvi.  246.  Index. 

(First  Edition  out  of  print.     See  No.  57.^    Issued  for  1847. 

2— Select  Letters  of  Christopher  Columbus, 

With  Original  Documents  relating  to  the  Discovery  of  the  New  World.  Trans- 
lated and  Edited  by  Richard  Henry  Major,'  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of  Maps, 
British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.  S.     pp.  xc.  240.  Index. 

(First  Edition  out  of  print.  See  No.  43.  Two  copies  only  were  printed  on 
vellum,  one  of  which  is  in  the  British  Museum,  C.  29.  k.  14.) 

Issued  for  1847. 

3— The  Discovery  of  the  Large,  Rieb,  &  Beautiful  Empire  of  Guiana, 

With  a  relation  of  the  great  and  golden  City  of  Manoa  (which  the  Spaniards 
call  El  Dorado),  &c.,  performed  in  the  year  1595  by  Sir  Walter  Ralegh, 
Knt.  .  .  .  Reprinted  from  the  edition  of  1596.  With  some  unpublished 
Documents  relative  to  that  country.  Edited  with  copious  explanatory  Notes 
and  a  biographical  Memoir  by  Sir  Robert  Hermann  Schomburgk,  Ph.  D. 
pp.  Ixxv.  XV.  I  Map.  Index. 

( Out  of  print. )   Issued  for  1 848. 

4— Sir  Francis  Drake  his  Voyage,  1595, 

By  Thomas  Maynarde,  together  with  the  Spanish  Account  of  Drake's 
attack  on  Puerto  Rico.  Edited  from  the  original  MSS.  by  William 
Desborough  Cooley.     pp.  viii.  65.  {Out  0/ print.)    Issued  for  \%^. 

5— Narratives  of  Voyages  towards  the  North- West, 

In  search  of  a  Passage  to  Cathay  &  India,  1496  to  163 1.  With  selections 
from  the  early  Records  of  .  .  .  the  East  India  Company  and  from  MSS. 
in  the  British  Museum.    Edited  by  Thomas  Rundall.    pp.  xx.  259.  2  Maps. 

(  Out  of  print. )    Issued  for  1 849. 

6— The  Historie  of  Travaile  ioto  Virginia  Britannia, 

Expressing  the  Cosmographie  and  Commodities  of  the  Country,  together  with 
The  manners  and  customs  of  the  people,  gathered  and  observed  as  well  by  those 
who  went  first  thither  as  collected  by  William  Sirachey,  Gent,  the 
first  Secretary  of  the  Colony.  Now  first  edited  from  the  original  MS.  in  the 
British  Museum  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of  Maps,  British 
Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.     pp.  xxxvi.  203.  i  Map.  6  Illus.  Glossary.  Index. 

(  Out  of  print. )     Issued  for  1849. 

7— Divers  Voyages  touching  the  Discovery  of  America 

And  the  Islands  adjacent,  collected  and  published  by  Richard  Hakluyt, 
Prebendary  of  Bristol,  in  the  year  1582.  Edited,  with  notes  &  an  introduction 
by  John  Winter  Jone?^,  Principal  Librarian  of  the  British  Museum, 
pp.  xci.  171.  6.  2  Maps.  I  Illus.  Index.       ( Out  of  print. )    Issued  for  1850. 


5 

8— Memorials  of  the  Empire  of  Japon 

In  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth  Centuries.  (The  Kingdome  of  Japonia. 
Harl.  MSS.  6249. — The  Letters  of  Wm.  Adams,  161 1  to  1617.)  With  a 
Commentary  by  Thomas  Rundall.     pp.  xxxviii.     186.  i  Map.  5  Illus. 

(Out  of  print.)     Issued  for  l%$0, 

9— The  Discovery  and  Conquest  of  Terra  Florida, 

By  Don  Ferdinando  de  Soto,  &  six  hundred  Spaniards  his  followers.  Written 
by  a  Gentleman  of  Elvas,  employed  in  all  the  action,  and  translated  out  ot 
Portuguese  by  Richard  Hakluyt.  Reprinted  from  the  edition  of  161 1. 
Edited  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  &  a  Translation  of  a  Narrative  of  the 
Expedition  by  Luis  Hernandez  de  Biedma,  Factor  to  the  same,  by  Willia'vi 
Brenchley  Rye,  Keeper  of  Printed  Books,  British  Museum,  pp.  Ixvii.  200. 
V.  I  Map.  Index.  ( Out  of  print.)    Issued  for  1 85 1. 

10— Notes  upon  Russia, 

Being  a  Translation  from  the  Earliest  Account  of  that  Country,  entitled  Rem m 
Muscoviticarum  Commentarii,  by  the  Baron  Sigismund  von  Herberstein, 
Ambassador  from  the  Court  of  Germany  to  the  Grand  Prince  Vasiley  Ivanovich, 
in  thf  years  1517  and  1526.  Translated  and  Edited  with  Notes  &  an 
Introduction,  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of  Maps,  British 
Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.     Vol.  i.  pp.  clxii.  116.     2  Illus. 

(Vol.  2  =  No.  12.)  (Out  of  print.)     Issued  for  iS^i, 

11 -The  Geography  of  Hudson's  Bay, 

Being  the  Remarks  of  Captain  W.  Coats,  in  many  Voyages  to  that  locality, 
between  the  years  1727  and  1751.  With  an  Appendix  containing  Extracts 
from  the  Log  of  Captain  Middleton  on  his  Voyage  for  the  Discovery  of  the 
North-west  Passage,  in  H.M.S.  "Furnace,"  in  1741-3.  Edited  by  John 
Barrow,  F.R.S.,  F.S.A.     pp.  x.  147.  Index.  Issued  for  i8$2. 

12— Notes  upon  Russia. 
(Vol.  I.  =No.  10.)     Vol.  2.     pp.  iv.  266.  2  Maps.  I  Illus.  Index. 

(Otit  of  print.)    Issued  for  1852. 

13-A  True  Description  of  Three  Voyages  by  the  North-East, 

Towards  Cathay  and  China,  undertaken  by  the  Dutch  in  the  years  1594,  1595 
and  1596,  with  their  Discovery  of  Spitzbergen,  their  residence  often  months  in 
Novaya  Zemlya,  and  their  safe  return  in  two  open  boats.  By  Gerrit  de 
Veer.  Published  at  Amsterdam  in  1598,  &  in  1609  translated  into  English 
by  William  Philip.  Edited  by  Charles  Tilstone  Beke,  Ph.D., 
F.S.A.     pp.  cxlii.  291.  4  Maps.  12  Illus.  Index. 

(Out  of  print.     See  also  No.  54.^      Issued  for  1 853. 

14-15— The  History  of  the  Great  and  Mighty  Kingdom  of  China  and 

the  Situation  Thereof. 

Compiled  by  the  Padre  Juan  Gonzalez  de  Mendoza,  &  now  reprinted  from 
the  Early  Translation  of  R.  Parke.  Edited  by  Sir  George  Thomas 
Staunton,  Bart,  M.P.,  F.R.S.  With  an  Introduction  by  Richard 
Henry  Major,  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of  Maps,  British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S., 
2  vols.  Index.  {Vol.  \^  out  of  print.)        Issued  for  1854. 

16— The  World  Encompassed  by  Sir  Francis  Drake. 

Being  his  next  Voyage  to  that  to  Nombre  de  Dios.  [By  Sir  Francis* 
Drake,  the  Younger.]  Collated  with  an  unpublished  Manuscript  of  Francis 
Fletcher,  Chaplain  to  the  Expedition.  With  Appendices  illustrative  of 
the  same  Voyage,  and  Introduction,  by  William  Sandys  Wright 
Vaux,  F.R.S.,  Keeper  of  Coins,  British  Museum,  pp.  xl.  295.  i  Map. 
Index.  Issued  Jor  1855. 


1 7— The  History  of  the  Two  Tartar  Conquerors  of  China, 

Including  the  two  Journeys  into  Tartary  of  Father  Ferdinand  Verbiest,  in  the 
suite  of  the  Emperor  Kang-Hi.  From  the  French  of  Pere  PijiRRK  Joseph 
d'Orleans,  of  the  Company  of  Jesus,  1688.  To  which  is  added  Father 
Pereira's  Journey  into  Tartary  in  the  suite  of  the  same  Emperor.  From  the 
Dutch  of  Nicolaas  Witsen.  Translated  and  Edited  by  the  Eari.  of 
Ellesmerk.  With  an  Introduction  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A., 
Keeper  of  Maps,  British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.     pp.  xv.  vi.  153.  Index. 

Issued  for  1855. 

18— A  Collection  of  Documents  on  Spitzbergen  and  Greenland, 
Comprising  a  Translation  from  F.  Martens'  Voyage  to  Spitzbergen,  167 1  ;  a 
Translation  from  Isaac  de  La  Peyrere's  Histoire  du  Groenland,  and  God's 
Power  and  Providence  in  the  Preservation  of  Eight  Men  in  Greenland  Nine 
Moneths  and  Twelve  Dayes.  1630.  Edited  by  Adam  Whit  k,  of  the  British 
Museum,     pp.  xvi.  288.  2  Maps.  Index.  '  Issued  for  1856. 

19— The  Voyage  of  Sir  Henry  Middleton  to  Bantam  and  the  Maluco  Islands, 

Being  the  Second  Voyage   set    forth    by  the   Governor   and    Company   of 
Merchants  of  London  trading  into  the  East  Indies.     From  the  (rare)  Edition 
of  1606.     Annotated  and  Edited  by  Bolton  Corney.  M.R.S.L.    pp.  xi.  83. 
52.  viii.  3  Maps.  3  Illus.  Bibliography.  Index. 

{Out  of  print).     Issued  for  i%^6, 

20— Russia  at  the  Close  of  the  Sixteenth  Century. 

Comprising  the  Treatise,  "The  Russe  Commonwealth'^  by  Dr.  Giles 
Fletcher,  and  the  Travels  of  Sir  Jerome  Horsey,  Knt.,  now  for  the  first 
time  printed  entire  from  his  own  MS.  Edited  by  Sir  Edward  Augustus 
Bond,  K.C.B.,  Principal  Librarian  of  the  British  Museum,  pp.  cxxxiv.  392. 
Index.  Issued  for  1857. 

21— History  of  the  New  World.    By  Girolamo  Benzoni,  of  Milan. 

Showing  his   Travels   in    America,    from    a.d.    1 541    to    1556,    with    some 
particulars  of  the  Island  of  Canary.     Now  first  Translated  and   Edited   by 
Admiral  William  Henry  Smyth,  K.S.F.,  F.R.S.,  D.C.L.    pp.  iv.  280. 
19  Illus.  Index.  Issued Jor  1857. 

22— India  in  the  Fifteenth  Century. 
Being  a  Collection  of  Narratives  of  Voyages  to  India  in  the  century  pieceding 
the  Portuguese  discovery  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ;  from  Latin,  Persian, 
Russian,  and  Italian  Sources.  Now  first  Translated  into  English.  Edited 
with  an  Introduction  bv  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of 
Maps,  British  Museum,     pp.  xc.  49.  39.  32.  10.  Index. 

( Out  of  print. )     Issued  for  1 858. 

23— Narrative  of  a  Voyage  to  the  West  Indies  and  Mexico, 

In  the  years  1599- 1602,  ^^^  4  Maps  and  5  Illustrations.  By  Samuel 
Champlain.  Translated  from  the  original  and  unpublished  Manuscript, 
with  a  Biographical  Notice  and  Notes  by  Alice  Wilmere.  Edited  by 
Norton  Shaw.    pp.  xcix.  48.  Issued  for  1858. 

24— Expeditions  into  the  Valley  of  the  Amazons,  1539,  1540,  1639, 

Containing  the  Journey  of  Gonzalo  Pizarro,  from  the  Royal  Commen 
taries  of  Garcilasso  Inca  de  la  Vega  ;  the  Voyage  of  Francisco  de  Orellana, 
from  the  General  Histoiy  of  Herrera;  and  the  Voyage  of  Cristoval  de  Acuiia. 
Translated  and  Edited  by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S., 
Pres.  R.G.S.  pp.  Ixiv.  190.  i  Map.  List  of  Tribes  in  the  Valley  of  the 
Amazons.  Issued  for  1859. 


25— 2aply  Voya^res  to  Terra  Austral!  s. 

Now  called  Australia.  A  Collection  of  documents,  and  extracts  from  early 
MS.  Maps,  illustrative  of  the  history  of  discovery  on  the  coasts  of  that  vast 
Island,  from  the  beginning  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  to  the  time  of  Captain 
Cook.  Edited  with  an  Introduction  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A., 
Keeper  of  Maps,  British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.  pp.  cxix.  200.  13.  5  Maps. 
Index.  {^Out  of  print.)     Issued fori%$^. 

26— Narrative  of  the  Embassy  of  Ruy  Gonzalez  de  ClavIJo  to  the  Court 

of  Timour,  at  Samarcand,  A.D.,  1403-6. 

Translated  for  the  first  time  with  Notes,  a  Preface,  &  an  introductory  Life  of 
Timour  Beg,  by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C  B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres.  R.G.S. 
pp.  Ivi.  200.  I  Map.  Issued  for  i860. 

27— Henry  Hudson  the  Navigator,  1607-13. 

The  Original  Documents  in  which  his  career  is  recorded.  Collected,  partly 
Translated,  &  annotated  with  an  Introduction  by  George  Michael 
ASHER,  LL.D.  pp.     ccxviii.  292.  2  Maps.  Bibliography.  Index. 

Issued  for  i860. 

28— The  Expedition  of  Pedro  de  Ursua  and  Lope  de  Aguirre, 

In  search  of  El  Dorado  and  Omagua,  in  1560-61.  Translated  from  Fray 
Pedro  Simon's  "  Sixth  Historical  Notice  of  the  Conqutst  of  Tierra  Firme," 
1627,  by  William  Bullaert,  F.R.G.S.  With  an  Introduction  by  Sir 
Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres.  R.G.S.    pp.  lii.  237.  i  Map. 

Issued  for  1861. 

29 -The  Life  and  Acts  of  Don  Alonzo  Enriquez  de  Guzman, 

A  Knight  of  Seville,  of  the  Order  of  Santiago,  a.d.  1518  to  1543.  Translated 
from  an  original  &  inedited  MS.  in  the  National  Library  at  Madrid.  With 
Notes  and  an  Introduction  by  SiR  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B., 
F.R.S.,  Pres.  R.G.S.     pp.  xxxv.  168.  i  Illus.  Issued  for  \%67. 

30— The  Discoveries  of  the  World 

From  their  first  original  unto  the  year  of  our  Lord  1555.  By  Antonio 
Galvano,  Governor  of  Ternate.  [Edited  by  F.  de  Sousa  Tanares.] 
Corrected,  quoted,  &  published  in  England  by  Richard  Hakluyt,  1601. 
Now  reprinted,  with  ihe  original  Portuguese  text  (1563),  and  edited  by 
Admiral  Charles  Ramsay  Drinkwater  Bethune,  C.B.    pp. iv.  viiii.  242. 

Issued  for  1862. 

31— Mirabilia  Descripta.    The  Wonders  of  the  East. 

By  Friar  Jordanus,  of  the  Order  of  Preachers  &  Bishop  of  Columbum  in 
India  the  Greater,  circa  1330.  Translated  from  the  Latin  Original,  as  published 
at  Paris  in  1839,  in  the  Recueil  de  Voyages  et  de  !^Ji moires^  of  the  Societe  de 
Geographic.  With  the  addition  of  a  Commentary,  by  Col.  Sir  Henry 
Yule,  K.C.S.I.,  R.E.,  C.B.     pp.  iv.  xviii.  68.  Index.         Issued  for  1863. 

32— The  Travels  of  Ludovico  di  Varthema 

In  Egypt,  Syria,  Arabia,  Persia,  India,  &  Ethiopia,  a.d.  1503  to  1508. 
Translated  from  the  original  Italian  edition  of  15 10,  with  a  Preface,  by 
John  Wintu-k  Junes,  F.S.  A.,  Principal  Librarian  of  the  British  Museum, 
&  Edited,  with  Notes  &  an  Int  oduction,  by  the  Rev.  George  Percy 
Badger,     pp.  cxxi.  321.  i  Map.  Index.  Issued  for  1863. 


feiAl;   y.. 


8 

33— The  Travels  of  Pedro  de  Cieza  de  Leon,  A.D.  1532-50, 
From  the  Gulf  of  Darien  to  the  City  of  La  Plata,  contained  in  the  first  part  of 
his.Chronicle  of  Peru  (Antwerp,  1554).     Translated  &  Edited,   with    Notes 
&  an    Introduction,  by  SiR  Clements   R.    Markham,   K.C.B.,  F.R.S., 
Pres.  R.G.S.     pp.  xvi.  Ivii.  438.  Index. 
(Vol.  2  =  No.  68.)  Issued  for  1864. 

34— Narrative  of  the  Proceediiifirs  of  Pedrarias  Davila 

In  the  Provinces  of  Tierra  Firme  or  Castilla  del  Oro,  &  of  the  discovery  of  the 
South  Sea  and  the  Coasts  of  Peru  and  Nicaragua.  Written  by  the  Adelantado 
Pascual  de  Andagoya.  Translated  and  Edited,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduc- 
tion, by  Sir  Clbments  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres.  R.G.S. 
pp.  xxix.  88.  I  Map.  Index.  Issued  for  1865. 

35— A  Description  of  the  Coasts  of  East  Aft>ica  and  Malabar 
In*^  the    beginning   of   the    Sixteenth    Century,    by  Duarte    Barbosa,    a 
Portuguese.    Translated  from  an  early  Spanish  manuscript  in  the  Barcelona 
Library,   with    Notes  &    a   Preface,   by    Lord   Stanley  of   Alderlev. 
pp.  xi.  336.  2  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1865. 

36-37-Cathay  and  the  Way  Thither. 

Being  a  Collection  of  mediaeval  notices  of  China,  previous  to  the  Sixteenth 
Century.  Translated  and  Edited  by  Colonel  Sir  Henry  Yule,  K.C.S.I., 
R.E.,  C.B.  With  a  preliminary  Essay  on  the  intercourse  between  China  &  the 
Western  Nations  previous  to  the  discovery  of  the  Cape  Route.  2  vols. 
3  Maps.  2  Illus.  Bibliography.  Index. 

{Out  of  print.    New  Edition  in  preparation.)        Issued  for  i%66, 

38— The  Three  Voyages  of  Sir  Martin  Frobisher, 

In  search  of  a  Passage  to  Cathaia  &  India  by  the  North- West,  a.d.  1576-8. 
By  George  Best.  Reprinted  from  the  First  Edition  of  Hakluyt's  Voyages. 
With  Selections  from  MS.  Documents  in  the  British  Museum  &  State  Paper 
Office.  Edited  by  Admiral  Sir  Hichard  Collinsun,  K.C.B.  pp.  xxvi. 
376.  2  Maps.  I  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1867. 

39 -The  Philippine  Islands, 

Moluccas,  Siam,  Cambodia,  Japan,  and  China,  at  the  close  of  the  i6th  Century. 
By  Antonio  de  Morga,  1609.  Translated  from  the  Spanish,  with  Notes  & 
a  Preface,  and  a  Letter  from  Luis  Vaez  de  Torres,  describing  his  Voyage 
through  the  Torres  Straits,  by  Lord  Stanley  of  Alderley.  pp.  xxiv.  431. 
2  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1868. 

40 -The  Fifth  Letter  of  Hernan  Cortes 
To  the  Emperor  Charles  V.,  containing  an  Account  of  his   Expedition  to 
Honduras    in    1525-26.      Translated    from  the    original   Spanish   by    Don 
Pascual  dk  Gayangos.     pp.  xvi.  156.  Index.  Issued  for  1868. 

41— The  Royal  Commentaries  of  the  Yncas. 

By  the  Ynca  Garci lasso  de  la  Vega.    Translated  and  Edited,  with  Notes 
&  an  Introduction,  by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.  F.R.S.,  Pres. 
R.G.S.     Vol.  I.  (Books  I. -IV.)     pp.  xi.  359.  i  Map.  Index. 
(Vol.  2.=  No.  45.)  Issued  for  i%6g, 

42— The  Three  Voyages  of  Vasco  da  Gama, 

And  his  Viceroyalty,  from  the  Lendas  da  India  of  Caspar  Correa  ;  accom- 
panied by  original  documents.  Translated  from  the  Portuguese,  with  Notes 
&  an  Introduction,  by  Lord  Stanley  of  Alderley.  pp.  Ixxvii.  430. 
XXXV.  3  Illus.  Index.  {Out  of  print.)        Issued  for  1869. 


43— Select  Letters  of  Christopher  Columbus, 
With  other  Original  Documents  relating  to  his  Four  Voyages  to  the  New 
World.     Translated    and    Edited    by   Richard   Henry   Major,    F.S.A., 
Keeper  of  Maps,  British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.    Second  Edition,    pp.  iv.  142. 
3  Maps.  I  Illus.     Index. 

(First  Edition  =  No.  2.)  Issued  for  1870. 

44— History  of  the  Imltms  and  Seyyids  of  'Om&n, 

By  SALiL-lBN-RAziK,  from  a.d.  661-1856.  Translated  from  the  original 
Arabic,  and  Edited,  with  a  continuation  of  the  History  down  to  1870,  by  the 
Rev.  George  Percy  Badger,  F.R.G.S.  pp.  cxxviii.  435.  i  Map.  Biblio- 
graphy. Index.  Issued  for  1870. 

45— The  Royal  Commentaries  of  the  Yncas. 

By  the  Ynca  Garcilasso  de  la  Vega.  Translated  &  Edited  with  Notes, 
an  Introduction,  &  an  Analytical  Index,  by  SiR  Clements  R.  Markham, 
K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres.  R.G.S.    Vol.  II.     (Books  V.-IX.)  pp.  553 

(Vol.  I.  =  No.  41.)  Issued  for  \%]  I, 

46— The  Canarian, 
Or  Book  of  the  Conquest  and  Conversion  of  the  Canarians  in  the  year  1402, 
by  Messire  Jean  de  Bethencourt,  Kt.  Composed  by  Pierre  Bontier  and 
Jean  le  Verrier.  Translated  and  Edited  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.  A., 
Keeper  of  Maps,  British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.  pp.  Iv.  229.  i  Map.  2  Illus. 
Index.  Issued  for  1871. 

47— Reports  on  the  Discovery  of  Peru. 

I.  Report  of  Francisco  de  Xeres,  Secretary  to  Francisco  Pizarro.  II.  Report 
of  Miguel  de  Astete  on  the  Expedition  to  Pachacamac.  III.  Letter  of 
Hernando  Pizarro  to  the  Royal  Audience  of  Santo  Domingo.  IV.  Report  of 
Pedro  Sancho  on  the  Partition  of  the  Ransom  of  Atahuallpa.  Translated  and 
Edited,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  SiR  Clements  R.  Markham, 
K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Prcs.  R.G.S.     pp.  xxii.  143.  i  Map.  Issued  for  1872. 

48— Narratives  of  the  Rites  and  Laws  of  the  Yncas. 

Translated  from  the  original  Spanish  MSS.,  &  Edited,  with  Notes  and  an 
Introduction,  by  SiR  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres. 
R.G.S.     pp.  XX.  220.  Index.  Issued  for  1872. 

49 -Travels  to  Tana  and  Persia, 

By  JosAFA  Barbaro  and  Ambrogio  Contarini.  Translated  from  the 
Italian  by  William  Thomas,  Clerk  of  the  Council  to  Edward  VI.,  and  by 
S.  A.  Roy,  and  Edited,  with  an  Introduction,  by  Lord  Stanley  of 
Alderley.  pp.  xi.  175.  Index.  A  Narrative  of  Italian  Travels  in  Persia, 
in  tlie  Fifteenth  and  Sixteenth  centuries.  Translated  and  Edited  by 
Charles  Grey.     pp.  xvii.  231.  Index.  Issued Jor  1873. 

50— The  Voyages  of  the  Venetian  Brothers,  Nicolo  &  Antonio  Zeno, 

To  the  Northern  Seas  in  the  Fourteen!  h  century.  Comprising  the  late-t 
known  accounts  of  the  Lost  Colony  of  Greenland,  &  of  the  Northmen  in 
America  before  Columbus.  Translated  &  Edited,  with  Notes  and  Introduc- 
tion, by  RiCHAKD  Henry  Major,  F.S. A.,  Keeper  of  Maps,  British 
Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.     pp.  ciii.  64.  2  Maps.  Index.  Issued  for  1873. 

51 -The  Captivity  of  Hans  Stade  of  Hesse  in  1547-55, 

Amonfif  the  Wild  Tribes  of  Eastern  Brazil.  Translated  by  Albert  Tootal, 
of  Rio  de  Janiero,  and  annotated  by  Sir  Richard  Francis  Burton, 
K.C.  M.G.     pp.  xcvi.  169.  Bibliography.  Issued  for  1%^^^, 


lO 

52— The  Fipst  Voyage  Round  the  World  by  Maffellan.     1518-1521. 

Translated  from  the  Accounts  of  Pigafetta  and  other  contemporary  writers. 
Accompanied  by  origin -*!  Documents,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  Lord 
Stanley  of  Alderley.     pp.  Ix.  257.  xx.  2  Maps.  5  lUus.  Index. 

Issued  for  1874. 

53  -The  Commentaries  of  the  Great  Afonso  Dalboquerque, 

Second  Viceroy  of  India.     Translated  from  the  Portuj<ue.'»e  Edition  of  1774, 
and  Edited  by  Walter  de  Gray  Birch,  F.K.S.L.,  of  the  British  Museum. 
Vol.  I.     pp.  Ix.  256.  2  Maps.  I  Illus.  (Index  in  No.  69.) 
(Vol.  2  =  No.  55.     Vol.  3  =  No.  62.     Vol.  4=No.  69.)      Issued  for  1875. 

54 -The  Three  Voyages  of  William  Barents  to  the  Arctic  Regions,  in  1594» 

1696,  &  1596. 

By  Gerrit  de  Veer.  Edited,  with  an  Introduction,  by  Lieut.  Koolemans 
Heynen,  of  the  Royal  Netherlands  Navy.  Second  Edition,  pp.  clxxiv.  289. 
2  Maps.  12  Illus.  Issued  for  1876. 

( First  Edition  =  No.  1 3. ) 

55— The  Commentaries  ot  the  Great  Afonso  Dalboquerque, 

Second  Viceroy  of  India.  Translated  from  the  Portuguese  Edition  of  1774, 
with  Notes  and  an  Introduction,  by  Walter  de  Gr^vy  Birch,  F.R.S.L.,  of 
the  British  Museum.  Vol.  2.  pp.  cxxxiv.  242.  2  Maps.  2  Illus.  (Index  in 
No.  69.)  Issued  for  1875. 

(Vol.  I  =  No.  53.     Vol.  3 -No.  62.     Vol.  4  =  No.  69.) 

56— The  Voyages  of  Sir  James  Lancaster,  Knt.,  to  the  East  Indies, 

With  Abstracts  of  Journals  of  Voyages  to  the  East  Indies,  during  the  Seven- 
teenth century,  preserved  in  the  India  Office,  &  ihe  Voyage  of  Captain  John 
Knight,  1606,  to  seek  the  North- West  Passage.  Edited  by  SiR  Clements 
K.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Prcs.  R.G.S.     pp.  xxii.  314.     Index. 

Issued  for  1877. 

57— The  Hawkins*  Voyages 

During  the  reigns  of  Henry  VIII,  Queen  Elizabeth,  and  James  I.  [Second 
edition  of  No.  i.]  Edited  by  SiR  Clements  R.  Markham,  K  C.B.,  F.R.S., 
Pres.  R.G.S.    pp.  lii.  453.  i  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1877. 

(First  Edition  =  No.  i). 

58— The  Bondage  and  Travels  of  Johann  Schiltberger,  a  Native  of  Bavaria, 

in  Europe,  Asia,  &  Africa. 

From  his  capture  at  the  battle  of  Nicopolis  in  1396  to  his  escape  and  return 
to  Europe  in  142 7.  Translated  from  the  Heidelberg  MS  ,  Edited  in  1859  by 
Professor  Karl  Fr.  Neumann,  by  Commander  John  Buchan  Telfer, 
R.N. ;  F.S.  A.  With  Notes  by  Professor  B.  Bruun,  &  a  Preface,  Introduction, 
&  Notes  by  the  Translator  &  Editor,  pp.  xxxii.  263.  i  Map.  Bibliography. 
Index.  Issued  for  1878. 

59— The  Voyages  and  Works  of  John  Davis  the  Navigator. 

Edited  by  Admiral  Sir  Albert  Hastings  Markham,  K.C.B. 
pp.  xcv.  392.  2  Maps.  15  Illus.  Bibliography.  Index.  Issued  for  1%^^, 

The  Map  ot  the  World,  A.D.  1600. 

lied  by  Shakspere  **  The  New  Map,  with  the  Augmentation  of  the  Indies." 
To  illustrate  the  Voyages  of  John  Davis.    Issued  for  1878. 


/AilC 


II 

60-61— The  Natural  &  Moral  History  of  the  Indies. 
By  Father  Joseph  de  Acosta.  Reprinted  from  the  English  Translated  Edition 
of  Edward  Grimston,  1604;   and  Edited  by  SiR  Clemknts  R.  Markham, 
K.C.B.,   F.R.S.,  Pres.  R.G.S.     Vol.  i,  The  Natural  History  Bo jks,  I.-IV. 
Vol.  2,   The  Moral  History  Books,  V.-VII.     pp.  xiii.  295-551.  Index. 

Issued  for  1879. 

Hap  of  Peru. 
To  Illustrate  Nos.  33,  41,  45,  60,  and  61.  Issued  for  1879. 

62— The  Commentaries  of  the  Great  Afonso  Dalboquerque, 

Second  Viceroy  of  India.  Translated  from  the  Portue;uese  Edition  of  1774, 
with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  Walter  de  Gray  Birch,  F.S.A.,  of 
the  British  Museum.  Vol.  3.  pp.  xliv.  308.  3  Maps.  3  Illus.  (Index  m 
No.  69.)  Issued  for  1880. 

63-The  Voyages  of  William  Baffin,  1612-1622. 
Edited,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  Sir  Clements    R.    Markham, 
K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres.  R.G.S.     pp.  lix.  192.  8  Maps,  i  Illus.  Index. 

Issued  for  1880. 

64— Narrative  of  the  Portuguese  Embassy  to  Abyssinia 
Daring  the  years  1520- 1527.     By  Father  Francisco  Alvarez.     Translated 
from  the  Portuguese  &    Edited,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  Lord 
Stanley  of  Alderley.     pp.  xxvii.  416  Index.  Issued  for  1881. 

65— The  History  of  the  Bermudas  or  Summer  Islands. 
Attributed  to  Captain  Nathaniel    Butler.     Edited  from  a  MS.  in  the 
Sloane  Collection,  British  Museum,  by  General  SiR  John  Henry  Lefroy, 
R.A.,   C.B.,    K.C.M.G.,    F.R.S.      pp.  xii.  327.   i  Map.  3  Illus.  Glossary. 
Index.  Issued  for  1881. 

66-67— The  Diary  of  Richard  Cocks, 
Cape-Merchant  in  the  English  Factory  in    Japan,  1615-1622,  with  Corres- 
pondence (Add.  MSS.  31,300-1,   British  Museum).     Edited  by  Sir  Edward 
Maunde   Thompson,   K.C.B.,  Director  of  the  British  Museum.     Vol.  i. 
pp.  liv.  349.     Vol.  2,  pp.  368.  Index.  Issued  for  1882. 

68— The  Second  Part  of  the  Chronicle  of  Peru,  1532-1550, 
By  Pedro  de  Cieza  de  Leon.    1554.    Translated  and  Edited,  with  Notes 
&  an  Introduction,  by  Sir   Clements  R.    Markham,   K.C.B.,    F.R.S., 
Pres.  R.G.S.     pp.  Ix.  247.     Index.  Issued  for  1883. 

(Vol.  i  =  No.  33.) 

69— The  Commentaries  of  the  Great  Afonso  Dalboquerque, 

Second  Viceroy  of  India.  Translated  from  the  Portuguese  Edition  01  1774, 
with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  Walter  de  Gray  Birch,  F.S.A.,  of  the 
British  Museum.      Vol.   4.      pp.  xxxv.  324.  2  Maps.  2  Illus.  Index  to  the 

4  vols.  Issued  for  \%^2f' 

(Vol.  i=No.  53.     Vol.  2  =  No.  55.     Vol.  3=No.  62.) 

70-71— The  Voyage  of  John  Huyghen  van  Linschoten  to  the  East  Indies> 

From  the  Old  English  Translation  of  1598.  The  First  Book,  containing  his 
Description  of  the  East.  In  Two  Volumes,  Edited,  the  First  Volume,  by 
the  late  Arthur  Coke  Burnell,  Ph.D.,  CLE.,  Madras  C.  S.  ;  the 
Second  V^olume,  by  Pieter  Anton  Tiele,  of  Utrecht.  Vol  i.  pp.  Hi.  307. 
Vol  2.     pp.  XV.  341.  Index.  Issued  for  1884. 


12 

72-73— Early  Voyages  and  Travels  to  Russia  and  Persia, 

By  Anthony  Jenkinson  and  other  Englishmen,  with  some  account  of  the 
first  Intercourse  of  the  English  with  Russia  and  Central  Asia  by  way  of  the 
Caspian  Sea.  Edited  by  Edward  Delmar  Morgan,  and  Charles  Henby 
CooTE,  of  the  British  Museum.  Vol.  i.  pp.  clxii.  176.  2  Maps.  2  Illus. 
Vol.  2.  pp.  177-496.  2  Maps.  I  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1885. 

74-75-The  Diary  of  William  Hedges,  Esq., 
Afterwards  Sir  William  Hedges,  during  his  Agency  m  Bengal ;  as  well  as  on 
his  Voyage  out  and  Return  Overland  (1681-1687).  Transcribed  for  the  Press, 
with  Introductory  Notes,  etc.,  by  R.  Barlow,  and  Illustrated  by  copious 
Extracts  from  Unpublished  Records,  etc.,  by  Col.  Sir  Henry  Yulk, 
K.C.S.I..  R.E.,  C.B.,  LL. D.  Vol.  i.  The  Diary,  with  Index,  pp.  xii.  265. 
Vol.  2.  Notices  regarding  Sir  William  Hedges,  Documentary  Memoirs  of  Job 
Charnock,  and  other  Biographical  &  Miscellaneous  Illustrations  of  the  time  in 
India,     pp.  ccclx.  287.  18  Illus.  Issued  for  1S86. 

(Vol.  3=»No.  78.) 

r 

76-77— The  Voyage  of  Francois  Pyrard,  of  Laval,  to  the  East  Indies* 

The  Maldives,  the  Moluccas  and  Brazil.  Translated  into  English  from  the 
Third  French  Edition  of  16 19,  and  Edited,  with  Notes,  by  Albert  Gray, 
assisted  by  Harey  Chari.es  Purvis  Bell,  Ceylon  C.  S.  Vol.  i. 
pp.  Iviii.  I  Map.  1 1  Illus.     Vol.  2.  Part  I.  pp.  xlvii.  287.  7  Illus. 

(Vol.  2.  Part  II.  =No.  80.)  Issued  for  1887. 

78— The  Diary  of  William  Hedges,  Esq. 

Vol.  3.  Documentary  Contributions  to  a  Biography  of  Thomas  Pitt,  Governor 
of  Fort  St.  George,  with  Collections  on  the  Early  History  of  the  Company's 
Settlement  in  Bengal,  «&  on  Early  Charts  and  Topography  of  the  PI  ugh  River. 
pp.  cclxii.  I  Map.  8  Illus.  Index  to  Vols.  2,  3.  Issued  for  1888. 

(Vols.  I,  2  =  Nos.  74,  75.) 

79— Tractatus  de  Globis,  et  eorum  usu. 
A  Treatise  descriptive  of  the  Globes  constructed  by  Emeiy  Molyneux,  and 
Published  ni  1592.     By  Robert  Hues.    Edited,  with  annotated  Indices  &  an 
Introduction,    by  Sir    Clements    K.   Markham,   K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,   Pres. 

R.G.S.     To  which  is  appended, 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Circumnavigation  of  England, 
And  for  a  Voyage  to  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar.     From  a  Fifteenth  Century 
MS.      Edited,  with  an  Account  of  the  MS.,  by   James   Gairdner,  of  the 
Public  Record  Office  ;    with  a  Glossary  by   Edward  Delmar  Morgan. 
pp.  1.  229.  37.  I  Illus.  I  Map.  Issued  for  1888. 

80— The  Voyage  of  Francois  Pyrard,  of  Laval,   to  the  East  Indies,  the 

Maldives,  the  Moluccas,  and  Brazil. 

Translated  into  English  from  the  Third  French  Edition  of  1619,  and  Edited, 
with  Notes,  by  Alkert  Gray,  assisted  by  Harry  Charles  Purvis  Bell, 
Ceylon  Civil  Service.     Vol  2.  Pt.  II.  pp.  xii.  289-572.  2  Maps.  Index. 
(Vol  I.  Vol.  2.  Pt.  I.  =Nos   76,  77.)  Issued  for  1889. 

81— The  Conquest  of  La  Plata,  1535-1555. 
I. — Voyage  of  Ulrich  Schmidt  to  the  Rivers  La  Plata  and  Paraguai,  from 
the  crigi- al  Gtrm?n  edition,  1567.  11.  The  Commentaries  of  Alvar  Nuflez 
Cabeza  de  Vaca.  From  the  original  Spanish  Edition,  1555.  Translated, 
with  Notes  and  an  Introduction,  by  H.  E.  Don  Luis  L.  Dominguez, 
Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Argentine  Republic,  pp.  xlvi.  282.  i  Map. 
Bibliography.  Index.  Issued  for  1889. 


13 

82-83— The  Voyage  of  Francois  Leguat,  of  Bpesse,  1690-98. 

To  Rodriguez,  Mauritius,  Java,  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Transcribed 
from  the  First  English  Edition,  1708.  Edited  and  Annotated  by  Capt.  Samuel 
Pasfield  Oliver,  (late)  R.A.  Vol  i.  pp.  Ixxxviii.  137.  i  Illus.  6  Maps. 
Bibliography.     Vol.  2.  pp.  xviii.  433.  5  Illus.  5  Maps.  Index. 

Issued  for  1890. 

84-85— The  Travels  of  Pietro  della  Valle  to  India. 

Erom  the  Old  English  Translation  of  1664,  by  G.  Havers.  Edited,  with 
a  Life  of  the  Author,  an  Introducion  «&  Notes  by  Edward  Grey,  late 
Bengal  C.  S.  Vol.  i.  pp.  Ivi.  192.  2  Maps.  2  Illus.  Bibliography.  Vol.  2. 
pp.  xii.  193-456.  Index.  Issued  for  i%^\. 

86— The  Journal  of  Christopher  Columbus 

During  his  First  Voyage  (1492-93),  and  Documents  relating  to  the  Voyages 
of  John  Cabot  and  Gaspar  Corte  Real.  Translated,  with  Notes  &  an  Intro- 
duction, by  Sir  Clements  K.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres.  R  G.S. 
pp.  liv.  259.  3  Maps.  I  Illus.  Index.  Issued jor  1892. 

87— Early  Voyages  and  Travels  in  the  Levant. 

I. — The  Diary  of  Master  Thomas  Dallam,  1599- 1600.  II. — Extracts  from 
the  Diaries  of  Dr.  John  Covel,  1670-1679.  With  some  Account  of  the 
Levant  Company  of  Turkey  Merchants.  Edited  by  James  Theodore  Bent, 
F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S.     pp.  xlv.  305.  Illus.  Index. 

Issued  for  1892. 

88-89— The  Voyages  of  Captain  Luke  Foxe,  of  Hull,  and  Captain  Thomas 

James,  of  Bristol, 
In  Search  of  a  N.-W.  Passage,  1631-32  ;  with  Narratives  of  the  Earlier 
North-West  Voyages  of  Frobisher,  Davis,  Weymouth,  Hall,  Knight,  Hudson, 
Button,  Gibbons,  Bylot,  Baffin,  Hawkridge,  &  others.  Edited,  with  Notes  & 
an  Introduction,  by  Robert  Miller  Christy,  F.L.S.  Vol.  i.  pp.  ccxxxi. 
259.  2  Maps.  2  Illus.     Vol.  2.  pp.  viii.  261-681.  3  Maps.  I  Illus.  Index. 

Issued  for  1 893. 

90— The  Letters  of  Amerigo  Vespucci 

And  other  Documents  illustrative  of  his  Career.  Translated,  with  Notes  & 
an  Introduction,  by  by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres. 
R.G.S.     pp.  xliv.  121.  I  Map.  Index. 

Issued  for  1894. 

9  i— Narratives  of  the  Voyages  of  Pedro  Sarmiento  de  Gamboa  to  the 

Straits  of  Magellan,  1579-80. 

Translated  and  Edited,  with  Illustrative  Documents  and  Introduction,  by 
Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Pres.  R.G.S.  pp.  xxx. 
401.  I  Map.  Index. 

Issued  for  1894. 

92-93-94— The  History  and  Description  of  Africa, 

And  of  the  Notable  Things  Therein  Contained.  Written  by  Al-Hassan  Ibn- 
Mohammed  Al-Wezaz  Al-Fasi,  a  Moor,  baptized  as  Giovanni  Leone,  but 
better  known  as  Leo  Africanus.  Done  into  English  in  the  year  1600  by 
John  Pory,  and  now  edited  with  an  Introduction  &  Notes,  by  Dr.  Robert 
Brown.  In  3  Vols.  Vol.  i.  pp.  viii.  cxi.  224.  4  Maps.  Vol.  2.  pp  225-698. 
Vol.  3.  pp.  699- II 1 9.  Index. 

Issued  for  1895. 


95— The  Chronicle  of  the  Discovery  and  Conquest  of  Guinea. 

Written  by  Gomes  Eannes  de  Azurara.  Now  first  done  into  English 
and  Edited  by  Charles  Raymond  Beazley,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  and  Edgar 
Prestage,  B.A.  Vol.  I.  (Ch.  I. — xl.)  With  Introduction  on  the  Life  & 
Writings  of  the  Chronicler,     pp.  Ixvii.  127.  3  Maps,  i  Illus. 

( Vol.  2  =  No.  1 00. )  Issued  for  1 896. 

96-97— Danish  Arctic  Expeditions,  1605  to  1620.    In  Two  Books. 

Book  I.  The  Danish  Expeditions  to  Greenland,  1605-07;  to  which  is  added 
Captain  James  Hall's  Voyage  to  Greenland  in  1612.  Edited  by  Christian 
Carl  August  Gosch.     pp.  xvi.  cxvii.  205.  10  Maps.  Index. 

Issued  for  1896. 

Book  2.  The  Expedition  of  Captain  Jens  Munk  to  Hudson's  Bay  in  search 
of  a  North- West  Passage  in  1619-20.  Edited  by  Christian  Carl  August 
Gosch.     pp.  cxviii.  187.  4  Maps.  2  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1897. 

98— The  Topographia  Christiana  of  Cosmas  Indlcopleustes,  an. 

Egyptian  Monk. 

Translated  from  the  Greek  and  Edited  by  John  Watson  McCrindle,  LL.D. 
M.  R.A.S.     pp.  xii.  xxvii.  398.  4  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1897. 

99— A  Journal  of  the  First  Voyage  of  Vasco  da  Gama,  1497-1499. 

By  an  unknown  writer.  Translated  from  the  Portuguese,  with  an  Intro- 
duction and  Notes,  by  Ernest  George  Ravenstein,  F.R.G.S.  pp.  xxxvi. 
250.  8  Maps.   23  Illus.    Index.  Issued  for  1898. 

1 00— The  Chronicle  of  the  Discovery  and  Conquest  of  Guinea. 

Written  by  Gomes  Eannes  de  Azurara.  Now  first  done  i»to  English  and 
Edited  by  Charles  Raymond  Beazley,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  ana  Edgar 
Prestage,  B.A.  Vo).  2.  (Ch.  xli. — xcvii.)  With  an  Introduction  on  the 
Early  History  of  African  Exploration,  Cartography,  &c.  pp.  cl.  362.  3  Maps. 
2  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1898. 

(Vol.  i=No.  95.) 


»5 


WORKS  ALREADY  ISSUED. 


SECOND    SERIES. 

1-2— The  Embassy  of  Sir  Thomas  Roe  to  the  Court  of  the  Great  Mofirul, 

1615-19. 

Edited  from  Contemporary  Records  by  William  Foster,  B.A.,  of  the 
India  Office.    2  vols.    Portrait,  2  Maps,  &  3  lUus.  Index.      Issued  for  1899. 

3— The  Voyage  of  Sir  Robert  Dudley  to  the  West  Indies  and 

Guiana  in  1594. 
Edited    by  George    Frederic    Warner,    Litt.D.,    F.S.A.,    Keeper    of 
Manuscripts,    British  Museum,      pp.    Ixvi.    104.     Portrait,    Map,  &    i   Illus. 
Index.  Issued  for  1899. 

4— The  Journeys  of  William  of  Rubruck  and  John  of  Plan  de  Carpine 
To  Tartary  in  the  13th  century.     Translated  and  Edited  by  the  Hon.  Wm. 
WooDViLLE  ROCKHILL.     pp.  Ivi.  304.  Bibliography.  Index. 

Issued  fur  1900. 

5— The  Voyage  of  Captain  John  Saris  to  Japan  in  1613. 

Edited  by  H.  E.  Sir  Ernest  Mason  Satow,  K.C.M.G.  pp.  Ixxxvii.  242. 
Map,  &  5  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1900. 

6— The  Strange  Adventures  of  Andrew  Battell  of  Leigh  in  Essex. 

Edited  by  Ernest  George  Ravenstein,  F.R.G.S.  pp.  xx.  210.2  Maps. 
Bibliography.  Index.  Issued  J  or  1900. 

7-8— The  Voyage  of  Mendana  to  the  Solomon  Islands  in  1568. 

Edited  by  the  Lord  Amherst  of  Hackney  and  Basil  Thomson.  2  vols. 
5  Maps,  &  33  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1901. 

9- The  Journey  of  Pedro  Teixeira  from  India  to  Italy  by  land,  1604-05; 

With  his  Chronicle  of  the  Kings  of  Ormus.  Translated  and  Edited  by  W. 
Frederic  Sinclair,  late  Bombay  C.  S.,  with  additional  notes  &c.,  by 
Donald  William  Ferguson,     pp.  cvii.  292.  Index.  Isstiedfor  1901. 

10 -The  Portuguese  Expedition  to  Abyssinia  in  1541,  as  narrated  by 

Castanhoso  and  Bermudez.  Edited  by  Richard  Stephen  Whiteway, 
late  I.C.S.  With  a  Bibliography,  by  Basil  H.  Soulsby,  F.S.A.,  Super- 
intendent of  the  Map  Department,  British  Museum,  pp.  cxxxii.  296.  Map,  & 
2  Illus.  Bibliography.  Index.  Issit  d  for  1902. 

11- Early  Dutch  and  English  Voyages  to  Spitzbergen. 

Edited  by  Sir  Martin  Conway.  With  a  Bibliography,  by  Basil  H. 
Soulsby,  F.S.A.,  Superintendent  of  the  Map  Department,  British  Museum. 
2  Maps,  &  I  Illus.  Bibliography.     Index*  To  be  issued  for  1902. 

12— The  Countries  round  the  Bay  of  Bengal. 

Edited,  from  an  unpublished  MS.,  1669-79,  by  Thomas  Bowrey,  by  Col.  Sir 
Richard  Carnac  Temple,  Bart.,  CLE.     Illus.  Biography.     Index. 

lo  be  issued  for  1903. 

13— Four  Narratives  of  Voyages,  undertaken  by  order  of  the  Viceroy 

of  Peru,  in  the  Pacific, 

With  detailed  accounts  of  Tahiti  and  Easter  Island.  1774.  Edited  by 
Bolton  Glanvill  Corney,  I.S.O.,  M.D.,  Chief  Medical  Officer,  Fiji. 
Vol.  I.  Illus.  Bibliography.  Index.  To  be  issued  for  1903 


i6 

14,  15— The  Voyages  of  Pedro  Fernandez  de  Quiros,  1595  to  1606. 

Translated  and  Edited  by  Sir  Clements  Markham,  K.C.B.,  Pres.  R.G.S., 
President  of  the  Hakluyt  Society.  With  a  Note  on  the  Cartography  of  the 
Southern  Continent,  and  a  Bibliography,  by  Basil  H.  Soulsby,  F.S.A., 
Superintendent  of  the  Map  Department,  British  Museum.  2  vols.  3  Maps. 
Bibliography.  Index.  Issued  for  1 904. 


EXTRA     SERIES. 

The  Principal  Navlfirations,  Voyages,  Traffiques,  &  Discoveries  of  the 

English  Nation, 
Made  by  Sea  or  Over-land  to  the  remote  and  farthest  distant  quarters  of  the 
earth  at  any  time  within  the  compasse  of  these  1600  yeeres.  By  RiCHARD 
Hakluyt,  Preacher,  and  sometime  Student  of  Christ  Church  in  Oxford. 
Vols.  I. -VIII.  James  MacLehose  &  Sons  :  Glasgow,  1903-5.  (To  be  in  12 
volumes,  with  Index.) 

The  Texts  &  Versions  of  John  de  Piano  Carpini  and  William  de  Rubruquls. 

As  printed  for  the  first  time  by  Hakluyt  in  1598,  together  with  some  shorter 
pieces.  Edited  by  Charles  Raymond  Beazley,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S. 
pp.  XX.  345.  Index.  University  Press  :  Cambridge,  1903.  (Out  of  print,) 


17 
OTHEE   WOEKS    UNDEETAKEN    BY   EDITOES. 


1 .  Cathay  and  the  Way  Thither.     Being  a  collection  of  mediceval  notices  of 

China,  previous  to  the  Sixteenth  Century.  Translated  and  edited  by 
the  late  Colonel  Sir  Henry  Yule,  K.C.S.I.,  R.E.,  C.B.  2  vols. 
Maps  &  Illustrations.  Bibliography.  Index.  Second  Edition  of  Nos.  36  & 
37.  Edited  by  M.  Henri  Cordier,  Professeur  k  I'Ecole  Sp^ciale  des 
Langues  Orientales  Vivantes,  Paris;  President  de  la  Societe  de  G^o- 
graphi^,  Paris. 

2.  Four  Narratives  of  Voyages,  undertaken  by  order  of  the  Viceroy  of  Peru, 

in  the  Pacific,  with  detailed  accounts  of  Tahiti  and  Easter  Island,  1774. 
4  vols.  Edited  by  Bolton  Glanvill  Corney,  I.S.O.,  M.D.,  Chief 
Medical  Officer,  Fiji. 

3.  Raleigh's  Empire  of  Guiana.      Second  Edition  (see  No.  3).      Edited, 

with  Notes,  etc.,  by  H.  E.  Everard  Ferdinand  im  Thurn,  C.B., 
C.M.G. 

4.  The  Voyages  of  Cadamosto,  the  Venetian,  along  the   West   Coast  of 

Africa,  in  the  years  1455  and  1456.  Translated  from  the  earliest  Italian 
text  of  1507,  and  Edited  by  Henry  Yule  Oldham,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S. 

5.  The  Expedition   of  Hernan  Cortes  to   Honduras  in  1525-26.      Second 

Edition  (see  No.  40),  enlarged.  Translated  and  Edited  by  Alfred 
Percival  Maudslay. 

6;  The   Letters  of  Pietro   Delia  Valle  from  Persia,  &c.     Translated  and 
Edited  by  H.  E.  Major  Sir  Matthew  Nathan,  K.C.M.G.,  R.E. 

7.  The  Travels  of  Peter  Mundy  in  India,   1628-34.     Edited  from  an   un- 

published MS.  by  Colonel  Sib  Richard  Carnac  Temple, 
Bart.,  CLE. 

8.  Sir    Francis    Drake    Revived,    and    other    papers    relating    lo    Drake. 

Edited  by  Euv^ard  John  Payne,  M.A. 

9.  An  Abstract  of   and   Index   to    the    First    Series,  vols,    i-ioo,   of   the 

Hakluyt  Society's  Publications.  By  William  Foster,  B.  A.,  F.R.G.S., 
and  Basil  H.  Soulsby,  B.A.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S. 

10.  An  Index  and  Bibliography  to  vols.  4,  5,  8,  23,  24,  26,  28,  29,  30,  41,  45, 

47»  49>  5i>  54»  and  79.  By  Basil  H.  Soulsby,  B.A.,  F.S.A., 
F.R.G.S.  These  will  be  supplied,  on  publication,  to  any  Member, 
past  or  present,  who  sends  in  his  name  to  the  Hon.  Secretary. 

11.  John  Jourdain's  Journal   of  a   Voyage  to   the   East    Indies,    1608-1617 

(Sloane  MS.  858,  British  Museum).  Edited  by  William  Foster, 
B.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  of  the  India  Office. 

12.  Journal  of  a  Voyage  in  Tibet.     By   Fra  Cassiano   Beligatti,    from   the 

Macerata  MS.    Translated  &  Edited  by  Prof.  R.  Norton. 


B 


i8 


INDEX 

TO  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  SERIES  OF  THE  SOCIETY'S 

PUBLICATIONS,  1847-1904. 


Abyssinia,  i.  64  ;  ii.  10 
Acosta,  Joseph  de,  i.  60,  61 
Acu&a,  Cristoval  de,  i.  24 
Adams,  Will.,  i.  8 

Africa,  i.  21,  58,  82,  83,  92-94,  95,  100 
Africa,  East,  i.  35,  64  ;  ii.  10 
Aguirre,  Lope  de,  i.  28 
Albuquerque,   Affonso   de,  i.  53,  55, 

62,69 
Al    Hassan    Ibn    Muhammad.       See 

Hasan. 
Alvarez,  Francisco,  i.  64 
Amazon,  i.  24 
America,  Central,  i.  40 
America,  North,  i.  2,  4,  6,  7,  9,  11, 

18,  21,  23,  43,  50,  65,  96,  97 
America,  South,  i.  3,  21,  24,  28,  33, 

34,  41,  43,  45,  47,  51,  60,  61,  68, 

76,  77,  80,  81,  91  ;  ii.  3 
Amherst  of  Hackney,  Lord,  ii.  7,  8 
Andagoya,  Fascual  de,  i.  34 
Arctic  Regions,  i.  13,  54,  88,  89,  96, 

97 
Arias,  Dr.  Juan  Luis,  ii.  14,  15 
Arias  d'Avila,  Pedro,  i   34 
Asher,  George  Michael,  i.  27 
Asia,  i.  6,  8,  13-15,  17,   19,   22,   26, 

35-39,  42,  44,  49,  53-55,  58,  62,  66, 

67,  69-78,  80,  82,  83,  87 ;  ii.  1,  2,  4, 

6,12 
Astete,  Miguel  de,  i.  47 
Atahualpa,  i.  47 

Australasia,  1  25  ;  ii.  7,  8,  14,  15 
Avila,    Pedro    Arias    d'.      See  Arias 

d'AvUa 
Azov,  i.  49 
Azurara,    Gomes    Eannes    de.       See 

Eannes. 

Badger,  George  Percy,  i.  32,  44 
Baffin,  WilUam,  L  63,  88,  89 
Bantam,  i.  19 
Bar'oaro,  Giosafat,  i.  49 
Barbosa,  Dnarte,  i.  35 
Barcelona  MSS.,  i.  35 


Barentsz.,  William,  i.  13,  54 

Barlow,  R.,  i.  74,  75,  78 

Barrow,  John,  F.R.S.,  i.  11 

Battell,  Andrew,  ii.  6 

Beazley,  Charles  Raymond,  i.  95,  100 

Beke,  Charles  Tilstone,  i.  1 3 

Bell,  Harry  Charles  Purvis,  i.  76,  77, 

80 
Belmonte  y  Bermudez,  Luis  de,  ii.  14, 

15 
Bengal,  i.  74,  75,  78  ;  ii.  12 
Bent,  James  Theodore,  i.  87 
Benzoni.  Girolamo,  i.  21 
Bermudas,  i.  65 
Bermudez,  Joao,  ii.  10 
B^thencourt,  Jean  de,  i.  46 
Bethune,  Charles  Ramsay  Drinkwater, 

i.  1,  30 
Beynen,  Koolemans,  i.  54 
Biedma,  Luis  Hernandez  de,  i.  9 
Bilot,  Robert,  i.  88,  89 
Birch,  Walter  de  Gray,  i.  53,  65,  62, 

69 
BoUaert,  William,  i.  28 
Bond,  Sir  Edward  Augustus,  K.C.B., 

i.  20 
Boutier,  Pierre,  i.  46 
Bowrey,  Thomas,  ii.  12 
Brazil,  i.  51,  76,  77,  80 
British  Museum  MSS.,  i.  6,  6,  8,  25, 

38,  65-67 
Brown,  Dr.  Robert,  i.  92-94 
Bruun,  B.,  L  58 
Burnell,  Arthur  Coke,  i.  70,  71 
Burton,    Sir    Richard    Francis, 

K.C.M.G.,  i.  51 
Butler,  Nathaniel,  i.  65 
Button.  Sir  Thomas,  i.  88,  89 
Bylot,  Robert,  i.  88,  89 


Cabe9a  de  Vaca,  Alvar  Nunez. 

Nuiiez  Cabe9a  de  Vaca. 
Cabot,  John,  i.  86 
Cambodia,  L  39 
Canirian,  The,  i.  46 


See 


19 


Canary  Islands,  i.  21,  46 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  i.  82,  83 
Carpino,    Joannes,    de    Piano.       See 

Joannes. 
Caspian  Sea,  i.  72,  73 
Castanhoso,  Miguel  de,  ii.  10 
Cathay,  i.  5,  13  36-38 
Champlain,  Samuel,  i.  23 
Charles  V. ,  Emperor,  i.  40 
Charnock,  Job,  i.  74.  75,  78 
China,  i.  5,  13-15,  36,  37,  39 
Christy,  Robert  Miller,  i.  88,  89 
Cieza  de  Leon.  Pedro  de,  i.  33,  68 
Ciavigo,  Ruy  Gonzalez  de.     See  Gon- 
zalez de  Ciavigo. 
Coats,  William,  i.  11 
Cocks,  Richard,  i.  66,  67 
CoUinson,  Sir  Richard,  K.C.B.,  i.  38 
Columbus,  Christopher  : 
Journal,  i.  86 
Letters,  i.  2,  43 
Contarini,  Ambrogio,  i.  49 
Conway,  Sir  William  Martin,  ii.  11 
Cooley,  William  Uesborough,  i.  4 
Coote,  Charles  Henry,  i.  72,  73 
Corney,  Bolton,  i   19 
Corn ey,  Bolton  Glanvill,  I.S.O.,M.D., 

ii.  13 
Correa,  Caspar,  i.  42 
Corte  Real,  Caspar,  i.  86 
Cortes,  Hernando,  i.  40 
Cosmas  Indicopleustes,  i.  98 
Covel,  John,  i.  87 

Dalboquerque,   Afonso.      See    Albu- 
querque. 
Dallam,  Thomas,  i.  87 
Dalrymple,  Alexander,  i.  25 ;  ii.  14, 15 
Dampier,  William,  i.  25 
Danish  Arctic  Expeditions,  i.  96,  97 
Davila,  Pedrarias.   See  Arias  d'Avila. 
Davis,  John,  i.  59,  88,  89 
Dominguez,  Don  Luis  L.,  i.  81 
Drake,  Sir  Francis,  i.  4,  16 
Dudley,  Sir  Robert,  ii.  3 
Dutch  Voyages,  ii.  11 

East  Indies.     See  India. 
Eannes,  Gomes,  de  Zurara,  i.  95,  100 
El  Dorado,  i.  3,  28 
Enriquez  de  Guzman,  Alonzo,  i.  29 
Europe,  i.  10,  12,  13,  18,  20,  49,  54, 
68,64,72,73,79;  u.  9,  11 

Ferguson,  Donald  William,  ii.  9 
Figueroa,  Christoval  Suarez  de.     See 

Suart- z  de  Figueroa. 
Fletcher,  Francis,  i.  16 
Fletcher,  Giles,  i.  20 
Florida,  i.  9 


Fort  St.  George,  i.  74,  75,  78 
Foster,  William,  B.A.,  ii.  1,  2 
Fox,  Luke,  i.  82,  89 
Foxe,  Luke.     See  Fox. 
Frobisher,  Sir  Martin,  1,  38,  88,  8^ 

Gairdner,  James,  i.  79 

Galvao,  Antonio,  i.  30 

Gama,  Vascoda,  i.  42,  99 

Gamboa,    Pedro   Sarmiento   de.     See 

Sarmiento  de  Gamboa. 
Gayangos,  Pascual  de,  i.  40 
Gibbons,  William,  i.  88,  89 
Gibraltar,  Straits  of,  i.  79 
Globes,  i.  79 

Gonzalez  de  Clavijo,  Ruy,  i.  26 
Gosch,  Christian  Carl  Augu8t,,i.  96,  97 
Gray,  Albert,  i.  76,  77,  80 
Great  Mogul,  ii.  1,  2 
Greenland,  i.  18,  50,  96,  97 
Grey,  Charles,  i.  49 
Grey,  Edward,  i.  84,  85 
Grimston,  Edward.     See  Grimstone; 
Grimstone,  Edward,  i.  60,  61 
Guiana,  i.  3  ;  ii.  3 
Guinea,  i.  95,  100 

Hakluyt,  Richard  : 

JJivers  Voyages,  i.  7 

Galvano,  i.  30 

Principall  Navigations,  i.  38 

Terra  Florida,  i.  9 
Hall,  James,  i.  88,  89,  96,  97 
Hasan  Ibn  Muhammad,  al  WazzSn,  al 

Fasi,  i.  92-94 
Havers,  George,  i.  84,  85 
Hawkins,  Sir  John,  i.  57. 
Hawkins,  Sir  Richard,  i.  1,  57 
Hawkins,  William,  i.  57 
Hawkridge,  William,  i.  88,  89 
Hedges,  Sir  William,  i.  74,  75.  78 
Heidelberg  MS,  i.  58 
Herberstein,  Sigismund  von,  i.  10,  12 
Honduras,  i.  40 
Horsey,  Sir  Jerome,  i.  20 
Houtman's  Abrolhos.  i.  25 
Hudson,  Henry,  i.  27,  88,  89 
Hudson's  Bay,  i.  11,  96,  97 
Hues,  Robert,  i.  79 
Hugli  River,  i.  78 

Imams  and  Seyyids  of  'Omdn  i.  44 
India,  i.  5,  22,38,  42,  53,  55,62,  69. 

70.  71,74-78,80;  ii.  1,  2,  12 
India  Office  MSS.,i.  56 
Indies,  West,  i.  4,  23  ;  ii.  3 

James,  Thomas,  i.  88,  89 
Japan,  i.  8,  39,  66,  67  ;  ii.  5 
Java,  i.  82, 83 


20 


Jenkinson,  Anthony,  i.  72,  73 
.loannes,  de  Piano  Carpino,  ii.  4 
Jones,  John  Winter,  i.  7,  32 
Jordanus  [Catalan!],  i.  31 

Knight,  John,  i.  56,  88,  89 

Lancaster,  Sir  James,  i.  5,  6 

La  Peyr^re,  Isaac  de,  i.  18 

La  Plata,  River,  i.  81 

Lasso  de   La  Vega,  Garcia,  Ei  Inca, 

i.  24,  41,  45 
Lefroy,  Sir  John   Henry,  K.C.M.G., 

i.  65 
Leguat,  Francois,  i.  82,  83 
Lendas  da  India,  i.  42 
Leo  Africanus,  i.  92-94 
Leone,  Giovanni,  i.  92-94 
Levant,  i.  87 
Le  Verrier,  Jean,  i.  46 
Leza,  Gaspar  Gonzalez  de,  i.  39  ;   ii. 

14,15 
Linschoten,  Jan  Huyghen  van,  i.  70, 

71 

McCrindle,  John  Watson,  i.  89 

Madrid  MSS.,  i.  29 

Magellan,  Ferdinand,  i.  52 

Magellan,  Straits  of,  i.  91 

Major,  Richard  Henry,  i.  2,  6,  10,  12, 

14,  15,  17,  22,  25,  43,  46,  50 
Malabar,  i.  35 

Maldive  Islands,  i.  76,  77,  80 
Manoa,  i.  3 
Markham,  Sir  Albert  Hastings,  K.C.B., 

i.  59 
Markham,  Sir  Clements  Robert,  K.C.B., 

i.  24,  26,  28,  29,  33,  34,  41,  56,  57, 

60,  61,  63,  68,  79,  86,  90,  91  ;  ii.  14, 

15 
Martens,  Friedrich,  i.  18 
Mauritius,  i.  82,  83 
Mendafia  de  Neyra,  Alvaro,  i.  39  ;   ii. 

7,  8,  14,  15 
Mendoza,  Juan  Gonzalez  de,  i.  14,  15 
Mexico,  i.  23 

Middleton,  Christopher,  i.  11 
Middlcton,  Sir  Henry,  i.  1 9 
Mirabilia  Descripta,  i.  31 
Mogul,  The  Great,  ii.  1,  2 
Molucca  Islands,  i.  19,  76,  77,  80 
Molyneux,  Emery,  i.  79 
Morga,  Antonio  de,  i.  39  ;  ii.  14,  15 
Morgan,   Edward   Delmar,  i.  72.  73, 

79 
Munk,  Jens,  i.  96,  97 

Neumann,  Karl  Friedrich,  i.  58 
New  Hebrides,  ii.  14,  15 
Norsemen  in  America,  i.  50 


North- West  Passage,  i.  38,  56,  88,  89, 

96,  97 
Northern  Seas.  i.  50 
Nova  Zembla,  i.  13,  54 
Nunez  Cabe9a  de  Vaca,  Alvar,  i.  81 

Oliver,  Samuel  Pasfield,  i.  82,  83 

Omagua,  I  28 

'Oman,  i.  44 

Orellana,  Francisco  de,  i.  24 

Orleans,  Pierre  Joseph  d',  i.  17 

Pachacamac,  i.  47 

Paraguay,  River,  i.  81 

Parke,  Robert,  i.  14,  15 

Pelsart,  Francis,  i.  25 

Pereira,  Thomas,  i.  17 

Persia,  i.  49,  72,  73 

Peru,  i.  33,  41,  45,  47,  60,  61,  68 

Peru,  Chronicle  of,  i.  33,  68 

Philip,  William,  i.  13,  54 

Philippine  Islands,  i.  39 

Pigafetta,  Antonio,  i.  52 

Pitt,  Thomas,  i.  74,  75,  78 

Pizarro,  Gonzalo,  i.  24 

Pizarro,  Hernando,  i.  47 

Portugal,  i.  64 

Pory,  John,i.  92-94 

Prado     y    Tovar,    Don     Diego     de, 

ii.  14,  15 
Prestage,  Edgar,  i.  95,  100 
Public  Record  Office  MSS.,  i.  38 
Puerto  Rico,  i.  4 
Pyrard,  Fran9ois,  i.  76,  77,  80 

Quiros,    Pedro  Fernandez  de,  i.   25, 
39  ;  ii.  14,  15 

Ravenstein,  Ernest  George,  i.  99  ;  ii.  6 
Recueil  de  Voyages,  i.  31 
Rockhill,  William  Woodville,  iL  4 
Rodriguez,  Island,  i.  82,  83 
Roe,  Sir  Thomas,  ii.  1,  2 
Roy,  Eugene  Armand,  i.  49 
Rubruquis,  Gulielmus  de,  ii.  4 
Rundall,  Thomas,  i.  5,  8 
Russe  Commonwealth,  i.  20 
Russia,  i.  10,  12,20,  72,  73 
Rye,  William  Brenchley,  i.  9 

Salil-Ibn-Ruzaik,  i.  44 

Samarcand,  i.  26 

Sanclio,  Pedro,  i.  47 

Saris,  John,  ii.  5 

Sarmionto  de  Gamboa,  Pedro,  i.  91 

Schiltberger,  Johann,  i.  58 

Schmidel,  Ulrich,  i.  81 

Schmidt.  Ulrich.     See  Schmidel. 

Schomburgk,  Sir  Robert  Hermann,  i.  3 

Shakspere's  "New  Map,"  i.  59 


21 


Shaw,  Norton,  i.  23 

Siam,  i.  39 

Simon,  Pedro,  i.  28 

Sinclair,  W.  Frederic,  ii.  9 

Sloane  MSS..  i.  25   65 

Smyth,  William  Henry,  i.  21 

Solomon  Islands,  ii.  7,  8 

Soto,  Ferdinando  de,  i.  9 

Soulsby,  Basil  Harrington,  ii.  10,  11, 

14,15 
South  Sea,  i.  1 
Spanish  MSS.,  i.  29,  48 
Spitsbergen,  i.  13,  18,  54  ;  ii.  11. 
Staden,  Johann  von,  i.  51 
Stanley  of  Alderley,  Lord,  i.  35,  319, 

42,52 
Staunton,  Sir  George  Thomas,  Bart., 

i.  14, 15 
Strachey,  William,  i.  6 
Suarez  de  Figueroa,  Christoval,  i.  57  ; 

ii.  14,  16 
Summer  Islands,  i.  65 

Tana  (Azov),  i.  49 

Tartary,i.  17  ;  ii.  4 

Teixeira,  Pedro,  ii.  9 

Telfer,  John  Buchan,  i.  58 

Temple,  Sir   Richard  Camac,  Bart., 

ii.  12. 
Thomas,  William,i.  49 
Thompson,     Sir     Edward     Maunde, 

K.  C.B.,  i.  66,  67 
Thomson,  Basil  Home.  ii.  7,  8 
Tiele,  Pieter  Anton,  i.  70,  71 
Tierra  Firme,  i.  28,  34 
Timour,  Great  Khan,  i.  26 
Tootal,  Albert,  i.  51 


Topographia  Christiana,  i.  98 
Torquemada,  Fray  Juan  de,  ii.  14,  15 
Torres,  Luis  Vaez  de,  i.  25,  39  ;  ii.  14, 

15 
Tractatus  de  Globis,  i.  79 
Turkey  Merchants,  i.  87 

Ursua,  Pedro  de,  i.  28 

Valle,  Pietro  della,  i.  84,  85 
Varthema,  Ludovico  di,  i.  32 
Vaux,  William  Sandys  Wright  i,  16 
Veer.  Gerrit  de,  i.  13,  54 
Vcrbiest,  Ferdinand,  i.  17 
Vespucci.  Amerigo,  i.  90 
Virginia  Britannia,  i.  6 

Warner,   George    Frederic,    Litt.D., 

ii.  3 
West  Indies.     See  Indies,  West. 
Weymouth,  George,  i.  88,  89 
White,  Adam,  i.  18 
Whiteway,  Richard  Stephen,  ii.  10 
William  of  Rubruck.    See  Rubruquis, 

Gulieimus  de 
Wilmere,  Alice,  i.  23 
Witsen,  Nicolaas,  i.  17,  25 

Xeres,  Francisco  de,  i.  47 

Yncas,  Rites  and  Laws,  i.  48 
Yncas,  Royal  Commentaries,  i.  41, '^45 
Yule,   Sir  Henry,  K.C.S.I.,  i.  31,  36, 
37,  74,  75,  78 

Zeno,  Antonio,  i.  60 
Zeno,  Nicolo,  i.  50 


22 


LAWS    OF    THE    HAKLUYT    SOCIETY. 


I.  The  object  of  this  Society  shall  be  to  print,  for  distribution  among  its 
members,  rare  and  valuable  Voyages,  Travels,  Naval  Expeditions,  and  other 
geographical  records. 

II.  The  Annual  Subscription  shall  be  One  Guinea  (for  America,  five  dollars, 
U.S.  currency),  payable  in  advance  on  the  ist  January. 

III.  Each  member  of  the  Society,  having  paid  his  Subscription,  shall  be 
entitled  to  a  copy  of  every  work  produced  by  the  Society,  and  to  vote  at  the 
general  meetings  within  the  period  subscribed  for ;  and  if  he  do  not  signify, 
before  the  close  of  the  year,  his  wish  to  resign,  he  shall  be  considered  as  a  member 
for  the  succeeding  year. 

IV.  The  management  of  the  Society's  affairs  shall  be  vested  in  a  Council 
consisting  of  twenty-two  members,  viz.,  a  President,  two  Vice-Presidents,  a 
Treasurer,  a  Secretary,  and  seventeen  ordinary  members,  to  be  elected  annually  ; 
but  vacancies  occurring  between  the  general  meetings  shall  be  filled  up  by  the 
Council. 

V.  A  General  Meeting  of  the  Subscribers  shall  be  held  annually.  The 
Secretary's  Report  on  the  condition  and  proceedings  of  the  Society  shall  be 
then  read,  and  the  meeting  shall  proceed  to  elect  the  Council  for  the  ensuing  year. 

VI.  At  each  Annual  Election,  three  of  the  old  Council  shall  retire. 

VII.  The  Council  shall  meet  when  necessary  for  the  dispatch  of  business,  three 
forming  a  quorum,  including  the  Secretary ;  the  Chairman  having  a  casting  vote. 

VIII.  Gentlemen  preparing  and  editing  works  for  the  Society,  shall  receive 
twenty-five  copies  of  such  works  respectively. 


23 


LIST    OF     MEMBERS.— 1904. 


Aberdare,  The  Right  Hon.  Lord,  F.R.G.S.,  Longwood,  Winchester. 
Aberdeen  University  Library,  Aberdeen  (P.  J.  Anderson  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1895  Adelaide  Public  Library,  North  Terrace,  Adelaide,  South  Australia  (J.  R.  G. 

Adams  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Admiralty,  The  Whitehall,  S.W.  (F.  Brand  Esq.,  Librarian).     [2  copies.] 
Advocates'  Library,  11,  Parliament  Square,  Edinburgh  (James  T.  Clark  Esq., 

Keeper). 

1899  Alexander,  William  Lindsay,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Pinkieburn,  Musselburgh,  N.B. 
All  Souls  College,  Oxford  (G.  H olden  Esq.,  Librarian). 

American  Geographical  Society,  11,  West  81st  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

(G.  C.  Hirlbut  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Amherst, of  Hackney,  The  Right  Hon.  Lord,  F.S.A.,  Didlington  Hall,  Brandon, 
Norfolk. 
1901     Andrews,  Lieut.   Francis  Arthur  Lavington,  R.N. ,  H.  M.S.  **  Ocean,"  China 
Squadron. 
Antiquaries,   The  Society  of,   Burlington    House,   Piccadilly,    W.   (Charles 
Hercules  Read  Esq.,  Secretary). 
1901     Armitage- Smith,  Sydney,  Esq.,  Treasury  Chambers,  Whitehall,  S.W. 

Army  and  Navy  Club,  36,  Pall  Mall,  S.W. 
1904     Arnold,   Dr.  Clarence  R.,  4,   5,  6,  First  National  Bank  Building,  Colorado 
Springs,  Colorado,  U.S.A. 
Athenaeum  CJlub,  Pall  Mall,  S.W.  (H.  R.  Tedder  Esq.,  Librarian). 

Baer,  Joseph  &  Co.,  Messrs.,  Hochstrasse  6,  Frankfort- on- Main,  Germany. 

1900  Baldwin,  Alfred,  Esq.,  M.P.,  F.R.G.S.,  Wildeu  House,  near  Stourport. 

1899  Ball,  John  B.,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Ashbui-ton  Cottage,  Putney  Heath,  S.W. 

1893  Barclay,  Hugh  Gurney,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Colney  Hall,  Norwich. 

1900  Basset,  M.  Rene,  Directeur  de  I'Ecole  Superieure  des  Lettres  d' Alger,  L'Agha 

77,  rue  Michelet,  Alger- Mustapha,  Algiers. 

1898  Bastos,  Senhor  Jose  (Antiga  Casa  Bertrand),  7-^,  Rua  Garrett,  Lisbon. 

1894  Baxter,  James  Phinuey,  Esq.,  61,  Deering  Street,  Portland,  Maine,  U.S.A. 

1896  Beaumont,  Admiral  Sir  Lewis  Anthony,  K.C.M.G.,  3,  Sloane  Gardens,  S.W. 
1894    Beazley,   Charles  Raymond,   Esq.,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S.,   27,  Norham   Road  and 

Merton  College,  Oxford. 
1904     Beetem,  Charles  Gilbert,  Esq.,  110,  South  Hanover  Street,  Carlisle,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

1899  Belfast   Library  and   Society   for   Promoting   Knowledge,    Donegall   Square 

North,  Belfast  (Geo.  Maxwell  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1896     Belhaven  and  Stenton,  Col.  the  Lord,  R.E.,  F.R.G.S.,  41,  Lennox  Gardens,  S.W. 
1899     Bennett,  Robert   Allan,   Esq.,    16,    Diamond    Street,    Saltburn-by-the-Sea, 

Yorkshire. 
Berlin  Geographical  Society  (Gesellschaft  fur  Erdkunde),  Wilhelmstrasse  23, 

Berlin,  S.W.,  48  (Hauptmann  a.  D.  Georg  Kollm,  Secretary), 
Berlin,  the  Royal  Library   of,   Opemplatz,  Berlin,    W.  (Wirkl.    Geh.  Ober- 

Reg.  Rat.  Prof.  Aug.  Wilmanns,  Director). 
Berlin  University,  Geographical  Institute    of,  Georgeustrasse  34-36,  Berlin, 

N.W.  7  (Baron  v(»n  Richthofen,  Director). 
Birch,  Dr.  Walter  de  Gray,  F.S.A.,  19,  Bloomsbury  Square,  W.C. 
Birmingham  Central  Free  Library,  Ratcliflf  Place,  Birmingham  (A.  Capel  Shaw 

Esq.,  Chief  Librarian). 
Birmingham    Old  Library,  The,  Margaret  Street,  Birmingham  (Charles  E. 

Scarse  Esq.,  Librarian). 


24 

Board  of  Educatiou,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 

Bodleian  Library,  Oxford  Ccopiet  pi'etentedj. 
1894     Bona^mrte,  H.  H.  Prince  Koland  Napoleon,  Avenue  d'J^na  10,  Paris. 

Boston    Athenaeum    Library,    lOJ,    Beacon    Street,    Boston,   Mass.,    U.S.A. 
(Charles  Knowles  Bolton  Esq.,  Librarian). 

Boston    Public    Library,    Copley    Square,    Boston,    Mass.,    U.S.A.    (James 
Lynam  Whitney  Esq.,  Librarian). 

Bowdoin  College,  Brunswick,  Maine,  U.S.A.  (George  T.  Little  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1894     Bower,  Lt.-Col.  Hamilton,  17th  Bengal  liancers.  Legation  Guard,  Peking. 
1896     Bowring,  Thomas  B.,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  7,  Palace  Gate,  Kensington,  W. 
1894     Brewster,  Charles  0.,  Esq.,  25,  Irving  Place,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

1893  Brighton  Public  Library,   Royal  Pavilion,   Church  Street,   Brighton  (John 

Minto  Esq.,  Librarian). 
British   Guiana  Royal  Agricultural  and   Commercial  Society,    Georgetown, 

Demerara. 
1847     British  Museum,  Department  of  British  and  Mediaeval  Antiquities  (C.  H. 

Read  Esq.,  Keeper). 
1847     British  Museum,  Department  of  Printed  Books  (G.  K.  Fortescue  Esq.,  Keeper, 

copies  presented). 
British  Museum  (Natural  History),  Cromwell  Road,  S.W.  (B.  B.  Woodward 

Esq.,  Librarian). 
1896     Brock,  Robert  C.  H.,  Esq.,  1612,  Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Brooke,  Sir  Thomas,  Bart.,  F.S.A.,  Armitage  Bridge,  Huddersfield. 
Brookline  Public  Library,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A.  (Miss  Louisa  M.  Hooper, 

Librarian). 
Brooklyn  Mercantile  Library,  197,  Montague  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

(Willis  A.  Bard  well  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Brown,   Arthur  William  Whateley,   Esq.,   F.R.G.S.,  62,  Carlisle  Mansions, 

Carlisle  Place,  Victoria  Street,  S.W. 
Brown,  General  John  Marshall,  218,  Middle  Street,  Portland,  Maine,  U.S.A. 

1898  Brown  University,  Providence,  Rhode  Island,  U.S.A.,  P.O.  Box  109  (Harry 

Lyman  Koopman  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1899  Bruce,  A.  M.,  Esq.,  Hong-Kong  and  Shanghai  Bank,  Bangkok,  Siam. 
1903     Buckle,  Admiral  Claude  Edward,  The  Red  House,  Raithby,  Spilsby. 

1896     Buda-Pesth,  The  Geographical  Institute  of  the  University  of,  Hungary  (Prof. 

L6czy  Lajos,  Librarian). 
1899     Burdekin,  Benjamin  Thomas,  Esq.,  The  Terrace,  Eyam,  Sheffield. 

1894  Burgess,  James,  Esq.,  C.I.E.,  LL.D.,  F.R.G.S.,  22,  Seton  Place,  Edinburgh. 
Burns,  Capt.  John  William,  Kilmahew,  Cardross,  Dumbartonshire. 

1903     California,   University  of,  Berkeley,  Cal.,  U.S.A.  (Joseph  Cummings  Rowell 

Esq.,  librarian). 
1899     Cambray  &  Co.,  Messrs.  R.,  6,  Hastings  Street,  Calcutta. 

Cambridge  University  Library,  Cambridge  (Francis  John  Henry  Jenkinson 

Esq.,  Librarian). 
Canada,  The  Parliament  Library,  Ottawa  (Alfred  Duclos  De   Celles  Esq. 
Librarian). 
1896     Cardiff  Public  Library,  Trinity  Street,  Cardiff  ^^.  Ballinger  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899     Carles,    WiUiam    Richard,    Esq.,    C.M.G.,    F.R.G.S.,   Silwood,    The    Park 
Cheltenham. 
Carlisle,  The  Rt.  Hon.  the  Earl  of,  Naworth  Castle,  Bampton,  Cumberland. 
Carlton  Club,  Pall  Mall,  S.W. 
1899     Carnegie  Library,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  U.S.A.  (E.  H.  Anderson  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1901     Cator,    Ralph    Bertie    Peter,    Elsq.,    Mombasa,    East    Africa    Protectorate, 
Africa. 
Cazenove,  Messrs.  C.  D.  &  Son,  26,  Henrietta  Street,  Coveut  Garden,  W.C. 
1894     Chamberlain,  Right  Hon.  Joseph,  M.P.,  F.R.S.,  40,  Princes  Gardens,  S.W. 
1899     Chambers,  Commander  Bertram  Mordaunt,R.N.,  F.  K.G.S.,  H.M.  S. "  Bacchante  ' 
Cruiser  Squadron,  Mediterranean. 


25 

Chetham's   Library,    Hunt's  Bank,  Mancbeater   (Walter   F.    Browne  Esq., 

Librarian). 
Chicago  Public  Library.  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A.  (Fred.  H.  Hild  E^q.,  Librarian). 
1899     Chicago   University  Library,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A.  (Mrs.  Zella  Allen  Dixson, 

Librarian). 
1896     Christ  Church,  Oxford  (F.  Haverfield  Esq.,  Librarian). 

Christiania  University  Library,  Christiania,  Norway  (Dr.  A.   C.   Drolsum, 
Librarian). 

1894  Church,  Col.  George  Earl,  F.R.G.S.,  216,  Cromwell  Road,  S.W. 
Cincinnati  Public  Library,  Ohio,  U.S.A.  (N.  D.  C.  Hodges  E«q ,  Librarian). 
Clark,   John    Willis,    Esq.,   F.S.A.,    Scroope    House,   Trumpington   Street, 

Cambridge. 
1903    Clay,  John,  Esq.,  University  Press,  and  3,  Harvey  Road,  Cambridge. 

1895  Colgan,  Nathaniel,  Esq.,  15,  Breffin  Terrace,  Sandy  cove,  co.  Dublin. 
Colonial  Office,  The,  Downing  Street,  S.W.  (C.  Atchiey  Esq.,  I.S.O  ,  Librarian). 

1899     Columbia  University,  Library  of,  New  York,  U.S.A.  (James  H.  Canfield  Esq., 

Librarian). 
1899     Constable,  Archibald,  Esq.,  14,  St.  Paul's  Road,  Camden  Town,  N.W. 

1896  Conway,    Sir   William    Martin,    M.A.,    F.S.A.,    The    Red   House,    Homton 

Street,  W. 

1903  Cooke,  William  Charles,  Esq.,  Vailima,  Bishopstown,  Cork. 

Copenhagen   Royal  Library  (Det  Store   Kongelige  Bibliothek)   Copenhagen 

(Dr.  H.  O.  Lange,  Chief  Librarian). 
1894     Cora,  Professor  Guido,  M.A.,  Via  Goito,  2,  Rome. 

Cornell   University,  Ithaca,   New   York,   U.S.A.   (Geo.   Wm.   Harris    Esq., 

Librarian). 

1904  Corney,  Bolton  Glanvill,  Esq,,  I.S.O,,  M.D.,  Suva,  Fiji. 

p      •       H  "K '  F       1^1^  Messrs.  Bickers  &  Son,  1,  Leicester  Square,  W. 

1894     Cortissoz,  Royal.  Esq.,  Editorial  Room,  New  York  THbunCy  154,  Nassau  Street, 

New  York  City,  U.S.A. 
1893     Cow,  John,  Esq.,  Elfinsward,  Hayward's  Heath,  Sussex. 
1902     Cox,  Alexander  G. ,  Esq.,  Imperial  Railways  of  North  China,  Tientsin. 
1904     Croydon  Public  Libraries,  Central  Library,  Town  Hall,  Croydon  (L.  Stanley 

Jast  Esq.,  Chief  Librarian). 
1899     Cunningham,  Colonel  George  Glencairn,  C.B.,  D.S.O.,  Royal  Scots,  Junior 
•   United  Service  Club,  Charles  Street,  S.W. 

1893  Curzon   of   Kedleston,    H.E.    the    Right    Hon.    Lord,    G.M.S.I.,    G.M.I.E., 

F.R.G.S.,  Government  House,  Calcutta. 

Dalton,  Rev.  Canon  John  Neale,  C.M.G.,  C.V.O.,  F.S.A.,  4,  The  Cloisters, 
Windsor. 
1899     Dampier,  Gerald  Robert,  Esq.,  LC.S.,  Dehra  Dun,  N.W.P.,  India. 

Danish  Royal  Naval  Library  (Det  Kongelige  Danske  S^kaart  Arcbiv),  Copen- 
hagen (Dr.  G.  I.  Colm,  Librarian). 

Davis,    Hon.    Nicholas    Darnell,   C.M.G.,     Georgetown,    Demerara,   British 
Guiana. 

1894  De   Bertodanc\   Baldomero   Hyacinth,  Esq.,  22,   Chester  Terrace,   Regent's 

Park,  N.W. 
Derby,  The  Right  Hon.  the  Earl  of,  K.G.,  c/o  Rev.  J.  Richardson,  Knowsley, 

Prescot. 
Detroit  Public  Library,  Michigan,  U.S.A.  (Henry  M.  Utley  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1893     Dijon  University  Library,  Rue  Monge,  Dijon,  Cote  d'Or,  France  (M.  Balland, 

Librarian). 
D'Oleire,  Herr  (Triibner's   Buchhandlung),   Am   Miinster-platz,   Strassburg, 

Alsace. 
Doubleday,  Henry  Arthur,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  2,  Whitehall  Gardens,  S.W. 
Dresden  Geographical  Society   (Verein  fur  Erdkunde),    Kleine  Briidergasse 

21",  Dresden — A.  1.  (Dr.  Otto  Mortzsch,  Bibliothekar). 


26 

1902  Dublin,  Trinity  C«.llege  Library  (Rev.  T.  K.  Abbott,  D.D.,  Librarian). 
Ducie,  The  Right  Hon.  the  Eari  of,  F.R.S.,  F.R.G.S.,  Tortworth  Court.  Falfield. 

1903  Eames,  James  Bromley,  Esq.,  M.A.,B  C.  L  ,  I.King's  Bench  Walk,  Temple,  E.G. 
Eames,  Wilberforce,   Esq.,  Lenox  Library,   890,  Fifth  Avenue,  New    York 

City,  U.S.  A. 
1899    Ecole  Franyaisn  d*  Extreme  Orient,  Saigon,  Indo-Chine  Fran9ai8e. 

1892  Edinburgh  Public  Library,  George  IV.  Bridge,  Edinburgh  (Hew  Morrison 

Esq.,  Librarian). 
Edinburgh  University  Library,  Edinburgh  (Alex.  Anderson  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1904  Edmonds,  The  Rev.  Canon  Walter  John,  B.D.,  The  Close,  Exeter. 
Edwards,  Francis,  Esq.,  83,  High  Street,  Marylebone,  W. 

Faber,  Reginald  Stanley,  Esq.,  M.A.,  F.S.A.,  90,  Regent's  Park  Road.  N.W. 
1894    Fanshawe,   Admiral   Sir  Edward   Gennys,    G.C.B.,   F.R.G.S.,  74,  Cromwell 
Road,  S.W. 
Fellowes  Athenaeum,  46,  Millmont  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
1899     Ferguson,  David,  Esq.,  M.LM.E.,  F.R.G.S.,  140,  Hyndland  Drive,  Kelvinside, 

Glasgow. 
1899    Ferguson,  Donald  William,  Esq.,  Samanala,  20,  Beech  House  Road,  Croydon. 
1894     Fisher,  Arthur,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  St.  Aubyn's,  Tiverton,  Devon. 

1896  Fitzgerald,  Captain  Edward  Arthur,  5th  Dragoon  Guards. 

1904     Flanagin,  Hugh  William,  Esq.,  B.E.,  B.A.,  Yorkville,  Summer  Hill,  Cork. 

Ford,  John  Walker,  Esq.,  D.L.,F.S.A,  Enfield  Old  Park,  Winchmore  Hill,N. 
Foreign  Office.  The,  Downing  Street,  S.W.  (Augustus  Henry  Oakes  Esq.,  C.B., 

Librarian). 
Foreign  Office  of  Germany  (Auswartiges  Amt),  Wilhelmstrasse,  Berlin,  W. 

1893  Forrest,  George  William,  Esq.,  CLE.,  F.R.G.S.,  Rose  Bank,  Iffley,  Oxford. 

1902  Foster,  F.  Apthorp,  Esq.,  28,  State  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S  A. 

1893     Foster,  WilliaTn,  Esq.,  B.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  Registry  and  Record  Department,  India 

Office,  S.W. 
1899     Fothergill,  M.  B.,  Esq.,  c/o  Imperial  Bank  of  Persia,  Bushire,  Persian  Gulf, 

via  Bombay. 
1899     French,  H.  B.,  Esq.,  429,  Arch  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

George,  Charles  William,  Esq.,  51,  Hampton  Road,  Bristol. 
Gill,  Joseph  Withers.  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  6Q,  West  Hill,  St.  Leonards-on-Sea. 
1901     Gill,  W.  Harrison,  Esq.,  c/o  Messrs.  C.  A.  &  H.  Nichols,   Peninsular  House, 
Monument  Street,  E.G. 
Gladstone  Library,  National  Liberal  Club,  Whitehall  Place,  S.  W. 
Glasgow  University  Library,  Glasgow  (James  Lymburn  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Godman,    Frederick    Du    Cane,   Esq.,    D.C.L.,    F.R.S.,     F.S.A.,    F.R.G.S , 

10,  Ch.andos  Street,  Cavendish  Square,  W. 

1897  Gosch,  Christian  Carl  August,  Esq.,  21,  Stanhope  Gardens.  S.W. 

1899  Gosling,  F.  Goodwin,  Esq.,  Hamilton,  Bermuda. 

1893  Gosset,  General  Mathew  William  Edward,  C.B.,  F.R.G.S.,  Westgate  House, 

Dedham,  Essex. 
Gottingen    University   Library,    Gottingen,     Germany   (Prof.    Dr.    Richard 
Pietschmann,  Director). 

1900  Graham,  Michael,  Esq.,  Glasgow  Herald,  69,  Buchanan  Street,  Glasgow. 
Grant-Duflf,    Right  Hon.   Sir    Mountstuart    Elphinstone,    G.C.S.I.,    F.R.S., 

11,  Chelsea  Embankment,  S.W. 

Gray,  Albert,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Catherine  Lodge,  Trafalgar  Square,  Chelsea,  S.W. 

1894  Gray,  Matthew  Hamilton,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Lessness  Park,  Abbey  Wood,  Kent. 

1903  Greenlee,  William  B.,  Esq.,  95,  Buena  Avenue,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A. 

1898  Greever,  C.  O.,  Esq.,  1345,  East  Ninth  Street,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  U.S.A. 

1899  Griffiths,  John  G.  ,Esq.,  21,  Palace  Court,  Kensington  Gardens,  W. 


27 

Grosvenor  Library,  Buflfalo,  N.Y.,  U.S.A.  (E.  P.  Vau  Duzell  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1899  Gruzevski,  C.  L.,  Esq.,  107,  College  Street,  San  Antonio,  Texas,  U.S.A. 
Guildhall  Library,  E.G.  (Charles  Welch  Esq.,  F.S.A.,  Librarian). 

1894     Guillemard,  Arthur  George,  Esq.,  96,  High  Street,  Eltham,  Kent. 

Guillemard,  Francis  Henry  Hill,  Esq.,  M.A.,  M.D.,  F.K.G.S.,  The  Old  Mill 
House,  Trumpington,  Cambridge. 

Hamburg  Commerz-Bibliothek,  Hamburg,  Germany  (Dr.  Baasch,  Librarian). 

1901  Hammersmith  Public  Libraries,  Kavenscourt  Park,  W.  (Samuel  Martin  Esq., 

Chief  Librarian). 

1900  Hamilton,  Wm.  Pierson,  Esq.,  32,  East  36th  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

1898  Hannen,  The  Hon.  Henry  Arthur,  The  Hall,  West  Farleigh,  Kent. 

1893     Harmsworth,    Sir    Alfred     Charles    William,    Bart.,    F.R.G.S.,    Elmwood, 
St.  Peter's,  Kent. 
Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass..  U.S.A.  (Wm.  Coolidge  Lane  Esq., 
Chief  Librarian). 

1899  Harvie-Brown,  John  Alexander,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Dunipace,  Larbert,  Stirlingshire. 
1899     Haswell,   George  Handel,  Esq.,    Ashleigh,    Hamstead    Road,    Handsworth, 

Birmingham. 
Hawkesbury,  The  Rt.  Hon.  Lord,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  2,  Carlton  House  Terrace, 

S.W. 
Heawood,  Edward,  Esq.,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  3,  Underbill  Road,  Lordship  Lane,S.E. 
1899     Heidelberg  University  liibrary,  Heidelberg  ( Prof.  Karl  Zangemeister,  Librarian ). 
1904     Henderson,  George,  Esq.,  c/o  Messrs.  Octavius  Steel  and  Co.,  14,  Old  Court 
House  Street,  Calcutta. 

1903  Henderson,  Turner,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Studley  Priory,  Oxford. 

Hervey,  Dudley  Francis  Amelius,  E8q.,C.M.G.,F.R.G.S.,Westfields,  Aldeburgh, 

Suffolk. 
Hiersemann,  Herr  Karl  Wilhelm,  Konigsstrasse,  3,  Leipzig. 

1902  Hippisley,  Alfred  Edward,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  I.M.  Customs,  Shanghai,  China. 

1893  Hobhouee,  Charles  Edward  Henry,  Esq.,  M.P.,  The  Ridge,  Corsham,  Wilts. 

1904  Holdich,  Colonel  Sir  Thomas    Hungerford,  C.B.,  K.C.M.G.,  K.C.I.E.,  R.E. 

F.R.G.S.,  41,  Courtfield  Road,  S  W. 
1899     Hoover,  Herbert  C,  Esq.,  39,  Hyde  Park  Gate,  S.W. 

Homer,  John  Francis  Fortescue,  Esq.,  Mells  Park,  Frome,  Somerset. 
Hoyt  Public  Library,  East  Saginaw,  Mich.,  U.S.A.  (Miss  Ames,  Librarian). 
1896     Hubbard,  Hon.  Gardiner  G.,  1328,  Connecticut  Avenue,  Washington,  D.C.,U.SA. 
1899     Hiigel,  Baron  Anatole  A.  A.  von,  F.R.G.S.,  Curator,  Museum  of  Archeology 
and  Ethnology,  Cambridge. 

1894  Hull  Public  Libraries,  Baker  Street,  Hull  (W.  F.  Lawton  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Hull   Subscription  Library,   Albion    Street.    Hull   (William  Andrews   Esq., 

Librarian). 

1899     ImThurn.H.  E.  Everard  Ferdinand,  Esq.,  C.B.,  C.M.G.,  Government  House, 
Suva,  Fiji,  and  1,  East  India  Avenue,  E.C. 
India  Office,  Downing  Street,  S.W.  (Frederick  W.  Thomas  Esq.,  Librarian). 

[20  COPIES.] 

1899     Ingle,  William  Bruncker,  Esq.,  4,  Orchard  Road.  Blackheath,  S.E. 

1892     Inner  Temple,  Hon.  Society  of  the.  Temple,  E.G.  (J.  E.  L.  Pickering  Esq., 

Librarian). 
1899    Ireland,    Prof.    AUeyne,    St.    Botolph    Club,  2,   Newbury   Street,    Boston, 

Mass..  U.S.A. 

1903  Irvine,  William,  Esq.,  Holliscroft,  49,  Castelnau,  Barnes,  S."W. 

1899     Jackson,  Stewart  Douglas,  Esq.,  61,  St.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow. 
1898    James,  Arthur  Curtiss,  Esq.,  92  Park  Avenue,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 
1896    James,  Walter  B.,  Esq.,  M.D.,  17,  West  54th  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 


28 

John  Carter  Brown  •  Library,  357,  Benefit  Street,  Providence,  Rhode  Island, 

U.S.A.  (George  Parker  Winship,  Esq.,  Librarian). 
John  Ry lands  Library,  Deansgate,  Manchester  (H.  Guppy  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Md.,  U.S.A.  (N.  Murray  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Johnson,  General  Sir  Allen  Bayard,  K.C.R.,  60,  Lexham  Gardens,  Cromwell 
Road,  S.W. 
1899    Johnson,  Rev.  Samuel  Jenkins,  F.R.A.S.,  Melplash  Vicarage,  Bridport. 
1903     Johnson,  W.  Morton,  Esq.,  Woodleigh,  Altrincham. 


1903     Kansas  University  Library,  Lawrence,  Kans.,  U.S.A.  (Miss  Carrie  M.  "Watson, 
Librarian). 
Keltie,  John  Scott,  Esq.,  LL.D.,  Secretary  R.G.S.,  1,  Savile  Row,  Burlington 

Gardens,  W. 
Kelvin,  The  Rt.  Hon.  Lord,  F.R.S.,  LL.D.,  Netherhall,  Largs,  Ayrshire. 
1899     Kiel,  Royal  University  of,  Kiel,  Schleswig-Holstein  (Geh.  Reg.  Rath.,  Emil 
Stefi'enhagen,  Director). 
Kimberley   Public    Library,    Kimberley,   Cape    Colony   (Hon.   Mr.   Justice 
Lawrence,  Librarian). 

1898  Kinder,  Claude  William    Esq.,  C.M.G.,  Imperial  Chinese  Railways,  Tientsin, 

North  China. 
King's  Inns,  The  Hon.  Society  of  the,  Henrietta  Street,  Dublin  (Joseph  J. 
Carton  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1899  Kitching,  John,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Oaklands,  Queen's  Road,  Kingston  Hill,  S.W. 
Klincksieck,  M.  Charles,  11,  Rue  de  Lille,  Paris. 


19(X)     Langtou,  J.  J.  P.,  Esq.,  802,  Spruce  Street,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  U.S.A. 
1900     Larchmont    Yacht    Club,     Larchmont,    N.Y.,  U.S.A.     (F.    D.    Shaw   Esq., 
Chairman  of  Library  Committee). 

1898  Leechman,  Carey  B.,  Esq.,  10,  Earl's  Court  Gardens,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
Leeds  Library,  18,  Commercial  Street,  Leeds  (D.  A.  Cruse  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Lehigh  University,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa.,  U.S.A.   (W.  H.  Chandler  Esq., 

Director). 
1893     Leipzig,  Library  of  the  University  of,  Leipzig  (Prof.  Oskar  Leop.  v.  Gebhardt, 
Direktor). 

1899  Levy,  Judah,  Esq.,  17,  Greville  Place,  N.W. 

1902     Linney,  Albert  G.,  Esq.,  Bootham  School,  51,  Bootham,  York. 

Liverpool  Free   Public   Library,  William    Brown   Street,   Liverpool    (Peter 
Co  well  Esq.,  Librarian) 
1896     Liverpool   Geographical   Society   14,   Hargreaves   Buildings,   Chapel  Street, 
Liverpool  (Capt.  E.  C.  D.  Phillips,  R.N.,  Secretary). 

Loescher,  Messrs.  J.,  and  Co.,  Corso  Umberto  1°,  307,  Rome. 

Logan,  W^illiam,  Esq.,  Heathery haugh,  MoflFat,  Damfriesshire. 
1847     London  Institution,  11,  Finsbury  Circus,  E.C.  (F.  Hovenden  Esq.,  Librarian). 

London  Library,  12,  St,  James's  Square,  S.W.  (C.  T.  H.Wright  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1895     Long  Island  Historical  Society,  Pierrepont  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

(Miss  Emma  Toedteberg,  Librarian).     . 
1899     Los  Angeles  Public  Library,  Los  Angeles,  Cal.,  U.S.A. 
1899     Lowrey,  Joseph,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  The  Hermitage,  Loughton,  Essex. 
1899     Lubetsky,  S.  A.  S.  le  Prince  Droutskoy,  89,  Rue  Miromesnil,  Paris. 

Lucas,  Charles  Prestwood,  Esq.,  C.B.,  Colonial  Office,  Do^vning  Street,  S.W. 
1895     Lucas,  Frederic  Wm. ,  Esq. ,  S.  Swithin's,  169,  Trinity  Road ,  Upper  Tooting.  S.W. 

1898  Lydenberg,  H.  M. ,  Esq.,  New  York  Public  Library,  890,  Fifth  Avenue,  New 

York,  U.S.A. 
Lyons   University  Library,  Lyon,  France  (M.  le  Professeur  Dreyfus,   Chief 
Librarian). 

1899  Lyttleton-Annesley,  Lieut. -General  Sir  Arthur  Lyttelton,  K.C.V.O.,  F.R.G.S., 

Templemere,  Oatlands  Park,  Wey bridge. 


29 

1899    MacLehose,  James  John,  Esq.,  M.A.,  7,  University  Gardens,  Glasgow. 

Macmillan  and  Bowes,  Messrs.,  1,  Trinity  Street,  Cambridge. 
1899    Macqueen,  John,  Esq.,  St.  Mary's,  Harpenden, 
1899    Macrae,  Charles  Colin,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  93,  Onslow  Gardens,  S.W. 
1904    Malvern   Public  Library,    Graham   Road,   Great  Malvern    (Miss  M.    Lucy, 
Librarian). 
Manchester  Public  Free  Libraries,  King  Street,  Manchester    (C.  W.  Sutton 

Esq.,  Librarian). 
Manierre,  George,  Esq.,  184,  La  Salle  Street,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A. 
1896    Margesson,   Commander  Wentworth   Henry   Davies,    R.N.   (H.M.S.   "Good 
Hope,"  Cruiser  Squadron),  Finden  Place.  Worthing. 
Markhara,  Admiral  Sir  Albert  Hastings,  K.C.E.,  F.R.G.S.,  73,  Cromwell  Road, 

S.W. 
Markham,    Sir    Clements    Robert,    K.C.B.,    F.R.S.,    F.S.A.,    Pres.  R.G.S., 
21,  Eccleston  Square,  S.W. 

1892  Marquand,  Henry,  Esq.,  Whitegates  Farm,  Bedford,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
1899     Martelli,  Ernest  Wynne,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  4,  New  Square,  Lincoln's  Inn,  W.C. 

Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  1154,  Boylston  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
(Samuel  A.  Green  Esq.,  LL.D.,  Librarian). 
1899    Massie,   Major    Roger    Henry,   R.A.,    D.A.Q.M.G.,   Army   Head   Quarters, 
Pretoria,  South  Africa. 

1898  Mathers,  Edward  Peter,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  6,  Queen's  Gate  Terrace,  S.W. 
Maudslay,  Alfred  Percival,  Esq.,  F.R.Q.S.,  32,  Montpelier  Square,  Knights- 
bridge,  S.W. 

McClurg,  Messrs.  A.  C,  &  Co.,  215-221,  Wabash  Avenue,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A. 

1899  McKerrow,  Ronald  Brunlees,  Esq.,  30,  Manchester  Street,  W. 

1896  Mecredy,  Jas.,  Esq.,  M.A.,  B.L.,  F.R.G.S.,  Wynberg,  Blackrock,  co.  Dublin. 

1901  Merriman,  J.  A.,  Esq.,  c/o  Standard  Bank  of  South  Africa,  Ltd.,  Durban,  Natal. 
1899  Michell,  Sir  Lewis  L.,  Rhodes'  Building,  Cape  Town,  South  Africa. 

1893  Michigan,  University  of,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  U.S.A.  (Raymond  C.  Davis  Esq., 

Librarian). 
1896     Milwaukee  Public  Library,   Milwaukie,  Wisconsin,  U.S.A.    (Dr.   George  W. 
Peckham,  Librarian). 

1895  Minneapolis  Athenaeum,  Minneapolis,  Minn.,  U.S.A.     (Miss  Jessie  McMillan, 

Librarian). 
1899    Minnesota  Historical  Society,  St.  Paul,  Minnesota,  U.S.A. 

Mitchell   Library,   21,   Miller    Street,    Glasgow  (Francis    T.   Barrett  Esq., 
Librarian). 

1898  Mitchell,  Alfred,  Esq.,  New  London,  Conn.,  U.S.A. 

Mitchell,  Wm.,  Esq.,  c/o  Union  Bank  of  Scotland,  Holburn  Branch,  Aberdeen. 

1902  Mombasa  Club,  Mombasa,  East  Africa. 

1899  Monson,  The  Right  Hon.  Lord,  C.V.O.,  Burton  Hall,  Lincoln. 

1901     Moreno,  Dr.  Francisco  J., La  Plata  Museum,  La  Plata,  Argentine  Republic. 

Morgan,  Edward  Delmar,  Esq.,  1 5,  Roland  Gardens,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
1893    Morris,  Henry  Cecil  Low,  Esq.,  M.D.,  F.R.G.S.,  Gothic  Cottage,  Bognor,  Sussex. 

1896  Morris,  Mowbray,  Esq.,  59a,  Brook  Street,  Grosvenor  Square,  W. 

1900  Morrison,   George    Ernest,    Esq.,    M.D.,    F.R.G.S.,    Times   Correspondent, 

c/o  H.B.M.  Legation,  Peking. 
1899    Morrisson,  James  W.,  Esq.,  200-206,  Randolph  Street,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A. 
1895    Moxon,  Alfred  Edward,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  c/o  Mrs.  Gough,  The  Lodge,  Souldem, 

near  Banbury. 
1899    Mukhopadhyay,  The  Hon.  Dr.  Asutosh,  M.A.,  LL.D.,  77,  Russa  Road  North, 

Bhowanipore,  Calcutta. 
Munich  Royal  Library  (Kgl.   Hof-u.  Staats-Bibliothek),  Munich,  Germauy 

(Konigl.  Geheimrath  Dr.  von  Laubmann,  Director). 

1901  Murray,  Hon.  Charles  Gideon,  Brooks's,  St.  James's  Street,  S.W. 

Nathan,  H.  E.Major  Sir  Matthew,  K.C.M.G.,  R.E.,  F.R.G.S.,  11,  Pembridge 
Square,  W.,  and  Government  House,  Hong  Kong. 


30 

1894     Naval  and  Military  Club,  94,  Piccadilly.  W. 

Netherlands,  Royal  Geographical  Society  of  the   (Koninklijk  Nederlaudsch 

Aardrijkskuudig  Genootschap),  Singel  421,  Amsterdam  (J.  Yzermann  Esq., 

Bibliothecaris. ) 
Newberry  Library,   The,  Chicago,  111.,   U.S.A.  (John  Vance  Cheney,  Esq., 

Librarian). 
Newcastle-upon-Tyne   Literary  and  Philosophical   Society,  Westgate  Road, 

Newcastle  on-Tyne. 
Newcastle-ui>on-Tyue  Public  Library,  New  Bridge  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

(Basil  Anderton  Esq.,  6. A.,  Chief  Librarian). 

1894  New  London  Public  Library,  Conn.,  U.S.A. 

New    South   Wales,    Public    Library    of,    Sydney,    N.S.W.   (Henry  C.   L. 
Anderson,  M.A.,  Principal  Librarian). 
1899    New  York    Athletic    Club,    Central    Park,   South,   New  York  City,  U.S.A. 
(John  C.  Qulick  Esq.,  chairman  of  Library  Committee). 

1895  New  York  Public  Library,  40,  Lafayette  Place,  New  York  City,  U.S.A.  (Dr. 

John  S.  Billings,  Director). 
New  York  State  Library,  Albany,  New  York,  U.S.A.  (Melvil  Dewey  Esq., 
Director). 
1894    New  York  Yacht  Club  (Library  Committee),  67,  Madison  Avenue,  New  York 
City,  U.S.A. 

1897  New  Zealand,  Agent-General  for  (Hon.  William  Pember  Reeves),  13,  Victoria 

Street,  S.W. 
Nijhoff,  M.  Martinus,  Nobelstrat,  18,  The  Hague. 

1896  North  Adams  Public  Library,  Massachusetts,  U.S.A.. 

Northbrook,  The  Right  Hon.  the  Earl  of,  G.C.S.I.,  F.R.S.,  F.R.G.S.,  Stratton, 

Micheldever  Station. 
Northumberland,  His  Grace  the  Duke  of,  K.G.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  c/o  J.  C. 

Hodgson  Esq.,  Alnwick  Castle. 
1899     Nottingham  Public  Library,  Sherwood  Street,  Nottingham  (J.  P.  Briscoe  Esq., 

Librarian). 

1898  Omaha  Public  Library,  19th  and  Harney  Streets,  Omaha,  Nebraska,  U.S.A. 

(Miss  Edith  Tobitt,  Librarian). 
Oriental  Club,  Hanover  Square,  W. 
1902    Otani,  Kozui,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Nishi  Honganji,  Horikawa,  Kyoto,  Japan. 
Oxford  Union  Society,  Oxford  (The  Chief  Librarian). 

1902    Palmella,  His  Grace  the  Duke  of,  Lisbon. 

Paris,    Bibliothdque    Nationale,    Rue    de    Richelieu,    Paris    (M.     Marchal, 

Conservateur). 
Paris,  Institut  de  France,  Quai  de  Conti  23,  Paris  (M.  R^belliau,  Librarian). 

1899  Parish,  Frank,  Esq.,  5,  Gloucester  Square,  Hyde  Park,  W. 

1900  Parlett,  Harold  George,  Esq.,  British  Legation,  Tokio,  Japan. 

1902    Parry,    Commander   John    Franklin,    R.N.,    H.M.S.    "Egeria,"    Esquimalt, 
British  Columbia. 

1898  Payne,  Edward  John,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  2,  Stone  Buildings,  Lincoln's  Inn,  W.C. 
Peabody  Institute,  Baltimore,  Md., U.S.A.  (Philip  Reese  Uhler  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Peckover,  Alexander,  Esq.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  Bank  House,  Wisbech. 

1896     Peech,  W.  H.,  Esq.,  St.  Stephen's  Club.  Westminster,  S.W. 
1893     Peek,  Sir  Wilfred,  Bart.,  c/o  Mr.  Grover,  Rousdon,  Lyme  Regis. 

1899  Peixoto,  Dr.  J.  Rodrigues,  8,  Rue  Almte.  Comandar^,  Rio  de  Janeiro. 

1899     Pequot  Library,   Southport,    Conn.,    U.S.A.    (W.    H.  Holman   Esq.,  Chief 

Librarian). 
1902    Percival,  H.  M..  Esq.,  14,  Park  Street,  Calcutta. 

1901  Perthes.   Herr  Justus,   Geographische  Austalt,   Gotha,   Germany,      [copies 

PRESENTED.] 

Petherick,  Edward  Augustus,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  85,  Hopton  Road,  Streatham, 
S.W. 
1895     Philadelphia  Free  Library,  Pa.,  U.S.A.  (John  Thomson  Esq.,  Librarian). 


31 

Philadelphia,    Library    Company   of,    corner    Locust  and    Juniper   Streets, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A.  (James  G.  Barnwell  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899     Philadelphia,  University  Club,  1510  Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

(Ewiug  Jordan  Esq.,  M.D.,  Librarian). 
1899     Plymouth  Proprietary  and   Cottonian   Library,  Cornwall  Street,  Plymouth 
(John  L.  C.  Woodley  Esq.,  Chief  Librarian). 
Poor,  Henry  William,  Esq.,  1,  Lexington  Avenue,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 
Portico    Library,    57,    Mosley    Street,   Manchester  (Ernest   Marriott    Esq., 
Librarian). 
1894    Pretoria  Government  Library,  Pretoria,  Transvaal,  South  Africa. 

1894  Quaritch,  Bernard  Alfred,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  15,  Piccadilly,  W.  (12  copies). 

1899    Rabbits,  William  Thomas,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  40,  Sloane  Court,  S.W. 

1890     Raffles  Library  and  Museum,  Singapore  (Dr.  Richard  Hanitsch,  Director). 

Ravenstein,  Ernest  George,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  2,  York  Mansions,  Battersea  Park, 
Reform  Club,  Pall  Mall,  S.W.  (G.  Vincent  Esq.,  Librarian).  [S.W. 

1899     Reggio,  Andr6  C,  Esq.,  43,  Tremont  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

1895  Rhodes,  Josiah,  Esq.,  The  Elms,  Lytham,  Lancashire. 

Richardrt,  Admiral  of  the   Fleet  Sir   Frederick  WilUam,  G.C.B.,  F.R.G.S., 

34,  Hurlingham  Court,  S.W. 
Riggs,  E.  F.,  Esq.,  1311,  Mass.  Avenue,  Washington,  D.C.,  U.S.A. 

1896  Riugwalt,  John  S.,  Jun.,  Esq.,  Lock  Box  147,  Mt.  Vernon,  Knox  County,  Ohio, 

U.S.A. 

1892  Rittenhouse  Club,  1811,  Walnut  Street,   Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A.  (Carroll 

Smythe  Esq.,  Secretary,  Library  Committee). 
Rockhill,  the  Hon.  William   Woodville,  International  Bureau  of  American 
Republics,  Washington,  D.C.,  U.S.A. 
1899     Rodd,  Sir  James  Rennell,  C.B.,  K.C.M.G.,  F.R.G.S.,  British  Embassy,  Rome. 

1898  Rohrscheid  and  Ebbecke,  Herrn,  Strauss'sche  Buchhandluug,  Bonn,  Germany. 
1896     Rose,  Charles  Day,  Esq.,  M.P.,  Hard  wick  House,  Reading. 

1893  Royal  Artillery  Institution,  Woolwich. 

Royal   Colonial  Institute,   Northumberland  Avenue,  W.C.  (James  R.  Boose 
Esq.,  Librarian). 

1896  Royal  Cruising  Club,  40,  Chancery  Lane,  W.C. 
Royal  Engineers'  Institute,  Chatham. 

1847     Royal     Geographical     Society,    1,     Savile    Row,    Burlington    Gardens,   W. 
(Edward  Heawood  Esq.,  Librarian),     [copies  presented.] 
Royal    Scottish     Geographical    Society,     Queen     Street,    Edinburgh    (Jas. 
Burgess  Escj.,  LL.D.,  CLE.,  Librarian). 

1897  Royal  Societies  Club,  63,  St.  James's  Street,  S.W.  (D.  Lewis-Poole  Esq.,  Hon. 

Secretary). 
Royal  United  Service  Institution,  Whitehall,  S.W. 

1899  Runciman,  Walter,  Jr.,  Esq.,  M.P.,  West  Denton  Hall,  Scotswood  on-Tyne. 

1900  Ryley,  John  Horton,  Esq..       1  Melrose,  22,  Woodwarde  Road,  East  Dulwich, 
1900    Ryley,  Mrs.  Florence.  LL.A.,  J      S.E. 

St.  Andrews  University,  St.  Andrews  (Jas.  Maitland  Anderson  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899     St.  Deiniol's  Library,  Hawarden  (Rev.  G.  C.  Joyce,  Librarian). 

1893  St.  John's,  New  Brunswick,  Free  Public  Library  (J.  R.  Ruel,  Esq.  Chairman). 
St.  Louis   Mercantile   Library,    St.    Louis,    Mo.,    U.S.A.    (Horace   Kephart 

Esq.,  Librarian). 
St.  Martin's-in-the-Fields  Free  Public  Library,  115,  St.  Martin's  Lane,  W.C. 
St.  Petersburg  University  Library,  St.  Petersburg  (Dr.  Alex.  Roman.  Kreis- 

beig,  Librarian). 

1894  St.    Wladimir   University,    Kiew,    Russia     (Dr.   Venjamin    Aleks.    Kordt, 

Librarian). 
1902    Sanborn,  George  P.,  Esq.,  29,  Wall  Street,  Drexel  Building,  New  York  City, 
U.S.  A. 


32 

1899  Sanford,  Charles  Henry,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  102,  Eaton  Square,  S.W. 

1900  San  Francisco  Public  Library,  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  U.S.A.  (G.  T.  Clark  Esq. 

Librarian). 
Satow,  H.  E.  Sir  Ernest  Mason,  K.C.M.G.,  F.R.G.S.,  British  Legation,  Peking. 
1896    Saunders,  Howard,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  7,  Radnor  Place,  Hyde  Park,  W. 
1899    Sclater,  Dr.  Willium  Lutley,  South  African  Museum,  Cape  Town,  S.  Africa. 
1899    Seattle  Public  Librarj-,  Seattle,  Washington,  U.S.A.     (C.  Wesley  Smith  Esq., 

Librarian). 
1894    Seymour,  Admiral  Sir  Edward  Hobart,  G.C.B.,  O.M.,  F.R.G.S.,  9,  Ovington 

Square,  S.W. 

1898  SheflBeld  Free  Public  Libraries,  Surrey  Street,  Sheffield  (Samuel  Smith  Esq., 

Librarian). 

1899  Shields,  Cuthbert,  Esq.,  Corpus  Christi  College,  Oxford. 

Signet    Library,    11,    Parliament   Square,    Edinburgh    (A.  G.   Main   Esq., 

Librarian). 
Silver,  Stephen  William,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  3,  York  Gate,  Regent's  Park,  N.W. 
Sinclau-,  Mrs.  W.  Frederic,  102,  Cheyne  Walk,  Chelsea,  S.W. 
1899    Smith,   Frederick    Alexander,   Esq.,   10,   Cumberland  Mansions,   Bryanston 

Square,  W. 
1896    Smithers,  F.   Oldershaw,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Dashwood  House,  9,  New  Broad 

Street,  E.C 
1899    Sneddon,  George T.,  Esq.,  8,  Merry  Street,  Motherwell,  Lanarkshire. 
1899    Societd  Geografica  Italiana,  Via  del  Plebiscite  102,  Rome. 

Soci^t^  de  G^graphie,  Boulevard  St.  Germain,  184,  Paris  (M.  le  Baron  Hulot, 
Secretaire  G^n6ral). 
1899    Soulsby,  Basil  Harrington,  Esq.,  B  A.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  Map  Department, 

British  Museum,  W.C,  and  3,  Spring  Gardens,  S.W. 
1899    South  African  Public  Library,  Cape  Town,  South  Africa. 
1899    Southam,    Herbert   Robert    Henry,    Esq.,   F.S.A.,   Innellan,   Sutton   Road, 
Shrewsbury. 

1896  Springfield  City  Library  Association,  Mass.,  U.S.A.  (Hiller  C.  Wellman  Esq., 

Librarian). 
1894    Stairs,  James  W.,  Esq.,  c/o  Messrs.  Stairs, Son  and  Morrow,  Halifax, Nova  Scotia. 

1894  Stephens,  Henry  Charles,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,    Cholderton   Lodge,   Cholderton 

Salisbury. 

1893  Stevens,  Son,  and  Stiles,  Messrs.  Henry,  39,  Great  Russell  Street,  W.C. 
Stockholm,  Royal  Library  of  (Kongl.  Biblioteket),  Sweden  (Dr.  Erik  Wilhelm 

Dahlgren,  Librarian). 

1895  Stockton   Public  Library,   Stockton,  Cal.,  U.S.A.   (W.   F.   Clowdsley  Esq  , 

Librarian). 
Strachey,  Lady,  69,  Lancaster-gate,  Hyde  Park,  W. 

1894  Stringer,  George  Alfred,  Esq,,  248,  Georgia  Street,  Buffalo,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 
Stubbs,  Captain  Edward,  R.N.,  13,  Greenfield  Road,  Stoneycroft,  Liverpool. 

1904    Suarez,  Colonel  Don  Pedro  (Bolivian  Legation),  Santa  Cruz,  74,  Compayne 
Gardens,  N.W. 

1899  Sykes,  Major  Percy  Molesworth,  C.M.G.,F.R.G.S.,  Queen's  Bays,  H.M.'s  Consul, 

Kerman,  Persia,  via,  Teheran. 

1900  Tangye,  Richard  Trevithick  Gilbert,  Esq.,  LL.B.,  16,  Tite  Street,  Chelsea,  S.W. 

1897  Tate,  G.  P.,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Survey  of  India  Department,  India. 

1894    Taylor,  Captain  William  Robert,  F.R.G.S.,  1,  Daysbrook  Road,  Streatham 

Hill,  S.W. 
Temple,  Lieut. -Col.  Sir  Richard  Camac,  Bart.,  CLE.,  F.R.G.S.,  The  Nash. 

Worcester,  and  Naval  and  Military  Club,  S.W. 
1894    Thomson,  Basil  Home,  Esq.,  Governor's  House,  H.M.'s  Prison,  Princetown, 

S.  Devon. 

1896  Tighe,  Walter  Stuart,  Esq.,  Coolmoney,  Stratford-on-Slauey,  Co.  Wicklow. 
Toronto  Public  Library,  Toronto,  Ont.,  Canada  (James  Bain  Esq., Librarian). 
Toronto  University,  Toronto,  Ont.,  Canada  (H.  H.  Langton  Esq.,  LibraCrian). 


33 

Travellers'  Club,  106,  Pall  Mall,  S.W. 
1900    Triuder,    Arnold,    Esq.,   F.R.G.S.,   The  Hollies,  Rydens   Road,    Walton-on- 
Thanies. 
Trinder,  Henry  William,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Northbrook  House,  Bishops  Waltham, 

Hants. 
Trinder,  Oliver  Jones,  Esq.,  Cedar  Grange,  Caterham  Valley,  Surrey. 
Trinity  College,  Cambridge. 

Trinity  House,  The  Hon.  Corporation  of.  Tower  Hill,  E.G.  (H.  S.  Liesching 
Esq.,  Librarian). 
1894    Troop,  W.  H.,  Esq.,  c/o  Messrs.  Black  Bros,  and  Co.,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia. 
Trotter,  Coutts,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  10,  Randolph  Crescent,  Edinburgh. 
Turnbull,  Alexander  H.,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Elibank,  Wellington,  New  Zealand, 
and  c/o  Messrs.  A.  L.  Elder  and  Co.,  Ltd.,  7,  St.  Helen's  Place,  E.G. 
1902    Tweedy,  Arthur  H.,  Esq.,  Widmore  Lodge,  Widmore,  Bromley,  Kent. 

United   States   Congress,   Library  of,   Washington,   D.C.,   U.S.A.    (Herbert 
Putnam  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1899  United  States  National  Museum  (Library  of),  Washington,  D.C.  U.S.A.  (Cyrus 

Adler  Esq.,  Librarian). 
United   States  Naval   Academy  Library,    Annapolis,    Md.,    U.S.A..    (Prof. 

Arthur  Newton  Brown,  Librarian). 
University  of  London,  Imperial  Institute,  S.W. 
Upsala  University  Library,  Upsala.  Sweden  (Dr.  Claes  Annerstedt,  Librarian). 

1896     Van  Raalte,  Charles,  Esq.,  Brownsea  Island,  Poole,  Dorset. 
1904     Vassall,  Henry,  Esq.,  The  Priory,  Repton,  Burton-on-Trent. 

1900  Vernon,  Roland  Venables,  Esq.,  Colonial  OflBce,  Downing  Street,  S.W. 
Victoria,   Public   Library,   Museums,  and  National   Gallery  of,    Melbourne, 

Australia  (E.  La  T.  Armstrong  Esq.,  Chief  Librarian). 
Vienna  Imperial   Library  (K.  K.  Hof-Bibliothek),  Vienna  (Dr.  Hofrath  Josef 

Karabacek,  Chief  Librarian). 
Vignaud.  Henry,  Esq.,  Ambassade  des  Etats  Unis,  18,  Avenue  Kleber,  Paris. 

19f)2     War  Office,    Mobilisation  and   Intelligence  Library,  Winchester  House,  St. 

James's  Square,  S.W.  (F.  J.  Hudleston  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1894     Warren,  WUliam  R.,  Esq.,  68,  William  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.  A. 

Washington,  Department  of  State,  D.C,  U.S.A.  (Andrew  Hussey  Allen  Esq., 

Chief  of  Bureau  of  Rolls). 
Washington,    Library    of    Navy    Department,    Washington,    D.C,    U.S.A. 

(Superintendent  of  Naval  War  Records). 
Watkinson    Library,   Hartford,    Connecticut,   U.S.A.    (Frank    B.   Gay   Esq., 
Librarian). 
1892     Webster,   Sir  Augustus   Frederick    Walpole   Edward,   Bart.,    Battle   Abbey, 

Sussex, 
1899     Weld,  Rev.  George  Francis,  Hingham.  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
1903     Wells,  Professor  David  Collins,  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover,  N.  H.,  U.S.A. 

1899  Westaway,     Engineer     Commander      Albert    Ernest     Luscombe,    H.M.S. 

*'  Majestic,"  Flagship,  MediteiTanean  Squadron. 
1898     Westminster  School  (Rev.  G.  H.  Nail,  M.A.,  Librarian)  Dean's  Yprd,  S.W. 

Wharton,  Rear- Admiral  Sir  William  James  Lloyd,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  F.R.G.S., 
Florys,  Princes  Road.  Wimbledon  Park,  S.W. 

1900  White,   Dr.  Henry,   F.R.G.S.,  English   Mission  Hospital,  Yezd,  Persia,  via 

Berlin. 

1898  Whiteway,  Richard  Stephen,  Esq.,  Brownscombe,  Shottermill,  Surrev. 
1896     Wildy,  Augustus  George,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  14,  Buckingham  Street,  W.C. 

1899  Williams,  0.  W.,  Esq.,  Fort  Stockton,  Texas,  U.S.A. 

1899     Wilmanns,  Frederick  M.,  Esq.,  89,  Oneida  Street,  Milwaukee,  Wise,  U.S.A. 

C 


34 

Wilson,    Edward    SbimellH,    Esq.,    F.S.A.,    Melton    Grange,   Brougli,    East 

Yorkshire. 
1896    Wisconsin,   State   Historical   Society   of,    Madison,  Wise,   U.S.A.  (Isaac   S. 

Bradley  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1900    Woodford,   Charles   Morris,  Esq.,   F.R.G.S.,  Government  Residence,  Tulagi, 

British  Solomon  Islands. 
Worcester,  Massachusetts,  Free  Library,  Worcester,  Mass.,  U.S.A.  (Samuel 

S.  Green  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1900    Wright,  John,  Esq.,  2,  Challoner  Terrace  West,  South  Shields. 
1899    Wyndham,  The  Right  Hon.  George,  M.P.,  35,  Park  Lane,  W. 

Yale   University,  New   Haven,   Conn.,   U.S.A.    (Addison   Van   Name    Esq., 
Librarian). 
1894    Young,  Alfales,  Esq.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  U.S.A. 

Young,  Sir  Allen  WiUiam,  C.VO.,  C.B.,  F.11.G.S.,  18,  Grafton  Street,  Bond 
Street,  W. 
1894    Young  &  Sons,  Messrs.  Henry,  12,  South  Castle  Street,  Liverpool. 

Ziirich,  Stadtbibliothek,  Ziirich,  Switzerlan<l   (Dr.    Hermann   Escher,  Chief 
Librarian). 


\ 


35 


LIST   OF   MEMBERS'   AGENTS.— 1904. 


Messrs.     Edward   G.   Allen   and   Son,   Ltd.,   28,    Henrietta    Street,   Covent 
Garden,  W.C. 

Brooklyn  Mercantile  Library. 
Canada,  The  Parliament  Library,  Ottawa. 
Cornell  University  Library. 
Johns  Hopkins  University  Library. 
Peabody  Institute,  Baltimore. 
Philadelphia,  Library  Company  of. 
United  States,  Congress  Library. 
Yale  University  Library. 

Messrs.  A.  Asher  and  Co.,  13,  Bedford  Street,  Covent   Gaiden,  W.C.     and 
13,  Unter  den  Linden,  Berlin,  W. 

Berlin,  The  Royal  Library. 
Foreign  Office  of  Germany. 
Kiel  Royal  University  Library. 
Munich  Royal  Library. 
Vienna  Imperial  Library. 

Mr.  James  Bain,  14,  Charles  Street,  Haymarket,  S.W. 

Captain  Edward  Arthur  Fitzgerald. 

John  Walker  Ford  Esq. 

John  Francis  Fortescue  Homer  Esq. 

Messrs.  Thos.  Bennett  and  Sons,  Carl  Johans-Gade  35,  Ohristiania,  c/o  Mewnrs. 
Cassell  and  Co.,  Ltd.,  La  Belle  Sauvage,  Ludgate  Hill,  E.C. 

Christiania  University  Library. 

Messrs.  Bickers  and  Son,  1,  Leicester  Square,  W. 

C.  R.  Coming  Esq. 
H.  K.  Coming  Esq. 

Messrs.  Black  Bros,  and  Co. ,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia. 
W.  H.  Troop  Esq. 

Mr.  H.  W.  Bryant,  Librarian,  Portland,  Maine,  U.S.A. 
James  Phinney  Baxter  Esq. 

Messrs.  C.  D.  Cazenove  and  Son,  26,  Henrietta  Street,  Covent  Garden,  W.  C. 

Messrs.  C.  D.  Cazenove  and  Son. 
Messrs.  A.  C.  McClurg  and  Co. 
Toronto  Public  Library. 
Toronto  University  library. 

Messrs.  Dulau  and  Co.,  37,  Soho  Square,  W. 
British  Museum  (Natural  History). 

Mr.  Francis  Edwards,  83,  High  Street,  Marylebone,  W. 

Copenhagen  Royal  Library. 
Mr.  Francis  Edwards. 

Messrs.  Eyre  and  Spottiswoode,  5,  Middle  New  Street,  E.C. 

Admiralty  Library.     [2  copies.] 

Foreign  Office  Library. 

War  Office,  Intelligence  Library.